KSUBulletin Undergraduate1

King Saud University
The Vice Rectorrate for Development and Quality

Department of Statistics and Information
King Saud University Bulletin

Undergraduate Studies 1 - 2
(Colleges of Humanitarian and
Community Services)
2010/
1431 H.
w w w.ksu.edu.sa
All Rights Reserved

The Vice Rectorate for Development and Quality

The Vice Rectorate for Development and Quality

Undergraduate Studies 1 - 2
(Colleges of Humanitarian and
Community Services)
2010 / 1431 H.
Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques
King Abdullah bin Abdulaziz Al Saud

May Allah Protect him
His Royal Highness Prince
His Royal Highness Prince
Nayef bin Abdul Aziz Al Saud
Sultan Bin Abdulaziz Al Saud
Second Deputy Prime Minister
Crown Prince, Deputy Prime
and Minister of the Interior
Minister, Minister of Defense,

Aviation and Inspector General
Index
Index
Preface .........................................................................8
Introduction ...............................................................9
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.......................................12
Riyadh ........................................................................12
Higher Education ....................................................13
King Saud University...............................................14
International Ranking..............................................15
University Vision......................................................15
University Mission...................................................15
University Objectives.............................................15
University Administration.....................................16
Faculty Members.....................................................17
Organizational Structure of the University.......18
Admission in University.........................................20
Graduate Studies.....................................................33
Preparatory year ....................................................32
Academic Departments ........................................33
Training and Scholarship.......................................34
College - Specialization.........................................35
Deanships .................................................................40
College of Arts........................................
Department of Arabic (BA, MA, PhD).............
Department of English (BA, MA, PhD)...............
Department of History (BA, MA, PhD)................
Department of Geography (BA, MA, PhD)........
Department of Sociology & Social Work (BA,
MA, PhD)
Department of Mass Communication (BA, MA)
Department of Library & Information Sciences
(BA)
College of Business Administration.........
Department of Management.............................
Department of Financial Management...............
Department of Human Resources.....................
Department of Economy.................................
Department of Marketing....................................
Department of Accounting....................................
Department of Management Information System
Department of Quantitative analysis.......................
College of Law and Political Science...........
Political Sciences Department

Civil Law Department
Public Law Department
Criminal Law Department
Commercial Law Department
College of Education
Department of Education
Department of Curriculum and Instruction
Department of Islamic Studies
Department of Art Education
Department of Psychology
Department of Physical Education and Movement
Sciences
Department of Instructional Technology
Department of Media Studies and Educational
Technology
Department of Special Education
Department of Educational Administration
College of Sports and Physical Education....
College of Tourism and Archeology..........
Department of Archaeology.
Department of Heritage Management and Tourism Guidance.
Department of Tourism and Hospitality Management.
College of Languages and Translation........
Dept. of European Languages and Translation.......
Dept. for Asian Languages and Translation...........
The Language Unit, and
The Research Center.....................
Teachers College in Riyadh........................
Computer.........................................
Biology.........................................
Mathematics.........................................
Quranic Studies.........................................
English.........................................
College of Applied Studies and Community
Service.....................................................
Health science.........................................
Natural and Engineering Science........................

Administrative and Human Science...........................
Community College of Riyadh..................
Computer Science...........................................
Medical Science..............................................
Natural Science............................................
Arts and Education.........................................
Administrative Science.........................................
Institute of Arabic Language....................
Language and Culture department.
Teacher training department.
Teacher preparation department.
Center for University Studies
for Women in Olaysha.............................
Index
Preface
Preface
The development in higher education in this blessed country
is currently witnessing a unique and un paralleled progress by
all standards. There is no doubt that this growth was achieved
only by the grace of God, by adopting a well planed approach
to education and by the Concerted efforts under the wise
leadership of the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques, King
Abdullah bin Abdul Aziz, may God protect him, who followed
the footsteps of his predecessor, King Fahd bin Abdul Azizwho pioneered education in this country- may God have mercy
on him. This approach placed greater emphasis on general
education as well as placing the bulk of attention, care, material
support and moral development on higher education.
King Saud University, began as the first Saudi university
in 1377H. ( 1957 ) with a limited number of colleges and
departments. Since that time, KSU went through many stages of
developments; and, establishment of new colleges continued
.Today-and all praise is to God-it includes; 23 colleges, 54
scientific societies, 31 Institutes and Centers. There are 6
centers for research, 106 Chairs, and 11 Deanships of support.
King Saud University also includes colleges with more than 139
departments between Graduate and university levels, offering
87 programs for the doctorate level and 184 programs for the
Masters level while providing outstanding services to more
than 59 thousand students at different academic levels for the
academic year 1430/1431H.
The university colleges and its various sections and programs
of study have gone through many changes, developments
and modernizations. The goal is always to contribute to the
development of Saudi society, and providing the necessary
skills to produce qualified individuals. The number of graduates
during the academic year 1430H./29 reached more than 10,
813. They graduated from various academic levels, as well as
training for more than 510 trainees during the same year. The
University organized a number of conferences, seminars and
lectures. More than 67 between conferences, symposiums and
lectures. The University has more than 5,149 distinguished
faculty members whose total scientific researches, during
the year 1430H., reached more than 2,300.They included
researches, compilations and scientific studies. The university
was never impervious to a society that it was created to serve
its citizens issues and advancements. In addition to the above,
King Saud University provides excellent services in the field of
health care for citizens and residents by way of the university
hospitals.
It coincided with the quantitative achievements developments

in the quality of the underestimated educational processes,
researches and services to suit the burgeoning job market and
social issues. In addition to the modernization, adjustments
and developments, which included the University colleges
and departments, preparatory year studies have been
introduced for a number of colleges, the University has also
launched more than 20 programs during the past two years
aimed, in its entirety, to achieve a qualitative leap in the level
of education, scientific research and service development
as well as improving the system of national science and
technology, and attracting frameworks, human, scientific and
technical excellence. The university did not forget the social
responsibility, as it has devised a plan to strengthen communal
partnership.
By the grace of God, the University has achieved global

rankings by being chosen to be one of the best 300 universities
and classified according to the World prestigious Times IQS
(2009). In scientific achievements unprecedented entered
the University of King Saud category Shanghai World famous
among the top 500 universities worldwide (2009) and thus
the university, the only Arab entering this category, which is
a favorite destination and the most difficult of classifications
other world also maintained. King Saud Universitys position
was classified amongst the best two hundred universities
according to the classification of Eboumatricks, Spains world
famous (2010) and maintained the first position in the Arab
world and the Islamic world and Middle Eastern and Africa
also increased in its ranking of Asia to (18).
The University will always seek to construct, develop and
integrate programs and growth in all sectors according to the
principles and criteria of accurate scientific studies based upon
the principles of Islamic law - and will take a joint approach to
the University with the objectives of the Ninth Development
Plan the transformation of national economy to a knowledgebased economy so as to achieve overall development,
a balanced and sustainable home and competitiveness
experienced by the global economy
The strong support of the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques,
King Abdullah bin Abdul Aziz - may God protect him - and his
Crown Prince, His Royal Highness, Prince Sultan bin Abdul Aziz,
the Second Deputy HRH Prince, Nayef bin Abdul Aziz- may
God protect him- the building is an educational ancient has its
greatest impact in check will be achieved and - God willing from bids and achievements. I also extend my sincere gratitude
and loyalty to His Excellency, Minister of Higher Education,
Dr. Khalid Al Anqari for his continued encouragement and
guidance facilitated by the good of the University to assist in
the achievement of its objectives.
In conclusion I hope that we have been successful in producing
this guide in a way that the reader finds it organized and very
useful regarding information related to matters inside and
outside of the University. I ask God Almighty to bless us in
our efforts, and to help us to complete the process of the
University to achieve the aspirations of the countrys leaders
and ask God to keep them consistent with the revival and
prosperity of this country.
King Saud University Rector
Prof. Abdullah bin Abdur Rahman

Al-Othman
Introduction
Introduction
This guide was produced by the Vice Rectorate of
Quality and Development, in response to the request
made by the University Rector to satisfy the need of
the University for an essential reference which includes
important information regarding university colleges,
departments, scientific programs and disciplines
available. As well as study plans, and the system of
acceptance and study, and graduation requirements
in each of the areas of specialization with a brief
description of each course taught in the Departments
to help students, before joining the university and
during their continued study therein, select their
fields of specialization consistent with their abilities
and preferences. It also helps academic supervisors to
familiarize themselves with the type of disciplines and
specialties available while sequencing them in order to
incorporate them in workshops consecutively from the
time the student is enrolled in the school until the time
they are to receive a degree in the undergraduate or
postgraduate level(s).
This directory is vital in contributing a vivid picture
for those who want to embark upon the educational
process in this scientific edifice. It also provides them
with detailed information to enable them to learn
about the academic performance of the device for use
in research studies relevant to scientific development
and economic and social development.
The directory consists of two parts along with a general
introduction that highlights a short presentation
about the education in King Saud university, and
then about the evolution of King Saud University and
its vision, mission, objectives and general conditions
for admission. It also highlights the system of study,
deanships and departments of the university and its
organizational structure.
Part I of the directory (1-2) deals with humanitarian
colleges and community services with all of their
departments, study plans course descriptions and
levels. It also, and Included in this section are; The
College of Arts, The College of Business Administration,
The College of Law and Political Science, The College
of Education, College of Sports and Physical Education,
College of Tourism and Archeology, College of
Languages and Translation, Teachers College of Riyadh,
College of Applied Studies and Community Service,
Community College of Riyadh, the Arabic Language
Institute, Center for University Studies for Females in
Olaysha.
The second part of the directory (2-2) has been

allocated for the colleges of science and health, with
all of their departments, study plans, levels, and course
descriptions and they include; The College of Food
and Agricultural Sciences, The College of Computers
and Information Sciences, The College of Science, The
College of Architecture and Planning, The College of
Engineering, The College of Nursing, The College of
Pharmacy , The College of Health Sciences for Males
in Riyadh, The College of Health Sciences for Females
in Riyadh, The College of Medicine and University
Hospitals, The College of Dentistry, The College of
Applied Medical Sciences, The College of Applied
Medical Sciences and The Center for Sciences and
Medical Studies for Females in Malaz. This guide is
considered as a comprehensive University Guide to the
details of all the dimensions and facts about education
in King Saud University
In conclusion I am pleased to invite you all - students,
faculty, administrators, alumni and all employees of the
university - to make the best use of the new version
of the University Guide of the academic year 14301431H, which provides a comprehensive account of
the university, its departments, deanships, various
services, as well as information about the faculties of
the university and its programs, study plans, and course
descriptions in a detail manner that would enhance the
academic knowledge of the student during his study at
the university.
We ask God Almighty to bless the efforts of those who
were responsible and instrumental in preparing this
guide and hope that they have achieved its goal.
Indeed God is the giver of success.
Vice Rector of Quality and Development
Prof. Hamad bin Mohammed AlSheikh
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Riyadh
Saudi Arabia occupies most of the Arabian Peninsula,

( four-fifths of the Arabian Peninsula). Estimated area
of the Kingdom is 2.14979 0 million square kilometers
. According to the Statistics of (2006) the population
of the Kingdom reached 27 million people. The
kingdom consists of narrow valleys on the coast of
the Red Sea (Tihama plains), followed, towards the
east, by mountains stretching along the country (the
mountains of the Hijaz, Asir which maximum height
exceed 2000meters). Towards the east the Kingdom
is dominated by deserts and rocky hills in the middle
(90% of its total area), the largest desert is al-Nefood
in the north and the Empty Quarter in the south, while
in the Middle , and along the coast of the Arabian Gulf
coastal plains stretch wide.
Riyadh is the capital of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the

seat of government; ministries, embassies, diplomatic
missions, as well as the location of educational, financial,
agricultural, cultural, technical, commercial and social
organizations.
Saudi Arabia is located in the far south-west of Asia

continent, between latitudes 46 22 16-32 00 14 north
and between longitudes 30 29 34-00 40 55 east and is
bordered by the Arabian Gulf, the United Arab Emirates,
Qatar , and the Kingdom of Bahrain, in the East and the
State of Kuwait, Republic of Iraq, Hashemite Kingdom
of Jordan, in the north , the Red Sea, in the west and
finally the Republic of Yemen, and Oman in the South.
12
Riyadh is located in the center of the kingdom, with

more than 5 million inhabitants (recent estimate),
situated in the very interior of the country, 300 km from
the Persian Gulf, and 900 km from the Red Sea. The city
is divided into 15 municipal districts, 75 residential
areas and more than three industrial cities.
Riyadh is the transport hub for the entire kingdom,
both by excellent highways, rail to the Dammam and
the King Khalid International Airport, which hosts the
majority of international flights and connections to all
other airports in the country.
Riyadh combines both modernity and tradition. On
one hand the traditional quarters holds many historical
monuments and architectures that tells the story of
the citys history. It also holds number of museums
that preserve the remnants of the city. The National
Museum, King Abdulaziz Military Museum, King Fahad
National Library Museum, King Fahad Security College
Museum, are some of them. Al Musmak Castle - one of
the important landmarks in the Kingdom that recalls
the march that led to the foundation and unification
of the Kingdom is the major landmark of the city. On
the other hand Riyadh is largely a very modern city,
dominated by high-rise buildings along boulevards. Big
commercial buildings, wide roads, planned city areas
and mega shopping malls. Contemporary Architecture
is reflected by some modern features such as Burj
Al Mamlakah , Burj Al Faisaliyah ,Qasr Al-Hukm Area,
The Diplomatic Quarter, The Ministry of Information
Complex, The Ministry of Foreign Affairs Complex, ,
King Fahd Stadium. Its vibrant globalized environment
features: world class buildings, shopping, restaurants,
historical and cultural sites, nature reserves and all the
elements of an old Arab city.
Higher Education in
Saudi Arabia
Encouraging research, formulating rules and

regulations for compliance by all institutions of
higher learning.
Approval of the establishment of colleges and

institutes and scientific departments, research
centers, Studies and support in the existing
universities, and to integrate these colleges and
institutes, departments, and centers, , to each other
and the abolition of what needs to be canceled.
Adoption of the rules for the establishment of

museums and scientific societies and periodicals.
Issuance of common regulations for universities.

Issuance of regulations for employees of universities
Higher Education
functional Saudis and contractors.
Raising the level of communication and coordination
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia recently witnessed a

giant leap in higher education. In 1975 a segment of
the Ministry of Education became a separate entity, and
was renamed the Ministry of Higher Education, with the
purpose of dealing exclusively with higher education.
The establishment of King Saud University was the real
start of this revolution. This was followed by a number
of other universities in different parts of the Kingdom.
Since that time the acceleration of higher education
continued towards international excellence. Higher
education in Saudi Arabia has undergone a tremendous
growth over the last five decades. The higher education
system, which is based on diversification has expanded
to include :
24 Government Universities
7 Private Universities and Colleges
18 Private colleges with diverse scientific and
applied specialization
8 Higher education institutes

The Council for Higher Education
between institutions of higher learning and

coordinating with other governmental ministries
and agencies in terms of their interests and needs
in higher education.
Issuance of the rules governing the appointment

of faculty members from the Saudis, promotion
and secondment and assignment and transfer to
other posts within or outside the University and
return to their jobs the academy.
Issuance of regulations governing financial

affairs in the universities, including the rules
for rewards and benefits students and others.
Adoption of the rules necessary to encourage Saudi
Arabia competencies available outside of universities
for teaching at the university colleges and institutes
or to conduct specific research centers, scientific
research and determine their remuneration.
a
proposal
to
amend
the
Higher
Education
Council
and
universities.
discuss the annual report to each university and
submitted to the Prime Minister.
Adoption of the rules necessary for the

development of programs and disciplines and the
rules governing the self-assessment and external
accreditation programs for undergraduate and
postgraduate courses.
Adoption of the rules governing the establishment
The Higher Education Council is the supreme authority

for post-secondary education affairs with the specific
task of supervising and coordinating its institutions,
with the sole exception of military education. Some of
the Councils responsibilities are:
Creating and administering universities and
Directing university education in accordance with
The Council of Higher Education is composed
policy,
Supervising the development of university

education in all sectors,
Coordinating among universities especially in the

field of scientific departments and degrees,
Proposing the establishment of higher educational

institutions and authorizing them to offer special
programs in accordance with the countrys needs.
of privateinstitutions of post-secondary education,

licensing and supervision.
colleges in the Kingdom.
What is referred to it .
of ; Prime Minister - the head of
the Higher
Committee for Education Policy _ Chairman, the

Minister of Higher Education Vice- Chairman ,
Minister of Education ,Minister of Finance , Minister
of Labor and Social Affairs, Minister of Economy
and Planning,
Chief of Staff General of the Civil
Service, and president of the education of girls.
13
with the UNESCO, were annexed to the University.

An essential service e to the Kingdom was undertaken
by the University in 1969-1970 (1389-1390), with
the establishment of the College of Medicine. The
preparatory year of this college was previously
administered by the College of Science.
By mid-1970s (mid-1390s) King Saud University
expanded the scope of it service, and in 1974-75
(1394-1395) the Arabic Language Institute appeared
on the scene. The Institute, which is an integral part of
the University, has as its task the teaching of the Arabic
Historical Background
Language to non-Arabic speaking people.
King Saud University (KSU) was established in
Again, a year later (1396H) the College of Dentistry and
accordance with the dictates of Royal Decree no.
the College of Applied Medical Sciences were added
17 of 21/4/1377H (1957). The actual study started
to the Riyadh campus, while launching at the same time
in the College of Arts in the academic year 1377/78.
the Abha based campus with the College of Education.
Since that time, KSU went through many stages of
In 1398H the Graduate College assumed its office in
developments, and its administrative organization
supervising and organizing all graduate programs in the
received meticulous attention. Over a period of
various departments of the University.
twelve years, the university enjoyed the endorsement

of three Royal Decrees which grounded its Statute.
In 1414 the Royal ratification of the System of the

Council of Higher Education and Universities was issued
Royal Decree no. 112 of 26/12/1380H recognized

that: King Saud University is an independent legal
character, with a budget of its own, responsible for
higher education, promoting scholarly research, and
advancement of sciences and arts in the country.
Naming the Minister of Education as the President of
the university, the Statute ordered that the University
dictating that each university form its own Council which

attends to its academic, administrative, and financial
affairs, and carries out its general policy.
In 1417H the Council of Higher Education issued its
decision no. 1282/A approving the creation of the
Center for Consulting and Research which was renamed
King Abdullah Center for Consulting and Research.
have a Vice President and Secretary General, and that

each college and institute have a Dean, Vice Dean, and
In 1422H, the Community College in Riyadh was
a council.
inaugurated according to the Cabinet Council no. 73

of 5/3/1422H. During the academic year of 1423/1424
Between 1378-1380H, three colleges were established:
the College of Science at Al-Jouf was established..
the College of Sciences, College of Business (now the

College of Public Administration) and the College of
Pharmacy. In 1381/1382H women were first admitted
into the College of Arts and the College of Public
Administration.
Five years later (1385/1386H) the College of
Agriculture was established. In the same year the
College of Engineering and College of Education, having
14
been under the Ministry of Education in cooperation
The university offers distinguished services to the

community in health care. Health care is provided
mainly through the two major hospitals belonging to
university (King Khalid university hospital and King
Abdulazeez Univesity hospital) and the rest of medical
and health colleges . The total number admitted to the
university hospitals reached 38546 while those who left
these hospitals (discharged) reached 38557 in the year
1428/1429H. The total number of surgical operations
that were undertaken reached 13553.
High Rank in International arena
500
Ranked amongst the

most prestegious
universities in the
world according to
247
S H A N G H A I A RW U
Considered to be the first Arab

University to be ranked
amongst world universities
according to QS Times Top
Univesities
We b o m et r i c s
Considered to be the first Arab/
Islamic/Middle Easten/African
university ranked amongst
world universities according to
Webometrics
199
its
King Saud University, also maintained, its position in the
developmental programs to achieve global leadership
best two hundred universities according to the Spanish
by a variety of distinguished programs such as attracting
world famous classification (2010) and also maintained
Nobel laureates , fellowship, International twinning
the first position in the Arab world, the Islamic world ,
attracting distinguished professors and researchers,
Middle East and Africa, it also increased its position in
and Prince Sultan program for international grant
by Asia to rank (18). KSU
King
Saud
University,
Worked,
through
International Ranking
for outstanding research. Also the university woked

to achieve community partership through an other
programs i.e
Riyadh Technology Valley, Riyadh
knowledge corridor , social responsibility, student

partnership, Riyadh business incubator, , graduates,
research chairs, university
endowments and the
KSU Vision:
International leadership and excellence in building
knowledge society
KSU Mission
National Plan for Science and Technology program
King Saud University aspires to meet the educational
also building a knowledge society through King
and development needs of society by providing high-
Abdullah Institute for Nanotechnology, the Center
quality academic programs, pioneering innovative
for Entrepreneurship, and creators, and centers
research and creative articulation, and through active
of excellence, Prince Nayef
involvement in the community for the prosperous
intellectual security
program , the knowledge society, and tele -research

laboratories, intellectual property and technology
licensing, and program of future scientists.
The outcome of this Developmental activities was the
cultural and economic development of the country.
University Objectives:
1. Proficiency in all areas, and excellence in specific areas.
achievement of high quality of academic programs with
2. Distinguished faculty members.
a number of programs which achieved global academic
3. Quality and not quantity.
accreditation,. Further more the modernization and
4. Strengthen the capacity of graduates.
development of academic strategies according to

the global reference to enhance skill knowledge in
5. Build bridges of communication.
addition to applied knowledge , as well as promote
6. Supportive learning environment.
education and applied entrepreneurship according
7. Sustainable future.
to the latest international standards, enabled the
8. Flexibility and accountability.
university to obtained advance international rankings

and was selected among the Best 300 universities
9. Build a supporting administrative organization.
according to the remarkable world classification

(Times QS (2009) and in unprecedented scientific
achievement King Saud University entered Shanghai
world-famous
classification within the first 500
universities worldwide (2009) and thus it is the first

one from the Arab world to enter this category.
15
Adminstration
University Adminstration
The University Council, university rector, and rector
deputies shoulder the responsibility of administrating
of all the work and activities of the university.
SECOND: UNIVERSITY RECTOR

The following is associated with the rector:
FIRST: THE UNIVERSITY COUNCIL

With compliance with law and other regulations, and
following the Higher Education Council directions , the
Council of University undertake the necessary decisions
regarding scientific, administrative, financial, affairs
and have the authority to do the following:
Adopt the plan of training and scholarship.

Propose the establishment of colleges and institutes
16
General of the Council of Higher Education, deans, and

three experienced members appointed by the Minister
of Higher Education for a period of three years.
and departments, research centers, deanships and

a proposal to amend their names or merged them
or abolished them.
Approve scientific specialization for university

graduates.
Granting Degrees to graduates.

To grant an honorary doctorate.

Identifying details of the academic calendar in
accordance with the general framework for the
beginning and end of the study and identification
of leaves
Secondment of faculty members, delegating faculty

members to specific scientific and grant them leave
to full-time scientific leave and terminate their
services according to the rules.
Adoption of the curricula and study plans,

textbooks and references.
The proposal rewards and subsidies for students

of all kinds.
Approval of the draft budget of the University and

submit to the Minister of Higher Education.
To propose regulations for the university or any

revisions.
Adoption of the internal regulations of the University.

Discuss the annual report of the University.

Determine the amounts to be allocated to each
Faculty, Institute, Deanship and research center for
expenditure within the financial regulations.
Discussion of the final account of the University.

Approving non-academic activities plan in the
university
Decide on the appointment of faculty members on

the recommendation of the Scientific Council.
Acceptance of contributions, donations, bequests,

and others that does not contradict any of the
objectives of the university.
Establish rules for visitors or students transferring

from the university and to them.
Consideration of the issues brought by the

Minister of Higher Education or the Director of
the University or proposed by any member of the
Council members to view.
University Board consists of; Minister of Higher
Education _ President of the Council, and rector of the
university _ Vice-rector , rector deputies, the Secretary

Internal Auditor.

Advisor to the Rector for the strategic
construction.
ounsel and General Supervisor of the Office of the

Director of the University.
Supervisor of Public Relations and the media.

Prince Sultan Institute for Research on advanced
techniques.
Prince Salman Center for Entrepreneurship.

Director General of the Legal Department.

Financial Manager.

Deanship of the preparatory year.

Executive Director of the business sector and
the Secretary General, followed by( university
endowments , Association of Alumnae program,
investor in university city and university facilities
except for the Riyadh Technology Valley).
THIRD: RECTOR DEPUTIES

A: VICE RECTOR
The following is associated with the vice rector:

King Khalid University Hospital.

King Abdul Aziz University Hospital.

Dean of faculty and staff affairs.

Deanship of electronic transactions
and
communications technology.
Procurement management and warehouses.

Financial management.

Department of Transport.

General Directorate of Planning, Budget and
follow-up.
Department of warehouses Control.

University Property Management.

Communication Center Management.

University project for the development of people
with special needs.
B: VICE RECTOR FOR GRADUATE STUDIES

AND SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH
The following is associated with the Vice Rector for
Graduate Studies and
Scientific Research:
Deanship of Graduate Studies.

Deanship of Library Affairs.

Deanship of Scientific Research.

Scientific Council and the Secretariat of the
University Council.
Scientific publishing and printing press.

Prince Sultan Center for Environmental Research,
Water and Desert.

Seismic Studies Center.

Management of international cooperation and
scientific societies.
Chairs of scientific research programs.

Global scientific twinning programs.

Institute of the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques
King Abdullah bin Abdulaziz for Nanotechnology
(nano) Research.
Intellectual property rights program.

Programs associated with the implementation of
the National Plan for Science and Technology.
Attracting outstanding professors and researchers

program.
Students Partnership Program.

The scholarship program.

Prince Sultan bin Abdulaziz, the global grant
research excellence program.
Independent research programs (such as; national

research program, research program SABIC, research
funded by voluntary contributions and gifts).
Riyadh Technology Valley Program .
C: VICE RECTOR FOR EDUCATIONAL AND

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
The following is associated with him:
Deanship of Admission and Registration.

Dean of Student Affairs.

College of Engineering.

Faculty of Arts.

College of Architecture and Planning.

College of Education.

Faculty of Computer and Information Sciences.

College of Science.

College of applied studies and community service.

College of Business Administration.

College of Food and Agriculture.

College of Law and Political Science.

Teachers College.

Faculty of Languages and Translation.

College of Physical Education and sports.

Arabic Language Institute.

College of Tourism and Antiquities.

Community College in Riyadh.
D: VICE RECTOR FOR PROJECTS

Management of the operation and support services.

Overall project management.

General Directorate of Safety and Security.

Management of the maintenance.

Department of Housing.

General Directorate of Studies and Design.

Club of members of the faculty and staff.

Management of the supervision and implementation.

Management of the maintenance of staff housing

Management of the maintenance of student housing.

Maintenance Manager Riyadh.

Department of landscaping and lawns.

Management of public services and utilities.

Quality Unit of the rectorate.

Unit of the outline of the University.
E: VICE RECTOR FOR QUALITY AND DEVELOPMENT
Deanship of skills development.

Deanship of electronic and distance learning.

Deanship of quality.

Deanship of development.

King Abdullah Institute for Studies and Research
Advisory Committee.
Department of Statistics and Information.

Management of the developmental planning
(strategic).
Executive management of the Strategic Plan.

Documentation Centre.

Department of performance measurement.

Follow-up department
Adminstration
F: VICE RECTOR FOR HEALTH SPECIALTIES


College of Medicine.

College of Dentistry.

College of Pharmacy.

College of Applied Medical Sciences.

School of Nursing.

College of Health Sciences.

College of Health Sciences for Girls.

Prince Nayef Center for Health Research.
G: VICE RECTOR FOR KNOWLEDGE EXCHANGE

AND TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER
Riyadh knowledge corridor Program.

Centers of Research Excellence programs.

The knowledge society Program.

Translation Center.

Program to attract Nobel Prize laureates in King
Saud University.
Centre for Population Studies.

National Center for Research on youth issues.

Sections of the humanities centers for girls.

College of Applied and Medical Studies for Girls.

Laboratories strengthen Program.
FACULTY STAFF MEMBERS

University faculty members:
Professors.

Associate Professors.

Assistant Professors.
The Council of the University Appoint faculty staff
after taking the opinion of the college or institute or
department concerned. May, where appropriate
appoint non-Saudis.
17
Organizational Structure
Organizational Structure of
University Rector
Prince Sultan Institute

for Advanced Research
Techniques
Chief Advisor and General

Supervisor of the Rectors Office
Supervisor of Department of Public

Relations And Media
Internal Auditor
General Manager for

Legal Administration
Prince Salman Center

for Entrepreneurship
Vice Rector of the
Vice Rector of Graduate Studies
University
and Scientific Research
Vice Rector of
Educational and
Academic Affairs
Vice Rector of
University Projects
King Abdul Aziz

University Hospital
King Khalid
University Hospital
Deanship of
Library Services
Deanship of
Graduate Studies
Deanship of
Admissions and
Registration
Deanship of
Student Affairs
Deanship of
eTransactions and
Communication
Deanship of Faculty
Affairs
Prince Sultan Bin

Abdulaziz International
Program for Research
Scholarships
Deanshipof
Scientific Research
College of Arts
College of
Engineering
Department of
Finance
Department of
Procurement
and Depository
Scientifc Publishing and

Printing Press
Sceintific Council and

University Council
Secretariat
College of
Education
College of
Architecture and
Planning
Department of
Budget Planning And
Evaluation
Department of
Transportation
Center for
Seismic Studies
Prince Sultan Center for

Environment Water and
Desert Research
Property
Management
Department of
Depository Management
Research Chairs
Program
Administration of Scientific
Societies and International
Cooperation
College of
College of Business
Applied Studies
Administration
and Community Service
Department of
Maintenance for Student
Housing
Project for Development

of those with Special
Needs
Communication Center
King Abdullah
Institute for
Nanotechnology
International Scientific
Twinning Program
and
College of Food and
College ofLaw
Agricultural Sciences
Political Science
Department of Services
and Public Utilities
Administrative
Department of
Muharram 1431H.
College of
College of
Computers and
Sciences
Information Sciences
Programs associated with

the implementation of the
National Plan for Science
and Technology
Rights Program IPR
College of Linguistics
and Translation
Teacher
s College
Student Partnership
Program
Scientist Fellowship
Program
Institute of Arabic
Language
College of Sports and

Physical Education
Program to Attract
Distinguished Professors
and Researchers
Riyadh Techno
Valley Program
Community College
of Riyadh
College of Anthropology
Intellectual Property
Independent
Research Program
Including
National Research
Programs Research
Funded by SABIC
Contributions
18
Chief Advisor to the University

Rector for Strategic Development
and Archeology
Department of
General Projects
Department of
Operation and
Support Services
Department
Department of
of University
Maintenance
Safety and Security
Department of
Studies and Design
Department of
Housing
Department of
Supervision and
Implementation
Members Club for

Faculty and Staff
Department of Maintenance
for Faculty and Staff
Housing
Maintenance
Department of Riyadh
Landscaping
Division of Quality
Dept
Assurance
Division of University
General Planning
Organizational Structure
Deanship for
Preparatory Year
Comptroller of
University funds
Vice Rector for

Development and Quality
Vice Rector of University

for Health Specialties
Vice Rector for Knowledge

Exchange and Technology
Transfer
College of
Dentistry
College of
Medicine
Riyadh Corridor
for Information
Program
Center for Excelnce

Research Centers
College of Applied
Medical Science
College of
Pharmacy
Center for
Demography Studies
Center for
Translation
Executive Department
of Stategic Planning
College of Health
Sciences for Men
College of
Nursing
Nobel Laureates
Program at King
Saud University
Knowledge
Community
Program
FollowUp
Department
Department of
Developmental Planning and
Strategic Management
Prince Naif Center

for Health Research
Sciences for Women
National Center
for Youth Issues
Center for Sciences

and Medical Studies
for Women
Documentation
Center
King Abdullah
Institute for Research
and Strategic Studies
Innovators
Program
Female Center
for Humanitarian
Studies
Deanship of eLearning
Deanship of Skills
and Distance Learning
Development
Deanshipof
Development
Deanshipof
Department of
Information and Statistics
Quality
Testing and
Performance
Center
College of Health
Executive Director of the Business

Sector and Secretary General of
University Endowments
University
University Endowments
Investment Company
Program
Investments in
University City and
University facilities
excluding Riyadh
Techno Valley
Alumni Program
Labs Preparation
Program
This Organization Structure was prepared in accordance with the constitution of the Board of
Higher Education Issued by the Royal Decree No.8 1414H./4 / 6 and the decision of His
Excellency, Rector of King Saud University 1-20/-2 in the academic year of 1431H./ 2/ 1
19
Addmision
Addmision
Since the start of the academic year 1428/1429H, the
admission of students was performed electronically.
Electronic admission starts by applying via the internet
and ends by sending the acceptance letter and files of
those who accepted through express mail freely. Using
this system students do not need to come personally to
the college unless personal interview is a requirement.
First:
Conditions for Admission
The following requirements have been stipulated for the

admission of the new student:1. Must obtain a secondary school certificate or
equivalent from inside or outside the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia.
2. Must be Saudi or son of a Saudi mother
3. The secondary school certificate should not be
more than five years old and the Rector of the
University may give exemption from this term if
there are good reasons.
4. Should be with good conduct and behavior
5. Should successfully pass the interview conducted
by the Senate.
6. Should be medically fit
7. Should obtain approval from his employer allowing him
to study if he is working at private or public sector.
8. Should fulfill any other terms fixed by the Senate
9. Must not be dismissed from another university for
disciplinary or educational reasons.
The trade-off between the applicants who meet all
the conditions were in accordance with the acceptance
criteria, which include the grade obtained in secondary
and testing of capacity added to this is achievement
test for admission to the health and engineering
colleges as well as to pass a personal interview for some
colleges.
Second: The procedures governing the

electronic application
The procedures governing the application are as follows:
20
1. Entering tests conducted by the National Center for

measurement and evaluation in higher education.
2. Read the conditions for admission through the
portal (electronic gate) or the site of the Deanship
of Admission and Registration on the Internet.
3. Filling the application through the portal to accept
in the specified period for that.
4. After expiry of the period set for the electronic
application, admission will depend on the
comparison between the applicants, who meet all
the conditions and automatically according to the
rates, as required by the different colleges.
5. The requirement to pass the personal interview for
admission to some colleges.
6. Trade-off between the applicants and the
applicants in the light of competitive achievement

and their indicators, which includes the cumulative
percentage of public and the degree of the
achievement test and the degree of testing
capabilities.
7. Finally results will be announced and candidates
could enter through the portal to know the
outcome of the nomination and help will be
provided by e-mail and text messages (SMS) via
mobile phone.
System of Study in the University

The University adopted the hour system and the academic
term where the academic year is divided into two semesters,
of equal period study duration in each is 15 weeks in
addition to summer term , with a duration of the study of
eight weeks.
The decision issued by the Council of Ministers No.
(53) In 10/6/1412 abolished the system of hours in
all universities and other educational institutes. The
university currently return to an ordinary system ,
and apply the quarterly system, in the academic year
13/1414 h.
First:
registration
Registration of
students in each class is done
automatically according to specific rules , the applicant
can access to the gate of the academic system on the
Internet using the user name and password to perform
the deletion, addition, and modifications and make
sure that the recording and printing of the his timetable. The student should confirm his registration
during the first week of the semester. The minimum
course registration to the applicant (12), a unit of study
and a maximum of (20) unit of study commensurate
with the students cumulative average. For student
suspended academically, they must provide a request
to the college where he is studying. The student who
does not wish to study in the first semester or any other
semester should apply for postponing , as the lack of
such application will result in considering him failed
in the semesterIn the case of possible problems in the
students registration he is advised to consult with his
academic advisor or Student Affairs in his college.
Second:
to withdraw from the study

(delete semester)
The student may apologize for not continuing in any

semester without being considered as failure if he
submits a reason acceptable to the Dean of the College
prior the start of the final examination at least by five
weeks. The students of the
colleges that apply the academic year system they can
apologize prior the start of the final examinations at
least by eight weeks.
For the short sessions they may apologize prior the start
of the examination by at least one third of the session
period. The rector of the university when necessary
may give exception from these periods and the grade

of (W) will be estimated for the student. This semester
will be considered as part of the
period required for fulfilling the graduation

requirements.
The apology semesters should not be more than
two consecutive semesters or three non-consecutive
semesters. The students of the colleges applying the
academic year system they are not allowed to apologize
for two consecutive years and the total years of apology
should not exceed two non-consecutive
years throughout the stay of the student in
the university and the Rector of the University
may exempt the student from this matter
Third: POSTPONEMENT AND SUSPENSION

OF STUDY
The student will be entitled to apply for postponing the
study prior the end of the first week of the study due a
reason acceptable to the Dean of the College provided
that the postponement period should not exceed
two consecutive Semesters or three non-consecutive
semesters (for the students of the colleges applying the
academic year system the postponement should not
be for two consecutive years. Also the postponement
period must not exceed two non-consecutive years) as
maximum throughout his stay in the university and then
his record would be closed after that. The Senate of
the University when necessary may exempt the student
from this matter and the postponement period must
not be calculated as part of the period required for
fulfilling the graduation requirements.
Fourth: absenteeism and warnings

Absence is Calculated from the first day of the
academic year , the student should attend the lectures
and practical lessons, and will not be allowed the
entry of final exams if his attendance is less than
(75%) of lectures and practical during the semester.
The student who was not allowed entering the
examination because of the absence fails the subject.
The student would get a warning if his cumulative
average has fallen below (2.00) and is dismissed from
the university if he got three warnings consecutively.
Fifth: withdraw from the study

A student can withdraw from the college after
completing the final evacuation of the Party from the
university and return the university ID. He should show
his identity papers to restore the original file and if
a student wishes to return to the university after his
withdrawal will be subject to the rules.
Withdrawal of the student from the university will
subject the student to the following:
1. The time that the student withdrew from the

university will be calculated as if he
study.
left
the
2. Seize his scholarship till he registered for another

semester.
3. Must evacuate housing, as well as getting releases

from the library and other campus facilities.
Sixth: Dismissal
Addmision
student will be dismissed from studying in the following

cases:
1. If received three warnings for the decline in his
cumulative average for more than (2.00), those
who can raise their cumulative GPA on the
assumption obtaining (48) point of the study (12),
a unit of study; will be given a fourth trial.
2. If he did not finish graduation requirements during
a period of up to half of the period prescribed
for graduation as well as on the duration of the
program. The College Board can give an exceptional
opportunity for students to finish their graduation
requirements with a maximum not exceeding twice
the original term selected for graduation under
the conditions described in the time of the rules.
Transfer
Firstly-Rules Governing Transfer from Outside
the University.
The Dean of the College may allow the transfer of
a student from outside the University according to the
rules laid down by the College Council.
1. The transfer must be from a college or university
which is recognized by the University.
2. Taking into consideration the requirements of
the rules and regulations, it is not allowable to
re-register or transfer a student who has been
terminated by the University or by any other
university for either academic or moral reasons.
3. Condition of transfer must apply on him
4. Number in units that he should take in King Saud
University should not be less than 60% of the
total needed to obtain the degree
5. In cases where the conditions for transfer do not
apply, the College council may accept whomever
fulfills the announced conditions for acceptance
for the academic year in question, such as a new
student.
6. At the suggestion of the department concerned,
the College Council may exempt the student from
taking some or all the courses which he studies
in 7.the University from which he transferred and
for which there are equivalents in the college to
which he has transferred.
The transfer of a student in any term or form outside
the University will be done according to the regulations
and time laid down by the Dean of Admission and
Registration and in light of the general provisional
governing transfer and drop out.
21
Addmision
Secondly, Rules Governing Transfer from One

College to Another within the University.
1. The transfer of a student form one college to another is
allowable and must be done according to the directives
as laid down by the College Council and with the
approval of the Deans of the two colleges concerned.
2. All the courses previously taken by the transferring
student, including his term and cumulative averages
for the entire time of his study in the University,
will be entered in the academic record of the
transferring student according to the regulations
governing examinations.
Thirdly, the Rules Governing the changing of

Majors within the college.
1. The Dean of the College may allow a student to change
from one major to another according to the conditions
for change as laid down by the College Council.
2. All the previous courses he has studied, including
his grades and his term and cumulative averages, will
be entered into the academic record of a student
who has changed from one major to another
according to the provisions of the regulations
governing examination.
3. Two summer courses will be considered to be the
equal of one academic term.
This will not be considered within his midterm grade or

cumulative grade. If one semester passed without the
student finish then it will be considered as failure (F)
and be considered in his cumulative grade
Grading System:
Percent Degree
95-less than 100
90-95
85-90
80-85
75-80
70-75
65-70
60-65
Less than 60
Grade
Upper Excellent
Excellent
Upper very good
Very Good
Upper Good
Good
Upper Pass
Pass
Failure
Code
A+
A
B+
B
C+
C
D+
D
F
Grade
Weight
5
4.75
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1
The first honor degree will be granted to the student

scoring an accumulative average from (4.75) to (5.00)
upon graduation. The second honor degree will be
granted to the student scoring an accumulative average
from (4.25) to less than (4.75) upon graduation.
Examinations and Grades
Graduation from the University:
First: Examinations:
Final examination:
The Deanship of Admission and Registration at the

end of each semester prepares a memorandum of
graduation, and referred to the university council, which
ratified it. A student does not considered as a graduate
unless confirmed by the said Council, and the students
expected to graduate review Deanship of Admission
and registration to ensure completion of all graduation
requirements and complete the form of alumni. This should
be done in the first week of the term of graduation They
should also carry all the required documents with them
After graduation on graduate review Deanship of
Admission and Registration (Division of files) and to
obtain a release form, and completion of the necessary
signatures by the competent authorities. , receive the
file from the Division of files. After the conclusion of
the proceedings then head to the place allocated to the
distribution of documentation of graduation.
This is the final test and take place at the end of the
term. It is specified by the faculty board following
suggestion from department head. Percent of mid term
exam between 40-60% of the total score.
Mid-term exams: These are exams which are set to test the
marks during the academic year. It is calculated as follows:
1. Oral exams or by research , practical and written exams
2. At least two written exams
The faculty board on recommendation of of the
department board can include the final exam in any
practical or oral tests and decide about percent for the
final exam
Second: Grades
Mid-term grade
Is calculated dividing total points over the total units
for all the courses which was taken in a semester the
points is calculated by multiplying the unit times the
weight of the grade which the student obtained in each
course he studied.
22
The department board can allow the student to to

complete the requirement of any course in the next
semester and assign the student non-complete grade
(IC).
Cumulative grade is calculated by dividing the total

points achieved in each class by the number of credit
units since he joined the university. The sum of the
individual calculations is then divided by the total
number of credit units to produce the weighted
average Units total
Requirements for obtaining a Honors (first & second)

1. Student not failed any course taught in the
university or another university.
2. That the student has completed graduation
requirements within a maximum average time between
the minimum and maximum stay in his college.
3. The student has studied at King Saud University, at
least (60%) of the graduation requirements.
4. If the student has achieved the previous conditions
and achieved a cumulative rate of between 4.75
and 5.00 he gets first class honors, and if he
achieves a cumulative rate of between 4.25 and
4.75 he gets a second class honors.
Graduate studies
Orgnization of graduate studies

Article(4)
The higher studies at King Saud University began in

1393/1394H. remained one of the major concern for
the higher administrative bodies of the university.
They didnt reserve any thing for its support and
development. The student numbers began to grow
year after year until the University Council approved
the establishment of the College of Higher Studies in
1418H. The Deanship of Graduate Studies promotes
graduate research in cooperation with colleges and
departments throughout the university. The Deanship is
responsible for all graduate programs in the university;
it approves, evaluates, and constantly revises and
coordinates these programs. Deanship was responsible
for administering 78 Ph.D. programs; and, 184 M.Sc.
programs .
OBJECTIVE OF GRADUATE STUDIES

Article (1)
Graduate Studies program aims to:
1. Promote the research and publication of Islamic
and Arabic studies;
2. Contribute to the enrichment of human knowledge
in all fields through specialized studies and research
in order to make new scientific and applied
contributions and create innovative discoveries;
3. Provide opportunities for undergraduate students
to pursue their graduate studies locally;
4. Develop qualified scientific and professional
human resources;
5. Encourage qualified scientists to keep pace with
the rapid developments in science and technology
to direct their research towards the solution of
problems in Saudi society; and
6. Continue with the improvement of undergraduate
programs in order to interface efficiently with
graduate studies/programs.
DEGREES
Article (2)
University Council gives the following Degrees on the
recommendation of both , the department and the
College boards and the support of the Council of the
Deanship of Graduate Studies:
1. Diploma.
2. Masters
3. Doctoral (high).
Article (3)
Requirements for the degrees in Article II is in
accordance with the provisions of these Regulations
with the exception of:
1. Medical diplomas.
2. Medical Fellowship.
For the above mentioned the rules and regulations
issued by the University Council should be applied
A Deanship of Graduate Studies will be established

in all universities. The Dean will report to the ViceRector for Graduate Studies and Scientific Research.
The Deanship will supervise all programs of graduate
studies in the University; coordinate them; recommend
their approval where appropriate; and, subject them to
periodic reviews.
Article(5)
The Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies will
consider issues relating to graduate studies in the
University in general and make the necessary decisions
within its authority
Graduate Studies
As per the Unified Regulations; specifically, the Council will:

1. Propose/revise the general policy for graduate
studies and its coordination with all University
Colleges and institutes and follow-up its
implementation after initial approval.
2. Propose, in coordination with academic
departments, the internal regulations concerning
the organization of graduate studies.
3. Propose criteria for admission to graduate studies
and supervise their implementation.
4. Recommend the approval of new programs of
graduate studies and their coordination with
existing programs;
5. Recommend the approval of graduate courses as
well as revise or change their contents;
6. Recommend in Arabic and English, the names for
the graduate degrees as per the recommendations
of the college councils;
7. Recommend the granting of degrees.
8. Make final decisions in matters relating to graduate
students affairs in the University;
9. Approve the formation of thesis and dissertation
committees, and report the relevant committees
decision.
10. Formulate the general guidelines for research
plans; set up rules and regulations for writing
theses/dissertations; print, submit and develop
forms for their defense and evaluation;
11. Evaluate periodically the graduate studies
programs at the University through committees
from within the University or from outside. Study
the periodic reports submitted by academic
departments in the University and;
12. Study the items referred to it by the University
Board, or its Board Chairman, or the Rector.
13. Study what is referred to it from the rector or
counsel head and express openion.
Article(6)
The Council of Deanship of Graduate Studies consists
of the following:
1. Dean of Graduate Studies, acting as the Chairman
of the Council;
23
Graduate Studies
2. Dean of Scientific Research, member;

3. Deputy Dean of Graduate Studies, secretary
general;
4. A faculty member, of associate professor rank
(at least), from each College offering graduate
programs, appointed by the University Board as
per the recommendations of the College Council
and the approval of the Rector, for a 2-years
renewable term.
The Council shall meet at least once a month. A minimum
of two-thirds of its members is required for a quorum.
Its decisions are taken by simple majority, and in the
case of a tie, the Chairmans rule decides. The decisions
of the Council should be considered final if there is no
objection from the Rector within 15 days from the date
received in the Rectors office. The Council can form
standing or temporal committees from its members or
others and charge them with various tasks.
NEW PROGRAMS
Article (7)
The University Board will set detailed standards
to approve the graduate programs based on the
recommendations of the Council of the Deanship of
Graduate Studies after consideration of the following:
1. There should be sufficient faculty members of
the rank of professor and associate professor
specialized in the program. In addition, sufficient
research facilities including laboratories, computer
resources, etc., should be available to ensure the
success of the program together with the assurances
regarding the quality of teaching, research, and
supervision of research.
5. Faculty stability and turnover during the previous

five years;
6. The CVs of all faculty members in the Department
and other faculty members in the University who
are involved in the program in question.
Article (9)
The Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies
will review the program proposal and coordinate its
requirements and other existing program requirements,
if any, to avoid duplication of effort. If the Council
is satisfied, it may recommend that the program be
approved by the University Board.
Article (10)
Any adjustments in the curriculum, program requirements, or admission requirements should be approved
by the University Board as per recommendations of the
Council of the Deanship of the Graduate Studies in coordination with the department concerned.
Article (11)
Combined graduate programs can be established between two or more Departments or between two or
more Colleges according to guidelines approved by
the University Board based on the recommendations
of the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies in
coordination with the Departments concerned.
Conditions for acceptance
Article(12)
2. The Department should have acquired sufficient

experience in managing undergraduate programs
if the new program is for a masters degree. If it
is for a doctorate degree, experience in managing
masters program is required.
The University Board determines the number of students

to be admitted each year for the graduate studies as per
the recommendations of the Council of the Deanship of
Graduate Studies and suggestions by Department and
College Councils.
3. The number of students expected to enroll in the

program should be sufficient to guarantee the
continuation of the program.
Article (13)
Article (8)
With consideration of the requirements in Article
Seven, the Department submits to the College Council
a detailed proposal of the program explaining the
following:
1. The objectives of program and the need of the
Saudi society for it;
2. The nature of the program from its academic and
professional standpoint and its scientific approach;
3. The importance of the program and its justification
after reviewing what other departments are
offering in the same area of specialization in the
University and other universities in the Kingdom;
24
the Department to assure the promotion of high

academic and professional quality for the program,
especially, in the major research areas identified by
the Department;
4. The facilities available or what will be procured by
For Admission to the Graduate Studies, the following

general requirements should be satisfied:
1. The applicant must be a Saudi national or must
have an official scholarship to the Graduate Studies
(for non-Saudis);
2. The applicant must have a university degree from
a Saudi university or from another recognized
university;
3. He/she must have a record of good behavior and
be medically fit.
4. Recommendation letters should be submitted from
two of his/her former professors; a no-objection
letter from his/her employer is required, if the
applicant is willing; and
5. Applicants for doctoral programs must enroll on a
full-time basis.
6. The basis in Ph.D. programs is that the student
should be a full-time student. However, the

University Board can decide exception from this
requirement whenever it is inevitable.
The Board of each university can add any other general
requirements as necessary.
Article (14)
Admission to a postgraduate diploma requires an undergraduate performance of not less than good (C
grade).
remain;
4. The time period required for completing the
deficiency courses is not considered a part of
the maximum residency period for the degree in
question; and
5. Deficiency courses are not included in the GPA
calculation for graduate studies.
Procedures for acceptance

Article (19)
Article (15)
Admission to a masters degree program requires a
minimum overall undergraduate performance of very
good (B). However, the Council of the Deanship of
Graduate Studies can waive this condition for upper
good (C+). Also the Council of Deanship of Graduate Studies can waive this condition for Good (C) as
per recommendation of the Department Council and
the support of the College Council in some programs
which are nominated and identified by the University
Board, given that the undergraduate major GPA is not
less than very good (B). The Council of the Deanship
of Graduate Studies can add other requirements as per
the recommendations of the Department Council and
the support of the College Council.
Article (16)
Admission to a Doctoral degree program requires a
minimum overall performance of at least very good (B)
in the masters degree program if this degree is from a
university with a letter-grading system. The Council of
the Deanship of Graduate Studies may add other necessary admission requirements as per the recommendation of the Department Council and the support of
the College Council.
Article (17)
A graduate student may be admitted to a masters or
doctoral program other than his/her original field of
study as per the recommendations of the Councils of
Department and the College concerned, together with
the approval of the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies.
Admission and registration of graduate students should

be conducted through the Deanship of Graduate Studies
in coordination with the Deanship of Admission and registration, and to accept graduate students in accordance
with the following:
Graduate Studies
1. Apply for admission and have the required

documents presented to the Deanship of Graduate
Studies from the beginning of the second week
until the end of the fifth week of the semester
preceding the start of the study
2. The Deanship of Graduate Studies transfer the
documents of those who wish acceptance to the
relevant departments within a period not exceeding
the end of the sixth week of the previous semester
to begin study
3. Recommends that the relevant parts of the
councils to accept students for a period not
exceeding the tenth week of the semester prior
to the commencement of the study, and returned
documents of applicants to the Deanship of
Graduate Studies within two weeks from the date
of the recommendation
4. The Council of Deanship of Graduate Studies issues
the decision regarding the acceptance.
5. After the issuance of decisions to accept students
Deanship of Graduate Studies send the entire
original documents to the Deanship of Admission
and Registration, and provide the relevant parts
of the lists of admitted before the start of the
registration period in courses in at least two weeks.
Article (20)
A student cannot enroll in two graduate programs at
the same time.
Article (18)
The concerned department may require a student in a
masters or doctoral program to take a number of deficiency courses for a maximum period of three semesters with the following considerations:
1. The deficiency courses must be completed at the
first attempt with a grade not less than good (C);
2. The cumulative GPA in all deficiency courses must
not be less than very good (B);
3. Registration for the intended graduate studies
program will not commence until the deficiency
courses are passed. The Department concerned
may allow the student to enroll in such graduate
courses if only one or two deficiency courses
Deferment and Dropping

Article (21)
A students admission may be postponed for not more
than two semesters based on the approval of the relevant
Department Council, the Dean of the College concerned,
and the Dean of Graduate Studies. This period of postponement will not be included as part of the maximum
residency period allowed for completing the degree.
Article (22)
Studies may only be postponed following the approval
of the relevant Department Council, and Dean of the
25
Graduate Studies
College concerned, and the Dean of Graduate Studies

according to the following:
1. The student must have finished at least one
semester or more, or completed a good part of his
thesis;
2. Postponement must not exceed four semesters (2
academic years);
3. The student must submit a postponement request
two weeks before the beginning of the semester;
4. The postponement period is not included in
the maximum residency period required for the
degree.
Article (23)
The student can request to drop all courses of the semester subject to the following conditions:
1. He/she must submit the form for dropping before
the final examination;
2. Approval of the Department Council together
with the approvals of the Dean of the College
concerned and the Dean of Graduate Studies, are
required;
3. This semester must not be considered from the
additional attempts given to the student;
4. This semester will be considered as part of the
postponement period mentioned in Article 22.
Withdrawal
Article (24)
If a student has withdrawn voluntarily from graduate
studies, and then decided to return, all the current admission requirements must be met.
Discontinuance
Article (25)
A student would be considered to have voluntarily discontinued his/her program and would be dismissed in
the following cases:
1. If he is accepted in the program and doesnt
register during the registration period;
2. If he/she registers in a semester but does not attend
classes in that semester.
Dismissal and Readmission

Article (26)
26
The Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies may

decide to dismiss a student if:
1. The student gains admission to graduate studies
but does not register during the registration
period;
2. He/she does not pass the deficiency courses
mentioned in Article Eighteen
3. He/she withdraws or discontinues the program for
one semester without an acceptable excuse;
4. He/she does not show his seriousness in studying
or does not fulfill his academic duties according to
Article Fifty-two;
5. His/her GPA is below B for two consecutive

semesters;
6. He/she exceeds the postponement periods
mentioned in Article Twenty-two;
7. There is evidence of academic dishonesty in
the students course of study or during his/her
thesis work, or if the rules and regulations of the
university are violated;
8.
9. He/she does not pass the comprehensive
examination (if required) at the second attempt;
10. The Thesis Committee disqualifies the thesis
for defense or does not accept it following the
defense; and
11. His/her program remains incomplete following the
expiry of the maximum residency period according
to Article Thirty-six.
Article (27)
In extremely limited cases, a students file can be reinstated if the Department and College Councils support
his/her readmission request, with justification. The readmission is to be approved by University Board based
on the recommendations of the Council of the Deanship
of Graduate Studies with the following considerations:
1. If the period between dismissal and the application
for readmission exceeds six semesters, the student
will be treated as a new applicant regardless of the
number of credit hours he earned before.
2. If the period between dismissal and the application
for readmission is 6 semesters or less, the student
may be asked to repeat some courses. These
courses will be identified by the Department and
College Councils and approved by the Council
of the Deanship of Graduate Studies. The credit
hours earned from the time of readmission will
be counted in his GPA calculation. The previous
period attended in the program by the student will
be counted as part of his/her maximum residency
period for the degree in question.
Additional Attempts
Article (28)
Paragraph (5) of Article 26 may be exempted to give a
student an additional attempt at graduating for one or
two semesters (maximum) as per the recommendations
of both the Department and College Councils and the
approval of the Council of the Deanship of Graduate
Studies.
Article (29)
Paragraph (10) of Article 26 may be exempted to give
a student an additional attempt at graduating not exceeding two semesters following the approval of the
University Council based on the academic advisors
report and the recommendations of the Department,
College, and Deanship of Graduate Studies Councils.
Transfer
Article (30)
A student can transfer from one recognized university
to the University as per the recommendation of both
the Department and College Councils and the approval
of the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies after consideration of the following:
1. The student must satisfy the admission requirements
and other departmental requirements as necessary.
2. The student must not be dismissed, for any reason,
from the university from which he is transferring.
3. The number of credit hours earned will be
calculated according to the following:
a. Courses under consideration should not have
been taken more than six semesters preceding
the application.
b. The topics of the credit hours to be transferred
must meet the current program requirements.
c. The percentage of the credit hours to be
transferred must not be more than 30% of the
new program requirements.
d. The grade of the transferred courses should not
be less than Very Good (B).
e. The transferred credit hours will not be included
in the GPA calculation.
f. The Department Council will recommend
the transfer of credits, to be approved by the
Councils of the College and the Deanship of
Graduate Studies.
Article (31)
The students major can be changed at the University
according to the recommendations of the Department
and College Councils and the approval of the Council
of the Deanship of Graduate Studies taking the following into consideration:
1. The student satisfies the admission and any
other requirements deemed necessary by the
Department.
2. Credit hours earned at the University may be
counted, if the new Department approves
its compatibility with the new program to be
transferred to. These credits will be included in the
GPA calculation.
3. The student should not have been previously dismissed
for any of the reasons indicated in Article 26.
4. The period spent in the previous major will be
considered part of the maximum residency period
for the degree in question.
5. Only one change of major is allowed during the
maximum residency period for the degree in
question.
1. The residency period should not be less than of two

semesters and not more than four semesters; and
1. The number of credit hours should not be less than
24 and not more than 36.
The University Board determines the required
courses for the diploma degree as well as the name
of the diploma degree as per proposal of both the
Department and College Councils concerned and the
recommendations of the Council of the Deanship of
Graduate Studies.
Article(34)
Graduate Studies
Studying for a doctoral degree involves one of the following two approaches:
1. Coursework and dissertation with a minimum of 30
graduate units after the masters degree in addition
to the dissertation.
2. Dissertation and some courses with a minimum of
12 specialized CREDITS from the major, seminars,
or research sessions as required, according to the
students academic background and field of study.
Article (35)
The academic year is divided into two main semester , each semester not less than fifteen weeks
not counting registration and tests, and a summer semester period of not less than eight weeks,.
rNBZCFTPNFVOJWFSTJUZDMBTTFTDBOCFUBLFOPOUIF
basis of full academic year in accordance with the rules
and procedures approved by the University Council
Article (36)
1. The maximum residency period for a masters
degree must not be less than four semesters and
not more than eight semesters; not including the
summer sessions.
2. The residency period for a doctoral degree must
not be less than six semesters and not more than ten
semesters; the summer sessions are not included.
Article (37)
The maximum residency period for a degree starts from
the registration for graduate courses up to the submission date of a report from the students advisor with
a copy of the thesis (or any other requirements to the
student program) to the Department Chairman.
Article (38)
A graduate student must take at least 70% of the required CREDIT HOURS in the University awarding the
degree. All work related to his thesis/dissertation must
be completed in the same University.
SYSTEM OF STUDY
Article (32)
Article (39)
Studying for a postgraduate diploma includes courses,

field work, applied courses and experimental activities
that satisfy the following:
A student cannot graduate until all the degree

requirements are satisfied, with an overall grade of, at
least, very good (B).
27
Graduate Studies
SYSTEM OF EXAMINATIONS
Article (40)
Conducting and grading graduate courses for diploma,
masters, and doctoral degrees should follow the undergraduate studies and examination rules and regulations
which were approved by the Higher Education Council
in its second meeting on 11/6/1416 H, with the exception of the following:
1. A minimum of Good (C) grade is required for the
student to pass a course.
2. The Council of the Deanship of Graduate
Studies should set appropriate policies as per
the Department Councils recommendation and
approval of the College Council with regard to
substitute examinations and courses requiring a
duration of study of more than one semester.
3. Masters students -if required by the program- and
doctoral students must pass comprehensive oral
and written examinations after the completion of
all the required coursework. This comprehensive
examination should be conducted by a specialized
committee according to regulations set by the
University Board as per the recommendations of
the Department Council and the approval of the
College Council concerned and the Council of the
Deanship of Graduate Studies. This examination
should cover the students major field of study as
well as the other related fields if exist. The student
will be considered a candidate for the degree in
question if he passes the examination at the first
sitting. In case of failure in the examination or part
of it, a second chance will be given to the student
within the following two semesters. Failure to pass
the examination a second time will incur dismissal
from the program.
Rules of the Comprehensive Test for the Doctorate
A. The objective of the test

The comprehensive exam aims to measure the students
capability in two main areas:
b. Knowledge: the exam aims to measure the
students capability, depth and comprehension
to understand the major field subjects, and also
secondary fields (if any).
c. Analysis: The exam aims to measure the
students capability in analyzing, in making
complementary action between concepts
and conclusion, and in suggesting reasonable
solutions and reasonable answers for questions
directed to him/her.
B. Component of the comprehensive exam.

1. The comprehensive examination is composed
of two parts: written and oral.
2. The comprehensive examination (written and
oral) will be in the major field and secondary
fields (if any).
28
C. The Comprehensive Exam Committee:
a. The department council establishes an exam

committee of odd numbered members,
from amongst full professors and associate
professors, who belong to the same major or
secondary fields of the student concerned. For
the masters degree, an assistant professor, with
two years experience as assistant professor can
be chosen as a member of this committee.
b. The committee is responsible for preparing
the comprehensive exams, to correct them,
and to announce exam results. The committee
then raises the exam results to the department
council for approval.
c. If the program requirements contain a major
field or secondary fields from outside the
department, then it is so necessary that
one of the staff members of the concerned
department/departments should be a member
of the committee.
D. Written Exam:
1. The board of the concerned department form
a committee of at least three, from professors,
associate professors, with competence in the
specialty of the student major and specialty or
subspecialty (if any).
2. The Commission considers taking help from
faculty staff members
3. The Committee shall be responsible for the
preparation of the test and to evaluate and
determine the outcome
4. If the program requires specialization from
outside the department specialized person from
outside the department should be included
5. Same Commission on the written test do the
oral test
E. Oral Examination
a. After passing the written exam, the student
should sit for the oral exam, at a time decided
upon by the exam committee.
b. Failing to pass the oral exam, the student has
the right to re-take an extra oral exam at any
time, but not later than the next semester.
c. Failing to pass the extra oral exam, the student
will be dismissed, and this is to be according
to the recommendation of the department
council and the faculty board, and approval of
the Deanship of Graduate Studies Council.
F. Test date
1. After passing the written exam. The student
to apply for the entire oral test at a date
determined by exam Commission.
2. The duration of the test, in the major and
subspecialty, if any) at least two hours).
3. In case the student did not pass the test, may
be given another chance in the next semster,
in the case of failure for the second time, his

registration will be canceled.
4. There will be two parts of the Comprehensive
Test once a week during the period from the
fourth to the tenth week of each semester,
with a gap not less than two weeks.
G. General Provisions
1. The student after passing a comprehensive
test is qualified for the PhD.
2. The head of department notifies the Deanship
of Graduate studies the results of written and
oral exams, in two weeks from the date of the
exam.
THESIS /DISSERTATION
Preparation of Thesis/Dissertation and Supervision
Article (41)
On joining the program, each graduate student should
be assigned an academic advisor. The advisor will
guide and help the student to choose the subject of
the thesis/dissertation and research plan according to
the regulations approved by the University Board, as
per recommendations of the Council of the Deanship
of Graduate Studies.
Article (42)
After passing all the admission requirements and completing at least 50% of the required courses, with a
minimum cumulative GPA of B, the graduate student
should submit his/her thesis/dissertation proposal, if
any, to the department concerned. If the proposal is
approved, the Department Council will assign either
a thesis advisor, and co-advisor if required, or thesis
committee members and its chairman. Subsequently,
this information should be submitted to the Council of
the Deanship of Graduate Studies for approval, as per
the recommendations of the College Council.
Article (43)
Masters thesis should reflect originality and involve a
new contribution, and doctoral dissertation should also
reflect originality and innovation, together with an effective contribution to the advancement of knowledge
in the students field of study.
Article (44)
Subjects of masters thesis and doctoral dissertations
should be written in Arabic. Other languages can be
used in some majors with the approval of the University
Board as per recommendations of the Department and
College Councils, and the Council of the Deanship of
Graduate Studies. In such cases, an Arabic perfect summary must be included.
Article (45)
The thesis/dissertation advisors must be of professorial
or an associate professorial rank who are faculty members of the University. An assistant professor may be a
masters thesis advisor, if he has spent at least two years

in the University as assistant professor and has at least
two papers published or accepted for publication in
his field of specialty in refereed journals.
Article (46)
The thesis/dissertation advisor may be a non-faculty
member of the University with distinguished qualifications and experience in academic research. This
requires the approval of the University Board, based
on recommendations by the Department Council concerned, the College Council, and the Council of the
Deanship of Graduate Studies., and in accordance with
the following rules:
Graduate Studies
A. Masters Thesis
1. The holder of a doctorate
2. That have been on obtaining a doctorate degree
at least three years
3. To have at least three papers in the area of
concern _ _ of papers published or accepted for
publication in scientific journals.
B. Doctoral theses
1. The holder of a doctorate.
2. That have been on getting his PhD at least five years.
3. That has six research at least - in the area of
specialization - research published or accepted
for publication in scientific journals.
Article (47)
Based on the nature of the thesis/dissertation, a coadvisor can be assigned from other departments in the
University, provided that the thesis/dissertation advisor
is assigned from the department awarding the degree.
Article (48)
A faculty member can be a thesis advisor or co-advisor
for a maximum of four masters thesis and/or Doctoral
dissertations simultaneously. If it is highly and deeply
necessary, the number can be raised to five following
the recommendations of the Department Council concerned and the approval of the College Council, and
the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies. For
the purpose of calculating a faculty-members teaching load, the supervision of a thesis/dissertation will be
counted as one credit hour, whether the faculty member is the sole advisor or the major advisor.
Article (49)
If the advisor cannot continue supervising the thesis/
dissertation, or if his service to the University is discontinued, the Department concerned should suggest a replacement, to be approved by the College Council and
the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies.
Article (50)
By the end of each semester, the advisor should report,
in detail, to the Chairman of the Department, about the
progress of the students work. A copy of the report
should be sent to the Dean of Graduate Studies.
29
Graduate Studies
Article (51)
Student completion of the thesis/dissertation must be
reported by the advisor to the Chairman of the Department concerned, in order to initiate the completion of
the procedure determined by the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies. The procedures are:
Names of member of the examiners raised to the
graduate studies counsel and decision should be taken
in one month time from the date of the College Board

After the approval of the Deanship of Graduate
Studies on the formation of the Examination
panel the department head, refer the thesis to
the members of the Committee and set a date for
discussion.

The discussion of the thesis can be in public,
and may be confidential, and decision of the
Commission immediately made after the debate.

In the case of non-validity of the thesis or the
discussion altogether, the Dean of Graduate
Studies should be notified ; to cancel the students
enrollment,

The time between the approval of the Deanship
of Postgraduate Studies on the formation of the
judging panel must not exceed, four months and
(do not count public holidays within this period).
Article (52)
Based on the academic advisors report, a lack of
commitment by a student towards his studies and
other academic duties will result in an academic
warning by the Department Council concerned. If,
after two warnings, no improvement is evident, the
Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies may
dismiss the student as per the recommendation of
the Department Council.
Article (53 )
The time between acceptance of the research proposal
and submitting of the theses should not exceed 2 semesters for the master degree and four semester for PhD.
Thesis/Dissertation Defense
Article (54)
Based on the recommendations of the Department
and College Councils concerned, a Defense Committee is formed by the Council of the Deanship of
Graduate Studies.
Article (55)
30
The Masters Thesis Defense Committee must fulfill the

following requirements:
1. It must comprise an odd number of members,

chaired by the thesis advisor.
2. The Committee must comprise at least three
members. The advisor and co-advisor if any should
not constitute a majority in the Committee.
3. The Committee members should meet the
conditions of the thesis supervision.
4. At least one member of the Committee must be a
professor or an associate professor.
5. Decisions of the Committee should be based on
a majority vote of at least two thirds of the total
number of members.
Article (56)
The Doctoral Dissertation Defense Committee must fulfill the following requirements:
1. It must comprise an odd number of members,
not less than three, and chaired by the thesis
advisor.
2. The Committee members must be of the rank of
professors or associate professors. The advisor
and co-advisor (if any) should not constitute a
majority in the committee.
3. At least one member of the Committee must be
of a professorial rank.
4. One member of the Committee must be from
outside the University.
5. Decisions of the Committee should be based on
a majority vote of at least two thirds of the total
number of members.
Article (57)
If, for any reason, the thesis/dissertation advisor cannot
participate in the defense committee, due to his death
or his service to the University is discontinued, or his
presence outside the country in task for a long time, the
Department concerned should suggest a replacement
who should be approved by the College Council and
Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies.
Article (58)
A report is prepared and signed by all members of the
thesis/dissertation committee. The report must be submitted to the Department Chairman concerned within
one week of the date of the public defense. The report
must include one of the following recommendations:
1. The thesis/dissertation is accepted and
recommended for the award of the degree.
2. The thesis/dissertation is accepted with some
modifications, without a re-defense being
necessary. A member of the committee is
delegated to recommend awarding of the degree
after ensuring that the required modifications
are implemented within three months from the
date of the first public defense. This period can

be waived by the University Board.
3. Further work is recommended on the thesis/
dissertation, followed by a second defense
within a certain period of time to be decided
by the Council of the Deanship of Graduate
Studies, based on the recommendations of the
Department Council concerned. This period
must not exceed one year from the date of the
first defense.
4. The thesis/dissertation is rejected.
Each committee member has the right to submit his
own comments or reservations in a separate report
both to the Department Chairman concerned and
the Dean of Graduate Studies, within two weeks of
the date of the defense.
a maximum of two nights in addition to honorarium

indicated above, whether the Committee member is
from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia or from outside.
If the Committee member is blind or a female, his/
her companion should be given air ticket and accommodation rent for a maximum of two nights.
In case of necessit y, and according to the nature
of study, the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies can add one or two nights, as per the
recommendation of the Department and college
Councils, as extended stay for the committee
member.
GENERAL REGULATIONS
Article (63)
The Department Chairman concerned must submit

the report of the Thesis/Dissertation Committee to
the Dean of Graduate Studies not later than three
weeks after the date of the defense.
The University Board approves the regulations for

the evaluation of the graduate studies programs
as per the recommendations of the Council of the
Deanship of Graduate Studies. The results of the
evaluation should be submitted to the University
Board.
Article (60)
Article (64)
The Dean of Graduate Studies must submit the recommendations to award the degree to the University Board for approval.
At the end of each academic year, the Department

Chairman should submit a report to the Dean of the
College concerned and the Dean of Graduate Studies
regarding the progress of graduate studies in the Department.
Article (59)
Article (61)
A masters thesis advisor from outside the University
will be given compensation of five thousand Saudi
Riyals (SR 5,000.00). A doctoral dissertation advisor
from outside the University will be given compensation of seven thousand Saudi Riyals (SR7,000.00).
Graduate Studies
Article (65)
Whatever is not explicitly stated in this document
should follow the rules of the Council of Higher Education and Universities and their implementation
rules and regulations as practiced in the Kingdom.
Article (62)
A faculty staff member of the University to whom
the thesis/dissertation is submitted receives one
thousand Saudi Riyals (SR1,000.00) for participation in a Masters or Doctoral Defense Committee.
An external member or a non-faculty member from
the University to whom the thesis/dissertation is
submitted receives one thousand five hundred
Saudi Riyals (SR1,500.00) for participation in the
Doctoral Defense Committee and one thousand
Saudi Riyals (SR1,000.00) for his participation in the
Masters Defense Committee. A committee member
from outside the Kingdom receives two thousand
five hundred Saudi Riyals (SR2,500.00). If the Committee member is from outside the city in which the
University is located, whereby the thesis/dissertation is defended, he should be given a roundtrip
air ticket from his place of residence (city/country)
and rent of suitable accommodation and living for
Article (66)
This document will cancel all the previous graduate studies regulations in the Saudi Universities
and it will be implemented from the first academic
year following its approval date. The University
Board may take the appropriate action in cases
where students joined a University under the old
regulations.
Article (67)
A University Board may issue its own implementation rules regarding the progress of graduate
studies without contradicting the rules and regulations of this document.
Article (68)
The Council of Higher education and Universities has
the right to interpret the regulations of this document.
31
Preparatory year Deanship
Preparatory year Deanship

In view of the awareness of the university to graduate
qualified students who can contribute effectively in
their community services, KSA initiated the Deanship
of preparatory year . This Deanship is mainly initiated
to give the students a chance for Preparatory studies
that could prepare him for his university studies.
In addition to the formal education the deanship
provides the most sophisticated technology , lab
tops and facilitating the electronically communication
between the student and the staff to bring the know
how in computer to a distinguished level. In addition
to this the Deanship provides an English speaking
environment to raise the ability of the students in
English and communications skills.
Teaching is based on group and each student is asked
to submit at the beginning of the term timetable for
the subjects he want to study and the classrooms.
Goals:

Enhancement of punctuality and responsibility

Improve leadership qualities and ability to take
initiatives

Improve English language skills, information technology,
mathematics, communication skills and creative thinking

Enhance creativity and self improvement

Improving standards of graduates to better
compete on quality jobs

Improving health awareness and fitness of
students
Based on the decision of the University Council at its
ninth meeting of the academic year 1429/1430 AH,
was approved the following items:
Rules for admission and study in the preparatory year
1430/1431 AH
1. Preparatory year is an annual system, where
students must finish requirements in one
academic year (two semesters + summer semester
exceptional) at a rate of at least 3 of 5, student
who did not complete the courses in one year or
the cumulative GPA in one year less than 3 from 5
to be transferred to colleges that not support the
preparatory year or to community colleges.
2. When there is a request to delete the first semester
the student has the choice between the withdrawal
of the university or transferred to a college that
does not require the preparatory year.
3. Accept students in the university at the following
paths:
I. The path of health colleges
32
II. The path of scientific and engineering colleges
4. The allocation of students in colleges at the

end of the school year based on the cumulative
average for the year, . For the path of scientific and
engineering colleges can be added to the weight
ratio The high school Or grades to colleges that
required by, Schools can add their own conditions
before accepting the initial report.
5. Does not allow switching between tracks during
the preparatory year.
6. Students are deprived from entering the final
test if I the proportion of attendance of lectures
and practical lessons is less than 85% , absence is
calculated from the first day of the study.
7. Absence is calculated from the first day of absence
from the semester to the last day before final
exams, regardless of the date of the issuance of a
student time table or the date of receipt.
8. Report of absentees shall be issued at the end of
the eighth week in the last day of the study,
9. Deanship of the induction program is part of the
preparatory year of study and calculated in the
absenteeism.
10. Students must comply with deadline for the
placement test in English and will not be allowed
to register later than the deadlines.
11. A student is responsible for continuously check on
the preparatory year site and notice its objectives
and courses of study and testing system and
regulation and timing of the induction program
and placement test, and the administrators guide.
12. The student is fully responsible for making sure
that there are no errors in the schedule, such as
the conflict in times of lectures or registration in
courses that he did not succeed or one that the
student, had already passes in it. Students in case
of errors in the table should check with deanship
registrar during the period of the addition only.
13. Inquiries may be directed to each person according
to his specialty, and there is a list of officials for all
the partitions on the website.
14. The student should make sure that his university
e-mail is working correctly, and also read
mail on a daily basis to follow up instructions
and advertisements, and does not accept
correspondence from Other user, as well as
students should follow-up ads that are placed
on Deans site or on bulletin boards or screens
allocated to that purposes in the building the
Deanship.
15. The test and orientation program Will
be in the morning, in the building of the
preparatory year
Academic Departments
First: English language skills
Second: Computer skills
Third: Mathematics skills
Fourth: Self Development Skills
Units:
Level Two
Second group
No. &
Code
140 Najm English Language (1)

140 Reed Mathematics (1) calculus
140 Tagan Computer skills and
Information Technology
140Alam Communication Skills
Total
Talented care Unit:
Second: Self Education Unit

Third: Students Affair Unit
The following table shows the educational plan for the

two tract according to the level:
First educational Plan for Engineering and Science
Colleges:
No. &
Code
140 Najm
140 Reed
140 Tagn
140 Elim
First group
140 Najm
English Language (1)

Mathematics (1) Introductory
140 Reed
Mathematics
Computer skills and
140 Tagan
140 Alam Communication Skills
Total
Actual
Hrs.
8
3
3
20
4
6
2
16
2
32
second group
Level one
Course name
Hours
First educational Plan for Health Colleges:

First Semester
Nasir Bin Rasheed Chair for future leaders

and pioneers
Educational Program:
No. &
Code
Course name
Actual
Hours
Hrs.
8
20
2
15
2
31
Course name
Mathematics (1)
Introductory Mathematics
Computer skills and
Communication Skills
Total
Hours
Actual
Hrs.
8
2
20
3
2
15
2
31
Hours
Actual
Hrs.
Academic Departments
Second group
No. &
Code
150 Najm
150 Reed
140 Tagn
140 Elim
Level one
Course name
Chemistry
Physics
Biology
statistics
Total
8
2
3
3
2
20
2
3
4
18
31
second group
No. &
Code
140 Najm
140 Reed
140 Nagj
140 Reed
150 Saha
Course name
Mathematics (2)
Introductory Mathematics
Learning, Thinking and
Research Skills
Business
Health and Fitness
Total
Hours
Actual
Hrs.
20
1
1
15
2
2
31
Hours
Actual
Hrs.
8
3
3
20
3
4
1
1
16
2
2
32
Level Two
Preparatory Year charter

First: - Academic Conduct
It is expected from university student to be honest in
his study, and abide to all laws and regulations of the
preparatory year (academic and moral) and committed
to apply rules. if a student violated this trust becomes
necessary for the Dean to take the necessary disciplinary
action with him to evaluate his behavior. The academic
misconduct means the pursuit of any methods or means
of deception or dishonesty in order to achieve personal
or academic benefits or privileges, it may take many
forms, including the following:
First group
No. &
Code
Course name
140 Najm English Language (2)

140 Reed Mathematics (1) calculus
140 Tagan Learning, Thinking and
Research Skills
101 Alam Business
150 Saha Health and Fitness
Total
1-Tests
A. Student cheating, or attempt to cheat the work
of another student, or allowing another student
cheating from his work by any means, with his
knowledge or Without his knowledge.
B. The use of noted observations of any kind when
you answer in the exam also students are not
allowed using the books, or use of technical means
to cheat.
C. Impersonate another student in the test or in a
33
Training and Scholarships
panel discussion or presentations.

D. Disabling tests held by illegal means to reach
the papers or answers to tests or distribution of
answers to others.
2-homework, articles, research, etc.

A - Impersonation: Use the vocabulary, ideas or
opinions or research results or offers someone else
in the duty of an editorial, without mentioning the
source, the work than not by the student himself.
B - Collusion: Working with others in the performance

of certain duties is intended to be achieved depends
on one person, and the inclusion of their work within
the work of this student.
C - Switch: The delivery of the work which has been
done to one of the courses to another course.
D - Spin: Fabrication or distortion of data has been
obtained from the real and legitimate.
E - Copying from the Internet: Copying from sites

without quoting or referring to the source (website).
try to assault and causing chaos.

B - Abuse or unethical dealings with any of the staff
of the university (professors, staff and students)
directly or through electronic communication.
Third - Communication with the Deanship of

the preparatory year
1. Student pledge to use the official channels
of communication with the Deanship of the
preparatory year for Academic Affairs and order
and be responsible for follow-up to what comes
out of the Deanship on the website and electronic
screens or through e-mail.
2. Pledge to use university e-mail to communicate
with the Deanship.
As far as our confidence in our sons and daughters,
the Dean will not compromise in dealing with
those who violate the rules and will not accept
any excuse whatsoever, and the students to take
precautions and not put themselves in doubt, in
case of violation of the above ,one or more of the
following penalties would be :
Warning the student in writing, and recorded it in
3-Property rights
1. All the products of students in the preparatory
year, such as patents or literature and research,
studies or research projects, images, software
and electronic development is the right of the
Deanship of the preparatory year and is not
entitled to any body declaration of the same
or product in any media without the consent of
the preparatory year, and clearly states the role
of the Deanship so after the formal approval of
the Dean.
2. It is not allowed to transfer any information from
the preparatory year or one of its officials to an
informational or website without prior approval,
Second: - Personal Conduct

Students pledge to abide by the following: 1. Do not smoke in the building of the preparatory
year and the region surrounding it.
2. Commitment to the appropriate conduct and decent
university status, including the dress and hair.
3. Do not abuse the use of technology and equipment,
including:
A. The use of media or Internet for purposes that
does not serve the objectives of the curriculum.
B. Save text files or audio or video, images, or Web
sites for University services not related to the
syllabus.
C. Infringement of the rights of others, either
directly or by using various technical means.
D. Tampering with property of the university.
34
4. Non-infringement of the regulations and the rights

of others, including:
A - Lack of respect for the rules of discipline or not to
the his record.

Denied membership in any promotional program

such as the elite or volunteers and others, and not
nominated for any occasion.
Reduce marks on assignment, test or self
learning.
Obtain failure e in the course.

Suspension for a specified period.

Dismissed from the Deanship.
Training and Scholarships

University sent each year a number of lecturers and
demonstrators outside the Kingdom to get degrees in
rare specialties that are not available in the to prepare
them to hold the positions of faculty staff in the future. The total number of Ph.D. scholarships abroad is
(129), while the number sent abroad for MSc. Is (321).
In addition the university also sent (36) to obtain a fellowship in the various specialties. The university also
offers training opportunities for its employees in the
programs of the Institute of Public Administration in
Riyadh The Universitys faculties, departments and students (Bachelor)
The University of King Saud compromise ; (23) College
and (136) academic department, the total students enrolled in undergraduate university in the year 30/1431
H has reached (56,829) of them; (32,257) demanded a
rate (57%) of the total student enrollment , and (24,572)
students a rate (43%) of the total students enrolled, the
university has (51) scientific association Arabia specializing in various academic fields, with the following data
on university faculties and departments and the number of students to sections of Bachelor for the first term
30/1431 him.
COLLEGE AND ITS SPECIALIZATION

No.
College
Arts
Science
Date of
Establishment
1377 H
1378 H
Registered Students
Male
Female
Total
3312
4797
8109
1470
1096
Departments
Arabic language, English language, history,
Geography, Libraries, Information
2566
Chemistry, Bio-Chemistry,
Mathematics, Botany, Statistics,
Physics and Astronomy, Geology,
Geophysics
Zoology, Biology, Botany and Microbiology
Administrative
Science
1379 H
2803
3852
6655
Management, Finance, Human Resources,

Economics, Marketing
Management Information System,
Accounting
Pharmacy
1379 H
703
550
1253
The department of Clinical Pharmacy,

Pharmacognosy, Pharmaceutical Chemistry,
Pharmaceutics, Pharmacology
2786
Civil Engineering , Electrical

Engineering, Chemical
Engineering , Mechanical Engineering,
Petroleum & Natural Gas Engineering
Enginering
1382 H
2786
Food science
and agriculture
1385 H
539
379
918
Education
1386 H
2945
5185
8139
Medicene
1387 H
1103
528
1631
Arabic language
1394 H
Institute
91
10
Dentistry
1395 H
378
210
588
11
Applied medical
1396 H
science
849
962
1811
91
Agricultural Engineering, Agricultural

Extension and Rural Society, Plant
Protection, Food and Nutrition Sciences,
Animal Production, Soil Science, Plant
Production, Agricultural Economics
Islamic Studies, Physical Education,
Curriculum & Instruction, Education, Special
Education, Art Education, Educational
Technology, Psychology, Educational
Administration
Anatomy & Cell Biology, Anesthesia,
Biochemistry
Dermatology, ENT, Family and community
Medicine, Medicine, OBS- Gynecology,
Orthopedics, Pathology, Pediatrics,
Pharmacology, Psychology, Physiology,
Radiology, Surgery
Language and Culture department. Teacher
training department, Teacher preparation
department
Restorative Dental Sciences (RDS),
Maxillofacial Surgery & Diagnostic Sciences
(MDS) Department, Preventive Dental
Sciences (PDS) Department, Prosthetic
Dental Sciences (SDS) Department
Biomedical Technology, Clinical Laboratory
Sciences, Community Health Sciences,
Dental Health, Optometry, Radiological
Sciences, Rehabilitation Sciences
College - Specialization
35
College - Specialization
No.
College
Date of
Establishment
Registered Students
Male
Female
Departments
Total
Tourism and Hospitality Management.
13
Tourism and
Archeology
1426 H
840
840
Archaeology. Heritage Management and

Tourism Guidance
Computer Engineering Department,
Software Engineering Department
14
Computer and
information
1402 H
1026
1007
2033
Information System Department

Information Technology Department
Computer Science Department
15
College of
Architecture
and Planning
1404 H
627
----
627
Architecture and Building Sciences,

Department of Urban Planning
16
Languages and
Translation
1411 H
1238
1682
2920
European Languages and Translation , Asian

Languages and Translation
Maternal & Child Health Nursing, The
17
Nursing
1424 H
485
473
958
Medical Surgical Nursing, Nursing

Administration and Education, Community
and mental health nursing
Computer sciences, Chemistry, Teaching
Mythology , Physics , Biology
18
Teachers
College
1396 H
1782
-----
1782
Quranic Studies , Islamic Studies , Arabic,

Social studies, Natural Sciences, Art
Education, Physical Education, English
Language
Health Facilities Management, Clinical
19
Health sciences,
Males
-------
Laborotories, Pharmacy, Clinical

Nutrition, Medical Emergency Services,
Radiological Sciences
20
Health sciences,
1413 H
Females
21
Physical
Education and
Sports
--------
43
43
Nursing, Oral Hygiene, Medical Records

Setup of Educational General Education,
1384 H
558
-------
558
Health and Movement Science

Fundamental of Physical education, Applied
Training
Physical Sciences, Applied Medical Sciences
22
Community
College, Riyadh
1422 H
1804
-----
1804
, Computer Science, Administrative

Sciences , Arts and Education
23
36
Applied
Sciences and
Community
Services
1402 H
972
916
1888
Preparatory
year program
1429 H
3897
1919
5816
32257
24572
56829
Health Sc., Natural & Eng. Sc., Admin. &

Human Sc.
Computer skills, English language skills,
Mathematics skills, Self development skills
Total
UNIVERSITY ADMINSTRATION:
King Saud University occupies a distinguished academic
and scientific position which necessities continuous
efforts towards development The University, during its
current drive towards quality and excellence , considers
carefully the need to rebuild its administrative structure
in an orderly and clear shape.
Building on this concept the building of administrative
units and its development constitute the center of the
priorities of the university since its establishment in
1337 H (1957). This has necessitated the re organization
of the administrative body in an efficient manner,
through the creation and restructuring of the existing
departments and careful division of labor to ensure
achievement of the goals. In the year 1428-1429H
the number of students reached over 94755 students
(Males and Females) and the total number of academic
staff reach 5042)and more than 8166 employees and
here some of the units in the university:
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION OF PLANNING,

BUDGET AND FOLLOW-UP
The administration was established in 1392 H under
the name of general administration for planning, and
budget . Later the name and role was changed to
general administration for planning , budget and follow
up. This administration aims to implementing the
general objectives and applying the rules that govern
the financial policies in the university through the
following:
1. Prepare the annual budget project to keep up
with the 5 year plan of the university units.
2. Prepare implementation schedules in light of what
is approved in the budget.
3. Coordinate with the competent departments to
study the needs of the project and rescheduling
if the necessary.
FINANCIAL DEPARTMENT
This department is one of the university departments
that reports to the vice rector. It is designed to
proceed all financial and accounting works pursuant
to the instructions and regulations in force and to
prepare financial reports and final account annually.
The work is centrally performed in terms of reporting,
disbursement, dues collections. The financial
department is run by a manager and assistant manager
and section managers.
1. Commence all financial and accounting activities
assumed as per the issued instructions within the
Royal Decree of the universitys budget.
2. Use of computer in all financial and accounting

works with regard to the disbursement and extract
daily, weekly, monthly and annual financial reports,
prepare of statements and statistics related to the
department works and provide the internal and
external bodies with what they need of statements
within the jurisdiction delegated.
3. Accounting record keeping for the four budget
chapters
Adminstration
4. Prepare memos of transfer to and from budget

item credits
5. Take procedures
collection
for
the
university
dues
6. Supervise the university fund and disbursement

paymasters to the colleges and hospitals and
branches and conduct sudden inventory to the
funds
7. Prepare the final account of the university
8. Prepare an annual report about the department
activity and accomplishment besides proposals to
improve performance in the future
Financial Director (Manager)

The financial controller is linked to the university rector
Specialties
1. Supervising banking transactions and earnings
while making sure it is in accordance with the
university regulations.
2. Ensuring that there sufficient funds in the
universitys budget and that there is a regular
document with the approval from the authorities.
3. Maintaining the accuracy of amounts spent
whether by check or money transfer to the
treasury and decline to sign any document if there
are any violations of the budget regulations or any
other bills or decisions with the explanation of the
reasons with inscription.
4. Reporting to the university council through his
Excellency, the Rector, if he had an opinion in a
financial matter opposite to the opinion of the
manager of the financial affairs and the university
rector.
LEGAL DEPARTMENT
Established 1401 H, connected to university rector
Specialties
1. Looking in all the legal cases that the legal
administration receives from the university
members, and taking the matter to the appropriate
authority.
37
Adminstration
2. Representing the university in all the legal cases

and the laborer communities and the cases that
the university is a party in.
3. Revising the paperwork that include legal
complexity and giving an expert opinion to the
person in charge.
4. Consideration of complaints received by the legal
department for both University employees or
others, and forwarded to the authorized person
5. Revising the legal records for the college councils,
centers, institutions, funds, associations, and
boards that are directed to the administration
from the university rector and supporting with
legal notes.
1. Providing information receptacles

2. Publishing researches and papers
3. Enhancing the academic prestige of the university
4. Applying modern publishing methods
5. Serving the community
THE ADMINISTRATION OF INTERNATIONAL

COOPERATION AND SCIENTIFIC ASSOCIATIONS
Functions
1. Activate the university grants for the higher
studies researches,
2. Represent the university and introduce it in the
international assemblies
6. Arranging the legal frame for all the contracts,

bills, administrational and disciplinary decisions.
3. Activate the universitys membership in the

different organizations
7. Associating with
committees.
4. Prepare
and
follow-up
understanding
memorandums with the international competent
authorities
the
needed
university
8-assembling the explanation concerning the appliance

of the regulations and bills when necessary.
THE GENERAL ADMINISTRATION FOR THE

AFFAIRS AND MEDIA
This administration was first established in the beginning
of the establishment of the university on the 1377 H
and it is connected to his Excellency the rector.
Administrations goals
1. Characterize the scientific and academic position
of the university and its role in the absolute
development.
2. Recognizing the directions of the public view
towards the university and transferring the
findings to the upper administration.
3. Organizing the good relations between the
individuals in the university community.
4. Distributing the awareness between the individuals
in the university communities in and out of the
campus about their importance to the university
and community by creating the mutual reaction
for achieving goals and the university
ACADEMIC PUBLISHING AND PRESS
38
Objectives:
The Scientific Publishing administration is an Executive

Body for King Saud University for all matters relating to
scientific publishing. The administration is concerned
with the publication of the University intellectual
Output, in the different information media, according
to the international standards for publication that
includes editing, documenting and printing.
INFORMATION AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT

Objectives of the Department of Statistics and
Information:
Collecting data and information regarding the

university.

Identify and analyze requirements of the databases
in light of university units needs.

Obtain statistical data from inside and outside of
the university.

Provide concerned parties with statistical data
about university activities.
Duties:
1. Collecting data and statistics related to different
university activities, reporting statistical information
of interest for parties inside and outside of the
KSA as may allowed by instructions
2. Classification of university statistical data, and
suggesting bases of storage and retrieval.
3. Conducting analytical statistical studies and
preparing annual statistical reports.
4. Design a system of information interchange
between department and other academic
and management units from a hand, and with
concerned parties interested in higher education.
5. Identify basis of data documentation related to
university events, its organizational and technology
developments, and ensuring confidentiality.
6. Review periodical publications, reports, manuals,

and pamphlets issued by universitys academic
and management units that contain statistical
information.
7. Data collection, classification, coding, indexing,
archiving, maintenance, and circulation.
8. Preparing and producing manuals, books,
publications, photographs, slides, and films about
university events and achievements.
9. Participate in making artistic drawings which
demonstrate the universitys contributions in
various events.
10. Prepare university annual report.
DEVELOPMENT PLANNING DEPARTMENT

Tasks of the Strategic Planning Administration
1. Prepare the projects of long term and five year
university plans consistent with the development
strategy and the policy for higher education and
compatible with the university objectives.
sub-committees aiming at promoting and raising

the standard of performance in the university.
9. Participating in conducting studies related to the
various aspects of the educational process in the
university.
10. Preparing the necessary studies regarding
the development of the functionality of the
planning human-ware / scheme in the university
and its ancillaries and needed human-ware;
(qualified, specialized technical personnel for its
improvement).
Adminstration
11. Design questionnaire forms and tables necessary

for data collection, classification, analysis and
statistics related to the preparation of plans
projects and their execution.
12. Taking part in the discussions of planning projects
and following up procedures for their approval as
well as reporting the implementation plans to the
various university units.
13. Conduct studies for the evaluation of university
plans and programs in compliance with requests
from the ministry of higher education and the
ministry of planning.
2. Suggest general objectives, policies and

procedures concerning projects in the university.
3. Prepare Preliminary Studies for university plans,
fetch the needed data for planning purposes
from authorized sources, inside and outside the
university.
4. Propose phasing strategy for the execution of
plans within the university and setting reasonable
time schedules.
5. Participating in the processes of setting out
higher education plans; short, medium and long
term and following up their execution at the
levels and phases approved by the ministry of
higher education and ministry of planning at the
university.
6. Following the execution of five year plans and
submit annual reports in this regard.
7. Continued evaluation of achievements of university
plans, assessing the degree of fulfillment of these
plans to the objective in developing the positive
aspects and restraining the negative aspects
through execution stages as well as suggesting
alternative measures for developing the plans
objectives, its programs and projects.
8. Continued coordination and follow up of the
deliberations of the administrative and scientific
councils as well as the permanent committees and
39
Uni versit y Deanships
DEANSHIPS
and time and registration by utilizing suitable electronic

means
DEANSHIP OF ADMISSION AND

REGISTRATION
Deanship Departments:
Tasks and Duties of the Deanship
Tasks
The deanship play capital roll in the process of admission

and registration and assume the following:
The deanship is currently shouldering important

responsibilities, in addition to following up the
academic affairs of students until graduation from the
university. It receives the enrollment applications at the
beginning of each semester regarding new students
and those referred by other universities or institutes.
As well as categorizing the applications in accordance
with the term of admission for each college.
Taking the necessary decisions for admission and
preparing admission and transfer requirements and
preparing the cards that permit registration of new
students as well as students of external and internal
scholarships. Prepare the necessary data regarding
the students nominated for admission in the faculties
to present them before the admission committee.
Make a decision based on the stipulated numbers in
cooperation with the faculties in making the admission
test and interviews with the applicants.
It also evaluates the terminated, withdrawn and
deprived students, and prepares complete academic
data about them and submits it to all concerned
bodies to take appropriate actions against them. Take
necessary actions to receive the applications, issue
admission notices, contact female students outside
Riyadh City who registered and provide them with the
curriculum and materials, answer inquiries and handle
the problems they may encounter and those connected
with studying issues. The deanship witnessed continuous
development in all is administrative and technical duties
and transferred procedures from the old classical paper
work to electronic systems and developed the required
programs and systems which facilitates its work.
Vision:
To be distinguished by the application of the electronic
transactions of admission and registration.
Mission:
40

Admissions

Rewards

Computer

Data Preparation

Female Admission and Registration

Branches follow up

Alumni Affairs

Admin. Affairs
Established in 1394H, with an aim to take necessary

actions to accept new students, transfer the students
within the university from one college to another or
from one specialization to another, or from outside
the university. In addition, it handles the procedures
to register students, propose the university calendar
and propose deciding the beginning and ending of
the admission and registration, deletion and addition
as well as other related issues based on the university
calendar, decided by the Council of the University and
the related regulations..
Managing the admission and registration processes by

optimizing the admission capacity of the university with
the best applicants and providing the best services for
students, staff and the community with minimum effort
1) Electronic admission for students, according to the

numbers and conditions approved by the University
Council.
2) The allocation of students s in colleges by desires,
according to the available seats in each college.
3) Receive requests for transfer from outside the
university.
4) Address the equivalency of certificates and save the
information.
5) Participate in the acceptance tests for new students.
6) Issuance of notices of acceptance and testimony
relating thereto.
7) The reception of visiting student and provide them
with necessary information and bulletins.
8) Visits to schools and provide them with the necessary
information for admission and registration.
9) Save and follow-up the students results.
10) To provide the results of scholarship students at
the end of each semester.
11) To re-enroll students who have dropped out
according to the regulations governing it.
12) To receive requests for visiting students from
outside the university.
13) To receive requests for an apology for the study
(deletion of semester)
14) Contribute to the preparation of the study plan.
15) Follow up the student according to the plan of
study and documentation of graduation.
16) Presentation of student cases to the Standing
Committee of the problems of students.
17) Implement the resolutions of the Council of
the university and college boards and the Standing
Committee and the Committee on the problems of
student discipline.
18) Make adjustments on the student name and
identification according to regulations.
19) Issuing definitions for use outside the Kingdom.
20) Coordinate the transfer of students from faculty to
another, and followup

21) Entering the results of students.
22) Issuing academic records for students.
23) Certification and documentation for university
students.
24) Issuing a guide to male and female graduates.
25) Automatic registration procedure for students.
26) Issuing of the time tables for students.
27) Publish lists of names of students in courses and
sent to the colleges.
28) Receive inquiries from colleges and answered it
regarding registration of students.
29) Issues notices of the results for the students at the
end of each semester.
30) Address problems of the registration of students
expected to graduate,
31) Issuing identification cards.
32) Deposit allowances to students at the end of each
month in their bank accounts.
33) provide the authorities responsible for organizing of
the university graduation ceremony with the necessary
information
Dean provides many services including:

A: Bonuses and allowances
1. Paying the allowances for all Saudis students, male
and female who regular in their undergraduate
and graduate studies and who do not work in any
government body, as well as students of foreign
grants and students who are mothers, Saudi, The
amount of reward for students of scientific studies
is (1000) Real and students sections Literary (850)
Real and graduate students (900) Real.
2. The allowances continues through out the length
of the study period (Example: Duration in the
Faculty of Arts is four years)
3. Do not spend a reward for the summer semester
unless the student is registered, or a lesson of
the second semester of the previous summer
semester.
4. The allowances are suspended for the summer
semester unless the student register
5. The allowances are not expended for students
who postpone the study in a particular semester
6. Graduate students will be paid amount of 900SR
for books and references (900) l for each year
of study, as well as (3000) Real, for printing and
binding the master thesis and raised to (4000)
SR for PhD .
7. The allowances of excellence will be paied for
students with an estimate of excellence for two
semesters in one year.
8. Ten SR will be deducted (10) SR to the fund of
students every month.
9. Allowances is recovered if not withdrawn by the
student within 90 days of

10. Also paid to the university students with special
needs allowance and disability allowance is
divided into two categories:
Category I: include a severely disabled student.

Category II: includes average student disability
B: Identity cards
The Dean of Student Affairs to issue letters of
identification for all students of the university to be
used in different purposes, and the Deanship of
Admission and Registration issue definitions relating
to the conduct of the student in academic terms at the
university and definitions that use outside the kingdom,
and university ID card for each student accepted at the
university.
The Deanship of Admission and Registration has

established office separately for
admission and
registration for female students beside university level
studies for women students at Alyshia to undertake the
responsibility of admission and registration .
DEANSHIP OF STUDENTS AFFAIRS

The Deanship of Student Affairs is one of the university
deanships affiliated with the Deputy for Educational
and Academic Affairs. It was established in 1394H.
Vision:
To produce a competitive generation of outstanding
graduates in academic intellectual and professional
fields.
Mission:
To provide distinguishing services to university
students
Objectives of the Deanship:

1. Contribute in preparing university graduates to
achieve a complete and balanced personality.
2. Youth awareness and strengthening their sense of
belonging to the Islamic community.
3. Provide students with cultural, academic, social
and recreational welfare.
4. Develop and strengthen the students> powers
and talents, and employ them in fruitful work,
while making use of the free times and guide them
appropriately.
5. Provision of the health and psychological welfare.
6. Creation of suitable conditions for the students
to have suitable and appropriate housing and
nutritious food.
7. Provideng health and psycological care for
students
8. Achieving positive qualities in the life of students
1- Extra curricular activities (Include: Cultural,
social, scientific activities plus sports and
41
computer)
2- Students services: (Housing, nutrition, Female
housing)
3- Students care: (Includes: Guidance and
awareness, Students with special needs center,
foreign students)
Extra curricular activities

First: the protection of student rights
Aimed at creating a climate supportive of the rights of
the student based on legal grounds include a standing
committee and sub-committees in each college and a
High Commission to consider complaints by students
and necessary action. The University released a
document of rights and duties of the student to
inform students about their rights and duties on them.
Second: Student Advisory Council

Chaired by the Director of the University and includes
Dean of Student Affairs Vice-Rector and Secretary of
the Board ,membership of number of representatives of
students , university students from various colleges and
groups with a special needs, and foreign students, and
graduate students, to communicate with representatives
of the college to raise topics they want to discuss at the
meetings of the Board
Objectives of the Council:

1.
2.
3.
4.
Communication
between
the
university
administration and students, including setting
the proper functioning of the academic process,
educational and service at the university.
Touch the views of students about what is offered
to them within the university on academic and
extracurricular activities and services.
To provide advice to the Rector in the areas of
interest to students.
Cooperation to make the university the perfect
place to receive knowledge and fertile environment
having the ideals and ethics, understanding and
harmony among all its employees.
5.
Linking students to the university and its activities.
6.
Clarify the image of university students on some of

the actions that may miss understood.
Third: clubs, student activity

Cubs, are considered as important student activity
forum for the discovery and development of talent, and
to encourage innovation and creativity among students,
is also the clubs status as scientific, cultural, social,
sporting and artistic allows students to communicate
with the leaders of these activities within and outside
the university and a good source to enrich society
goals of student clubs:
42
1. To provide an appropriate environment that

each student from the practice of hobbies and
recreational activities appropriate.
2. Integrated character building according to
Islamic values and translate them into actions and

behavior.
3. Discovery of talent and Gifted Students.
4. Create an enabling environment for students to
develop their skills and exchange experiences
among themselves and work to encourage,
support and honored them.
5. Participate in various events both internally and
externally to interact and share experiences
6. Documenting the production of student and create
a database of student talents in various fields.
7. Develop a spirit of collaborative work and
collective volunteerism.
8. Prepare students to enter the field of work and
taking responsibility.
9. Leisure investment in students as they develop
their knowledge and diversify their experience
and stimulate their mental
10. Enhance ties between the students and foster a
spirit of harmony, love and cooperation between
them.
Training courses provided by the Deanship of Student
Affairs Deanship offers a series of specialized courses
designed to train students, develop and refine their
skills and hobbies and help them acquire additional
knowledge in their designated colleges. All the courses
are provided in specialized centers Building No. (17)in
the University Centre; These include sessions on the
following:
1. Computer courses.
2. Program to obtain a license of the International
Computer Driving License (ICDL).
3. Specialized courses.
4. Sessions of self-development and character
building.
5. Scientific and technical courses.
6. Sessions of the health and nutrition.
7. Sessions of Islamic subjects and Arabic.
8. Foreign language courses.
Cultural social and entertainment programs

provided by the Deanship of Student Affairs
Activities include cultural and social contests, lectures,
seminars , awareness weeks, scientific exhibitions, ,
long trips, short visits and activities, technical theater
university and the activities of mobile phones, aimed at
cultural and social activity to instill the ideals offices and
good habits among university students to achieve their
personal balanced and good guidance and Insight to
about noble and good handling even graduate to the
community is a mature mind and a balanced behavior,
and programs of these activities include:
1. Programs of cultural competitions.
2. University program.
3. Program encounters excellence.
4. Program of lectures and seminars.
obtain these rights, , and aims to educate them

about their obligations to the University
5. Student trips program.

6. The program of public concerts.
7. Awareness weeks, and exhibitions.
THE DEANSHIP OF GRADUATES STUDIES
8. Anti-smoking clinic.
The graduate studies at King Saud University were

initiated in the academic year 1393/1394 AH (1973).
In 20/12/1398 AH the University Council approved
the establishment of the College of Graduate Studies.
Afterwards, a royal approval was issued on 6/2/1399 AH
to establish the College, whose name was amended to
the Deanship of Graduate Studies on 17/6/1418 AH.
9. Blood donation program.

10. External activities.
11. Program of overseas visits.
12. Program of psychological counseling.
13. Volunteer programs for students.
14. Part-time work for students in colleges and various
university units.
15. Student research program.
16. The ideal student and student idealism.
17. The welfare of students with special needs.
Vision
To offer graduate programs characterized with
scientific originality and excellence that enable King
Saud University to occupy a high position among the
national, regional and international universities.
18. Students Care Programme.
Mission
19. University Scout .
To advance graduate programs at King Saud University,

improve their outcomes in line with international
standards and diversify them in concordance with the
needs of national development.
20. Sport activities program.

21. Programs of physical activity.
Services provided and by the Deanship of

Student Affairs
2. Housing services (males).
To advance graduate programs at King Saud University,

improve their productivity in accordance with
international standards and diversify them in accord
with the needs of national development
3. Housing services ( Females).
Functions of the Dean of Graduate Studies
1. Nutrition Services.
4. Public services to students.

5. Program
of
guidance
and
services(psychological and social).
counseling
6. Students services fund programs.
Facilities, units of activities and student rights

First: student activities facilities
There are university facilities and equipment for
various student activities, has been established a special
department of these facilities to take advantage of the
organization and follow-up maintenance, operation
and development, and these facilities are available for
students to practice their desired hobbies .
This includes
1. Gym (dome).
2. Swimming Pool University.
3. Camp , Scout.
4. Football stadiums.
5. Stadiums.
1. The presidency of the counsel of Deanship and

Graduate Studies
2. Follow-up the implementation of the rules and
regulations of the graduate studies , in addition to
the resolutions of Deanship of Graduate Studies
and the University Council-related matters of
Graduate Studies
3. The organization of technical affairs, administrative
and financial for Graduate Studies and coordination
with the relevant authorities
4. To issue the decrees implementing the issues
which was approved by the Board
5. Development of the ties of the University and
institutions interested in postgraduate study at
home and abroad
6. D e v e l o p t h e
re l at i o n s h i p w i t h o t h e r
b o d i es , c e n te rs a n d u n i t s a n d A ra b a n d
fo re i g n u n i v e rs i t i es
7. Annual reporting on the progress of Graduate
Studies to the University Council at the end of
each academic year after its adoption by the
Council of Deanship of Graduate Studies
6. Physiotherapy Clinic.
Units:
Second: The unit of student rights
Play the role of activating the bill of rights and
obligations of a college towards student and
put them into practice , inform students of their
academic and service offered by the University
in accordance with their potential and how to

Admissions Unit

Student Affairs Unit

Computer and Information Unit

Administrative Affairs Unit

Quality & Development Unit
43
DEANSHIP COUNCIL:
Council is composed of Deanship of Graduate Studies and
has the presidency of the Council, and Dean of Scientific
Research, the Under-Deanship of Graduate Studies
with the Secretariat of the Council, a faculty member
from each faculty that have Graduate studies (Associate
Professor appointed by the University Council on the
recommendation of college boards and the approval of
the Rector) for a period of two years subject to renewal.
The Board meets at the invitation of its chairman once
every month, The forum by s two-thirds of its members
and decisions shall be by majority of the votes of
members present and in case of equal votes, the side
in which the President, The Councils resolutions are
considered in force unless the there is objection from
the Director of the University during the fifteen days
from the date he access it, The Board of Deans have
the right of formation of a permanent and temporary
committees from among its members or others to study
what it is referred to them
DEANSHIP OF LIBRARY AFFAIRS

The Deanship of library affairs was established in 1394
H (1974)in pursuit of the three familiar objectives of the
university: education, scientific and scholarly research,
and community services. Again, three elements are
the most important components of the university:
students, faculty members, and the library. The library
in particular is main sinew of the university, providing
different services and housing the sources of knowledge
for students, faculty members, and the community. The
deanship houses
The University Libraries provide numerous services

to their patrons, such as the facility of reading and
research, circulation, reference and readers advisory
services, and photocopying. An on-line public access
(English as well Arabic) is available to all readers.
The management of the Deanship of Library Affairs
Consists of; Dean of Library Affairs, and two deputies
to Dean, Director of Administration, heads of
departments, heads of divisions, in the recent period
recently
(the Standing Advisory Committee for
University Libraries) chaired by the Dean of Library
Affairs and the membership, and several colleges at the
university was appointed.
Tasks
I. Planning and Development.
Vision:
II. Achieving the goals specified in the regulations

for the university library.
Work to be center of knowledge and information and

resource on the global level.
III. To provide services to beneficiaries.
Library will support the learning and teaching by

providing a learning environment that will provide
information and services to users when they need and
will enhance thinking creatively and critically through
the literacy information and the preservation and
development of partnerships within and outside the
university .
Mission
University is committed to excellence and innovation
in teaching and services, research and other scientific
activities and the library is committed to supporting
this trend by providing high quality services to meet
the users expectations
Library goals, functions and services:

The University Libraries aim to provide library,
documentation and information services within the
scope of its activities, and the facilities of study and
research, through the following functions:
44
2. Undertaking the technical operations associated

with the organization and preservation of the
librarys materials.
3. The preparation of catalogs of librarys acquisition,
as well as bibliographies of works produced
on National, Arab and International levels and
provision of appropriate places for reading and
study.
4. The promotion of awareness of the Universitys
publications, their exchange distribution and
sale on local, Arab and International levels; the
organization of book fairs and participation in
both local, and international exhibitions.
5. Co-operation with libraries, documentation
centers, and other related organizations.
1. Acquisition of books and non-book materials in

the various branches of knowledge in order to
promote study and research.
Services provided by the Deanship of Library

Affairs
Dean provides many services including:
1. Proposing the general policy of the Universitys
libraries in the light of the academic university
programs and the needs of scientific research
in every college, and to present them on the
permanent consolatory committee of the
Universitys libraries in order to accredit them.
2. Carry out the Universitys policy in providing the
needs of Prince Selman Central Library and the
subsidiary libraries with all information sources
like books, references, periodicals, treatises,
newspapers, maps, electronic means and other
educational materials and equipment and the
means that aid research in the limit of the available
capacities, as well as to coordinate between these
needs.
3. Selecting the librarys materials and sources and
what this necessitate of the acquisition of necessary
selecting equipment, and communicating with
local and international publishing houses, and
the joint cooperation between the members of
college and specialized librarians in the Deanery

in order to organize and select the materials
scientifically in accordance with the requirements
of the academic programs in the university.
Deanery and the accredited plans and programs

and what have been carried out, as well as
the difficulties of execution and the Deanerys
proposals to solve these problems.
4. Providing the university libraries with various

materials and publications by direct provision.
15. To make aware of the intellectual and scientific

production of the university like books, researches
and scientific periodicals by participation
in national, Arab, and international book
exhibitions.
5. Receiving publications and various materials,

inspecting their compliance with the required,
following-up the requests and carry out the
procedure of paying its value.
6. Registering, classifying, and indexing the
publications and various materials an distributing
them to all libraries according to the existent plans,
as well as, to prepare the necessary card indices.
7. Exchanging books and other publications and to
give them as presents to the scientism institutions
in order to establish scientific relations between
the University and the scientific community.
8. Holding and supervising book exhibitions and
facility their procedures.
9. Preserving and developing the Universitys
acquisitions like manuscripts, organizing them, and
setting the rules of its usage, along with providing
and organizing photocopying services for
students and the members of college and other,
and photocopying manuscripts and scientific
researches.
10. Carrying out the works of admitting the computer
in the technical works of the library like the
provision, indexing, classification, lending works
and the storing and retrieving of information.
11. Organizing training and expedition programs of the
Deanery personnel in order to support the library
with scientific and technical experience necessary
to the appropriate professional performance in
cooperation with the Management of Expedition
and Training in the university and other relevant
bodies.
12. Contributing in establishing the Information
Center of Arab Peninsula and Arab Gulf Countries
in order to take care of the history and local and
territorial heritage of the Arab Peninsula and the
Gulf countries, and developing special groups
for this purpose and designating special halls
and providing them with various materials and
publications like books, references, documents,
reports, and articles related to the historical,
political, social and other affairs.
13. Supporting the libraries collections with official
governmental documents and publications
issued by territorial and international countries,
organizations and bodies, and to organize them
pursuant to their special nature in order to make
researchers profit from them like the publications
of the United Nations and its specialized
agencies.
14. Submitting an annual report to the University
management about the achievements of the
DEANSHIP OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH

Scientific Research constitutes a major component of
the mission of most institutions of higher education.
It is also a prerequisite for developmental activities of
nations and societies over the history. The Deanship
of The Deanship of Scientific Research (DSR), support
research activities and also contributes to their
scholarly and teaching skills through research projects,
conference attendance support, and collaboration with
international institutions.
Vision:
Leadership in research, creativity and scientific innovation in various fields of knowledge.
Message:
Encourage outstanding research activity by creating an
environment attractive and stimulating that supports
excellence and creativity of researchers in all fields of
knowledge to achieve global leadership for the local
and global economies.
Goals :
The objectives of the Dean as follows:
1. The efficiency and effectiveness through the
simplification of procedures and work closely in
the management of scientific research.
2. Focus on the quality of output through a stimulating
research environment and clear procedures.
3. Promotion of genuine research work, and to
encourage talented and creative people in the
research work.
4. Building partnerships and relationships with
research centers, local, regional and international
companies.
5. Enriching the level of research work to achieve
national development goals.
6. Support the research in new technologies and
innovation , in the fields of knowledge.
Publications :
1. The annual report of the Deanship.
2. Scientific research newsletter.
3. Patent.
4. The talented: Biography and achievements
45
THE DEANSHIP OF FACULTY AND

PERSONNEL AFFAIRS:
The Deanship of Faculty and Personnel Affairs was
established in 1427 H in accordance with the decision
of the Higher Education Council .However; it was
called General Administration before that date. This
change came due to the key role of the deanship
to achieve the vision, mission, and the aims of the
university to serve the faculty and personnel of the
university. The Deanship of faculty and Personnel
Affairs undertakes several heavy duties towards Saudi
and non-Saudi faculty and personnel including:
appointing, contracting, emissions, promotions, and
payments since this deanship is considered the main
mover of the administrative process at the King Saud
University .By doing so, the deanship assists the
university to achieve its desire for excellence and
global leadership.
Tasks :
The deanship Carry out multiple roles, it is involved
in manpower planning
in the university with
coordination with the rest of other deanships and
departments, follow up with the relevant authorities
such as the Ministry of Civil Service and the Ministry
of Finance. The deanship also play a major role in
attracting qualified faculty members and staff of nonSaudis to take jobs that do not have qualified citizens
to fill them through coordination and cooperation
with the relevant authorities both within and outside
the Kingdom. It also contributes a significant role in
raising efficiency in the performance of employees
of the university by facilitating the process of training
scholarship in various disciplines within and outside
the Kingdom. Add to that, its contribution in providing
opinions and proposals and consulting services to
many of the actors within the University through
active participation in the work of various committees.
Vision
Providing excellent services beyond the expectations
of the beneficiaries
Mission
Providing quality services to the university employees
from the date of contracting up to the end of services
to achieve the objective of the University excellence
and global leadership.
Goals
5. Providing a fair regulatory environment based on

clarity and transparency.
6. Ensure the application of rules and regulations to
ensure the rights of all.
7. The application of technical procedures and
provide electronic self-service to the university
employees in their workplaces.
D e p a r t m e nts

Management of salaries and allowances.

Management of human resources development.

Administration of faculty members.

Personnel management.

Management of e-services.

Department of Employee Relations.
DEANSHIP OF SKILLS DEVELOPMENT
Vision
We aspire to be a leading and distinguished academic
body that provides integrated services for the purpose
of developing the skills of the faculty, lecturers, teaching
assistants, and the students of King Saud University
(KSU), in addition to academic and administrative
leaders and other employees.
Mission
Developing the skills of the faculty, lecturers, teaching
assistants, students and the academic and administrative
leaders and other employees in a way that guarantees
achieving the highest levels of creativity and excellence
in teaching.
The deanship adopts the concepts and practices of
an on-going self-development of the professional
skills of the faculty, lecturers, teaching assistants, and
the academic and administrative leaders, and other
employees. Developing student skills for the purpose
of improving the quality of the outcome of KSU in a
way that contributes to the provision of a suitable
environment and eases the achievement of academic
development.
Objectives:
1. Setting strategies for the purpose of improving
the skills of all KSU staff in a way that achieves
excellence and creativity in learning and teaching.
1. Attract the best talent, personnel, motivate and

develop them and avoid loosing them
2. Developing the abilities and skills of all KSU staff

and supporting their creative endeavors and
professional achievement to obtain excellence in
the academic and administrative process.
2. Disseminate and promote the values of

functionality between the staff of the university.
3. Identifying the necessary needs to develop the

skills of all KSU staff.
3. To achieve quality performance in all administrative

dealings in the Deanship.
4. Designing, organizing and implementing the

necessary development programs to improve the
skills of KSU staff.
The objectives of the Deanship is as follows:
46
of the university.
4. Ensuring the satisfaction and loyalty of employees
5. Evaluating
and
revising
the
programs
provided by the deanship to all KSU staff and
measuring their effectiveness.
6. Training KSU faculty in the latest university
instructional techniques and their applications.
7. Developing the abilities of the faculty to design
and develop courses portfolios and transform
them into electronic contents.
8. Supporting KSU faculty in making use of the
latest technology and instructional techniques
and aids.
9. Providing professional
consultation to
KSU
faculty to help them improve their skills and
promote their performance level.
10. Organizing
experience-sharing
programs
for maximizing the professional growth of
KSU faculty.
11. Contributing to the development of the student
self-learning skills, promoting their academic
achievement and practical performance, in
addition to their social and technical skills.
12. Contributing to the development of decision
makers leadership skills at KSU.
13. Issuing scientific brochures and booklets that
contribute to the achievement of the deanship
objectives.
14. Promoting cooperation and experience-sharing
in the fields of skills development with higher
education institutions inside and outside the
country.
Strategies
The Deans strategies are as follows:
1. Use of international standards in the design of
training programs and performance evaluation.
2. The preparation and implementation of training
programs inside and outside the university.
3. Building programs to promote and develop
creativity and excellence among faculty members
at the university by giving prizes to the creators.
4. The development, promotion and support
leadership training.
5. Develop the necessary measures to motivate
and encourage to attend training courses and
programs.
6. Adopt the principle of cooperation and exchange
in local, regional and international levels.
7. Establish twinning programs for academic and
promote the exchange of experiences and
programs with similar institutions of higher
education at the international level in the area of
skills development.
8. Encourage the participation of faculty members in
the exchange of visits by special agreements with
foreign universities.
9. Develop programs for scientific visits by the
faculty members to the regional universities and
international organizations.
10. Develop programs that facilitate the exchange
of professors with similar institutions of higher
education at the regional level and international
level.
11. Do all what can contribute to the development
of skills of employees and university students.
THE DEANSHIP OF QUALITY

Quality is considered a key requirement in higher
education to which all universities strive to achieve.
This is because it is through quality that they achieve
high ranks within the list of distinguished and esteemed international universities and institutions.
Naturally a number of distinguished universities spread
around the world, endeavor to apply advanced quality techniques to improve on their faculty performance and guarantee the quality of their products.
Vision:
To achieve excellence and innovation in the university
activities.
Mission:
Improve the level of performance in all units of the
University in support of its mission and strategic goals
Objectives of the Deanship:

1. Setting general strategies to be applied in the
university.
2. Urging Execution of the general policies and work
procedures for the efforts of the comprehensive
development in the university.
3. Participating in the simplification of administrative
and academic procedures in the way that best
serves the quality objectives.
4. Performance evaluation and quality assurance of
the university administrative and academic units.
5. Satisfy the university objective in respect of
quality and academic accreditation issues.
6. Propagate quality culture across the university
faculty and staff, conduct surveys, conferences,
seminars, meetings and workshop sessions in
relation to quality and academic accreditation.
7. Provide support and advice to all university units
in respect of quality and academic accreditation.
8. Organization of university activities related to
the preparation and execution of evaluation
and academic accreditation plans as well as
quality assurance in academic and administrative
university units.
9. Approval of formation of quality and academic
accreditation committees and follow up of
execution of their duties.
47
10. Enhancement of quality and performance across

the university and its administrative and academic
units.
have the participation of browsers , with their

recommendations and views to improve and develop
this website.
11. Establishment of Scientific and Professional

relations between the university and similar
institutions reputed in quality and academic
accreditation.
Vision:
12. Strive to raise the university academic and

professional classification.
13. Approval and follow up of academic and
administrative criteria and directives by various
university units.
14. Build distinguished quality, evaluation and
academic accreditation expertise in university
education.
15. Supervise execution of the strategic plan programs
by various university units.
16. Identify university customer requirements,
expectations and satisfaction levels communicating
this to respective related units.
17. Identify performance levels and measuring units
performance changes across the university.
Mission:
Setting policies, plans and programs, conducting studies
for the future, provide developmental services for all
the university units and personnel for the progress
of the university and constant advancement in all the
administrative and academic fields.
Objectives of the Deanship

Promote
the constant advancement and

development culture in the university, and making
it part and parcel of the universitys identity.
Contribute in setting and implementing the

universitys strategic plan.
18. Supervise the preparation and execution of

excellence and distinction prizes programs in
academic and professional performance.
Assist the students to develop the innovative

19. Study all related matters referred to it through

correspondence and studies and comment
appropriately on these issues.
Measure and analyze internal and external

20. Undertake all that is necessary to fulfill the

objectives and tasks of the administration.
Develop systems and mechanisms to achieve the

THE DEANSHIP OF DEVELOPMENT

Since its foundation, King Saud University, who is
holding the mission of knowledge in all fields, is giving
a special interest to development. The university has
exerted every possible effort to secure all required
resources for development, based on its belief in its
role in achieving its mission and objectives.
As a result of the continuous expansion of the
university in the academic fields and different
specialties, the university has established an
independent deanship for development to be
responsible for supervision the development
programs at the university in coordination with
the colleges based on the universitys belief in the
importance of this development.
48
To be the expertise, supervision and implementation

agency responsible for administrative and academic
development in the university. To support all units and
be able to achieve excellence, innovation and global
competition.
To identify this deanship and for convenience of the

students and specialists, we launch this website to
enable the browser access the required information
for all matters related to the Development Deanship
at the University. We are looking forward to
thinking skills and enhance their scientific and

practical skills.
performance indicators at the academic process
and endeavor to promote the same.
constant development and assessment of curricula,
educational and academic programs.
Provide academic consultancy, develop practical

solutions and conduct research to enhance the
academic and administrative development.
Assist in developing the administrative and financial

performance of the university, by increasing
application of technological devices, organizing
the work procedures for convenience.
Adopt strategic research and studies interested with

future planning and development, observing the
local and regional changes in higher education.
Enhance the pioneering concept of the university

and explain its development achievements inside
and outside the kingdom.
DEANSHIP OF E-LEARNING AND DISTANCE
EDUCATION
E-learning is a method of teaching by using information
and communication technologies to achieve the
learning objectives effectively. The e-learning and
distance education is considered as a fundamental
university education and continuing education. The

need for this type of education has increased with the
increasing numbers of those who wish to enter the
university education beyond the absorptive capacity of
universities and it is therefore necessary to find a body
for the development of e-learning and at the university
level and planning to find e-learning programs and
coordination with relevant bodies in the university.
Provide technical support and human support for

The importance of e-learning at the university level is

based on a number of grounds, including:
and distance education both internally and externally.
The face of the steady increase in the numbers

The Deanship seeks to achieve its vision and objectives

through the following strategies:
wishing to obtain a university education.

Multiple sources of access to knowledge.

The modern ability of information
and
communication technology to offer and disseminate
knowledge among the educated in multiple ways.

Adopt the principle of lifelong learning and the
principle of self-learning.
Vision:
Achieving leadership in the diversification of
teaching methods, learning and development
through e-learning based on information technology
and modern communication. And to be the leader
regarding dissemination of education using the latest
information and communication technologies.
Mission:
Assist members of the faculty and students to
improve the quality of the learning process through
the investment methods of e-learning, and allow the
learner to choose the right place at the right time
to learn and to help faculty members to activate
education through the provision of scientific content
in ways that depend on information technology and
modern communication.
faculty members in the development of e-courses

and content.
Oversee the systems of e-learning and distance

education in coordination with the relevant
bodies.
Strengthen cooperation with the relevant e-learning

The development of university courses in electronic
form.
Provide advice and technical support for the

development of educational sites for faculty
members.

Provide an environment to stimulate electronic
communication between faculty members and
students.
Develop the skills of faculty members to enable

them to convert their courses to Electronic
courses.
Provide the environment and appropriate training

to enable faculty members to carry out their tasks
related to the evaluation of students and monitoring
of results and deal effectively with the learning
management system LMS at the university.
Creating incentives for Excellence in e-learning for

faculty members.
Work to find guides to promote a culture of

e-learning and distance education and increase the
skills of faculty members and students in this area.
Division of Deanship
Objectives:
Department of Communication Networks
The Deanship seeks through coordination with the

relevant bodies, to achieve the following objectives:
Department of Administrative Applications:
Develop a strategic plan for e-learning programs at

the university.

Create an environment suitable to promote the
applications of e-learning.

Development of technical standards and regulatory
Database Department
Users Services Department
Operating Department
Department of Systems Programming:
Information Security Department
applications of e-learning at the university level.

Coordination between university colleges and

departments regarding the plans and programs of
e-learning and distance education.
Provision of technical support and human support

for faculty members in the development of
technical skills.
49
50
College of Arts
51
Contact:
King Saud Universit y
College of Arts
P O Box 2456 Riyadh 11451
Tel: 00966 - 1 - 467 8894
Fax: 00966 - 1 - 467 5389
Email: cart@ksu.edu.sa
Vision & Mission:
About:
To achieve its stated vision and mission, KSU COA

will distinguish its academic and social contribution by
defining a set of values for the KSU COA that underlies
the operational tenets of quality and excellence in its
academic and social endeavors:
With the defined set of KSU COA values, KSU

COA seeks for a desired set of Characteristics and
Capabilities that defines its commitment to ensuring
that its students and graduates acquire the habits of
mind and character, skills and knowledge necessary
to function as educated and moral individuals, lifelong learners, and responsible citizens. To these ends,
KSU COA fosters the development of the following
characteristics and capabilities of its students and
graduates:
Communication Capability and Capacity:
Analytical and Critical Thinking
Problem Framing and Solving
Knowledge
Integration and Application of Knowledge:
Self Development Citizenship
Life-long Learning
Towards Quality and Excellence in the Advancement of

Knowledge in its Humanities and Social sciences Education
through the generic core values and fabrications of:
Analytical and critical thinking

Effective understanding and communication
Cultural and social literacy
Scientific, informational and technological literacy
Creativity and eagerness to Learning
College of Arts
Aims
With the defined set of KSU COA values, KSU
COA seeks for a desired set of Characteristics and
Capabilities that defines its commitment to ensuring
that its students and graduates acquire the habits of
mind and character, skills and knowledge necessary
to function as educated and moral individuals, lifelong learners, and responsible citizens. To these ends,
KSU COA fosters the development of the following
characteristics and capabilities of its students and
graduates:
Landmarks:
Research centre:
The Researches Centre has been established (in
the year 1397, H.) at the Faculty of Arts with the aim
of encouraging the original and creative scientific
researches and developing them. This can be done
either individually or jointly amongst the teaching
staff members or post-graduate students at various
specializations of knowledge which one relevant to the
faculty with all its departments and specializations.
Communication Capability and Capacity:

Analytical and Critical Thinking
Problem Framing and Solving
Knowledge
Integration and Application of Knowledge:
Self Development
Citizenship
Life-long Learning
Departments:
Department of Arabic (BA, MA, PhD)
Department of English (BA, MA, PhD)
Department of History (BA, MA, PhD)
Department of Geography (BA, MA, PhD)
Department of Sociology & Social Work (BA, MA, PhD)
Department of Mass Communication (BA, MA)
Department of Library & Information Sciences (BA)
Vision:
We are committed to making the department
a pioneer in graduating well-qualified cadres
for information work and for information and
communication research studies in order to meet
the needs and expectations of establishments both
within the private sectors.
Mission:
Our mission is to provide students with
the Knowledge and communicative skills that
would enable them to practice information and
communication work from the perspective of the
Arab and Islamic culture.
qualifies them to work in the fields of communication

and Media.
Train and qualify students to practice communication
and Media professionally as a continuous and
developed profession.
To identify the students and to help them in
securing job opportunities in the different sectors
of communication and Media.
To meet the need of the local and regional labor
markets from the persons qualified in the fields of
communications and Media.
To conduct the consultative academic studies that
contributes in developing the Informational work
locally and regionally.
Conduct academic and scientific researches and
studies.
To enlighten the society about the role of the
Media and its functions and effect.
About:
The department of Mass Communication was
founded in 1972 as the first department of mass
communication in the gulf region .it is considered the
most productive in the field of media studies within
the gulf cooperation council. When teaching started,
the department had merely two sections: journalism and
radio and television. Three years later the Department
of Public Relations was opened, and in 1410 the Section
of theatrical Arts was inaugurated. In 1419 teaching in
the master>s program started in the majors: Journalism,
radio and television, and Public relations.
Landmarks:
Departments Labs
Television Studio A-B.

Digital Media Lab
Aljameah Newspaper Lab.
Degrees:
Bachelor
Master
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Al Kherigi
Abdulatif Dobyan Al Oufi
Othman M. Al Khidir A. Al Arabic
Saber Suliman Omaran Suliman
A. Rashed saad bin saeed
Ali bin Shoel al Garni
Aza bint Abduaziz
Baker Mohammed Ibrahiem
Fahad Abdullah A. Al Tayash
Hamza Ahmed Amin Beit Al Mal
M. Olyan Mohwesh Al Mashoot
Naf bin Thonayan M. Al Saud
Abdulaziz Attyah M. Al Zahrani
Abdulraman A. Magbool Al Otaibi
Ali Dabkal Ali Al Anazi (B)
Ali Jabreer Fathi Domery
Fahad abdulaziz
Hazab Thani Hazab Rabie Al Res
Hussien Saeed Al Qahtani
Ibrahiem Abudlaziz Al Boyez
Khaled Abudllah Hamad Al Hilwah
M.Abduallah Abdualziz Al Moyther
Mohammed M. Abdu Bakeer
Mohammed Omar Motwali Al Attar
M. Suliman Osthman Al Ahmad
Osama M. Ali Haj M. Mishaal
Ridwan M. Mahmood Al Mazzon
Sahleh A. al Aswad (A)
Turki Fahad Hassan Al Ayar
Turki Saeed Pasha A. P. Al Kindi
Abdulareem A. Ibraheem Al Atar
Adel Abdugader Khaleel Al Makenzi
Ibrahiem Rashed A. Al Mogeerah
Saber Hassan Mohammed Omar
Adnan Osama Moustafa Shareefi
Dept. Head
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assiatnt Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Demonstrator
College of Arts
To provide students with the knowledge that
53
Fisal Mohammed Ibrahiem Al Akeel

Fisal Moustafa Mohmmed Al Jabri
Ihood Sultan Al Shiheel
M. Ibraheim Yossef Al Mistadi
Naf al Hameedeen
Naf Mohammed Abdullah Al waeel
Saad Hamad Al Masood
Saeed Saleh M. Al Ghamdi (C)
Saud Abdualziz Abduallha al Suliman
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
202 MEDIA BASICS OF PHOTOGRAPHY

203 MEDIA SAUDI MEDIA
234 MEDIA NEWS
235 MEDIA COMMUNICATION THEOREIS
244 MEDIA ARTO FO MEDIA WRITING
246 MEDIA MEDIA RESEARCH METHODS
301 MEDIA INTERNATIONAL MEDIA
362 MEDIA BASICS OF PUBLIC REALTIONS & MEDIA
478 MEDIA COMMUNICAION TECHNOLOGIES
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
Programs:

Journalism

Public Relations

Radio and Television

Theatrical Arts ( the enrollment of students has
stopped since 1995)
Herein below the study plan for the Bachelor Degree
Program:
The study plan for the Media Department in accordance
with the new trends of the university (1430H)
The Preparatory Year

First Level
Course
Code
140 NJM
REED
140 TGN
Course Title
Approved Actual
Hours
Hours
ENGLISH LANGAUGE (1)

MATHEMATICS
COMPUTER SKILLS
8
2
3
2
140 SCEINCE COMMUNICATIONS SKILLS
20
2
6
3
Second Level
Course
Code
Course Title
Approved Actual
Hours
Hours
140 NJM ENGLISH LANGAUGE (2)

REED
MATHEMATICS
140 TGN
COMPUTER SKILLS
140
LEARNING , THINKING
SCEINCE AND RESEARCH SKILLS
140 HEALTH HEALTH AND FITNESS
College of Arts
Course
Code
54
ISLAM
ISLAM
101 ARAB
103 ARAB
HISTORY
GENERAL
8
3
3
20
2
6
Course Title
INTRODUCTION TO THE
ISLAMIC CULTURE
ECONOMIC SYSTME IN ISLAM
LIGUSITIC SKILLS
ARABIC EDITING
NATIONAL HISTORY
HUMAN RIGHTS IN THE LOCAL
AND INTERNATIONAL POLICIES
Approved
Hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
Compulsory Specialization
General Media
Course
Code
Course Title
INTRODUCTION TO
102 MEDIA
INFORMATION MEDIA
131 PSYCHO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Approved
Hours
Course
Code
BROAD CASTING AND

TELEVISON PROGRAMS
WRITING FOR BOADCASTING
420 MEDIA
AND TELEVISION
361 MEDIA
423 MEDIA
MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING IN

BROADCASTING AND TELEVISON
DRAMA IN BROADCASTING
AND TELEVISON
ART OF ELOCUTION AND
472 MEDIA
INTERVIEW
430 MEDIA
474 MEDIA
480 MEDIA
OPERATION OF BROADCASTING
AND TELEVISION STUDIO
PRACTICAL TRAINING ON
BROADCASTING AND TELEVISION
481 MEDIA TELEVISON PRODUCTION

BROADCASTING
482 MEDIA
PRODUCTION
Approved
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
Journalism
Course
Code
363 MEDIA
483 MEDIA
484 MEDIA
486 MEDIA
234 MEDIA
235 MEDIA
244 MEDIA
246 MEDIA
301 MEDIA
362 MEDIA
478 MEDIA
Approved
Hours
EDITING OF JOURNALIST ARTS 3
PRESS EDITING (1)
3
EDITING THE NEWS
3
SPECIALIZED JOURNALISM
3
NEWS
3
COMMUNICATION THEOREIS 3
ARTO FO MEDIA WRITING
3
MEDIA RESEARCH METHODS
3
INTERNATIONAL MEDIA
3
BASICS OF PUBLIC REALTIONS
3
AND MEDIA
COMMUNICAION TECHNOLOGIES 2
Course Title
Public Relations
Course
Code
Course Title
Approved
Hours
364 MEDIA
MEDIA COMPAIGNS
401 MEDIA
DESIGNING AND EDITING OF

MEDIA MESSAGES
402
MEDIA
3
2
Course Title
403MEDIA
PUBLIC RELATIONS AND

COMMUNICATION IN THE
ESTABLIHSMENTS AND INISTITUTIONS
AN PPLIED STUDY IN PUBLIC

RELATIONS
PUBLIC RELATIONS
404
MEDIA
ADVERTISING AND
PUBLICICITY COMPAIGNS
405 MEDIA
JOURNALISM WRITING
Course
Code
406MEDIA
ACADEMIC TRAINING ( PUBLIC

RELATIONS )
102 MEDIA
407 MEDIA
ORGANIZATION OF FORUMS
AND CONFERENCECES
408MEDIA
MANAGEMENT OF MEDIA
INSTITUTIONS
203 MEDIA
244 MEDIA
478 MEDIA
364 MEDIA
401MEDIA
ANCILLIARY SPECIALIZATION
THE Media student may choose one of the specializations
approved in the university to be his ancillary
specialization, coordination shall be made with the
departments in which the student is interested to enroll
in so as to determine the syllabuses (20 hours) required
for those interested in the ancillary specialization, an
example for the ancillary specializations:
Arabic Language and Literature

English language and literature

History

Geography

Social and psychological studies

Library science

Political science

Economics

Translation

Art education

Educational management

Kinetics

Law

Business administration

Marketing

Administrative information systems

Dietetics

Community health

Physical sport divisions
The required syllabi for those interested to study media

as an ancillary specialization
JOURNALISM
363 MEDIA
483MEDIA
484 MEDIA
Introduction to Information Media

Saudi Media
Art of Media Writing
Communication Technologies
Editing of Journalism Arts
Journalism Editing (1)
News Editing
3
3
3
2
3
3
Public relations & communications

3
in establishments
Course
Code
102 MEDIA
203 MEDIA
244 MEDIA
478 MEDIA
361 MEDIA
420MEDIA
Course Title
Approved
Hours
Introduction to Information Media

Saudi Media
3
3
3
2
Broadcasting & Television programs 3
Writing for Broadcasting & Television 3
Art of Elocution and Interview
3
Approved
Hours
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
102 Media Introduction to Information Media 3 hours

Origination and development of mass communication
,social framework of the mass communication ,
newspapers, magazines , books publishing , radio ,
programming , basic technologies , effect and future
of the television , movie film , pantomime comedy ,
arrival of sound , changes and trends , public relations
, types of advertisement , functions and economies of
news agencies , modern technologies for information
media , cable , artificial or man- made satellite moon ,
computers , news agencies , wire m audio and pictorial
services , video supplies , the relationship of the mutual
effect between the Information media and the public ,
demography of the public , psychograph of the public
, polls of the public , functional use for the Information
media .
202 Media basics of photography 2 hours
This subject aims to study the scientific basics of
photography in terms of cameras and sensitive recorders
as well as types of cameras used and how to use the
different lenses and the characteristics of each one of
them as well as studying the processes of developing,
printing, enlargement and types of sensitive papers
together with a practical application and to perform an
experimental project for the subjects studied.
234 Media News 3 hours
Definition, functions, conditions, evaluation of the news
and the methods of obtaining the news, its local and
external sources, practical applications.
College of Arts
Media as an ancillary specialization:
102 MEDIA
203 MEDIA
244 MEDIA
478 MEDIA
Hours
Course Description:
The student has the option to select three syllabi (7

hours) whether inside or outside the department.
Course Title
Introduction to Information
Media
Saudi Media
Media campaigns
Designing and editing of
Media messages
Approved
Broadcasting and Television
472 MEDIA
Free hours:
Course
Code
402
MEDIA
Course Title
55
Media Saudi Information 3 hours

Origination and development of information media in
the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, study the content of these
means within the general framework for the growth of
the community.
235 Media communication theories 3 hours
The scientific basics of the process of human
communication and media with concentration on
the main elements in this process , communicative
models ,the most important theories of communication
and media and their applications and the effect of
communication .
246 Media research methods 2 hours
Basics and terminologies of the academic and scientific
research, importance of academic and scientific
research, its steps, its formulation, techniques and its
components.
245 Media information media and the society 3 hours.
Social responsibility for the information media, major
issues in the information media, the effect of information
media on the contemporary society, investigating the
dimensions of the role played by the information media
in the society, going along with the criticism directed to
the information media and to evaluate its intents and
significance from the point of view of the producer and
the recipient of the Media message.
College of Arts
430 Media Drama in the Broadcasting and

Television 2 hours
Drama and its terminologies, types of Drama, Drama
between the Theatre and Broadcasting and Television,
creativity and preparation, writing drills.
Media basics of public relations and Media 2 hours,
defining Public Relations in terms of its concept and
history, this syllabus aims to study the basic aspects
in Public Relations in terms of its concept and the
functions and development of these functions, besides
studying the subjects of the research on public opinion,
planning, and evaluating the systems of relations, also
this syllabus aims to enable the student to be familiar
with the basic aspects of this process.
56
Media 301 International Media 3 hours

Concept of the International Media, means of
International Media, exchange of programs, information
flow, the new World Media Order, regional and
international associations.
361 Media Broadcasting and Television programs
3 hours
Broadcasting and Television presentation , programming
preparation for Broadcasting and Television , analysis
and trends and practices that are involved in planning
the program structure in order to be suitable with the
needs of the society and the requirements of public
service , working experience in the studio for the
preparation and presentation of specific programming
formulas .
478 Media Communication Technologies 2 hours

Origination and development of techniques and
technologies of distribution and reception of
Information Media, going along with the modern
technologies in the broadcasting, television and
journalism fields such as microwave networks, artificial
or man- made satellite moons, tale -text, and video
text etc the effects of modern technologies on the
media process with concentration on the role of the
developing world.
474 Media Operation of broadcasting and
television studio 3 hours
Defining the studio , its components , tapes and their
types , operation of microphones , cameras , lightening
systems , presentation of film and slides , audio- visual
effects , montage , control room .
420 Media writing for Broadcasting and Television
3 hours
Writing for broadcasting and writing accompanying the
visual material, defining the principles of dealing with
the written audio- visual media through the preparation
of the texts of the cultural, news, recreational and drama
programs.
450 Media printing and production of newspapers
3 hours.
Printing technology, topography, execution etc
production and its schools, designing and execution
of the pages of the normal newspapers, practical
applications.
484 Media the News 3 hours
The news: building and techniques of the news, the
title, press picture, news writing, practical applications
in collection and drafting of news.
483 Media 3 hours
This syllabus deals with a detailed and thorough study
of the press article and to what extent is it similar or
different from the literary article, it also throws light on
the types of the article such as the editorial, column,
daily article, the syllabus also includes the study of
speeches, press interviews and how to conduct them
and types of press interviews.
486 Media specialized press 2 hours
Defining the specialized press,its origination , develo
pment,characteristics,qualities and importance and its
types such as : religious press , school press , scientific
press , economic press , feminine press , children press
and types of press and the common traits for these
types of press .
487 Media documentation and organization of
press information 3 hours
Organization, management and sources of information,
indexing, information centers services, use of
microfilms, computers and artificial satellite moon in
the information centers, applications.
482 Media broadcasting production 3 hours

Principles and technologies of broadcasting production
, preparation and treatment of broadcasting material in
form and content in accordance with these principles
and technologies , analysis and evaluation of different
forms of broadcasting production , practical applications
and an experimental project .
423 Media management and planning in
broadcasting and television 3 hours
Scientific basics of management and its applications
in broadcasting and television establishments ,
applied forms for management in the broadcasting
and television in a number of different countries , the
importance of broadcasting planning , preparation
of the broadcasting plan , techniques of the study of
the public and their importance for the planning and
follow- up process .
481 Media Television production 3 hours
Principles and technologies of television production ,
preparation of television material in form and content
in accordance with these principles and technologies ,
analysis and evaluation of different forms of television
production , practical application and an experimental
project
472 Media art of elocution and interview
Articulation and characteristics of letters , pronunciation
, essence , logic and defects of sound , principles
of elocution , elocution in broadcasting , elocution
in television , the difference between elocution in
broadcasting , elocution in television and between
oratorical elocution , interview , types of interview
, interview announcer or broadcaster, spontaneity,
presence of mind in managing the dialogue .
405 Media press writing 2 hours
This syllabus aims to build and develop the press t
writing skills in the manner that qualify the student to
master the different types of press writing. Advanced
practical applications.
363 Media editing the press arts
Studying the different types of press arts ( the article
, editorial , report, press reportage , press speech ,
forum , specialized pages ) in terms of concept , sources
, constitution , building and mutual relations between
these arts .
488 Media newspapers management 2 hours
Characteristics of press management , administrative
organizational structures for the press establishments
: functions , objectives , property , organization ,
financing , expenditures , relationship between the

management and editing in terms of responsibility and
decision taking .
401 Media designing and editing of Media messages
3 hours
Honing writing skills in the production and designing of
advertisement materials and public relations , designing
and writing of advertisement , press releases , data ,
CVs , advertisements images and commenting on them
, news article , reports , orations .
364 Media campaigns 3 hours
Planning and designing , execution and management
of media campaigns , determination and analysis of
the problems of the means of relations , designing
of programs and different activities to tackle such
problems , with concentration on the study of cases
from the reality of private and public institutions in the
Saudi Society .
480 Media Broadcasting and Television training 6
hours
The syllabus aims to enable the Broadcasting and
Television student to prepare a selected material
for the broadcasting and television production after
investigating and analyzing its different elements and
angles , understanding and comprehending its meanings
and multiple facets and then pouring it in a framework
of the constructive and originative artistic unit , it was
taken into consideration that , this syllabus should be
an applied and advanced formula that consolidates
and develops the basic principles and technologies
that the student had studied in the two syllabuses of
broadcasting and television production , therefore it is
based upon two main pillars :
1. The organized selection for the reality of the
outcome of knowledge for the student with the
details of the journalist work and its terminologies
and techniques.
2. To give the student the chance and guide him to
apply this outcome of knowledge with a style that
is distinguished with originality and creativity.
447 Media practical training / journalism 6 hours
The syllabus aims to enable the student to practice
the different types of the journalist work with the
formula that enable him to apply what he had studied
theoretically in the previous press syllabi with capability
and mastery ,
It was taken into consideration that, this syllabus should
be an applied and advanced formula that consolidates
and develops the basic principles and technologies
that the student had studied in the two syllabuses of
broadcasting and television production; therefore it is
based upon two main pillars:
1. The organized selection for the reality of the
outcome of knowledge for the student with the
details of the journalist work and its terminologies
and techniques.
2. To give the student the chance and guide him to
apply this outcome of knowledge with a style that
is distinguished with originality and creativity.
406 Media practical training / public relations 6 hours
College of Arts
407 Media organization of conferences and forums

2 hours
The role of the media man in organizing conferences
and forums that are held at the local, regional and
international level, how to prepare and manage the
conferences and forums.
57
Vision:
The Department of History aims to achieve
leadership in the enlargement of historical knowledge
for students as well as community, and to graduate
qualified expertise, and to have very close relations with
educational institutions and national and international
research centers.
Mission:
The Department is concerned with the study of
the past to understand the present and for see the
future, through the study of national, Arabic, Islamic
and international history using high scientific tech and
the up to date methods in analyzing, interpreting and
concluding. It seeks through the accumulation of its
scientific courses to participate in the development of
historical studies, sharpen the intellectual, professional
and practical skills of its students and rebuild
their attitude in analyzing, critic and creation. The
Department offers the students and the community
objective guidelines to understand their society and
encourage mutual relations with other nations through
studying their history.
College of Arts
About:
58
The Department of History was established in 19571958 and went through various stages in accordance
with the university statutes. Attendance was waived at
the early stages. However, when the credit-hour system
was adopted in 1394-1395H, part-time studies were
introduced. Female full-time students were admitted
at Elisha University Centre. Initially, the Archaeology
section formed part of the Department of History and
Archaeology, but in 1395H it became an autonomous
department.
Degrees:
Bachelor
Master
PhD
Faculty:
Faculty Name
Rank
Al-Hilabi, Abdulaziz
Al-Jameel, Muhammad
Al-Juhany, Uwaidah
Al-Rozi, Abdulghafor
Al-Saif, Abdullah
Al-Sheikh,Hussein
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Salim, Hasan
Abduljabbar, Abdullah
Al-Askar, Abdullah
Al-Baker, Khaled
Al-Humaidan, Abdulatif
Al-mutawa, Abdullah
Al-Okayli, Omar
Al-Qahtani, Saied
Al-Subaiy, Abdullah
Al-Swuaiket, Fahad
Al-Zaidan .Abdullah
Hakeem, Abdulaziz
Al-Ahmari, Abdurrahman
Al-Furaih, Mohammad
Al-ghailani, Said
Al-Medaires, Abdurrahman
Al-Ruwaithi, Abdulmohsin
Al-Shamlan, Abdurrahman
AL-Wuhaibi, Abdullah
Sapan, Suheyl
Sheerah, Abdulwahab
Al-Mukazeem, Sami
Al-Abdullatif, Muhammad
Al-Arwi, Bandar
Al-Harbi, Abdullah
Al-Harbi, Faris
Al-Harbi. Naiff
Al-Mutairi, Faris
Al-Qable, Abdulaziz
Al-Turaify, Jamal
Al-Twaijri, Muhammad
Bin zouba, Majed
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Faculty Name: Female Section

Faculty Name
Rank
Abualgadail,Aiesha
Albabten,Elham
Algabr,Hessa
Alrased, Monirah
Alali,Monerah
Alamri,Soaad
Albassam,Hayat
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
qAssistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Study Plan:
Level-1
Course Code
ARB 101
HIST 111
HIST 123
HIST 131
HIST 141
First Program:

BA in History
About:
The Department of History was established in 19571958 and went through various stages in accordance
with the university statutes. Attendance was waived at
the early stages. However, when the credit-hour system
was adopted in 1394-1395H, part-time studies were
introduced. Female full-time students were admitted
at Elisha University Center. Initially, the Archaeology
section formed part of the Department of History and
Archaeology, but in 1395H it became an autonomous
department. One of the main aims of the Departments
curriculum is to achieve the time-place equilibrium of
historical knowledge of various subjects so that students
may be familiar with the main factors that influenced
human history in general and Islamic and Arab history
in particular.
The curriculum includes the following:
The Ancient History of the Arabian Peninsula and

the Near East
Roman, Greek and Mesopotamian Ancient History

Medieval History

Islamic History

Modern History and the New World
Program:
BA in History
Credit
2
2
3
3
3
13
Level-2
Course Code
ARB 103
NAJM101
HIST 145
HIST 146
HIST 221
HIST 311
SLM 102
Programs:

BA in History

MA in History

PhD in History
Course Title
Language skills
Intro. to History
Greco-Roman History
Ancient Near East History (1)
Arabia Ancient History
Total
Course Title
Arabic editing
English Language
Prophets Biography
Credit
2
3
2
History of the Orthodox Caliphs
2
Sassanid State History
3
Historical Research Methodology
2
Introduction to Islamic Culture
2
Total
16
Level-3
Course Code
ARB 104
HIST 242
HIST 262
HIST 342
SLM 102
SLM 102
JAM 201
ARB 104
Course Title
Credit
Literary Studies
3
Umayyad State History
3
Byzantine Empire History
3
Umayyad Dynasty In Spain
3
Islam & the Building of Society
2
Islam & the Building of Society
2
Social Thought History
3
Total
17
Level-4
Course Code
ARB 105
HIST 261
HIST 341
HIST 348
SLM 103
MKT 102
Course Title
Credit
Language Studies
3
Medieval Europe
3
Abbasid Caliphate
3
Ayyubid & Mameluke History
3
Economy in Islam
2
History of Books & Libraries
3
Total
17
College of Arts
Alfasi,Hatoon
Alhamed,Norah
Alnnaim,Norah
Alraseed,Maha
Alsarhan,Mody
Alsuwailem,Ibtesam
Alzowyed,Huda
Salamh,aoatif
Samarqandi,Sahar
Aleidi,Reem
Alhafi,reem
Alhazani,Badriah
Alkadiry,Hanan
Alkhaldi,Shahla
Almotairi,Manal
Alqahtani,Fatimah
Alsafi, Ibtesam
Asiry,Monirah
Sultan,Naifh
2
3
18
59
Level-5
Course Code Course Title
HIST 321
HIST 343
HIST 345
HIST 346
HIST 371
SLM 104
HIST 472
Arabian from the 3rd A.H. century

to the Ottoman Conquest (1)
Moslems and Crusaders

Islamic Semi-states in the
East (Mesopotamia)
Islamic Semi-states in the
West (Maghreb)
Eu ro p ea n H isto r y f ro m
Renaissance to Vienna Conference
Basics of Political System in Islam
Ottoman Empire History

Total
Credit
2
2
3
3
Level -8: Track: Islamic History
Level-6
Economic History During
HIST 244
Islamic Ages
Credit
3
rd
HIST 322
HIST 324
HIST 351
HIST 473
HIST 474
Arabia from the 3 Century

A.H to Ottoman Conquest (2)
KSA History (1)

Islamic Civilization
Modern Arab History
Modern European History
(1814-1914)
Total
2
2
3
3
3
16
Level-7
GEO 226
KSA Geography
History of Gulf and South of
HIST 416
Arabia (2)
HIST 424
History of KSA (2)
HIST 475
Modern Arab History
HIST 483
Modern European History
HIST 499
Senior Project
Total
Credit
3
Course Title
Migration of Arab Tribes
Ancient Arabia History (2)
Ancient Arabia History (3)
Arabia in Ancient Texts
Historical Texts
Total
HIST 349
2
3
3
2
16
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15
Course Title
Spread of Islam in Asia & Africa
Historical Texts
History of Fatimids
Mongols and Eastern
Muslims States
Total
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15
Level-8: Track: Islamic Civilization

Course Code
HIST 253
HIST 312
HIST 317
HIST 352
Level-8: Track: Ancient Arabia History

Course Code
HIST 112
HIST 142
HIST 143
HIST 233
HIST 312
Course Code
HIST 112
HIST 243
HIST 312
HIST 319
HIST 353
Course Title
Islamic Historiography
Historical Texts
Non-Muslims in Islamic Ages
History of Literacy in Islamic
States
Islamic Civilizations Influence
on Medieval Europe
Total
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15
Level- 8: Track: Modern Arabia History

Course Code
HIST 112
HIST 312
HIST 316
HIST 416
HIST 476
Course Title
Historical Texts
Arabia in Explorers Books
History of Gulf and South
of Arabia (2)
KSA (Special Subject) (SS)
Total
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15
Course Description:
HIST 111 Introduction to History 2
Level -8: Track: Ancient near East History

HIST 132
Ancient Near East History (2) 3
HIST 133
Ancient Near East History (3) 3

Near East History in
3
Hellenistic Age
Greco-Roman Civilization
3
College of Arts
HIST 232
60
Credit
HIST 234
HIST 312
Historical Texts
Total
15
Level- 8: Track: Modern World History

Credit
HIST 479
History of Muslims in Asia and

3
Europe (Special Subject) (SS)
History of Diplomacy(SS)
3
HIST 481
New World History (SS)
HIST 482
Far East History (SS)
HIST 485
Modern Africa History (SS)
Total
15
HIST 418
This course studies history as a science, and looks

into its ties with other sciences. It also studies the
accumulation and progression of historical studies
throughout the ages.
HIST 112 Migration of Arab Tribes 3
This course studies the causes behind the migration
of the Arab tribes. It looks deeply at the causes that
led to such migrations, the stages they passed through,
and consequences of such movements on the people.
HIST 123 Greco-Roman History 3
The first part of this course deals with the early era
of Greek history from the Bronze Age to the rise of
the cities of Athens and Sparta. The Second Part
Concentrates on Italian history and the influence of
Greeks on the people who lived in Italy. Then the
course deals with the establishment of Rome, the
unification of the country, and the types of governments
which appeared in Rome, finally the clash between
republican Rome with Cartagena, then the Hellenistic
monarchies in Macedonia, Syria and Egypt.
HIST131 Ancient near East History (1) 3

The course studies the peoples history of this region
and their interaction with their geographic and social
environment since Pre-history age. The course studies
the most important achievements in Mesopotamia,
Syria and Egypt, and the reciprocal effects with Arabian
Peninsula societies.
HIST 221 Sassanid State History 3

This course introduces the latest results of research,
investigations and their role in revealing the source of
the ancient history of Mesopotamia and Syria from prehistory till the 3rd century B.C. Also, the course presents
the peoples achievements in all aspects of life with
special reference to the reciprocal influences with other
civilizations.
HIST 232 near East History in Hellenistic Age (3) 3

The course discusses the different viewpoints dealt
with the Hellenistic Age 323 30 B.C in ancient near east;
the internal and external reasons that drove Alexander
the Great to Conquer the ancient countries of the east,
and his war strategies against Persia. The Course also
presents a discussion of Silenced Kingdom of Syria and
Mesopotamia, and the Polemic Kingdom of Egypt.

This course aims at introducing the main characteristics
of ancient Egypt civilization till its collapse according
to the most discoveries and research. Its reciprocal
relations with other societies in the region are also
studied.
HIST 233 Arabia in Ancient Text 3

The course introduces the student to the written texts
available that deal with the history of ancient Arabia
especially those written in the cuneiform. The royal
Assyrians texts give the earliest information about the
Arabs, their lands, and their connections with the rest
of the world. The course includes the study of written
documents and the analysis and evaluation of the
historical content of these texts.
HIST 142 Ancient Arabia History (2) 3

This course starts with a brief introduction to the
development of the area in pre-history (2nd and third
millennium BC). It exploits all resources available,
written or otherwise, to study the development of the
area and its relations with states in the south of the
peninsula (first millennium BC).
The course is confined to the study of the intellectual
activities in the peninsula during the first centuries
before Islam. It explores the Arabs characteristic
achievements before Islam.
HIST 145 Prophets Biography 2
This course studies the history and biography of the
prophet Mohammed. It is divided into main parts: (1)
his life in Mecca before and after being revealed to, and
(2) his life in Al-Madina, the establishment of the state,
and confrontation with internal and outside enemies.
HIST 146 History of the Orthodox Caliphs (i.e. Abu
Baker, Umar, Othman, and Ali) 2
This course concentrates on the establishment of
Caliphate, the rebellion movement during Abu
Baker, the expansion of the state, the dissension
during Othman rule, and the establishment of the
caliphate outside Arabia during the rule of Ali.
HIST 234 Greco- Romans Civilization 3

This course deals with two points: (1) It studies some
aspects of the early civilization in Greece, the Greek
literature since the epics of Homer, Trojan war, Greeks
religion and their myths, their poetry and prose. (2) It
discusses the effects of geographical environment on
Roman societies, the establishment of Rome, the social
structure of the Roman society, religion, art, languages,
and literature.
HIST 242 Umayyad State History 3
The subject starts with an introduction to the most
important references about the subject, the roots of
Umayyad family, its role in the society, their Caliphate,
the Umayyad role in conquests, administration,
civilization and culture, and finally the fall of the
Umayyad Dynasty in123 A. H/ 750 A.D..
HIST 243 Spread of Islam in Asia and Africa 3
The course studies the spread of Islam as a religion only.
It explores the causes, methods and consequences of
spreading of Islam starting in Arabia, then into Asia and
Africa.
HIST 244 Economic History during Islamic Ages 3
The course studies the influence of Islam on the
economic changes as from the beginning the Prophet
era in Al-Medina and the developments in Arabia and
the conquered lands. It deals also with the economic
developments and transformations in all fields through
ages up to the Mameluke dynasty.
College of Arts

This course concentrates on the characteristics of
Arabias environment and trade activities and their
effects on the people. The course studies also the
history of all states established in Arabia; their political
systems, religion, and their inter-relations and with
outside.
This course studies the history of the Sassanid state,

its population, the Persian civilization during the first
and second centuries before the Sassanid state. The
changes brought by the Sassanid in all aspects of life
and government, and the states relations with other
states in Arabia, Romans, Armenians are also explored.
61
HIST 261 Medieval Europe 3

The course explains what the term Medieval Europe
means in terms of place, time. Then it moves to explain
the main pillars of medieval Europe, its relations with
Byzantines, Muslims in Spain, and caliphate centers in
Cairo and Baghdad.
The Ayyubid influence on Arabia and the decline

of the Shiite sects.

The Emirate of Banu Katadah and Banu Abi Utayy
HIST 311 Historical Research Methodology 2

This course explores the scientific method, explains its
function, and studies its main and secondary resources.
It also studies the way to choose a subject for historical
analysis, how to put a plan, to authenticate references,
and finally how to write in a scientific methodological
way.
The political situation in Najd and the movements

HIST 316 Arabia in Explorers Books 3

This course focuses on the main reasons behind
Muslims and none Muslims expeditions to Arabia,
their documents, their information about the political,
economical and social life of the people, and their most
important writings.
College of Arts
HIST 322 Arabian from the 3rd A.H. century to the

Ottoman Conquest (2) 2
This course covers many topics the most important of
which are:
HIST 262 Byzantine Empire History 3

This course covers the historical development of
the Byzantine Empire, the 3rd centurys crisis, the
establishment of Constantinople and its relations with
its neighbors, in particular, in Arabian Peninsula, Islamic
caliphate in Al-Madina, Damascus, Baghdad, Cairo, up
to its downfall at the hands of the Ottomans 857 A.H.
1453 A.D.
HIST 312 Historical Texts 3

It is a specialized sort of course. Students are expected
to study historical courses either in Arabic or any other
language which fits the specialization. The course aims
at providing the student with a methodology to deal
with historical or documentary texts.
62
HIST 321 Arabian from the 3rd A.H. century to the

Ottoman Conquest (1) 2
This course starts with a general idea about the
conditions in Arabia during the first Abbasid caliphate.
Then it surveys the political and military changes in the
Abbasid period during the third and fourth century
and their influence on Arabia.
HIST 317 Non-Muslims in Islamic Ages 3

The course begins with an introduction about the
nature of the Muslim State and the rules that govern
the Non-Muslims inside, with especial reference to the
covenant of Umar B. Al-Khattab (2nd caliph) to them.
Then it covers the study of their obligations, rights and
general conditions under the Muslim rule.
HIST 319 History of the Fatimids 3
This course studies the pillars of the Ismailia Call, the
rise of the Fatimids in Africa and their expansion into
Egypt, Syria and Arabia, and their decline and eventual
fall. It also studies the economic, social, and scientific
life of the state under their rule.
II in Hijaz and the Mameluke influence over the

two Holy Mosques.
The Rasuli state, the Tahiri state and the Zaydii

Imamate in Yemen.

Hajj caravans and their effect on the people of
Arabia during the Mameluke and the Ottoman
periods.
of the Arab tribes between the seventh and the
twelfth century A.H.
HIST 324 KSA (1) 2
The course studies the period from the middle of the
12th century A. H to the start of the 14th century A. H
in Arabia. This period includes the establishment of
the first Saudi Kingdom, Abdulwhaabs call, his alliance
with the Emir of Diriyyah, and the role of the Ottoman
and Egyptian forces in putting an end to the state.
HIST 341 Abbasid Caliphate 3
This course concentrates on the establishment of the
Abbasid dynasty, opposition movements, its foreign
relations, the state under the Ottomans influence, and
the fall of the state in 656 A.H.
HIST 342 Umayyad Dynasty in Spain (3) 3
This course studies the political, economical, social and
cultural history of Spain from the Islamic conquest in
711 A.D till the Fall of Granada in 1292 A.D.
HIST 343 Moslems and Crusaders 2
The course covers the study of the causes of
crusades invasion, the general conditions in
Moslems land on the eve of the crusaders invasion,
the establishment of the crusaders kingdoms and
principalities, the wars between them, and the
defeat of the crusaders at the end
HIST 345 Islamic Semi States in the East (Mesopotamia)3
This course focuses on the factors that led to the
establishment of Khawarizmeih, Ghaznaweih, and
Zaydeih Emirates, and their economical and social
environments.
College of Arts
HIST 253 Islamic Historiography 3

The course starts with an introduction about
historiography, and then it moves to the study of Islamic
historiography, reasons for historical writings, evaluation
of Islamic historiography, and a condensed conclusion
about the most important books in Islamic history.
HIST 348 Ayyubid and Mamelukes History 2

The course studies the factors that led to the
establishment of the Ayyubid dynasty, the role of
Salah-Eldin in uniting Moslems against the crusaders,
the general conditions during the Ayyubid period up
to the rise of the Mameluke state, the rise of the Mamluk
state, its foreign relations, and its confrontations with
the Mongols and crusaders.
HIST 349 Mongols and Eastern Muslim States 3
This course studies the establishment of the Mongol
state, its expansion, the Mongol invasion of the Islamic
world, Mongol Muslim states in the Islamic East, and the
Mongols role scientifically, economically and culturally.
HIST 351 Islamic Civilization 3
This course is an introduction to the Islamic civilization,
its pillars, the growth and development of sciences,
arts, and literature. It also studies its administration and
system of government.
HIST 352 History of Literacy in Islamic Ages 3
This course studies the role of Islam in urging people to
pursue every avenue to knowledge, the role of mosques
and special teaching circles in teaching, private Islamic
schools, teaching in the two holy mosques in Mecca and
Al-Medina, teaching of women, students, Islamic books
and methodology.
HIST 353 Islamic Civilizations Influence on
Medieval Europe 3
This course studies briefly the foundations of the Islamic
civilization, its development and prosperity, places
of contact between Europeans and Muslims, means
of influence such as direct contact or the translation
of Islamic books in science, medicine, philosophy,
literature and arts.
HIST 371 European History from Renaissance to
Vienna Conference 3
In addition to examining the main factors that led to
the Renaissance, this course concentrates, amongst
other things, on the Renaissances main characteristics,
the geographical discoveries, European world-wide
expansion, missionary campaigns, Spanish hegemony,
England in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries,
France hegemony in the fourteenth century, American
Independent wars, French Revolution, and the rule of
Napoleon till 1815 A.D.
HIST 415 History of Gulf and South of Arabia (1) 3

This course concentrates, amongst other things, on the
Portugueses attacks on the Gulf and south Arabia since
the 16th century, Portugueses expansion and collapse,
international competition and its consequences on the
Gulf and south Arabia, the British dominance over the
area in the 19th century till the World War I.
HIST 416 History of Gulf and South of Arabia (2) 3
This course studies the rise of Arabic semi-states in the
Gulf and south of Arabia and their internal and foreign
relations. It also studies their political, economical
developments, and the areas foreign relations from the
1st world war till the British withdrawal from Yemen and
the Gulf.
HIST 418 History of Muslims in Asia and Europe
(Special Subject) 3
This course discusses some of the Muslims societies
in Asia in Modern History particularly in India, Sind
(Pakistan), Khwarizmi (Iran) and in what was known as
the Soviet Union. It also studies Muslims in Eastern
Europe during the socialist regimes, and the Muslim
minorities in previous Rumania and Yugoslavia
amongst others.
HIST 424 History of KSA (2) 2
This course studies the history of the contemporary
Saudi State (the third). It starts with the general
circumstances of Arabia with more emphasis on
the Ottoman influence at the beginning of the 14th
century A.H. It also studies the rule of the dynasty
of Al-Rashid in Najd, Imam Abdul-Rahman Al-Faisals
attempt to hold to the power in the region, the
regaining of the area by the Saudi Emir Abdulaziz
Ibin Abdulrahman who united Najid, his restoration
of the Saudi authority over Al-Ahsa, his efforts in
administration, education and the start of the Saudi
development with the discovery of oil. The course
studies also the reign of King Saud and King Faisal.
HIST 472 Ottoman Empire History 3
This course studies the rise of the Ottoman Emirate
and its development into a large empire. The course
touches on the conquest of the Ottomans to all Arab
land, their effects on the Arabs, the deterioration of
the Ottomans constitutions and their final collapse
in the 18 th century, and the general circumstances of
the Ottomans till 1 st world War.
HIST 473 Modern Empire History 3
This course focuses, amongst other subjects, on
the general characteristics of the Ottoman rule in
the Arab land from the middle of 16 th century till
the start of the 20 th century. It focuses also on the
College of Arts
HIST 346 Islamic Semi States in the West (Maghreb) 3

This course focuses on the Maghreb history, Islamic
conquest, the establishment of independent and semiindependent states, and the Maghreb unity under the
rule of AL-Murabeteen and Al-Mujahedeen.
63
independent movements in Egypt and Mesopotamia

in the 18 th century, the French campaign on Egypt,
the Western colonization of the Arab land, study of
the intellectual and political mainstream amongst
Arab and Muslims thinkers in the 19 th century and the
start of the 20 th century.
HIST 474 Modern European History 3
This course studies, amongst other issues, the
circumstances that led to the Vienna conference in
1815, the independence of Greece, the uprisings of
1830 and 1848 in some European countries, the Italian
unity, the German unification, the Russian Ottoman
war and the international alliances that followed. The
course ends with discussing the political crises that led
to 1st world war.
the American continent. The course also discusses

the independence of the USA, the independence
movements in Latin America, the American Civil
War and its political, economic and social effects,
and the situation in North and South America from
the 1 st World War up to the present with reference
to the rise of USA as a global super.
HIST 482 Far East History (Special Subject) 3
This course concentrates on the history of Far East
by choosing one special subject of the region. A
subject is chosen by the course professor. It should
relate to the states of the region e.g. China, Japan,
Korea, Indo-China ( Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia,
and Thailand), Indonesia, and Malaysia. A special
attention is drawn to the international relations
HIST 475 Modern Arab History 3

This course studies the Arab contemporary
history since the 1 st World War; it concentrates on
the political, economic and social development
between the two World Wars. It also discusses the
national resistance movements against the European
colonization, the development of the Palestinian
cause and its effects on the contemporary history,
the results of the 2 nd World War till the end of the
Suez crises in 1956.
that influence these countries.

HIST 483 Modern European History 3
This course studies the European history since
the 1 st World War. It concentrates on the history
of the 1 st World War, the results of the Peace
Conference, the great depression of 1929, the rise
of totalitarian regimes in Europe, the history of the
2 nd World War and its results, and the European
countries after the 2 nd World War.
HIST 476 KSA History (Special Subject) 3

This course discusses a number of subjects e.g.,
administrative, military financial regulations in
the 1 st, 2 nd, and 3 rd Saudi State. Or it may discuss
the kingdoms stand from some Arab, Islamic or
international issues.
HIST 485 Modern Africa History (Special Subject) 3

This course covers different areas in Africa since the
beginning of the 15th century till the 20th century. It
concentrates on the governments and regions that
College of Arts
were affected by Arab emigrations and the spread of
64
HIST 479 History of Diplomacy (Special Subject) 3
Islam. It also discusses the European rivalry over those
This course traces the history of diplomacy from

the earliest times to the present. It starts with an
introduction to the origin of diplomacy and the
forms of diplomacy followed by the Greek, the
Romans and the Muslims. It also discusses with
detail the development of diplomacy in modern
times especially during the 19 th and 20 th centuries
till the signing of the Vienna agreement for
diplomatic relations in 1961.
areas and their partition by the Europeans at the end
HIST 481 New World History (Special Subject) 3

The purpose of this course is to give a general idea
of the geographical discoveries and the settlement
in the New World, and the establishment of the
Spanish, Portuguese, British and French colonies in
of the 19th century. Finally the course traces the rise

of the independent movements in those areas, and the
development of the African modern countries in the
20th century.
HIST 499 Senior Project 3

This is a research paper in history to be written by
a Senior Student under the supervision of a faculty
member. The project should be discussed by a
two members committee. The research should be
about one of the subjects chosen by the student
in level eight.
Department of
Geography
Vision:
The Department of Geography aims at achieving
a leading role in teaching, research, and training in
the science and technology of geography.
The Department of Geography deals with human and

natural phenomena, their mutual relations, characteristics
and distribution patterns. The Department is keen on
graduating indigenous, well-trained and well-qualified
personnel in various geographical fields in order that
they may contribute to achieving the goals of the
development plans and meet the job market needs. The
studies and researches conducted by the Department is
geared towards widening intellectual and geographical
applications and understanding and solving ecological
problems. The Department also participates in
enhancing education and thought and keeps abreast
with the most recent scientific developments.
Aims:

To graduate well-qualified personnel able to meet
the job market needs
To train the private and public sectors personnel

To participate in and provide consultations to
research projects with a view to solving ecological
and social problems
To develop awareness of the scientific and

intellectual developments in the field of
geographical analysis of the human and natural
phenomena.
About:
The Department of Geography is one of the first
departments of KSU that was established in 1377.
Though the Department started with seven students,
the number quickly multiplied that in 1418-1419H
it reached 1774 students. The Department aims
at highlighting the Islamic and Arab geographical
and intellectual heritage, preparing researchers in
geographical fields, conducting applied studies and
finding adequate solutions to ecological and social
problems.
Landmarks:

Department of Geography Labs

Soil and Geomorphology Labs Unit

Training and Research Unit

Map Library

Instructional Devices Unit

The Climatic Observatory
Modern Geo-Techno-Systems Labs (GTS)-praised be
God- is installed in the department of Geography at
King Saud University.
All computers in the labs (nearly sixty computers) are
linked with three central servers:
GIS Server

IMS Server

Internet Server
Degrees:

Bachelor

Master

PhD
Faculty Members:
Faculty Name
Rank
Abdulaziz A. Alshaikh
Abdullah A. Altaher
Abdullah S. Alhudaithy
Amer N. Almutair
Mohammed A. Algabbani
Mohammed A. Alsaleh
Mohammed Shawqi Makki
Nader M. Siam
Nasser M. Salma
Rshood M. Alkhraif
Yahya M. Abolkhair
Abdulaziz I. Alharrah
Abdullah H. Alsolai
Abdullah A. Alsaleh
Ali M. Alghamdi
Assaf A. Alhawas
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate
Associate
Associate
Associate
Associate
Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
Prof.
College of Arts
Mission:
65
Badr A. Alfaqeer
Fahad M. Alkolibi
Khalid N. Almudaihee
Mohamed F. Bourouba
Mohammed T. Alyousef
Nasser A. Alsaaran
Saad N. Alhussein
Abdulaziz R. Almutairdi
Abdullah S. Alzahrani
Abdullatif A. Alshaikh
Abdulmohesn a. Alhijji
Alaa A. Masoud
Ali A. Aldosari
Farhan H. Aljuaidi
Majed S. Abu Ashwan
Nasser M. Alzeer
Abdullah A. Almagamis
Abdullah S. Alammari
Abdulrahman M. Alsubaie
Mohamed I. Dissuoky
Abdullah M. Alotaibi
Abdullah S. Alsihle
Mohammed N. Almofarij
Mufareh D. Alquradi
Saleh M. Aldhoayan
Saleh M. Al-shammary
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Research Asst.
Researcher
Secretary
Correspondent
Cartographer
Cartographer
Technician
Engineer
Programs:
BA Degree Programme in
The Environment and Natural Resources

The Geography of Ekistics and Demography

Economic Geography & Regional Development Charts
College of Arts
The Department of Geography started with 7

undergraduate students in the year 1377(H.). This
number reached a peak of 1609 undergraduate
students in the academic year 1417/18 (H). Registered
undergraduate students in the second semester of the
academic year 1424/1425(H) were 710 students both
male and female.
Study Plan:
.101
Course Title
Introduction to Islamic
culture
Language Skills
.103
Principles of Economics
GEOG 111
Introduction to Geography 2
Introduction to
3
Cartography
Climatology
3
GEOG 112
GEOG 113
66
Total
Course Title
Credit
102
Islam and the community
103
Arab Liberation
101
English
GEOG 115
Geographic Regions
GEOG 116
Biogeography
GEOG 118
Economic Geography
Total
Credit
Level-3
Course Code
104
Course Title
System and the economy
in Islam
Literary Studies
219
The media and society
GEOG222
Topographic & Contour Maps 3

Research Methods in
3
Geography
Geography of the Kingdom
3
of Saudi Arabia
17
103
GEOG224
GEOG226
Total
Credit
*Two theoretical units and one practical unit

Level-4
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
The foundations of the

political system in Islam
Linguistic Studies
401
Saudi society
GEOG 227
Land Forms
GEOG 228
Distribution Maps
Geography of Arab
Countries
104
GEOG 230
TOTAL
3
17

Level-5
GEOG 302
GEOG 303
15
15
Course Code
Level 1- JOINT COURSES
.101
Course Code
105
About:
Course Code

Level-2
GEOG 304
Course Title
Introduction to Statistical
Methods in Geography
Introduction to Remote
Sensing in Geography
Geographical Hydrology
(Hydro-Geography)
Credit
3
3
3
GEOG 306
Geography of Seas & Oceans

3
(Ocean Geography, Oceanography)
GEOG 308
Settlement Geography
GEOG 311
Islamic World Geography
TOTAL
17

Level-6
Course Code
GEOG 315
GEOG 317
GEOG 318
GEOG 320
GEOG 325
GEOG 327
Course Title
Advanced Quantitative
Methods in Geography
Applications of Remote
Sensing in Geography
Population Geography
Geographic Information
Systems (GIS)
Political Geography
Special Region
TOTAL
Credit

**Three practical units (six training units)
Level-8 Settlement and Population Geography
Course Code
GEOG 427
GEOG 428
3
3
3
3
17

As from the 7th level a student chooses one of the following
tracks or lines of specialization packages) Track A)
GEOG 429
GEOG 455
GEOG 492
Total
Course Title
Rural Settlement
Migration and Spatial Behavior
Geography of Urban
Planning
The Arab and Islamic City
Field Training
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15

Track C
Economic Geography and Regional Development
Level-7 Environment and Natural Resources:
GEOG 412
GEOG 413
GEOG 414
Course Title
Environmental Systems
Water Resources in Arid
Environments
Soil Geography
Wild Life in the Arid
Environment
Field Training
Credit
3
GEOG 430
GEOG 433
3
GEOG 434
3
GEOG 435
GEOG 491
Total
Course Title
Geography of Economic
Resources
Agricultural Geography
Geography of Rural
development
Industrial Geography
Field Training
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15
Environment and Natural Resources
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
GEOG 415
GEOG 416
Applied Climatology
Environmental Geomorphology
Medical Geography
Environmental Problems
Field Training
Total
3
3
GEOG 417
GEOG 418
GEOG 492
Course Code
GEOG 491
3
TOTAL
15
**Two theoretical units and one practical unit
Level-8
Level-7
3
3
3
15

Level 8: Economic Geography & Regional Development
Course Code
GEOG 436
GEOG 437
GEOG 439
GEOG 456

GEOG 492
Course Title
Transportation &
Marketing Geography
Geography of Urban Development
Regional Planning in
Geography
Tourism & Recreational
Geography
Field Training
Total
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15
Track B
Level-7 Settlement and Population Geography:
Course Code
GEOG 420
GEOG 421
GEOG 425
GEOG 426
GEOG 491
Total
Course Title
Population and
Development
Population in Developing
Countries
Population Analysis
Urban Geography
Field Training
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15

Track D
Level -7: Cartography
Course Code
GEOG 440
GEOG 445
GEOG 446
Course Title
Map Information Systems
Plane and Topographic
Surveying
Map Analysis
Credit
3
College of Arts
Course Code
GEOG 410
3
3
67
GEOG 447
GEOG 491
Total
Weather and
Climatologically Maps
Field Training
3
3
15

Level-8: Cartography
Course Code
GEOG 448
GEOG 449
GEOG 457
GEOG 458
GEOG 492
Total
Course Title
Geological Maps
Automated Mapping
Applications of Spatial
Positioning Systems
Map Design and
Production
Field Training
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
15

Course Description:
College of Arts
Course Description:
Curricula Description
68
(111 Geog) Introduction to the Science of Geography

2 units
This Course introduces the science of Geography and
its various fields, as it addresses the issues of knowledge
development and geographic thinking and the role of
Muslims in that. The curriculum also deals with the
relationship between geography and other sciences as
it studies some basic geographic concepts like location,
territory, region and distribution with emphasis on
the nature of geographic issues and its importance.
The curriculum also addresses the role of observation
and field work as well as the importance of maps,
and different methods of statistical analysis, theories
and models in the modern geographic research.
Afterwards, the course will study the planet earth as
a homeland of mankind in terms of astrological and
natural properties reviewing the various layers of the
planet. It also discusses population, construction and
economic resources worldwide then it concludes with
samples of the types of geographic environments and
the problems of the natural and human environments
and the role of geogrphists in solving some of these
problems.
(112 Geog) Introduction to Cartography 3 units
This course studies maps and their importance with
their relationship to the science of geography and
other sciences, then it reviews history of maps and their
development with concentration on modern maps, and
it addresses the study of the tools necessary for map
creation. The curriculum also addresses the basics of
map categorization and basic elements of a map (e.g.
Title, key, data resources, symbols, terminology signs,
orientations and GPS). Then this course discusses scale

and its applications with an overview of projections and
their uses and concludes by teaching students some
principles of map reading.
(113 Geog) Climatic geography 3 units
This curriculum presents climatic geography and its
practical applications with a view of its relationship
with other sciences and it studies the nature of
Atmosphere, elements, basic climatic processes (Solar
and global rays, air temperature, atmospheric pressure,
wind, evaporation, humidity, condensation, falls).
The curriculum also studies methods of forecasting
climatic elements and factors that influence geographic
distribution, and addresses air masses and fronts and
the accompanying atmospheric phenomena (like
hurricanes and contra hurricanes) with an overview of
the basic principles of climatic categorization.
(115) Geographic regions 3 units

This course addresses the concept of Region from a
geographical point of view along with methods of its
determination and problems that face geographists
upon such determination. It also studies different
geographic regions like simple, homogenized,
compound and functional regions. It also studies
samples of large geographic regions e.g. Tropical,
desert & Mediterranean, taking into consideration the
different sorts of geographic regions.
(116) Biogeography 3 units
The curriculum introduces biogeography and studies
its relationship with other sciences and its scope of
application, along with search methodology, theories
and models. It also addresses the study of living creatures
in their natural habitats in terms of distribution, analysis
and assessment together with the nature of relationship
between living creatures and their habitats. The course
also emphasizes the way these creatures respond to
environmental factors and the effect of such factors on
their distribution and the way these creatures acquire
certain characteristics with a special emphasis on the
role of man in such acquisition.
(118 Geog) Economic geography
This curriculum addresses the definition, scope and
related theories of economic geography. It studies
natural and human factors that influence economic
activity. It also addresses economic resources, types of
distribution and ways of investment of these resources.
It is interested also in categorization of economic activity
including hunting, pasturage, agriculture, mining, trade,
industry and services.
(222 Geog) Topographic and contour maps 3 units
The curriculum introduces topographical maps and
their importance in geographic studies and studies
the coordinate systems and global positioning and
international map numbering, scales, symbols, signs
and terminological colors used in them. Then the
(224 Geog) Methods of geographic research 3 units

This course addresses systematic concepts and
principles in addition to linguistic and procedural
definition of scientific methodology and the basics of
its construction, the problem of its application and its
relationship with research methods. It also investigates
systematic routes like interpretation, deduction,
feedback, with provision of application models of uses
of these routes taken from geography literature.
The curriculum emphasizes the processes of geographic
research that encompass: Observation, problem
definition, question formulation and hypotheses as well
as methods of sample selection and data collection from
various information pools, that include field, Laboratory
and analytical search showing the way of employment of
these methods and giving examples on them. Training
in this course includes some systematic procedures e.g.
formulation, classification, experimentation, analysis
and assessment of identity. In addition, the course
includes training on methods of monitoring geographic
phenomena and forecasting theses phenomena with
knowledge of their data processing and simulating
them either in situ, in laboratory or by way of analysis.
The course then concludes with an application research
done by students either individually or in groups.
(226 geog) Geography of the Kingdom of the
Saudi Arabia 3 units
The course studies the location of the Kingdom
of the Saudi Arabia and its strategic and economic
importance. It also studies natural geography of the
Kingdom which includes geological composition,
surface manifestations, climate, soil, water and plants.
It also studies the human geography of the Kingdom
which includes the demographic characteristics of
population, Urbanization, economic resources and then
concludes with a study of some geographic regions of
the Kingdom.
(227 Geog) Geomorphology 3 units
The course introduces to Geomorphology, its concepts
and relationship with other sciences together with its
research methods, schools of thought, scopes and
relative theories. The curriculum includes also the effect
of a rock lithology and its structure on the formation
of its surface. The course studies also the fast and slow
internal processes and the most important resultant
phenomena like earthquakes, volcanoes, twisting,
fractures and chains of mountains. It also addresses
the environmental and fast external processes as well
as erosion and its various phenomena. The course
concludes with a study of samples on geomorphology
of river basins, coasts, sands and lime stone lands.
(228 Geog) Human distribution charts 3Units

The curriculum introduces the human distribution charts
and their importance and methods used in data and
statistics preparation in order to represent them in these
charts and it studies the types of qualitative symbols
and the quantity of human distribution charts, and it
manipulates methods of creation of distribution charts
which uses symbols of quantity location (e.g. points,
graphical columns, circles, triangles, squares, quantities
and balls) , those which use symbols of quantitative line
(e.g. streamlines, equidistant lines) and those that use
symbols of quantitative area (e.g. Diametric charts).
The curriculum deals also methods of creation of third
dimension and continuous and separated cartogram.
The curriculum concludes with the study of applied
uses of the human distribution charts.
(230 Geog) Geography of the Arab World 3 units
The curriculum studies the location of the Arab world
and its strategic and economic strategy, and it studies
the natural geography of the Arab world including the
geological composition and phenomena of surface,
climate, soil, water and plants. It deals also with
the human geography of the Arab world including
demographic and economic properties of population,
construction and economic resources. The curriculum
concludes with a regional study of some political units
which belong to the Arab world (with exception of Saudi
Arabia)with a study of samples of some environmental
and economic problems.
(302 geog ) Principles of Statistical methods in
Geography 3 units
The curriculum starts with an introduction to the
statistical methods that include descriptive and
inferential statistics and some of its geographical
applications fields. The curriculum studies methods of
sample selection and types of data and geographical
information and methods of their tabulation and
graphical representation including classified and
unclassified data. The curriculum deals with the
description of geographic data using measurements of
centralistic trend, dispersion, twisting and flattening.
The curriculum deals with statistical hypotheses
including their concepts, types, formulation and checkup steps, and training in this course will be performed
on statistical comparisons between variables using
F-,t-& Z- statistics and it studies the simple statistical
relations e.g. Pearson and Spearman coefficients, simple
regression line, chi-square, and mono-variance. The
curriculum includes only application exercises on the
studied methods.
( 3 0 3 G e o g ) P r i n c i p l es o f rem o te s e n s i n g i n
ge ography 3 units
The curriculum introduces remote sensing and its
importance as well as its relationship to some geographic
concepts, then it studies the Electro-magnetic bases,
their types and the concept of their reflection on the
Earth depending on wave length and nature of Earth.
It also deals with methods of recording reflected rays
College of Arts
curriculum will address the study of contour maps in

term of definition and importance as well as ways of
creation and interpretation. It also studies different
ways of creation of topographical sectors, and survey
graphical charts and Earths surface charts taken from
contour map. The course concludes with a study of the
applications of topographical and contour maps.
69
and radiographic scanners and comparing it with the

photographs taken by cameras, with study of some
remote sensing methods e.g. thermal scanning and
polychromatic. The curriculum then addresses the
issues of ray interpretation either by conventional
ways(by video) and digitally (by computer) and
rating digitals of spectrum slides (scopes) in order to
distinguish between various geographic phenomena
in these videos. The curriculum addresses also air
photographing in general and sorts of air photographs
and measurements and their specific interpretation.
The curriculum includes a range of exercises that are
related to the studied subjects.
(304 Geog) Water Geography 3 units
The curriculum introduces water geography, its fields
and its relationship with other sciences and its most
important concepts and theories, and it studies the
water cycle and various water resources. It is interested
in the study of water balance in various environments.
Then it addresses methods of water utilization in
different scopes, as well as means of water conservation,
maintenance, recycling and development.
(306 geog) Marine geography 3 units
The curriculum addresses development of seas and
oceans and their geographic distribution and physical
and chemical properties of their waters. The curriculum
deals with coastal topographical phenomena,
continental platforms, slopes and ocean bottoms. The
curriculum studies different motions of seawater like
waves, ebb & tide, sea currents and vertical movements.
The curriculum includes also the study of the biological
aspects and natural resources of seas and oceans and
discusses their types of investment.
College of Arts
(308 geog) Construction Geography 3 units

The curriculum introduces Construction geography,
its concepts and theories. The curriculum studies the
rural- urban relations, and addresses some worldwide
urban- rural construction problems in general and in
developing country specifically. The curriculum reviews
some applicable and feasible planning approaches for
solving such problems.
70
(311 geog) Islamic World geography 2 units

The curriculum studies the location of the Islamic
world and its Strategic and economic importance and
studies the natural geography of the Islamic world
including geological structure and surface phenomena
as well as climate, soil, water and plants. It studies
also human geography of the Islamic world including
population, construction and economic resources. It
finally concludes with a regional study of some political
units within the Islamic world (except Arab nations)
with a study of some models of some political and
environmental problems.
(315 geog) Advanced quantitative methods in
geography 3 units
The curriculum studies methods of conjugation,
congruence, partial correlation, multiple regression

and factor analysis and their applications, and studies
also the basics of statistical Probability theory with
samples of its geographic applications. Then it studies
some of the methods of place analysis like Lorenz curve
and distance decrease circuit and the nearest neighbor
method and square analysis method. It encompasses
application exercises in the statistical and local analysis
methods which was studied.
(317 geog) Applications of remote sensing in
geography 3 units
The curriculum starts with a general review of what was
studied in the curriculum of principles of remote sensing,
then it studies basics of land usages ( e.g. Standard
rating, ecological rating and rating of some worldwide
geological survey organizations).It includes also the
practical applications of remote sensing in certain fields
like agriculture, pasture, water and industrial resources,
regional planning, pollution, resource scanning and wild
life. The curriculum concludes with training on creation
of geographic information system in those fields.
(318 Geog) Population geography 3 units
The curriculum introduces population concepts, basics
and criteria in terms of geography. The curriculum
deals with analysis of location differences of population
variables in terms of population distribution, capita per
area, composition and elements of growth. It also deals
with demographic variables like birth and death rates in
terms of their importance and influential factors. It also
studies immigration in terms of types and its influence
on the population growth and its consequent results,
in addition to study of some population theories and
identification of differences in population policies of
some industrial and developing countries.
(320 geog) Geographic Information System 3 units
The curriculum introduces geographic information
system and its basics, components and its historical
development. It also studies know-how of designing a
geographic data base and production of data files and
their interpretation and the data entry systems and
their storage: vector system and its models ( Irregular,
Typology, reflective and symbolic chains) and mosaic
system and its models (coordinate network, overlapping,
Irregular, scan line and Pino lines). The curriculum
studies also data processing and creation of data base
and how can they be retrieved either by self building
or external borrowing on magnetic discs or tapes or
in the form of maps. It concludes with applications
concerning methods of planning of a project in the field
of information system and its implementation stages
like reviewing cities maps and their layouts and their
updating and creation as well as land utilization maps
and linking them with a geographic data base.
(325 geog) Political geography 3 units
The curriculum introduces political geography, its
development and conceptualizations. It studies
foundation of states as a political unit and its
development and external relations emphasizing

influential geographic elements. It also stresses the issue
of political masses of the world and the study of the
geographic factors that affect them. It concludes with
studying some models of the political problems around
the globe.
the local properties of the natural habitats of plant and

wild animals stressing on relative policies and methods
of preservation of wild life and its development in this
environment. The curriculum concludes with a study of
some selected samples of wild life in various dry regions
worldwide in general and specifically in Saudi Arabia.
(327 geog) Specific territory 3 units

A natural and human territory is selected then studied
geographically in detail.
(415 geog) Applied climate 3 units

This curriculum identifies with the science of applied
climate and its concepts as well as relative theories and
models. It also studies the effect of climate elements on
water, soil and plant which are the constituents of natural
environment stressing differences according to location.
It also deals with the effect of such elements on human
activities, agriculture, trade, industry, transportation
and urbanization elaborating their local typology. It
concludes with a study of samples from different places
of the world in the field of applied climate.
(412 geog) Water resources in a dry environment 3 units

The curriculum studies water resources in a dry
environment specially those underground dependent
ones. It studies as well the physical and chemical
properties of water and types of its local distribution. It
also addresses methods of water distribution and types
of its consumption and policies followed in order to
preserve and increase water resources. The curriculum
ends by a study of samples of water resources in the
kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
(413 geog) Soil geography 3 units
A student studies in this course different processes of
soil formation and development of its sectors and the
effect of each of original material, topography, plant,
microorganisms and climate on the speed of formation
and development of soil. The curriculum then reviews
method of description of a soil section in a field and
doing some measurements and laboratory tests in order
to identify physical, chemical and metallic characteristics
of soil. The curriculum then deals with methods of soil
classification and geographical distribution of different
kinds of soil around the world and ways of their graphical
and cartographical representation. It ends by studying
soil as a natural resource and discusses methods of its
preservation.
(414 geog) Wild life geography in a dry environment 3 units
The curriculum studies local distribution of plants and
animals and their classifications in a dry environment.
It also deals with the geographic factors that influence
growth, distribution and types of change that affects
wild life in such media. The curriculum deals also with
(416 geog)Environmental geomorphology 3 units

The
curriculum
introduces
environmental
geomorphology and its fields and studies its relation
with other sciences, and emphasizes the effect of
great environmental changes in geomorphological
phenomena. It deals with types of geomorphological
phenomena in various natural environments with
emphasis on the significance of the effect of environmental
controls in such phenomena. The curriculum studies
also theories and models together with the methods
used to interpret geomorphological phenomena in
their various environments with examples taken from
selected geomorphological environments, specially the
Kingdoms. The course is interested also in indicators of
environmental change and its measurements as well as
its relation with geomorphological balance and role of
mankind in such change.
(417 Geog) Medical geography 3 units
The curriculum introduces medical geography and
studies its relation with the other sciences and their
fields of application and relative methods and theories
and it studies environmental factors and their effect on
morbidity and epidemics, and it studies also the effect
of nutrition on health and the importance of preventive
health and results of morbidity and their adverse effects,
and it gives some examples on the efforts made on both
local, regional and global level to eradicate diseases.
The curriculum concludes with a study of morbidity
distribution worldwide with a special interest in some
prevalent diseases in the kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
(418 geog) Environmental problems 3 units
The curriculum discusses some environmental
problems in light of a systemic functional view, and
it studies models and method that are related to
environmental problems like pollution, and depletion
of natural resources, e.g. water, soil, plant, metals and
energy, and it studies problems that result from sand
creep, coastal erosion, capture stream and river stream
immigration. The curriculum addresses also controls
that limit occurrence and aggravation of environmental
College of Arts
(410 geog) Ecosystems 3 units

The curriculum deals with identification of ecosystem
in term of concept and environment and degree
of connection between it and other systems, and
it discusses types of open and closed systems as
well as related theories and models. The curriculum
then addresses methods of system analysis and their
simulation utilizing theories and models. The curriculum
deals with layers which constitute ecosystem with a view
on the extent of their interaction and the application
of such interaction on geomorphological, climatic and
biological ecosystems stressing on desert ecosystems.
It also studies the influence of mankind on the natural
environmental system taking into consideration
the ecosystems that result from human activities. It
concludes with a case study of an elected ecosystem.
71
problems. The curriculum concludes with a study

of an environmental problem chosen from the local
environment.
(420 geog) Population and development 3 Units
The curriculum studies the economic and social
environment of population and their location types,
and addresses the study of the relationship between
demographic, social and economic variables (e.g.
Population growth, volume, distribution, internal
immigration, compositions, educational level, marital
status and income level) and the effect of this on
development and variation of their location types.
The curriculum concludes with a study of some chosen
samples that show the relation between population
and development.
(421 geog) Population in developing nations 3 units
The curriculum studies concepts and relative theoretical
frameworks, and introduces population situations in
developing countries and their demographic, social
and economic characteristics with a special interest
in connecting population volumes and their growth
with economic resources. The curriculum deals with
some problems in the fields of development and
population planning, and then concludes with a study
of some samples of developing countries with various
population volumes.
College of Arts
(425 geog) Population analysis

3 Units
This curriculum studies concepts and measurements
used in statistical analysis in population geography
and studies various methods of population data
collection and common mistakes in performing them
as well as some methods used to expose such mistakes.
It also studies population measurements that depend
on census data and measurements used in studying
rates of birth, death and immigration and life tables
and methods of graphical representation of different
population compositions.
72
(426 geog) City geography 3 units

The curriculum addresses cities and studies them in term
of location, distribution, sizes and function stressing
urban, popular, societal and economic compositions
and interactive relations between city and suburban.
In all these subjects connection is made between
theoretical frameworks and reality of modern cities.
The curriculum finally concludes with a study of some
problems that confront big cities worldwide.
(427 geog) Rural construction geography3 units
The curriculum studies types of man settlement in
rural settings in term of concept, development and
distribution as well as types and constituents of rural
societies and types of rural houses. It is also interested
in some basic theories in the study of country side and
movements of its people along with samples of rural life
and its effect on composition of rural construction in
both industrialized and developing countries.
(428 geog) Immigration and spatial behavior 3 units

The curriculum studies concepts, theories of
immigration and moving homes and sources of
immigration information and popular movements and
studies also local behavior and processes of decision
making concerning movement and selection of
destinations. The curriculum also deals with influential
factors of immigration and its effects and consequences
on both origin and destination stressing the relationship
between immigration and planning, development and
definition of some samples used in studies made on
immigration and moving home.
(429 geog) Urban planning geography 3 units
This curriculum studies targets and theoretical bases
of orientations of urban planning, specifically stressing
the significance of spatial dimensions in planning,
specifically stressing significance of spatial dimensions
in plan formulation and methods of its implementation
and assessment. The curriculum reviews samples from
current urban planning worldwide especially planning
experiences in some Arab states namely Saudi Arabia.
(430 geog) Economic resources geography
This curriculum introduces concepts related to the study
of economic resources and their types, characteristics
and distributions. It studies natural resources (lands,
water resources, plants, animal, fish, minerals and
energy) and human resources (population, resources
demand, labor, capital, technology, transportation and
marketing). Emphasis in this study will be on types
of distribution of these resources and ways of their
investment, development and maintenance and policies
followed in the field of resources. The curriculum
concludes with a practical study of some economic
resources in different places of the world.
(433 geog) Agricultural geography 3 units
This curriculum introduces agriculture geography and
its concepts, fields and relative theories and natural
settings (Superficial morphology, climate, water
resources and soil) and human factors (labor, capital,
transportation, marketing and agricultural policies)
that influence agricultural production. The curriculum
concludes with a study of some agricultural types
and methods of agricultural production development
worldwide.
(434 geog) Rural development geography 3 units
This curriculum introduces theoretical concepts of
rural developments and bases of definition of rural
regions. Then it studies strategies of rural development
and its targets in term of economic, spatial and social
dimensions. This curriculum concludes with a study
of samples of rural development in some parts of the
world stressing the effect of regional characteristics on
such development.
(436 geog) Transportation & marketing geography 3 units

The curriculum introduces transportation and marketing
geography and its relative concepts, fields and theories
and types of transportation and its relationship with
marketing. It deals with cost of transportation and its
influential elements like place, time, weight, size and
kinds of transported material. It also studies different
kinds of transportation networks and their various
elements and traffic density on them. It concludes
by studying models of transportation and elements
and their traffic density and studying samples of
transportation and marketing in the Saudi Arabia.
(437 geog) Urban development geog 3 units
The curriculum studies conceptualization of urban
development and bases of identification of urban areas.
It then studies strategies of urban development and its
targets with spatial, social and economic dimensions.
The curriculum concludes with a study of samples
of urban development in some parts of the world
emphasizing the effect of the regional characteristics
on such development.
(439 geog) Regional planning geography3 units
The curriculum studies the notion of a Region
and the method of its definition for the purpose of
development, and addresses theories, bases, strategies
and types of regional planning stressing influential
geographic factors in the scope of regional planning.
The curriculum emphasizes the relationship between
kinds of regional planning in light of stages of regional
development plans and concludes by studying samples
of regional planning worldwide, emphasizing plans of
regional development in the kingdom.
(440 geog) Cartographical information system 3 units
The curriculum studies cartographical information
systems and their relation to geographic information
system. It also addresses basics of digital map in the
cartographic information systems: node, segment and
cell.
It also addresses Computerized map templates (Digital
entry equipments, digital plotters and digital picture
sensors). Training in this course will be on using
some cartography software in the fields of (CAD,
CAC, AMS) and concludes with a study of data entry
methods, spatial and qualitative data and ways of their

cleansing, amendment, edition, revision, storage and
viewing in the form of digital and graphical pictures
and preparation of digital cartographic data base to be
digital base maps.
(445 geog) Level and topographic surveying 3 units
This curriculum introduces science of survey, its sections,
importance and relationship with both geography and
cartography. It studies ways of measurement of lengths,
spaces& angles as well as equipment and tools used
to perform that. It also studies the general ways of
plane surveying (surveying by distances, by prismatic
compass and by flat board). Then the curriculum
studies methods of level detection and performing
various types of budgets and equipment used in this.
The curriculum addresses also methods of uplifting in
topographical surveying using Theodolite device.
(446 geog) Map analysis 3 units
The curriculum studies map analysis and levels of
topographical maps interpretation and different
methods of information measurement and extracting
data from them on both laboratory and field levels.
The curriculum studies ways of network data analysis
like road networks and water drainage networks.
The curriculum emphasizes the role of the map and
its importance in regional construction planning and
development programs.
(447 geog) Climate and weather maps
The curriculum introduces both climate and weather
maps and their importance. It studies method of
preparation of climate maps and usage of global symbols
and code in representation of weather conditions at
forecast station. It then studies methods used in data
preparation and preliminary statistics and represent
them on climate maps. It also addresses climate map
preparation using cartographic methods e.g. isometric
temperature. Pressure, rain, lines and representation of
climate elements like curves and graphics.
(448 geog) Geological maps 3 units
The curriculum introduces geological maps and gives
notice about their importance in geographical studies.
It then studies colors, terminology shadings, signs and
symbols used in geological maps with application on
geological maps of various scales made at the kingdom
of the Saudi Arabia. The curriculum studies also ways
of representation of the morphology of igneous rocks
and horizontal, oblique and vertical of sedimentary
rocks on a geological maps. Then it studies methods of
representation of twists and breaks and incompatibility
surfaces. The curriculum concludes with a training
course on creation of geological sectors & on reading
and interpretation of geological map.
College of Arts
(435 geog) Industrial geography 3 units

The curriculum introduces industrial geography its
concepts, fields and relative theories. Then it studies
various industries with their characteristics, structure
and factors of settlement. It also studies policies that
influence industrial sector and industrial development
and concludes by a study of samples of some regions in
the industrial zones of the world stressing its effect on
environment.
73
(449 geog) Computerized maps 3 units

The curriculum introduces computerized maps, then it
studies tools and devices used and software necessary
for creation of such sort of maps. It also studies creation
of base map on Raster system and on vector system
and method of its storage, retrieval and correction. The
curriculum deals with information sources and ways of
entry and connection with base map. The curriculum
also studies ways of extraction of geographic information
from the base map and selection of suitable scale and
projection. The curriculum concludes with an application
in which computer files are used to extract various maps.
(455 geog) Arab and Islamic City 3 units
The curriculum reviews early centers of urban settlement
in the Nile valley and Iraq, and studies developments
in urban development in both Arab and Islamic states
within the frame of global urban developments on
both spatial and popular levels. The curriculum studies
urban types in Arab and Islamic countries and the
internal compositions of cities and influential factors of
its internal structure, stressing at the same time on the
problems that face cities and plans directed towards
their solution by studying selected samples of them.
The curriculum concludes with a future vision for
urbanization of such cities.
College of Arts
(456 geog) Tourism and recreation geography 3 units

The curriculum introduces tourism and recreation
geography, relative concepts and theories, as it also
studies influential geographic components in tourist
and recreational capabilities and the role of the
geogrphists in the process of planning and tourist and
recreational development within geographic levels and
dimensions. It also discusses behavioral types in tourism
and recreation and the natural, social and economic
factors that influence them. It also addresses the role of
the policies of both public and private sectors in tourist
and recreational development.
74
(457 geog) Applications of GPS 3 units

The curriculum starts with an introduction to Global
Positioning system GPS, its preliminary basics and
devices as well as method of its operation and
connection with satellites. The curriculum studies
methods of coordinates determination on the celestial
globe, and determination of geographic coordinates
on the Earths surface. Meanwhile, Identification of the
methods of creation of geodesic network and method of
its broadening and connecting it with national geodesic
points. The curriculum also studies applications of that
system in navigation work, for example, detection,
storage, adaptation and updating navigation ways, as
well as creation of maps using digital entry systems and
computers. The curriculum concludes by training on
data analysis by related software programs.
(458 geog)Designing and creating maps 3 units

In this course, a student will be trained on
methods of data collection and preparation of
such data in order to reach for the final design
of a map and its creation through application
of principles of cartographic construction
using suitable projection and scale and suitable
writing methods and map cameras. The course
introduces parts of camera and method of
operation and t ypes of films and paper used
in printing and method of photographing and
developing processes and basics and method of
preparation. It also discusses the way of printing
in order to execute and produce final map.
(491 geog) Field Training 3 units
Students are either collectively or individually trained
under supervision of the curriculum professor on
formulation of a proposal of a research project
(work plan) in one of the scopes that are included
in the students interests either on academic or
research level. Training also encompasses definition
of a research problem that will be addressed by such
project and direction of students to literature review
and scanning various places inside the kingdom which
possess information sources and data related to the
project. As part of such training, a student will submit,
at the end of the semester, a report that includes an
assessment of the content of previous studies and the
nature of information and data and their capability to
achieve the said project in curriculum 492 geog (field
training).
(492 geog) Field Training 3 units
Students are either collectively or individually
trained under supervision of the curriculum
professor either in governmental or nongovernmental entities which would be one of
the bodies contacted during performance of the
research project of the curriculum 491 geog (Field
training ) or performing a field work in the subjects
that may be available for the student to practice
on by a specific body. Amount of training will be
6 hours/week, and the curriculum professor will
evaluate the students work in light of the practice
program prepared in coordination with the place
in which the student is trained and in light of a
report submitted by the student at the end of
the semester showing what was executed so far
of the project plan in curriculum 491 geog (field
training ) and what the student was trained on in
this curriculum.
Department of
Sociology and
Social Work
Vision:
The Department of Social Studies looks forward to
be a pioneer in the fields of instruction, training and
scientific research in social studies and community
service.
The Department of Social Studies is concerned

about qualifying national competencies capable of
studying phenomena and handling modern social
problems of the Saudi community in order to fulfill
the labor market requirements and achieve targets of
comprehensive development plans. The department
emphasizes the issue of walking hand in hand with the
latest advances in a way that guarantees enhancement
of scientific specialization on both theoretical and
empirical levels, together with boosting relationship
with governmental and non-governmental institutions
working in the fields of social care inside community.
Aims:
1. Supplying students with scientific knowledge and
professional skills and training them on practicing
the profession of social work in a way that suits
labor market requirements.
2. Preparation of competencies and leaderships in
social fields through high studies program.
3. Conducting studies and scientific researches
which address modern social phenomena, issues
and problems of the Saudi community.
4. Provision of scientific and professional
consultations for governmental and nongovernmental sectors institutions.
5. Provision of training programs to social
workers employed by governmental and nongovernmental sectors, enhancing their scientific
knowledge, field skills, and moral values on their
professional practice of social work.
6. Supplying community services and continuous
education through presentation of training
courses and scientific competencies.
About:
The Department provides excellent educational
programs taught by the most highly qualified
professionals in our field. It also promotes
understanding of social issues through teaching which

engenders independent thinking and responsibility
as well as higher-order skills for continuous learning
and growth which benefit students in their future life.
Students acquire experiences through the courses
which help them to explore innovative ideas and
seek new opportunities in their community. The
department contains two main branches, Sociology
and Social Work which provide effective teaching
to the students and facilitate their transition from
theoretical understanding to practical applications in
everyday situations. This strategy enables students to
encounter social problems in their communities and find
solutions for them. Furthermore, the department has
established many links with several formal and informal
organizations such as, prisons, hospitals, charities and
social organizations to provide students with effective
training in the field of social research. There are higher
education opportunities available in our department
for both sexes, i.e., Master and PhD in Sociology and
in Social Work. This education qualifies students to be
experts and community leaders.
Degrees:

Bachelor

Master

PhD
Faculty Members:
Faculty Name
Rank
Ibrahim Mohamed AL-Obeidy

Saad Al- Sowayan
Saad M. AL-Goaib
Saleh R. AL-Remaih
Mohammed S. Al- Wehaid
Abdul-Aziz A. Al- Brithen
Abdulaziz A. S. AL-Dakhil
Abdulelah S. Ibn-Saeed
Abdullah N. AL-Omari
Hameed Khaleel AL-Shaygi
Mohamed K. D. AL-Oteiby
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
College of Arts
Mission:
75
Mohamed K. Sharkawy
Mohamed Mohammed Saied
Mohsen Lotfy Ahmed Ibrahim
Moslam . Aly Sayed Aly
Omar Abdelgabar M. Ahmad
Saif S. Saud
Saleh I. A. AL-Kudairy
Abdulkarim S. AL-Ghamdi
Abdullah M. Al- Fauzan
Abdulmohsen F. Al- Saif
Abdulslam Al-Suliman
Ahmed A. Mohamed
Ahmed Waffa Zaytoon
Essam A. Fateh Al- bab
Farag A. Salem
Hassan Mohamed Hassan
Ibrahim I. Abdo Mohamed
Jibrin A. Al- Jibrin
Saleh AL-Soghair
Sami Abdulaziz AL-Ddmiqh
Saud Duhayan AL-Duhayan
Sulaiman A. Al- Ageel
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
SOC 203
SOC 301
Total
Course Code
ARB 105
103 SLM
MM 319
SOC 302
SOC 309
SOC 403
SOC 409
Total
Level-1
College of Arts
76
Credit
Language skills
Course Code
PSY 101
Intro. to psychology
104 SLM
SOC 101
Prin. of Sociology
SOC 102
Intro. to social welfare
SOC 104
Intro. to Anthropology
SOC 201
History of Social thought

Total
3
15
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
ARB 103
Arabic Editing
101 NJM
English
Civilization
Social psychology
Principles of Social Work
Introduction to Social
Statistics
English Social Texts
Level-2
SOC 106
Total
Credit
3
2
3
3
19
3
2
3
3
3
19
Specialization: Social Service

Level 5
ARB 101
SOC 105
Course Title
Language Studies
Economics in Islam
Mass Media and
Development
Design of Sociological
Research
Care of Special Groups
Sociology of Deviation
Sociological Theory
1. Social Service
2. Sociology
Study Plan:
131 PSY
SOC 103
Credit
3
3
2
3
On the completion of the first four compulsory levels

student are to specialize in one of the following two
specializations:
First Program:
BA Degree Program: Social Service
101 SLM
Course Title
Literary Studies
Regional Planning
Islam and Society Building
Islamic Social Institutions
Applied Statistics
Methodology
Sociological Research
Methods
Sociology of Development
Level-4
BA Degree Program: Social Service

BA Degree Program: Sociology
Course Title
Course Code
ARB 104
GEO 457
102 SLM
SOC 141
SOC 202
Programs:
Course Code
Level-3
171 PSY
SOC 391
SOC 392
SOC 393
SOC 394
SOC 466
2
2
2
2
2
15
Course Title
Foundations of Political
System in Islam
Psychological Health I
Case Worker I
Group Work I
Society organizing I
Administration of Social
Institutions
Family and Childhood
Welfare
Total
Credit
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
17
Specialization: Social Service.

Level-6
Course Code
SOC 363
SOC 366
SOC 401
SOC 407
Course Title
Psychiatric Social work
Evaluation of Social
Programs
Saudi Arabian Society
Social Policy and Planning
Credit
2
2
3
2
Case Work II
Group Work II
Society Organizing II
3
3
2
17
Specialization: Sociology
Level-5
Course Code
104 SLM
SOC 310
SOC 315
SOC 415
SOC 419
SOC 458
Total
Course Title
System in Islam
Rural Sociology
Sociology of Nomads
Organizational Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Sociological Anthropology
Course Title
Social Change
Sociology of Economics
Urban Sociology
Industrial Sociology
Population Studies
Total
Credit
2
3
2
3
3
3
16
Credit
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
18
On the completion of level six in Social Service,

students may study level seven in one of the following
specialization lanes:
Course Code
PSY 111
SOC 461
SOC 463
SOC 467
SOC 470
SOC 475
SOC 481
Course Code
SOC 477
Total
Course Code
SOC 316
Level-7
SOC 394
SOC 467
SOC 470
SOC 475
SOC 481
Total
3
4
2
2
18
Social Service. Lane: Education and Family

Level 7
Course Code
SOC 373
SOC 456
SOC 464
SOC 465
Course Title
Social Counsel
Social Work at School
Volunteer Social Service
Youth Welfare
Credit
3
2
3
2
Credit
3
2
2
3
4
2
2
18
Course Title
Field Work
Credit
8
8
Level-7
SOC 383
Credit
3
2
2
Course Title
Growth Psychology
Social Work for the Aged
Medical Social Work
Social work in Social
Defense
Field Work Training I
Sociological Supervision
Special Topic
Total
On the completion of level six in Sociology, Students may

study level seven in any one of the following lanes:
Specialization: Sociology. Lane: Development and
Social Organization
SOC 366
Course Title
Growth Psychology I
Medical Sociology
Medical Social Work
Defense
Social Supervision
Special Topic
4
2
2
18
All students of Social Service lanes must study

Level 8
Specialization:
Social Service Lane
Health and psychology
Course Code
PSY 111
SOC 429
SOC 463

Special Topic
Total
Social Service. Lane: Social Rehabilitation

Level 7
Level 6
Course Code
SOC 241
SOC 312
SOC 313
SOC 401
SOC 407
SOC 410
SOC 414
SOC 470
SOC 475
SOC 481
SOC 454
SOC 480
SOC 481
Specialization:
Criminology
Level 7
Course Title
Field Work I
Programs
Sociology of Labor
Institutions
Political Sociology
Cooperation
Special Topic
Total
Sociology.
Lane:
Credit
3
2
3
2
3
3
2
18
Deviation
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
SOC 244
SOC 316
SOC 329
SOC 363
Social Control
Field Work I
Educational Sociology
Adolescent Social
Deviance
Special Topic
Social Problems
Total
3
3
3
2
SOC 378
SOC 481
SOC 482
3
2
2
18
&
College of Arts
SOC 472
SOC 473
SOC 478
Total
77
Specialization: Sociology. Lane: Family and Population

Level 7
Course Code
SOC 246
SOC 316
SOC 347
Course Title
Sociology of Childhood
Field Work I
Sociology of Aging
Credit
3
3
3
SOC 429
SOC 481
SOC 482
SOC 488
Medical Sociology
Special Topic
Social Problems
Migration
Total
2
2
2
2
18
Specialization: Sociology. Lane: Anthropology

Level 7
Course Code
SOC 243
SOC 316
SOC 371
SOC 372
SOC 382
SOC 404
SOC 457
Course Title
Man & Environment
Field Work I
Islamic & Arab Societies
Educational Anthropology
Small Groups
Culture & Personality
Linguistic Anthropology
Total
Credit
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
18
All students of Sociology lanes must study

Level 8
Course Code
SOC 497
Course Title
Field Work
Total
Credit
8
8
Course Description:
College of Arts
SOC 101 Principles of Sociology (3 h)

This course aims at giving students general principles of
Sociology, its place among social sciences, varieties of
human association, characteristics and different forms of
social institutions, e.g. economic, political educational,
and the family. Analysis of social behaviour, such as
cooperation, competition, conformity and role-playing
is also studied.
78
SOC 201 History of Social Thought (3 h)

This course discusses the principles of social thought,
its variations in different ages and civilizations. Forms of
social thought in ancient societies, especially among the
Greeks, Romans and Arabs are studied. Social thought
in Islam and in modern Europe as well as contemporary
American social thought is taught also.
SOC 102 Introduction to Social Welfare (2 h)
This course studies the meaning, content, dimension
and development of social welfare in different societies
with special emphasis on manifestations of Islamic social
welfare. The relation between social welfare and social
work is clarified. Presentations of aspects of modern
social welfare, along with an analysis of examples of
social welfare in Saudi Arabian society are presented.
SOC 458 Sociological Anthropology (3 h)

This course introduces branches of anthropology.
Emphasis is on social anthropology, its origins and
the development of anthropological theories. Social
institutions are studies in the light of anthropological
analysis, e.g. kinship, economic and political institutions.
Some field work is done to teach students the basics of
the science.
SOC 103 Principles of Social Work (2 h)
This course introduces social work as a profession in
the light of its own principles, values and philosophy.
Emphasis is on the goals of social work and its relation
to social
Sciences. Forms, fields of interest and principles of social
work, characteristics and qualities of the professional
social worker and the professional values which he must
possess are all studied.
SOC 203 Sociological Research Methods (3 h
Student study the basic principles and foundations of
scientific research and its application to sociology. A
discussion of the procedures, methods and instruments
used in the collection and analysis of data is performed.
Introduction to methodological concepts, such as
variables, hypotheses and laws is presented.
SOC 310 Rural Sociology (3 h)
This course introduces the field of rural sociology,
including the definition of concepts and technical
terminology. A presentation of the general features of
rural societies, factors of change, the place of custom
and tradition, kinship, social bonds and social controls,
analysis of the goals are all discussed.
SOC 104 Introductions to Anthropology (3 h)
This course aims at introducing the main concepts
of anthropology and its various branches, how to do
anthropological research, and the development of
anthropological studies. The difference between
anthropology, ethnology and ethnography is discussed.
Arabs contribution to the field is also outlined.
SOC105 Introduction to Social Statistics (2 h)
Importance of statistics in social studies is the main
aim of this course. The course includes also studying
the sources of data, how to collect samples, kinds
of variables, how to analyze social phenomena, and
related information.
SOC 106 English Social Texts (2h)
This course provides students with the main concepts
of the field through English original texts. Texts contain
information about the pioneers of the discipline, the
self and others, social groups amongst others topics.
Texts also introduce the main terms used in this field
of study.
SOC 394 Administration of Social Institutions (2 h)
This course studies the main concepts of administration
generally, and specifically those which are relate
SOC 315 Sociology of Nomads (2 h)

This course introduces nomadic life, definitions and
concepts of nomads, characteristics of life in nomadic
settings, influential factors of change in nomadic life.
SOC 312 Sociology of Economics (3 h)
This course introduces students to the sociology of
economics, its relation to both economics and sociology,
analysis of the characteristics of economic system
and its relation to the other social systems, analysis
of economic activities, such as: production, exchange,
distribution and consumption, from the viewpoint of
sociology. Some applications of the main concepts in
this course are presented with special reference to local
societies especially in the Gulf States.
SOC 313 Urban Sociology (2 h)
This course studies the concepts of urban sociology, its
place among other branches of sociology and the topics
it deals with. The importance of the study of modern
cities, forms and characteristics of urban society,
formation of the cities and their social manifestations,
social problems arising from rapid urban development
are all stressed.
SOC 301 Sociology of Development (3 h)
This course aims at providing students with information
about the different meanings of development, factors,
stages, and obstacles of economic growth. Aspects of
social change accompanying economic growth, means,
principles and goals of the development of the local
society and the role of government agencies in the
process of development are all stressed.
SOC 302 Design of Sociological Research (3h)
This course is designed to develop further the students
basic technical research skills in planning and designing
of projects for sociological research, and the evaluation
of sociological research in the light of specific research
operations.
SOC 316 Field Work Me (2 h)
Students in this course are given a chance to apply
the scientific principles concerning the methodology
of sociological research which they have studied to a
specific topic. The goal is to train them in the proper
use of such methodology.
SOC 409 Sociological Theory (3 h)
Types and methods of constructing sociological
theories, their usefulness, and critical analysis of each
are done in this course. Students are urged to look for
the links between a specific theory and the economical
and social factors behind it. Students are asked to study
a theory as an intellectual structural integrated entity.
SOC 414 Population Studies (2 h)

This course introduces aspects of population science,
factors promoting population increase, theories which
explain population growth, birth and death rates
and explanation of the increase and decrease in such
rates, factors promoting population movements and
their results. The distribution of population and the
application of such studies to several societies are also
studied.
SOC 410 Industrial Sociology
(3 h)
This course introduces students to the concept of
industrial sociology, its origins, and the most important
studies which have been undertaken in the field, the
relation of industry to the family and local society,
industrialization and population migration. Industrial
development, especially in developing societies,
industrial organizations and an analysis of social
relations in such organizations are also studied.
SOC 419 Sociology of the Family (3 h)
This course aims at introducing students to the
organization of the family, forms of kinship and patterns
of marriage, familys function in the past and present,
familys role in the process of socialization. The social
position of women, especially in the Muslim family,
problems of childhood and some of the problems
faced by the modern family are also discussed.
SOC 403 Sociology of Deviation
(3h)
This course introduces the concept of deviation from
a sociological point of view. Schools that explain the
motives behind such behaviour are also studied. A study
of crime and an explanation of its forms and patterns
and the social factors involved in it are also studied.
Criminology, trends in the analysis of prevention and
treatment, trends in explanation of responsibility and
punishment are also dealt with.
SOC 243 Man & Environment
(2 h)
This course studies the relation between man and his
environment in all its aspects, the reciprocal influence
between organizations and social relations from one
side and the environmental order from the other.
Theories that deal with the relations between man and
environment such as determinism are studied. Some
other more recent topics are dealt with like pollution
in a comparative perspective i.e., in modern and third
world countries.
SOC 371 Islamic & Arab Societies (3 h)
This course aims at introducing Muslim society by
concentrating on some selected studies. The unity and
diversity in the Islamic world is stressed by studying some
different sociological, cultural and economical patterns.
The main pillars of Islamic and Arab societies such as
religion, language, kinship, etc., are also studied.
SOC 372 Educational Anthropology (2 h)
This course introduces sociological organizations and
educational processes in different human societies
College of Arts
to social ones. Amongst the topics studied: social

foundations regulations, beneficiaries, evaluations
of social foundations, and their role whether owned
by the government or private sector, the role of the
socialist worker, and his knowledge and skills.
79
including traditional ones. This means concentration on

the relations that arise between formal organizations
through educational processes. This means also the
concentration on the relationships that arise amongst
different age groups and their role in the educational
process in small societies.
SOC 457 Linguistic Anthropology (2 h)
This course stresses the importance of language because
it encompasses culture. Culture is handed from one
generation to another through language. The influence
of language on the way people think is also studied.
SOC 488 Migration (3 h)
This course studies migration both internally and
externally, its positive and negative effects on
population, and development in the receiving countries
and source ones.
SOC 246 Sociology of Childhood (3 h)
This course points out that studying childhood is
essential to the achievement of more economical and
sociological prosperity. Amongst other topics are: (1)
childhood is a human value, (2) meaning of childhood
and the importance of studying it, (3) the aim of
sociological teaching, (4) ways of studying childhood.
SOC 347 Sociology of Aging (3 h)
This course gives an overview of all aspects of aging.
Difficulties that face the aged are also discussed with
special reference to the Saudi society. Solutions are also
discussed.
College of Arts
SOC 401 Saudi Arabian Society (3 h)

This course studies the historical, cultural, sociological,
and economical characteristics of Arabian society in
general; and then it discusses the Saudi Arabian society
and its sociological makeup. Analysis of its social
institutions and the stages of social transformation are
also studied. Special reference is made to Royal decrees
issued in 1412 A.H. relating to some regulations in
KSA.
80
SOC 497 Field work (8 h)

This course concentrates on the practical training and
application of the sociological research. Every Student
is asked to choose a case study of the Saudi society,
applies to it all the field research tools he studied.
SOC 141 Islamic Social Institutions (3 h)
This course is a study of social institutions from the
sociological point of view in Islam. Emphasis is on the
foundations on which Islamic social institutions are based.
Characteristics of such institutions are also studied.
Another main aim understands the development of
such institutions through ages in Islamic societies.
SOC 480 Cooperation (3 h)
The course starts with a definition of cooperation and
its social bases. Main types of cooperation principle
are discussed from an Islamic perspective. Cooperation
is studied in KSA and Gulf States through the present

cooperative organizations.
SOC 373 Social Counsel (3 h)
This course introduces social counselling and the
range of its interests. Analysis of the process of social
counselling and its several stages is also discussed. The
role of counselling in the formation of social trends is
done. The course studies also the planning of social
counselling on scientific bases, and its application to
some counselling projects in KSA.
SOC 241 Social Change (3 h)
This course stresses the fact that change is an essential
and intrinsic property of all human societies. The
nature, essence, forms and trends of social change are
all discussed, in addition to theories of social change.
Analysis of social change in developing countries and
especially in Saudi Arabia is discussed.
SOC 244 Social Control (3 h)
This course starts with the definition, importance,
and social necessity of social control. Means of social
control, such as religion, custom, law, educational
system and public opinion are all studied. Organization
of social control, e.g. the family, school, and state, with
application to Saudi Arabia is discussed.
SOC 383 Sociology of Labour (3 h)
This course introduces the scientific definition of
labour. Amongst the topics studied in this course are:
importance of labour in the life of man, material and
abstract motivations for work, consideration of the
scientific tests conducted in the field, social control
and social deviation in the work situation, methods of
social welfare in the work situations. The link between
social structure and work as seen through analysis of
social roles in different fields of work is also discussed.
Other topics include: the relation between work and
social institutions such as the family and the educational
system and their role in preparing the individual for the
labour situation.
SOC 329 Educational Sociology (3 h)
This course introduces students to educational
sociology. Amongst the topics discussed: analysis of
the structure and function of the educational system,
development of educational institutions, relations
between the educational system and social change,
the social role of educational institutions such as the
family and the school, analysis of educational functions,
educational planning and the role of the educational
system in the realization of social progress in developing
societies.
SOC 454 Political Sociology (3 h)
This course starts with stressing that political sociology
is one branch of sociology. Many other topics are
discussed such as: state and society, the relation
between politics and sociology, history of political
sociology and its relation to the other sciences, and the
political development of the Saudi state.
problems which can affect local society.
SOC 429 Medical Sociology (2 h)

This course analyzes and explains how to apply the
principles of sociology to health problems. Other topics
include: the role of sociologist in health arena, relation
between illness, childhood, aging and environment.
SOC 202 Applied Statistics Methodology (2h)

This course provides the student with the necessary
tools to make him able to use a variety of generallyaccepted statistical techniques in dealing with aspects
of his scientific research, especially the statistical
treatment of samples and classification, statistical
analysis and interpretation of declarations. Attention
will also be devoted to means of benefiting from
techniques, emphasizing both quantity and quality in
sociological research.
SOC 415 Organizational Sociology (3 h)

This course introduces the basic concepts of formal and
informal organizations, how they are studied, and the
relation of sociology to other branches. Concentration
is on the most important social theories concerning
the study of such institutions, especially max Webers
analysis of bureaucracy and political organizations.
SOC 404 Culture and Personality (3 h)
This course stresses the fact that personal culture is
a common subject between psychology, social and
cultural anthropology. Other topics include: the
interaction between personality and culture, the role
of social values and education in achieving integration
emphasizing both quantity and quality in sociological
research among human sciences.
SOC 407 Social Policy and Planning (2 h)
This course introduces the main concepts of social
planning and related concepts such as: growth, planned
change, and the foundations, principles and states of
planning. Discussion of planning experiments from
different countries, with emphasis on planning in KSA
is presented also.
SOC 481 Special Topic (ST) (2 h)
This course deals with some of the practical and
theoretical topics which are important to those working
in sociological work. The general framework of a
special topic will be selected by the instructor and the
students. Each student will be required to study one
aspect of the topic chosen and to prepare a scientific
report which will then be the subject of discussion.
All such topics are integrated in the framework of the
general topic chosen for consideration.
SOC 482 Social Problems (2 h)
This course aims at introducing students to the nature,
characteristics and reasons underlying some phenomena
which can be a source of social problems. Other
topics include: problems arising from the settlement
of nomads, problems connected to industrialization,
problems created by newly-created societies and
SOC 475 Social Supervision (2 h)

This course studies social supervision as means of raising
performance in social service. Other topics include: the
concept of social supervision, functions of sociological
supervision and its procedures. Examples are provided
during the course.
SOC 470 Field Work Training I (3 h)
This course distributes students among social
organizations in cooperation with their supervisors.
Students have a firsthand practical experience with
the regulations, programs and services which these
organization offer to public. Students are urged to apply
all the theoretical knowledge they gained to practical
situations. Then they are asked to write a report about
their achievements.
SOC 391 Case Worker I (3h)
This course introduces the concept of case worker, its
principles, aims, and development being one of the
basic techniques of social work. Characteristics of the
processional case worker and the professional values
connected with the philosophy an principles of social
work are all discussed.
SOC 392 Group Work I (3 h)
This course is an introduction to group work as one
of the standard methods of social work. Other topics
include: Study of the concepts, principles, foundations
and goals of group social work, types of groups and
their influence on the individual personality, the
characteristics they must possess, their formation and
the stages of their growth. The role of the professional
in the group and his relation to the other individuals in
the group in general is also discussed.
SOC 456 Social Work at School (2 h)
This course introduces the nature and basic assumptions
of social work at school. Application of the methods
of social work to the school situation is also discussed.
Problems faced by students and their treatment,
coordination with educational organizations, formation
of associations in schools, such as unions and parents
cooperation with them are also explained.
SOC 463 Medical Social Work (2 h)
This course is an introduction to social work in the
medical sphere. It focuses on the importance of
College of Arts
SOC 378 Adolescent Social Deviance (3 h)

This course starts with defining normal and abnormal
behaviour; and how deviant adolescents are treated
through history. Other topics include: deviance from
sociological standpoint, schools which explain deviant
behaviour, e.g. the biological, psychological, economic
and social schools, juvenile delinquency, care of juvenile
delinquency, with practical application in reformatories
in Saudi Arabia.
81
integration of medical, social and psychological

services for the treatment of the patient. Role of the
professional medical social worker, his responsibilities
and his training are also discussed. Application of the
methodology of social work to the realm of medical
care is discussed.
SOC 472 Case Work II (3 h)
This course is a continuation of SOC 391. It is devoted
to the principles and concepts of case work. This
course concentrates on the processes of diagnosis
and treatment in individually-oriented social work.
Topics include types and methods of diagnosis and
social psychological treatment, study of different cases
in which the methodology of individual social work
is applied, e.g. the family, medical field, the school,
the labour situation, and cases having psychological
aspect.
SOC 478 Society Organizing II (2 h)
This course is a continuation of SOC 353. Amongst the
main topics discussed are: study and analysis of the
factors leading to change from the viewpoint of social
work, attempt to uncover the relationship between
the way in which a society is organized and the origins
of the process of change, codification of the means
of organizing society as they are made clear by the
definition of the role, qualities and characteristics of the
social organizer and his preparation for his work with
society, the role of organizing society in the process
of development, survey of the different methods
utilized in developing society; the difference between
development and organization of society.
College of Arts
SOC 366 Evaluations of Social Programs (2 h)

SOC 461 Social Work for the Aged (2 h)
This course introduces the concept of social work for
the aged people. Amongst the main ideas considered
are: needs of the aging people, programs of care, their
right to live decently, and how to profit from their
experiences.
82
SOC 363 Psychiatric Social Work (2 h)

This course studies the nature of mental and psychiatric
illness from the viewpoint of social work. Other main
topics include: the process of integrated study, diagnosis
and treatment of such illness from the psychiatric angles,
role of the professional social worker in the realm of
psychiatry, training and responsibilities delegated to
him in the institutions devoted to psychiatric care such
as hospitals, clinics and psychiatric treatment centres.
Techniques of social-psychiatric treatment and the
complementary roles of the doctor and the psychiatrist
on the one hand and the social-psychological case
worker on the other are also studied.
SOC 474 Group Social Work II (2 h)
This course is a continuation of SOC 393. It studies
and analyzes components of society and its concepts.
It stresses the actual participation of the social worker
with the citizens through registration, meetings, and
educating the elderly. Other topics include: local

development in KSA, the role of social worker as
a leader for the fulfilment of all governmental and
nongovernmental plans.
SOC 464 Volunteer Social Service (3 h)
This course introduces the concept of volunteer social
service and its link with government-directed social
activity. Other main topics include: the responsibility
of citizens toward their society and their role in
coordinating their efforts with those of the government,
examples of volunteer organizations and institutions, the
relation between such organizations and those directed
by the government. The role of the Ministry of Labour
and Social Affairs in the operations of supervision and
control of financing is also discussed.
SOC 465 Youth Welfare (2 h)
Definition of what is meant by youth welfare is primary
in this course. Other main topics include: basic
programs aimed at the formation and preparation of
good citizens, modern developments in the field of
youth welfare, the basic principles followed by social
worker in youth welfare, the role of social work in
providing complete and integrated care for youth as to
realize healthy socialization and to provide youth with
the appropriate skills which enable them to adjust and
to become good citizens.
SOC 466 Families and Childhood Welfare (2 h)
This course discusses the concepts of family and
marriage, its types and size, the relations among its
members. There is also a study of the primary problems
facing the family and the role of social work in providing
preventative care and treatment for them. Emphasis
will be on application of individual social service to the
study and treatment of family problems. The course is
also concerned with the study and analysis of the needs
and problems of childhood and the methods employed
by social workers to care for children inside and outside
the family. Survey of examples of organizations devoted
to family and childhood welfare in Saudi Arabia is
presented.
SOC 467 Social Service in Social Defence (SSSD) (2 h)
This course introduces the circumstances and historical
factors that led to the establishment and development
of social service in social defence. Other main topics
include: importance of (SSSD) in different modern
societies, definition of crime and deviation, crime and
deviation dangers on societies. All this is discussed
according to the framework of many different modern
theories. The role of social service in preventing crime,
how to treat prisoners, the integration of all efforts to
secure society from crime are also discussed.
SOC 393 Society Organizing I (3 h)
This course is interested in studying the third way of
social service as means to work with local communities.
It concentrates on the local community and its link to the
historical factors that led to the establishment of many
social groups and associations in industrialized societies

in the 2nd half of the 19th century. It also studies the
ways by which these ways of organizing are transferred
to other countries. The role of social worker is detailed
in all these contexts.
SOC 382 Small Groups (3 h)
This course studies the notion of small groups and their
nature. Other ideas include: the difference between
such groups and other larger communities, measuring
the social relations among their members, how will
studying such groups participate in developing the
sociological theory.
SOC 309 Care of Special Groups (3 h)
This course studies the concept of retarded people,
the classification of retarded and disabled, and reasons
of disability. Types of retarded and disabled are
discussed in details. Rehabilitation of retarded and
disabled socially and psychologically is discussed with
reference to KSA.
to approach
also on the
group work.
evaluation in
Study Plan:
Credit
2
2
3
2
3
3
15
Level-2
Course Title
Credit
ARB 103
101 NJM
Arabic Editing
English
Civilization
Social psychology
Principles of Social Work
Introduction to Social
Statistics
English Social Texts
2
3
SOC 105
SOC 106
Total
Course Title
Language Studies
Economics in Islam
Mass Media and
Development
Design of Sociological
Research
Care of Special Groups
Sociology of Deviation
Sociological Theory
Total
Credit
3
2
3
3
19
Level-4
Course Code
ARB 105
103 SLM
MM 319
SOC 302
SOC 309
SOC 403
SOC 409
Course Code
104 SLM
171 PSY
SOC 391
SOC 391
SOC 392
SOC 393
SOC 394
Course Code
131 PSY
SOC 103
SOC 301
3
2
3
3
3
19

Level-5
Level 1
101 SLM
SOC 203
Credit
3
3
2
3
1. Social Service
2. Sociology
BA Degree Program: Sociology
Course Title
Language skills
Intro. to psychology
Principles of Sociology
Intro. to social welfare
Intro. to Anthropology
History of Social though
Total
SOC 202
Course Title
Literary Studies
Regional Planning
Islamic Social Institutions
Applied Statistics
Methodology
Sociological Research
Methods
Sociology of Development
Total
On the completion of the first four compulsory levels

student are to specialize in one of the following two
specializations:
Second Program:
Course Code
ARB 101
PSY 101
SOC 101
SOC 102
SOC 104
SOC 201
Course Code
ARB 104
GEO 457
102 SLM
SOC 141
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
17
Level-6
Course Code
SOC 363
SOC 366
15
Credit
2
2
Course Title
System in Islam
Psychological Health I
Case Worker I
Group Work I
Society organizing I
Institutions
Family and Childhood
Welfare
Total
SOC 401
SOC 407
SOC 472
Course Title
Programs
Case Work II
Credit
2
2
3
2
3
College of Arts
SOC 473 Group Work II (3 h)

This course studies the different ways
group work in social work. It focuses
programs content, and registration in
The course studies also supervision and
groups work.
Level-3
83
SOC 473
SOC 478
Group Work II
Society Organizing II
Total
3
2
17
Level 5
Course Code
104 SLM
SOC 310
SOC 315
SOC 415
SOC 419
SOC 458
Course Title
System in Islam
Rural Sociology
Sociology of Nomads
Organizational Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Sociological Anthropology
Total
Course Title
Social Change
Sociology of Economics
Urban Sociology
Industrial Sociology
Population Studies
Total
Level 7
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
PSY 111
Growth Psychology
SOC 461
Social Work for the Aged
Credit
SOC 463
SOC 467
3
2
3
3
3
16
SOC 470
Medical Social Work

Defense
SOC 475
SOC 481
Special Topic
Total
18
Specialization: Sociology.
Level 6
Course Code
SOC 241
SOC 312
SOC 313
SOC 401
SOC 407
SOC 410
SOC 414
Social Service. Lane: Social Rehabilitation
Credit
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
18
All students of Social Service lanes must study

Level-8
Course Code
Course Title
SOC 477
Field Work
Credit
8
Total
On the completion of level six in Sociology,

Students may study level seven in any one of the
following lanes:
Specialization: Sociology. Lane: Development and
Social Organization
Level-7
On the completion of level six in Social Service, students may

study level seven in one of the following specialization lanes:
Specialization: Social Service. Lane: Health and psychology
Level 7
Course Code
PSY 111
SOC 429
SOC 463
College of Arts
SOC 467
84
SOC 470
SOC 475
SOC 481
Course Title
Growth Psychology I
Medical Sociology
Medical Social Work
Defense
Social Supervision
Special Topic
Total
Credit
3
2
2
3
4
2
2
18
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
SOC 316
Field Work I
SOC 366
Evaluation of Social Programs 2
SOC 383
Sociology of Labor
Institutions
Political Sociology
SOC 480
Cooperation
SOC 481
Special Topic
Total
18
SOC 394
SOC 454
Specialization:
Criminology
Sociology
Lane:
2
3
Deviation
Level 7
Social Service. Lane: Education and Family
Level 7
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
SOC 373
Social Counsel
SOC 456
SOC 464
SOC 465
SOC 470
SOC 475
SOC 481
Social Work at School

Volunteer Social Service
Youth Welfare
Special Topic
Total
2
3
2
4
2
2
18
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
SOC 244
Social Control
SOC 316
Field Work I
SOC 329
Educational Sociology
SOC 363
SOC 481

Adolescent Social
Deviance
Special Topic
SOC 482
Social Problems
Total
18
SOC 378
3
2
&
Course Code
SOC 246
SOC 316
SOC 347
SOC 429
SOC 481
SOC 482
SOC 488
Course Title
Sociology of Childhood
Field Work I
Sociology of Aging
Medical Sociology
Special Topic
Social Problems
Migration
Total
Credit
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
18
Specialization: Sociology. Lane: Anthropology

Level-7
Course Code
SOC 243
SOC 316
SOC 371
SOC 372
SOC 382
SOC 404
SOC 457
Course Title
Man & Environment
Field Work I
Islamic & Arab Societies
Educational Anthropology
Small Groups
Culture & Personality
Linguistic Anthropology
Total
Credit
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
18
All students of Sociology lanes must study

Level 8
Course Code
SOC 497
Total
Course Title
Field Work
Credit
8
8
Course Description:
SOC 101 Principles of Sociology (3 h)
This course aims at giving students general principles of
Sociology, its place among social sciences, varieties of
human association, characteristics and different forms of
social institutions, e.g. economic, political educational,
and the family. Analysis of social behaviour, such as
cooperation, competition, conformity and role-playing
is also studied.
SOC 201 History of Social Thought (3 h)
This course discusses the principles of social thought,
its variations in different ages and civilizations. Forms of
social thought in ancient societies, especially among the
Greeks, Romans and Arabs are studied. Social thought
in Islam and in modern Europe as well as contemporary
American social thought is taught also.
SOC 102 Introductions to Social Welfare (2 h)
This course studies the meaning, content, dimension
and development of social welfare in different societies
with special emphasis on manifestations of Islamic social
welfare. The relation between social welfare and social
work is clarified. Presentations of aspects of modern
social welfare, along with an analysis of examples of
social welfare in Saudi Arabian society are presented.
SOC 458 Sociological Anthropology (3 h)

This course introduces branches of anthropology.
Emphasis is on social anthropology, its origins and
the development of anthropological theories. Social
institutions are studies in the light of anthropological
analysis, e.g. kinship, economic and political institutions.
Some field work is done to teach students the basics of
the science.
SOC 103 Principles of Social Work (2 h)
This course introduces social work as a profession in
the light of its own principles, values and philosophy.
Emphasis is on the goals of social work and its relation to
social sciences. Forms, fields of interest and principles
of social work, characteristics and qualities of the
professional social worker and the professional values
which he must possess are all studied.
SOC 203 Sociological Research Methods (3 h)
Student study the basic principles and foundations of
scientific research and its application to sociology. A
discussion of the procedures, methods and instruments
used in the collection and analysis of data is performed.
Introduction to methodological concepts, such as
variables, hypotheses and laws is presented.
SOC 310 Rural Sociology (3 h)
This course introduces the field of rural sociology,
including the definition of concepts and technical
terminology. A presentation of the general features of
rural societies, factors of change, the place of custom
and tradition, kinship, social bonds and social controls,
analysis of the goals are all discussed.
SOC 104 Introductions to Anthropology (3 h)
This course aims at introducing the main concepts
of anthropology and its various branches, how to do
anthropological research, and the development of
anthropological studies. The difference between
anthropology, ethnology and ethnography is discussed.
Arabs contribution to the field is also outlined.
SOC 105 Introductions to Social Statistics (2h)
Importance of statistics in social studies is the main
aim of this course. The course includes also studying
the sources of data, how to collect samples, kinds
of variables, how to analyze social phenomena, and
related information.
SOC 106 English Social Texts (2h)
This course provides students with the main concepts
of the field through English original texts. Texts contain
information about the pioneers of the discipline, the
self and others, social groups amongst others topics.
Texts also introduce the main terms used in this field
of study.
SOC 394 Administrations of Social Institutions (2 h)
This course studies the main concepts of administration
generally, and specifically those which are relate
to social ones. Amongst the topics studied: social
College of Arts
Specialization: Sociology. Lane: Family and Population

Level 7
85
foundations regulations, beneficiaries, evaluations

of social foundations, and their role whether owned
by the government or private sector, the role of the
socialist worker, and his knowledge and skills.
SOC 315 Sociology of Nomads (2 h)
This course introduces nomadic life, definitions and
concepts of nomads, characteristics of life in nomadic
settings, influential factors of change in nomadic life.
SOC 312 Sociology of Economics (3 h)
This course introduces students to the sociology of
economics, its relation to both economics and sociology,
analysis of the characteristics of economic system
and its relation to the other social systems, analysis
of economic activities, such as: production, exchange,
distribution and consumption, from the viewpoint of
sociology. Some applications of the main concepts in
this course are presented with special reference to local
societies especially in the Gulf States.
SOC 313 Urban Sociology (2 h)
This course studies the concepts of urban sociology, its
place among other branches of sociology and the topics
it deals with. The importance of the study of modern
cities, forms and characteristics of urban society,
formation of the cities and their social manifestations,
social problems arising from rapid urban development
are all stressed.
College of Arts
SOC 301 Sociology of Development (3 h)

This course aims at providing students with information
about the different meanings of development, factors,
stages, and obstacles of economic growth. Aspects of
social change accompanying economic growth, means,
principles and goals of the development of the local
society and the role of government agencies in the
process of development are all stressed.
86
SOC 302 Design of Sociological Research (3 h)

This course is designed to develop further the students
basic technical research skills in planning and designing
of projects for sociological research, and the evaluation
of sociological research in the light of specific research
operations.
SOC 316 Field Work I (2 h)
Students in this course are given a chance to apply
the scientific principles concerning the methodology
of sociological research which they have studied to a
specific topic. The goal is to train them in the proper
use of such methodology.
SOC 409 Sociological Theory (3 h)
Types and methods of constructing sociological
theories, their usefulness, and critical analysis of each
are done in this course. Students are urged to look for
the links between a specific theory and the economical
and social factors behind it. Students are asked to study
a theory as an intellectual structural integrated entity.
SOC 414 Population Studies (2 h)

This course introduces aspects of population science,
factors promoting population increase, theories which
explain population growth, birth and death rates
and explanation of the increase and decrease in such
rates, factors promoting population movements and
their results. The distribution of population and the
application of such studies to several societies are also
studied.
SOC 410 Industrial Sociology (3 h)
This course introduces students to the concept of
industrial sociology, its origins, and the most important
studies which have been undertaken in the field, the
relation of industry to the family and local society,
industrialization and population migration. Industrial
development, especially in developing societies,
industrial organizations and an analysis of social
relations in such organizations are also studied.
SOC 419 Sociology of the Family (3 h)
organization of the family, forms of kinship and patterns
of marriage, familys function in the past and present,
familys role in the process of socialization. The social
position of women, especially in the Muslim family,
problems of childhood and some of the problems
faced by the modern family are also discussed.
SOC 403 Sociology of Deviation (3h)
This course introduces the concept of deviation from
a sociological point of view. Schools that explain the
motives behind such behaviour are also studied. A study
of crime and an explanation of its forms and patterns
and the social factors involved in it are also studied.
Criminology, trends in the analysis of prevention and
treatment, trends in explanation of responsibility and
punishment are also dealt with.
SOC 243 Man & Environment (2 h)
This course studies the relation between man and his
environment in all its aspects, the reciprocal influence
between organizations and social relations from one
side and the environmental order from the other.
Theories that deal with the relations between man and
environment such as determinism are studied. Some
other more recent topics are dealt with like pollution
in a comparative perspective i.e., in modern and third
world countries.
SOC 371 Islamic & Arab Societies (3 h)
This course aims at introducing Muslim society by
concentrating on some selected studies. The unity and
diversity in the Islamic world is stressed by studying some
different sociological, cultural and economical patterns.
The main pillars of Islamic and Arab societies such as
religion, language, kinship, etc., are also studied.
SOC 372 Educational Anthropology (2 h)
This course introduces sociological organizations and
educational processes in different human societies
SOC 457 Linguistic Anthropology (2 h)

This course stresses the importance of language because
it encompasses culture. Culture is handed from one
generation to another through language. The influence
of language on the way people think is also studied.
SOC 488 Migration (3 h)
This course studies migration both internally and
externally, its positive and negative effects on
population, and development in the receiving countries
and source ones.
SOC 246 Sociology of Childhood (3 h)
This course points out that studying childhood is
essential to the achievement of more economical and
sociological prosperity. Amongst other topics are: (1)
childhood is a human value, (2) meaning of childhood
and the importance of studying it, (3) the aim of
sociological teaching, (4) ways of studying childhood.
SOC 347 Sociology of Aging (3 h)
This course gives an overview of all aspects of aging.
Difficulties that face the aged are also discussed with
special reference to the Saudi society. Solutions are also
discussed.
SOC 401 Saudi Arabian Society
(3 h)
This course studies the historical, cultural, sociological,
and economical characteristics of Arabian society in
general; and then it discusses the Saudi Arabian society
and its sociological makeup. Analysis of its social
institutions and the stages of social transformation are
also studied. Special reference is made to Royal decrees
issued in 1412 A.H. relating to some regulations in
KSA.
SOC 497 Field work (8 h)
This course concentrates on the practical training and
application of the sociological research. Every Student
is asked to choose a case study of the Saudi society,
applies to it all the field research tools he studied.
SOC 141 Islamic Social Institutions (3 h)
This course is a study of social institutions from the
sociological point of view in Islam. Emphasis is on the
foundations on which Islamic social institutions are based.
Characteristics of such institutions are also studied.
Another main aim understands the development of
such institutions through ages in Islamic societies.
SOC 480 Cooperation (3 h)
The course starts with a definition of cooperation and
its social bases. Main types of cooperation principle
are discussed from an Islamic perspective. Cooperation
is studied in KSA and Gulf States through the present

cooperative organizations.
SOC 373 Social Counsel (3 h)
This course introduces social counselling and the
range of its interests. Analysis of the process of social
counselling and its several stages is also discussed. The
role of counselling in the formation of social trends is
done. The course studies also the planning of social
counselling on scientific bases, and its application to
some counselling projects in KSA.
SOC 241 Social Change (3 h)
This course stresses the fact that change is an essential
and intrinsic property of all human societies. The
nature, essence, forms and trends of social change are
all discussed, in addition to theories of social change.
Analysis of social change in developing countries and
especially in Saudi Arabia is discussed.
SOC 244 Social Control (3 h)
This course starts with the definition, importance,
and social necessity of social control. Means of social
control, such as religion, custom, law, educational
system and public opinion are all studied. Organization
of social control, e.g. the family, school, and state, with
application to Saudi Arabia is discussed.
SOC 383 Sociology of Labour (3 h)
This course introduces the scientific definition of
labour. Amongst the topics studied in this course are:
importance of labour in the life of man, material and
abstract motivations for work, consideration of the
scientific tests conducted in the field, social control
and social deviation in the work situation, methods of
social welfare in the work situations. The link between
social structure and work as seen through analysis of
social roles in different fields of work is also discussed.
Other topics include: the relation between work and
social institutions such as the family and the educational
system and their role in preparing the individual for the
labour situation.
SOC 329 Educational Sociology (3 h)
This course introduces students to educational
sociology. Amongst the topics discussed: analysis of
the structure and function of the educational system,
development of educational institutions, relations
between the educational system and social change,
the social role of educational institutions such as the
family and the school, analysis of educational functions,
educational planning and the role of the educational
system in the realization of social progress in developing
societies.
SOC 454 Political Sociology (3 h)
This course starts with stressing that political sociology
is one branch of sociology. Many other topics are
discussed such as: state and society, the relation
between politics and sociology, history of political
sociology and its relation to the other sciences, and the
political development of the Saudi state.
College of Arts
including traditional ones. This means concentration on

the relations that arise between formal organizations
through educational processes. This means also the
concentration on the relationships that arise amongst
different age groups and their role in the educational
process in small societies.
87
SOC 429 Medical Sociology (2 h)

This course analyzes and explains how to apply the
principles of sociology to health problems. Other topics
include: the role of sociologist in health arena, relation
between illness, childhood, aging and environment.
SOC 378 Adolescent Social Deviances (3 h)
This course starts with defining normal and abnormal
behaviour; and how deviant adolescents are treated
through history. Other topics include: deviance from
sociological standpoint, schools which explain deviant
behaviour, e.g. the biological, psychological, economic
and social schools, juvenile delinquency, care of juvenile
delinquency, with practical application in reformatories
in Saudi Arabia.
SOC 415 Organizational Sociology (3 h)
This course introduces the basic concepts of formal and
informal organizations, how they are studied, and the
relation of sociology to other branches. Concentration
is on the most important social theories concerning
the study of such institutions, especially max Webers
analysis of bureaucracy and political organizations.
SOC 404 Culture and Personality (3 h)
This course stresses the fact that personal culture is
a common subject between psychology, social and
cultural anthropology. Other topics include: the
interaction between personality and culture, the role
of social values and education in achieving integration
among human sciences.
College of Arts
SOC 407 Social Policy and Planning (2 h)

This course introduces the main concepts of social
planning and related concepts such as: growth, planned
change, and the foundations, principles and states of
planning. Discussion of planning experiments from
different countries, with emphasis on planning in KSA
is presented also.
88
SOC 481 Special Topic (ST) (2 h)

This course deals with some of the practical and
theoretical topics which are important to those working
in sociological work. The general framework of a
special topic will be selected by the instructor and the
students. Each student will be required to study one
aspect of the topic chosen and to prepare a scientific
report which will then be the subject of discussion.
All such topics are integrated in the framework of the
general topic chosen for consideration.
SOC 482 Social Problems (2 h)
This course aims at introducing students to the nature,
characteristics and reasons underlying some phenomena
which can be a source of social problems. Other
topics include: problems arising from the settlement
of nomads, problems connected to industrialization,
problems created by newly-created societies and
problems which can affect local society.
SOC 202 Applied Statistics Methodology (2h)
This course provides the student with the necessary
tools to make him able to use a variety of generallyaccepted statistical techniques in dealing with aspects
of his scientific research, especially the statistical
treatment of samples and classification, statistical
analysis and interpretation of declarations. Attention
will also be devoted to means of benefiting from

techniques, emphasizing both quantity and quality in
sociological research.
SOC 475 Social Supervision (2 h)
This course studies social supervision as means of raising
performance in social service. Other topics include: the
concept of social supervision, functions of sociological
supervision and its procedures. Examples are provided
during the course.
SOC 470 Field Work Training I (3 h)
This course distributes students among social
organizations in cooperation with their supervisors.
Students have a firsthand practical experience with
the regulations, programs and services which these
organization offer to public. Students are urged to apply
all the theoretical knowledge they gained to practical
situations. Then they are asked to write a report about
their achievements.
SOC 391 Case Worker I (3h)
This course introduces the concept of case worker, its
principles, aims, and development being one of the
basic techniques of social work. Characteristics of the
processional case worker and the professional values
connected with the philosophy an principles of social
work are all discussed.
SOC 392 Group Work I (3 h)
This course is an introduction to group work as one
of the standard methods of social work. Other topics
include: Study of the concepts, principles, foundations
and goals of group social work, types of groups and
their influence on the individual personality, the
characteristics they must possess, their formation and
the stages of their growth. The role of the professional
in the group and his relation to the other individuals in
the group in general is also discussed.
SOC 456 Social Work at School (2 h)
This course introduces the nature and basic assumptions
of social work at school. Application of the methods
of social work to the school situation is also discussed.
Problems faced by students and their treatment,
coordination with educational organizations, formation
of associations in schools, such as unions and parents
cooperation with them are also explained.
SOC 463 Medical Social Work (2 h)
This course is an introduction to social work in the
medical sphere. It focuses on the importance of
integration of medical, social and psychological
services for the treatment of the patient. Role of the
professional medical social worker, his responsibilities
and his training are also discussed. Application of the
methodology of social work to the realm of medical
care is discussed.
SOC 472 Case Work II (3 h)
This course is a continuation of SOC 391. It is devoted
to the principles and concepts of case work. This
course concentrates on the processes of diagnosis and
treatment in individually-oriented social work. Topics
include types and methods of diagnosis and social
psychological treatment, study of different cases in
which the methodology of individual social work is
SOC 478 Society Organizing II (2 h)

This course is a continuation of SOC 353. Amongst the
main topics discussed are: study and analysis of the
factors leading to change from the viewpoint of social
work, attempt to uncover the relationship between
the way in which a society is organized and the origins
of the process of change, codification of the means
of organizing society as they are made clear by the
definition of the role, qualities and characteristics of the
social organizer and his preparation for his work with
society, the role of organizing society in the process
of development, survey of the different methods
utilized in developing society; the difference between
development and organization of society.
SOC 366 Evaluations of Social Programs (2 h)
SOC 461 Social Work for the Aged (2 h)
This course introduces the concept of social work for
the aged people. Amongst the main ideas considered
are: needs of the aging people, programs of care, their
right to live decently, and how to profit from their
experiences.
SOC 363 Psychiatric Social Work (2 h)
This course studies the nature of mental and psychiatric
illness from the viewpoint of social work. Other main
topics include: the process of integrated study, diagnosis
and treatment of such illness from the psychiatric angles,
role of the professional social worker in the realm of
psychiatry, training and responsibilities delegated to
him in the institutions devoted to psychiatric care such
as hospitals, clinics and psychiatric treatment centres.
Techniques of social-psychiatric treatment and the
complementary roles of the doctor and the psychiatrist
on the one hand and the social-psychological case
worker on the other are also studied.
SOC 474 Group Social Work II (2 h)
This course is a continuation of SOC 393. It studies
and analyzes components of society and its concepts.
It stresses the actual participation of the social worker
with the citizens through registration, meetings, and
educating the elderly. Other topics include: local
development in KSA, the role of social worker as
a leader for the fulfilment of all governmental and
nongovernmental plans.
SOC 464 Volunteer Social Service (3 h)
This course introduces the concept of volunteer social
service and its link with government-directed social
activity. Other main topics include: the responsibility
of citizens toward their society and their role in
coordinating their efforts with those of the government,
examples of volunteer organizations and institutions, the
relation between such organizations and those directed
by the government. The role of the Ministry of Labour
and Social Affairs in the operations of supervision and
control of financing is also discussed.
SOC 465 Youth Welfare (2 h)
Definition of what is meant by youth welfare is primary
in this course. Other main topics include: basic
programs aimed at the formation and preparation of

good citizens, modern developments in the field of
youth welfare, the basic principles followed by social
worker in youth welfare, the role of social work in
providing complete and integrated care for youth as to
realize healthy socialization and to provide youth with
the appropriate skills which enable them to adjust and
to become good citizens.
SOC 466 Families and Childhood Welfare (2 h)
This course discusses the concepts of family and marriage,
its types and size, the relations among its members. There
is also a study of the primary problems facing the family
and the role of social work in providing preventative care
and treatment for them. Emphasis will be on application
of individual social service to the study and treatment
of family problems. The course is also concerned with
the study and analysis of the needs and problems of
childhood and the methods employed by social workers
to care for children inside and outside the family. Survey
of examples of organizations devoted to family and
childhood welfare in Saudi Arabia is presented.
SOC 467 Social Service in Social Defence (SSSD) (2 h)
This course introduces the circumstances and historical
factors that led to the establishment and development
of social service in social defence. Other main topics
include: importance of (SSSD) in different modern
societies, definition of crime and deviation, crime and
deviation dangers on societies. All this is discussed
according to the framework of many different modern
theories. The role of social service in preventing crime,
how to treat prisoners, the integration of all efforts to
secure society from crime are also discussed.
SOC 393 Society Organizing I (3 h)
This course is interested in studying the third way of
social service as means to work with local communities.
It concentrates on the local community and its link to the
historical factors that led to the establishment of many
social groups and associations in industrialized societies
in the 2nd half of the 19th century. It also studies the
ways by which these ways of organizing are transferred
to other countries. The role of social worker is detailed
in all these contexts.
SOC 382 Small Groups (3 h)
This course studies the notion of small groups and their
nature. Other ideas include: the difference between
such groups and other larger communities, measuring
the social relations among their members, how will
studying such groups participate in developing the
sociological theory.
SOC 309 Care of Special Groups (3 h)
This course studies the concept of retarded people,
the classification of retarded and disabled, and reasons
of disability. Types of retarded and disabled are
discussed in details. Rehabilitation of retarded and
disabled socially and psychologically is discussed with
reference to KSA.
SOC 473 Group Work II (3 h)
This course studies the different ways to approach group
work in social work. It focuses also on the programs
content, and registration in group work. The course studies
also supervision and evaluation in groups work.
College of Arts
applied, e.g. the family, the medical field, the school,

the labour situation, and cases having psychological
aspect.
89
Department of
English Language
& Literature
Vision:
The Department of English Language and Literature
aspires to assume a national and regional leading role in
the teaching, training, and research of English language,
literature, and linguistics.
Mission:
The Department of English Language and
Literature seeks to provide its undergraduate and
graduate students with well-rounded quality education
and rigorous training in the English language, the
literatures of the English-speaking world, and applied
and theoretical linguistics. It also aims to develop the
students English language, thinking, and research
skills. Through the unique combination of breadth
and depth, theory and practice, knowledge and skills,
the department endeavours to prepare its students
to achieve language proficiency, succeed academically
and professionally, thrive intellectually, and meet the
requirements of the job market. The department also
emphasizes scholarly research and community outreach
and service, and promotes intercultural understanding
and exchange.
Aims:
College of Arts

Providing students with broad theoretical and
90
practical knowledge and deep understanding of

Eng language, literature, and linguistics.
Developing students language and communication

skills through employing a theory and technology
enhanced approach to teaching listening, speaking,
reading, grammar, and writing.
Cultivating students critical and creative thinking

skills and fostering their research capabilities.
Conducting theoretical, empirical, practical, and

comparative research on Eng language, literature,
and linguistics.
Tapping the intersection and mutual benefits

between English language/linguistics and modern
technological applications.
About:
The Department of English Language & Literature
takes pride in its prestigious position at the very heart
of King Saud University. It has been a vital component
of the College of Arts ever since the College initiated
the first university level studies in Saudi Arabia way back
in 1957 (1377 H). Right from its inception, it has availed

itself of a highly qualified and competent teaching and
research faculty along with effective curricula subjected
to continual refinement and modernisation. Affiliated
to it is the English Department in Female Branch/ Centre
of the University which, employing an equally capable
faculty has been running programmes identical to those
of the parent department at the College of Arts.
Degrees:

Bachelor

Master

PhD
Faculty Members:
Name
A. K. Ardat
Abdulrahman A. Al-Abdan
Ahmad R. Kutrieh
Ali Algamidi
Ali Jad
Azizah M. Anbar
Ibrahim S. Al-Fallay
Mahmoud Ismail Saleh
Muhammed Z.Kebbe
Rabie O. Budair
Saad A. Al-Bazei
Syed Asem Ali
Ahmed Nedal Almansoor
Aouda M. Aljohani
Ebtisam Sadiq
Fayez A. Al-Ghamdi
Maijan H. Al-Ruwaili
Saleh H. Al-Mutib
Salwa Nuqali
Sulaiman A. Al-Muarik
Abdullah S. Al-Dobaiaan
Marcia G. Kutrieh
AbdulAziz Aloraifi
Dona Vassall-Fall
Eman AbdulQadir
Eman Al-Ameel
Haifa Al-Mufairij
Hala Altwaijari
Huda Almarshad
Ibrahim Hajji Hassan
Layla Al-Akrash
Maha Aldosari
Mahmmoud I. Saleh
Manal Ismaail
Maysa Tubail
Mona Al-Kahtani
Mona Turjoman
Mosab Bajaber
Ms. Khawlah Al-Eissa
Mudawi Almeshal
Muhra Al-Otaibi
Munthir Mahmood
Musaid Almuqbil
Nahid Isa
Najla Aldughaim
Rana Al-Ghamdi
Samah Alobodi
Samar Zahrawi
Samya Alshieban
Suliman Alnasser
Wijdan Khalifah
Level 3
Course Code
ENG231
ENG312
ENG323
ENG328
ENG371
ARAB104
SLM104
Total
Course Code
ENG212
ENG213
ENG241
ENG251
ENG320
ARAB103
ARAB103
Course Code
ENG351
ENG361
ENG406
ENG411
ENG420
ENG422
Study Plan:
Level 1
ENG181
SLM102
Total
Credit
3
3
3
2
3
2
16
Credit
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
16
Course Title
19th Century Novel
Literary Criticism (1)
Techniques of Language
Teaching
Translation (2)
Language Evaluation
English Phonology
Total
Credit
3
3
3
2
2
2
15
Level 6
Course Code
ENG324
ENG329
ENG332
ENG344
ENG412
ARAB105
Total
Course Title
Applied Linguistics
Language Acquisition
Romantic Poetry
Shakespeare
Speech
Credit
3
3
3
3
2
3
17
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
ENG413
Language and Society
Level 7
Level 2
Course Code
ENG111
ENG112
ENG113
ENG118
ENG120
ARAB101
SLM101
Total
3
2
16
Course Title
Basic Language Skills (1)
Listening and Speaking (1)
Reading Comprehension (1)
Translation (E-A)
Vocabulary Building
Credit
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
ENG421
Transformational Grammar 3
ENG423
Modern Poetry
ENG427
Modern Drama
ENG429
Modern British Novel
ENG431
Literary Criticism (2)
Total
17
College of Arts
BA English Language & Literature
ENG115
ENG116
ENG122
Level 5
First Program:
ENG114
Course Title
Translation (1)
Composition (2)
Appreciating Drama
The Rise of the Novel
Linguistics (1)
Total
BA English Language & Literature
Course Title
Composition: Writing
paragraph (1)
Remedial Grammar
Listening and Speaking (2)
Introduction to Literary
Terms
Credit
2
2
2
2
Level 4
Programs:
Course Code
Course Title
Appreciating Poetry
Essay Writing
Linguistics II
Phonetics
Introduction to American
Lit
91
Level 8
Course Code
ENG413
ENG421
ENG423
ENG427
ENG429
ENG431
Total
Course Title
Advanced Writing
History of English Language
English Morphology & Syntax
Linguistics (3)
Style and Discourse
Victorian Poetry
Credit
3
2
3
2
3
3
16
Course Description:
College of Arts
Eng. 111 Basic Language Skills (Credit 3 hrs)

Participants in this grammar / writing course are
thoroughly trained in basic sentence writing. With this
aim in mind, and when dealing with sentence structure,
the instructor has to proceed in subtle gradation
moving from the simple to the complex. However, since
the study of sentence structure is inseparable from any
basic composition course, such study must be profound
rather than shallow, preparing the student for the
next writing course in level two. Among other things,
the course involves parts of speech, tenses, subjectverb agreement, types of sentences (including simple,
compound and complex), various types of modifiers, as
well as transitional expressions. Emphasis should be laid
on the extensive use of exercises and sentence writing
in the classroom.
92
Eng.112 Listening and Speaking(Credit 2 hrs)

The course aims to train the students to develop
their speaking and listening skills so that at the end
of the course they will be able to handle specific
communicative tasks. The focus of the course will be
on practical language use. Every student will perform
these tasks numerous times within the class and in
laboratory. Extensive use will be made of audio
and visual materials to train the students to listen to
language used in different situations. Intonation drills
will be covered so that students can produce language
that approximates native language rhythms. To pass the
course the students must demonstrate their ability, at
low-intermediate level, to:
Understand spoken English at a variety of

communicative situations, especially lectures,
Speak about different topics in different

communicative situations, and

Show an ability to produce spoken language that
has an acceptable level of clarity.
Eng.113 Reading Comprehension (1) (Credit 2 hrs)
The course aims at introducing students to and
training them in reading strategies and skills. It will
address the following skills and strategies: mechanics of
reading, reading techniques (elementary skimming and
scanning), vocabulary skills (use of contextual, syntactic,
and morphological clues to improve vocabulary
comprehension) and extracting general information.
Eng. 114 Composition (1): Writing Paragraph

(Credit 3 hrs)
Students will be given practice in producing ordered
and developed writing that would meet practical
needs. The students will be required to develop their
abilities to describe and narrate. Students will also be
introduced to the basic concepts of paragraph writing,
topic sentences, unity and coherence.
Eng. 115 Reading Comprehension (2) (credit 3 hrs)
Reading skills such as making inferences from facts
presented in the reading selections, and separating
opinions from facts are emphasized.
Eng. 116 Remedial Grammar (Credit 3 hrs)
The course aims at teaching basic language
structures. It focuses on practice, and the use of
fundamental grammatical elements. Topics covered
include: 1. articles, adverbial, adjectival and noun
phrases 2. Prepositions; 3. Tenses; 4. Passive voice;
5. Clauses (adv, clauses, adj. clauses, noun clauses;
6. reported speech; 7.verbal (gerunds, infinitives
and participles).
Eng. 118 Translation (Eng. /Arab) (Credit 2 hrs)
Translation courses are used both to enhance students
familiarity with English usage and sentence structure
and to point out contrasts between Arabic and English
in this respect.
Eng. 120 Vocabulary Building (1) (Credit 2 hrs)
The purpose of this course is to review basic vocabulary
and to bring students vocabulary to the intermediate
level, through the use of different techniques such as
affixes, word formation... Etc. Students should be able
to use and recognize at least 450 newly introduced
words.
Eng. 122 Listening & Speaking (2) (Credit 2 hrs)
Listening: At this stage students are trained to
understand discussions on concrete topics related to
particular interests and special fields of competence.
They are provided with opportunities to take notes
while listening to sustained talks given at a normal rate
by a speaker familiar with foreign learners.
Speaking: Students are trained to communicate on
concrete topics related to social relations, current
events and study matters. Their accent should be
intelligible to a native speaker.
Eng. 181 Introduction to Literary forms (Credit 3 hrs)
As an introduction to basic literary forms, Eng. 181is, on
the one hand, a continuation at a more advanced level
of the reading skills of English 115 and an application
of the writing skills of 114. On the other hand, it is a
preparation for Eng. 231 and 241. Its primary purpose
is to provide the students with a foundation of
Eng. 212 Translation (I) (Credit 2 hrs)

This course continues the introduction, through
translation, of contrasts between English and Arabic
sentence patterns and usage. The range of vocabulary is
wider and the grammar is more complex in the passages
given in Eng. 118. This course is also of a purely practical
nature.
Eng. 213 Composition (2) (Credit 2 hrs)
The course provides students practice in producing a
variety of grammatically correct sentences in unified
paragraphs that are patterned logically. Topic sentence
use in all writing is stressed as well as adequate
development of ideas. Emphasis will be given to both
the writing of cohesive summaries and explanatory
pieces on different topics. Methods of classifications
will be introduced if time permits.
Eng. 231 Appreciating Poetry (Credit 2 hrs)
The course is designed to introduce the student to
English poetry in terms of its essential features as a
literary genre. By focusing on selected poems of various
types with a wide range of subject matter and theme,
the student should gain knowledge of the craft of verse.
The objective of this exercise is to equip the student
with the necessary techniques to appreciate poetic
meanings and how they are created. Poetic devices,
such as personification, simile, metaphor etc...Are used
as tools or means to aid and help the student, but not as
ends in themselves. The textbook chosen for this course
has a glossary of literary terms for easy reference.
By the end of the course, the students are expected
to have the level and understanding of manipulate
language of the selected poems, the poetic effects and
poetic meaning.
Eng. 241 Appreciating Drama (Credit 2 hrs)
This course introduces students to English Drama by
way of carefully selected texts. The course emphasizes
the primarily theatrical nature of the drama, rather than
the purely literary, and students learn how to analyze
plot and character. The stress is on understanding the
nature of the dramatic mode.
Eng. 251 the Rise of the Novel (Credit 3 hrs)
The course offers a brief introduction to the genesis and
early development as well as the fundamentals of the
English novel. It acquaints the student with terms such
as plot, characterization, setting, native style, and the
like. Also some attention is given to the historical, social,
and literary backgrounds of 18th century English. The

emphasis, however, is on a close study of a minimum of
three representative novels.
Eng. 312 Essay Writing (Credit 2 hrs)
Practice in producing longer and substantial essay
of several paragraphs. Attention will be given to the
process of developing formal argumentative essays
and the short research paper. Emphasis will be given to
rules of evidence and the methods of presenting it to
support the points of view used. This should prepare
the students to write a term paper of 1250 or more
words in which they show the ability to handle the
mechanics of research and to synthesize the findings of
their readings from secondary sources.
Moreover, grammar should also be emphasized
throughout the course. The following points should
be especially stressed: tenses, modifiers, rules
of punctuation, relative pronouns, and prepositions.
Students should be trained to avoid such pitfalls
as dangling modifiers, run-on sentences incorrect
antecedents... Etc.
Eng. 323 Linguistics II (Credit 2 hrs)
This course is a continuation of English 320 (Linguistics
I). It aims at introducing the students to the following
major areas: pragmatics, language variation and change,
psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics.
Eng. 324 Applied Linguistics (Credit 3 hrs)
The course aims at introducing students to some basic
issues in applied linguistics and their application to
second language learning and teaching. Topics to be
discussed will include:
A definition of the term and its relation to other
disciplines.
Brief discussion of language acquisition theories.
Contrastive analysis, errors analysis, and learning
strategies.
Factors affecting foreign language learning and
teaching, age factors, i.e. Adults vs. childrens learning
of ESL, personality factors, socio-cultural factors in ESL
learning.
Eng. 328 Phonetics (Credit 2 hrs)
This course trains the students to distinguish
between correct and incorrect pronunciation of the
English sounds, before proceeding to develop their
pronunciation skills. In addition to the parts of speech,
the course deals with vowels, consonants, accentuation
and rhythm, and intonation. The recorded drills form
an integral part of the course.
Eng. 329 Language Acquisition (Credit 3 hrs)
This course deals with the different themes and issues
related to first and second language acquisition. Students
should be familiarized with the major contemporary
approaches to the study of first language acquisition.
College of Arts
elementary skills necessary for the reading of literature,

those skills that will be more fully developed in the
two following introductory courses. To achieve its goal,
the course concentrates on providing an elementary
literary vocabulary as well as introduction and practice
in the skills required for the reading of literature and
for writing about it.
93
Eng. 332 Romantic Poetry (Credit 3 hrs)

This course introduces students to Romanticism and
develops their understanding of its nature through
a close analytical reading of assigned texts from
the major poets of the period. The concept of the
Romantic Imagination should be studied as a major
break from the Neo-Classical Age. Recurrent elements
of English Romanticism should be traced, as well as the
characteristic romantic modes and theses.
Eng. 344 Shakespeare 1 (Credit 3 hrs)
Through the study of at least one comedy and
one tragedy, the salient features of Shakespeares
dramaturgy will be introduced. Working from the texts,
Elizabethan thought and dramatic practice will naturally
be considered.
Eng. 351 19th Century Novel (Credit 3 hrs)
A sense of the expansiveness of the Victorian novel
will be accompanied by close analysis of at least two
novels, preferably early and late. Socio-political and
philosophic contexts will be subordinated to the way
the nineteenth- century writer made use of the novel
form. Novels studied will be chosen from the output
of Dickens, The Brontes, Thackeray, Trollope, Eliot,
Meredith and Hardy.
College of Arts
Eng. 361 CRITICISMS -1- (Credit 3 hrs)

This course traces the philosophical and critical
development of Western thought in its particular
relation to Art. The critical selections cover the
classical conception of Art, Renaissance and the 18th
Century (The age of Reason) and emphasize the major
trends and orientation of Arts criticism in the Western
critical thought. Major orientations, motifs of criticism
are also emphasized as they developed from classical
periods to the 18th century poetry from the period up
colonial to the end of the 19th century is discussed.
94
Eng. 406 Techniques of Language Teaching (Credit 3 hrs)

This course is designed to familiarize the students with
the various techniques of teaching the four language
skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.
Techniques of teaching the phonological grammatical
and lexical systems of English are also dealt with. So are
audio and visual aids in language teaching?
Eng. 407 Language and Society (Credit 3 hrs)
Aspects of the relationship between speakers of a
language and the speech community are the subject
of this course. Topics covered include language
variety, dialect and register, on one hand, and types of
bilingualism on the other.
Eng. 411 Translation 2 (Credit 2 hrs)
In this course students are expected to handle more
complex material, from a wider variety of texts, than
those used in English 118 and 212. Translation will be
from Arabic into English.
Eng. 412 Speech (Credit 2 hrs)

The course focuses on speech making as the primary
activity. This course aims at acquainting the students
with elements of speech organization, outlining and
controlling the speakers speech tension. Students can
also apply the principle of speech making to informal,
everyday situation.
Eng. 413 Advanced Writing (Credit 3 hrs)
In this course students practice producing the longer
and substantial essay of several paragraphs. Attention
will be given to the process of developing formal
argumentative essays and the short research paper.
Emphasis will be given to rules of evidence and the
methods of presenting it to support the points of view
expressed. This should prepare the students to write a
term paper of 1250 or more words in which they show
their ability to handle the mechanics of research and
to synthesize the Comparison between phonology
and morphology on the one hand and phonology and
phonetics on the other is also essential.
Eng. 371 Introduction to American Literature
(Credit 3 hrs)
This course offers a brief introductory survey
concentrating on major writers, Literature of American
works, and trends. At least one novel by a 19th century
writer is studied closely. In addition, a sampling of
fictional and non-fictional prose and a representative
selection of findings of their readings from secondary
sources. In addition, students will be encouraged to
write about literature perceptively and in an organized
manner.
Eng. 420 Language Evaluation (Credit 2 hrs)
In this course students are introduced to various
techniques of evaluating the performance of foreign
learners of language in the four skills as well as their
command of the sound and grammatical systems
of English and of its vocabulary. Different types of
language tests (achievement, proficiency, aptitude and
diagnostics) are briefly discussed too.
Eng. 421 History of the English Language (Credit 2 hrs)
The course is primarily intended for senior students
with an aim to presenting the historical development of
English in a way that strikes a happy balance between
internal inflections and external history the political,
social and intellectual factors that have determined
the development at different periods. Students are
introduced to the genetic hypothesis (the discovery of
Sanskrit and the Proto-Indo-European family), sound
laws, and loan words. The relationship between French
and English in England after the Norman Conquest
forms an integral part of this course. Students are also
acquainted with Old English and Middle English.
Eng.423 English Morphology & Syntax (Credit 3 hrs)

The aim of this course is to provide the students with a
general introduction to English morphology and syntax.
It is designed to give the students a brief glimpse of
the theory and practice of the structural grammar of
the English language. A detailed analysis of English
morphemes and word formation processes as well as
the structure of English sentences and phrases will be
treated.
Eng. 424 Transformational Grammar (Credit 3 hrs)
This course deals with the background to
transformational grammar in American descriptive
linguistics, phrase structure grammar; Chomskys
Syntactic Structure and earlier transformational theory,
Chomskys Aspects of the Theory of Syntax and later
transformational theory, interpretive and generative
semantics, and the application of transformational
grammar to varied language data.
Eng. 427 Linguistics III (Credit 2 hrs)
The purpose of this course is two-fold: one is to
introduce students to a variety of linguistic theories
other than the transformational theory, (e.g. Base
Syntax, lexical etc.); and the second is to select certain
problems in linguistics and apply those theories to them
to aid the students to choose for themselves whichever
theory is more suitable to their own way of thinking.
Eng. 431 Victorian Poetry (Credit 3 hrs.)

This core course introduces the student to some
themes, trends and genres in Victorian poetr y.
The student is expected to be acquainted
w ith the social, political, historical and literar y
background of the period prior to starting the
tex tual study of some representative poems
of the era. The first three lectures of the term
form the introductor y part of the course, w hile
the rest is assigned to the actual study of the
prescribed tex ts.
Eng. 432 Modern Poetry (Credit 3 hrs.)
Students should confront major poems by central
poets of the Modern Period. One unifying
approach would be to trace the two central currents
of modern poetry: traditional and modernistic.
Other models are no doubt as attractive.
Beginning with Hardy, major poets such as Hardy,
Yeats, Robinson, Frost, Stevens, Eliot, Pound and
Auden should be included. Satellite poets such as
Roethke, Stafford, MacNeice, Williams and winters
should be included to varying degrees to give as
full a view of achievements and developments as
possible. As many poems as possible should be
given intensive analysis.
Eng. 443 Modern Drama (Credit 3 hrs)
This course will give an overview of the development
of modern drama from Shaw to Pinter. Main trends,
such as realism, the theatres of Anger and of the
Absurd will be illustrated. Two to three major
representative plays will then be explored in
depth.
Eng. 429 Discourse Analysis (Credit 3 hrs.)
Eng. 451 British Modern Novel (Credit 3 hrs)
To speak to the needs of beginners in the study of style,

the course assumes a formulaic approach, i.e., it teaches
style through grammar. In other words, it teaches
grammar as style. The course is meant to be practical.
Each chapter concentrates on a major syntactic structure
or concept and considers it stylistic role in sentences
form 20th century fiction and nonfiction. In all, the course
includes fifteen major grammatical topics with several
examples on each. These topics are: kernel sentences,
noun phrases, verb phrases, adjectives and adverbs,
prepositions, conjunction and coordination, dependent
clauses, sentence openers and inversion, free modifiers,
the appositive, (interrogative, imperative, exclamatory),
the passive voice transformation, parallelism, cohesion,
syntactic symbolism, grammar as analogue.
This course offers only the briefest of introductions

to the modern British novel. Three novels, at the
most, can be taught, through close concentration
on the texts and constant reference to the literary
and cultural backgrounds.
Eng. 461 CRITICISMS -II- (Credit 2 hrs.)
This
course
begins
with
Romanticism
and
emphasizes the movements major trends. These

are then set in relation to classical concepts and
the new developments in criticism such as the New
Criticism, Structuralism, phenomenology, etc. Post-
College of Arts
Eng. 422 English Phonology (Credit 2 hrs)

Students are trained in the principles of modern
Phonology with special emphasis on the phoneme
theory derived mainly form Chomsky and Halle.
Standard topics in Phonology such as sound system,
phonological processes, syllables, suprasegmenals
stress, rhythm, and intonation- and distinctive features
form the core of the course. The students are also
introduced to phonological rules including deletion,
insertion and assimilatory rules.
Structuralism is then introduced as the culmination

of these different schools.
95
Vision:
The department aims to realize superiority and
excellence in its specialization on all national and
regional levels.
Mission:
The mission of the Department of Arabic Language
is an educational, research-based mission whose concern
is to preserve the language of the Holy Quran, together
with providing the society with well qualified and highlyskilled graduates who can take part both in promoting
the quality of their society and fulfilling its human and
developmental needs. Essential to the mission of the
department is to establish the link between the Arabic
linguistic heritage and the condition of modernism in its
various approaches.
Aims:

Providing students with the necessary linguistic
skills that can enrich their intellectual, cultural,
and artistic visions.

Preparing
efficient graduates who can

competently meet the needs of both public and
private sectors in the field of Arabic language
and literature.
Taking an active part in conducting scholarly

researches, and relating such researches to the
human and developmental needs of the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia.
Conducting community service and continuing

education programs through the performance of
various forums, workshops, and training sessions
in the field of Arabic language and literature.
Establishing
an academic, scholarly link

between the ancient linguistic and intellectual
Arabic heritage, on one hand, and the various
approaches of modernism on the other.
College of Arts
About:
96
Historically speaking, the establishment of the

Department of Arabic Language has been in full
concurrence with the establishment of King Saud
University in 1377 H. One of the major targets behind
establishing this department was to help preserve the
Arabic language (and its traditions) being the language
of the Holy Quran. Like all other departments, the
Department of Arabic language has developed over
the years and broadened the scope of its offerings to
include the teaching of Arabic Syntax, Morphology,
Rhetoric, Criticism, and Literature. For some period
of time, the Department of Arabic Language was
also offering the teaching of Islamic languages
as well as the Semitic ones like Turkish, Persian,
and Hebrew; but the teaching of such languages
is currently offered by the College of Languages
and Translation which was established a little later.
Department of
Arabic Language
& Literature
Degrees:

Bachelor

Master

PhD
Faculty:
Faculty Members - Male:
Grammar And Morphology
Name
Awad Bin Hamad Al Kouzy
Ibrahim Bin Slaman Al Shamsan
Abdul Aziz Bin A. Kareem Al Twijiri
Adel Bin Matouk Al Uthian
Ahmed Bin Mattar Al Attia
Ali Mahmoud
Khaled Bin Abdul Kareem Basandy
Mansour Abdul Samie
Mohamed Bin Ibrhaim Al Sakqeb
Mohamed Bin Nasser Al Shohery
Mohamed Fajal
Omar Al Makoushy
Saleh Bin Soliman Al Umair
Soliman Abo Sualiek
Youssef Fajal
Hassan Abdel Atty
Rank
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Literature And Criticism

Abdullah Bin Soliman Al Garbou
Ahmed Nagy Hayzem
Fadel Bin Ammar Al Amery
Marzouk Sonitan Bin Tanbak
Nasser Bin Saad Al Rasheed
Saleh Bin Zyad Al Ghamdy
Youssef Hussein Al Wad
Abdul Rahman Al Smail
Abdul Rahman Bin Ibrahim Al Dabsy
Abdullah Al Maghamri Al Fifi
Mohamed Rasheed Sabet
Osman Bin Saleh Al Farieh
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Literature And Rhetoric

Abdullah Bin Mohamed Al Ghzami
Ahmed Hassan Sabrah
Hafez Mohamed Al Maghrabi
Mo. Bin Abdul Rahman Al Hadleq
Mohamed Khier Al Bokai
Adel Hosny Youssef
Ali Abdullah Ibrahim
Majed Mohamed Al Majed
Ahmed Sleem
Fahd Bin Omar Al Sonbol
Mohamed Reda Al Shakhus
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Linguistics
Faleh Shabib Al Agamy
Mohi Al Din Mehasseb
Abdullah Al Uoishek
Mohamed Al Aishy Sary
Mohamed Lotfy Al Zaltiny
Mosad Bin Swilam Al Shaman
Noman Bo Kora
Majed Mahmoud Al Hamd
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturers And Research Assistants

Abdul Rahman M. Al Dakheel
Ahmed Hamd Al Fanikh
Hassan Ajab Al Dour
Hussien Abdullah Al Manassrah
Ismail Khedr Khalf Allah
Mohamed Abdel Sabour
Nady Shehatah
Omar Mohamed Ahmed Al Amin
Sohiel Yassen Tawfik
Sultan Nasser Abdullah Almujaiwel
Ali Al Samahy
Abdul Rahman A. Al Fahd
Abdul Rahman Al Atiek
Abdullah Said Al Subie
Aid Frahan Al Anzy
Ali Al Khwaildi
Anas Saleh Al Ayed
Fahd Al Khalaf
Hassan Bin Gaber Al Fifi
Hazem Al Sanad
Ibrahim Al Ayssem
Ibrahim Al Forieh
Khaled Zayd Al Umikan
Saleh Bin Aida Al Zahrani
Salman Zayd Al Garbou
Yehia Al Zalmy
Yehia Khatar
Yehia Ussiery
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Co Lecturer
Scholarship Lecturer
Faculty Members Female

Name
Prof. Dr. Noura Al Shamlan
Prof. Dr. Suaad Al Manie
Prof. Dr. Wasmia Al Mansour
Dr. Amal Attia
Dr. Amal Ibrahim
Dr. Batoul Haj Ahmed
Dr. Besma Arous
Dr. Fatma Al Wohaibi
Dr. Hessa Al Qunayeer
Dr. Laila Ba Yazid
Dr. Maha Al Mayman
Dr. Maisa Al Khawaja
Dr. Nahla Emam
Dr. Sana Salem
Dr. Wedad Al Qahtani
Dr. Wedad Noufal
Dr. Al Mubarakah Bint Tal Bara
Dr. Basmah Al Eissa
Dr. Fatmh Al Najjar
Ms. Al Jawhara Al Mayouf
Ms. Amal Al Hadrami
Ms. Amina Al Jubiran
Ms. Ariej Al Quonyaer
Ms. Hessah Bin Edwan
Ms. Salwa Bekdash
Rank
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Programs:

Bachelor of Arts in Arab language and literature

Master of Arts in Arab Language and Literature

Doctorate of Letters in Arab Language and Literature
First Program:
Bachelor of Arts in Arab language and literature
Study Plan:
Level-1
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
ARAB 106
ARAB 107
ARAB 111
ARAB 131
ARAB 161
Basic Writing Skills

Reading Skills
Pre-Islamic Literature I
Grammar I
Arabic Library
Total
3
3
3
3
2
14
Level-2
Course Code
ARAB 112
ARAB 252
ARAB 332
ARCH 209
ENG 101
ISM 101
Course Title
Pre-Islamic Literature II
Prophetic Tradition Studies
Morphology I
Islamic Literature
English
Intro. to Islam
Total
Credit
2
3
3
3
3
2
16
College of Arts
Saleh Bin Mouid Al Ghamdy

Abdullah Bin Hamed Al Muakeel
Emad Hassib
Mojeb Al Edwany
Nasser Al Hujilan
Omar Al Saif
Weaam Mohamed Annas
97
Level -8 (Literature)
Level-3
Course Code
ARAB 231
ARAB 241
ARAB 251
ARAB 321
ARAB 432
Course Title
Grammar II
Philology
Quran Studies
Rhetoric I (Figures of
Speech)
Morphology II
Total
Credit
3
3
3
Course Title
Linguistics
Early Islamic Literature
Rhetoric II (Semantics)
Islamic Economy
Oratory and
Communication
Total
Credit
3
2
3
2
Course Title
Umayyad Literature
Abbasid Poetry
Grammar III
Arabic Dialects
Prosody
Reading Skills
Total
Credit
3
3
3
2
3
3
17
3
3
15
Level-4
Course Code
ARAB 231
ARAB 241
ARAB 251
ARAB 321
MC 347
Course Code
ARAB 121
ARAB 325
ARAB 335
ARAB 421
ARAB 431
ARAB 499
3
13
Level-6
College of Arts
Course Code
ARAB 312
ARAB 325
ARAB 335
ARAB 421
ARAB 431
ENG 106
98
Credit
3
3
2
3
3
2
16
Level -7 (Criticism)
Course Code
ARAB 225
ARAB 271
ARAB 327
ARAB 411
ARAB 412
ARAB 426
ISM 104
Level-5
Course Code
ARAB 212
ARAB 311
ARAB 331
ARAB 341
ARAB 345
ENG 103
Course Title
Stylistics
Persian II
Saudi Literature
Modern Criticism
Criticism in Application
Thesis
Total
Course Title
Abbasid Prose
Andalusia Literature
13th-17th C. Arabic Literature
Arabic Literary Criticism
Grammar IV
Reading Skills II
Total
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
After finishing Level Six, student will choose one of the

following areas
Literature

Criticism

Linguistics
Course Title
Esthetics
Persian I
Versification
Modern Arabic Poetry
Modern Arabic Prose
Major Arab Critic
Islamic Political System
Total
Credit
2
3
2
3
3
2
2
14
Level -8 (Criticism)
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
ARAB 121
Stylistics
ARAB 272
Turkish II
ARAB 416
Saudi Literature
ARAB 422
Modern Criticism
ARAB 437
Criticism in Application
ARAB 499
Thesis
Total
16
Level -7 (Linguistics)
Course Code
Course Title
Credit
ARAB 121
Grammar in Application
ARAB 242
Major Arab Classic Linguist 3
ARAB 273
Hebrew I
ARAB 411
Modern Arabic Poetry
ARAB 412
Modern Arabic Prose
ISM 104
Total
16
Level -8 (Linguistics)
Level -7 (Literature)
Credit
Credit
ARAB 275
ARAB 319
ARAB 411
ARAB 312
ARAB 420
ARAB 430
ISM 102
3
2
3
3
2
2
2
14
ARAB 121
Stylistics
ARAB 274
Hebrew II
ARAB 340
History of Arabic Linguistics 2
Turkish I
Major Arab Poet
Arabic Modern Poetry
Arabic Modern Prose
Short Story
Comparative Literature
Total
ARAB 416
Saudi Literature
ARAB 422
Modern Criticism
ARAB 499
Thesis
Total
16
ARAB101 Language Skills (2 credit-hours)

This course helps students develop basic language skills.
It helps them improve their pronunciation, writing, and
reading comprehension. The course material comes from
received Arabic to make sure that students learn correct
Arabic.
ARAB 103 Arabic Basic Writing (2 credit-h)
The course helps students develop basic writing skills.
Through exercises they can improve their mastery of
spelling and sentence structure problems.
ARAB 104 Literary Studies (3 credit-hours)
This course offers a survey of the basic theories of
literature, such as the relation between literature and
society, art, myth, and history.
ARAB 105 Language Studies (3 credit-hours)
This is a basic language skills course. It introduces
students to the basics of Arabic noun and verb. It also
helps students understand the structure of the Arabic
sentence.
ARAB 106 Arabic Basic Writing Skills (3 credit-hours)
This course helps students improve their writing skills.
They get to know all the rules of writing, such as vowels,
end-cases and punctuation. It also offers them all the
practice they need to improve the speed and quality of
their handwriting.
ARAB 107 Reading Skills (3 credit-hours)
This course helps students improve on their reading
skills. They get to practice what they learned so far of
grammar in their reading. Also the course pays special
attention for students reading comprehension and
their knowledge of the Arabic and Islamic culture.
ARAB 111 Pre-Islamic Literature I (3 credits)
This course introduces students to the civilization
and culture of the pre-Islamic era. It also studies the
technical and artistic aspects of its dominant literary
genre, poetry, and looks into the various elements of
its milieu.
ARAB 112 Pre-Islamic Literature II (2 credit-hours)
This course provides a detailed study of one preIslamic poet. It also names the various types of preIslamic prose.
ARAB 121 Stylistic (3 credit-hours)
This course is an introduction to stylistics. It names its
elements and describes its relationship with linguistics,
rhetoric and literary criticism.
ARAB 131 Grammar I (3 credit-hours)
This is a grammar introductory course. It describes the
general structure of Arabic sentence, and discusses
its essential components. Through exercises, the
course helps students improve their grasp of Arabic
grammatical concepts.
ARAB 145 General Linguistics (3 credit)

The course introduces students to linguistics and
explains its general theories and subjects. They learn
basic concepts in phonetics, morphology, and syntax.
ARAB 161 Arabic Library (2 credit-hours)
This course looks at the Arabic library as the home of
Islamic heritage. It introduces students to the role Arab/
Muslim scholars played in enriching humanity. Through
this course students get to learn about all the genres,
along with sufficient examples, of classic books, such as
anthologies, dictionaries, biographies, bibliographies,
travelogues, histories, and encyclopaedias. The course
also studies the development of Arabic library in
three stages: initiation which represents the period of
collecting manuscripts, establishment which represents
the prevalence of scholarship and authorship, and finally
creativity which was the period when prose became a
dominant form of expression.
ARAB 211 Early Islamic Literatures (2credit)
This course studies poetry right after the birth of Islam.
It discusses the effect of Islam on the form and content
of Arabic literature. The course also includes a survey of
the first Muslim poets who were born in the pre-Islamic
era and continued to produce poetry after Islam. In
addition to its focus on poetry, the course also studies
the oratory of the period.
ARAB 212 Umayyad Literature (3 credit-hours)
This is an introductory course to the literature of
the Umayyad period. It provides a comprehensive
background of the social, cultural and political milieu of
the period, and studies its dominant poetic sub-genres,
such as political, sectarian, panegyric, satire, prosodic
and platonic poetry. In addition to its focus on poetry,
the course also discusses the oratory, preaching, and
prose of the period.
ARAB 225 Aesthetics (2 credit-hours)
The course approaches beauty as a phenomenon and
attempts to define it and describe its roots. It also
studies the history of Aesthetics and names its values,
and examines the aesthetic signified and signifier in
Arabic lexicons.
ARAB 231 Grammar II (3 credit-hours)
This course completes what is left of the nominal
sentence cases in Arab 131, and proceeds to study
all the noun cases of the regular sentence. The course
offers sufficient exercises to help students digest these
grammatical concepts.
ARAB 232 Applied Grammar (3 credit-)
The course is designed to help students practice what
they have learned so far of parsing. In this course they
get to apply their knowledge on traditional prose and
poetry texts. The course stands on two major works:
the first part constitutes a study of a classic grammar
book, such as Ibn Hishams Mughni Al-Labib, where
students are introduced to more detailed discussion
of grammatical questions. The second part requires
two things: first, applying grammatical analysis to one
traditional text; second, writing a research paper on
one grammatical subject.
College of Arts
Course Description:
99
ARAB 241 Philology (3 credit-hours)

This is an introductory course in philology. It does
not subscribe to 19th C. Western philology but to
Arabic philology, which focuses on the origin and
development of Arabic and its relationship to other
Semitic languages. It also studies all the formational
rules of the Arabic word, starting with its phonetics and
phonology and how they evolved through history, and
ending with morphology and semantics. The latter part
of the course pays special attention to derivatives and
connotations since they both play significant roles in
Arabic lexicography. Student will try to come up with
explanations for homonyms, synonyms and antonyms.
ARAB 242 Major Arab Classic Linguists (3c)
This course introduces students to the first generation
of Arabic grammarians, such as Abul-Aswad Al-Duali,
Abdullah ibn Abi Ishaq Al-Hadrami, Esa ibn Amr ibn
Alala, Yunos ibn Habib, Alkhalil. Student will soon notice
that debating thorny grammatical questions did not
appear during this period but later on. The course also
studies the history of the literature of Arabic linguistics.
It examines the rules of authenticating a tradition, and
discusses the disagreement among scholars on such
rules. It also explains why linguists were more liable to
disqualification than grammarians. The course uses Abu
Baker ibn Durayd as a show case, discussing his life, his
masters and students, and his books.
College of Arts
ARAB 251 Quranic Studies (3 credit)

The course provides a comprehensive study of the
Quran in three major areas. First, it defines it, examines
its several designations and its miraculous challenges,
discusses the phenomenon of revelation, explains why
it was revealed in portions over 23 years, and describes
the aspects of what was revealed in Macca and what
was revealed in Madina. The course also surveys the
prominent schools of its recitation, and explains its
order and the difference between [ayahs] a verse and
[surah] a chapter, and discusses the difference between
its clear decisive verses and its allegorical ones.
100
ARAB 252 Prophetic Tradition Studies (3 credit-hours)

The course offers a study of the Prophetic Tradition.
It defines it and discusses the rules that scholars follow
in registering it. Student gets to discuss these rules
and learn how to categorize the Prophetic tradition
accordingly.
ARAB 271 Persian I (3 credit-hours)
This course is an introduction to the Persian language.
It teaches the alphabet and studies the grammatical
components of the sentence. The course also provides
a background of its history and describes the major
aspects of Islamic Persian prose literature with reference
to its most prominent writers.
ARAB 272 Persian II (3 credit-hours)
This course builds on Persian I. It studies pronouns,
adjectives, verbs with their derivative forms. It also
describes the main aspects of Persian poetic forms.
ARAB 273 Hebrew I (3 credit-hours)
This is an introduction to the Hebrew language. It teaches
its alphabet and the basic grammatical components of its

sentence. Part of the fun of this course is that it compares
Hebrew grammar and vocabulary with Arabic.
ARAB 274 Hebrew II (3 credit-hours)
This course builds on Hebrew I. Students learn more
about Hebrew grammar, and the basic of its morphology.
The course also surveys the history of Hebrew literature
and describes its main aspects with an eye to the influence
of Arabic poetry on its writers in Andalusia.
ARAB 275 Turkish I (3 credit-hours)
This course is an introduction to Turkish language. It
teaches its alphabet and describes its phonetic system.
Students in this course also learn about basic components
of the Turkish sentence: nouns, pronouns, and verbs.
ARAB 276 Turkish II (3 credit-hours)
This course builds on Turkish I. It teaches the tenses
and verb-structures, and describes the basic forms of
adverb and adverb. Along with its focus on syntax, it
also teaches morphology to help students with spelling.
The course also includes an introduction to Turkish
literature and students get very existed when they learn
about the similarities between it and Arabic literature.
ARAB 311 Abbasid Poetry (3 credit-hours)
This course helps students form a historical background
of the Abbasid era. It describes its major changes in life
and culture. The course studies the poetic innovations
of the period, such as platonic verse, lampoons etc. It
also includes a survey of the period canonical poets.
ARAB 312 Abbasid Prose (3 credit-hours)
This course discusses the development of Arabic prose
in the period. It offers stylistic analysis of its prose
literature, and studies its main genres, such as epistles,
rhymed prose narratives, essays, and stories. The course
also includes a survey of the periods major canonical
prose writers.
ARAB 319 Major Arab Poet (2credit-hours)
This course offers an extensive study of one major poet.
The selection could come from classic or modern Arabic
literature, but should be representative of its period.
ARAB 321 Rhetoric 1, Figures of Speech (3 credit-hours)
The course helps students form a background of Arabic
rhetoric. It studies all figures of speech, and discusses
their use in texts.
ARAB 322 Rhetoric II, Semantics (3 credit-hours)
The course introduces students to the main topics of
style, such as eloquence, diction, predication, deletion,
indefiniteness etc.
ARAB 325 Andalusian Literature (2 credit)
The course helps students form a historical background
of the Spanish peninsula before and during the Islamic
era. It studies the development of thought and literature
in Andalusia, and points to the major influences helped
in forming it. The course also includes a survey of the
canonical poets and prose writers of Andalusia.
ARAB 331 Grammar III (3 credit-hours)

The course does not appear in the Arabic Department
list. I called the secretary of the Arabic department, and
they said they dont have the description)
ARAB 332 Morphology I (3 credit-hours)
This course is an introduction to Arabic morphology. It
studies all the inflectional roots, and explains the rules
of forming all kinds of nouns and verbs.
ARAB 335 13th- 17th Centuries Arabic Literature (3
credit-hours)
The course describes the changes in thought and literature
over four centuries. It studies the canonical texts of the
period to help students understand its intellectual milieu.
The course starts with the Ayubi dynasty and covers two
historical events: the Third Crusade and the conquest of
Mongols. Next it studies the Mamluk dynasty, before it
finishes with the Ottoman dynasty.
ARAB 340 History of Arabic Linguistics (2 credit-hours)
This course studies the history of Arabic grammar. It
introduces students to its different schools and its most
known grammarians.
ARAB 341 Arabic Dialects (2 credit-hours)
The course studies dialects using modern linguistics.
It compares the classical methodology used in
classifying Arabic terminology to the methodology of
sociolinguistics in classifying dialects.
ARAB 345 Prosody (3 credit-hours)
The course introduces students to the founder of
Arabic prosody, Al-Khalil Ibn Ahmad. It offers extensive
amount of exercises to ground students in scanning the
16 Arabic meters. The course does not exclude modern
forms of Arabic poetry from its study.
ARAB 411 Modern Arabic Poetry (3 credit)
This course introduces students to the Renaissance of
Arabic poetry. It studies its characteristics in from and
content.
ARAB 412 Modern Arabic Prose (3 credit-hours)
The course studies the characteristics of the Renaissance
of Arabic prose. It identifies the main factors that
influenced its form and content.
ARAB 413 Saudi Literature (2 credit-hours)
This course is a survey of 20th century literature in
Saudi Arabia. It describes the conditions of arts in the
previous century and identifies the factors that caused
its revival.
ARAB 420 Short Story (3 credit-hours)
The course introduces students to the genre of short
story. It teaches them how to approach it as critics do, so

they learn about narrator, narration, characters, plot etc.
It also teaches them its different forms of presentation,
such as realism, symbolism, romanticism etc.
ARAB 421 Arab Literary Criticism (3 credit-hours)
The course introduces students to different Arab classic
critics. It describes their arguments and theories. The
course also teaches them the terminology these critics
used in evaluating the literature of their period.
ARAB 422 Modern Literary Criticism (3 credit-hours)
The course introduces students to Western critical theory
form its origin in ancient Greece to our modern age. It
discusses the imitative nature of art and talks about its
purposes, whether pleasure or self-improvement. The
course also offers a survey of modern literary theories
and names the main genres of literature.
ARAB 426 Study of a Major Arab Critic (2 credit-hours)
The course introduces students to one Arab critic. They
learn about the critical positions of the selected critic.
The selection can be made from classic critics or the
modern critics.
ARAB 430 Comparative Literature (2 credit)
This course is an introduction to comparative studies.
It provides students with a historical background of
the field and its major theories and methodologies.
The course also covers the main subjects discussed in
this area of research, such as translation, influence and
immigration.
ARAB 431 Grammar IV (3 credit-hours)
The course completes ARAB 331 discussion of
modifiers. It also discusses all grammatical cases of
object and subject; and introduces students to linking
verbs and connectives.
ARAB 432 Morphology (3 credit-hours)
The course introduces students to Arabic morphology.
Students learn about the morphological rules of
changing vowels in nouns and verbs.
ARAB 437 Criticism in Application (3 credit)
This course introduces students to critical theories,
their philosophies and methodologies. Students in this
course read from Arabic classic criticism and modern
criticism as well.
ARAB 499 Short Thesis (2 credit-hours)
The student will prepare a paper under the supervision
of a member of the faculty, dealing with a selected
aspect of language or literature. Upon completion
of the paper, it will be discussed by a panel of faculty
members Graduate Courses.
ARAB 512 Literary Theory (2 credit hours)
This course focuses on the following subjects: First, it
investigates the nature of literature and its relationship
to imagery, rhythm, and ethics. Second, it studies the
role and nature of authorship in literature. Third,
using the receptionist theory, it discusses forms of
College of Arts
ARAB 326 Major Arab Writer (2 credit)

The course studies a major Arab writer. The selection
could come from classic or modern Arabic literature.
Students will study the texts closely to identify its
authors poetics and thoughts.
101
interpretations. Forth, it explores the autonomy of

the literary text and shows how it is possible to read it
without referring it to its historical context.
ARAB 513 Grammar (2 credit hours)
This course introduces students to specific arguments among
classic grammarians such as Sibawayh, Ibn Al-Alanbari, and
Ibn Hisham. It explores their disagreements over specific
grammatical questions, such as irregularity, deletion and
ellipses. In addition, the course offers an extensive review of
specific grammatical terms and concepts.
ARAB 516 Literary Studies (2 credit hours)
Vague description in the original document. The course
does not give us any specific idea about the course.
ARAB 517 Literary Genres (3 credit-hours)
This course offers a survey of the history of literary
genres form its early days in Greece to our modern age.
Students get to learn about epic, drama, novel, short
story, ode, ballad etc.
ARAB 521 Literary Criticism (2 credit)
This course introduces students to modern critical
theories, and explores their influence on Arabic critical
theories.
College of Arts
ARAB 523 Literary Criticism Question (2 credit-hours)

This course trains students on how to use critical
theories in their analyses of literary texts. Each student
will work with his instructor on one specific question in
literary criticism.
102
ARAB 546 Language Traditions (2 credit-hours)

This course discusses the principles that classic Arab
scholars used in setting language criteria. It compares
the old grammarians classification of language into
word categories with the morphological rules set by
modern linguists. This can help student understand the
complexity of classic Arab lexicographers work.
ARAB 547 Grammar and Morphology Questions (2
credit-hours)
In this course, students study specific grammatical and
morphological questions, such as deletion, irregularity
and modification. They also study the semantic
implications of some articles and prepositions, and the
meaning of tenses of both linking and regular verbs.
ARAB 563 Manuscripts (2 credit-hours)
This course trains students on manuscript research.
They learn about the methodology of authenticating a
manuscript. It teaches them how to process a manuscript
into a modern text format, so they get to know how to
treat the marginalia and commentary of the original
text, and sort out the indices and bibliographies.
ARAB 564 Research (2credit-hours)
This course introduces students to major research
methodologies. Each student will be asked to do one
complete research under the supervision of the instructor.
ARAB 617 Orientalism (3 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to orientalism as a
critical theory. It studies its contribution to scholarship
in our modern age and in the past.
ARAB 524 Esthetics (2 credit-hours)

This course explores Esthetics and its relation to
philosophy, psychology, sociology, rhetoric and
criticism. It also describes its value to all forms of art:
visual, written and aural.
ARAB 634 Arabic Classic Criticism (3 credit-hours)

This course focuses on specific questions, which modern
Arab scholars raise about Arabic classic criticism.
ARAB 525 Comparative Literature (2 credit-hours)

The course introduces students to the history of
comparative studies and to its main areas. It covers the
major comparative schools in the West and the East.
The course also includes application of the comparative
theories on literary texts.
ARAB 635 Modern Literary Theories (3 credit-hours)

The course explores modern literary theories, such as
psychoanalysis, formalism, structuralism, materialism,
receptionist theory, and semiotics. With these theories,
students study the literary text from five different
perspectives: literary quality, language, context, author,
and reader.
ARAB 542 Linguistic Question (2 credit)

In this course students learn about modern linguistic
theories. They read about structuralism, applied linguistics
and generative grammar and compare them to what they
learned from their studies of Arabic linguistics.
ARAB 637 Linguistics Questions (3 credit-hours)

The course discusses the division between classic
grammarians and lexicographers.
ARAB 543 Classic Book (2 credit-hours)

In this course, students get to study closely one classic
book from Arabic literature. The selection could come
from linguistics or literature.
ARAB 544 Rhetoric (2 credit-hours)
The course starts with classic rhetoric. It describes its
subject matters and applications, and discusses its
relation to grammar, hermeneutics and criticism. In the
second part of the course, students also learn about
modern rhetoric.
ARAB 644 Semantics (3 credit-hours)

The course surveys the development of semantics and
rhetoric from classics to the pragmatics of our modern
age. It discusses the relationship between the signified
and signifier and raises questions about homonyms and
synonyms, and contextual meaning.
ARAB 647 Modern Linguistics (3 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to major linguistic
theories in our modern age. This includes the
structuralism of Ferdinand de Saussure, sociolinguistics,
Chomskys competence theory and pragmatics.
The department of Library Science and Information

in the College of Arts at King Saud University strives
to provide an excellent environment for studying,
researching and building career in the field of Library
Science and Information.
Mission:
in the College of Arts at King Saud University develops
future generations of scholars and professionals. Our
graduates will effectively participate in building our
learning community. They will be qualified to use upto-date technology in the field of information and its
circulation. In its commitment to support all the efforts
aiming at developing the Kingdom, the department will
as well offer all the training, consultations and solutions
needed in serving our society.
Department
of Library and
Information
Sciences
Aims:

Lab 91AB: contains 25 computers connected in
In its academic program, the department of Library

Science and Information has the following objectives:
To prepare work force of qualified professionals

for technical and administrative jobs in the field of
information and its circulation, in both the private
and public sectors.
To prepare outstanding students for graduate

studies so that they become future successful
instructors and scholars in the field of information.
To participate in every scholarship that investigates

the connection between information and
human needs, especially in what relates to social
development in the Kingdom.
To serve the community through continuing

education, by offering training programs,
consultations, and conferences.
a local area network LAN, and have access to the

Internet via KSU gateway.
Lab 156AB: contains 15 computers in Ethernet

LAN and used for improving student skills in IT
applications in libraries and information utilities.
Bibliographic lab

Contains bibliographic tools and information
resources that support teaching of cataloguing and
classification courses.
Consultancy and Training

Consultancy services: conducting research and
studies for libraries and information utilities.
Training and continuing education for KSU students

and affiliates.
About:
is the most recent department in The College of Arts.
The university council approved of its establishment
in the academic year of 1984-5; while teaching
commenced in the following year1986-7 with the total
of 50 students.
Up to the end of the academic year 1991-2 the
curriculum for the Bachelors Degree had 120 academic
units. By adapting academic levels, however, the
curriculum by the academic year of 1993-4 included
128 academic units.
Recently, the department council agreed upon
updating the curriculum to adhere to the prelimentory
year requirements, which will be applied at the College
of Arts starting 1430-1431 hajj. Academic year.
Landmarks:

DLIS has a number of educational labs that support
faculty members and students during learning and
research.
Computer labs
Degrees:

Bachelor

Master
Faculty:
Faculty Members
Rank
Abdel-Rahman Al-Ekrish
Abed Al-Mashwakhi
Hashem Farahat
Saad Al-Doubaian
Sulaiman Al-Oqla
Abdel-Aziz Al-Misfer
Abdel-Wahab AbaAl-Khil
Mansour Al-Shehri
Mohammed Yousif Murad
Mubarak Sulaiman
Abdel-Aziz Al-Omran
Abdel-Rahman Dabour
Ahmed Khudair
Ali Al-Humody
Ali Kamal Shaker
Mansour Azzamil
Naser Mohammed Ramadan
Saleh Al-Musnad
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
College of Arts
Vision:
103
Ali Sulaiman
Faisal Attamimi
Khalid Al-Khudairy
Abd-Allah Al-Habib
Abd-Allah Al-Shehri
Ayman Abd-Arrahim
Fayiz Al-Atibi
Mohammed Al-Beshri
Saad Al-Zahrani
Yarob Al-Tarif
Lecturers
Lecturers
Lecturers
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
LIBR 267
LIBR 278
LIBR 289
BA Library and Information Sciences

MA Library and Information Sciences
ISM 103
Course Code
ENG 113
STAT 122
LIBR 360
Level-1
ARB 101
Language Skills
Computer & Information
TECH 105
Sciences (Practice)
Foundations of Library and
LIBR 110
Information Sciences
LIBR 121
Information & Communication
Introduction to Research Methods
LIBR 132
General Reference
LIBR 154
Materials(Practice)
Total
Credit
2
LIBR 364
LIBR 368
LIBR 372
2
3
3
16
Level-2
Credit
ISM 101
ENG 101
ARB 103
LIBR 165
2
3
2
3
LIBR 176
LIBR 187
English Language
Editing Skills
Internet Applications(Practice)
Credit
2
3
3
Course Title
Applied Statistics(1) (Practice)
Documents and Archives
Information
Services(Practice)
Information Storage and
Retrieval
Computer Applications in
Information Centers
Total
Credit
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Information Organization (1)

3
(Practice)
Sources of Arabic
3
Heritage(Practice)
Total
16
3
3
3
17
Level-6
Credit
ENG 120
LIBR 376
Course Title
Economic System in Islam
Linguistic Studies
Learning Sources Centers
Information Organization
(2) (Practice)
Indexing and
Abstracting(Practice)
Specialized Reference
Materials(Practice)
Total
Level-5
Study Plan:
College of Arts
Course Code
ISM 103
ARB 105
LIBR 256
Programs:
First Program:
BA Library and Information Sciences
LIBR 380
LIBR 384
LIBR 388
LIBR 392
Vocabulary Building (1)

Management of Libraries
and Information Centers
Library Services for the
Disabled
Information Center Buildings
and Equipment
Management Information
Systems(Practice)
Electronic
Preservation(Practice)
Total
3
3
3
3
3
17
Level-7
Level-3
Course Code
ISM 102
ARB 104
ENG 111
LIBR 223
LIBR 234
LIBR 245
104
Level-4
Course Code
Course Title
Islam and Community
Structure
Literary Studies
Basic Language Skills
Information Centers and
Legislations
Group Development
Databases in Information
Centers(Practice)
Total
Credit
2
3
3
3
3
3
17
ISM 104
LIBR 457
LIBR 459
LIBR 461
LIBR 463
LIBR 465
Course Title
System in Islam
English Texts and Terms
Principles of Information
Security and Applications
Digital Libraries(Practice)
Information networks and
their Uses(Practice)
Website Construction and
Management(Practice)
Total
Credit
2
2
3
3
3
3
16
Level-8
Credit
LIBR 467
Applications(Practice)
3
LIBR 469
Arabic Manuscripts(Practice) 3
LIBR 471
LIBR 473
Advanced Topics in Information

Classification(Practice)
Field Training
Total
3
12
Level 8 Cooperative Education

Course Code
LIBR 475
LIBR 477
Course Title
Semester Collaborative
Training(Practice)
Summer Collaborative
Training(Practice)
Total
Credit
8
4
12
need to control it and transfer it to the user accurately and

rapidly.
Deals with information science, including theories and basics,
as well as communication concepts and theories and the
relationship between information and communication.
Course number and code 392 LIB LIBR132
Course Name Writing Research Paper
Course units 3
Course level one
This course deals with the basics of writing scientific
research, introduce students to the ethics of scientific
research, the principles of the preparation of research
papers and reports, how to prepare research and
procedures for its execution (introduction, main text,
appendices, reference and citations). The methods of
evaluating information.
Course Description:

Course Name Principles of Library & Information studies
Course units 3 (2 theoretical + 2 practical)
Course level one
This course meant to be as an introduction and
framework to studies on libraries and information to
prepare student to understand the nature , origin
of specialization , ,methodology, the basic concepts
,knowledge of its various branches and the extent of
overlap and integration among them.
Course number and code 392 LIB LIBR 121
Course Name Information & Communication
Course units 2
Course level one
This course deals with the issue of information as scientific
and social phenomenon and reviews the history of this
phenomenon and its evolution, the concept of information,
relevance and impact on the service in modern societies.
Deals with using information, methods of its access, its storage,
its control, its transmission and its retrieval especially in the
era of information explosion accompanied by a growing

Course Name General Reference Sources
Course units 2
Course level one
This course deals with important terms and concepts
such as information sources, reference sources ,
reference resources, evaluating information resources
and their standards.
Divisions of information resources based on their
source (government information sources, specialized
information sources ,their characteristics, sources of
business information and their characteristics based on
publishing (print and electronic)
Course Name Internet applications
Course level two
Deals with the Internet in the information institutions,
development , components, and ways to contact it.
It also Deals with Arabic browsing programs, search
tools, services it provides and how information
institutions can benefit from it.
Course Name Organization of Information (1 )
Course level Two
The course deals with the steps that lead to organization
of information in terms of concepts and terminology,
the bibliographic apparatus in information institutions,
methods of access to information and integration
between them, bibliographic description (descriptive
cataloguing) that deals with types of indexing , types
of indexes , indexing functions, indexing techniques,
College of Arts
Course number and code 392 LIB TECH 105

Course Name Computer & Information
Course level one
Description Means to provide the student with the
concepts and foundations of information technology
applications, consolidate the knowledge of computer
operating systems and application programs. Addresses
the basis for the applications of the World Wide Web
(Internet), how to utilize them for learning and scientific
research and retrieval of data.
105
catalogue cards and MARC records, the general rules of

bibliographic description, bibliographic description of
books and pamphlets, the choice of entries, and finally
the referral control. It also deals with modern methods
of indexing web pages and sites and their organization.
Course Name Sources of Arabic Heritage
Course level Two
This course defines the Arab heritage form its temporal
dimensions, spatial dimensions, linguistic dimensions
and subjective dimensions.
It defines the importance of Arab heritage in the past,
present and future as a preamble to focus on the science
and sources of heritage, starting from general sources
such as books, encyclopaedias , general biographies
and bibliographic sources to the study of sources in the
various sciences such as the science of Islamic religion,
language, literature, science, history and geography.
College of Arts

Course Name Information Institutions & bylaws
Course units 3
Course level Three
Studies information institutions, such as information
centres, academic libraries, public libraries, special
libraries, national libraries, and others with reference to
its presence in the Kingdom as well as its importance
in intellectual and heritage. It also deals with ethics,
regulations and legislation related to the studies of
information, organizations, associations and unions
that support the movement information, locally,
regionally and internationally, including the concepts
of preservation, copyright , intellectual property,
trademarks, and others.
106

Course Name Collection Development
Course units 3
Course level Three
Accommodate the theoretical concepts and basis for
building and developing collections.
Establishing practical procedures for traditional or
electronic collections in information institutions
.Collection development and building include issues to
be implemented on scientific and systematic basis within
a framework that takes into account the challenges
faced by institutions of information in the light of the
increasing numbers of users and the many varied needs
and questions, diversity of information sources , the
multiplicity of forms, shapes and nature.

Course Name Databases in Information Institutions
Perquisite 105TECH-Computer & Information
Course level Third
Deals with database concepts and fundamentals and
applications, steps to create , how to operate and
determine their impact on the organization of electronic
files in the institutions of information
Course Name Learning Resource Centers
Course units 3
Course level Four
Provides the student with knowledge and capabilities
needed to manage Learning Resource Centres in terms
of collection building, organization and services. It also
deals with methods of designing learning resources, the
impact of computers and the Internet in education.
Course Name Organization of Information (2 )
Perquisite LIBR267 - Organization of Information (1 )
Course level Four
The course focuses on the classification; it deals with the
main concepts and subjects in general, components of
the classification system, rules of practical classification
in detail. In terms of plans the course focuses on the
Dewey Decimal Classification, In terms of plans the
course focuses on the Dewey Decimal Classification
which was the subject of their training during the
semester.
Course Name Indexing & Abstracting
Perquisite 176 LIBR - Organization of Information (1)
Course level Four
Deals with the alphabetic organization of information,
including lists of subject headings, indexes, abstracting
processes, abstracts. It reviews a number of lists of
subject headings of Arabic and foreign general and
specialized , study types of indexes ,types of thesauri
and their preparation as well as study some examples.
Finally study abstracting techniques, abstracts, methods
of preparation and study some examples.
Course Name Special Reference Sources

Course Name Documents & Archives
Course units 3
Course level Five
Provides the theoretical basis to study the documents
and archives. It also deals with the knowledge of
documentation and its relation to other sciences; it
studies the document and its definition, types, contents
and the main divisions and subdivisions. The course
also interested in archives, types, their contents.
The course deals with the services provided by
documentation centres, study the uses of documents,
categories of users, preparation of service programs.
This course focuses on the requirements of the
restoration of documents and archives, preservation
and maintenance, methods used in all these processes,
the foundations of the document screening, regulations
,procedures and transfer.
Course Name Information Services
Course level Five
Deals with diverse information services, such as
circulation of material, and its basic concepts.
It also identifies the methods of searching for
information and ways to deliver it by traditional and
modern methods.
The needs of categories of users, train them to gain
skills of using information institutions. Studies related
to users and how to provide better services to them.
Course Name
Perquisite Information Storage & Retrieval
Course level Five
Deals with modern systems to store and retrieve

information, how they work and use with a focus on the
search for both natural and controlled languages.
Course Name Computer applications in Information
Institutions
Perquisite 105 TECH Computer & Information
Course level Four
Dealing with computer technology and its uses and
applications in the automation of technical and
administrative procedures in the institutions of
information. Understanding the issues of standards,
specifications, planning, the transition to automated
systems and how to evaluate them.
Course Name Management of Libraries & Information
Institutions
Course units 3
Course level Six
Defines theories of management and its components,
such as planning, organization, leadership, coordination
and control, communication, recruitment and
personnel. Define ways to apply these concepts in
the information institutions, its relation to the various
technical procedures such as building of collections, the
circulation of materials, organization, user services and
others.
The course addresses the importance of regulations and
how they are formulated and ways of their application.
Presents the basics of marketing, methods , tools
and skills that can be adopted for the preparation of
strategic marketing plans and policies of information
services in the information institutions
Course Name Information Services for Special groups
Course units 3
Course level Six
Defines special groups of the users of information
institutions, such as the disabled, the elderly and
patients and inmates in correctional institutions, nonArabic speakers and others who require especial
service and methods suitable for their situation. It also
defines the characteristics of these groups and their
information needs and suitable information sources
and appropriate services offered to them and how to
design and evaluate these services.
College of Arts
Course level Four

Defines basic terminologies such as information sources,
references, sources, reference sources, serials, data, and
knowledge.
Presents the framework of knowledge of the subject
with regard to humanitarian and social , pure and
applied sciences.
Evaluates information sources and discusses the
qualitative framework of the printed information
sources from all three categories (Primary, Secondary
and Tertiary) and non-print and electronic, network
and especially the Internet, databases and direct local
and remote, computerized databases, information
systems, introducing Dialog system .
107
Course Name Buildings & Facilities of Information

Institutions
Course units 3
Course level Six
Deals with libraries and information institutions and
equipment; such as planning of the building, the factors
influencing the choice of location, and the elements of
flexibility and the process to be available therein; also
deals with internal organization and the spatial relations
and area. It focuses on the elements of the internal
environment (lighting, air conditioning, noise, colours,
and signs), and the influence of modern technology on
buildings. It also deals with furniture, and security. It
allows the examination of some sketches of information
institutions, explaining their positive and negative
features.
College of Arts

Course Name Information Systems and their
Management
Course level Six
Deals with information systems used in information
institutions with emphasis on analysis, design,
implementation, and evaluation.
Course Name Electronic Preservation
Perquisite
Course level Six
The course discusses the techniques and electronic
formats and media for preservation of sources and
electronic information for permanent preservation
.The course also deals with sources and information
produced originally in electronic form or converted
from other forms.
Course Name Terms & Text in English
Course units 2
Course level Seven
Translate to Arabic models of intellectual production
in English in the specialization of information
studies, review of the Provisions of the vocabulary
and terminology and concepts in order to increase
vocabulary and develop the capacity to absorb the
texts written in that language.
Course Name Principles & Application of Information Security
108
Perquisite Computer applications in Information Institutions
LIBR 372
Course level Seven
Discusses the concept of information security and
protection of hardware and software from hackers
and methods of control of information in terms
of confidentiality and availability in information
institutions
Course Name Digital Libraries
Perquisite 392 LIBR Electronic Preservation
Course level Seven
Deals with digital libraries in terms of components,
organization and services.
It also discusses at length the factors that influence its
development.
Course Name Information Networks & their Uses
Course level Seven
Deals with information networks in information
institutions, their components, types, management,
services, and comparisons.
Course Name Web-Site Design & Administration
Perquisite
Course level Seven
Presents the basics of the establishment of sites on the
Internet, concepts, installation, organization, follow-up,
updating and maintenance
Course Name Practicum
Perquisite
Course level Eight
Deals with modern applications in the field of
information studies that are not covered by the
academic plan. Addresses the problems and issues
faced by information services and institutions in the
Kingdom. The department choose a subject for each
semester and approves it.
Course Name Arabic Manuscripts
Course level Eight
Deals with manuscripts and rare Arab books in terms of
historical value and intellectual heritage and presents ways

to access, evaluate, organize, and conserve and maintain
them.
It looks at its importance for researchers and investigators
It studies its financial value as well as moral value.
It also deals with evidences that identify them and their
whereabouts and existence.
It also deals with the efforts of libraries in Saudi Arabia to
possess and care for them.
Course Name Advanced Topics in Organization of
Information
Perquisite Organization of Information(1)
Organization of Information(2)
Course level Eight
Deals with subjects that were not taught in the courses of
organization of information (1) and (2), such as indexing
of periodicals , analytical cataloguing, computerized
indexing, also the study of Arab efforts to prepare
an Arab Indexing standard. A number of general and
specialized classification systems are studied and study
the relationship between classification and information
technology.

Course Name Regular Cooperative Training
Course units 8 + Practical
Course level Eight
Described as in appendix (3 / 2) the general framework
for cooperative learning training program
Course Name Summer Cooperative Training
Perquisite
Course level Eight
Described as in appendix (3 / 2) the general framework
for cooperative learning training program
College of Arts

Course Name Field Training
Perquisite
Course level Eight
Described as in appendix (3 / 1), the overall framework
for the field training program
109
110
College of Arts
Co l l ege o f B u s i n ess
Ad m i n istrat i o n
Contact:
College of Business Administration
Riyadh-Addereyah
Office of the Dean:
Student Affairs:
4674044
4674010
4674386
PO Box: 2459
Postal Code: 11451
Fax:
4674216
Computer Centre:
4674319
Mission:
College of Business Acministration
To prepare highly qualified graduates in the various college specializations and degrees offered, prepare academic and significant practical researches, and
participate in any activity that serves and develops the
society.
Vision:
College of Business Administration will be one of
the 50 best colleges in the world in the coming five
years and the best college in the region.
Aims:
Graduate well-qualified cadres in various
college specializations and different degrees
that suit the needs of the global labour
market.
Re-qualify the youth through providing them
with the necessary knowledge and skills to
find suitable job opportunities in the global
labour market.
Participate in developing the human
knowledge and use this knowledge in various
disciplines of the college through advanced
academic research.
Participate in economic, administrative and
financial problem-solving that face business
sector and government sector through
carrying research and applied studies.
Participate in serving the private sectors, public
institutes and civil community institutes.
About:
The college of business administration was founded
more than forty years ago, in 1959 (1380), as a new institute in the high education and sources of knowledge
in King Saud University, the pioneer university in the
Kingdom Since then the college carries its role in preparing Saudi students( males/females) and educating
them . In addition to satisfying the Kingdom society
needs with qualified graduated cadres .The College has
added new specialization to cope with modern development the country witnesses.
Landmarks:
1. Computer Centre:
Computer Centre is found coincidently with the
research centre in 1379H.
2. Research centre:
It was founded in the College of Administration
in 1479H. Since then the centre offers academic
service and support too researchers.
Academic Departments:
Students admitted to the college of Business Administration after passing an interview which is prepared for the student who satisfied the college admission conditions. Studying starts in level ONE, general
preparatory level. Then they choose one of the following departments:
Department of Management
Department of Financial Management
Department of Human Resources
Department of Economy
Department of Marketing
Department of Accounting
Department of Management Information
System
Department of Quantitative analysis
Mission:
The department works on graduating administrators having high academic qualification. It also looks
for building and qualifying graduates who
are able
to carry responsibilities and participate in the national

development. All This will be achieved through highly
qualified teaching staff, distinguished courses and scientific research.
Aims:
The Management seeks to achieve the following
objectives:
Support and encourage faculty members

to attend scientific conferences and carry
researches and studies in the field of attend
conferences and seminars and research in the
field of management for the advancement of
this area.
Degrees:
Bachelor
Faculty Members:
Faculty Name
Rank
Gamal A. Ali
Associate Prof.
Randah S. Alyafi
Associate Prof.
Saad A. Al-Kelabi
Associate Prof.
Abdelmohsen A. Nassani
Assistant Prof.
Dafeeaa Awadh Jaber
Assistant Prof.
Provide advisory services to organizations

in the public sector, private profit and nonprofit organizations as needed.
Mohamad A. Chamsi
Assistant Prof.
Mohammed S. AL-Amri
Assistant Prof.
Saad M. Al-Otaibi
Assistant Prof.
Linking students directly with the labour

market by focusing on practical applications
in the area of specialization and practical
training on the application of managerial
knowledge and skills.
Sinhat Alotaibi
Assistant Prof.
Abdulah H. Alfagieh
Lecturers
Abdulrahman M. Dhakheel
Lecturers
Faisal F. Almanee
Lecturers
Haddel N. Aldaood
Lecturers
Vision:
Joharah N. Alyami
Lecturers
The department is looking forwards to taking its

place at the forefront in academic work, scientific research.
Noof N. Alshaheel
Lecturers
Sarah Ibrahem Hamad Al-Shaikh
Lecturers
Sehad A. Alsaloom
Lecturers
About:
Sultan A. Alenzi
Lecturers
Human resources are vital to the overall success of

any organization; no goals could be achieved without
the human element, and hence the significance of the
management of human resources. In the face of todays
challenges within the context of economic globalization
and its implications for local economies, organizations
need a highly efficient and effective labour force. In
this regard, specialists in human resources undertake
the huge responsibility of innovating methods and
techniques for increasing productivity and achieving
economic efficiency.
Tagreed A. Almarshadi
Lecturers
Servicing the Saudi community through the

management in order to develop the field
and professional practices related to it.
Programs:
Bachelor of Science in Business AdministrationManagement
First Program:
Bachelor of Science in Business AdministrationManagement
Providing an academic program in which

students receive a bachelors degree in
Management.
113
Study Plan:
MGT 102
DETAILED B.Sc. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

(MANAGEMENT TRACK)
KSU General Requirements
MGT 330
MGT 371
Operations Management
Hrs.
MGT 411
ARAB103
Arabic Expository Writing
MGT 413
Arabic Language Skills
IC 103
The Islamic Economic System 2
IC 104
The Islamic Political System
MGT 425
IC 102

Culture
Total
MGT 427
Managerial Leadership
Decision-Making and
Problem-Solving
Organizational Change &
Development
Corporate Governance
MGT 490
CO-OP Training
2
12
KSU Preparatory Year Requirements

Hrs.
MATH 150
Calculus
CT 140
IT
MC 140
CHS 140
ENGL 140
Health & Fitness

Learning, Thinking and
Research
ENGL 150
MATH 140
Introduction to Mathematics
CI 140
IC 101
114
Human Resources
Management
Managerial Skills
Total
31
CBA Core Requirements

MGT 101
EC 101
EC 102
QA 107
FIN 200
ACCT 201
Principles of Management &

Business
Principles of Microeconomics
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Business
Statistics
Principles of Finance
Principles of Accounting &
Reporting
Total
MIS 201
MIS 377
MKT 201
ECON421
3
6
Systems
Decision Support System and
Expert Systems
Principles of Marketing
Feasibility Studies and Project
Evaluation
3
3
3
3
12
Electives from the Department of Management

Hrs.
MGT 111
MGT 250
MGT 301
3
3
48
Total
3
3
3
Compulsory Requirements from Other

Departments
Hrs.
Hrs.
Principles of Public
Administration
Labor Laws and the Civil
Service
Occupational Health and
Safety
International Human
Resources Management
3
3
3
3
MGT 302
International Business
MGT 315
MGT 415
Health Management
Management of Small and
Medium Size Businesses
Management Seminar
MGT 417
The Saudi Health System
3
MGT 319
18
Total
3
3
3
27
Electives from Other Departments

Hrs.
ACCT 202
FIN 240
MGT 211
Business Ethics and Social

Responsibility
Organizational Theories and
Organizational Design
Research Methodology
MGT 210
Legal Environment of Business 3
MGT 103
Entrepreneurship
MGT 121
Organizational Behavior
MGT 213
Total
MGT 104
Compulsory Requirements from the

Department of Management
Hrs.
MGT 214
MGT 422
MIS 319
ECON 415
Principles of Cost and

Managerial Accounting
Principles of Risk & Insurance
Knowledge Management &
Data Mining
Labor Economics
3
3
3
3
Introduction to Sociology
Total
3
15
Free Electives
Hrs.
Free Electives
A MODEL PLAN FOR THE MANAGEMENT TRACK

COURSES
MGT 211
MGT 330
Research Methodology
Business Ethics and Social
Responsibility
Managerial Skills
FIN 101
IS 103
The Islamic Economic System
MGT 214
Hrs.
3
Free Elective
Total
3
17
MATH140
Intro to Math
MGT 210
CI140
Learning, Thinking & Research 3

Skills
IT
3
MGT 213
16
Hrs.
ENG150
English(2)
MATH150
Calculus
MC 140
HLT 140
Health & Fitness
2
15
Semester-3
Hrs.
MGT 101
ECON101
QUA 107
IC 101
ARAB101
Introduction to Statistics in
Business
Culture
Total
......
3
3
3
2
Semester-7
Hrs.
MGT 103
MGT 371
MGT411
3
3
3
MGT xxx
Entrepreneurship
Organizational Change &
Development
Management Elective
Free Elective
Total
3
3
3
18
3
3
3
2
2
16
Semester-4
Semester-8
MIS 377
ECON 421
MGT 427
MGT
Decision Support System &

Expert Systems
Feasibility Studies & Project
Evaluation
Corporate Governance
Management Elective
Non-Management Elective
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
Total
Hrs.
MGT102
ECON102
MKT201
MIS 201
IC 102
ARAB103
Total
3
3
3
3
2
2
16
HRM
MIS
MGT 422
MGT425
ACCT201
MGT 413
IC104
Semester-2

Business
Financial Reporting
2
17
Legal Environment of Business

Organizational Theories and
Organizational Design
Managerial Leadership
Decision-Making and
Problem-Solving
ENG 140
Total
Hrs.
Total
Semester-6
CT140
Hrs.
MGT 121
Total
Semester-1
English (1)
Semester-5
Semester-9
Hrs.
MGT 477
Co-op Training
MGT.
Management Elective
Non-Management Elective
Free Elective
Total
SOC 101
3
15
115
Course Description:
Code & No: MGT 101
Course:Principles of Management and Business
Credits: 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite :
This course aims to develop the administrative skills of
students, and to provide them with basic knowledge in
management and business. It focuses on teaching the
functions of management (planning, organizing, directing and control), and the functions of the organization
(human resources, marketing, financing and operations).
Code & No: MGT 102
116
Course: Human Resources Management

Credits: 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite: MGT 101
This course introduces the principles and basic concepts of human resources management in organizations. It highlights the role of human resources management in: dealing with human resources; the methods of
preparing and retaining qualified personnel; the continued development of their skills; providing them with
a suitable environment for maximum performance of
duties; and identifying related obstacles and problems
in order to overcome them.
Code & No: MGT 103

Course: Entrepreneurship
This course provides the students with the knowledge
and skills required for the effective organization, development, structuring and management of private businesses. It includes innovative skills and training in the
preparation of feasibility studies.
Code & No: MGT 104

Course: Principles of Public Administration
Credits: 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite:
This course aims to provide the students with a good
foundation of public administration in terms of: definition; its roles in contemporary societies; its importance
for the achievement of the societys goals; and its reality as part of the social, political and economic fabric
of life. The course includes the study of the evolution
of administrative thought, the various functions of public administration (e.g. planning, organizing, directing,
leadership, control and administrative decision-making). It also explores recent and future trends in the
field of public administration.
Code & No: MGT 111
Course: Labor Laws and the Civil Service

This course deals with the labor system and the civil
service in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. It provides
knowledge of the rules and procedures regulating manpower selection, recruitment, job analysis and description, wages and salaries, training and promotion and
evaluation of job performance.
Code & No: MGT 121

Course: Organizational Behavior
This course deals with human behavior in organizations.
It also helps them to develop analytical skills necessary for identifying, diagnosing and solving behavioral
problems at the workplace. It provides for the study of
behavior at the individual level in terms of perception,
personality, motivation, learning, creativity, values and
attitudes. It also provides for the study of behavior at
the collective level in terms of group dynamics, conflict,
leadership and communication. In addition, it includes
the study of behavior at the level of the whole organization in terms of organizational design, organizational
development and organizational culture.
Code & No: MGT 210

Course: Legal Environment of Business
The course deals with topics related to the nature and
determinants of the legal environment of business. It
focuses on: the legal aspects of individual and business
transactions; the laws of employment; securities, real
estate and individual property; intellectual property
and cyber laws; environmental laws and regulations;
rights of debtors and creditors; and legal rules relating
to marketing, advertising, product liability, and company responsibility toward the consumer.
Code & No: MGT 211

Course: Research Methodology
This course aims to provide the students with the basic concepts and methods of scientific research used in
the field of management. It also aims to develop the
students skills in conducting scientific research, including data collection and analysis within the organization.
In addition to knowledge of the stages of the research
process, a practicum is indispensable.
Code & No: MGT 213

Course: Organizational Theories and Organiza-
This course explains the varied approaches to the process of organizing, starting with classical theories, and
ending with modern ones, as well as their implications
for the structure of organizations. It also aims at developing the students skills in designing and structuring
organizations and identifying related problems.
Code & No: MGT 214

Course : Business Ethics & Social Responsibility
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite: MGT 101
This course introduces the students to the basic concepts in business ethics. The course presents the concepts and their practical implications from an Islamic
perspective. It pinpoints the roles organizations can
play in social development and environmental concerns.
Code & No: MGT 241

Course : Human Resources Planning and Staffing
This course provides students with knowledge of the
basic principles of the strategic planning for human
resources, as part of an organizations comprehensive
planning. It includes such processes as job analysis,
manpower planning and recruitment, selection and appointment.
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite:

This course deals with the concepts of health management and to make students aware of its importance for
health organizations, public and private, and profitmaking and non-profit-making. It also aims to provide
them with the basic terms in health and hospital administration, and to make them identify the role of the
health forces that influence management process.
Code & No: MGT 319

Course : Management of Small and Medium
Size Businesses
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : MGT 101
This course aims to focuses on small and medium size
private firms that are owner-managed and characteristically personal.
Code & No: MGT 330

Course : Managerial Skills
This course focuses on particular managerial issues that
are not covered in the other courses of the program,
e.g. management of meetings, time management, technical report-writing, presentation skills and negotiating
skills.
Code & No: MGT 361

Course : Human Resource Training and Development

Code & No: MGT 250
Course : Occupational Health and Safety
This course aims to acquaint students with the technical
programs for the protection of human resources from
possible accidents and injuries on the job. It also introduces students to the health programs required for the
protection of human resources from the diseases related to the nature and the physical context of work.
Code & No: MGT 301

Course : International Human Resources Management

This course aims to introduce the most important problems facing human resources management at the international level. It focuses on problems of international
recruitment and selection, the management of cultural
diversity, and the design of incentive, training and evaluation systems, as well as other related problems.
Code & No: MGT 315

Cours : Health Management
This course aims to provide students with the necessary

knowledge about the nature and importance of training and developing human resources. It also provides
students with the skills necessary for: identifying the
training and development needs; the design, management, implementation and evaluation of training programs; the study of new staff orientation, the design of
careers and promotion policies.
Code & No: MGT 371

Course : Operations Management
This course aims to provide students with an understanding of the concept of operations management,
as a major functional aspect of business organizations.
The course includes a variety of related processes, such
as defining objectives, designing and improving products / services, designing measurements and standards,
production planning and control, quality control, and
the application of quantitative techniques to resource
allocation and profit maximization.
tional Design
117
Code & No: MGT 411

Course : Strategic Management
Credits :3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : MGT 101, FIN
200, MKT 201
Course: Decision- Making and Problem-Solving

This course focuses on teaching the basics and general
make them aware of the importance of decision-making
principles of strategic management. It also aims to help
to the management process as a whole. It teaches some
the students understand the processes of planning and
techniques that aid decision-makers investigate prob-
strategic analysis of the firm, applying strategic deci-
lems within contexts and work out potential solutions
sions, and control, through the use of the techniques of
and decisions.
This course aims to introduce the students to the process of formulating and taking decisions. It also aims to
case studies analysis.
Code & No: MGT 413

Course : Managerial Leadership
This course presents managerial leadership in terms of
definition and its role in organizations. It aims to introduce the students to certain managerial leadership theories and techniques, and to demonstrate their practical implications for individuals within organizations. In
addition, it aims to provide the students with the skills
Code & No: MGT 425

Course: Organizational Change & Development
Credits: 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : MGT 213
This course aims to introduce the students to the concept of organizational change and development in terms
of its definition, techniques and evolution. It includes
planned change and its effects on the processes, strategies, individuals, and culture within the organization.
The course also aims to develop the students skills of
dealing with organizational changes and development.
necessary for motivating people at the workplace, and
managing group dynamics effectively and efficiently.
118
Code & No: MGT 415

Course : Management Seminar
This course aims to focuses on providing the students
with specialized knowledge on selected management
issues. These include current management issues and
Code & No: MGT 427

Course: Corporate Governance
This course deals with the concept of corporate governance. It explains the causes underlying the problems of
control and directing in organizations. It also shows the
control mechanisms that permit the exercise of a certain
degree of supervision and control over managers.
managerial problems at the national level.
Code & No: MGT 460

Code & No: MGT 417
Course : The Saudi Health System
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite:
This course aims to acquaint the students with the
principles and basic concepts related to the policies
governing the provision of health care and services in
general. Focusing on the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the
course: defines the health system; discusses the problems of health care delivery; investigates the impact
of the current health policies; selects a specific problem - related to health service policies - for definition
and analysis; proposes models for containing and solv-
Course: Performance Management and Compensation
Credits: 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite : MGT 102

This course aims to focuses on the performance of
individuals in an organization. It aims to train the students how to design and implement a system for performance management. The course also teaches various approaches to managing financial and non-financial
compensations and benefits required for attracting,
retaining and motivating competent recruits. It covers
issues related to assessing jobs, designing and managing
the structure of salaries, wages and incentives, including
financial and non-financial.
ing health system problems, and models for providing

health services; and explores the possible contribution
of other sectors (private, charity and insurance) to the
provision of health services.
Code & No: MGT 422
Code & No: MGT 490

Course: Co-Op Training
This course aims to provide the students with an opportunity to gain practical experience in management
within real organizations.
Vision:
We aspire to be the preeminent finance department
in the Arab world and one of the best 300 finance
departments in the world.
Mission:
The mission of the Finance department at King Saud
University is to:
Prepare high quality workforce that meet the

standards demanded by the industry.
Provide flexible and high quality learning
environment for students.
Enhance students abilities to discover and
develop new ideas in finance
Support scientific research and improve
faculty skills
Spread financial knowledge in the
community
Provide specialized training courses
About:
The economy of Saudi Arabia along with its financial
markets has experienced a tremendous growth since
the beginning of the twenty first century. This growth
in size needed a matched growth in specialized human
resources and new ideas and researches in finance. The
department of finance at King Saud University (KSU)
was founded in late 2006 to meet such demands and
challenges. The establishment of the department was
a result of a restructuring of the College of Business
Administration. The department, however, has its own
roots in the old college since 1993. Back then, Finance
was a track in the Department of Business Administration.
Degrees:
Bachelor
Master
PhD
Mohamad A. Almishir
Mohamad Ali Rehan
Mohamad Salam Alshiaab
Turki Siliman Alzumaia
Basma Mozaid Altwegri
Hissa Ali Allihedan
Nawaf Abdelrahman Alrawaf
Aasim Khalid Alhumaidi
Abdullah Ibraheem Alsheikh
Afraa Maeikhel Elkhahtani
Amina Abdullah Alsalim
Mohamad Mansour Sabr
Noha Abdulrahman Daghistani
Saeed Nasir Elkhahtani
Sultan Khalid Alswaier
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Programs:
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Finance major Investment Track.
Finance major Banking Track.
Finance major Insurance Track.
Aims:
3
16
119
First Program:
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration Finance
major Investment Track
Study Plan:
Semester-1
Faculty Members:
Faculty Names
Rank
Mamdouh Hamza Ahmed

Rida Mohamad Sahabo
Salih Abdullah Alharbi
Professor
Professor
Assistant Prof.
Hrs.
ENG140
MATH140
8
2
CI 140
CT 140
Total
English (1)
Math
Learning, Thinking & Research
Skills
IT

Prepare high quality finance graduates who
will add value to the local and global financial
industry.

Promote and develop finance through high
quality scientific research

3. Spread the awareness and knowledge of
finance in the community
Semester-2
Hrs.
ENG 150
MATH150
MC 140
HLT 140
Total
8
3
2
2
15
English (2)
Calculus
Health & Fitness
Semester-7
FIN xxx
ACCT 415
FIN 362
ECON 211
FIN 361
Semester-3
MGT 101
ACCT 201
ECON 101
QUA 107
IC 101
ARAB 101
Total

Business
Financial Reporting
Introduction. to Statistics in
Business
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
2
2
16
Semester-4
120
Hrs.
ECON 102
FIN 200
ACCT 317
QUA 207
IC 102
ARAB 103
Total
3
3
3
3
2
2
16
Intermediate Accounting (1)
Business Statistics
Semester-5
IC 103
MKTG 201
ACCT 318
MIS 201
FIN 210
FIN 220
Total
Islamic Economic System

Systems
Corporate Finance
Investment Essentials
FIN 230
MGT 210
MGT 214
FIN 240
FIN 250
IC 104
Financial Markets and

Institutions
Business Ethics & Social
Responsibilities
International Finance
Total
Finance Elective
Non-Finance Elective
Analysis of Financial Reports
Assets Valuation
Money and Banking
Financial Derivatives
Total
Semester-8
FIN xxx
MGT 411
FIN 363
FIN 461
Total
Hrs.
Free Elective
Finance Elective
Portfolio Theory &
Investment Analysis
Case Studies in Investment
3
3
3
3
3
15
Semester-9
FIN 477
FIN xxx
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Hrs.
Co-op Training
Finance Elective
Non-Finance elective
Free Elective
6
3
3
3
15
Total
2nd Program:
Finance major Banking Track
Study Plan:
Hrs.
2
3
3
Semester-1
Course Code
ENG140
MATH140
CI 140
3
3
17
CT 140
Total
Semester-6
Hrs.
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Course Title
Hrs.
English (1)
Math
Learning, Thinking &
Research Skills
IT
8
2
Semester-2
ENG 150
MATH 150
MC 140
HLT 140
Total
English (2)
Calculus
Health & Fitness
Semester-3
3
3
16
Hrs.
8
3
2
2
15
Hrs.
ACCT 201
ECON 101
QUA 107
IC 101
ARAB 101
Total

Business
Financial Reporting
Business
Semester-4
ECON102
FIN 200
ACCT 317
QUA 207
IC 102
ARAB 103
Total
Business Statistics
Semester-5
MIS 201
FIN 210
FIN 220
ECON 211
ACCT 318
IC 103
Total
MIS
Corporate Finance
Investment Essential
Money and Banking
Semester-6
MGT 210
3
3
3
3
2
2
16
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
2
2
16
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Hrs.
FIN 230
Legal Environment of Business 3

3
Responsibilities
Financial Markets & Institutions 3
FIN 240
FIN 250
IC 104
MGT 214
Total
FIN 373
FIN 471
FIN xxx
MGT 411
17
Semester-9
FIN 477
MKTG 201
FIN 371
FIN 372
FIN xxx
ECON 414
ACCT 415
Banking Operations
Hrs.
3
Bank Lending and Credit Analysis 3
Finance Elective
Islamic Banking Services
Total
Semester-8
3
3
3
3
18
Hrs.
Coop Training
Total
3
3
3
3
3
15
Hrs.
6
3
3
12
3rd Program:
Finance major Insurance Track.
Study Plan:
Semester-1
ENG 140
MAT 140
CI 140
CT 140
Total
English (1)
Math
Skills
IT
Semester-2
ENG 150
MATH150
MC 140
HLT 140
Total
English (2)
Calculus
Health & Fitness
Semester-3
MGT 101
ACCT 201
ECON 101
Semester-7
Financial Risk Management

Case Studies in Banking
Finance Elective
Free Elective
Total
QUA 107
IC 101
ARAB 101
Total

Business
Financial Reporting
Business
Semester-4
ECON 102
FIN 200
QUA 207
ACCT 317
Business Statistics
Hrs.
8
2
3
3
16
Hrs.
8
3
2
2
15
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
2
2
16
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
MGT 101
121
IC 102
ARAB 103

Total
Semester-5
FIN 210
FIN 220
ECON 211
ACCT 318
MIS 201
IC 103
Total
Corporate Finance
Investment Essentials
Money and Banking
Systems
Semester-6
MGT 210
MGT 214
FIN 230
122
FIN 240
FIN 250
IC 104
Total

Responsibilities
Institutions
Semester-7
FIN 335
FIN 382
FIN xxx
ECON 211
ACCT 415
Reinsurance
Property & Liability Insurance
Finance Elective
Money and Banking
Total
Semester-8
FIN 383
FIN xxx
QUA 227
MGT 411
Math of Life Insurance

Finance Elective
Actuarial Statistics
Free Elective
Total
Semester-9
FIN 477
FIN xxx
Co-op Training
Finance Elective
Free Elective
Total
Course Description:
2
2
16
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
15
Code & No: FIN 200

Course: Principles of Finance
Credits: 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite: Acct 201
The main topics covered in this course include: financial
environment, interest rates and time value of money,
financial reports and their analysis, capital budgeting,
and risk and return.
Code & No: FIN 210
Course: Corporate Finance
Credits: 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite: FIN 200
The main topics covered in this course include: financial
planning, cost of capital, both long and short-term
finance decisions, investment decisions, capital structure,
dividend policy, and mergers and acquisitions.
Code & No: FIN 220
Course: Investment Essentials
The course introduces the concepts and measurements
of return and risk and their relation. It then covers
various topics related to investment such as: the efficient
market hypothesis, asset pricing models (CAPM, APT,
and multifactor models), equity securities, fixed income
securities, behavioral finance, and the psychology of
investing
Code & No: FIN 230
Course: Financial Markets and Institutions
Emphasis is placed on the nature of financial markets
and institutions, their functions, dealings, structures,
and their necessary characteristics to achieve maximum
efficiency. Other topics covered in this course include:
financial systems, Saudi Monetary Agency, monetary
policies, types and structures of financial markets and
institutions.
Code & No: FIN 240
Course: Principles of Risk & Insurance
The course covers the following topics: risk in our
society, types of risks, and methods of dealing with
risk, steps to manage risk, the legal principles of
insurance and analysis of insurance contracts, types of
insurers and marketing systems. The course also covers
operations of insurance companies; which include rate
making, underwriting, production, claim settlement
and reinsurance, and insurance pricing.
Hrs.
6
3
3
3
15
Code & No: FIN 250

Course: International Finance
The course covers the following topics: international
financial environment, the balance of payments, the
determination of exchange rates, parity conditions
and the relationships among interest rates, inflation,
Code & No: FIN 335

Course: Reinsurance
The course covers the following main topics:
introduction to reinsurance, the difference between
reinsurance and coinsurance, professional reinsures,
reinsurance pools, reinsurance functions and
agreements. Other topics include: types of reinsurance
programs: treaty reinsurance, facultative reinsurance,
reinsurance marketing process, reinsurance brokers,
and the common clauses, endorsements, conditions,
and exclusions in reinsurance.
Code & No: FIN 351
Course: Real Estate Finance & Investment
The first part of this course covers the basics of real
estate such as property law, land descriptions and
measurements, land use, and management of real estate.
The second part focuses on the different aspects of real
estate finance and investment. These include financing
instruments, mortgage types, mortgage markets, sources
of mortgage funds, and loan underwriting
Code & No: FIN 371

Course : Banking Operations
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : FIN 230
The main topics covered in this course include: basic
functions of banks in the financial system, the principle
services offered by banks, banks financial statements,
asset-liability management, investment portfolio
management, liquidity and reserve management, and
bank sources of fund management.
Code & No: FIN 372
Course : Bank Lending and Credit Analysis
The course covers the following topics: Introduction
of bank lending, overview of credit policy and loan
characteristics, evaluating commercial loan requests,
evaluating consumer loans, tools and methods of the
credit analysis, and pricing of loans.
Code & No: FIN 373
Course : Financial Risk Management
This course covers the following topics: credit risk,
interest rate risk, Gap analysis, duration Gap analysis,
the use of derivatives to manage interest rate risk,
foreign exchange risk, liquidity risk, operating risk,
systematic risk, forecasting risk and correlations, stress
testing, value at risk, integrated risk management, and
Basel II.
Code & No: FIN 361

Course: Financial Derivatives
The course emphasizes the important role of financial
derivatives as one of the main tools in managing
different types of risk. Topics include: the theoretical
frameworks for valuing different derivatives with
emphasis on options and futures contracts, the markets
for financial derivatives, and the speculative and
hedging applications of derivatives
Code & No: FIN 381

Course : Life Insurance
Topics covered in this course include: definition of life
insurance, different risks that face individuals, financial
impacts of risks and how to manage it, types of life
insurance contracts, conditions, riders, and options in
life insurance policy, Takaful Insurance, and the basics
of life insurances premiums calculations.
Code & No: FIN 362

Course: Assets Valuation
The course covers traditional valuation models and
highlights their strengths and weaknesses. In addition
to traditionally valued assets, Special attention is paid
to the valuation of unconventional assets, financial
service firms, start-ups, and private companies. Real
applications will be an essential part of this course
Code & No: FIN 382

Course : Property & Liability Insurance
Students will learn in this course the legal and technical
principles of property & liability insurance, and types of
risks covered by property & liability insurance policies
such as: fire, theft, auto and marine insurance, and the
basics of calculating the property & liability insurance
premiums.
Code & No: FIN 363

Course: Portfolio Theory & Investment Analysis
The aim of this course is to provide students with the
theoretical and practical aspects of security selection
and portfolio construction. It also aims at fostering
the students analytical skills at both micro and macro
levels.
Code & No: FIN 383

Course : Mathematics of Life Insurance
Students will learn how to construct mortality tables,
the calculation of net single premiums, net annual
premiums, the gross premiums, mathematical reserve,
and how to modify insurance policies.
exchange rates, foreign currency exposure and exposure

hedging, and the global aspects of different corporate
financial decisions such as capital budgeting, capital
structure, and cash management
123
Code & No: FIN 384

Course : Social & Health Insurance
The first part of this course covers topics in social
insurance such as: basics of social insurance, social
insurance in the Kingdom and around the world, types
of social insurance (old age, survivors and disability
Insurance), and calculation of contributions and benefits
of social insurance. The second part of this course
covers topics in health insurance such as: basics of health
insurance, cooperative health insurance policy in the
Kingdom, health insurance around the world, healthcare
problems, individual health insurance coverage, and
contractual provisions of health insurance.
Code & No: FIN 451

Course : Financial Engineering
The course focuses on the use of mathematical modeling
techniques to design, price, and hedge securities and
portfolios. Topics covered are: the usage of derivatives
to manage risk, the design of new financial instruments,
and the estimation of complex portfolios risks.
124
Code & No: FIN 461

Course : Case Studies in Investment
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : FIN 210, FIN 363
Students abilities to make sound investment decisions
will be improved in this course through reading,
analyzing, and finding solutions to complex investment
cases. The cases considered cover a wide range of
investment problems.
Code & No: FIN 462
Course : Assets Management
The course covers topics in investment management
such as asset allocation, investment styles, portfolio
rebalancing, evaluation of portfolio performance, and
professional asset management. Students will be given
the opportunity to manage a portion of the Investment
Club real fund. The experience of managing real money
will greatly increase the students chances to succeed
and excel in the profession of asset management.
Code & No: FIN 463
Course : Selected Topics in Investment
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : FIN 210, FIN 363
The topics covered in this course vary from semester
to semester. Each semester, one or more topics will
be chosen by the instructor based on its importance
and relevance to the field of investment. Examples of
potential topics include: behavioral finance, hedge
funds, offshore investment, and private equity
investment
Code & No: FIN 471
Course: Case Studies in Banking

Credits: 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite: FIN 371, FIN 372
To train students to discover, and then to fix in mind,
ways of problem solving that are effective in that field
of banking. The following are some examples of cases
in banking: pricing debt instruments, risk identification
and selection of risk-management techniques, valuing
companies, merger and acquisition, capital adequacy,
systematic risk in banking sector.
Code & No: FIN 472
Course: Banking Simulation
This course covers advanced asset-liability, hedging,
merger/acquisitions and economic value added
strategies for depository financial institutions. Student
practice these strategies by managing their own bank in
computer simulation model. Operations simulated will
include the following: making loans, receiving deposits,
making and receiving inter-bank loans, receiving loans
from CB, issuing and redeeming subordinated debt,
buying and selling treasury securities, distributing
dividends, issuing and repurchasing stock, and selling
mortgage loans. At the end of the semester, each bank
receives points based on: stock price, ROE, debt ratio,
liquidity ratio, loan losses, and interest rate risk.
Code & No: FIN 473
Course: Selected Topics in Banking
Topics that can be covered in this course include: bank
mergers and acquisitions, international banking service
options, use of derivative by banks, pricing of loans
in the presence of global competition, credit crunch,
financial lease, and banking legislations
Code & No: FIN 481
Course: Case Studies in Insurance
Topics that can be covered in this course through real
cases include: calculation of life insurance premiums,
calculation of property and liability insurance premiums,
calculation of suitable life insurance amount, calculation
of indemnity, applications on contribution principles
and subrogation, reinsurance, and risk management.
Code & No: FIN 483
Course: Selected Topics in Insurance
The course covers special topics in the area of risk
management and insurance. Example of such topics
include: common error in buying insurance, the need for
plan, selecting the agent and company, alternatives to
commercial insurance, classification of private insurers,
marketing system, corporations in the insurance
industry, competition and regulations in the insurance
industry, and function of insurers.
Vision:
That the Department of Public Administration,
leading to regional and global level in teaching and scientific research and community service.
Mission:
Meet the needs of public sector professionals and
a scientific and applied research to serve the scientific
community and civil society.
Aims:
Department seeks to achieve the following objectives:
1. Enhancing and developing the knowledge
2.
of Ph .D and Master of Public Administration and
Degrees:
Health and Hospitals Administration.
Graduate
Faculty Members:
attend conferences , seminars and conduct studies
Name
Rank
and research in the field of public administration
Dr. Ahmed Salim Al-Aamri

Dr. Ali Mohammad O. El-adaileh
Dr. Badran Abdulrahman Al-Omar
Dr. Efat Abdullah Alzoghbi
Dr. Hani Y. Khashoggi
Dr. Hizam Al-Mutairi
Dr. Khalid Mohammed Al-Eiban
Dr. Khalid Saad Saeed
Dr. Mazen F. Rasheed
Dr. Moaadi Mohammed Mod-Heb
Dr. Salim Saeed Qahtani
Dr. Saud Mohammed Al Nimr
Dr. Ahmed Nasser Al-Yami
Dr. Dr. Norah A. Abaalkhail
Dr. Nasser Mohammed Al-Fouzan
Dr. Saad Abdullah Alghanim
Dr. Waheed Al-Hindi
Dr. Abdulrahman A. Al-Shammari
Dr. Abdulrahman Omar Al-Barrak
Dr. Abeer Al-Rashed
Dr. Ahmed Al-Shikh
Dr. Dhoha Mahmood Salih
Dr. Haifa Mansour Aldakheel
Dr. Mohammed Abdulah Harran
Dr. Mohammed Alyemeni
Dr. Nasser Ibrahim Altwim
Dr. Sami Mohammed Alhabib
Dr. Tariq Mohammed Alsaloum
Abdulaziz Alnashmi
Abdulrahman Saad Abdulatif
Aljoharah S. Alfozan
Gazeal saad Al-aisa
Huda Mohammed Al-Shehri
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
to promote this area and professional practices of

its own .
4. Provision of advisory services to organizations in
the public sector and non-profit organizations as
needed.
5. To prepare a generation of young people owns
the knowledge and skills necessary to supply the
government agencies and institutions.
About:
The Department public administration started at King Saud University in the year of 1397 AH
(1977) to prepare a generation of young people to
strengthen the government agencies and institutions
by providing them with knowledge and skills necessary to do so. The Department began the program
of the Bachelor and then followed by a Master Program of Health and Hospitals in 1400 H (1980), for
the preparation of highly qualified cadres in the field
of administration and health management in line
with developments in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
When the Department of public was started the aim
was to qualify the public sector employees, so the
Department established masters program in public
administration in (1410 H ) (1990), which considered
as one of the most important graduate programs at(
K S U), with every year hundreds of students applied
to enrolled to the program the department accept a
limited number of them.
3. Support and encourage faculty members to
125
Vision:
Make the department of minaret of science and
knowledge of economy and recognized institute the
Kingdom, the region and the whole world through
distinguished teaching activities and scientific research
which link the university and the Saudi society and fulfils its economical needs.
Mission:

Provide students with economical Knowledge which
include the correct basic theory, tool and methods
of analysis to study economic and administrative
and find the perfect scientific Solutions to the
problems.

Develop students ability in logical economic
thinking and develop the skills in dealing with the
economic reality.
126
Graduate qualified students with highly abilities in

economy and who are able proficient to analyze
and carry out researches in the various fields of
economy.
Provide students with the scientific environment for
research and encourage them by the department
teaching staff and graduate college students.
Serve the society through teaching, training and
spreading of knowledge.
Fill the needs of the country with qualified
economy cadres through training and preparing
students to participate actively in the economical
development.
Expand job opportunities to the graduates through
providing new methods that goes with the need of
labour market in the kingdom.
Aims:
To graduate qualified cadres in economics
who possess the necessary level of knowledge
and skills compatible with the needs of the
job market.
To prepare students for the labor market
equipping them with the scientific knowledge
and skills necessary for increasing their job
opportunities.
To participate in developing knowledge in the
field of economics, and to apply and benefit
from such knowledge through advanced
scientific research.
To participate in solving the economic
problems facing the national economy and
its public and private sectors, through the
provision of consultations, research and
studies whenever needed.
About:
The CBA Department of Economics at King Saud
University was the first economics department to be
established in Saudi Arabian universities. The history of
the department dates back to the year 1957 AD, when
the College of Commerce was founded. Economics and

Political Science shared a single department then, and
only two majors were offered: Economics and Political
Science, and Accounting and Management.
Degree:
Bachelor
Faculty Members:
Faculty Names
Rank
Abdel-Mahmoud M. Abdel-Rahman
Ahmed A. A. Assey
Ahmed Sulaiman Bin Obaid
Asim Tahir Arab
Khalid AL-Dekhail
Khalid Hamad Alqudair
Mamdouh Awad Alkhatib
Said Mohammed Alkhatib
Ahmed A. A. AL-Mohaimeed
Ali Othman Al-Hakami
Hamad A. N. AL-Ghannam
Hamad M. H. AL-Sheikh
Mohammed AL- Jarrah
Norah Abdulrahman Al-Yousef
Said I. Hmidi AL-Amoum
Zayed Fahad AL-Hosan
Abdullah A. AL-Shebel
Abdul-Rahman A.Muhsin Alkhalaf
Abul Asis AL-Sudais
Adnan J. A. AL-Hassan
Ahmed Naser Alrajhi
Ayman Mohammed Hendy
Hamad M. AL-Hoshan
Imtithal AL-Thumairi
Khalid Abdoullah AL-Khothlan
Rashed A. Dossary
Karima M. A. Kamal
Mesfer A. M. Dossary
Mhsaed S. Almasbahi
Mohammed Ghazi AL-Tammam
Mohammed H. AL-Hathloul
Nashwa Mostafa Mohammad
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
IC 104
IC 102
ARAB 103
Total

Bachelor in General Economy

Bachelor in Islamic Banking
General Economy
Study Plan:
MATH 140
ENG 140
CT 140
Total
Hrs.
3
2
8
3
16
Semester-2
Hrs.
ENG 150
MATH 150
MC 140
HLT 140
Total
8
3
2
2
15
English (2)
Calculus
Health & Fitness
ACCT 201
ECON 101
QUA 107
IC 101
ARAB 101
Total
Hrs.
QUA207
ECON 323
ECON xxx
IC 103
Total
Business Statistics
Development of Economics
Thought
Mathematical Economics
Economics Elective
Non-Economics Elective
3
3
3
3
2
17
Semester-7
Hrs.
ECON 312
ECON 414
ECON 416
ECON 426
ECON 312
ECON ***
Total
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
International Trade
Econometrics
Islamic Banking System
Economics Elective
Free Elective

Business
Financial Reporting
Intro. to Statistics in Business
Culture
Hrs.
FIN 371
ECON325
3
3
ECON 425
3
3
ECON 450
Hrs.
2
2
16
Semester-4
ECON 102
FIN 200
3
3
3
3
3
15
Microeconomic Analysis
Macroeconomic Analysis
Money and Banking
Principles of Public Finance
Semester-8
Semester-3
MGT 101
Hrs.
ECON 201
ECON 202
ECON 211
ECON 212
MGT 210
Total
ECON 313
Semester-1
Skills
Math
English (1)
IT
Semester-6
First Program:
CI 140
3
2
2
2
Semester-5
Programs:
Free Elective
Islam & Society Building
Hrs.
Principles of Macroeconomics 3
3
3
ECON xxx
Total
Banking Operations
Assets Management & Finance
in Islamic Banking
Research Seminar (Graduation
Project)
Economics Elective
3
3
3
15
Semester-9
Hrs.
ECON477
ECON xxx
ECON xxx
6
3
3
3
15
Total
Cooperative Training
Economics Elective
Economics Elective
Free Elective
Afaf Abdullah Aba Al-Khail

Aisha Othman Al-Agroush
Amal Abdulaziz Abu-Melha
Amal Hamad Al-Olaian
Amal Shlyyan AL-Ganme
Fawziah Abdullah Al-Kelaby
Heba Fouad Qattan
Lolwa Turky Al-Sedeairy
Maha Salim AL-Alwait
Mashael Fahad Al-Khriji
Nada Mohammed Al-Sewailm
Reem Abdalrhaman Alshegri
127
Semester-6
Second Program:
Bachelor in Islamic Banking
Hrs.
Study Plan:
QUA 207
FIN 230
ECON 314
ECON 323
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Semester-1
ENG140
MATH140
CI 140
CT 140
Total
Hrs.
English (1)
Math
8
2
Learning, Thinking & Research Skills 3
IT
3
16
Semester-2
Hrs.
ENG 150
MATH150
MC 140
HLT 140
Total
8
3
2
2
15
English (2)
Calculus
Health & Fitness

128
ACCT 201
ECON 101
QUA 107
IC 101
ARAB 101
Total

Business
Financial Reporting
Intro. to Statistics in Business
Intro. to Islamic Culture
Hrs.
ECON312
ECON414
ECON 416
ECON 426
ECON xxx
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
International Trade
Econometrics
Islamic Banking System
Economics Elective
Free Elective
Total
Hrs.
Hrs.
FIN 371
ECON 325
3
3
ECON 425
3
3
2
2
16
Semester-4
Hrs.
ECON 102
FIN 200
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
18
IC 102
IC 104
ARAB 103
Total
Semester-7
Semester-8
Semester-3
MGT 101
IC 103
Business Statistics
Financial Markets & Institutions
Islamic Economics
Mathematical Economics
Total
Free Elective
ECON 450
ECONxxx
Total
Banking Operations
Assets Management & Finance
in Islamic Banking
Research Seminar (Graduation
Project)
Economics Elective
3
3
3
15
Semester-9
Hrs.
ECON 477
ECON xxx
ECON xxx
6
3
3
3
15
Cooperative Training
Economics Elective
Economics Elective
Free Elective
Total
Course Description
Code & No: Econ 101
Course : Principles of Microeconomics
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite :
Semester-5
Hrs.
ECON 201
ECON 202
3
3
ACCT 202
ECON 211
ECON 212
Total
Microeconomic Analysis
Macroeconomic Analysis
Principles of Cost &
Managerial Accountancy
Money and Banking
Principles of Public Finance
3
3
3
15
This course aims at providing the necessary theoretical

background for microeconomics theory. It includes: Introduction: definition, methodology, tools of economics, and the economic problem; the price mechanism:
basics of supply and demand, and the market analysis
of consumer behavior, market demand, equilibrium,
and elasticity, theory of production and costs, market
structures, supply and demand for factors of production.
Code & No: Econ 201

Course : Microeconomic Analysis
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : Econ 102
This course aims at developing the theoretical background for microeconomic theory with selected applications. The price system: demand and supply, elasticities: price, income and cross elasticities, analysis of
consumer behavior, production and cost theory, pricing
and market structures: perfect competition, monopoly,
monopolistic competition, oligopoly, theory of distribution, introduction to welfare theory.
Code & No: Econ 202
Course : Macroeconomic Analysis
This course aims at developing the theoretical background for macroeconomic theory with selected applications. Modern theory of consumption, investment: the neoclassical theory of investment, money:
the monetarists and new Keynesian theories, the IS/LM
framework, the aggregate demand: monetary and fiscal
policies, the aggregate supply, the AD/AS framework,
inflation and unemployment.
Code & No: Econ 211
Course : Money and Banking
Credits : 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite : Econ 102
The main aim of this course is to provide the theoretical framework for the study of money, banking, and financial markets. Nature and functions of money. Money
demand and money supply. The financial system and
interest rates. Commercial, Islamic and central banks.
Monetary policy and economic activities. The Monetary system in Saudi Arabia. Money and the international economy.
Code & No: Econ 212
Course : Principles of Public Finance
This course aims at making students understand the
role of the government in modern economies. Macroeconomic models and the market economy. Market failure and the government intervention. Public revenues
and expenditures. Taxes and fiscal policy. The Government budget. Public debt. Evaluation criteria of public
expenditure programs and taxes.
Code & No: Econ 311
Course : Economics of Resources and Environment
This course aims at making students understand the
conceptual framework of economics of resources and
the ecological effects of depleting resources. Economic
resources: definitions and classifications, economics of
renewable resources. Economics of depletable resources. Environmental economics. The economics of human
capital.
Code & No: Econ 312
Course : International Trade
This course aims at developing an understanding of the
role of trade in the global economy. The classical theory of trade. The Neoclassical Theory of Trade. Factor
Endowments and the Heckscher-Ohlin Model. Modern
trade theories. Trade in services. Trade policy: free
trade versus protectionism. Trade Policy in developing
countries. The WTO. The Economic Cartels.
Code & No: Econ 313
Course : Development of Economic Thought
To understand the historical events leading to the
emergence of the different economic theories. Main
economic systems. Economic thought during Feudalism.
Economics of the Renaissances era. The physiocrats and
the Mercantilists, the classical, the communists, the new
classical, the communists, the marginalists. The German
school, the American institutionalists.
Code & No: Econ 314
Course : Islamic Economics
Introduction to the Principles of Islamic economic
thought in economic analysis especially in the area of
banking and finance. The roots of Islamic economic
thought and its framework. Islam and the economic
problem. Consumption and Consumer behavior. Production and Producer behavior. Investment and saving.
The economic role of the public sector. The fiscal system in the Islamic economy. Money and usury: Islamic
financial institutions. The general equilibrium (real and
monetary). Economic development in Islam.
Code & No: Econ 317
Course : Managerial Economics
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite: Econ 102
Code & No: Econ 102

Course : Principles of Macroeconomics
This course Provides the necessary theoretical background for macroeconomics theory. It also includes
concepts of national income, the national accounts, determination of the semester of equilibrium of national
income, money and banking, inflation, foreign trade,
economic growth and development, introduction to
the aggregate demand and aggregate supply model.
129
The course covers the essential principles and tools of

Managerial Economics, the application of microeconomics to management decisions. Students who master this material will be better prepared for leadership
positions in business, not-for profit, and government
entities.
Code & No: Econ 318

Course : Transportation and Insurance Economics
The main emphasis of this course is at discussing the
economic importance of transportation and insurance
sectors, and their role in economic development. Application of analytical tools to study the behavior and
performance of the two sectors, to understand how
they work, and to illuminate the role of the government
in planning and organizing the two sectors.
130
Code & No: Econ 323

Course : Mathematical Economics
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite: Econ 201
The course aims to provide the student with the necessary mathematical tools of analysis for the study of economics. Introduction: calculus. Matrix algebra, Matrices
and system equations. Calculus of multivariable functions, Implicit functions, indifference curves, and Euler
theorem. Constrained and unconstrained optimization.
Linear and nonlinear programming. Duality. Differential
calculus: first and second order.
Code & No: Econ 324
Course : Development Economics
This course aims at developing in students an understanding of the basics of economic development and
the main theories and strategies of development.
Meaning and measurements of economic development.
Characteristics of developing countries. Obstacles of
economic development. The population phenomenon.
Theories of economic development. Economic development strategies. Economic development in Saudi
Arabia.
Code & No: Econ 325
Course : International Finance
This course aims at developing an understanding of
the basic concepts and components of the balance of
payments and the foreign exchange markets. Analyzing
the current developments in the international financial
systems. The foreign exchange market. The balance of
payments. Elasticity and the absorption approach to
the balance of payments. Macroeconomic policy in an
open economy. The monetary approach to the balance
of payments. Fixed, floating and managed exchange

rates. International monetary systems. The International
debt crises of the 1980s and the financial crises of the
1990s.
Code & No: Econ 326
Course : Foreign Trade Policies
This course aims at developing the concepts of foreign
trade policies followed by nations. Analyzing the economic consequences of those policies on welfare and
overall economic performance. Protectionism (theory;
justifications and tools). Tax Barriers. Commercial Barriers. Monetary Tools. Other Non-tax barriers. Trade
Liberalization Paradigm. Economic Cartels. Trade Policy
in Less Developing Countries.
Code & No: Econ 327
Course : Knowledge Economics
This course aims at understanding the basics of economic development and the main theories and strategies of development. Nature of the knowledge economy. Social, cooperative, cultural, creative, ethical, and
intellectual capital. Knowledge and Innovation systems.
Policy analysis for knowledge-based economies. The
endogenous growth theory and the role of knowledge.
Knowledge management. Innovation management.
Knowledge Policy. The university-industry-government
connection.
Code & No: Econ 413
Course : The Economy of Saudi Arabia
The course seeks to achieve two goals: First: To provide
the student with a deeper understanding for the applications of macroeconomic analysis to the domestic Saudi economy, with particular emphasis on the structural
changes that have occurred in its productive structure
through time. Second: To provide the proper methods
that would enable the student to analyze the effects of
various policies on the economy and to raise his ability
to understand and deal with the various macroeconomic issues and problems that face the domestic economy
such as growth, inflation and unemployment.
Code & No : Econ 414
Course : Islamic Banking Services
This course aims at developing an understanding of Islamic banking practices with references to credit and
non-credit aspects, channels of Islamic finance, and the
Shariah-based contracts as adopted by Islamic bank.
Characteristics of Islamic banks. Credit and non-credit
banking services. Islamic finance practices: musharaka,

modaraba, morabaha. Banking manufacturing and construction contracts: Ijara (Lease), Salaam Selling. Sources
of credit in Islamic banks.
zations; the IMF, World Bank; WTO, UNIDO, FAO. Continental Organizations; EC, OECD. Regional Organizations; GCC, COMESA, APEC. Cartels; OPEC
Code & No: Econ 421
Code & No: Econ 417

Course : International Investment
The course aims at increasing the students knowledge
of the patterns and forms of international investment,
and the advantage and disadvantage of each form.
Debt versus Equity Forms. International Production (the
Eclectic Paradigm of John Dunning). Foreign Subsidiaries. Joint Ventures. Licenses. Franchising. Merging and
Acquisition. Managerial Cooperation.
Code & No: Econ 418
Course: Energy Economics
To introduce the basics of markets, and to discuss the
issues and problems of energy with special emphasis on
the economics and markets of oil and gas. Energy resources, developments of demand and supply. Energy
markets: institutional factors that influence oil markets.
Strategic companies in the oil industry. Optimal allocation of energy resources. Production and pricing of energy resources. Recent issue in the oil market and other
energy resources. The role of energy resources in the
economic development of Saudi Arabia.
Code & No: Econ 419
Course : International Economic Organizations
The course aims at increasing the students knowledge
about the role of international and regional economic
organizations in world economy. International Organi-
Course : Feasibility Studies and Project Evaluation

Credits : 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite: Econ 102, FIN 200, MKT 201
The course aims to equip the student with the tools

and methods needed to conduct feasibility studies and
project evaluation and appraisals as demonstrated with
applications on case studies. Basic concepts, market
study, technical Study, financial study, profitability criteria, sensitivity analysis, and socio-economic analysis.
Code & No: Econ 422
Course : Urban and Regional Economics
The course seeks to introduce the analytical tools for
the study of urban spatial structures and the issues
arising in location of households and firms. Urban economics: theory of agglomerations. Analysis of market
place of firm and the Central Place Theory. Analysis
of Proliferation and problems of urban areas. Regional
economics: Analysis of trade and factor movement between regions and economic growth. Growth theories
at regional semesters. Regional problems and policies
that support regional economic growth.
Code & No: Econ 423
Course : Applied Econometrics
To consolidate the students ability to conduct actual
empirical research in the field of Economics starting
from data analysis, specification of econometric models,
estimation involving the choice of appropriate econometric techniques, testing hypotheses and analysis; and
to survey the major areas of possible applications of
applied econometric research using actual studies and
published research as examples.
Code & No: Econ 425
Course : Asset Management and Finance in Islamic banking
Credits :3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : Econ 211, FIN 200

To acquaint the student with the principles of asset and
risk management and the different financing methods
adopted by Islamic banks. Islamic financial products.
Financial procedures. Asset management. Risk management. Challenges faced by the Islamic banking system.
Code & No: Econ 426
Code & No: Econ 416

Course : Econometrics
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : Econ 323, QUA 207
Introduction. Econometric Models. Types of Models. The two variables Linear Regression Model; least
squares estimation, testing, forecasting. Three variable
regressions and nonLinear Models. The general Linear
Model; Ordinary least squares Estimators; properties of
Estimators, Hypothesis testing. Econometric problems
in the OLS Estimation of the GLM: Heteroskedasticity;
Autocorrelation; Errors in variables; Multicollinearity;
Misspecification Analysis; Dummy variables; Lagged
variables. Simultaneous Equation Models: structural
and reduced form models; Estimation problems; Indirect least squares method; two stage least squares.
Computer applications with conventional econometric
packages.
Course: The Islamic Financial System

This course aims at the provision of the basic concepts,
131
general rules, and tools of Islamic banking. Shariaa

constraints to Islamic banking. This course also demonstrates different methods followed to achieve Islamic
targets in banking and finance. Differences between
Traditional and Islamic banking systems. Shariaa rules
in banking transactions. Types if financial transactions
in Shariaa. Budget of Islamic bank. Islamic banking strategy in assets and liabilities management. Developing Islamic financial products. Forms of Islamic debt finance.
Islamic Sukook, Islamic real state funds, derivatives and
hedging funds. Contemporary Issues and challenges:
Islamic banking and the monetary authority. Islamic
banking and Globalization.
Code & No: Econ 427
Course : International Trade Organization
To equip the student with the terminologies, methods,

and operational tools used in international trade contracts. To study the developments leading to the formation of the World Trade Organization (WTO), the role
that it should play in enhancing free international trades
in goods and services and to understand the impact of
the organization on the sectors of the Saudi economy.
132
Code & No: Econ 428

Course : Islamic Financial Products and Innovations
This course consists of discussion on Islamic products
and innovations as offered by Islamic banks. Analysis of
the various economic and Islamic issues related to such
products. Analysis of the products and innovations using the modern Financial Engineering methods.
quirements of industrialization. Government policies.

Industrialization in Saudi Arabia and the G.C.C. countries.
Code & No: Econ 432
Course : Economic Planning
This course aims to equip the students with the essentials of economic planning techniques at the micro,
sectoral and macroeconomic semesters. Definitions and
types of economic planning. Welfare and efficiency issues in economic planning. Market failure. Characteristics and requirements of successful planning. Stages
of economic planning. Planning techniques. Activity
planning approaches, including: investment, consumption, manpower, finance, and foreign sector planning.
Models of planning from selected countries. Economic
planning in Saudi Arabia.
Code & No: Econ 435
Course : Labor Economics
Credits: 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite: Econ 102
The course aims to provide the student with the principles of labor market theory needed to analyze the
various issues that arise in labor markets. Theory of
labor supply and its applications. Investment in human
capital. Labor demand and wage elasticity. The labor
market equilibrium. Wages and distribution theories.
Wage differentials in the market. The Labor market in
Saudi Arabia.
Code & No: Econ 440
Course: Topics in Trade & Finance
Credits: 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite: Econ 325
Code & No :Econ 430

Course : Topics in Islamic banking
This course aims to present added material on the theory, practice, structure, and future direction of Islamic
Finance and to discuss methods intended to overcome
the challenges facing the field. Debt and debt-based
Instruments. Equity and Equity-based Instruments. Innovations and developments in Islamic finance. Sharia
compliance. Issues of regulation and supervision.
Code & No: Econ 431
Course : Industrial Economics
This course discusses application of economic tools of
analysis on industrial issues. The concepts and classification of industries. Industrial structure: concentration
measurement and influences. Firm behavior. Industrial
Performance: Oligopoly models. Importance and re-
The course aims at the provision of a variety of modern

topics in trade and finance that are currently presented
in academic, public and economic forums. Emerging
Markets Economies. Contemporary Foreign Trade. Role
of Multinational Corporations in World Trade. Global
Financial Markets Integration. Pattern of Global Finance
in the 1990s. Recent Financial Crises.
Code & No: Econ 450
Course: Research Project
Credits: 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : Econ 416
To provide the student with the needed methodology,
skill, and training for conducting economic research.
The course consists of two parts: First; the theoretical
background on research methodology in general and
in economics, in particular. Second, to undertake a specific research project on a selected economic issue by
each student under the supervision of the course professor and to present the results of the research in a
final paper.
Vision:
The vision is to make the Marketing Department,
Faculty of Business Administration, King Saud University, and the pioneer in graduating the best qualified
professionals in marketing field in the Middle East.
Mission:
Aims:
To provide students with a strong foundation of
up-to-date marketing knowledge, tools, and skills
so that they can find jobs in the marketing field and
pursue graduate studies.
To provide students with proper training in the
following areas, which are indispensable to their
specialization: computer applications in marketing;
analytical ability and inference; diagnosing and
solving marketing problems; decision-making;
formulating marketing strategies, policies, and
plans; innovativeness and creative thinking; and
knowledge and experience transfer from the world
of academia to the real world.
To develop students capabilities to adjust to
constantly changing technologies and practices in
the field of marketing.
To provide students with the opportunity to
interact with business organizations via research
projects and field training.
About the Department:

Marketing is among the most important activities in
the firm; upon marketing all other activities are based,
and it is considered the vital link between the firm and
its customers. Marketing is concerned with the study of
markets in order to understand customer needs and
desires and provide them with products that satisfy
their needs, and setting the marketing strategies that
guarantee the pricing, distribution, and promotion of
these products in a way that satisfies consumers. This
demands a solid foundation of marketing theories that
provide the marketing specialist with the required
knowledge and skills.
Degrees:
Abdulrahman Yousef Al-Aali

Ahmed A. Soliman
Ahmed A. Alshumaimri
Wafa N Almobaireek
Ahmed A. Almotawa
Omer M Alrayes
Saleh Saad Alqahtani
Sattam D Alshammari
Abdullah M. Aldarrab
Homoud A Alrwais
Luna S. AlYafi AlZuhri
Mussad A Alqusabi
Nourah M Alsubaee
Ruwaida A Albrahim
Soaad Almeshaal
Yasmeen A Akelabi
Abdullah M Alhaidari
Khalid A Alrwwaf
Khalood N Alsaid
Mohammed Saad Al Khalif
Mohanned Almotairi
Noura Ahmad Alhadban
Salwa Fouad Taher
Sultan S Alkhozam
Programs:
Bachelor in Marketing
First Program:
B.Sc. Marketing
Study Plan:
Semester-1
ENG140
MATH 140
MC 140
CT 140
Bachelor
Faculty Members:
Faculty Name
Rank
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Semester-2
English (1)
Introduction to Mathematics
IT
Total
Hrs.
8
2
3
3
16
Prepare students to cope with the modern professional requirements in various marketing jobs sectors through
providing them with skills and knowledge in respect of
their specializations, develop their analysis skills and professional experiences, and improve their abilities to identify and solve problems related to marketing ,as well as
making decisions. The department also provides proper
conditions to enable the teaching staff members increase
their teaching experience and participate effectively to develop marketing knowledge through carrying out scientific
researches and utilize their academic and professional experiences to serve the university and the society.
133
Hrs.
ENG 150
MATH150
8
2
CI 140
HLT 140
ENT 101
English (2)
Calculus
Skills
Health & Fitness
Entrepreneurship
Total
Semester-3
MGT101
ACCT 201
ECON 101
QUA 107
IC 101
ARAB 101
Total

Business
Financial Reporting
Business
Semester-4
ECON102
FIN 200
MIS 201
ACT 202
IC 102
ARAB103
Total
MGT 121
MGT 211
MKT 201
MGT 330
STA 207
IC 103
Total
Semester-6
MGT 371
MKT 301
MKT 302
MKT 303
IC 104
Total
134
Managerial Skills
Managerial Statistics
Consumer Behavior
Marketing Research
Selling Skills & Sales
Management
Elective from Other
Departments
MGT 214
MKT 401
2
1
15
MKT 402
MKT xxx
Hrs.
Total
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Hrs.
3
Management Information Systems 3
Principles of Cost &
3
2
2
Semester-5
Semester-7
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
2
17
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
2
3
17

Responsibility
Marketing Communications
Distribution Management &
Marketing Institutions
Marketing Elective
Non-Marketing Elective
Semester-8
MGT 411
MGT 403
MGT 410
MGT xxx
MGT xxx
..........
Total
Electronic Marketing
Strategic Marketing
Marketing Elective
Free Elective
Semester-9
MKT 420
MKT 477
............
Total
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Hrs.
Contemporary Issues in Marketing 3
Cooperative Training Program 6

Free Elective
3
Course Description:
Code & No: MKT 201
Course : Principles of Marketing
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : MGT 101, Econ 101
A survey of marketing activities in business and nonprofit organizations. The course explains marketing
principles, concepts, and activities in domestic and
international markets and how these activities are affected by the cultural, social, economic, competitive,
technological, and legal environments surrounding
marketers. It also explains the role played by the marketing function in achieving organizational objectives
and in sustaining the national economy. Discussion includes planning, implementation, and control of marketing programs using the four marketing mix elements:
product, price, place, and promotion.
Code & No: MKT 301
Course : Consumer Behavior
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : MKT 201
The study of buying and consumption behavior of individuals and families and the various factors influencing
their buying decisions including cultural, social, psychological, and situational factors. The course discusses the
principles, concepts, and theories with roots in other
social sciences and apply them to the purchasing and
consumption behavior of individuals. Special attention
is given to the ways in which these principles, concepts,
and theories can be applied effectively to marketing
strategies.
Code & No: MKT 303

Course : Salesmanship & Sales Management
This course focuses on two areas: personal selling and
sales management. In regard to personal selling, the
course discusses the selling process and its stages as
well as selling methods and techniques. As to sales management, the course covers the functions of sales management, sales organization, planning selling activities,
determining selling areas, controlling selling activities,
and establishing, organizing, managing, compensating,
motivating, supervising, and evaluating the performance of the sales force.
Code & No: MKT 304
Course : Global Marketing
Credits : 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite : MKT 201
This course focuses on the key issues of global marketing management including decision making processes
of global managers in determining policies regarding
marketing planning, marketing mix strategies, and organizing and controlling global operations in a complex
and constantly changing business environment.
Code & No: MKT 401
Course : Marketing Communications
This course focuses on contemporary approaches to
marketing communications and how they can be integrated with effective marketing strategy. These include
advertising, personal selling, sales promotional techniques, publicity, internet marketing, direct marketing
and beyond. It will provide a knowledge base that will
allow students to research and evaluate a companys
promotional activities and use this information in developing effective communication programs and strategies.
Code & No: MKT 402
Course : Distribution Management & Marketing Institutions
This course discusses the theories, principles, systems,
and practices that are related to the movement of goods
and services from producing companies to final users. It
explains the processes of designing and managing distribution channels in industrial, consumer, and service
markets. The course examines the economic and behavioral problems emanating between producers and
middlemen. It also studies the methods and techniques
of the physical distribution of goods.
Code & No: MKT 403
Course : Electronic Marketing
This course explains the increasing influence of information technology on modern-day marketing strategies and practices. Through lectures, discussions, and
projects, the student gains basic understanding of the
ways in which the Internet combined with information
systems are used in marketing activities. Students must
be knowledgeable with the use of computers, common
Internet languages such as HTML, and Internet tools

such as World Wide Web browsers, electronic mail, and
search engines. The course includes hands-on exercises/
projects to be implemented on the Internet.
Code & No: MKT 410
Course : Strategic Marketing
This course focuses on the processes of planning, organizing, implementing, and controlling the marketing
activities of the firm. It provides full coverage of both
short-term and strategic planning of marketing activities and its relationship to corporate strategic planning.
It also discusses how to develop a strategic marketing
plan considering all internal and external environmental
factors. Strategic analytical tools are further discussed
in order to achieve a strong competitive position for
the firm in the market.
Code & No: MKT 420
Course : Contemporary Issues in Marketing
This course discusses a number of current issues in
marketing, which attract the attention of marketing
researchers and practitioners at the time this course is
offered. The course allows students to evaluate the effects of recent developments in marketing thought and
practice on the marketing strategies and programs of
business firms. It combines lectures with discussions,
readings, exercises, homework, literature review, and
presentations of invited researchers and marketing executives. Course topics may vary from one semester to
the other.
Code & No: MKT 452
Course : Service Marketing
The course focuses on the marketing activities, practices, and plans of two types of firms: firms offering
intangible services, and firms producing and selling
goods that are combined with services. It discusses
service characteristics, the differences between goods
marketing and services marketing and their effects on
the marketing strategy of services, consumer behavior
in service purchase, service marketing mix, consumers
evaluation of service quality, and how to build strong
and long-lasting relationships with service customers.
Code & No: MKT 454
Course : Industrial Marketing
This course provides a comprehensive overview of the
ways in which business services and industrial products
are marketed to businesses, institutions, government
bodies and resellers. Topics include understanding
organizational buying behavior, facilitating the buyer/
seller dyad, forming strategic alliances and networks,
formulating industrial marketing strategy, developing
and administering industrial products and services,
negotiations and bidding tactics, promoting industrial
products and industrial selling, trade shows, and Internet integration into business marketing.
Code & No: MKT 455
Course : Product Management
This course discusses the importance of new product
development, its stages, analysis, evaluation techniques,
and alternative methods of market testing. The course
also explains the role and responsibilities of the product
manager, the category manager, and the brand manager in contemporary organizations under prevailing stiff
competition, and the challenges and opportunities associated with the introduction of new products.
Code & No: MKT 302

Course : Marketing Research
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : QUA 207 , MKT 201
This course introduces the student to the basic concepts and processes of marketing research and to its
role in modern business environment. It discusses the
methodology used in gathering, recording, analyzing,
and interpreting marketing data to aid executives in
making marketing decisions. The course stresses realworld practices of marketing research, in addition to
the theoretical aspects and statistical techniques.
135
Vision:
The vision is to achieve Academic quality and excellence on the regional and international level.
Mission:
Accounting department aims to prepare students
scientifically and professionally for the precise major in accounting, auditing, costs, and accounting
information systems so as to comply with the Saudi
environment requirements and economical, social,
technological changes that could occur for the purpose of establishing professional national human resources.
Aims:
The CBA Department of Accounting aims mainly to

grant B. Sc, M. Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in Accounting. It
also aims to serve the Saudi society through active participation in developing the profession of accounting
and auditing, as it has done for the last 25 years. In fact,
it has played a pioneering role in this respect.
136
About:
The CBA Department of Accounting started at King
Saud University as part of a 2-major department at the
College of Commerce in 1957 AD. Then, it became an
independent department at the then College of Administrative Sciences in 1959/1960. In other words, it
is the oldest department of accounting in the Kingdom
of Saud Arabia.
Degree:
Bachelor
Faculty Members:
Faculty Name
Rank
Abdul-Rahman Ibrahim A.Al-Humaid

Osama Fahad Al-Heizan
Saad Saleh Abdullah Alrwaita
Saleh Rashed Al-Amari
Sultan Mohammad Al-Sultan
Wabil Ali Alwabil
Ahmed Abdel Malik Mohamed
Ahmed Said Kotb Hassanain
El-Refai Ibrahem Mobarak
Eman Ahmed Amin Mogahed
Gouda Abd El-Raouf Zaghloul
Ibrahim Al-Sayed El-Meligy Shehatah
Modather Taha Abou El-Khair
Mohammed Hamad Al-Moghaiwli
Mohammed Sultan Alsehali
Mostafa Rashed El-Abady
Safaa Mohammed Abdeldaim
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Saleh Suliman Eid

Waleed Mohammad Al-Shabani
Ahmed Zakaria Zaki Osemy
Ahmmed El-Hadi Karim Eldin
Amal Abdulhadi Mohammad Fouda
Ayman Ahmed Shitaiwi
Emad Said Al-Zomor
Hatem Rashad M. Abd El-Fattah
Mohamed Ahmed Farag Malik
Mohammed Saleh Al-Tasan
saleh Hamad Al-Shinifi
abdulrahman M. Al-Benyan
Adwa .A. AL-Naim
Asmaa Abdul-Aziz Fares AL Fares
Emaan .A. AL-Aqeel
Hanan bin Mahfooz
Hesham H. Ahmed Abo Al-Nas
Ibrahim A. Alrashed
Mouneera Abuallah Al Wahaibi
Muneera .M.AL-Hammadi
Nawal A. Ibrahem Albrahem
Nibal Ahmed Al-Hushan
Raedah Aboudllah. Abunayan
Wafaa Hamad Al-Al-Sheikh
Waheed Abdel HAdy M. Hamza
Yasir AbdulAziz Al-Nafgan
Ahmed Abdullah Al-Monif
Hana Hasan Abduh Al-Marhabi
Hayat Mohsen Al-yafie
Khaled Rashed Al-Odeem
Reem Hasan Mohammad Al-Salahi
Saleh Muhammed Saleh Al-Tassan
Abdulaziz Ali Hasan Alqahtani
Abduallah Ibrahem Al-Dekhail
Omar A. Hamad Al-hamad
Faisal Saleh Alsalihi
Kayan .M. AL-balawi
Layla.M.AL-Kahtany
Lina .A. Baarimah
Mohammad Salman A. Al-Salman
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Programs:
ENG 150
MATH 150
MC 140
HLT 140
Hrs.
English (1)
Math
8
2
Learning, Thinking & Research Skills 3
IT
3
16
English (2)
Calculus
Health & Fitness
Total
Semester-3
IC 104
MGT 214
ACCT 318
FIN 230
17
IC 101
Introduction to Islamic Culture 2
ARAB 101
16
Hrs.
2
3
3
Capital Markets and Institutions 3

Financial Transactions in
3
Islamic Fiqh
17
Hrs.
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for Zakat and Tax
ACCT 415

Responsibilities
ACCT 414
ACCT 433
ACCT 401
3
3
Hrs.
Non-Accounting Elective
Semester-7
Hrs.
Intro to Statistics in Business
Semester-4
3
Systems
Intermediate Accounting (1) 3
IC 102
QUA 107
Total
Business Law
ECON 102
Hrs.
8
3
2
2
15
ECON 101
ACCT 201
LAW121
LAW 204

Business
Financial Reporting
MGT 101
Semester-6
Study Plan:
Semester-2
Total
B. Sc. Accounting
ENG 140
MATH 140
CI 140
CT 140
Total
IC 103
ACCT 317
First Program:
Hrs.
MKT201
MIS 201
Bachelor in Accounting
Semester-1
Semester-5

Managerial Accounting and
Decision Making
Financial Reports Analysis
Total
.......
ACCT xxx
ACCT 447
ACCT 444
Total
3
18
Semester-8
ACCT 421
Accounting in Specialized
Enterprises
Free Elective
Accounting Elective
Accounting in Islamic Banking
Auditing and Assurance Services
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
15
FIN 201
Principles of Cost and

Accounting for Government
and Non-Profit Organizations
ACCT
Accounting Elective
MGT 121
Organizational Behaviour
ACCT477
Internship
LAW101
Principles of Law
......
ARAB 103
......
Free Elective
Total
16
Total
15
ACCT 202
ACCT 311
3
3
Semester-9
Hrs.
Mohammad Sulaiman Al-Gaihab

Manal Othman Ali Al-Magroush
Maha Ibrahem Hamza Al-Harbi
Nasir Mohammed Al-Sadoon
Noura .A. AL-Madi
Hanaa Ali Ibrahem Al-Magames
137
Course Description:
Code & No: ACCT 201
Course : Principles of Accounting and Financial Reporting
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite :
The course aims at providing an understanding of accounting. It focuses on the accounting system, principles
and practices of financial accounting, and preparing of
financial reports in business and services proprietorships. In addition, the course introduces the principles
of financial reports analysis.
Code & No: ACCT 202
Course : Principles of Cost Managerial Accounting
Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite : ACCT 201
This course aims at helping in understanding principles
and owners equities, especially in corporations, in addition to some special topics in accounting such as accounting changes and corrections, special cases in revenue recognition, and the cash flow statement.
Code & No: ACCT 401
Course : Advanced Accounting
Credits : 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite : ACCT 318
The objective of this course is to provide an understanding of business combination and related accounting processes, especially understanding the accounting
for business combination resulting in merger or controlling interests requiring consolidation of financial statements. In addition, the course provides an understanding of accounting for branches and foreign currencies
transactions, and accounting principles for partnerships.
of cost and managerial accounting, especially providing

the role of cost and managerial accounting in business
environment, cost concepts and classification, cost-volume-profit analysis, cost reports for decision making,
cost allocation, and product cost systems.

Code & No: ACCT 311
Course : Accounting for Government and Non-Profit
Organizations
Course : Accounting for Zakat and Tax

The objective of the course is to provide the basic concept of Zakat & Tax accounting from both theory and
practice perspectives and filling Zakat & Tax returns according to Zakat system & Income Tax laws in the Kingdom.

This course aims at introducing concepts of accounting
and financial reports under fund theory governmental
units and non-profit organizations and the accounting
system in governmental units.
Code & No: ACCT 317
Course : Intermediate Accounting (1)
Code & No: ACCT 415

Course : Financial Reports Analysis
This course is concerned with the basics and techniques
of analysis of financial reports, forecasting, and business
valuation. In addition, the course deals with the basics
of fundamental analysis and the role of financial analysis
in investment, credit, and merger decisions.
This course provides an introduction to the conceptual

framework of financial accounting and an understand-
Code & No : ACCT 421 Course : Accounting In Spe-
ing of the practices regarding measurement, presenta-
cialized Enterprises
tion, and disclosure of assets and reporting them according to accounting standards that are approved in
KSU.
Code & No: ACCT 318
Course : Intermediate Accounting (2)

This course introduces the accounting principles of
measurement and reporting accounting information in
some specialized entities in the Saudi business environment, especially banks, insurance companies, petroleum-producing companies, and real state firms.

The course provides an understanding of principles
138
Code & No: ACCT 414
measurement, presentation, and disclosure of liabilities
Code & No: ACCT 433

Course : Managerial Accounting and Decision-Making
of funds in Islamic banks , the conceptual framework of
This course develops understanding of managerial ac-
accounting for Islamic banks, accounting information
counting concepts, systems, as well as their applications
system in Islamic banks, elements and characteristics,
for making operational and capital decisions. It also
measurement, and disclosure and presentation in the
presents the different approaches to studying mana-
financial statements of Islamic banks, using Accounting
gerial accounting, budgeting, variances analysis using
and Auditing Standards for Islamic banks issued in the
budgets and standard costs, valuation of capital pro-
Kingdom of Bahrain.
posals, performance evaluation, transfer pricing, and

utilizing accounting information in the decision-making
Code & No: ACCT 461
process.
Course : Accounting Information Systems

Credits : 3 (3+0+0) Pre-requisite: ACCT 401
Code & No: ACCT 444
This course introduces the definition and basic con-
Course: Auditing and Assurance Services
cepts of accounting information systems [AIS], system
types, its components, design, implementation, evalua-
This course provides an understanding of the theoreti-
tion, and development. The course also introduces da-
cal as well as practical aspects of financial statements,
tabases and information technology, relevant controls
auditing and reporting about the fairness of those
and security procedures with respect to AIS.
statements. In addition, the course introduces other

assurance services that are provided by audit firms to
Code & No: ACCT 465
their clients.
Course : Computerized Accounting Applications

This course is designed to provide training and some
Course : Accounting Theory
basic skills on computers, which are needed in practice.
Emphasis is placed on practical aspects of computer
The course introduces the conceptual framework and
applications, being applications packages that can be
theoretical and philosophical bases of accounting espe-
used by the accountant in business organizations, or in-
cially financial accounting. In addition, it introduces the
tegrated accounting software.
different methodologies and approaches to building

accounting theory. The course also gives special atten-
Code & No: ACCT 471
tion to Saudi financial accounting standards.
Course : Control and Internal Auditing

Code & No: ACCT 435
The course introduces internal control systems (manual
Course : Cost Management
and automated) and designing and evolution of these
systems. The course also aims at defining the theoreti-
This course provides an understanding of using cost
cal and practical aspects of internal auditing through
management tools for influencing cost data which is
studying the standards of internal auditing rules of cod
provided by cost accounting for achieving the accu-
of professional ethics.
racy in the cost measurement process, cost reduction,

continuous improvements, strategic cost analysis, and
Code & No: ACCT 477
strategic performance measurement for enhancing the
Course : Internship
competitive advantage of business enterprises.

This course is designed to provide training Report
Code & No: ACCT 447

Course : Accounting in Islamic Banking
This course explains: Islamic Banking, its rationale and
objectives, basics of Islamic banking , sources and use
Writing and some related basic skills needed for practice. It enhances the already learned academic skills in
Credits : 3 (3+0+0)Pre-requisite : ACCT 433

Code & No: ACCT 416
order to prepare graduates for fieldwork in selected

organizations under academic supervision.
139
Vision:
To prepare qualified staff to work in the business
sector that is capable of dealing with the administrative information systems either from the analysis, design or implementation view. They should also have
the skill of dealing with the procedure of making the
management decision and the methods of modern
management, beside their outstanding skill in information reading and quantitative data to be included
in the administrative information system in order to
process it in a scientific way and outputs that serve the
decision maker.
Mission:
Our mission is to graduate management information systems leaders dedicated to the betterment of
society. Towards this mission, the MIS Department provides a high quality education to top calibre students
from all segments of the Arab society as well as from
other countries. It focuses on continuous improvement
and excellence in learning, intellectual contributions
and community service.
140
Aims:
In support of its mission, the MIS Department aims
to achieve the following goals:
Providing a high quality contemporary-style

management information systems education
that blends a global perspective with national
cultures and is relevant to the needs of the
Arab region.
Providing programs that encourage the
development of an entrepreneurial spirit that
emphasizes creativity, innovation, individual
initiative and teamwork.
Providing a learning environment that fosters
faculty-student communication and promotes
lifelong learning and career development.
Encouraging faculty development activities
that improve teaching, maintain competence
and that keep faculty abreast with ideas and
concepts in their field.
Developing a portfolio of intellectual
contributions to learning and pedagogy, to
practice, and to the theory and knowledge
base of the disciplines.
Encouraging close partnerships with the
business and scientific communities through
consultancies and service that enhance
the intellectual and economic quality of
Arab countries while enriching the learning
process.
About:
The Department of Management Information
Systems [MIS] provides its students with the skills
of designing, building, and managing the management information systems that support businesses.
The CBA Management Information Systems specialization focuses on analyzing, designing, implementing, and using the principle of the computerized
information systems in the business environment.
Degree:
Bachelor
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Dr. Firas M. Alkhaldi

Dr. Hasan Al-Sakran
Dr. Othman Ibrahim Alsalloum
Dr. Sulaiman Al-Hudhaif
Dr. Fahad T. Bin Muhaya
Dr. Mohammed A. T. Al-Sudairy
Dr. Qasem Kharma
Dr. Sami Al Homod
Dr. Yasser Mohamed Ibrahim Sabri
Abdul Aziz M.Maghamis
Dr. Irina serguievskaia
Imdadullah Hidayat-ur-Rehman
Maiadah A.Alfawaz
Mohammad Ahmad Aljawarneh
Najla Musthafa
Shartaj Fatima
Shehzad Khalid Ghani
Syeda Shaheda Siddiqui
Zia ul haq Paracha
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Programs:
B.SC. Degree in Business Administration (Management
Information Systems)
Study Plan:
Hrs.
Semester-1
IC 104
MGT 210
FIN 250
2
3
3
CI 140
CT 140
Total
English (1)
Math
Skills
IT Skills
Semester-2
ENG 150
MATH 150
MC 140
HLT 140
Total
English (2)
Calculus
Health & Fitness
Semester-3
Hrs.
8
2
3
3
16
Hrs.
8
3
3
2
16
Hrs.
ECON 101

Business
Financial Reporting
QUA 107
Intro to Statistics in Business
MGT 101
ACCT 201
3
3
MIS 333
MIS 350
Total
Semester-7
MIS 354
MGT 371
MIS 429
MIS437
MIS xxx
.........
Total
Semester-8
IC 101
MIS xxx
MGT 411
ARAB 101
MGT 214
Total
16
Semester-4
FIN 200
MIS 201
MKT 201
Systems
Hrs.
3
3
3
Non-MIS Elective
IC 102
ARAB 103
Total
16
Semester-5
ECON 102
Hrs.
IC 103
CSC 111
Computer Programming
QUA 204
Linear Algebra in Business
MIS 213
Database
Information Systems Analysis
& Design (1)
Total
MIS 215
Semester-6
3
18
Enterprise Resource Planning

(ERP)
Network & Communication
Management
E-business
MIS Elective
Non-MIS Elective
MIS 460
MIS xxx
Total
MIS Elective
Responsibility
Project Management in IT
MIS Elective
Semester-9
MIS 477
MIS xxx
CO-OP Training in MIS

MIS Elective
Non-MIS Elective
Free Elective Course
Total
3
3
3
17
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
15
Hrs.
6
3
3
2
14
Course Description:
Code & No: MIS 201
Course : Management Information Systems
This course deals with: the basic concept of management information systems; management information
systems and operations; strategy and information system; system in solving management problems; information technology: machines, information technology
programs, communications, databases and file processing, and organization of systems automation (offices
automation).
ENG 140
MATH 140

Principles of Information
Systems Security
Decision Support System
Expert Systems
Free Elective Course
141
142
Code & No: MIS 213

Course: Databases
Credits: 3 (3+2+1)Pre-requisite: MIS 201
The course deals with: the roles of data; the role of databases in the development of management information systems; models in relational databases; relational
model constraints; (SQL) data retrieval languages; the
security and database management; and practical application of the development of databases in business
management.
Code & No: MIS 333

Course : Principle of Information System security
Credits : 3 (3+2+1) Pre-requisite : MIS 201
The course Introduces the field of information security.
Topics include: Introduction to Information System Security; the need for security; the issues of professional,
ethical and legal security of information; risk management: discrimination and risk assessment; risk management: assessment and control of risk and planning for
sustainability; technical security.
Code & No: MIS 215

Course : Information System Analysis and Design (1)
Credits : 3 (3+2+1)Pre-requisite : MIS 201
The course explains: the life cycle of systems development; the role of systems analysts; methods and relations in systems development; ways of developing
structural systems; the development of systems; systems evaluation and selection, in the process of systems
development, and case studies.
Code & No: MIS 350

Course : Decision Support System and Expert Systems
The course introduces students to the concepts of
artificial intelligence and how to build an integrated
decision support system. Topics include: methods for
evaluating decision support systems, modeling and
analysis of the development of decision support systems data management, modeling and administration
user interface, the concepts of artificial intelligence and
intelligent systems, including the evidentiary rules of
the cases, and expert systems, rules systems semesters.
Code & No: MIS 321

Course : Advanced Databases
The course deals with: advanced concepts in database
management system; database concept, database management system, database levels( conceptual, external,
internal), the requirements of database management
system, the concept of data independence - database
design models: network model, hierarchical model, relational model - database development stages - description of the conceptual and logical design for relational
database - introduction to SQL database language - client server - object oriented database - the integration
of database management systems with others programs
case studies in the database management systems using MS ACCESS or ORACLE.
Code & No: MIS 323
Course : Information System Analysis and Design (2)
The course aims to enhance the students ability in systems design and analysis. Topics covered include: revision of the systems development life cycle, the study
methods and analysis of existing systems, development
of standards business solutions, the design rationale for
the action and data, evaluation and selection of systems, the development of internal systems and prefabricated systems, systems implementation, and cases of
the implementation of systems.
Code & No: MIS 354

Course : Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
The course covers the following: an introduction to ERP
systems; business process mapping and reengineering;
metadata; data validity and legal requirements; business processes (e.g. purchasing, manufacturing and
HRM) and ERP systems; customization; extension and
configuration. In addition, the course, in parallel with
the lectures, requires students to complete a project
in which they will have to prepare for the choice and
implementation of an ERP system in a company.
Code & No: MIS 366
Course : Web-based Applications
The course provides an introduction to Web-based
systems and an overview about the latest technologies in web-based systems. It also provides knowledge
of Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) or Dynamic
HTML (DHTML), XML along with some knowledge of a
scripting language. In addition, it provides a hands-on
to a number of tools and technologies that are utilized
in developing Web-based applications.
Code & No: MIS 419
Course : Knowledge Management and Data Mining
Code & No: MIS 429

Course : Networks and Communications Management
The course aims to enhance students abilities to use
and mange computer networks in MIS. Topics include:
introduction and definition of computer networks and
communications concept, computer networks and the
projects of management information systems, internet
and its applications, and case studies.
Code & No: MIS 431
Course : Selected Topics in Management Information Systems(1)
This course discusses new topics which could not be
included in the courses of Management Information
Systems: the difficulties faced by the application of the
ERP project; techniques of modern telecommunications
and application management; applications of functional
information systems; the difficulties faced in the establishment and management of information centers.
Code & No: MIS 433
Course : Information Security Policies
The course intends to increase students ability in
managing information security. Topics covered: the
information system security policy; measuring communication; security management according to the BSI
standard; planning the development of security applications; security structure; the management of security
operations; business continuity planning; the types of
encryption and electronic signatures; methods of protection and means; and the physical security management.
Code & No: MIS 437
Course : Electronic Business
Credits : 3 (3+2+1) Pre-requisite: MIS 350
The course introduces: the principles and concepts of
E-business: the types of e-business solutions; planning
and design of e-business solutions; e-business solutions
in various business sectors; integrated information systems; e-government; e-payment system; the legal and
ethical dimensions of e-business solutions; risk manage-
ment in e-business solutions; new trends in e-business

solutions; case studies in e-business solutions.
Code & No: MIS 444
Course : Functional Business System
The course aims to provide students with knowledge
regarding all business systems related to MIS. Topics
include: introduction and principles to MIS business
functions; Health Information Systems; Geographical
Information Systems; Accounting Information Systems;
Planning Information Systems; Learning management
Information Systems; other functional systems, and case
studies.
Code & No: MIS 460
Course : Project Management in Information Technology
The course intends to introduce concepts, principles
and methods of project management in IT. Topics include: the features and benefits of information technology projects; the main stages in project management;
management and responsibility; time and resource
planning; scheduling and control; quality and cost; risk
management in project management; the role of project manager and the evolution of project management;
develop and document the request for proposals; evaluation and selection; the documentation of the projects; tools used in project management; project management standards; case studies in the management of
IT projects.
Code & No: MIS 466
Course : Selected Topics in Management Information Systems (2)
This course discusses new topics related to latest technologies which could not be included in the courses of
management information systems, such as: supply chain
management; customer relation management; E-learning; M-learning; and other management information
systems related topics.
Code & No: MIS 477
Course : Co-op Training in MIS
Credits: 6 (6+0+0)Pre-requisite: MIS 333
The cooperative training course is required of all the
MIS students, and it may include a graduation project
that should be submitted to the students advisor. This
training course is meant to help the students to get the
right practices and skills related to MIS in the market.

The course presents: principles and concepts of knowledge management and Data Mining; knowledge and
learning; information technology and KDD; planning
and evaluation of knowledge management; case study
in knowledge management; data mining.
143
Vision:
Our vision is to be a leader in quantitative analysis
at the regional level, and to reinforce the vision of the
University and the College of Business Administration.
Mission:
The mission of the department is to support scientific research and contribute to providing the business
sector with qualified specialists capable of dealing with
information and data in a scientific way, beneficial to
decision-makers. It involves providing the CBA programs with the required support courses in quantitative analysis.
Aims:
144
To encourage researchers to study and

analyze scientific and practical problems.
To serve our community and business sector
to employ quantitative methods that serve
decision-making process.
To advance scientific research using
quantitative analysis.
To use the latest information technology
tools to serve quantitative analysis and other
business area
About:
The Quantitative Analysis Department is one of the
CBA academic departments. It has been established in
recognition of the importance of quantitative analysis
in supporting undergraduate and graduate programs in
business. It offers quantitative analysis courses to the
other CBA programs. In the meantime, it is planning its
own graduate degree-awarding programs.
Degrees:
Bachelor
Master
PhD
Dr. M. Abdulaziz Al-ahmed

Dr. Saeed Hofan Al-Garni
Abdullah Muazi Al-Harbi
Ayman Alsaid
Hesa Saleh Al-Awwad
Hussein Ali Alenezi
Mohammed A. Al-Alsheikh
Najwan Alsadat
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Study Plan:
QUA 107
QUA 127
QUA 204
QUA 205
QUA 207
QUA 217
QUA 227
QUA 307
QUA 317
QUA 407
Business
Mathematics of Finance
Linear Algebra in Business
Statistical Data Analysis
Business Statistics
Management Science (1)
Actuarial Statistics
Business Forecasting
Management Science (2)
Systems Simulation
Hrs.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Course Description:
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Dr. Ahmed Darwesh Abid

Dr. Aminah Ali Saleh
Dr. Ibrahim Ahmed Hamoudah
Dr. Ali Mohammad Al-Jumaah
Dr. Maher Badwi
Dr. Mahmoud Mostafa El_Sherbiny
Dr. Rashid Mohammad Al-Hamali
Dr. Ahmad Abdurahman Al-Hammad
Dr. Ahmed Saleh Alsalem
Dr. Emad Abd-elgalil Ali Ismail
Dr. Fuad Abdullah Al-Awaad
Dr. Ibrahim Abdullah. Aljasser
Dr. Khalid Musa AlTassan
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Code & No: QUA 107

Course : Introduction to Statistics in Business
Credits : 3 (3+0+1) Pre-requisite: Math 140
This survey statistics course deals with: basic concepts,
statistical data, population and random samples, sampling methods, methods of data collection, questionnaires, tabular and graphical presentation of data,
measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion,
definition of probability, probability axioms, probability space, conditional probability, independent events,
addition and multiplication rules, Bayes theorem , random variables and probability distributions, simple
regression and correlations, time series (general trend
equation), index numbers. Suitable software packages
are employed in the course.
Code & No: QUA 204

Course : Linear Algebra in Business
Credits : 3 (3+0+1) Pre-requisite : Math 140
The course examines matrices and their operations.
Topics covered include: vector Space: definition of
vector space, linear independence and dependence,
basis, dimension, orthogonality, dot and vector product - matrices: rank, elementary row and column operations and their use in finding rank, inverse and solving
linear equations systems, matrix partitions, eigen values
and eigen vectors, quadratic forms, differentiation of
the matrices.
Code & No: QUA 205
Course : Statistical Data Analysis
Credits : 3 (3+0+1) Pre-requisite : QUA 107
The course explores data measurements; questionnaire
design; methods of collecting field data; automation of
data: entering, tabulating and transforming data; representing data graphically; methods of data analysis;
methods of statistical inference (review). The course
also introduces multivariate data analysis: multivariate
logistic analysis, principal components, factor analysis,
discriminant and classification analysis, cluster analysis. The SPSS package is used to analyze and interpret
data.
Code & No: QUA 207
Course : Business Statistics
This course reviews: probability and distributions
with emphasis on the normal distribution; sampling
distributions for the mean, proportion, variance, difference between two means, and difference between
two proportions; estimation of population parameters,
point estimation and interval estimation for the mean,
proportion, variance, difference between two means,
difference between two proportions, and the ratio of
two variances; tests of statistical hypotheses: basic definitions, testing hypothesis about the mean, proportion,
difference between two means, difference between
two proportions, variance, and the ratio of two variances. Suitable software packages are utilized.
Code & No: QUA 217
Course : Management Science (1)
This course is an introductory course to operations

research for solving managerial problems and the concept of model building. Topics include: basic concepts
of linear programming and its economic and managerial
applications in the allocation of resources and investment planning; general formulation, graphical solution, the simplex method, the transportation problem,
duality theorem, shadow prices, the principle of complementarily, sensitivity analysis to parameters of the
program: the lower limit of decreasing resources and
the upper limit of increasing them without affecting
shadow prices, the lower limit of decreasing the profit
and the upper limit of increasing it without affecting the
optimal production planning, economic interpretation.
Software packages are used.
Code & No: QUA 227
Course : Actuarial Statistics
The course is an introductory course to actuarial sciences. Topics include: the relation between independent death rates, calculation of death rates from first
principles, exposed to risk theorem: the different kinds
of rate intervals and death rates in each case, calculation
of death rates by census method, applications of methods of calculation of death rates in practice, dependent
rates and their relation with independent rates, multiple
decrement tables: the use of the exposed risk theorem
in constructing these tables, different sickness rates and
relations between them.
Code & No: QUA 307
Course : Business Forecasting
Credits : 3 (3+0+1) Pre-requisite
: QUA 207
This course is an advanced forecasting course. Topics
include: importance of forecasting, usage and problems; forecasting methods: moving averaging methods, exponential smoothing methods (simple, double
and triple), ARMA, ARIMA models for stationary and
non-stationary time series including estimation of parameters of the model, diagnostic checking and use of
the model in forecasting time series. Suitable software
packages are used.
Code & No: QUA 317
Course : Management Science (2)
This course is the second of a two-series course that
deals with operations research. Topic include: concepts
and managerial application to methods in mathematical
programming; integer programming, multi-objectives
programming, goal programming, dynamic programming and non-linear programming. Suitable software
packages are used.
Code & No: QUA 407
Course : Systems Simulation
The course focuses on: concepts and basic principles
in simulation systems; development methodology for
system simulation; applications for simulation systems
in solving problems and decision making; role of data
in simulation systems; modeling systems and their use
in simulation systems; use of the electronic tables in
simulation systems; software in simulation systems; case
studies in simulation systems.
Code & No: QUA 127

Course : Mathematics of Finance
Credits : 3 (3+0+1) Pre-requisite : Math 140
This course deals with mathematics employed in finance. Topics include: the general law of simple interest, true and commercial interest, present value and
discount, the sum of annuities, certain using fixed and
variable simple interest rates, and some practical applications on simple interest including methods of redemption of short term loans, modification of loans and
saving accounts. The general law of compound interest: the sum, present values and discount, the nominal
rate of compound interest, the calculation of the sum
and present value of annuities , certain with fixed and
variable compound rates of interest, some practical applications on compound interest including methods of
redemption of long term loans, modification of loans
and redeemable securities.
145
146
Co l l ege o f L aw an d
Po l it i cal S c i e n ce
147
Contact:
Dean: 4674351
Secretary General: Tel.: 4674350,
Fax: 4674216
Vice Dean for Academic Affairs: 4674349
Secretary of the proxy for Academic Affairs:
4674348,
Fax: 4679745
Vice Dean for Development and Quality 467433
Secretary and Vice-Dean for Development & Quality:
4674370,
Fax 4679359
Zip Code 11577
Pp. B 70566th
College of Law and Political Science
Mission :
Providing distinguished education, research and
production of innovative services to society and
contribute in building the knowledge of the economy,
through the preparation of highly qualified cadres in
various specializations with degrees in scientific research
and academic studies and practical excellence, and
participating in anything that might service community
development.
Vision:
That the Faculty of Law and Political Science at King
Saud University College becomes the leading college in
the Arab world and internationally.
About:
The Faculty of Political Science and regulations was
established in the year 1427, under the Higher Education
Council decision on the partition to the College of
Administrative Sciences. Previously it was called the
Faculty of Political Science and Regulations. Although
the Faculty of Political Science and Regulations is one of
the newest colleges at the university, but the divisions
in the Department of Political Science, Department of
Criminal Law and Civil Law Department, the Department
of Public Law and Commercial Law Department, is one
of the oldest academic departments in the university.
They were the roots of the political science
department for more than forty years, while older than
the Department of Law, which was divided into four
sections over twenty-nine years. We have produced
generation after generation who have served their
country and their king and have achieved the highest
levels of employment.
Some of the professors of the faculty o become ministers, ambassadors and directors of banks and companies in Saudi Arabia.
The College is proud to embrace a number of distinguished professors and has affected scientific and cultural contributions of Arab libraries, and many of them
known in the Arab and regional specialization. Many
political and legal consultants in Saudi Arabia have
graduated from the Faculty of Political Science and Regulations and maintain the highest levels of employment,
, and there are a number of state ministers of current
and former professors who have worked for or graduated from college.
It also provided a handful of departments of the college graduates most of the scientific and academic positions in other UK universities, in addition to some of the
ambassadors and heads of departments, most of the
Foreign Ministrys diplomatic and Royal Protocol and
the Secretariat of the Council of Ministers has studied
at the hands of professors of this college.
Aims:
r Contribute to the development of human knowledge, recruitment and use in the various disciplines
of the college.
r Produce qualified professionals in various disciplines of the college.
r Preparing young people to obtain suitable employment opportunities in the labor market.
r Contribute to solving the political and legal problems facing the state and society by building bridges
of communication inside and outside the university
with other universities, companies both local and
international groups. Research and various studies
Landmarks:
The college has a number of small milestones,
including.
1. Law Library.
2. Library Policy.
3. Saudi Society for Political Science.
4. Assembly Systems Saudi Arabia.
5. Journal of the College.
6. Seat chair of peace.
7. Research Center faculty.
Departments:
w Political Sciences Department
w Civil Law Department
w Public Law Department
w Criminal Law Department
w Commercial Law Department
Vision:
Being the first specialized department in
teaching political sciences in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, the department of political sciences at
King Saud University seeks leadership in teaching
political sciences, conducting scientific researches,
and developing the intellectual, behavioral and
occupational skills of political science students.
This is all done in hope for the department to
actively participates in building up a distinguished
political intellect that takes the lead in setting up
the general guidelines for the country foreign
Mission :
Politics is a collection of human knowledge aimed
at understanding the essence of political phenomenon
and changes in them. The message of the political
science department at King Saud University is to
give the student the opportunity to learn the most
important theoretical issues, methodological problems
and basic trends in the field of contemporary political
science. Material studied by the Section in all the
core disciplines of political science (political theory,
comparative government and international relations)
provide students with basic knowledge and skills that
Qualifies you to understand and interpret political
phenomenon. In order to enable the student to employ
his skills and research methodology in the study of
political phenomenon in the cultural contexts and
economic, the section offers a range of materials for
Regional Studies (North America, Latin America, Europe,
Middle East and Asia) and materials concerned with
the political evolution of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
and the GCC Focus on the problems of contemporary
international political aspects of the various regional
and international level. The section provides a masters
degree in political science that seeks to develop the
capacity in which the student of knowledge and analysis
of political phenomenon through the acquisition of
knowledge that aims at comprehending the essence

of the political phenomenon and the changes brought
about to it. Therefore, the mission of the department of
political sciences at King Saud University is to allow the
student the opportunity to have full understanding of
the most important theoretical issues as well as the main
currents in the field of contemporary political science.
Subjects taught at the department (the political theory,
comparative governments, and international relations)
provide the student with the essential knowledge
and skills that allow him to understand and explain
the political phenomenon. To allow the department
student to put his research skills of studying the political
phenomenon in economic and cultural contexts,
the department offers a selected group of subjects
of regional studies (North America, Latin America,
Europe, Middle East, and Asia) as well as subjects that
focus on the political development of the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia and other Gulf countries. The department
also offers subjects that focus on the different aspects
of the contemporary international political issues
whether regionally or internationally. The department
also offers the master degree in political sciences
through which it tries to promote the student ability
to recognize and analyze the political phenomenon by
acquiring the specialized in-depth knowledge of the
most important issues related to the field of political
science, which then leads to the enhancement of the
students efficiency and practical and scientific skills in
his research, academic and career fields.
deep knowledge of the most important issues, and
Degrees:
specialized field of political science, which contribute
Bachelor Master
to raising the competencies and skills, scientific and

practical in scope, research and academic career
Aims:
About:
The final outcome of the bachelor and master

programs in political sciences is represented in the
following goals:
The science of politics is a collection of human
policies.
149

Bulletin
King
1. Knowledge-wise, to help the graduate to have

full understanding of the field of political science
regarding historical development, content, theories and approaches.
Study Plan :
First Level - General
Course Code
Course title
Credit
Quant 101
Quantit. Method
Admin 101
Public Admin.
of good citizenship, the sense of belonging to the
Econ 101
Macro Economics
supreme principles of the nation, and participa-
Eng 101
English Lang
tion in the country public affairs and issues both
Islam 102
Islamic Culture
on the local and international levels.
Arab 103
Arabic Language
2. Emotionally, to implant the values and principles
3. Skill-wise, to provide the graduate with the skills
Total of Credits
16
of written and oral self-expression, proper communication, independent scientific research and
critical thinking.
4. Career-wise, to qualify the graduate to work in
Level Two
Course Code
Course title
Credit
Pol 101
Introduct to Politics
public sector establishments both on the local
Law 101
Principle of Law
and national levels, in regional and international
Econ
Principle of Econom
organizations, in non-governmental organizations
Arabic 101
Arabic Language
of common good for the public, in mass media
Islamic 101
Principle of Islam
Total of Credits
enterprises, and in international public sector es-
tablishments.
Level Three
Landmarks:
Course Code
Course title
Credit
Law Library
Pol 243
Modern Deplomacy
Pol 245
Introduction to IR
Pol 246
Dev. Of World Pol
Faculty:
Name
Rank
Pol 395
Quant Pol Analysis
Reda Abdulhalem
Ali Brakat
Baha Al-alile
Nageb abdulrazag
Rezeq Al-rayes
Amani Abdulallatif Hafiz
Bandar Al-shammary
Eiman Mamon Suliman
Fahad Al-enazei
Houari Belarbi
Huda Mohammed Majdi
Mefleh Bin Rebiean Al Qahtani
Reda Mahmoud ElAbd
Saleh Alsaiare
Saleh Jad Al Manzalawi
Wafa Kallaf
P. Abdulwahab alkhadhari
P. AL- Alotaibi Mousa
P. Naser Saleh AL-shamasi
P. Osama Alrabah
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Law 233
International Law
Programs:
150
13
BA. Political Sciences
Total of Credits
15
Level Four
Course Code
Course title
Credit
Pol 211
Comparative Politics
Pol 225
West Pol. Thought(1)
Pol 251
Saudi Pol Develop.
Pol 285
Islamic Pol Thought
Pol 290
Research Method
Total of Credits
15
Level Five
Course Code
Course title
Credit
Pol 286
Arab Pol Thought(2
Pol 344
International Org.
Pol 380
I.R. In Islam
Pol 471
North America
Pol 476
Western Europe
Law 231
Saudi Council Sys
Total of Credits
16
Level Six
243 POL Modern Diplomacy 3 hours
Course Code
Course title
Credit
Pol 313
Political Development
Pol 320
West Pol Thought(2)
Pol 32
Pol System Theory
Pol 381
Islamic Pol System
Hist 475
Cont Arab History
Admin 211
Adminstration Sys
Total of Credits
18
Level Seven
An introduction about the evolvement of diplomacy

and its historical development. A study of the origins
and modern rules that govern the diplomatic practice
focusing on the Saudi diplomatic system.
245 POL Introduction to International Relations

3 hours
A study of the nature of the international community
and the main elements affecting it- A display of the theories and basic aspects of the international relations-
Course Code
Course title
Credit
Pol 411
Comp Foreign Policy
Pol 445
Contemporary issues
Pol 450
Saudi foreign Policy
Pol 465
Palestinian Issue
Pol 475
Eastern Europe
Pol 499
Graduation Project
Total of Credits
16
Analysis of modern international politics.
246 POL Development of International Politics

3 hours
A detailed and comprehensive display of the relations
among European countries since Vienna Conference in
1815 till the end of World War II in 1945 with focus
on the European situation after Vienna conference, the
emergence of the nationalist movements in Europe and
Level Eight
Course Code
Course title
Credit
Pol 360
Arabs &Neighbors
Pol 417
Public Policy
Pol 454
Arabian Peninsula
Pol 478
Latin America
soci 454
Sociology
Total of Credits
16
Total credits of the Program - 128
Course Description:
478 POL Regional Political Studies: Latin America. 3 hours

A study of the political development of the structures
and political powers in a number of Latin America and
their regional and international interactions.
499 POL Graduation Project 1 hour

An independent study in the form of a research prepared by the student and supervised by a staff member.
101 POL Introduction to Politics 3 hours
454 POL Sociopolitics 3 hours
Definition of politics and a brief study of the development of political thinking, political establishments, and
international relationships.
Analysis of the concept of Sociopolitics (the relation

between the society and state)- A study of its theories,
issues and thinkers together with a study of the political
behavior and political establishments and international
211 POL Comparative Political Systems 3 hours

Analysis of the main concepts in comparative political
studies including study of the structure and functions
of the political system, classification of the different
political systems and a comparison among a number of
them in some world regions.
225 POL The Western Political Thinking 3 hours

A study of different political theories of thinkers from
the ancient Greek and roman age, the middle Christian
age till the beginning of the Renaissance age.
issues.
475 POL Contemporary Arab History 3 hours

A study of the history of the Arab world since World
War 1 (1914) focusing on the economic, political and
social developments in Arab countries and the national
movements against the European occupation. The
causes and results of World War I & World War II.
course is also interested in the development of the Palestinian issues and its effect on the contemporary history.
151
King
Bulletin
Vision:
To cooperate with other scientific department at the
college in order to be able to provide quality, variety,
and expansion in its various educational programs and
activities.
Mission:
Mission of the department aims to provide students
with knowledge, skills and capabilities in the area of civil
law and its associated sciences other jurisdictions.
About:
152
Civil Law Department is pleased to welcome you

through this web page in which we hope to be as an
introduction to Civil Law Department that only short
time period is elapsed since its independent opening ,
in addition to what it provides from syllabus that are intended to pre-qualify its students and equip them with
skills and cognitive abilities that enabling them to deal
with the legal cases .
It is no doubt that the syllabus civil law department offers are integrating with the syllabus that other legal
department offer in a manner enabling the student to
study various laws branches .
Degrees:
Bachelor
Rezeq Al-rayes
Amani Abdulallatif Hafiz
Bandar Al-shammary
Eiman Mamon Suliman
Fahad Al-enazei
Houari Belarbi
Huda Mohammed Majdi
Mefleh Bin Rebiean Al Qahtani
Reda Mahmoud ElAbd
Saleh Alsaiare
Saleh Jad Al Manzalawi
Wafa Kallaff
P. Abdulwahab alkhadhari
P. AL- Alotaibi Mousa
P. Naser Saleh AL-shamasi
P. Osama Alrabah
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Programs:
Aims:
The department aims to help the student acquire cognitive knowledge and skills in the field of civil Law and
other Law science related to it.
Some of the goals of the department are represented
in the following points:
1. To help spread the Law culture in the society.
2. To show the particularities of the Saudi Law system in different aspects of life.
3. To participate in preparing the qualified calibre
required by different governmental associations.
4. To meet the needs of the society by providing
Lawyers and Law consultants.
BA. Civil Law
Study Plan
First Level
Course Title
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
16
Principles of Law
Principles of public Management
Introduction to Political Science
lhhhh
Total of Credits
Landmarks:
Level Two
Law Library
Course
Faculty Members:
Rank
Name
RReda Abdulhalem
Ali Brakat
Baha Al-alile
Nageb abdulrazag
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Title
Financial Transactions in Islamic Jurisprudence The Roles of Jurisprudence

The Saudi Arabian Council of MinisLaw 231
ters law
Law 233 public International Law I
Management in Islam
Law 204
Hrs
3
2
3
3
Islam and society

Arabic Writing
English Language
Total of Credits
2
2
3
18
Level Three
Course Title
Hrs
Law 203 Development of Jurisprudence & Law

Law 221 Sources of Obligation
Law 232 Administrative Law
Law 234 Criminal Law (1)
Law 244 Family Law
Slm 103 Economical System in Islam
Total of Credits
3
3
3
3
3
2
16
Level Four
Course Title
Hrs
Law 222 Obligation

Legal regulations and Principles of
Law 239
Arab Boycott Sanctions
Law 322 Judiciary and Evidence
Slm 104 Principles of Political system in Islam
Total of Credits
3
3
3
2
14
Level Five
Course Title
Hrs
Law 211 Commercial Law

Labor & Social Security Law in Saudi
Law 321
Arabia
Law 431 Civil Contracts
Law 434 Administrative Judiciary
Total of Credits
3
3
3
3
3
15
Level Six
Course Title
Hrs
Law 223 Rules of Real& Personal Security

Commercial contracts and Banking
Law 311
Operations
Law 323 Judicial & Execution Procedures
Law 333 Public International Law II
Law 337 Administrative Contracts
Law 343 --Total of Credits
3
3
3
3
2
3
17
Level Seven
Course Title
Hrs
Law 411 The Negotiable Instruments & Bankruptcy

Law 415 Maritime Law
Law 421 Private International Law
Law 449 Sources of Islamic Rules
Law 496 Research Project
Eco 212 Principles of Public Finance
Total of Credits
3
2
3
3
2
3
16
Level Eight
Course Title
Hrs
Law 332 The Law of Zakat & Taxation

Law 413 Aviation Law
Law 416 Criminal Procedures
Law 422 Property Law
Law 441 Comparative Law
Law 493 Internship in Law
Total of Credits
3
3
3
3
3
1
16
Total Hrs of the Program (128) Hrs
Course Description:
LAW 101 Principles of Law (3 credit-hours)
The course is divided into two parts, the General
theory of Law , and introductory course dealing with
the definition of legal norms and their characteristics.
It also deals with the sources of Law , its different kinds
and its implementations, both in terms of time and in
terms of place. The theory of right is the second part
of this course. It deals with the definition, the elements,
and the sources of right. It also treats the subject and
the parties of the right.
The course contents comparative study with the Islamic
Jurisprudence.
LAW 203 Development of Jurisprudence & Law

(2 credit-hours)
The course includes the study of the judicial system,
family law and contracts at time of the Romans, Bomans,
Babilons, Egyptians, Jews and Arabs before Islam. The
course also examines the need for Islamic legislation, the
development of Islamic jurisprudence and its schools. It
includes a comparative study of Islamic jurisprudence
and positive Law.
LAW 204 Financial Transactions in Islamic

Jurisprudence (The Roles of Jurisprudence ) (3
credit-hours)
This course deals with the following topics, prophets
Era, Guided caliphs Era, Followers Era, Scholars Era,
Traditional Era, Transactionalist Era. Transactions
Law: The law of ownership and belongings, the law of
contract.
LAW 211 Commercial Law (3 credit-hours)

This course discusses several subjects amongst which
the definition of commercial law, its history, sources
and realm of application. It also talks about the legal
definition of commercial works and businessmen.
In addition to that it focuses upon the general rules
governing companies, partnership and corporations.
LAW 221 Source of Obligation (3 credit-hours)

The course explain sources of obligation, such as
contract individual acts, Illegal acts, illegal enrichment
and the law. It contains a comparative study with Islamic
jurisprudence.
2
2
LAW 222 Rules of obligation (3 credit-hours)

The effect of obligation in terms of implementations
153
and compensation, the transfer and settlement

of obligation. A comparative study with Islamic
jurisprudence(perquisite law 221)
LAW 223 Rules of Real & Personal Security (3

credit-hours)
The course deals with the following matters: Private
- legal grant of privilege - guarantee bond - security copyright.
LAW 231 The Saudi Arabian Council of

Ministers Law (2 credit-hours)
The course deal with the organization of the council
and the issuing of legislations. It also treat the different
legislation issued by the council in its capacity as a
legislative power.
LAW 232 Administrative Law (3 credit-hours)
154
spouse. The course also concentrates on the rights of

children and alimony.
LAW 311 Commercial Contracts and Banking

Operations (3 credit-hours)
The definition of commercial contracts, the criteria for
their distinction from other contracts, the justification
behind their existence, an explanatory study to the
main commercial contracts, such as sale and transport
contracts. The definition of banks and the importance
of their operations, as explanatory study of the main
banking operations, such as current accounts, deposit
accounts, letters of credit, loans, the rent of safe, etc.
The definition of Islamic bank and their operations.
LAW 321 Labour & Social security Law in Saudi

Arabia (3 credit-hours)
A course dealing with the rules of legal relationship

between individuals and administration. It also deals
with the rules of public institutions, public services.
Centralization and decentralization, and public finance.
It also, covers the means of solving disputes between
individuals and administration.
Part one: Labour Law, the study includes the application

of lablour law, the formation of Labour contract, the
termination of labour contract and the settlement of
Labour disputes. Part two: Social Security law, The
study includes the application of the social security
law, labour injuries, unemployment ,old age, disability,
death, health welfare and penalties.
LAW 233 Public International Law I (3 credithours)
LAW 322 Judiciary and Evidence (3 credithours)
The principles of public international Law, such as its

definition, sources and characteristics. The subjects of
international law and the legal basis for international
relations, both in time of peace and in time of war, and
its rules in Islamic jurisprudence. The course included
the study of the state and its elements.
The course include the following: 1) Judicial system

(the judicial authority, its formation and jurisdiction).
2) Law of Evidence: The legal principles, of evidence.
The subject to evidence. Methods of proof (testimonyconfession, oath, etc.)
LAW 234 Criminal Law I (3 credit-hours)

This course included the following topics: a.) General
introduction (definition criminal Law its development,
its sources and its different branches). B) The general
theory of crime (definition of crime- the general rules of
criminal responsibility as to the different types of crime
and their divisions in addition to the crime mitigating
excuses). C) The general theory of punishment
(definition of punishment and the execution of the
penalty).
LAW 239 Legal Regulations and Principles of

Arab Boycott Sanctions (3 credit-hours)
The study of this syllabus comprises: the legal basis of
enemy boycott sanctions - Dangers posed by Zionism
and the legal basis for its resistance - The rise of Arab
Boycott Movement - The legal patronage gained by
the Boycott - Arab Boycott sanction under the auspices
of the charter of the Arab League - Evaluation of the
Boycott movement and its guiding principles - The
Boycott under the auspices of the United Nations, and
International Law - Penalties imposed for breaking the
Boycott regulations.
LAW 244 Family Law (3 credit-hours)

An examination of the contract of marriage: its
definition, elements and various kinds (true, void .. etc.).
Guardianship and the rights of spouses. The dissolution
of marriage and its effects. The legal effects of a missing
LAW 323 Judicial & Executive Procedures ( 3

credit-hours)
The course includes the following: 1) Judicial procedures
litigation, procedures of trails, enforcement , of
judgment, mean of appeal. 2) Execution: General
Principles, power of Execution , Expeditious execution,
parties of execution, attachment , self executing.
LAW 332 The Law of Zakah & Taxation (3

credit-hours)
The study of covers in detail the Saudi Laws of Zakah(
the shariah tax) and taxation. The study also includes an
examination of the basis of taxation, requirement and
methods of assessments.
LAW 333 Public international Law II (3 credithours)

The legal aspects of the different means for settling
international disputes and the rules of these legal
aspects in Islamic jurisprudence.
LAW 335 Criminal Law II (3 credit-hours)

The course includes the following topics: a) General
introduction to the private section of the penal system
and its characteristics. B) A detailed study to the various
types as to its elements, penalty and the rules of penalty
prevention ( prerequisite 234).
LAW 337 Administrative Contracts (2 credithours)
LAW 421 Private International Law (3 credithours)

The conflict of laws and the conflict of jurisdiction. The
law of nationality, domicile and their rules in Islamic
jurisprudence.
LAW 343 The Law of Inheritance, will and waqf

(3 credit-hours)
LAW 422 The Law of ownership and Belonging

(3 credit-hours)
The course covers a study of sharah laws of inheritance

and wills, including an analysis of who qualifies as an
heir and the respective share each heir. The study also
covers the laws of wills under contemporary positive
laws. The course concludes with the study of waqf (an
Islamic law that allows a person to place part of his
property in a permanent trust for charitable purpose)
LAW 431 Civil contracts (3 credit-hours)
A course dealing with the legal basis of ownership and

its implication. It also deals with the different legal means
and ways for acquiring and distributing belongings.
The course includes the study of the main contracts
in Islamic jurisprudence, a comparative study with
contemporary laws, it also includes the study of both
sale and hire contracts.
LAW 411 The Negotiable Instruments and

Bankruptcy (3 credit-hours)
LAW 434 Administrative Judiciary (3 credithours)
The study includes the following the following:

part one: The Negotiable Instruments: (definitioncharacteristics-kinds of functions). This part also
includes the exchange law. The cheque, promissory
notes and bills of exchange . Part Two: Bankruptcy: (
definition - adjudication of Bankruptcy, conditions and
rules - the effects of bankruptcy on debtors and on
creditors. Proceedings in bankruptcy -termination and
composition). (prerequisite Law 211)
The course includes the following: 1) The principles of

legality 2) Administrative judiciary and comparative law
3) A detailed study of the Grievances Board in Saudi
Arabia 4) Cancellation and compensation.f
LAW 413 Aviation Law (3 credit-hours)

A course dealing with the origin and development of
aviation law, it covers the rules of administrating aircraft,
air shipment and the regulation of air-transportation. It
also deals with different international agreements for
airtransportation in general.
LAW 441 Comparative Law (3 credit-hours)

The definition of comparative study , topics of
comparative study , Islamic jurisprudence and
comparative law, comparative study and the school
of law, the importance of comparative study and idea
behind legal legislations, a comparative study to chosen
subject.
LAW 449 Sources of Islamic Rules (3 credithours)
A course dealing with the right of industrial ownership

and its legal aspects. It also deals with the legal criteria
of patent, trade samples, trade market, trade name,
trade address and trade record.
A definition of the science of jurisprudence, it subject

matter and history, the sources of legislation, the
judicial judgments and its kinds, methods of induction
and deriving new legal rules. The course also includes
a study of judges right, and the limitation imposed on
him, in deriving new legal rules.
LAW 415 Maritime Law (2 credit-hours)
LAW 493 Internship in Law (1 credit-hours)
LAW 414 Industrial Laws (3 credit-hours)
The course includes the following subjects: I}

Definition of maritime Law ( history, origin and field of
application) 2} The ship (its legal status-ownership and
other related rights).3} Maritime Navigation personnel
( The Microscope, the captain, The crew, The purser,
The cargo keeper, The shipping contractor and the
shipbroker) 4} Maritime contracts (the ship lease and
the carriage of goods by sea).
LAW 416 Criminal Procedures (3 credit-hours)

Adopting a comparative approach between the shariah
law and positive law, the course proceeds by studying
the following topics: 1) A general introduction of
criminal procedures, and highlight of its importance and
its development. 2) Case arising as a consequence of
the commission of a crime: the civil case and the criminal
case, the parties to each case and their subject-matter,
and the reasons for their dismissal 3) The procedure
followed in the various stages of the criminal case( i-e.
the pretrial stage of investigation and interrogation, and
the trial stage) as well as a study of the various agencies
that possess the power to institute the proceeding at
each stage.4) Enforcement procedures.
LAW 496 Research Project (3 credit-hours)

This study includes two parts: part I: Theoretical, it
includes the rules that should be followed in the course
of Research as to the selection of topics, the preparation
of research plans, the rules of presentation and material
production. In addition, it includes an introduction to
the importance of scientific research. Kinds of research
and an introduction to the university library. Part II:
applied, it includes the preparation of one or more
essays by the student under the supervision of a tutor,
applying the rules studies in part I.
LAW 498 Environment Protection Law (3 credithours)

The study will include: firstly: Aspects of Environmental
Damages, Particularly what effects the general health, for
example,(place of noise, water and food contamination
, air pollution caused by means of transport, by industry
etc. the protection of National parks).Secondly: Types
of Environmental Legal protection. Administrative
protection. Criminal protection. Civil protection.
The course includes the definition of administrative

contract, its characteristics, conclusion and termination.
The study also deals with the general theory of the
administrative contract and its application in the
Kingdom, with reference to the Government purchase
law and its amendments.
155
King
Bulletin
Vision:
The vision of the Department is based on
cooperation with other scientific department at the
College so on to reach a high level of distinction in the
field of Law sciences and also to raise the awareness of
the role of Law in achieving development.
Mission:
The department aims to help the student acquire
cognitive knowledge and skills in the field of Public
Law either domestic or International, and other Law
science related to it.
156
The College of Law and Political Science at King

Saud University is interested in all aspects scientific
and practical of General Law in all its sections. Its aim
is to follow the development of this subject internally
and externally, linking this development to the
social conditions and the requirements of economic
development in the context of our Islamic values in
comparison with other legal systems. The Department
aims at forming well trained graduates who will
participate in the development of a legal consciousness
in society.
Turkey Abdulaziz Al Thinian

Dr. Wael Mohammed Al Edreesiy
Dr.Fahad I. Aldhwayan
Dr.Ibrahim Mohammed Al Hedaithi
Ekram Abdulraheem
P. Mona Fawzi Abduqader
P. Moaz Moalla Al Motairi
P. Mohammed A.B. bin Jrees
P. Mousa Ibrahim Al-Kaltham
P.Abdulmohsen Alothman
The subjects taught in the department include, among

others, a study of the general legal system of government in its 3 aspects procedural, executive, and judiciary and the relations between them. It also focuses
on the rights and duties of individuals in society, and
the organization of the relation between the individuals
and the state, and the delimitation of expenditure and
volumes of imports through the system of zakat and
taxes, and also the relation between the state and other
states and international agencies and organizations and
their treatment of international human law.
BA. Public Law
Degrees:
Bachelor
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Demonstrator
Programs:
Study Plan :
Level One
Course Title
Hrs
Principles of Law
Total of Credits
16
Level Two
Aims:
Course Title
Hrs

cognitive knowledge and skills in the field of Public Law
either domestic or International, and other Law science
related to it..
Financial Transactions in Islamic JurispruLaw 204

dence The Roles of Jurisprudence
Law 231 The Saudi Arabian Council of Ministers law 2

Law 233 Public International Law I
Islam and society
Arabic Writing
English Language
Faculty
Dr.Alden AL-gelale Associate Professor
Dr.Mohamed Riski Naseb
Associate Professor
Dr.Mohammad safi Elkesh
Associate Prof.
Dr. Aymen Mohammed Mareei
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Shadiah Mostafa Al Mahroqie
Assistant Prof.dr.
Management in Islam
Total of Credits
18
Level Three
Course Title
Level Eight
Hrs
Law 203 Development of Jurisprudence & Law 3

Law 244 Family Law
Total of Credits
16
Course Title
Hrs

Total of Credits
3
3
3
3
3
1
16
Total Hrs. of the Program (128) Hrs
Course Description :
Level Four
Course Title
Hrs
Law 222 Obligation

Law 239
3
3
3
Total of Credits
14
Level Five

The course is divided into two parts, the General theory of Law , and introductory course dealing with the
definition of legal norms and their characteristics. It
also deals with the sources of Law , its different kinds
of this course. It deals with the definition, the elements, and the sources of right. It also treats the subject and the parties of the right. The course contents
comparative study with the Islamic Jurisprudence.
Hrs

Law 321
Arabia

(2 credit-hours)
The course includes the study of the judicial system, family law and contracts at time of the Romans,
Bomans, Babilons, Egyptians, Jews and Arabs before Islam. The course also examines the need for
Islamic legislation, the development of Islamic jurisprudence and its schools. It includes a comparative study of Islamic jurisprudence and positive Law.
Total of Credits
15
Level Six
Course Title
Hrs

Law 311
Operations
3
3
Law 343 ---
Total of Credits
17
Level Seven
Course Title
Hrs
Law 411 The Negotiable Instruments & Bankruptcy 3

Total of Credits
16
Course Title
The effect of obligation in terms of implementations and compensation, the transfer and settlement of obligation. A comparative study with Islamic
jurisprudence(perquisite LAW 221)
157
LAW 204 Financial Transactions in Islamic Jurisprudence (The Roles of Jurisprudence ) (3 credit-hours)
Era, Guided caliphs Era, Followers Era, Scholars Era, Traditional Era, Transactionalist Era. Transactions Law: The
law of ownership and belongings, the law of contract.

This course discusses several subjects amongst which
the definition of commercial law, its history, sources and
realm of application. It also talks about the legal definition of commercial works and businessmen. In addition
to that it focuses upon the general rules governing companies, partnership and corporations.

The course explain sources of obligation, such as contract individual acts, Illegal acts, illegal enrichment and
the law. It contains a comparative study with Islamic jurisprudence.

credit-hours)



LAW 231 The Saudi Arabian Council of Ministers Law (2 credit-hours)

The course deal with the organization of the council and the
issuing of legislations. It also treat the different legislation
issued by the council in its capacity as a legislative power.

A course dealing with the rules of legal relationship between individuals and administration. It also
deals with the rules of public institutions, public
services. Centralization and decentralization, and
public finance. It also, covers the means of solving
disputes between individuals and administration.
LAW 233 Public International Law I (3 credit-hours)
158

international law and the legal basis for international relations, both in time of peace and in time of war, and its
rules in Islamic jurisprudence. The course included the
study of the state and its elements.

excuses). C) The general theory of punishment (definition of punishment and the execution of the penalty).

Part one: Labour Law, the study includes the application of lablour law, the formation of Labour contract,
the termination of labour contract and the settlement of Labour disputes. Part two: Social Security
law, The study includes the application of the social
security law, labour injuries, unemployment ,old
age, disability, death, health welfare and penalties.
LAW 322 Judiciary and Evidence (3 credit-hours)

The course include the following: 1) Judicial system (the judicial authority, its formation and jurisdiction). 2) Law of Evidence: The legal principles, of evidence. The subject to evidence.
Methods of proof (testimonyconfession, oath, etc.)
LAW 323 Judicial & Executive Procedures ( 3

credit-hours)
The course includes the following: 1) Judicial procedures litigation, procedures of trails, enforcement
, of judgment, mean of appeal. 2) Execution: General
Principles, power of Execution , Expeditious execution, parties of execution, attachment , self executing.
LAW 239 Legal Regulations and Principles

of Arab Boycott Sanctions(3 credit-hours)
LAW 332 The Law of Zakah & Taxation (3 credit-hours)
The study of this syllabus comprises: the legal basis of

enemy boycott sanctions - Dangers posed by Zionism
and the legal basis for its resistance - The rise of Arab
Boycott Movement - The legal patronage gained by the
Boycott - Arab Boycott sanction under the auspices of
the charter of the Arab League - Evaluation of the Boycott movement and its guiding principles - The Boycott
under the auspices of the United Nations, and International Law - Penalties imposed for breaking the Boycott
regulations.
The study of covers in detail the Saudi Laws of

Zakah( the shariah tax) and taxation. The study
also includes an examination of the basis of taxation, requirement and methods of assessments.

The legal aspects of the different means for settling international disputes and the rules of
these legal aspects in Islamic jurisprudence.

An examination of the contract of marriage: its definition, elements and various kinds (true, void .. etc.).

The course includes the following topics: a) General introduction to the private section of the penal system and its characteristics. B) A detailed study
to the various types as to its elements, penalty and
the rules of penalty prevention ( prerequisite 234).
The course includes the definition of administrative contract, its characteristics, conclusion and termination. The study also deals with the general
theory of the administrative contract and its application in the Kingdom, with reference to the
Government purchase law and its amendments.

(3 credit-hours)

The study includes the following the following: part one:
The Negotiable Instruments: (definition-characteristicskinds of functions). This part also includes the exchange
law. The cheque, promissory notes and bills of exchange .
Part Two: Bankruptcy: ( definition - adjudication of Bankruptcy, conditions and rules - the effects of bankruptcy
on debtors and on creditors. Proceedings in bankruptcy
-termination and composition). (prerequisite LAW 211)

A course dealing with the origin and development
of aviation law, it covers the rules of administrating aircraft, air shipment and the regulation of airtransportation. It also deals with different international agreements for airtransportation in general.

A course dealing with the right of industrial ownership and its legal aspects. It also deals with the
legal criteria of patent, trade samples, trade market, trade name, trade address and trade record.

The course includes the following subjects: I} Definition of maritime Law ( history, origin and field of
application) 2} The ship (its legal status-ownership
and other related rights).3} Maritime Navigation
personnel ( The Microscope, the captain, The crew,
The purser, The cargo keeper, The shipping contractor and the shipbroker) 4} Maritime contracts
(the ship lease and the carriage of goods by sea).

the following topics: 1) A general introduction of criminal procedures, and highlight of its importance and its
development. 2) Case arising as a consequence of the
commission of a crime: the civil case and the criminal
followed in the various stages of the criminal case(

i-e. the pretrial stage of investigation and interrogation, and the trial stage) as well as a study of the various agencies that possess the power to institute the
proceeding at each stage.4) Enforcement procedures.
LAW 421 Private International Law (3 credit-hours)

The conflict of laws and the conflict of jurisdiction.
The
law
of
nationality,
domicile and their rules in Islamic jurisprudence.

(3 credit-hours)

The course includes the study of the main contracts in Islamic jurisprudence, a comparative study with contemporary laws, it also includes the study of both sale and hire contracts.
LAW 434 Administrative Judiciary (3 credit-hours)

The course includes the following: 1) The principles
of legality 2) Administrative judiciary and comparative LAW 3) A detailed study of the Grievances Board
in Saudi Arabia 4) Cancellation and compensation.

The definition of comparative study , topics of comparative study , Islamic jurisprudence and comparative
law, comparative study and the school of law, the importance of comparative study and idea behind legal
legislations, a comparative study to chosen subject.
LAW 449 Sources of Islamic Rules (3 credit-hours)

A definition of the science of jurisprudence, it subject matter and history, the sources of legislation,
the judicial judgments and its kinds, methods of induction and deriving new legal rules. The course
also includes a study of judges right, and the limitation imposed on him, in deriving new legal rules.

This study includes two parts: part I: Theoretical, it includes the rules that should be followed in the course
of Research as to the selection of topics, the preparation of research plans, the rules of presentation and
material production. In addition, it includes an introduction to the importance of scientific research.
Kinds of research and an introduction to the university
library. Part II: applied, it includes the preparation of
one or more essays by the student under the supervision of a tutor, applying the rules studies in part I.
LAW 498 Environment Protection Law (3 credit-hours)

Damages, Particularly what effects the general health,
for example,(place of noise, water and food contamination , air pollution caused by means of transport, by industry etc. the protection of National parks).Secondly:
Types of Environmental Legal protection. Administrative protection. Criminal protection. Civil protection.
159
King
Bulletin
Vision:
The vision of the Department is based on
cooperation with other scientific department at the
College so on to reach a high level of distinction in the
field of Law sciences and also to raise the awareness of
the role of Law in achieving development.
Mission:
The Department of Criminal Law is intended
to equip the student in the criminal law field and
criminal sciences that are not only associated with the
general provisions of punitive regulations and its own
applications on some crimes but also what is associated
with the procedural aspects of criminal observation
and what is associated with the criminal sciences such
criminology , punishment science , victim science and
criminal political science ..etc
About:
160
This department is intended to equip the student in

the criminal law field and criminal sciences that are not
only associated with the general provisions of punitive
regulations and its own applications on some crimes
but also what is associated with the procedural aspects
of criminal observation and what is associated with the
criminal sciences such criminology , punishment science
, victim science and criminal political science ..etc
The department tends its future visions to support
the authoring and academic publishing and what is
associated with criminal phenomena that are prevailing
in the society and appearance thereon ,and to show the
method to stand against the same and treatment means
and to eliminate the same.
The department strives to prepare several discussing
seminars and academic symposium that are exchanged
with criminal studies especially what is related with
human rights concerns.
In realizing all of this , the department gives more
focus on the selection of best teaching staff to perform
educational process at the optimum manner .
Degrees:
Bachelor
Aims:
w Explaining the rules and regulations in penal law

in Saudi Arabia, and analyzing them in against the
social reality.
w Participating in the elaboration of rules and regulations and studies and research related to penal
law for the governmental agencies and private
institutions on demand.
w Publishing specialized articles in specialized journals.
w Establishing
relations between Saudi and other

specialists in the field from different parts of
the world in order to exchange experiences and
practices in penal law.
Faculty:
Name
Rank
Ahmad Maree
Elsayed sheriff
Khalid AlOmeir
Nehad Farouk
Osama Alsulaimani
Shaima Abdulgane
Suliaman Al-essa
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Teaching Asst.
wThe objective of the department is to provide a
Programs:
high quality study program in the field of penal

law.
BA. Criminal Law
wPreparing
graduates with a solid knowledge in

penal law and research bases that would allow
them to take on jobs in the fields of prosecution,
legal consultancy, lawyer, and various other legal
activities in private and governmental agencies.
w Participating in raising peoples consciousness in

legal matters and in disseminating a culture of observance of rules and regulations especially in the
field of penal law.
Aims:
The section aims to provide a university education is of
high quality in the field of Criminal Science.
w Prepare graduates with knowledge of criminal law,

and with research skills and professional qualified
to carry out the tasks in the areas of prosecution
- and judiciary - and investigations - and lawyer
- and legal advice - and various other illegal activities in government departments and private.
contribution to the development and

dissemination of legal culture - and raise awareness of the regulations and provisions of a criminal nature - and directed in order to meet societal needs.
Level Three
Course
Title
Law 203
Development of Jurisprudence & Law 2
Law 221
Sources of Obligation
wTo explain the rules and regulations in force of a
Law 232
Administrative Law
criminal nature in Saudi Arabia and analyzed in

the context of social reality to facilitate work on
the part of specialists and also comment on the
provisions of the criminal justice to take advantage of them.
Law 234
Criminal Law (1)
Law 244
Family Law
Slm 103
Economical System in Islam
wRaising
awareness of the legal practitioners in

this field through the establishment of training
courses and seminars related scientific studies
concerns the field of criminal in the Kingdom.
wContribute to the preparation of draft laws and

regulations, studies and research of the criminal
nature of the various government departments
and private organizations at the request of those
agencies
wWorking to stimulate the movement of research

and publication of scientific knowledge in the
field of criminal specialized periodicals.
wCloser links between those interested in the criminal within the Kingdom and their counterparts
across the Arab world and the outside world to
benefit from the successful experiences applied
abroad.
Study Plan:
Level One
Total of Credits
Hrs
2
16
Level Four
Course Title
Hrs
Law 222 Obligation

Law 239
3
3
3
Total of Credits
14
Level Five
Course Title
Hrs

Law 321
Arabia
Total of Credits
3
3
3
3
3
15
Level Six
Course Title
Hrs
Principles of Law
Total of Credits
16
Level Two
Course Title
Hrs

Law 311
Operations
Law 343 --Total of Credits
3
3
3
3
2
2
17
Course
Title
Hrs
Law 204
Financial Transactions in Islamic Jurisprudence The Roles of Jurisprudence
Course Title
2
3
The Negotiable Instruments and

Bankruptcy
3
3
Law 233
The Saudi Arabian Council of

Ministers law
public International Law I
---
Management in Islam
Law 231
Level Seven
Law 411
Hrs
3
2
Islam and society
Arabic Writing
3
18
Total of Credits
16
--English Language
Total of Credits
wEffective
161
Level Eight
Course Title
Hrs

Total of Credits
3
3
3
3
3
1
16
Total credits of the Program (128) Hrs
Course Description:
162
The course is divided into two parts, the Generaltheory of Law , and introductory course dealing with the

(2 credit-hours)
The course includes the study of the judicial system, family law and contracts at time of the Romans,
Bomans, Babilons, Egyptians, Jews and Arabs before Islam. The course also examines the need for
Islamic legislation, the development of Islamic jurisprudence and its schools. It includes a comparative study of Islamic jurisprudence and positive Law.
LAW 204 Financial Transactions in Islamic Jurisprudence (The Roles of Jurisprudence ) (3

credit-hours)

Definition of commercial law, its history, sources and
realm of application. It also talks about the legal definition of commercial works and businessmen. In addition to that it focuses upon the general rules governing companies, partnership and corporations.
The course explain sources of obligation, such as contract

individual acts, Illegal acts, illegal enrichment and the law.
It contains a comparative study with Islamic jurisprudence.

The effect of obligation in terms of implementations and compensation, the transfer and settlement of obligation. A comparative study
with Islamic jurisprudence(perquisite law 221)

credit-hours)
The course deals with the following matters: Private - legal
grant of privilege - guarantee bond - security - copyright.


A course dealing with the rules of legal relationship between individuals and administration. It also deals with
the rules of public institutions, public services. Centralization and decentralization, and public finance. It also,
covers the means of solving disputes between individuals and administration.
LAW 233 Public International Law I (3 credithours)

international law and the legal basis for international relations, both in time of peace and in time of war, and its
rules in Islamic jurisprudence. The course included the
study of the state and its elements.


The study of this syllabus comprises: the legal basis of en-

Guardianship and the rights of spouses. The dissolution of marriage and its effects. The legal effects of a missing spouse. The course also concentrates on the rights of children and alimony.


LAW 322 Judiciary and Evidence (3 credithours)

LAW 323 Judicial Executive Procedures ( 3

credit-hours)






(3 credit-hours)

emy boycott sanctions - Dangers posed by Zionism and

the legal basis for its resistance - The rise of Arab Boycott
Movement - The legal patronage gained by the Boycott
- Arab Boycott sanction under the auspices of the charter of the Arab League - Evaluation of the Boycott movement and its guiding principles - The Boycott under the
auspices of the United Nations, and International Law Penalties imposed for breaking the Boycott regulations.
163

-termination and composition). (prerequisite Law 211)


164
The course includes the following subjects: I} Definition of maritime Law ( history, origin and field of
application) 2} The ship (its legal status-ownership
and other related rights).3} Maritime Navigation
personnel ( The Microscope, the captain, The crew,
The purser, The cargo keeper, The shipping contractor and the shipbroker) 4} Maritime contracts
(the ship lease and the carriage of goods by sea).

followed in the various stages of the criminal case(
i-e. the pretrial stage of investigation and interrogation, and the trial stage) as well as a study of the various agencies that possess the power to institute the
proceeding at each stage.4) Enforcement procedures.

The course includes the study of the main contracts in
Islamic jurisprudence, a comparative study with contemporary laws, it also includes the study of both sale
and hire contracts.
LAW 434 Administrative Judiciary (3 credithours)

The course includes the following: 1) The principles
of legality 2) Administrative judiciary and comparative law 3) A detailed study of the Grievances Board
in Saudi Arabia 4) Cancellation and compensation.



This study includes two parts: part I: Theoretical, it includes the rules that should be followed in the course
of Research as to the selection of topics, the preparation of research plans, the rules of presentation and
material production. In addition, it includes an introduction to the importance of scientific research.
Kinds of research and an introduction to the university
library. Part II: applied, it includes the preparation of
one or more essays by the student under the supervision of a tutor, applying the rules studies in part I.

law of nationality, domicile and their rules in Islamic jurisprudence.

(3 credit-hours)

Types of Environmental Legal protection. Administrative protection. Criminal protection. Civil protection
Vision:
1. This Department considers the need to enrich
and activate discussion and dialogue between
faculty members and students.
2. The integration of students in the educational
process and work to attract the attention of the
students to study the importance of commercial
law and its impact on the life and future of the
state of economic and business in the country.
3. Develop and update the curriculum in line with
modern scientific developments, and the use of
modern technology in the delivery of information to students.
4. Approach to link theory with practice of commercial law to the students.
5. Standardize methods of teaching among faculty
members by giving a common vision for the
benefit of students.
The mission of the Department of Commercial Law

as one of the Departments within the College system
to study the law and rights to achieve the following
objectives:
1. Grounding students by giving a scientific article
specialized scientific studies in the area of commercial law related to economic life in all aspects
of its activity since the founding stages of projects and until the expiration of the liquidation.
2. Preparing students to handle and deal with practical problems and legal situations that displays the
life of the assumption of cases and examples to
implement it and analyzed during the lectures.
3. Contributing posts and other legal interests that
intersect with the department to provide output
that can work after integration into the public
sector and private sector in order to deal with all
aspects of the activity in the community that are
related to the legal affairs for his part in the trade
in particular.
4. Provide students with the skills of professional legal work with regard to legal problems and resolution, whether in business or related institutions
or private sector
5. Raising awareness, culture and legal knowledge
society through the activities of the different section of research, lectures and seminars directed
to all those interested in his specialty
About:
Commercial Law Department is considered of one of
College of Law and Political Science Departments despite
of its newly formation whereas it was founded at the end
of 2006, however its excellence appears in its field that
includes teaching of commercial laws that govern the
same and concern of all related to the environment ,
commercial and economic activities , following and
pursuing the development and new thins that are
appeared on domestic and international domain.
Degrees:
Bachelor
Aims:
cognitive knowledge and skills in the field of Commercial
Law and other Law science related to it.
Landmarks:
Law Library
Faculty:
Name
Rank
Ahmed Al-gadaian
Esam Hanafi
Nadia Fadheel
EsamSaad Al Ghamdi
Fahd Al Majed
Kaled Al-rawas
Yasser Al Seriehy
P. Ali Mohammer Al Sari
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Demonstrator
Programs:
BA. Commercial Law
Study Plan:
Level One
Course Title
Hrs
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
16
Principles of Law
lhhhh
Total of Credits
Mission:
165
Level Two
Course Title
Financial Transactions in Islamic JurisLaw 204
prudence The Roles of Jurisprudence
Law 231 The Saudi Arabian Council of Ministers law
Law 233 Public International Law I
--Management in Islam
2
Islam and society
2
Arabic Writing
--English Language
Total of Credits
Level Seven
Hrs
3
2
3
3
2
2
3
18
Level Three
Hrs
Law 203 Development of Jurisprudence & Law

Law 244 Family Law
Total of Credits
2
3
3
3
3
2
16
Level Four
166
The Negotiable Instruments and

Law 411
Bankruptcy
Total of Credits
Hrs
3
2
3
3
2
3
16
Level Eight
Course
Course Title
Title

Total of Credits
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
1
16
Total credits of the Program (128) Hrs
Course Description:
Course Title
Hrs
Law 222 Obligation

Law 239
3
3
3
Total of Credits
14
Level Five
Course Title
Course Title
Hrs

3
Law 321
3
Arabia
3
Total of Credits
15
Level Six
Course Title
Hrs

Law 311
Operations
3
3
Law 343 ---
Total of Credits
17

The course is divided into two parts, the Generaltheory of Law , and introductory course dealing with the

(2 credit-hours)
The course includes the study of the judicial system,
family law and contracts at time of the Romans, Bomans,
Babilons, Egyptians, Jews and Arabs before Islam. The
course also examines the need for Islamic legislation, the
development of Islamic jurisprudence and its schools. It
includes a comparative study of Islamic jurisprudence
and positiveLaw.
LAW 204 Financial Transactions in Islamic Jurisprudence (The Roles of Jurisprudence ) (3

credit-hours)

definition of commercial law, its history, sources and
realm of application. It also talks about the legal definition of commercial works and businessmen. In addition
to that it focuses upon the general rules governing companies, partnership and corporations.

The course explain sources of obligation, such as contract individual acts, Illegal acts, illegal enrichment and
the law. It contains a comparative study with Islamic jurisprudence.

The effect of obligation in terms of implementations and compensation, the transfer and settlement of obligation. A comparative study
with Islamic jurisprudence(perquisite law 221)


The study of this syllabus comprises: the legal basis of enemy boycott sanctions - Dangers posed by Zionism and
the legal basis for its resistance - The rise of Arab Boycott
Movement - The legal patronage gained by the Boycott
- Arab Boycott sanction under the auspices of the charter of the Arab League - Evaluation of the Boycott movement and its guiding principles - The Boycott under the
auspices of the United Nations, and International Law Penalties imposed for breaking the Boycott regulations.

credit-hours)


A course dealing with the rules of legal relationship between individuals and administration. It also
deals with the rules of public institutions, public
services. Centralization and decentralization, and
public finance. It also, covers the means of solving
disputes between individuals and administration.
LAW 233 Public International Law I (3 credit-hours)

definition, sources and characteristics. The subjects
of international law and the legal basis for international relations, both in time of peace and in time of
war, and its rules in Islamic jurisprudence. The course
included the study of the state and its elements.



LAW 322 Judiciary and Evidence (3 credit-hours)
167
LAW 323 Judicial Executive Procedures ( 3

credit-hours)

LAW 333 Public international Law II (3 credit-hours)
168


-termination and composition). (prerequisite Law 211)



The course includes the following subjects: I} Definition
of maritime Law ( history, origin and field of application) 2} The ship (its legal status-ownership and other
related rights).3} Maritime Navigation personnel ( The
Microscope, the captain, The crew, The purser, The
cargo keeper, The shipping contractor and the shipbroker) 4} Maritime contracts (the ship lease and the
carriage of goods by sea).
LAW 337 Administrative Contracts (2 credit-hours)


(3 credit-hours)

followed in the various stages of the criminal case( i-e.
the pretrial stage of investigation and interrogation, and
the trial stage) as well as a study of the various agencies
that possess the power to institute the proceeding at
each stage.4) Enforcement procedures.

law of nationality, domicile and their rules in Islamic jurisprudence.

(3 credit-hours)
its implication. It also deals with the different legal
means and ways for acquiring and distributing belongings.

Types of Environmental Legal protection. Administrative protection. Criminal protection. Civil protection

The course includes the study of the main contracts in Islamic jurisprudence, a comparative study with contemporary laws, it also includes the study of both sale and hire contracts.
LAW 434 Administrative Judiciary (3 credit-hours)



This study includes two parts: part I: Theoretical, it includes the rules that should be followed in the course of
Research as to the selection of topics, the preparation
of research plans, the rules of presentation and material
production. In addition, it includes an introduction to
the importance of scientific research. Kinds of research
and an introduction to the university library. Part II: applied, it includes the preparation of one or more essays
by the student under the supervision of a tutor, applying the rules studies in part I.
The course includes the following: 1) The principles of

legality 2) Administrative judiciary and comparative law
3) A detailed study of the Grievances Board in Saudi
Arabia 4) Cancellation and compensation.
169
170
Co l l ege o f Edu cati o n
171
Contact:
P.O Box 2458
Riyadh 11451
Saudi Arabia
Tel:
1-966 + 4674818
1-966 + 4674819
1-966 + 4674813
Fax:
1-966 + 4674815
Email : Dean20@ksu.edu.sa
Mission :
The mission of the College is to prepare professional educators who will contribute to building a
knowledge society and who are able to compete
globally. This will be achieved through improving the
Colleges programs and units by establishing a highfunctioning learning community. Moreover, the College will seek to respond to the diverse needs of the
society, the problems of the educational field, and the
challenges to comprehensive development through
presenting initiatives for educational reform, and employing knowledge, research, and development in the
best way possible in light of the values and needs of
the society and according to the academic accreditation criteria.
Aims:
1. To prepare distinctive professional educators
who are socially involved and technically
capable, and who engage in their continuous
professional growth according to the values and
needs of the society and the criteria of academic
accreditation.
2. To conduct distinguished research that will
contribute to knowledge accumulation, advance
professional practices, support educational reform
efforts, and meet the needs of the educational
field and the challenges to social and economic
development.
3. To develop the society through contributing
to the initiatives, and the research, training, and
consultation programs within the framework of a
strategic partnership with other local and global
institutions.
Vision
To achieve distinction and engage in educational pioneering so that the College will contribute to
the establishment of a knowledge society and become the Center of Expertise at the regional and
national levels, attaining a position among top international colleges of education.
About:
The College of Education was established in
1966 (1386). It works in cooperation with the Ministry of Education to improve the academic standing of educators through ongoing programs, conferences and seminars. It prepares students to become
quality educators for elementary, intermediate ( junior) and secondary (high) school teaching.
For resources, the College of Education has laboratories for language and science. In addition it has
the Educational Research Center, the Educational
Technology Center and the Psychological Testing
Center. All of these facilities are equipped with
modern technology.
Departments:
Department of Education
Department of Curriculum and Instruction
Department of Islamic Studies
Department of Art Education
Department of Psychology
Department of Physical Education and Movement
Sciences
Department of Instructional Technology
Department of Media Studies and Educational
Technology
Department of Special Education
Department of Educational Administration
Mission:
Preparation
and training of a scientific

workforce including Psychologists, Teachers, and
Researchers.
Encouraging rigorous scientific investigation.
Providing psychological services for the local
community.
Providing consultations to both the government
and private sectors.
This is achieved through the different programs programs offered at both the undergraduate and graduate
levels, and through a carefully chosen faculty members
and well-prepared departmental facilities.
About:
Vision:
Psychology is the scientific study of the human

mind, brain and behavior. It is one of the most prominent sciences and has various applications in different
settings. Psychology is also a unique field which brings
together researchers in a range of disciplines such as
cognition, neuroscience, education, medicine, health,
and development to understand both basic and applied problems.
The Psychology department seeks to be a pioneer,

at both the regional and international levels, in:
In the academic year of 2007 there were 470 male

students and 1260 female students enrolled in the undergraduate program. In the Masters program there
were approximately 80 male and female registered students. In the Ph.D. program, the number of registered
students was six male and female students.
Currently, in 2007, the department has 53 faculty
members at both the male and female divisions. Most of
our staff members graduated from various well known
international universities and are active in teaching and
research (please refer to the list of the staff members
and their research interests posted on this website).
In addition, there are 12 lecturers and 18 teaching assistants many of them are pursuing their postgraduate
studies abroad after being awarded scholarships from
KSU to study abroad. The department has also a number of Psychologists and laboratory technicians.
teachers, and Researchers.

Psychological
and
consultations.
Undertaking scientific investigations.
Providing
research
Degrees:
Bachelor Master - PhD
Aims:
Deepening Islamic concepts and highlight the
givens in the various decisions and regarded as a

psychological need to be emphasized.
Preparation of psychologists qualified to work
in the functional areas of psychology in general
education schools, universities, institutes and
institutions for the disabled and special groups
and civil service departments, hospitals, mental
health and industry, to perform different tasks such
as guidance and student counseling and guidance,
vocational training and career choice and other
functions assigned to specialist psychological
support.
Prepare students for postgraduate studies, which
provide specialized teaching, research, clinical
and consultative work in schools and universities,
mental health institutions and industrial
establishments, social and others.
Contribute to the preparation of students
belonging to other disciplines and their program
includes courses of study in psychology as part
of the preparation of scientific or professional
students, education, literature, medicine and
medical science to help contribute to enhancing
the quality of teachers and Ministry of Education
and educational institutes through the teaching
of psychological and educational courses for
The department of Psychology at KSU was established in 1972. Despite its inclusion in the college of
Education, the department offers a comprehensive set
of Psychology programs and support varied research
activities, rather than limiting itself to educational psychology and related areas. In 1978 the department
started to offer the Masters program in Psychology. In
the academic year of 2004/2005 the Ph.D. program in
Psychology was initiated. The Ph.D. program has three
tracks: Counseling Psychology, Educational Psychology,
and Social Psychology.
Preparing and training Psychologist, Psychology
173
teachers and administrators from public schools

who attend the training courses held by the
Faculty of Education in each school year.
To do scientific research and field trials in
various fields to enrich the mental psychological
knowledge and provide solutions to the
problems of appropriate behavioral and social
development.
Provide professional advice in the areas where
the practice of his department to any government
agencies or civil. As well as the members of the
Section from time to time public lectures at the
invitation addressed to them from various points,
whether governmental or non-governmental
organizations.
Provide psychological services, counseling and
treatment for students and citizens alike in
the fields of psychotherapy and educational
counseling and career guidance.
Landmarks:
The Department is equipped with two major
Laboratories. One for Human and Animal Learning
and Cognition, and the second is for Physiological
Psychology. There are also many observation rooms
with one-way mirrors and cameras.
The department has a Psychological services unit (Clinic)
which offers its services to students and the public. In
addition, there is a departmental library where students
could find books, journals, theses, psychological testing
tools etc.
Psychological Services Unit

The psychological services unit was established in 1985
according to a decree of King Saud University Rector
and then attached to the department of psychology to
become an integral part of the department activities
and other services.
174
People can contact the unit, either in person or over

the phone (at 4674801). At the first visit a psychologist
conducts an intake interview with the client to
determine the nature of the needed services and the
psychological tests necessary for an accurate diagnosis
of the client presenting problems. A psychologist, then
assigns a consultant to the client. Confidentiality is
strictly followed in the handling of all client-identifying
information.
The Psychological Services Unit provides high quality
psychological services to faculty members, students,
help seeking individuals from Hospitals, Ministry
of Education, Ministry of Social Welfare and other
government agencies. These services include individual
and group counseling or psychotherapy, biofeedback
therapy, relaxation and skills training and consultations.
Types of Services
Diagnosis and treatment services are provided for:
Phobias
Social phobia
Panic disorder
Generalized anxiety disorder

Depression and other mood disorders
Obsessive-compulsive disorder
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)
Somatoform Disorders
Sexual Disorders
Sleep Disorders
Adjustment Disorders
Family Problems
Assessment and treatment services are also provided
for:
Mental Retardation
Learning Disorders
Attention Deficit / Hyperactivity Disorder(
ADHD)
Communication Disorders
Autistic Disorder
Conduct Disorder
Feeding and Eating Disorders
Selective Mutism
Anxiety disorders
Enuresis
Counseling Services:
The Unit provides personal counseling to help
students who have some difficulties related to adjusting
to university, interpersonal, and family problems.
Training:
Undergraduate and graduate students have the
opportunity to practice assessment, counseling and
psychotherapy under the supervision of faculty
members, some of whom have received their initial
training in the unit. The unit is also responsible for the
allocation of students to external placements and for
providing joint supervision with field supervisors.
Telephone consultation
Telephone consultation is available for help seeking
individuals who are unable to attend the unit.
Facilities:
1. Audio visual systems for all observation rooms.
2. Several standard consultation rooms
3. Video taping equipment
4. Relaxation training room.
5. Child assessment room.
Clients served:
Since its opening the unit has served more than 1500
clients.
Commonly Addressed Disorders:
Generalized anxiety disorder

Depression
Mental Retardation
Learning Disorders
Faculty:
Name
Mohammad Taighaza
Rank
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Programs:
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
Level 2
Course Code
PSY 104
PSY 111
PSY 171
PSY 206
Course title
Introduction to
Psychology
Developmental
Psychology I
Mental Health
History of Muslim
Scholars' work in
Psychology
Credits
3
3
2
2
Level 3
Course Code
PSY 112
PSY 251
PSY 132
PSY 332
PSY 333
Course title
Developmental
Psychology II
Psychological Statistics I
Social Psychology
Theories of Learning
Psychology of Human
Exceptionalities
Credits
2
3
3
3
3
Level 4
Course Code
Course title
Credits
PSY 221
Educational Psychology
PSY 367
Cognitive Psychology
PSY 365
Biopsychology I
About:
PSY 232
Group Dynamics
The bachelor degree at the Psychology department

aims at providing students with a strong background
in Psychology and all its theoretical and applied
branches. Students can choose from two tracks. The
first is the teaching track where students are required
to take some courses from other departments that
will prepare them as teachers of Psychology in the
public schools. Students of this track spend their
internship semester at a local high school under the
Supervision of a faculty member of the department
of Curricula and teaching methods. The second track
is the Psychologists track which prepares students to
be Psychologists and students spend their internship
semester under the supervision of faculty member
at a hospital or at an institute for the handicapped
or at a social center for people with special needs
such as delinquents. Students are required to study
128 semester credits. In addition to general courses
required by either the university or the college of
Education.
PSY 252
Psychological Statistics II
Course title
Measurements of
Intelligence & abilities
Theories of Personality
Credits
Study Plan:
Students are required to study 128 semester credits. In addition to general courses required by either
the university or the college of Education, students
are required to study the following Psychology major
courses:
Level 5
Course Code
PSY 341
PSY 332
PSY 368
PSY 371
PSY 361
PSY 277
PSY 461
Biopsychology II
Fundamentals of
Counseling & Guidance
ExperimentalPsychology
Islamic interpretation of
behavior
Research Methods in
Psychology
3
3
3
2
3
2
2
Level 6
Course Code
Course title
Credits
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
PSY
Behavior Disorders
Neuropsychology
Abnormal Psychology
Career Counseling
Clinical Psychology
Industrial-Organizational
Psychology
Criminal Psychology
3
3
3
470
382
370
379
471
PSY 480
PSY 497
3
3
2
Naser I. Almohareb
Omar A. Almofadda
Saeed Abdullah Ibrahim Dubais
Tarif Shawky Mohamed Farag
Abdulazeez M. Ben Hussein
Abdullah S. Al-Ruwaitea
Dakheel A. Al-Dakheelallah
ElSayed Mohmmad Abo Hashem
Fahad A. Al-Rabea
Falah M. Alanazi
Monir Hassan Gamal Kalilh
Sultam M. Al-Owaidah
Abdullah A. Al-Gheraibi
Adel Husain Almubarak
Ali A. AlBaker
Humood H. Al-Sharif
Hussein S. H. Al-Helal
Ibrahem ibn Hamad Al-Negethan
Khaled Elsayed Mohamed Ziada
Khalid A. Al-khomais
Mohamed Mansour M. Alshafei.
Mohammad A.M. Asiri
Mohammad J. Thabit
Nizar H. Al-Saleh
Suliman S. A. Al-jomaa
175
Level 7
Course Code
Course title
Credits
PSY 151
PSY 279
Educational Evaluation
Behavioral Therapy and
its applications
Measurement of
Personality
Interview in Counseling
and Clinical Psychology
Psychopharmacology
PSY 478
Psychotherapy
PSY 477
PSY 342
PSY 374
3
3
2
Level 8
Course Code
Course title
Credits
Psy 440
Internship
12
Course Description:
PSY 104 Introduction to Psychology (3 credit-hours)
The course aims at introducing students to various
concepts and problems in psychology. Topics include
perception, leaning, development, motivation,
personality, abnormal behavior and biological and
social bases of behavior.
PSY 111 Developmental Psychology-I (3 credit-hours)

The course aims at introducing various concepts in
developmental psychology. Main emphasis is focused
on recent research and theory on biological, cognitive
and social aspects of child development from infancy
through early adolescence.
176
PSY 112 Developmental Psychology-II (2 credithours)

Objective of this course is to familiarize the students
with various psychological, social and biological
principles of development. Main emphasis is on various
characteristics of adolescence, adulthood and old age.
PSY 132 Social Psychology (3 credit-hours)
The course aims at familiarizing students with research
relating to behavior of individual human organisms in
social environment, socialization, attitudes development
and change, social cognition, attribution, social influence
on perceptual and conceptual processes.
PSY 151 Educational Evaluation (2 credit-hours)
Concepts and procedures basic to definition and
utilization of selected behavioral variables considered
in context of educational and applied problems. Main
emphasis is on the utilization of achievement and
performance tests used in evaluation.
PSY 171 Mental Health (2 credit-hours)
The course aim is to familiarize the student with various
concepts in mental health. Lectures focus on selected
issues and difficulties in normal human adjustment
during childhood and adolescence.
PSY 206 History of Muslim Scholars work in

Psychology (2 credit-hours)
The course introduces students to the Islamic concepts
of human psychology in the Holly Quran and the
Sunna of the prophet and to Muslim scientists work in
psychology.
PSY 221 Educational Psychology (3 credit-hours)
Main emphasis is on various applications of psychology
in teaching and learning which include developmental
concepts, social processes, language and thinking,
personality and mental health, models of teaching
theory and application of learning process.
PSY 232 Group Dynamics (3 credit-hours)
Classic work group processes, stressing scientific
findings, field studies, observations and relevant
theories. Topics include conformity, reference group,
cohesion, group performance and other concepts
related to applications in industrial administration and
educational setting.
PSY 251 Psychological Statistics I (3 credit-hours)

Statistical concepts and techniques used in designing
and conducting experiments and planning and analysis
of single and multifactor experiments.
PSY 252 Psychological Statistics II (2 credit-hours)
Continuation of PST 251, to include planning and
analysis of more complex investigations and experiment,
simple and multiple correlation, trend analysis, multiple
regression analysis and co-variance.
Prerequisite: PSY 251.
PSY 368 Bio-Psychology 2 (3 credit-hours)
The main purpose of this course is to provide
students with some knowledge about (1) the chemical
composition of the human body (2) the metabolism and
(3) behavior genetic (4) Relations between chemical
changes and human behavior.
PSY 323 Theories of Learning (3 credit-hours)
The course contains different theories of learning, their
advantages and disadvantage, their applications, and
integral overview of different theories.
PSY 332 Theories of Personality (3 credit-hours)
Definition of personality, determinants of personality
development, theories and measurement of
personality.
PSY 341 Measurements of Intelligence & abilities (3
credit-hours)
The course aims at introducing students to the
definition and theories of intelligence. In addition a
strong emphasis is placed on providing students with
knowledge of measures of intelligence both for adults
and children. Part of the course is designed for training
students on how to administer IQ tests and interpret
their results. Prerequisite: PSY 251.
PSY 361 Experimental Psychology (3 credit-hours)

In this course the following topics are discussed:
experimental methods in behavioral research and some
experiments findings in areas such as reaction time,
word association, learning, personality, etc.
PSY 382 Neuropsychology (3 credit-hours)
This course aims at introducing students to the anatomy
and functions of the nervous system and their relations
to human behavior. Emphasis is placed on relationships
between parts of the nervous system, particularly the
brain, and behavior.
PSY 365 Bio-Psychology 1 (4 credit-hours)
The course is designed to provide students with the
basic knowledge about the physiological basis of
human behavior except the nervous system which is
thoroughly covered in Psy 368.Topics include: the cell,
the endocrine Glands, human sexual behavior, sensation
& perception, motor control etc.
PSY 370 Abnormal Psychology (3 credit-hours)
The aim of course is to provide students with some
knowledge about neurotic and psychotic disorders: their
symptoms, classifications, prognosis and treatment.
PSY 371 Fundamentals of Counseling and Guidance
(2 credit-hours)
An introduction to the theories, techniques and
applications of behavioral sciences in counseling and
guidance. Topics include: principles of counseling
theories, data collection, counseling techniques, school
and agency services.
PSY 374 Interview in Counseling and Clinical
Psychology (2 credit-hours)
Objective: providing students with the necessary
knowledge f principle, concepts and techniques of
interview in counseling and clinical psychology.
PSY 379 Career Counseling (3 credit-hours)
Aims: Providing students with some knowledge
about the various theoretical and technical concepts
of vocational counseling and guidance and their
applications in relevant settings. Students are exposed
to various theories of career development and choice
and their applications (e.g. Parsons trait and factor
approach, Supers life-span approach, Ann Roes needs
approach, Hollands typological approach etc.).
PSY 461 Research Methods in Psychology (2 credit-hours)

This course introduces students to the concept of the
scientific method. The course covers many topics some
of which are: research problem, hypotheses, methods
relevant to psychological research (such as survey,
correlational studies, developmental studies, true
and quasi experimental designs), data collection and
analysis.
PSY 470 Behavioral Disorders (3 credit-hours)
The purpose of this course is to resent, define behavior
disorders and discuss major approaches to their
assessment and treatment.
PSY 471 Clinical Psychology (3 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to the concepts of
clinical psychology. Topics include: fundamentals of
clinical psychology; psychological assessments; and
psychotherapy.
PSY 477 Behavioral Therapy (3 credit-hours)
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to
techniques and applications of behavioral therapy and
discuss neurotic disorders and disorders which can be
treated by behavioral therapy.
PSY 478 Psychotherapy (3 credit-hours)
Objective: providing the students with some knowledge
about psychological disorders and some related
therapeutic techniques.
PSY 480 Industrial-Organizational Psychology (3
credit-hours)
An
Introduction
to
Industrial-Organizational
psychology as a branch of applied psychology. Topics
include history of I-O Psychology, personnel selection
and placement, work motivation, training, leadership,
performance appraisal, ergonomics and work
conditions, accidents, job satisfaction.
PSY 333 Psychology of human exceptionalities (3
credit-hours)
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to
the psychology of special populations. Topics include:
the concept and types of handicapped. Characteristics,
assessment and diagnosis of various types of disabilities
(including learning, sensory, motor) are explored. In
addition, students are introduced to psychology of
giftedness and talent.
PSY 279 Psychopharmacology (2 credit hours)
classification and types of drugs and their effect on
the nervous system and human behavior. Topics also
include minor and major tranquilizers, addiction etc.
PSY 497 Criminal Psychology (2credit hours)
Topics include: definition and history of criminal and
forensic psychology, theories of criminal and deviant
behavior, crime, drugs, adolescent delinquency, and
crime prevention.
PSY 342 Measurement of Personality (3 credithours)

The course aims at introducing students to various
kinds of personality inventories and tests. and how
the student uses them. Scoring, validity, reliability and
norms of these tests. Part of the course is designed for
training students on how to administer personality tests
and interpret their results.
177
Vision:
For the Special Education Department to be in the
leading position between special education departments in the Kingdom and to be recognized as a distinguish department between special education departments in the world. This vision will be accomplished
through its mission
About:
Been developed special education department in

the academic year 1404-1405 H, and began the study
in the second semester of that year and the duration
of the study in the section four years after the student
receives a degree or requesting degree in special education in one of the following specialized tracks: visual
disability, disability audio , mental disability, excellence
and innovation, learning difficulties, the Section aims
at preparing and qualifying teachers and special education teachers to work with special needs (disabled
and gifted) in the primary and middle in both special
education institutes of the two, as well as to work in the
private sector, like charities that provide Educational
services for the disabled and civil schools where special
education programs, and the first section, and only in
Saudi universities and unique in the Arab world.
178
We have graduated from the Section large number

of teachers and teachers who are now working in
specialized areas, whether in the public sector or civil
to raise the level of special education services for
children with special needs in our Kingdom granular
The number of registered students in the classroom
section II of the academic year 19/1420 e , (2398)
students (1176 students, 1272 students).
Mission:
The department mission has three dimensions:
1. Preparation of : The department to accomplish
its vision through the best preparation of special
education teachers academically, morally, and
educationally at the undergraduate level as well
as preparing successful researchers, leaders, and
administrators at the graduate level for them
to be faculty members at universities and other
educational organizations.
2. Scientific Research: Preparing national research
projects and supervise-by request- other projects
and taking the initiative to suggest joint projects at
the national and international levels.
3.
Services: providing consultation and training

services for the government and private
organizations as well as diagnostic and training
services for the children and their families through
the department specialized centers.
Degrees:
Bachelor
Faculty:
Name
Abdalsbur ahmad
Abdulah albaqeah
Abdulah almusa
Abdulah aloabely
Abdulaziz algabar
Abdulrahman abaod
Aber alharby
Ahmad altamemy
Alanud alaskr
Algaohara alnashuan
Ali alzahrany
Ali alzahrany
Ali hanafy
Alsaed ali
Amal alowaen
Amaney alyuby
Awatef alshmary
Bander alotaeby
eyhab albblaoy
Faozeah alharby
Fuzah alzomaea
Hadel alauad
Hamad hamdy
Hana alraqeb
Haneeah marza
Homod almuqerah
Hosah alfaez
Hosah almosaed
Ibrahem abunaean
Ibrahem alhano
Ibrahem almuaqel
Ibrahem althabet
Ibrahem aluthman
Iptesam asmail
Kolod algaser
Ktam alqahtany
Lobna shat
Maged alsalem
Maha alhagry
Maha sheha
Maream torkstany
Marzoq alzahrany
Mashael obaed
Mohamad altaegany
Mohamad kzaer
Mohamad shawkat
Monearh alshamsan
Moznah aldoran
Nabel almaleky
Nagla albaez
Nahlah alasaf
Nasem alqarny
Naser alagmy
Nauf alnaem
Nauf altawel
Nehad douaedar
Nurah alhomaed
Nurah alqathery
Ohwd alrashed
Ohwd safar
Omar alhowikan
Qadah alsodaery
Safanh asery
Sahar alkashramy
Salah baket
Shza alfaez
Sohaer alfel
Tareq alrays
Taresh alshamary
Torky alotaeby
Torky alquraeny
Wael masud
Wagdan alsakran
Wedad albahsan
Zaedan qasem
Zid albatal
113 PSY
333 ED
The Principles of Educational

Research
Introduction to Teaching
2
2
Level 2
Course Code Course title
Introduction to Special
101 SPED
Education
103 ARB
Arabic Editing
111 PSY
Psychology growth -1
171 PSY
Mental Health -1
Hearing aids for Special
228 ITE
Education
The Fundamentals of Guidance
371 PSY
and Counseling
Hrs.
4
2
3
2
2
2
Level 3
Hrs.
101 IC
105 SPED
160 SPED
170 SPED
180 SPED
340 PHED

Assessment and Diagnosis in
Education
Physical Disabilities
Behavioral Disorders in
Children of Extraordinary
People
Introduction to Rehabilitation
of the Disabled
Special Physical Education
4
3
3
3
2
Level 4
201 SPED
202 SPED
221 PSY
250 CI
260 SPED
295 SPED
Behavior Modification, and

Character Building
Speech Disorders
Computer Usage and
Knowledge
Areas of General Awareness of
Disabilities
Aids and Devices
Hrs.
2
3
3
3
2
2
3
Programs:
BA Special Education
Level 5
Study Plan:

The Economic System in Islam
103 IC
Level 1
241 ITE
Study Plan:

101 ARB
Language skills
The Fundamentals of Islamic
101 ED
Education
101 ENG
English Language
Hrs.
2
3
3
251 SPED
252 SPED
Techniques of Education and

Communication
Introduction to the Visually
Impaired
Introduction to Hearing
Disabilities
Hrs.
2
2
3

Islam and community building
102 IC
179
254 SPED
Introduction to learning
Disabilities
262 SPED
Language development for

persons with Hearing disabilities
385 SPED
Education of People with

Special Needs in Schools
Level 6
Foundations of the Political
104 IC
System in Islam
261 SPED
Braille -1
2641 SPED
302 SPED
352 SPED
371 SPED
The Difficulties in Learning to

read and Write
Hrs.
2
3
3
The Modes of l Communication

3
Manually and generally
Curricula for People with Special
3
Needs and building its Foundation
Reading in the English

Language
Level 7
180
Hrs.
250 ITE
Development and Usage of

Teaching Methods
461 SPY
Methods of Research in
Psychology
304 SPED
Developmental learning
Difficulties
390 SPED
Working with families of

People with Special Needs
402 SPED
Teaching Methods for People

with Hearing Disabilities
411 SPED
Management and Guidance in

Special Education
440 SPED
Contemporary Matters in
Education
Level 8
1-476 SPED
Training in the field of

Hearing Disability
Hrs.
12
Course Description:
SPED 100 Introduction to Special Education (4
credit-hours)
The goal of this course is to give the student on
overview of the historical development of the field
of special education and to understand the concept
of special education and exceptional children. The
content of this course covers different categories
of disabilities such as mental retardation, visual
impairment, hearing impairment, physical disability,
emotional and behavioral disorders, learning disability
and communication disorders. Also, this course provides

information regarding a modern techniques of services
delivery, and education for each category.
SPED 151 Assessment ad Diagnosis in Special
Education (4 credit-hours)
This course is designed to give the student the skills
and the basis understanding of the assessment process.
It also covers the conditions required to use the
assessment methods and the explanation of their results
and how to make appropriate educational decisions.
SPED 160 Physical Handicaps (3 credit-hours)
This course is designed to introduce the student to area
of physical disability and its causes, classification, and
the unique characteristics and need of the physically
disabled individuals.
SPED 170 Emotional Disturbance for Exceptional
Children (3 credit-hours)
The course id designed to provide the student with
basic knowledge of the area of emotional disturbance
among exceptional children and it causes, classification,
and diagnosis. It also covers certain aspects of emotional
disturbance such as aggressive behavior, hyperactive
behavior, and autistic behavior as well as service for
this population.
SPED 180 Introduction to Rehabilitation of the
Handicapped. (3 credit-hours)
This course is designed to introduce the student to the
concept of rehabilitation and its relationship with special
education. It covers subjects such as the importance of
rehabilitation, the role of the rehabilitation specialist,
and the new trends in the area of rehabilitation.
SPED 201 Behavior Modification (3 credit-hours)
This course is designed to introduce the student to
the concept of behavior modification, it historical
background, and its theoretical basis. It teaches how
to use different behavior modification methods that
can be use to teach nee behaviors or to reduce in
appropriate behaviors.
SPED 202 Speech Disorders (3 credit-hours)
concept of speech disorder, it types, characteristics,
diagnosis, and treatment.
SPED 260 Public Awareness of Handicapping
Conditions (3 credit-hours)
This course aims to provide the student with the
following: The media used in the transmission of the
awareness among the different sections of society.
The focusing will be mainly on the procedure of the
prevention.
SPED 295 Aids and Prosthesis for the Handicapped
(3 credit-hours)
following:
SPED 371 Curriculum Development for Exceptional

This course is designed to provide the student with
theoretical and practical background in the area of
curriculum development for exceptional children.
SPED 385 Educating Exceptional Children in Regular
Schools. (3 credit-hours)
main principles of educating the certain types of
handicapped students in regular schools. This could be
achieved by providing the student with the following:
1- The concept of main streaming and its different
methods and problems. 2- The programs by which
the special education services can be introduce in
regular schools such as: resources room, the itinerant
teacher and teacher consultant. 3- The advantages and
limitations of different systems. 4- The specific role of
each regular and special classroom teacher in educating
the handicapped students.
SPED 390 Working with Families of Exceptional
This course is designed to provide the student with a
background concerning the reaction of families toward
different disabilities, guidance and counseling methods,
and needs of familities.
SPED 392 English Texts and Terminology (2 credithours)
following: The basic terminology used in the field of
special education. This would be achieved by reading
in certain English texts.
Majors Courses:
SPED 251 Introduction to Visual Impairment (3
credit-hours)
This is designed to introduce students to the visual
system. What it is, what it does and how it works. It
is to familiarize them with the terminology, etiology,
incidence, prevalence, prevention and treatment
of visual impairment. This course also helps
students achieve a better understanding of visually
handicapped children through the exploration of the
physical, intellectual, motivational, emotional and
social characteristics of these children throughout their
different stage of growth and development. The need
so visually handicapped children are highlighted in
this course, as well as the approaches through which
such needs are to be met. In general, this course is to
give students a good theoretical background on the
impact of visual loss on the individual and his life in
society, in order to better enable the students to study
educational and rehabilitative programs needed by
visually handicapped children.
SPED 261 Braille (1) (3 credit-hours)

This course has the following purpose:
1. To provide the student with the basic skills in
braille reading and writing to enable him to
communicate in writing with the blind child, read
his written work and correct it.
2. To familiarize the student with the equipment and
devices used in Braille writing.
3. To give the student a brief historic background on
the development of reading and writing for the
blind.
4. To introduce the student to some of the problems
associated with teaching Braille reading and
writing to the blind, and offer some suggestions
to deal with such problems.
SPED 301 Braille (2) (3 credit-hours)
This course is designed to help the student achieve
the following objectives: 1) Mastery of Arabic Braille
symbols. 2) Mastery of Braille reading and writing with
simple as well as complex contractions. 3) Mastery of
mathematical symbols use in elementary grades in
the institutes of light according to the British code.
4) To become familiar with the new methods used to
Braille reading, writing and production. 5) To become
familiar with the problems commonly encountered in
teaching Braille reading and writing to the blind, and
also to become familiar with the suggestions offered to
overcome such problems.
SPED 351 Orientation and Mobility and Daily Living
Skills for the Visually Impaired (3 credit-hours)
The purpose of this course is to provide students
with a basic understanding of the process involved
in helping visually handicapped individuals develop
orientation and mobility skills, as well as daily living
skills. Techniques and factors influencing this process
are discussed and, in the meantime, practical training is
provided in this course.
SPED 401 Teaching Methods for the Visually
Impaired (3 credit-hours)
This course has the following purposes:
1. To familiarize students with the different
educational approaches, programs, strategies and
theories along with thorough examination of their
efficiency in teaching various subjects. 2) To train
students to use the new technological devices
used in the field of visual impairment.
2. To familiarize students with the problems and
difficulties encountered by teachers in teaching
visually handicapped children.
3. To help students acquire the necessary skills which
not only enable them to assess and critique available
materials, but also provide them with the ability
to engage in innovative and creative activities that
can ultimately lead to more effective methods,
approaches and programs, and offer useful solutions,
suggestions and alternatives which can be utilized in
teaching visually handicapped children.
1) The different aids and prosthesis suitable for

the various types of handicapped conditions. 2)
The principles of the selection. 3) The methods of
utilization.
181
MINORS: SPED 254, 264, 304, 252, 262.

SPED 252 Introduction to Hearing Impairment (3
credit-hours)
This course aims at introducing students specializing
in this area to the concepts and nature of the hearing
impairment, its classification, causes, and identification
and diagnosis methods. Special emphasis is put on the
characteristics and needs of the hearing impaired, in
addition to appropriate care services offered for them.
SPED 262 Language Development for the Hearing
Impaired (3 credit-hours)
basic concepts and definition of language and its
development. It also aims at introducing him to the
processes of language acquisition, development stage,
and their implications for helping the hearing impaired
acquire language skills special emphasis is put on the
psycho educational theories of language development,
and consideration of system in both oral and total
communication philosophies.
SPED 302 Oral Communication Methods (3 credithours)
This course aims at realizing the following: The
understanding of the communication process and its
components with concentration on techniques for
aiding development of intelligible speech in individuals
with severe and profound hearing loses.
SPED 352 Total Communication Methods (3 credithours)
This course aims emphasizes development of skills
in total communication for use in educational service
delivery systems. Practice in simultaneous use of speech,
finger spelling and the language of signs.
MINORS : SPED 251, 261, 254, 262, 264
182
SPED 253 Introduction to Mental Retardation (3

credit-hours)
The purpose of this course is to provide students with
the basic knowledge in the field of mental retardation
that includes basic definitions, causes, classification
system as well as characteristics and needs. The other
focus of this course is to increase students understanding
of the approaches of services delivery systems and the
historical development of these services.
SPED 263 Mental Retardation in the Perspective of
Different Theories (2 credit-hours)
This course is designed to discuss the concept of
mental retardation in the perspective of different
theories. Emphasis is placed on learning theories and
their applications is educating and training mentally
retarded students.
SPED 303 Educating the Educable Mentally Retarded
(2 credit-hours)
This course aims to introduce students to special
curricula, and educational programs for EMR with

emphasis on the current trends of such programs.
SPED 313 Educating the Trainable Mentally
Retarded (2 credit-hours)
The main goal of this course is to emphasize the
rights of this group in educational and rehabilitational
process through the introducing the students to the
types of appropriate educational alternatives as well as
educational and vocational curricula for TMR.
SPED 353 Adaptive Behavior Skills for Mentally
Topics covered in this course include the concept of
adaptive behavior and the dimensions of adaptive
behavior skills as well as the type of maladaptive
behavior problems and treatment procedures dealing
with those problems. The other purpose of this course
is to train students on the application of adaptive
behavior scales to identify the degree and level of
adaptive behavior of mentally retarded children.
SPED 403 Teaching Methods for the Mentally
The purpose of this course is to provide students
with the learning principle as they relate to instruction
process of mentally retarded. Emphasis is placed on
the individualized education program for MR as well as
other teaching strategies such as behavior modification,
and task analysis.. etc.
MINORS: SPED 255, 265, 254, 262, 264.
SPED 254 Introduction to Learning Disabilities (3
credit-hours)
The goal of this course is to study the field of
learning disability from a historical point of view,
introduce students to the characteristics and needs of
students with learning disabilities including physical
developmental, psychological, emotional, social, and
academic characteristics of these students.
SPED 264 Learning Disabilities in Reading and
Writing (3 credit-hours)
The goal of this course is to introduce the student
to the nature of reading and writing, the types of
learning disabilities in both reading writing and their
connections.
SPED 304 Developmental Learning Disabilities (2
credit-hours)
The goal of this course is to introduce the student to
the developmental learning disabilities in preschool
level, and its different types (congnitive, social,
emotional and motor). It also covers the methods used
to evaluate and remediate the disabilities.
SPED 314 Learning Disabilities in Perspective of
Different Theories. (2 credit-hours)
The goal of this course is to study the theories related
to learning disabilities from historical development
SPED 354 Case Study in Learning Disabilities. (2

credit-hours)
The goal of this course is to:
1. Study in a comprehensive and precise way a
student who has learning disabilities.
2. Evaluate and identify his disabilities.
3. Analyse the students skills and develop an
educational plan which contains the goals and
skills that will be presented to the student.
SPED 404 Teaching Methods For Learning Disabled
Students. (3 credit-hours)
The goal of this course is to introduce the student to
the teaching methods for learning disabled students in
different academic fields such as language, math social
science and natural science. It is also concerned with
the necessary skills and strategies for learning disabled
students to increase their academic level and improve
their social behavior.
MINORS: SPED 253,255,263,265,353.
Giftedness And Creativity.
Major Courses:
SPED 255 Introduction To Gifteness And Creativity. (3
credit-hours)
1. To give students general background on the
concept of giftedness creativity and related
theories.
2. To introduce students to tools and methods
necessary for identifying the gifted and creative.
3. Identification of the characteristics and needs of
the gifted and creative in light of recent differing
theories.
SPED 265 Mental Abilities And Theories of Mental
Structure. (3 credit-hours)
This course provides student with general
background on mental abilities through the study
of varying mental structure theories, especially that
which uses factor analysis such as, the two-factor
models multi-factors mode, the hierarchy model, and
guilfords structure of intellect model. The students
will also be introduced to the historical evolution
of studying mental abilities and the classification of
these abilities with a focus on differing abilities that
contribute to creative thinking and in relation to
general intelligence.
SPED 305 Problems Of The Gifted And Creative.

(2credit-hours)
This course aims to provide students with general
background on the most prevalent educational,
psychological and social problems the gifted and creative
may experience. The causes, preventative measures and
dealing with existing problems will be discussed.
SPED 315 Educational Programs For The Gifted And
Creative. (3 credit-hours)
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce students to the historical evolution
of ways of educating the gifted and creative, the
advantages and disadvantages of each method.
2. Introduce students to the educational programs
for the gifted and creative, and the different
options concerning these programs.
3. How to prepare teachers for the gifted and
creative.
4. To examine the requirements for facilitating for the
gifted and creative at home and in the society.
SPED 355 Developing of the Creative Abilities and
Special Talents. (2 credit-hours)
The aim of this course is to introduce students to
educational programs and varying procedures in
developing creative abilities and special talents
in children. Examples may be training of problem
solving and enhancing imagination, the role of fine
and performing arts, and the breaking away from
restrictive thinking in these endeavors.
SPED 405 Case Study.
This course is to train students to identify the gifted and
creative using psychological tests and measurements.
There will also be in-depth case study.
MINORS: SPED 25,254,252,264,263.
Behavior / Emotional Disorders.
256 SPED Introduction to Behavioral and Emotional
Disorders. (3credit-hours)
266 SPED Behavioral & Emotional Disorders in
Perspective of Different Theories. (3 credit-hours)
306 SPED Behavior (3 credit-hours)
357 SPED Case study in Behavioral Emotional
Disorders (3 credit- hours)
406 SPED Teaching Methods for children with
Behavioral and Emotional Disorders.
480 SPED Field Experience in the area of Behavioral
& Emotional Disorders. (3 credit-hours)
along with the affect these theories and the consequent

research have on understanding the nature of learning
disabilities. It also presents the concept of learning
disabilities in light of theory and the applications of
these theories in teaching students.
183
Vision:
The department looks forward to assume the
leadership of curriculum and the study of schooling and to provide excellent teacher preparation
programs that would rank among the highest locally and internationally.
About:
184
The Department established curricula and teaching methods after its separation from the Department
of Psychology in the academic year 1394/1395 e, to
provide for students of the Faculty of Education at a
bachelor group of decisions on curriculum and teaching methods and the supervision and training of the
teaching staff in the field of education stage.
main target to be achieved by faculty members for the

advancement of the practice of teaching.
Then began the section in Master>s programs in 1397

/ 1398 e courses and curricula and teaching methods,
and approaches and methods of teaching forensic science, and curriculum and methods of teaching Arabic,
and in 1407/1408 e introduced three other tracks are
the curricula and teaching methods of social, curricula
and methods of teaching science , curricula and methods of teaching mathematics, and in 1424/1425 e was
adopted opening.
The department aims at achieving the following

objectives:
a. To provide the student with the main theories
dealing with curriculum and instruction.
b. To provide the student with the main methods of
teaching and the opportunity to practice them.
c. To develop the ability of the student to practice
the skills of teaching through the student teaching
programme.
As has been the adoption of programs Ph.D. in

education (curriculum and teaching methods) in 1418
/ 1419 e In the course curricula and teaching methods
and course curricula and teaching methods and course
materials social curricula and methods of teaching science, and the section began in doctoral programs in the
course of curricula and teaching methods Assembly in
1420 / 1421 e, in the course of curricula and methods
of teaching science in the rotation of the presidency
since its inception-Section-A group of faculty members
following table shows the names and periods of taking
up the chairmanship of the section.
Landmarks:
Mission:
Perpetuate efforts to develop and provoke continuous evaluation and upgrade of the curriculum and
instruction endeavors through its graduate and undergraduate programs. The department, also, aims to
prepare sound in-service training to teachers, principals, and educational supervisors and officials in-order
to put immediate effect on the field. Quality research
that finds answers to local educational dilemmas is a
Degrees:
Master - PhD
Aims:
Library section:
Established in 1400 e, and include textbooks
assessments in public education, Saudi Arabia and some
other Arab countries, and includes some references
in the curriculum and some books of statistics, also
contains copies of letters masters and doctoral which
has been prepared by the students of the section in all
disciplines.
Sources content library:
These sources include:
1. The Ministry of Education in Saudi Arabia.
2. The Ministries of Education in the Arab States.
3. Its faculty members section of the library of
references and scientific journals.
Imaging Unit:
Imaging unit contains a set of advanced devices include a range of cameras and tape recorders and video
presentation, as containing ...... , And supervised by a
technical specialist based photography, maintenance
and follow-up services, and store video and displayed

when one member is teaching them.
The aim of the section created to improve education
performance for students education field and ways of
teaching students decisions, where imaging performance
of trainees in Education Field on video, and then
presented and discussed by Professor decision and
students, St receive feedback to the trainee, who was
filmed performance, also of interest to his colleagues
get through the presentation and discussion.
Computer labs:
Section comprises curricula and teaching methods
of the four computer labs containing 78 an automatic,
and aims section of the establishment of these labs provide decision 250 approach and use of the computer
in teaching, so as to provide students of the College
of Education Culture computer process to enable them
to take advantage of the computer and its applications
in their studies and after graduation course they teach,
and include such devices on the following specifications:
1. Type Pentium 4
2. Speed: 204 G Hz
3. Memory: 64 MB
4. Hard disk capacity: 40 GB
5. In addition to devices equipped with multimedia
techniques Also, each plant an advanced laser
printer, a presentation of Data Show, and optical
scanner. The department has: 4 computer labs 2
Science Labs in addition to a Student Teaching unit
Faculty:
Name:
A bdul Aziz Alroati
AbdulAziz Alnajada
AbdulAziz Bintaleb
Abdulhakeem Alwakeel
Abdullah Alajaji
Abdullah alhadlq
Abdullah Alhuzimi
Abdullah almoghirah
Abdullah Alshiri
Abdullah alsuraie
Abdullah Alyahya
Abdulmohsin Alsif
Abdulmohsin Aqili
Abdulrhaman Ashawan
Abdulrhman almutrif
Abeer alrabea
Adbullah Mqushi
Ahmed Faqeeh
Ali Alsughir
Amal ElIbraheem
Amrullah Elbesati
Ashwaq Suhaim
Asma Quhaiz
Basmah Eltaiar
Elham Elsadoon
Eman Meraiy
Fahad alshaya
Faten Mustafa
Ghasan Badi
Haiat Alajlan
Hisham Sjarifi
Hussa Saghair
Ibrahib Ba butain
Ibtisam abdullah
Jawhara Alsaud
Jawhara Alshaikh
Khaled Alhudaifi
Latifa Alsumiri
Layla Albader
Manal Aldahash
Moahmmed Alharthi
Moahmmed Elfi
Mohammed Albashir
Mohammed Aldaihan
Mohammed Aldosari
Mohammed Almosa
Munirah Albassam
Naser Almassary
Nedhal Alhamad
Norah aladwan
Norah Alhazzani
Othman Alburikan
Radhi Soroor
Rashed Abdulkareem
Rashed jassas
Reem Alobikan
Riyadh Alhassan
Said Alshamrani
Saleh Alabdulkareem
Saleh Alhudaithi
Saleh Almufadda
Saleh Alnassar
Sameerah Alzahrani
Sarah AlOrini
Saud Alkathiri
Seham Ababutain
Suzan Hajomar
Talal Almujel
Tawfeeq Bedaiwi
Ulfat Fudah
Wafa Alsaif
Yousif AlShumaimri
Course Description:
CI 470 Student Teaching in Chemistry
CI 471 Student Teaching in Physics
CI 472 Student Teaching in Biology
These three courses aim at enabling the student to:
1. Apply theory into practice what he has learned in
teaching methods.
2. To plan lessons.
3. Use instructional media.
4. To prepare classroom tests.
5. Participate in school activities.
185
Department of
Art Education
Vision:
That the Department of Art Education with a leading position and outstanding at the local, regional and
international levels. Through the creation of the educational environment, educational and research to enable
it to effectively play its role in preparing teachers and
specialists and scholars of proven competence, quality,
and provide cultural, scientific and professional community service.
Mission:
Section is seeking to achieve the mission of educational, scientific and professional in the preparation of
teachers and specialists in the field of art education and
the arts, in addition to the interest in scientific research
and provide specialized services and professional consultancy that enrich scientific specialization and meet the
needs of society and civil government private sectors.
About:
186
With the expansion of education in the Kingdom of

Saudi Arabia, appeared the urgent need for qualified
teachers and instructors for the teaching material in
various stages Professional Education Seminar. In 1395
e in 1975, the number of technical education teachers
who work in the teaching of this article in stages over
the primary contractors about five hundred teachers
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Education.
Perhaps the most important problems facing the ministry at the time was that the main problems faced by
the ministry at the time was that the teachers of this article were different countries and at different levels of
knowledge in this article, and was difficult to standardize concepts for arts education and its role in public life,
education and the best ways to teach.
Hence the idea of preparing teachers and teaching
material for the national arts education in the stages
of public education. , A committee was formed for this
purpose. This Committee has recommended to start
implementation of a section and the start of the study,
with the beginning of the school year 94/1395 are as
independent and be based in the Faculty of Education,
University of King Saud.
It has evolved through the history of this section and
expanded interdisciplinary curriculum, and increased
depending on the number of professors and students.
It also sent a number of graduates of Higher Studies
abroad. He is currently section fourteen members of the
faculty (Ph.D.) are eight staff. As a Section Educational
functional status of girls undergraduate Baalish in 1405
e, and graduated more than ten batches so far.
The shareholders of faculty members sworn in academic

activities in specialized conferences at home and
abroad, as contributing to the publication of research
in journals and author of books Court in the area of
arts education. The section also contributes professors
and students in cultural activities including festivals of
national heritage and culture festivals, and a number of
Arab and international organizations.
Degrees:
Bachelor Master
Aims:
The overall objectives of the Department of Education
Professional
1. Trained graduate teachers and specialists in the
field of arts education bachelors degree, to teach
in the stages of public education.
2. Expanding perceptions about studying the history
of art and artistic taste and their applications in
the field of arts education in the teaching of
Madras public education.
3. Guide and increase the awareness of students to
the section in the aesthetic heritage and the Arab
Islamic civilization.
4. Develop the professional skills of students
through the expression of various materials and
applications.
5. Interest areas of research, seminars, lectures
and follow-up developments in the field of arts
education at the Arab and international levels.
Landmarks:

Dept. Gallery

Student Artwork

Department Art Studios

Drawing and Design Studio

Painting Studio

Student art (Lather)

Student Artwork (pottery)
Faculty:
Name:
Aber almogren
abod Abdurrahman
Abtesam Abduljawad
Ahmed Mohammed
Awad alyamy
Bader alotybe
Fahad alfuheed
Faredh alsubeay
Fatima yusry
Fauaz abonayan
Gawaher Alsudon
Hanan alobed
Huda mohammed
Khaled almarmash
Kholod alobekan
Masudah gurban
Mohammed Abdullah
Mohammed alduayhy
Mohammed aldusary
Mohammed alnmla
Muna mohammed
Najla alrashed
Njeeh aumar
Rahma khlel
Reem aladwan
Rehab algthmy
Saleh alzayr
Salem alaeed
Salem algethy
Saosan alhanawy
Sultan benzyad
Thana alodeby
Yusef alamode
Zainab ali
The preparation of specialists in different

fields of arts for teachers in government and
private sectors.
Expand the perception of students about
the history of art and artistic taste and their
applications in the teaching of art education
in the schools of general education.
Direction and increase the awareness of
students to the aesthetic values in heritage
and Arab-Islamic civilization.
Develop the technical skills of students
through the expression of various materials
and applications.Interest in scientific research,
seminars and lectures specialized in the field
of art education and follow-up of recent
developments in the field of art education
on the Arab and international levels
To contribute to the teaching and re-training
of teachers on the job.
Development aspects of the creative
innovation to the teacher and student
Study Plan:
First Level
Course Code
Course Name
Units
ARAB 101
Language Skills
CI 333
Principles of Islamic
Education
English Language
Basics of Educational
Research
Course Code
Course Name
Units
ARAB 103
Arab Basic Writing

Introduction to Art
Education
Drawing
Forming Environmental
Materials
Pottery and Ceramics
Works
Art Education
Terminology
Introduction to Computer
in Art Education
ED 101
ENG 101
PSY 113
101 ARED
103 ARED
105ARED
106 ARED
108 ARED
Aims:
Preparing teachers and specialists in the
field of art education and the arts bachelors
degree, a master of teaching in general
education.
3
2
Second Level
Programs:
BA Art Education
210 ARED
3
2
2
2
1
2
Third Level
Course Code
ARED 102
ARED 104
Course Name
Elements and Principles of
Design
Geometric Drawing
Units

Student Artwork (Wood)

Student Artwork (Paintings)

Student Artwork (Metal)

Department Exhibitions

Graduate Student Exhibition

Pen Exhibition

Computer Laboratory IBM (1)

Computer Laboratory MAC (2)

Ceramics Laboratory

Disposable and Environmental Materials Workshop

Metalwork and Jewelry Workshop

Carpentry Workshop
2
1
187
ARED 107
Tribal, African & Primitive arts
ARED 203
Islamic Ornament and

Arabic Calligraphy
Linear Composition
ARED 205
Glazes and Ceramic Ornaments 2
ARED 208
Studies of Colour
ARED 209
Introduction to Art Appreciation 2
101 IC
ARED 202
CI 330
3
IC 104
2
2
2
Course Code
Course Name
Units
ARED 313
Art Education Exhibition

Philosophy of Art
Education
Enamel and Jewelry
Research and Evaluation in
Art Education
Uses of Computer in
Education
Teaching Methods in Art
Education
Production and Use of
Educational Media
ARED 403
ARED 405
Course Name
Units
ARED 409
ARED 314
Children Drawing and its

Developmental Stages
Islamic Art
Principles of Art
Composition
Textile Printing
ARED 402
Painting
ARED 412
Computer Drawing
Islam & Building of
Community
Course Code
Course Name
Units
ARED 206
Weaving
Principles and Theories of
Art Education
Forming with Disposable
Materials
Woodwork
ARED 201
ARED 207
ARED 302
IC 102
PSY 221
2
2
CI 250
CI 346
ITE 250
Seventh Level
Fourth Level
Course Code
Curriculum & General

Teaching Methods
Basics of Political System
in Islam
PSY 151
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
Eighth Level
Course Code
CI 466
Course Name
Student Teaching
Units
12
Fifth Level
ARED301
ARED 303
ARED 304
ARED 305
ARED 309
188
ARED 312
IC 103
ITE 241
ARED
Metalwork 305
ARED 309 Experimenting
in Painting
Interior Design

Technologies of Education
& Communication
Acquainting students with the creative applications of

texture.., rhythm, balance unity..) and their use in
design.
ARED 103 Drawing (2 credits)
Introduces students to the art of drawing through series
of exercises in freehand drawing, exploration of a range

of drawing methods, media and concepts; emphasizes
drawing from observation.
ARED 104 Technical Drawing (1 credit)
Course Code
Course Name
ARED 308
Renaissance and Modern Art 2
311 ARED
Printmaking
ARED 315
ARED 404
Molding and Ceramic Kilns

Art Education for
Exceptional Group
Application in Illustrative
Design
Mural Painting
ARED 407
Rug Making
ARED 401
ARED 102 Elements and Principles of Design (2 credits)

the visual elements and principles of art (line, color,
Sixth Level
ARED 316
Course Description:
Units
Technical drawing and its applications in art education;

series of exercises in drawing geometric shapes,
projection (point of view), section, and perspective.
ARED 105 Forming Environmental Materials (2 credits)
1
2
Utilization materials of local environment to produce

creative art work; studying the nature of each material,
techniques, their uses in art education.
ARED 106 Pottery and Ceramics (2 credits)
Introduction to pottery and ceramic, their artistic and
ARED 107 Ancient, African and Tribal Art (2 credits)

Historical and aesthetic study of the art of ancient
civilizations and tribal art; focuses on ancient Egypt,
Mesopotamia, Greece, and Roman Empire; African
tribal art, the art of other primitive societies.
ARED 108 Art Education Terminology (2 credits)
The meaning and use of basic art and art education
terms; English words of tools, art materials, techniques,
terms related to art education field of study and other
related disciplines.
ARED 201 Children Drawing and its Developmental
Stages (2 credits)
Explores a number of theories of child art and its
educational, artistic and psychological implications; the
relationship between children physical development
and their artistic growth.
ARED 202 Calligraphy and Islamic Decoration (2 credits)
Focuses on the principles, types, history and aesthetic
of Arabic calligraphy and Islamic decorative arts; new
creative ways of using decoration and calligraphy.
ARED 203 Linear Composition (2 credits)
Studying the creative possibilities of line in two
dimensional composition; alternative tools and
techniques used in linear composition.
ARED 204 Leather and Paper Work (2 credits)
Exploring the qualities of leather and paper as art and
craft medium and its expressive application in teaching
art in general education.
ARED 205 Glazes and Ceramic Ornaments (2 credits)
Theoretical and practical study of glazes and decorating
techniques in ceramic and pottery. The course covers
methods such as relief, intaglio, over and under glaze etc.
ARED 206 Weaving (2 credits)
Exploring the materials, tools and techniques of
hand weaving with frame and other simple looms; it
application in art education in schools.
ARED 207 Islamic Art (2 credits)
Study of Islamic Art and its elements and the spiritual
and aesthetic principles; its historical and stylistic
developments.
ARED 208 Studies of Colour (2 credits)

Study of basic colour theories and their use in Visual
Art. The course includes practical studies in primary,
secondary, neutral colours etc.
ARED 209 Introduction to Art Appreciation (2 credits)
Theoretical study of art appreciation and providing
students with ways to develop their aesthetic
appreciation of visual arts.
ARED 301 Principles and Theories of Art Education
(2 credits)
Examining the historic development of theories and
concepts and their effects on the practice in the field
of art education.
ARED 302 Principles of Art Composition (2 credits)
Theoretical and practical study of composition in art
and ways of utilizing its components to achieve overall
unity in art work.
ARED 303 Forming with Disposable Materials (2 credits)
Utilization of disposable man-made materials to create
2 and 3 dimensional art work; utilizing these media in
art education in primary and secondary schools.
ARED 304 Woodwork (3 credits)
Exploring wood as a medium in art and craft; utilizing
hand and powered tools and the application of
woodwork in general education.
ARED 305 Metalwork (3 credits)
Studio experience in working with faros and non-faros
metal techniques and properties.
ARED 308 Renaissance and Modern Art (2 credits)
Study of the evolution of art since the Renaissance
in the west; exploring the development of concepts,
schools and styles in Modern and Contemporary art.
ARED 309 Experimenting in Painting (2 credits)
Practical and theoretical investigation of alternative
concepts, techniques and materials in painting.
ARED 311 Printmaking (3 credits)
Studio exploration of variety of techniques and
concepts in printmaking; application of the medium in
school art.
ARED 312 Interior Design (2 credits)
Application of elements and principles employed in
interior design of living, working and public spaces as
well as other interiors.
educational application; preparation of clay, hand

forming, bisque firing.
189
ARED 313 Art Education Exhibition (2 credits)

Study of educational and artistic objectives of school
and professional art exhibits, and procedures of setting
exhibition.
ARED 314 Textile Printing (2 credits)
Practical activities utilizing various methods, tools and
materials of printing on textile; use of the medium in
classroom setting.
ARED 315 Molding and Ceramic Kilns (2 credits)
Studio activities in the production of ceramic using
variety of molding techniques; study of firing methods
and types of ceramic kilns.
ARED 316 Art Education for Exceptional Group (1
credit)
Investigating aspects of various exceptional groups and
the role of art in special education.
ARED 401 Application in Illustrative Design (2
credits)
Studio activities in the application of graphic art in
designing books, publication, posters, illustrations etc.
ARED 402 Painting (3 credits)
Theoretical and studio work in painting; its history,
concepts, materials and techniques.
ARED 403 Philosophy of Art Education (2 credits)

The course traces the fundamental philosophical
concepts that affected theories and practices in art
education.
190
ARED 404 Mural Painting (3 credits)

Exploring methods, tools and media used in murals and
their implementation commercially and educationally.
ARED 405 Enamel and Jewelry (3 credits)
Using metal and non-metal media to produce wearable
jewelry; exploring enameling techniques.
ARED 407 Rug Making (2 credits)
Studio activities using methods, tools and materials to
produce rugs and wall hangings.
ARED 409 Research and Evaluation in Art Education
(2 credits)
Investigating issues and methods concerning research
and evaluation in art education discipline.
ARED 411 Glass Work (2 credits)

Examining various glass work techniques and their
application in art and craft; the use of the medium in
art education.
The department of Instructional Media and Technology supports the design, development, utilization,
management, and evaluation of instructional technology effectively and efficiently at all levels of theory,
practice and ethics by hiring qualified faculty members, staff, and talented students to create enrich
learning/instruction/training environment. Moreover,
the department promotes its faculty members, staff,
and students professional development to keep up
with the advances in the field of instructional technology theory, research and practices and to contribute actively in development of the field locally and
globally.
Mission:
The department of Instruction Media and Technology
supports rich learning environment throughout strategic
planning for continues evaluation and development
of the department programs, research activities and
community services. The department emphasizes
quality assurance by acquiring faculty, staff, and students
according to well accepted international standards to
reinforce the learning and instruction processes. The
department is eager to prepare scholarly leaders that
are capable to participate in the development of the
field and to integrate information technology in the
learning environment effectively.
Degrees:
Master
Aims:
A-Objectives Relevant to the Academic side:
To support the academic programs in

the college of education by providing
compulsory courses to the students of the
college and other optional and free courses
to the university students in the field of
instructional communication and technology.
To support the graduate programs in the
college of education and the university, such
as the offering Masters degree courses in the
field instructional technology and courses in
general diploma of education.
To activate the research in education and
instruction in general and in educational
technology in particular through the
participation of the faculty members in
the scholarly conferences and symposiums
and conducting researches, sessions and
supervising the masters and doctorate theses
in cooperation with the Saudi universities
that provide such degrees in the field of
instructional technology.
Department of
Instructional
Technology
To support the objectives and activities of

the educational institutions in the kingdom
of Saudi Arabia, such as the presentation of
training programs to the in-service teachers
with the aim of developing their skills in the
field of instructional technology.
To support the programs of community
service center and continuing education
through the cooperation with the department
in preparing and offering training sessions,
consultations and a variety of workshops.
To support the integration of technology in
the learning environment to reinforce the
learning and instruction processes.
B- Objectives relevant to the technical side:
To support the scientific sides in some

courses offered by the department through
providing the supervision, training and
technical consultations to the students of such
courses beside the provision of materials,
tools and required facilities that the practical
part needs in such courses
To give the technical assistance to the faculty
members in the courses with practical nature
and follow up of the students projects
etc.
To provide the technical assistance to the
faculty members whether in the department
or the college in the field of design
and production of illustrations, posters,
photographic slides, videotapes, audiotapes
and instructional computer-programs
etc. in addition to the providing of technical
support to the university colleges and
departments.
To design and production of posters which
are devoted to the aims of scientific and
cultural occasions.
Vision:
191
To provide the technical assistance to the

educational institutions and other institutions
in the local community- out of the service
scope.
Landmarks:
Technical units of the department
1-Graphic Unit:
This unit consists of three studios that contain the
technicians offices, tools, materials and systems
required for the design and production of several
types of instructional media such as the photographers,
overhead presentation transparencies, graphs,
educational panels, printed materials etc. And these
studios serve the students of the courses 250 WSL,
265 WSL, 524 languages, in addition to the services
provided by the unit to the college and university in
general.
2-Computer Labs Unit:

This unit consists of three computer labs which are
equipped with modern digital technologies. These labs
are devoted to the use by faculty members, staff, and
students for instructional and learning purposes. Several
of courses in the areas of instructional computer and
multimedia have been offered in theses labs, such as
250 WSL, 251WSL 228WSL, and 535WSL. Moreover,
the labs have been used to train faculty members on
the applications of the computer in instruction and to
integrate technology in the learning environment.
192
3- Photography Unit:
This unit consists of a complete photography lab located
in the Television and Audio Distribution Center. The
lab works are carried out by specialized technicians.
This unit serves the students of the 335 WSL course
Photography for Educational Purposes and the
practical part of the course 250 WSL in addition to the
services provided by the college and university in the
different occasions.
This unit consists of a television studio and sound and

image control unit, and cinematic movies transformation
systems, along with the other television materials,
montage and copying systems. These are supervised by
specialized technicians in the television, photography
and direction engineering. This unit provides its services
to the students of the course 350 WSL Instructional
Video, the college, the university and educational
institutions out of the scope of the university.
6- Animation Unit:
This unit contains systems and equipments that are
concerned with the design and production of the
animations in the educational situations.
7- Equipment Unit
This unit consists of two labs for the storage and
maintenance of instructional devices. This unit also
train the student of the 250 WSL course Production
and Use of Instructional Media to use and maintain
the instructional devices. In addition, it provides the
services of borrowing to the faculty members and
technicians of the department.
8- Media Library Unit:
This unit contains not only instructional audio-visual
materials such as the videotapes and movies 16 mm and
sound tapes and photographic slices. This unit offers
its services to the faculty members and students in the
college through the preservation, storage, classification
and borrowing of the audiovisual materials in the
fields of educational psychology, chemistry, physics,
mathematics, etc. Moreover, the library provides
connection to World Wide Web through a set of
computers and a place for meetings or discussions.
Faculty:
Name:
Abdel Aziz Mohamed Al-Aqily
Abdullah M. Al-Majed
Abdullah S. Al-Qahtani
Abdulrahman Saleh Al-Amer
4- Sound Units:
This unit contains receiving and recording auditory
systems to produce different instructional audio
materials. The unit is supervised by a specialized
technician and serves the students of the 227 WSL
course Audio communication Media. In addition, it
provides its services to the other technical units in the
department or college.
5- TV Studio Unit
Badr Ibn Abdullah Hamad Al Saleh

Fahd Bin Nasser El Fahd
Gamal Al-Shrhan
Mohammed Seleman Al-Moshygh
Saleh Mohammed Al-Oteawi
Saleh Mubarak El-Dabassy
About:
The department of Educational Administration,
once part of the Department of Education, s now the
newest Department in the College of Education which
Department
of Educational
Administration
was, found in 1386 - 1387 H. (1966 - 1967). Luckily department of Educational Administration has recently
been initiated as a full-fledged entity on the basis of
the Council of Higher Education Decree 6/7/1418 H
which is supported by the Royal approval # 7/B/18355,
dated 20/4/1418 H.
As such this newly emerged department has already
Faiz alfaiz
launched an ambitious plan to implement graduate
Heend majed
programs leading to the masters and doctoral degrees.

The doctoral degree is awarded in two majors: (a)
Mobark alhamad
general instruction administration; and (b) Higher
Mohammed Alhosainy
Education Administration. However, the objectives of
Mohammed almneea
the department can be summed up as two folds: (1)

Training a cadre of highly qualified personnel in the
Molehan althbeety
area of educational administration and instructional
Moneerh al Abdulaziz
supervision, while in the meantime, continue to provide
Nouf jommah
the basic training in education at the bachelor level;
Sara Almongash
(2) Contributing to the advancement of the field of

educational administration through conducting field
Wafaa mohammed
studies and systematic research, as well as providing

professional consultations to the interested educational
Degrees:
Master - PhD
Faculty:
Name
Abdulaziz ababteen
Abdullah abdullteef
Abdullah almanea
Abdurrahman ahmad
Abdurrahman alhabeeb
Abdurrahman alshahwan
Abdurrahman babteena
Ali alkhrny
and social agencies.
Amal Alshaman
Fahad alhabeeb
193
Vision:
Starting to see the Department of Education of the
College vision and integrate them, where he will attend
other educational posts in giving the student teacher
the assets of the teaching profession and skills.
Section means the preparation and composition of
researchers who tracks pedagogy and adult education
in the two phases of masters and doctorate, and
extends section activity to the community through their
research and studies dealing with community issues and
problems, and through their role in the provision of
advisory services educational and learning the various
sectors concerned in the educational community and
educational
About:
Department of Education, King Saud University, is
one of the oldest sections of the total earning assets of
the student teaching profession and skills. The section
was established in 1387 e and Education Section of the
sections that provide services for all disciplines college,
it does not make a professional-level degree, but other
sections involved in giving students the teaching profession and assets. The Department of Education currently oversees the program degree in kindergarten to
resign in the special section.
Mission:
194
Section provides education is a program of Master

of Education in the disciplines of Education, education
administration, adult education and continuing education. It also provides another program, in the same disciplines at the level of Ph.D. Moreover, its participation
in the section of the teaching program in the General
Education Diploma in training courses for managers of
primary schools, middle and high school and others.
It also qualifies human and trained cadres at the level
of masters and doctoral work in the field achieved in
the various sectors of the educational community. The
faculty members at the Department of Education runs
activity inside Ksmanm and their college and university
to their community, where problems have taken their
material for their research and studies, and expertise involved in the work, part-time advisers in several ministries and bodies. Participating faculty members in both
events writing in the press and participating in symposia radio and television.
Degrees:
Aims:
Education Section of the sections do not provide
a professional-level degree, but servicing both
disciplines College of Education where he is involved
other sections give the teaching profession and assets
of philosophical, historical, social, the most important

asset of the Islamic Educational students. Section
oversees the program degree in kindergarten. One of
the most important objectives of the section, which
seeks to achieve the following:
development ability of the student to understand the
theories and concepts of education and give Tasila Islamic.
providing the intellectual framework student in a modern scientific education.
enable the student to know the genesis of education in
Saudi Arabia.
Faculty:
Abdulaziz alrashed
Abdulaziz alsunbol
Abdullah alabaad
Abdullah almugren
Abdulmuhsen aluteby
Abdurrahman algamdy
Abdurrahman alhumeed
Ahud alshajee
Alanod algeth
Ali alhajee
Alsaed alkhmesy
Amal munea
Amany alzead
Asma badawod
Azeza almana
Bader alutybe
Balkes dagestany
Bander alsuelam
Fahad alsultan
Fatima alagel
Fauzeh albaker
Gada almusa
Gada alsdrany
Hala alaungary
Hanya alshnwny
Hasan alulagy
Hefa albasam
Hnady alauthman
Huda alameel
Huda alsaeed
Hyaa alrauaf
Khaled alhamad
Khaled slahalden
Khalel alsaadat
Khulod alsunea
Maha dabur
Mohammed ali
Mohammed almaleky
Mohammed alyahya
Mohammed alzamel
Mohammed khateb
Msbah kurdy
Muna aljaser
Munerh almansur
Munner aluteby
Nadeh algelan
Nadeh almutery
Naual aljaed
Nehad alhuthely
Nura alkhtany
Nura alsuleman
Raja bahthek
Saher alsharef
Saleeh algamdy
Sharefa alkhseem
Thorya kadsa
ED 241
250 CEDU
260 CEDU
EDA 352
ED 222
ED 231
IC 101

Children Drawing and its
ARED 201
Development Stages
230 CEDU
Socialization
Computer Usage and
CI 250
knowledge
ED 223
School Health
IC 102
Educational television
267 WSL
programs for children
PSY 221
Study Plan:
ED 341
Level1
Hrs
2
IC 103
PSY 111
3
2
2
Level 2
151 CEDU
212 CEDU
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
Hrs
2
3
2
2
3
2
Level3
Hrs
Forming with Disposable materials 2
ARED 303
WSL 241
Course Title
Psychology of Play
Childhood Problems
Measurements and Evaluation
Development of concepts and
language skills
Educational Systems in the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and
the Arab World
Educational Technology of
Communication
Developmental Psychology I
Hrs
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
Level6
220 CEDU
Readings in English Childhood
282 CEDU
Independent Study
Management of Nurseries and
341 CEDU
kindergartens
The development of
354 CEDU
Mathematical concepts and skills
The development of Scientific
356 CEDU
concepts and skills
Curriculum & General
CI 330
Teaching Methods
Basics of Political System in Islam
IC 104
PSY 323
Hrs
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Level7
232 CEDU
Child guidance and direction
Hrs
2
Course Code
236 CEDU
331 CEDU
335 CEDU
352 CEDU
Course Title
Arabic Editing
Introduction to Kindergarten
Children in Islam
Recent trends in Child-rearing
The development of technical
skills and mobility
Religious Education and social
Hrs
Level5
BA Education
Course Code
103 ARB
100 CEDU
110 CEDU
120 CEDU
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Level4
Programs:

101 ARB
Language skills
The Fundamentals of Islamic
101 ED
Education
101 ENG
English Language
The Principles of Educational
113 PSY
Research
333 ED
Pre-School education
Kindergarten Curriculum
Child Nutrition
School Administration
Sociology of Education
History of Islamic Education
195
433 CEDU
459 CEDU
ED 321
ITE 250
PSY 151
Extraordinary Child
Psychology
Educational Field in
Kindergarten
Comparative Education
Producation and Utilization of
education
Evaluation in Education
3
6
2
Course Title
Child education
Educational field in Kindergarten
Seminar in Kindergarten
Educational Issues
Psychology of Motivation and
Emotions
Hrs
2
6
3
2
3
Course Description:
IC 101 Introduction to Islamic Culture (2
credit-hours)
This course aims to introduce the student to the Islamic
culture; manifestation of the Muslims attitude towards
other cultures; explaining the characteristics of Islam,
such as: Universality, Comprehensibility, integrity, consistency with human nature (instinct), reason, and science. This subject also explains the Islamic tenet and
its fundamentals, such as: To believe in Allah, the Hereafter, the Angles, the Holy Books, the Messengers, and
Divine Destiny.
IC 102 The Role of Islam in the Construction of

Society (2 credit-hours)
196
Utilization of disposable man-made materials to create

2 and 3 dimensional art work; utilizing these media in
art education in primary and secondary schools.
Leve8
Course Code
438 CEDU
461 CEDU
480 CEDU
ED 441
PSY 205
ARED 303 Forming with Disposable Materials

(2 credits)
This course studies the following: The concept of the

Muslim society; its basics, its method and characteristics, means of consolidating its social ties; the most important social problems, the Islamic philosophy of family affairs, marriage: its introductory formalities, aims
and effects. It also deals with ways of strengthening the
family bonds.
IC 103 The Islamic Economic System (2 credit-hours)

This course depicts the Islamic concept of life, the nature of man, the basic constituents of the Islamic economics and its objectives, it studies as well the legal
evidences of these topics. It also explains the opinion
of Islam toward finance, ownership, production, maintenance, conception, distribution of wealth, and the
exchange in the Islamic Economic system.
IC 104 Fundamentals of Isl. Political System (2

credit-hours)
This subject contains the following: Introduction to the
Political System and its fundamentals; the Islamic Political
System is the best system for human societies to follow
and apply; the rise up of Islamic State during the Prophets lifetime, Caliphate, and the fundamentals of State.
ARED 201 Children Drawing and its

Developmental Stages (2 credits)
Explores a number of theories of child art and its educational, artistic and psychological implications; the relationship between children physical development and
their artistic growth.
PSY 221 Educational Psychology (3 credit-hours)

Main emphasis is on various applications of psychology
in teaching and learning which include developmental
concepts, socialprocesses, language and thinking, personality and mental health, models of teaching theory
and application of learning process.
PSY 323 Theories of Learning (3 credit-hours)

The course contains different theories of learning, their
advantages and disadvantage, their applications, and
integral overview of different theories.
PSY 111 Developmental Psychology-I (3 credithours)

The course aims at introducing various concepts in
developmental psychology. Main emphasis is focused
on recent research and theory on biological, cognitive
and social aspects of child development from infancy
through early adolescence.
PSY 151 Educational Evaluation (2 credit-hours)

Concepts and procedures basic to definition and utilization of selected behavioral variables considered in
context of educational and applied problems. Main
emphasis is on the utilization of achievement and performance tests used in evaluation.
CEDU 100 Introduction to Kindergarten (3

credit-hours)
An overview and comprehensive study in student
education and kindergarten on early childhood and
kindergarten in terms of genesis and evolution, philosophy and objectives, and course aims to identify
the characteristics of the growth of preschool child
and needs of different, and to know the most important ways and means to achieve growth, the longest of
the child at this stage.
CEDU 110 Children in Islam (2 credit-hours)

The extent of care given by Islam to the Muslim childrearing, and the manifestations of such care and coverage of aspects of psychological, social and mental
property. In addition to the methods of child-rearing
and development of the Islamic personality.
The course aims at introducing to the student of recent

trends and factors affecting it, and the most modern
theories of child-rearing.
models of the problems related to the organization of

developmental and psychosis, behavior disorders and
emotional problems and disorders of customs and other disorders (definition, symptoms, causes, prevention
methods and treatment )
CEDU 151 The development of technical skills

and mobility (3 credit-hours)
CEDU 335 Measurements and evaluation of a

child pre-school (3 credit-hours)
The course aims at introducing the types of student

motor skills and technical and give them the ability to
grow and develop in a child for kindergarten through
the means and activities.
Provide the student with basics and scientific facts and

theory for measurement and evaluation in the field of
psychological, educational and defined methods used
to study children, and means of information collection
and measurement tools capabilities and cognitive skills
and personal development of preschool child. The student practical application of some standards on kindergartners, this decision also includes the most important
statistical treatments used in the field of measurement
and evaluation.
CEDU 212 Religious education and social (2

credit-hours)
Clarify the concept of religious education, social, and
objectives, and student training in methods of religious education and social development of a child preschool.
CEDU 250 Kindergarten Curricula (2 credithours)

The course aims at introducing the nature of the student curriculum pre-school in terms of definition and
objectives, types and components and methods of
evaluation.
CEDU 260 Child Nutrition (2 credit-hours)

The course aims at introducing the student the importance of nutrition in general and in early childhood especially, and to increase their knowledge of nutritional
problems in school children and the implications of
this.
CEDU 230 Socialization (2 credit-hours)

Student socialization and its importance in the formation of the childs personality, with a focus on the role
of the family and its relationship prevailing in society to
the side of the family there are other social institutions
such as school and community colleagues, the media
and its role in the upbringing process
CEDU 236 The Psychology of Play (2 credithours)

The course aims at introducing the play and its importance through knowledge of the various theories that
explain it. Also deals with the properties and functions
of the multi-play. And clarifies the role of adults in the
child development cognitive and physically, socially and
psychologically through the guidance aimed to play.
CEDU 331 Problems of Childhood (3 credithours)

The course aims at introducing the psychological problems that may be exposed to children in the process
of development and how they identified in the light of
scientific criteria. It also addresses the classification applied universally to these problems and to shed light on
the causes of the psychological problems and the foundations of psychotherapy, and then provide detailed
CEDU 352 Development of Concepts and

language skills (2 credit-hours)
Introduction to language skills needed by the kindergarten teacher to the development of the childs language, and the difficulties faced.
CEDU 220 Readings in English childhood (2

credit-hours)
Provide experience for the student to read the scientific material related to childhood education in English.
Through the variety of texts (in childhood) of books,
journals and information network. Translation of the
discussion of those texts and extract key terms and vocabulary of scientific and educational with the aim to
provide the student with skill refer to the sources in the
acquisition of information.
CEDU 282 Independent Study (2 credit-hours)

Enable students to use scientific skills theory acquired
during their studies with the decision of the principles
of educational research and that whom have through
research education in kindergarten including the choice
of subject and prepare the plan and research in primary and secondary sources appropriate relevant and
choosing the appropriate tool of the research topic and
then analyze the data and interpret the results, which to
achieve their application of the methods of educational
research.
CEDU 341 Management of Nurseries and

Kindergartens(2 credit-hours)
The course aims at introducing the kindergarten student management techniques, organization and the
responsibilities of the administrative, educational and
social terms of supervision and follow-up and development.
CEDU 354 Development of Mathematical

concepts and skills (2 credit-hours)
The course aims at introducing the student how to develop concepts and skills in a child pre-school through
CEDU 120 Recent trends in Child-rearing (2

credit-hours)
197
various activities prepared for children in different educational and staff within the classroom environment.
CEDU 356 Development of Scientific concepts

and skills (2 credit-hours)
The aim of this course is to teach the student how to
develop concepts and scientific skills of the preschool
child through the identification of objectives (cognitive,
affective, skills) and the various activities prepared for
children in different educational and staff within the
classroom environment.
CI 330 Curriculum & General Teaching

Methods (2 credit-hours)
It deals with the knowledge and skills necessary to understand the curriculum and foundations and pillars, elements and types, and supports the teaching of scientific discussion and collaborative activities, and lectures
and seeks to provide opportunities for fruitful thinking
and learning.
CEDU 232 Child guidance and direction (2

credit-hours)
Provide the student the principles and rules of guidance and direction for the preschool child and the development of social skills and study of rules controlling
the behaviour of the child and directed, and review of
the behavioural proposed to guide behaviour, is also
requesting to link this theoretical framework in the application field where you examine the situation of children kindergarten in the entire semester.
CEDU 433 Extraordinary Child Psycholgy (3

credit-hours)
The definition of female groups of children with special

needs and knowledge of methods of early detection of
these children and early intervention for their care, and
to identify new educational programs.
198
CEDU 459 Educational field in Kindergarten (6

credit-hours)
Employment theoretical expertise gained by the student on the ground, and to the different roles of kindergarten teacher.
CEDU 438 Child Education (2 credit-hours)

Development of student awareness of the importance
of culture and its role in improving the situation of the
child through the knowledge of the realities of culture,
characteristics and patterns, and the relationship of elements of different cultures, the culture of children and
to define the elements of childrens literature for the
development of critical thinking.
CEDU 461 Educational Field in Kindergarten (6

credit-hours)
Employment theoretical expertise gained by the student on the ground, and to the different roles of kindergarten teacher.
CEDU 480 Seminar in Kindergarten (3 credithours)

Training the student to work collaboratively in a scientific, systematic and practice experience in the field
of scientific research by selecting one of the issues related to her specialty in the area of kindergarten and
preparing for a symposium integrated on the subject,
taking into account follow the relevant institutions and
communication specialists which develop communication skills, social and enrich the information requesting
defined all that is new in the specialization.
ED 223 School Health (2 credit-hours)

The objective of the course is to heighten the awareness
of the future educators about the problems of schools
concerning health, i.e. common infectious diseases of
children, vaccinations, health education and school
buildings: Prerequisite:ED 101.
ED 231 History of Islamic Education (2 credit-hours)
An introduction to the Islamic educational achievements
throughout Islamic History. The emphasis is upon
illustrating the
significant schools of thought that characterize Islamic
education through the centuries.
Prerequisite:ED 101.
ED 232 History of Education (2 credit-hours)
Emphasis is devoted to the relation between history and
education, and the importance of studying history of
education and arrangement of content from the field. The
contributions of Eastern and Western ancient civilizations.
The contributions of Islamic educators. The modern
educational movement through the contributions of
many philosophies. Prerequisite: ED 101.
ED 241 Pre-school Education (2 credit-hours)
The available knowledge and data concerning the
importance of this stage of early childhood and the role
of family, kindergarten
and other educational institutions catering to preschool children.
Prerequisite:ED 101.
ED 242 Elementary Education (2 credit-hours)
Studying theoretical background concerning the
history of elementary education in Saudi Arabia, its
development, its problems, its future. The course also
emphasizes the study of child psychology as well as the
effective methods which contribute to the development
of excellent teaching practices. Theoretical and practical
research required. Prerequisite: ED 101.
ED 243 Intermediate and Secondary Education in the
Kingdom. (2credit-hours)
Descriptive analysis of pre-university education,
including historical, religious and cultural factors
and forces underlying the developing of modern
intermediate and secondary education in the Kingdom,
with special reference to new developments. Upon
the completion of the course, students are expected

to have a good knowledge about the origin and new
trends of intermediate and secondary education,
both in their own country and some Arab and foreign
countries. Prerequisite:ED 101.
using the relevant psychological theories and practices.

Education is perceived as a process of guiding the
growth of individuals in a harmonious
society.
Prerequisite: ED 101.
ED 321 Comparative Education. (2 credit-hours)

This course aims at providing students with a broader
perspective nature of comparative education, its
historical development and the importance of
comparative studies in the field of education. Students
are expected to be able to understand, appreciate
and have insight into their own educational system
and the pressing educational problems of their own
society.
ED 443 Philosophy of Education (2 credit-hours)

This course will introduce the students to methods
of philosophical analysis which should contribute
effectively to understanding the conceptual basis of
judgments in education. The students will read both
classical and modern writers on the concept of education
and relate those readings to important contributions in
the history of thought relevant to universities and other
institutions of education. Emphasis will be placed on
Islamic philosophy of education. Prerequisite: ED 101.
ED 341 Educational Systems in the Kingdom of Saudi

Arabia and the Arab World (2 credit-hours)
The course provides a systematic analysis of the modern
educational system in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
and the Arab world. The objective is to understand,
appreciate and identify with their own system of
education and problems confronting their society.
Prerequisite ED 101.
ED 101 Principle of Islamic Education (3 credit-hours)

This course is an investigation of philosophy of
the underpinnings of modern education in Muslim
countries. It is an attempt to identify a philosophy to
guide education in line with the objectives of Islam. It
emphasizes the theory of modern Islamic education.
ED 352 School Administration (2 credit-hours)

A concise introduction to the basic concepts and practices
of school administration as reflected in contemporary
theories and application. Further reading to gain insight
into solving problems in school administration is also
emphasized. Prerequisite: ED 101.
ED 353 Educational Supervision (2 credit-hours)
Special emphasis is placed on the concept of modern
educational supervision its methods, techniques, types,
significant modern trends and their effects on the
professional development of the teacher. Evaluating
teacher efficiency and improving the process of teaching
and learning in order to realize desired educational
objectives.
ED 441 Educational Issues (2 credit-hours)
The main objective of the course is to find out the
major issued facing education in Saudi Arabia and to
try to reach for possible solutions for these issues.
ED 442 Teaching and Learning (2 credit-hours)
To introduce students to psychology and principles of
education. Emphasis is laid on children and teachers
ED 121 School and Society (2 credit-hours

Principles and practices in developing and maintaining
appropriate school-society relationships, opinion and
analysis.
ED 221 Adult Education (2 credit-hours)
The course emphasizes methodical study of the nature
and the underlying philosophy of adult education, the
educational situation
and the basic concepts in guiding and counseling
adults.
Prerequisite: ED. 101.
ED 222 Sociology of Education (2 credit-hours)
The objective of the course is to explore the sociological
perspectives of education, stressing the significant
interaction between social processes and educational
institutions and demonstrating how sociological theory
and research are effectively contributing to solving
educational problems.
Prequisite: ED 101.
ED 351 Educational Planning (2 credit-hours)

The course is designed to introduce the student to the
fundamentals of educational planning and to provide
them with the basic skills necessary to undertake
educational planning throughout the Arab World.
ED 111 An Introduction to Educational Research (2

credit-hours)
The course is designed to introduce students to the
basic concepts of research, its methods and application
in the field of
education with special emphasis placed on assisting
students to prepare class projects, reports and termpapers.
199
Vision:
Preparation of scientific legitimacy distinctive competencies, the dissemination of research to meet the
needs and support for the process of education and
research with high efficiency. And work on continuing
professional development, and positive interaction
with the requirements of the times.
Mission:
To be as scientific environment of excellence in Islamic studies teaching and research. According to the
criteria and prestigious quality standards adopted.
About:
The Islamic culture department was founded in the
year 93/1394 correspondent to 73/1974 hence, it is
counted as the third department of the education college after the department of education and psychology
.
Degrees:
Landmarks:
Hadith Interpretation Laboratory
Complete Lab. Of interpreting Hadith has been
established at the Islamic Culture department
for teaching the regarded curriculums of Hadith
interpretation in the other stages ( Bach / master Phd.)
The lab. Include in addition to the computer machines,

a specialised library interpretation of Hadith ( P. Moh.
Sayings in addition to the reacted computer.
200
Program to the reacted computer progracy of prophet

Hadith interpretation
Faculty:
Name
Abdulaziz Algasem
Abdulaziz Almobadel
Abdulaziz Almotairy
Abdulaziz Ibrahim
Abdulhakim Almatrody
Abdullah Algabry
Abdullah Alsaeedy
Abdullah Abdulaziz
Abdullah Alabdulakareem
Abdullah Albarrak
Abdullah Aldarweesh
Abdullah Aldosary
Abdullah Alnaser
Abdullah Alrayes
Abdullah Alsahly
Abdullah Alsaif
Abdullah Alswalmh
Abdullah Bajaber
Abdullah Fahad
Abdullah Kohilan
Abdullatif Alwabel
Abdulmohsen Abdullah
Abdulmohsen Alswaegh
Abdurrahem Yaqob
Abdurrahman Algalood
Abdurrahman Almatrody
Abdurrahman Alshehry
Abdurrahman Altroegi
Adel Alholaifi
Adel Alobaisy
Adel Alshedy
Ahmed Ahmed
Ahmed Alharbi
Ahmed Almazyad
Aisha Shohatah
Alaraby Adresy
Ali Alhasson
Ali Alomereeny
Ali Alqsayer
Ali Alsabah
Ali Alzahrany
Asmaa Alhomidhi
Asmaa Atyah
Attyah Abdulaal
Awatef Alkhreesy
Ayeth Aldosary
Badreiah Alfozan
Bellah Mosaaed
Ebtehaj Alshaalan
Fahad Alasker
Fahad Alsonaidy
Ghzayel Aldosari
Halima Almasry
Hamdan Alhamdan
Hamdan Alshammari
Hassan Abahge
Programs:
BA Islamic Studies
Study Plan:
The Curriculum of the Bachelor of Arts (B.A) level:
The Prophet Mohammads (Pbuh) Traditions Quranic
Interpretation Branch.
Level -2
Code
& No
Course Title
Islam and the Construction of

Society
AL 103 Arabic Composition
IC 102
Credit
Hours
2
2
IC 222 Introduction to the Islamic Tenet
IC 111 Introduction to Quranic Sciences

Introduction to the Sciences of
IC 114
Prophet
Mohammad's (Pbuh) Traditions
IC 232
Jurisprudence
Islamic Jurisprudence of
IC 340
Worship-I
Level-3
Code
Course Title
& No
IC 103 The Islamic Economic System
3
2
2
Credit
Hours
2
IC 223 The Islamic Tenet
IC 122 The Tenet of the Sunnites -I

Foundation of Quranic
IC 113
Interpretation
Terminology of the Prophet
IC 212
Mohammad's (Pbuh)Traditions - I
Islamic Jurisprudence of Family
IC 133
Affairs
Foundations of Islamic
IC 317
Jurisprudence - I
2
3
3
2
2
Level-4
Code &
Course Title
No
Foundations of the Islamic
IC 104
Political System
PSY 221 Educational Psychology
IC 322 The Tenet of the Sunnites - II
The Sunnites Opinions Toward
IC 123
Sects - T
IC 313 Quranic Interpretation - III
Foundations of Islamic
IC 434
Jurisprudence - II
Islamic Jurisprudence of
IC 235
Transactions -I
Islamic Jurisprudence of Wills &
IC 134
Inheritance
Credit
Hours
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
Hassan Aboghoddah
Hassan Fathy
Hassan Ibrahim
Hawwa Alabdullah
Haya Alshekh
Helah Almohaidb
Hind Albrahim
Hind Almazrua
Hoda Almatrody
Hoda Mohammed
Ibrahim Alarwan
Ibrahim Alfares
Ibrahim Alrayes
Ibrahim Alseary
Ibrahim Ersan
Khaled Albeshr
Khaled Alqasem
Khaled Alshonebr
Khaled Idrees
Khaleel Hamada
Maha Ababtain
Maha Alotaibi
Mazen Motabgany
Mohammed Abdurrahman
Mohammed Almogren
Mohammed Alshamrany
Mohammed Alsohaim
Mohammed Alturky
Mohammed Altwaigri
Mohammed Altwaigri
Mohammed Alwaheby
Mohammed Alyemny
Mohammed Matrod
Mohammed Mega
Mona Ahmed
Mthawy Albassam
Najah Aldeeb
Naser Almannea
Omar Almarzooqy
Omar Alsolamy
Ranya Nazmy
Saad Alareefy
Saad Alhomaid
Sahel Alotaibi
Saleh Alnaser
Samira Alraheb
Sattam Alnmy
Saud Alotaishan
Saud As-Saud
Shafea Alhariry
Suliman Aleed
Suliman Alkhlewy
Sultan Alhamdan
Taeseer Abohemad
Turky Alhaqbany
Wael Dakheel
Wafa Alzaagy
Waleed Alsaad
Wasmeyah Alajmy
Zaid Alees
Zainab Almohreg
201
Level -5
Code
& No
Course Title
Educational Technology of
Communication
The Opinion of Islam Toward
IC 323
Schools of Cont.
IC 325 Non-Islamic Religions -I
ITE 241
IC 412 Quranic Interpretation -IV

Terminology of Prophet
IC 413
Mohammad's (SAWS) Traditions -III
IC 136 Islamic Jurisprudence of Penalties -I
Jurisp. of the Islamic Political
IC 234
Systems
The Biography of the Prophet
IC 437
Mohammad (Pbuh).
Credit
Hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
Level -6
Code
& No
Course Title
Credit
Hours
Curriculums & General Teaching

Methods
The Islamic Society in the First
IC 454
Seven Cents.
IC 457 Quranic Recitation & its Rules
IC 132 Isl. Jurisp. Of Worshipping - II
IC 330
2
3
IC 335 Isl. Jurisp. Of Penalties - II
IC 435 Foundations of Isl. Jurisp. - III
Level -7
202
such as: Universality, Comprehensibility, integrity,

consistency with human nature (instinct), reason, and
science. This subject also explains the Islamic tenet
and its fundamentals, such as: To believe in Allah, the
Hereafter, the Angles, the Holy Books, the Messengers,
and Divine Destiny.
Code
Course Title
& No
PSY 151 Educational Evaluation
Credit
Hours
2
IC 340 Methods of Teaching Isl. Studies
ITE 250 Prod. & Utilization of Edu. Media
IC 135 Islamic Jurisp. of Worshipping - B 2

IC 338 Islamic Jurisp. of Transactions - B
Jurisp. Of Isl. Judicial & Admin.
IC 238
Systems - B
IC 339 Comparative Isl. Jurisprudence
IC 433 Jurisp. Of Islamic Jihad
IC 436 Foundations of Isl. Jurisp. - B
2
2
Level -8
Code
& No
Course Title
Credit
Hours
CI 460
Applied Education - Islamic

Studies
12
Course Description:
IC 101 Introduction to Islamic Culture (2 credit-hours)
This subject aims to introduce the student to the Islamic
culture; manifestation of the Muslims attitude towards
other cultures; explaining the characteristics of Islam,
IC 102 The Role of Islam in the Construction of

Society (2 credit-hours)
This course studies the following: The concept of the
Muslim society; its basics, its method and characteristics,
means of consolidating its social ties; the most important
social problems, the Islamic philosophy of family affairs,
marriage: its introductory formalities, aims and effects. It
also deals with ways of strengthening the family bonds.
IC 103 The Islamic Economic System (2 credit-hours)
This course depicts the Islamic concept of life, the nature
of man, the basic constituents of the Islamic economics
and its objectives, it studies as well the legal evidences
of these topics. It also explains the opinion of Islam
toward finance, ownership, production, maintenance,
conception, distribution of wealth, and the exchange in
the Islamic Economic system.
IC 104 Fundamentals of Isl. Political System (2 credit-hours)
This subject contains the following: Introduction to
the Political System and its fundamentals; the Islamic
Political System is the best system for human societies
to follow and apply; the rise up of Islamic State during
the Prophets lifetime, Caliphate, and the fundamentals
of State.
IC 111 Introduction to Quranic Sciences (2 credit-hours)
The course discusses the following: definition of the
Quran and its Sciences; the revelation of the Quran,
reasons for revelation, the Makki and Madani and
their characteristics; the collection of the Quaranic
manuscripts and its stages; Writing of the Quran and
its rules of dictation, the arrangement of the verses and
chapters sowar; the miraculous aspects of the Quran;
refuting false allegations.
IC 113 Foundations of Quranic Interpretation (3
credit-hours)
This subject studies the following: definition of
interpretation Tafsir, its conditions, sources, and
types. It deals with the conditions of the interpreter,
and the most important Sunnits book of Tafsir. It also
studies the foundations of Tafsir of other sects, and
evaluating their most important books.
IC 114
Introduction to the Sciences of Hadith (3
credit-hours)
This subject contains the following: the definition of
the Sunna, its: Status, cogency, and authority, the stages
of its recording (documentation), the attitudes towards
it in the past and present, the efforts exerted to serve it,
and introducing the most famous book of Sunna.
IC 115 The Quranic Sciences (2 credit-hours)
IC 117 Quranic Interp. (Tafsir) - B - (3 credit-hours)

This subject is an analytical and evaluative study of
modern trends (schools) of Tafsir: the scientific trend,
the rhetorical trend, the socio-litral trend as shown in
the works of Mohd. Abdu Tafsir and Sayyid Qutb Fi
Zilalil Quran, and the Contemporary heretical (atheistic)
trend: its motives, types and its most important figures
and books.
IC 118 Traditions of the Pro. Mohd. (Hadith) - I (2
credit-hours)
This subject concentrates on the two most important
books of Hadith: Sahil - Al Bukhari and Sahih Muslim.
The student is introduced to these books, the methods,
and the literature written about them. He also studies
some traditions from each one of them.
IC 122 The Tenet of the Sunnites - I (2 credit-hours)
This course defines the following: the Sunnites,
their method of understanding Quaran and Sunna
(Traditions), their opinion toward Quran Interp., their
faith in Divine attributes, resurrection, Angles and their
relationship with the Divine action in the light of the
principle of causality in Islam.
IC 123 The Sunnites Opinion Toward Sects - I (2
credit-hours)
This subject manifests the importance of agreement
of Muslims on the origins of the faith; it explains the
historical, social, and psychological causes which lead
to the growth of sects; it studies in details the sects of:
Kharigites, Shiites, and the Rafidites Shiites.
IC 124 The Sun. Refutation of Mus. Theo. Claims - I
(2 credit-hours).
This course studies the following: Definition of Muslim
theology, its subject matters, the causes which leads to
its growth, the opinion of Sunnites toward it; it studies,
also, the thoughts of the sects, such as: Gadariya,
Jahamiya, anthropomorphics, a detailed study of the
Muatazila sect, and the Sunnites refutation of their
allegations.
IC 125 The Sunnites Opinion Toward Sects -B (2
credit-hours)
This course contains: A definition of esoteric sects in the
Islamic World, such as: Qaramati, Ismaili, Nusairi, Druze,
Babi, Bahai, and Gadyaniya, regarding their growth, and
beliefs, and opinion of the Sunnites toward them.
IC 132 Isl. Jurisp. of Worship -II (2 credit-hours)
This material considers the following items: Zakat
(Alms giving), its legality (mandate); on whom it is

incumbent, conditions determining responsibility for
the payment of Zakat dues,; the taxability of wealth;
the rate of payment; the lawful beneficiaries of Zakat;
charity or donations, Islamic attitude towards it; to
whom it should be given, what kind of money should
be donated, pilgrimage; how to become a pilgrim, the
different kinds of state of ritual consecration Ihram,
the acts of pilgrim from the start to the end; minor
pilgrimage Ummra, and its rituals.
IC 134 Islamic Jurisp. of Wills & Inheritance (2 credithours)
This matter studies the following objects: the will
Wasiya: its meaning, regulations, relevant provisions
of the law regarding it, the testator, the testatrix, and
the conditions of its beneficiaries; the inheritance: its
conditions, reasons for the eligibility of inheritance,
prohibitor of it, introduction to the terminology of it,
introduction to the terminology of this subject, such
as: descendant leaving no heirs Kalal, reduction of
shares of the heirs Awl, repulse Rud, abolishment
Monasakha, a waiver Takharoj and etc.
IC 135 Islamic Jurisp. of Worship -B (2 credit-hours)
This course tackles the following questions: Retiring
into a mosque for devotion Itikaf , its regulations
and virtues; the sacrifice-immolation of slaughtering
an animal, its virtues and conditions; the sacrificing
of animals in accordance with Isl. Jurisp., child-naming
sacrifice AlAqiqa, the oath, its kinds, its disengagement
and its expiatory gift; vow Annathr, its kinds, its
legality, its expiatory gift atonement and its fulfillment
on behalf of the deceased.
IC 136 Islamic Jurisp. of Penalties - I (2 credit-hours)
This course aims to: introduce the student to retaliation
Qisas, blood money Diya, discretionary punishment
and their legal ruling. The student studies the crime and
punishment in general and the felonies in particular,
such as all kinds of killing. He studies different sorts of
legal impediments Mawani regarding penalties. He
studies compurgation Qasama, discretionary penalties
and given some examples of it, such as bribery.
IC 212 Term of Prophet Mohammad (Pbuh)
Traditions - I (3 credit-hours)
This subject studies the rise of this science, and some
important terms, such as: authentic or sound Sahih,
approved or fair Hassan, weak Dhaif , and the
divisions of each categories.
IC 213
Traditions (Hadith) of Prophet Mohammad
(Pbuh) -II
(2 credit-hours)
This matter discusses the Four Books of Sunna, plus
Sunan Addarimi, it deals with their authors, methods,
terminology or idioms, and the explanations of these
books. The student should memorize and study five
traditions from each book.
IC 214
Qur. Interp. (Tafsir) - II (2 credit-hours)
This subject discusses the following: the meaning of

the Seven Letters;
the science of recitation: its formation, differences,
number .. ; abrogation: its proofs, parts, scholars
opinion toward it; the firm Al-Muhkam and the
similitude Al-Motashabih: its definition, controls and
the scholars attitude towards it; the translation of the
Quran: is it permissible or not? Its types, and the need
for it.
203
This subject introduces the student to the traditional

schools of Tafsir (Attafsir bil Mathur). He studies in
detail the Opening Chapter Surat Alfatiha and 20
verses of the Cow Chapter Suratul Baqara from The
book of Ibn Jarir Atabari. The student also studies the
characteristics of this trend.
IC 222 Introduction to Islamic Tenet (2 credit-hours)
This material clarifies the meaning and the importance
of the tenet, the sources of Isl. Tenet, its properties,
compared with other tenet; a definition of the origins
of the tenet, and method of the Sunnites in studying
the origins of the tenet, objective presentation of the
going astray in the tenets studies of mus. Theologians,
mystics and philosophers.
IC 223 Islamic Tenet (2 credit-hours)
It studies: the essentials of the Islamic tenet by
manifestation of the meaning of Monotheism, its kinds,;
the belief in: Angles, Books of Allah, and His Apostles; It
presents the Sunnites doctrine in prophecy; the belief
in the Last Day, the belief in Destiny whether good or
bad.
IC 224 Greek Logic & Mus. Critique of it (2 credithours)

This subject contains the following: definition of logic
regarding its growth, its influences by the idolatry
believes, study of its main subjects such as Conceptions,
assents, etc., Muslim critique of logic, especially the
critique of Al-ShafiI, Ibn Assalah, and Assiyuti. It points
out the influence of logic upon Islamic sciences.
204
IC 225 The Sunnites Refutation of Mus. Theo. Claims

-B (2 credit-hours)
This subject deals with the following: Study of the
doctrines of Al-Ashaira and Al-Matoridiya in regards
to their growth, the historical stages of each one, the
opinions of their founders, and different problems
of Muslim theology compared with the doctrine of
Sunnites.
IC 227 The Opinion of Isl. Toward Philo. -I (2 credit-hours)
This class demonstrates the aspects of differences
between religion and philosophy regarding to their
origins and results. It contains: a summary of the
evaluation of Greek Philosophy, the means by which it
had taken its way to the Islamic World, the distinguished
thinkers who were affected by it, such as Al-Kindi and
Al-Farabi, their trials to harmonize between it and
religion, especially the trial of Ibn Roshd.
IC 232
Introduction to Isl. Jurisp. (2 credit-hours)
This course deals with the following issues: the study of
the history of Isl.
Jurisp. during its different periods: the Prophetic era,
his companions era and their successors, the period
which witnessed the emergence of the Four Schools
of Islamic Jurisp., the period of recession and then
the renaissance of Isl. Jurisp. in the modern age which
witnesses the emergence of: drafting and formulation
of the Islamic Jurisp. in forms of theories and different

kinds of encyclopedias.
IC 234 Islamic Jurisp. of Institution -I (2 credit-hours)
This subject introduces the student to the Islamic
political system; its theory, the state foundations, the
source of the rule, which are: Quran, Sunna, consensus
Ijma and independent reasoning (Ijtihad); state origin,
the foundations of authority in Islam, It studies the
institution of caliphate in Islam and its main principles.
IC 235 Islamic Jurisp. of Transactions -I (2 credit-hours)
This course deals with: Contract of sale: its legal
rulings and conditions, its kinds of options, and its
pre-requisites; excess usury; different kinds of sales
contracts, e.g.: V.a livrer (advance sale-Salam),
intrigues Mosanaa, sale at a profit Fasid:; contract
of bill of exchange; guarantee, mortgage, and tenancy
(hire & lease).
IC 236 Islamic Jurisp. of Punishments -II (2 credit-hours)
This course considers the following items: Punishments
Hodud stipulated in Quran and Sunna for the following
crimes: Adultery, slander, the drinking of alcohol, theft,
highway robber, apostasy, and outrage; the conditions
of each crime and the nature and the degree of its
punishment; the confusedness or dubiousness which
prevents the infliction of punishment Had.
IC 238 Islamic Jurisp. of Institutions -B (2 credit-hours)
This material discusses: the Isl. Judiciary system, the Isl.
Administrative system and comparison with secular
systems.
IC 313 Quranic Interpretation (Tafsir) - III (2 credit-hours)
This subject concentrates on the different trends
and methods of Tafsir as well: 1) Anfal Sura, from the
Books of Al-Qortobi and Annasafi, 2) Safat Sura, from
the book of Ibn Kathir and Al-Baydhawi. He should
compare among the methods, and takes a written exam
on the two Suras.
IC 314 Traditions of the Prophet Mohammad (Pbuh)
(Hadith) - III (2 credit-hours)
This syllabus deals with the following books of Hadith:
Mowata Malik, Mosnad Ahmad, Sahih Ibn Khozayma,
Sahih Ibn Hiban, Al-Mojam Alkabir of Attabarani,
Almostadrak of AlHakim. The tudent should read short
biograpy of each of these authors, their methods, as
well as studying and memorizing five Hadiths from each
book.
IC 316
Terminology of the Prophet Mohammad
(Pbuh) Trad. -II (2 credit-hours)
Here the student studies the methods of the scholars
in categorizing the narrators, and the influence of these
methods in judging the authenticity of the Hadiths.
He also should be introduced to the most important
sources and references of this subject.
IC 317
Fundamentals Usul of Islamic Jurisp. -I
(2 credit-hours)
Here the student studies introductions to this subject,

such as: its topics, roots and growth. He studies in details
its sources, which are: The Quran, Sunna, consensus
and analogy Qiyas. Then he studies in general the
other sources, such as: application of discretion in a
legal decision (Approbation/Istihsan), public interest,
custom & the prophets companions sayings.
IC 338 Islamic Jurisp. of Transaction -B (2 credit-hours)

This course covers: usurpation and its legal
consequences preemption Shofa: its rationale behind
and conditions; lending Iara its conditions; deposit,
its conditions; bank deposits, its terms; article found
(Loqata), its provisions; foundling (Laqit); his conditions,
taking care of him & education him; i.e., custody.
IC 322 The Tenet of the Sunnites - II (2 credit-hours)

This course illustrates in details the definition of the
tenet of Sunnites, their method of understanding the
Book and Prophet Mohammads (Pbuh) Vis-a Vis the
opinions and methods of other Islamic sects. All that is
in the light of the exposure of their understanding of the
revelation, faith, prophecy, its proofs and properties,
destiny and basics of moral conduct, and their relation
with predestination.
IC 339 Comparative Isl. Jurisp. (2 credit-hours)

This course deals with the following: Insurance contract,
its various sorts, such as: commercial, Reciprocal, and
mutual insurances; the philosophy of each kind; the
Isl. Attitude toward it; social insurances, their concepts
and financing; the beneficiaries of it; their applications;
partnership contract; introducing the partnership,
various sorts of partnership; studying in details the
joint stock company.
IC 323 The Isl. Opinion Toward Schools of Modern

and Cont. Thought (2 credit-hours)
This class deals with: Verification of the Islamic tenet in
Allah, and confutation of the allegations of those who
deny Allahs existence in some contemporary doctrines
such as Marxism, and existentialism, discussion of the
Materialism in regard to their conception of cosmos,
the Sunnites refutation of their thoughts, explaining the
Quiddity (Essence) of man, discussing the theory of
evolution and free will of man in existentialism in the
light of Islamic conception about mankind.
IC 340 Islamic Jurisp. of Worships - I (2 credit-hours)

This class tackles the following: the two kinds of
impurities: material and incorporeal; kinds of water as
means of purification; classes of purity, such as purity
of ritual impurity Gosl, ablution Wadhu, and dust
ablution Tayammom; cleanness of impurity; prayer
Salat, its evidences and kinds, such as : congregational
, Friday, the two Bairams (Alidayn), the prayer for rain,
fasting, its evidences, Kinds of fast, such as: obligatory,
desirable (Sunni), recommendable, reprehensible,
disapproved, and forbidden fast; negators and
permissible of fast.
IC 327
The Opinion of Isl. Toward Philos. -II (2
credit-hours)
This syllabus includes the following topics: to manifest
the aspect of difference between the Isl. Religion and
philosophy, according to their sources and the methods
of each one. This will be in the course of presentation
of the philosophers tenets in Divinity, their concept
of: existence, anteriority of the universe, prophecy,
divine messages, and resurrection; demonstration of
the opinion of Muslim scholars in general toward these
doctrines, especially that of Alghazali and Ibn Taymiya.
IC 335 Islamic Jurisp. of Transactions - II (2 credit-hours)
The contents of this syllabus are: sleeping partnership
Modharaba contract; power of attorney Wakala;
different kinds of companies such as: (Capital)
partnership, labor partnership, and general partnership;
crop-sharing Mozaraa contract; donation (gift/grant);
remuneration Jaala; loans; bankruptcy; reconciliationarbitration Solh, and the judgment and conditions of
all these kinds of contracts, partnerships and disposals.
IC 412 Quranic Interpretation Tafsir - IV (2 credit-hours)

This course deals with subject interpretation (i.e. its
studies one subject throughout the Quran): its Origin,
stages, right method, and aims. Examples of these
subjects are: money, Jihad, the prophet, etc.
IC 413 The Term of Prophet Mohammad. (Pbuh)
Tradition - III (2 credit-hours)
This class will study the narrators, to judge the
authenticity of the Hadith; studying the most famous
references pertaining to this material.
IC 415 Prophet Mohammad (Pbuh) Traditions
(Hadith) - B
(2 credit-hours)
Here the student is introduced to some publications
titled Almosanafatwa assonan , such as:
Mosanaf Abdurrazzaq, Mosanaf Ibn Abishalbn,
Sunonaddaraqotni, sunan Albaihaqi, & Sharh Maani
AlAthar by Attahayi. The student reads about the
authors, and studies Chapters from each book.
IC 416 Prophet Mohammad (Pbuh) Tradiitons
(Hadity) -C (2 credit-hours)
This course deals with the most important books of
JamiAl-Jawami and Zawaid, such as: Jami Al-usul, Kanzul,
the .omal, Al-Matalib Alalia, Jami Jawami, Attargib
wa tarhib, and Majma Azzawaid. The student studies
the methods of these publications in addition to five
traditions from each of them.
C 423 The Opinion of Isl. Toward Modern and Cont.
IC 324 Sufism in the Light of Islam (2 credit-hours)

This topic deals with: definition of Sufis, its emergence;
life of Sufis, and their tenets, such as: annihilation,
incarnation, union, pantheism; the effect of Sufi
conceptions in the recession of Islamic civilization;
the opinions of Muslim scholars toward Sufism,
concentrating on the critique of Ibn Aljawzi and Ibn
Taymiya of Sufism.
205
Schools of Thought (2 credit-hours)

This is a critique study - in the light of Islam: of modern
philosophy as it is represented in: Intellectualism of
Decart, Sensationalism and Eipricism of Locke and
Hume, Criticism of Kant, also a critical study of cont.
schools of though, such as: Marxism, Pragmatism
and Existentialism, in the light of the principles of Isl.
Monotheism.
IC 425 Non-Islamic Religions -II (2 credit-hours)
This syllabus comprises: explanation of the tenets of
Hinduism, Zoroastrianism, and Sabians, in respect of
their growth, homeland, their Concept of Divinity,
Cosmos, and Destiny of mankind; then criticism of them,
and illustration of the Isl. Opinion towards them.
IC 427 The Methods of Muslims & Oreintalists

Towards the Interp. of History (2 credit-hours)
This course deals with: a study of some theories of
interpretation of history in the modern western thought,
such as, the theories of: Hegil, Marx, and Toynbee; then
to criticize them in the light of the Islamic monotheism,
and explanation of the connection of historical
interpretations with tenets; then, presentation of
Muslim interp. of history with respect to Ibn Maskawayh
& Ibn Khaldoon.
206
IC 433 Jurisp. of Isl. Holy War ( Jihad/ Siyar) (2 credithours)

This class demonstrates the following: that Islam
divides the world into three categories: the homeland
of Islam or the territory of the Islam, conditions linked
in a peace treaty, and enemy terror; Jihad, its concept,
material, physical and moral preparations for it; war
warning; battle field rules and ethics, such as: whom are
to be killed, and who are not to be killed, treatment
of the wounded, etc; way of performing prayer in the
battlefield-prayer at fear; safety convenant; the laying
down of war burdens, whether with victory, defeat,
truce or with peach treaty; rules of booty distribution
and treatment and fate of the prisoners (captives) of
war; themmi (free non-Muslims under Isl. Rules) treaty
and its consequences, such as poll-tax tizya and landtax Kharaj.
IC 434 Funds. (Origins/Usul) of Isl. Jrisp. -II (2 credithours)
This course considers the following: methods of
Usul jurists, regarding extraction of legal rulings from
the origins of Isl. Jurisp. (Fiqh); Allah as a supreme
Dispenser of legislation; themes of commandment of
Allah, which are : obligatory, desirable, undesirable
or reprehensible, forbidden, and permissible; themes
of Positive ruling (adjudication) which are: the reason
Sabab, prerequisite; legal impediments, decisive
judgment Azima, allowance, validity and imperfection
Fasad; the conditions of legal capacity of a person and
the impediments of this legal capacity.
IC 435 Funds of Isl. Jurisp. -III (2 creit-hours)
This course treats the following items: ways of
signification of the meaning according to Hanafi School

and Mainstream Muslim Scholarship Ajjomhur;
lucidity and ambiguity in the legal evidence, and its
degrees; the common (conjoint) and its signification to
rulings; specification of generalization; contradiction
(inconsistency) of collective with the particulars, cases
of unconditional and restriction in the legal evident;
ordainment and its signification, interdiction and its
signification.
IC 436 Funds of Isl. Jurisp. -B (2 credit-hours)
The entries of this syllabus are: themes of contradictions
and preference, introducing them their conditions and
pillars, negator of contradiction; repeal Naskh: is
introduction, conditions, place, status, wisdom, aspects
of modes of knowing it, and the difference between it
and to have an opinion Bada: difference between
repeal and particularity; then a study of some principles
of one of the four leading scholars (Immams).
IC 437 The Biography of Prophet Mohammad (Pbuh)
Sirra
(3 credit-hours)
This syllabus has the following items: a critique,
scientific, analysis, verifications, documentary, and
methodical study of the life account of prophet
Mohammad (Pbuh). This study is based on the original
sources, which are: Quran, Sunna, books on the prophet
merits (Shamail), books of testimony that Mohammad
(Pbuh) is Allahs Apostle, books on the Pro. Military
campaigns or expeditions, books on the history of
the two Holy mosques, books of general history, and
books of arts, concentrating on authentic traditions and
clarifies the famous ill-founded and spurious traditions,
demonstration of judgments, kessism wisdoms and
examples embodied in sirra; presentation of many
prophetic merits, miracles; expeditions and campaigns,
and the reason behind his marriage to nine wives
(Polygamy).
IC 454 The Isl. Society in the First 7c. -I (3 credit-hours)
This course aims to aquatint the students with the
methods of the Sunnites in respect of dealing with the
history of Prophet Mohammads (Pbuh) companions,
the paramount important cases which Islamic Society
has witnessed in the era of the Reshidite Caliphs.
mayads, and Abbasides, the wars of Apostasy (Ridda),
the Great Dissention, etc; refutation of the skeptics of
the Rafidites and orientalists about these issued and
some others.
IC 457 The Holy Quran Recitation Rules (4 credithours)
The objective of this syllabus is to enable the students
acquire fluency and proficiently in the recitation of the
holy Quran through the instruction of proper recitation,
illustration of the general rules and types of solecism
and elucidation of principles of phonetics such as the
nasalization, syneresis and other rules of recitation.
The theoretical and practical aspects of this subject are
uniquely combined through the memorization of the
29th & 30th parts of the Quran.
Vision:
The physical education and movement sciences department at the college of education, King Saud University looking to have a distinguish place at the local,
national, and international levels. This is through preparation of a active educational, theoretical, and researcher environment in order to produce teachers, specialists, and researchers able to meet the society needs and
advance the quality of all people life with the best and
highest standers of perfection in all the sides: culturally,
scientifically and professionally.
About:
The total graduating students until the end of second semester of the academic year (2006-2007) was
(1717) male students for the B.Sc degrees and (55)
male students for both the M.Sc and M.A. degree. The
department gives the graduates the adequate skills to
work in the fields of teaching in different school levels,
supervise, and administer the different physical fitness
and sports organization related to both the youth and
military fields. The department facilities include different sports gymnasiums and other playing courts. In addition to four scientific laboratories for exercise physiology, anatomy and posture, biomechanics, and motor
learning. The program offers both theoretical and applied courses.
Mission:
The department allows the suitable educational environment characterized with high quality through supporting the Islamic principles, in order to produce the
best of teachers and specialists in the field of physical
education and movement sciences. In addition to rehabilitate different educational leaders and researchers to
be able to work in the different related organizations.
Also, the department meets all the society needs in its
area of specializations to improve the quality of all the
people life.
Degrees:
Bachelor Master
Aims:
1. Prepare teachers and specialists and researchers
in physical education and science of movement.
2. Leadership training to work in professional bodies
and educational institutions, sports, health and
military.
3. Deployment of a sporting culture among the
members of society in general and young
people.
4. Work to spread awareness of sports and health
for all members of society.
5. Definition of the benefits of physical activity
and its impact on raising the level of functional
efficiency and increase productivity and
enjoyment of physical and mental health, leisure
and investment.
Landmarks:
One of the most important Laboratory in the
department is the:
1- Exercise Physiology Laboratory:

Work began in the laboratory in 1407 e (1997 m) in
some organs and tools limited, but the official inauguration was in 1418 e (1988 m) where the laboratory where
students receive educational decision Physiology physical effort practical training, and laboratory aims to:
Provide
educational environment enables

students bachelors and graduate section of the
testing laboratory in Physiology physical effort
under the supervision of specialist teachers, and
thus to identify many of the techniques necessary
for the physiological measurements section, which
provides students with a better understanding of
the physical performance rights.
Provide an environment research enables
professors specialists in physiology physical
effort of various scientific research under the best
conditions.
The Department of Physical Education has established in 1977. It offers Bachelor degree in physical
education. The postgraduate program has started in
1997/1998 in both branches: The Physical Education
and Movement Sciences. The departmental teaching
staff includes 19 members (11 Saudis and, 8 non Saudis) as well as several teaching assistants and instructors. The total number of students at the beginning of
the department program was only 20 male students, but
now the number reaches around 450 male students.
207
Community service through multiple physiological

tests on the athletes and the public, while providing
scientific education and training seminars in
subjects linked Pfciologia physical effort, physical
fitness and sports medicine.
2-Biomechanics Laboratory:
Founded Laboratory mechanics vital section in
1413 e (1993 m), with a view to lecturing own decisions
mechanics vital in an environment in which the student
can absorb concepts applied scientific manner. This is
in addition to enable faculty members and graduate
students or those with interests in various research topics vital mechanics of the use and benefit from the laboratory to conduct research and studies.
Mechanics Laboratory and serves the vital objectives
of the study of movement of people in general and
sports in particular, through the study of movement
and the causes and manifestations and their impact
on the dynamic of the human person. The laboratory
now includes many scientific instruments, but we look
forward to the future development and modernization
of many of them that can contribute to the upgrading
of the educational process and scientific research especially for students studying in the graduate program in
the section.
Faculty :
Name
Rank
Abdul Wahab Jaggar

Adel Hassan
Hazzaa M. Al-Hazzaa
Omar Shokry
AbdulKader Babutain
Abdulrhaman Anqari
Ahmed Fadhel
Habeeb Rabaan
Khalid Almuzaini
Mohammed Yoiusif
Hassan anees
Jamal S. Al grooni
Jameel Fayrooz
Khaled S. Kamel
Mohammed Saad
Saeed Alrefaee
Salah Saqka
Tarek Alshamiq
Farouk Osman Rahmi
Ghreeb Omr
Saeed Hamad Dahash
Safwan Tawfek
Tariq Mohammed alSoqairan
Mohammad Sulaiman
Mued Daftar
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lab Specialist
Lab Specialist
3-Autopsy Laboratory:
It was established laboratory in 1410 e, in order to help

students understand the basics degree in science autopsy rights and applications in the area of movement
and physical activity, as well as the study of strength
and deviations conviction in the necessity of physical
education students familiar with the principles of operation of this section, which is a basic information in
the preparation physical education teacher.
208
The laboratory primarily interested in the educational

aspect relying on some models and images particularly
nervous system, muscular and Britain, a major organs
directly related rights movement, which took into account the selected students to help direct visualization
of how these devices work and to highlight their role
in the development and growth of motor performance.
Because of the nature to be descriptive, side by the research laboratory is extremely limited, but we look forward in the future to highlight the role of Morphology
compositional side of the human body in the motor
performance in collaboration with other laboratories
movement science section.
4-Motor Learning and Motor Control Laboratory:

Work began in the laboratory in 1408/1409 e some appliances and tools that help in conducting research and
testing laboratory teaching in many subjects linked to
science and education movement: an examination of
concern in the learning stages, the information processing, motor control through the use of reactive in its different forms, nutrition due, tiredness and its impact on
motor learning, teaching and its impact on memory, in
addition to the dynamic behavior.
Programs:
BA Physical Education and Movement Sciences
Vision:
Achieve leadership and excellence in preparing
teachers and specialists in physical education and science of movement.
Mission:
Providing distinguished education in physical education and movement sciences through the creation of
an environment conducive to teaching and learning
Aims:
1. Prepare students to teach in general education,
program management and sports and recreational
activities in the institutions dealing with youth
affairs, and military sectors.
2. Provide students with educational science,
biological, physical, and psychological help them
study and understand the movement and human
behavior.
3. And provide students with the capacity and
movement skills to enable them to perform their
educational duties successfully.
4. Provide an opportunity for students to familiarize
themselves with the knowledge and practical skills
associated with the human body and movement
sciences, public health and the environment.
PHED 317
Level1
PHED 336

ED 101
ARAB 101
ENG 101
CI 333
PSY 113
FOUNDATIONS OF ISLAMIC
EDUCATION
LANGUAGE SKILLS
ENGLISH LANG.
INTRODUCTION TO
TEACHING
AN INTRODUCTION TO
EDUCATION AL RESEARCH
Hrs
3
2
3
2
2
Hrs
IC103
PHED254
PHED 164
ITE 241
Hrs
ARAB 103
PHED 276
PHED314
PHED 338
PHED 422
PHED 112
PHED 114
PHED 122
PHED 150
PHED 274
PHED 160
CI 250
2
1
IC 101
PHED 154
PHED 161
PHED 222
PHED 226
PHED 239
PHED 245
PHED 255
INTROD.TO ISLAMIC CULTURE

THEOR. & PRACT. PRINCIPLES
OF TRACK & FI
OF TABLE
PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS
RECREATION AND OUTDOORS
PURSUITS
KINESIOLOGY
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
OF SWIMMING
2
1
2
2
2
4
2
Hrs
IC 102
PSY 221
3
1
PHED 152
PHED 163
PHED 233
PHED 275
PHED 315
ISLAM AND SOCIETY BUILDING

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
THEOR. & PRACT. PRINC. OF ED.
GYMNASTICS
THEOR. & PRACT. ARINC. OF
VOLLYBALL
SPORTS INJURIES AND TREATMENTS
OF SQUACH
MASS MEDIA & PUBLIC
RELATIONS IN SPORTS
PHED400
PHED234
CI330
PHED 340
PHED 318
PHED 439
2
3
FUNDS.OF ISLAMIC POL.SYST

PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
CONDITIONING
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL FITNESS
TESTS & MEASUREMENTS IN P. E.
APP. GYMNASTICS
CURRICULUM & METHODS
INSTRUCTION
SPECIAL PHYSICAL EDUCATION
SPORTS PSYCHOLOGY
BIOMECHANICS
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
Hrs
PSY151
ITE250
PHED426
PHED300
CI 347
PHED410
PHED420
EVALUATION IN EDUCATION
PROD. & UTILIZA. OF
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
ORGAN. & LEADERSHIP IN
RECREATION
SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION
OF HANDBALL
METHODS OF TEAC. PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
SPORTS TRAINING SCIENCE
SPORTS FACILITIES
SELECTED TOPICS IN EXERCISE
SCIENCES
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Level8
CI467
PHED494
Level7
2
2
Hrs
PHED165
Level4
PHED252
Hrs
IC 104

PHED380
Level3
THE ISLAMIC ECONOMIC SYSTEM

OF TRAK & FIE
THEOR. & PRACT. PRINCI OF
BASKETBALL
MOTOR LEARNING
INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY
& COMMUNICATIO
THEOR. & PRACT. PRIHCIPLES
OF BADMINTON
PHYSICAL EDUACTION FOR
CHILDERN
POSTURE & THERAPY EXERCICSES
ADMIN. & ORGAN. IN P.E
Level6
1
2

EXPOSITORY WRITING
APPLIED ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOG
PHYSICAL GROWTH AND
DEVELOPMENT
PHILOSOPHY & HISTORY OF
PHYSICAL EDUCTION
THEOR. & PRACT. PRINC.
CALISTHENICS
THEOR. & PRACT.
PRINCIPLES OF TENNIS
THEOR.& PRINCIPLES OF
SOCCER
COMPUTER & ITS USES IN
TEACHING
Level5
PHED 235
Level2
SPORTS SOCIOLOGY
NUTRITION, BODY COMP. &
PERFORMANCE
STUDENT TEACHING PHIYS.

EDUC
Hrs
Study Plan:
12
209
Course Description:
PHED 112 Applied Anatomy (4 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to basic anatomy of
the human body. The basic structure and physiological
functions of body parts and systems are covered in this
course.
PHED 114 Physical Growth and Development (2
credit-hours)
This course covers: the stages of growth and
development and their characteristics, the effects of
physical growth and biological maturation on motor
development. The crucial and suitable periods for
participating in various physical activities.
PHED 122 Philosophy and History of Physical
This course introduces students to different
philosophical schools of thought and its effects on
physical education as well as the history of physical
education through different ages with special reference
to physical education in Islamic culture and in K.S.A.
PHED 150 Principles of Calisthenics (1 credit-hour)

This course introduces calisthenics in terms of history,
divisions, importance, classifications, and ways of
writing and conducting exercises. The course includes
also studying calisthenics as a mean for developing
physical fitness.
210
PHED 152 Principles of Educational Gymnastics (1

credit-hours)
This course enables students to attain skill in performing
some fundamental and special movements of vaulting
horse and floor exercises through theoretical and
practical studying of historical development and
teaching steps and ways of supporting, in addition to
rules and regulations of each apparatus.
PHED 154 Principles of Track and Field (1) ( 2credithours)
This course covers the historical development of
track and field events, divisions of events for local,
international and Olympic levels. Students will learn
how to do and teach and officiate the following events:
Springs (100m, 200m, 4 x 100m and 4 x 400m relays),
cross country running, broad and tribile jumping and
shut putting.
PHED 160 Principles of Soccer (2 credit-hours)
This course covers the historical and technical aspects
of soccer. Students will be introduced to the basic
skills of soccer with emphasis on learning and teaching
essentials of soccer skills along with international rules
and regulations of the game.
PHED 161 Principles of Table Tennis (1 credit-hour)

This course introduces students to the basic skills and
fundamentals of table tennis and to the international
rules and regulations of the game. Emphasis is placed
upon students learning and teaching basic skills.
PHED 163 Principles of Volleyball (2 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to the basic skills
of volleyball through class instructions and field
demonstrations of proper methods of skill execution.
The historical and educational aspects of volleyball are
along with international rules and regulations of the
game.
PHED 164 Principles of Basketball (2 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to the basic skills
of basketball along with the international rules and
regulations that govern the game. Emphasis is placed on
improving proficiency in skill execution and knowledge of
proper teaching methods of basketball specialized skills.
PHED 165 Principles of Team Handball (2 credithours)
This course aims to teach students the basic skills
of team handball, and the rules and regulations that
govern the game. Emphasis is placed upon learning the
proper ways of executing the basic skills and tactics,
and knowing appropriate methods of teaching skills
and tactics. Proficiency in officiating the game is also
emphasized.
PHED 222 Physical Education Programs (2 credithours)
Prerequisite: PE 122
This course deals with the role, scope, and type of
physical education programs in different educational
settings with special emphasis on physical education
curricula for different age groups. The role of
physical education instructor in the construction and
implementation of physical education programs is also
emphasized.
PHED 226 Recreation and Outdoors Pursuits (2
credit-hours)
This course introduces the students to the importance
of recreation and its usefulness for individual and
society. It emphasizes the significance of active use of
leisure time in contemporary society. Its content consist
of concepts, means, purposes of recreation in various
institutions particularly schools and family recreation
program planning and design, and recreation in Islamic
society.
PHED 233 Sports Injuries (2 credit-hours)
PHED 234 Tests and Measurements in Physical

This course introduces students to basic concepts of
measurement and evaluation of physical education,
scientific authenticity of tests, and its use in evaluating
different aspects of physical education programs. The
course also introduces students to statistical principles
and ways of establishing norms and standards and
presents various field tests of physical, motor and skill
fitness.
PHED 235 Motor Learning (3 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to the neural basis
of learning different motor skills, factors affecting
acquisition and development of skills. Analyzing
mechanism of learning and ways of information
processing. Discussing various models of learning
and controlling of movement, memory organization,
individual differences and measuring of motor skills.
The course includes a practical ,part for acquainting
student with ways and instruments used for studying
motor learning.
PHED 239 Kinesiology (2 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to the basic laws and
dynamics of human locomotion with special reference
to sports performance. Emphasis is placed up learning
the different forces and physical laws that govern human
movement athletics.
PHED 245 Physiology of Exercise (4 credit-hours)
This course covers the physiological responses and
adaptations to exercise and training. Topics to be
studied include neuromuscular system, pulmonary and
respiratory system, cardiovascular system, energy and
metabolism and thermoregulation. Basic laboratory
experiments in the area of exercise physiology are also
conducted during laboratory sessions.
PHED 252 Principles of Apparatus Gymnastics (2
credit-hours)
This course provides students with concepts and skills
of bar and two bars apparatuses. Various kinds of
holding and positions on each of the two apparatus are
covered. Rules, regulations, and teaching and training
of different movements are included. Factors of safety
and security during using those apparatus are followed

for good performance.
PHED 254 Principles of Track and Field (2) (2 credithours)
This course enables students to develop some
fundamental movement through theoretical and
practical studying of some track and field events, and
to acquire a fairly well performing level. It covers the
technical aspects of each event, ways of teaching and
training, judging and organizing competitions.
PHED 255 Principles of Swimming (2 credit-hours)
This course aims to introduce students to the sport
of swimming. Content includes teaching students,
basic styles and techniques of swimming with special
emphasis on student proficiency in teaching skills and
fundamentals.
PHED 274 Principles of Tennis (1 credit-hour)
This course aims to acquaint students with fundamental
skills oftennis, techniques and tactics. The international
rules and regulations. The organization and
administration of tennis single and doubles contests.
PHED 275 Principles of Squach (1 credit-hour)
This course aims to teach students with fundamental
skills of squash, techniques and tactics, aquaint them
with the international rules and regulations, to introduce
to them how to organize and administrate single and
doubles contests.
PHED 380 Principles of Conditioning (1 credit
hour)
Prerequisite PHED 245
This course aims to provide students with the theoretical
concepts of physical fitness development for athletic
performance. Field instructions in the application
of theoretical concepts of physical fitness are also
provided. Students will upgrade their profeciency in
selecting and prescribing exercise programs relative to
the needs of the sport of interest and the individual
athlete.
PHED 400 Health and Fitness. (2 credit-hours)
This course emphasizes the role of exercise as a
preventive means against cardiovascular disease, obesity
and low back pain as primary diseases in modern society.
Basic principles of exercise prescription for fitness and
weight control are described along with exercises for
low back pain. Good health habits are emphasized as
complementary to physical fitness in health promotion
and active life style free of diseases. The topic of stress
and stress management is also covered in this course.
This course aims to introduce students to major and
common sports injuries and methods of dealing
with such injuries with special emphasis on methods
of immediate treatment, follow-up procedures and
prevention methods.
211
PHED 410 Coaching (2 credit-hours)

This course provides knowledge about scientific
theories and techniques used in the field of training,
principles, loads and methods of training, interval,
repetition, mixed and circuit training. Models of
training plans such as daily and annual plans, physical
preparation and beginners training are provided.
PHED 420 Sports Facilities (2 credit-hours)
This course provides students with basic information
about sports facilities, equipment and apparatus. Kinds
of sports facilities, in terms of descriptions, construction,
furniture, maintenance and health requirements.
Equipments and apparatus in terms of rule descriptions
and ways of keeping and maintenance and factors of
safe and security during their use.
PHED 422 Administration and Organization in
Physical Education (3 credit-hours)
This course covers the fundaments and basic principles
of administration in school physical education programs.
The course content includes: conceptual foundations
of administration, administrative functions, decision
making, sport tournament management, record
keeping.
PHED 426 Organization and Leadership in

Recreation. (2 credit-hours)
This course concentrates on the importance of active
use of leisure time and the significance of developing
attitudes toward various recreation activities. It includes
the types of leadership approaches. It includes theories
and approaches of leadership styles and a systematic
approach to recreation program planning and design.
212
PHED 494 Selected Topics in Physical Education and

Movement Sciences. (2 credit hours)
In this course selected topics are presented and
discussed in depth in the area of physical education such
as philosophy and history, curricula, recreation, sport
psychology, coaching, organization and administration
and sociology of sport and in the area of movement
sciences such as exercise physiology, biomechanics and
motor learning.
PHED 276 Principles of Badminton (1 credit-hours)
This course aims to teach students with fundamental
skills of badminton, methods of playing single and
doubles, acquaint them with the international rules and
regulations, to introduce them to how to organize and
administrate badminton contest.
PHED 287 Principles of Combat Sports (1) (1
credit-hour)
This course aims to develop students proficiency in
executing and teaching fundamental skills of Boxing and

Roman wrestling along with instructions regarding the
international rules and regulations that govern the two
combat sports, and historical background of the two
sports is also provided.
PHED 289 Principles of Fencing. (1 credit hour)
This course includes an introduction to the sport of
fencing, differences among the three kinds of fencing
: Fail, Epee and Saber, fundamentals of fencing skills
used in foil, with emphasis on learning methods, skills
and drills teaching knowledge and application of
international rules and regulations.
PHED 314 Physical Education For Children (2
credit-hours)
The course introduces children physical education
programs from a curricula point of view.
Topics studied includes: purposes of children
physical education programs. Traditional and
developmental physical education programs for
children. Theories of play; low organized games,
leadup games, creative and dramatic play.
PHED 315 Media and Public Relations in Physical
Education. (2 credit-hours)
This course covers various media and public relations
methods and ways of using them in promotion of
physical education and sport. The role of sports media
at different levels and its importance in treating regative
aspects of sports. Sports description and criticism.
Bases of public relations, ways, purposes and mosels of
public relations programs in some sports fields.
PHED 318 Sport Psychology. (2 credit-hours)
This course covers nature and effect of various
psychological factors on human physical performance,
ways of using these factors in improving performance
level of athletes. Topics include motivation, personality,
anxiety, leadership and its relations to performance
level. Ways for psychological preparation of athletes
such as concentration, attention, and using mental
strategies such as relaxation and imagery are studied.
PHED 336 Nutrition, Body Composition and Human
Performance (2 credit hours)
Prerequisite PHED 245.
This course covers the relationship between nutrition,
body composition, and sports performance. Content
includes: types and sources of nutrients, caloric value
of foods, nutrition for the athletes, pre-game meal,
fluid and electrolytes, vitamins and performance,
body composition, body type and sports performance,
ergogenic aids and sports performance.
PHED 338 Posture and Therapeutic Exercises (2

credit-hours)
Prerequisite PHED 112.
This course deals with postural problems such as : round
shoulders, lordosis, swayed back, knocked-knees, flat
foot and chest detormities. Therapeutics exercises for
such postural problems are prescribed and identified.
PHED 340 Special Physical Education. (2 credithours)
This course provides students with knowledges about
individuals with disability and their various categories,
educational and psychological values for serving them,
and various special programs for each category. It
emphasizes role of physical educator in organizing and
administering those special programs and adapting
games, physical activities and equipment used in special
physical education.
PHED 439 Biomechanics (3 credit-hours)

Prerequisite PHED 239
This course aims to study the basic laws and concepts
of biomechanics and their application in exercise and
sports. The lab part of the course includes experimental
application of physical laws of motion with emphasis on
teaching students methods of analysis and evaluation of
human motion in sports settings.
213
214
Co l l ege o f P hys i cal

Edu cati o n an d Sp o r ts
215
Vision: :
Upgrading the quality of life in the community
through scientific and professional achievements in the
areas of physical activities, sport and recreation that
affect the quality of life for all segments of society.
Mission :
College of Physical Education and Sport seeks to
Course Description:
develop knowledge associated with physical activities,
Program:
sport and recreation and their applications by creating
Bachelors Degree in Physical Education.
a learning environment characterized by quality and
Program 2:
take into account the values and Islamic principles.
Specialty Department Sports Facilities Management
Additionally, it aims to attain superiority in preparing
Islamic Culture 401 SLM Definition of Islamic culture,
specialists in physical education, sports management
its sources, faith, worship, the Islamic system: moral and
and science, recreation, and rehabilitation and
family policy, the present Islamic world.
professional leaders and researchers qualified to work

in various community-related organizations, and the
201 ARB Composition
provision of services in the area of specialization of the
Right connectivity of the words, and right connectivity
various sectors of society to improve the quality of life
between the strings, and right connectivity e between
for all its members.
the language structures, punctuation, control drawing,

writing, spelling (Hmzata hub and cutting), the patterns
History and Evolution About the

College:
College of Physical Education and Sports
in Riyadh is an extension of the Institute of the
Physical Education secondary teaching academy
that was founded in 1384 AH.
In 1408 AH, a ministerial decree was issued to
transfer the academy to an intermediate physical
educational College to provide in the first phase
studies completed intermediate college diploma,
and in the second stage ends with a bachelors
degree studies.
In 1417 AH, the Minister of Education, Dr.

Mohammed Bin Ahmed Al-Rashid agreed
principally to open undergraduate college.
In 1419 AH, According to the Education Ministers

refrain, BA level was opened.
In 1428 AH, According to the Education Ministers

refrain, the college was combined with King Saud
University
of liberalization: the article, story, editing, reporting,

commentary, summary.
003 HSB computer
Computer in general, the major computer components,
characteristics and advantages of computer and its
limits, the definition of key terminology in the field of
computer, computer viruses and operating systems.
A brief reference to the dos environment, detailed
explanation to the environment of windows and word
processing and desktop publishing, types software
format text and word processing, preparation of
documents and files of documents Posted library, texts,
edit and print, design and output proofreading, Setup
slide PowerPoint, Introduction to the preparation of
the slides, screens and essential components of the
program of preparation of slides.
and disease, the concept of fitness, the relationship

100 HRK Anatomy 4
between health and fitness, the importance of fitness
Introduction to anatomy, bone types and components,
in modern societies, diseases, lack of movement and
central Skelton , head, spine, rib cage, top, bottom,
states of stress:, The factors and symptoms leading to of
muscle types, and components, , the muscles of the
ischemic heart attack and sudden death, prevention and
head and neck, muscles of the trunk, muscle structure,
treatment of diseases and the role of proper nutrition.
arthritis types, components, movement , frying: , and
140 BDN Group Games
circulation, lungs, respiratory system, nervous system.
History, Pre-games, basic skills, About the international
rules of the game.

133 BDN Theoretical and Practical Fundamentals of
swimming
130 TB Administration in Physical Education 2
Laws of motion in aqueous media, the rules of security

and safety, get a feel for the water and breathing
properly, get used to the water and float, to move
forward and movements of the arms in a crawling,
crawling on the belly and agree movements of the
arms with the breath, arms, legs, crawling on the belly ,
crawling on the back movements of the two men agree
arms, legs, crawling on the back, diving and spinning
at a crawl on the abdomen and back, theory, laws,
The concept of public administration, modern

trends in management, , levels of management (high
-Planning - Management - Direction - Control medium
- directly), Theories of management, decision-making,
sports management and its importance, management
courses and tournaments, concerts and festivals sports,
camp management, the foundations of successful
administrative leadership within sports bodies, qualities
of successful Sports leader.
swimming, Technical Analysis of the various types of

swimming, principles and skills of rescue, movements of
and crawling on the chest, movements of arms in the
crawl on the chest, the two movements in the butterfly,
movements of arms in a butterfly.
overview and the importance of the game, the numbers

of public and private, the tools used, the nature and
foundations of motor skills, offensive and defensive
The essence of Sports and its Psychology, Introduction

to personal sports, theories of personal measure of
development , achievement motivation development
species concept personal motivation sports, Attribution
in sport, emotion in sports, the concern as the expertise
of emotional arousal and athletic performance, the
psychology of anger in sport, the psychology of
aggression in sport, mental skills training for athletes,
the psychology of racism in sport, Contemporary
Studies in Sport Psychology.
situation, motor skills, basic offensive and defensive

performance singles and doubles.
125 TB Leisure Sports
Concept and the importance of recreation and leisure,

levels of participation in recreation activities and
leisure, the effects of technology and its relationship
to recreation and leisure, the status of recreation and
activities in the family system and the educational
community and the design of programs, recreational
and mass media, leisure, variables modern recreational
112 HRK the function of physical effort
Nervous system, muscle and physical effort, the

device pneumonia - respiratory and physical effort,
cardiovascular - vascular and physical effort, metabolism
and energy production, thermal control and fluid
physical effort, physiological adaptation resulting from
physical training.
400 HRK Health and Fitness
Getting to know tennis and table tennis, historical
activities, the Islamic religion and recreation.

283 TB Sport Sociology 2
Introduction to sociology, the definition of sports
sociology, theories of sports sociology, socialization
and their relationship to sport, exercise and sports drop
out sports and the media, (effects of various social),
Sports and dynamic group, sports, economy, sports
Movement and the human body, the concept of health
College of Physical Education
122 TB Psychology of Sports Fitness
141 BDN individual sports (tennis - table - etc.) 2
and negative aspects (the phenomenon of violence,

and intolerance).
217
490 TB Scientific Sports management
The nature of public administration, the nature of sport
Methods in Sports Management, research areas in

sports management, writing research reports.
management, relationship in sports management, some

recent trends in sports management, portals theory
496 TB field applications
in the study of the organization, human relations,
Students rotate format for the application in the
Organizational Psychology, Introduction to the theory
following bodies:
of decision-making, functions of
human resource
Sports Club, the Sports Federation, Saudi Arabia
management, methods of job evaluation, training, and
Olympic Committee, special bodies in the field of
performance evaluation.
youth.
495 TB laws and legislation of Sports
Specialty fitness (Same course description as level one
rules and regulations, the values that should be taken
and two)
skills for the formulation of regulations and legislation,

the domestic legislation governing the work: - Saudi
Arabia Olympic Committee - Sports Federation.
233 TB the international and Local sports organizations 2
Stages of preparation of sports facilities, the rules of
safety and security must be considered when designing
sports facilities, sports facilities, the ideal specification,
the international rules which must be taken into account
when processing the sports facilities, sports equipment
for sports facilities, facilities management of different
Program 3:
Legislation and its importance in the administrative work,

into account when passing legislation, the necessary
sports in terms of: Objectives, planning, organization,

direction, supervision, control.
232 TB Management of Sports Facilities 2
Regulation (understandable, types), the organizational
structures of the bodies of sports and mutual relations,
the International Olympic Committee, the Association
of International Sports Federations, international
sports federations, continental committees, regional
commissions,
the
national
Olympic
committees,
national sports federations, the relationship between

the national sports federations and sports clubs.
215 TB Sports Media and Public Relations 2
The concept and importance of the media, mass
media (radio, television, press etc.) and its role in the
dissemination of culture, sports, public relations, the
importance and functions, of public relations, media
public relations, role of public relations in achieving the
goals of sports institutions.
224 TB Research Methods in Sports Management 2
218
The concept and steps of scientific research, Research
Vision:
This Department is seeking excellence and
innovation in the development of knowledge-related
activities, sport and physical recreation and applications
by creating a learning environment characterized by
quality and take into account the values and Islamic
principles, and aims to achieve excellence in the
preparation of specialists in physical education and
sports management, Sports science and recreation, and
preparation of professional leaders and researchers
qualified to work in various institutions of society .
Mission:
Department seeks to prepare students to be
teachers and stress on the teachings of Islam as a faith
and a method and behavior of physical education and
teaching in general education, and cooperation with
educational authorities to solve the problems of sports
education in schools, raise awareness of sporting spirit
and awareness of sports among the members of the
community.
3. Confirmation of interest by using the methods

and techniques of the various presentations in the
educational process.
4. To enrich knowledge and technological aspects
for faculty staff and students by activating the
mechanisms of self-learning and electronic
learning.
General Education Department is a supporting

departments to the other departments of the college
through , it provides courses in scientific disciplines
and moral that is, with a total of: Fifteen courses in
accordance with the undergraduate program that has
been adopted and implemented in the college year
1419. In this context, the department shall contribute
in its development style and sophistication to the
educational process according to the requirements of
total quality especially in the curricula and teaching
methods.
Degrees:
Masters and Undergraduate
Goals:
1. A culture of quality and accreditation of academic
staff of the department (faculty and administrators)
and students.
2. Assessment and continued development of
academic programs and plans of study and
knowledge of the strengths of the strengthened,
and also know the weaknesses and to develop
plans to address them.
About:
219
Vision:
Promotes the educational vision and mission of
the Faculty of Physical Education and Sports, in career
education that serves Upgrading the quality of life in
the community through scientific and professional
achievements in the areas of physical activities, sport and
recreation that affect the quality of life for all segments
of society., in an era where survival and success has
become to those who possess the knowledge and skills
We therefore look at the Department of Educational
Preparation to advance the department and educational
services it provides to students, scholars and trainees
to be the maximum degree of quality that meets the
needs of learners and the requirements of the quality
of teaching and learning so that it appears that all of
the graduates practices in the fields of their work, and
leadership roles in society.
Mission:
The mission of the Department of educational

preparation in the preparation of the student, teacher
and educators through interactive teaching using
multiple teaching strategies to student-centered learning
environments on the basis of media-rich technology.
And that the students have the skills, information and
pedagogical skills necessary for them to be qualified
teachers in the teaching of physical education and
interaction with learners and to communicate with the
business community and society and to be a good
example for their students and colleagues in the sense
of belonging, loyalty and good citizenship.
About:
In this era of globalization and the explosion of
knowledge, technological progress accelerated, there
is the basic pillars of new era, information knowledge
and rationality,: the rules community of knowledge and
human intelligence, and the information society and
knowledge society as the most important supplier of
the economic and social development.
This means, that expert knowledge alone is no longer
sufficient, but is imperative that the individuals armed
with information and skills and attitudes that make
up the cultural base and immerse deep in the various
branches of knowledge such as: Economics and
Administration, Commerce and curricula and teaching
methods, psychology and Sociology, and measurement
and evaluation. Tomorrow, educational research and
communication skills and thinking skills that must be
owned by an individual to keep pace and meet the
requirements to live in society and the workplace.
Degrees:
Bachelors Degree
Goals:
220
1. Providing the teacher
2. The student getting to know the teacher

3. Development of positive trends about the
teaching profession, and to increase consciousness
nobly message of the Teacher within and outside
the school.
4. To improve teaching and learning within the
college by raising the efficiency of faculty members,
and provide advice and technical support to the
employees of the college.
5. Raising awareness education based on the doctrine
of Islam and its provisions, and responsive to the
aspirations of the country, and the needs of overall
development plans,
6. Prepare a generation of sport students through
the granting of Bachelor of Sports Management
and fitness to work in the sports sector and youth
to contribute to building a generation of athletes
armed with loyalty and belonging to the dear
homeland.
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Kamel Ali Jad

Wajeeh Qasim M. al-Qasim
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Course Description
102 TRB Islamic Education 2
Examine the concept of Islamic education and its
distinctive characteristics,. Relationship of education to
culture and Islamic educational institutions. Methods
of Islamic education. Basis for the selection and
preparation of the teacher in the context of Islamic
education and models of the contributions of Muslim
scholars in the field of education.
103 TRB Educational Research 2
Examine the concept of scientific research and its
202 TRB the education system in the Kingdom 2

Examine the concept of the educational system and
philosophy and the forces and factors affecting it.
Education system in the Kingdom and education policy
in the Kingdom and the factors influencing it. types
of education in the Kingdom. Higher education and
teacher training in the Kingdom. Private education
and adult education. Development and renewal of
education in the Kingdom.
211 TRB Developmental Psychology 2
Study the concepts of growth and maturity. Aspects of
growth and factors affecting it and its general principles
and requirements. Curricula development and data
collection methods in the psychology of growth. Stages
of growth, and factors affecting them.
110 TRB Educational Psychology 2
Examine the concept of educational psychology and its
goals and interests. The concept of intelligence and its
components and levels. factors components - Creativity
Innovation (concept
contributing to innovation).
Individual differences. Growth characteristics and
requirements of mental, cognitive. Characteristics of
the teacher and learner. Motivation to learn. Experience
of teaching and learning strategies.. Needs and
psychological problems. formulation.Educational goals:
classification Process of learning and teaching.
303 TRD school administration 2
Examine the concept of school management and
objectives, characteristics and factors affecting them.
Management functions and school play grounds. The most
important theories of public administration and school
management. Educational Leadership: the concept and
the difference of leadership styles (methods)., Some
recent trends in management. s. Duties of the Director
of the school and the responsibilities and powers.
Success factors for school administration. Decisionmaking process. Administrative communication. The
problems of school administration.
331 NHJ Primary Education Curriculum
Study the concepts of broad and narrow curriculum
and the factors that contributed to the development
of the concept of the curriculum. Some theories of
curriculum and the relationship between the theory
of curriculum and the structure of the curriculum.
Foundations of the approach (philosophical, cultural,
social, and psychological). Elements of the curriculum
(objectives, content, teaching methods and evaluation,
and technical). The relationship between the elements

of the curriculum. Regulation approach. Curriculum
development.
332 NHJ General Teaching Methods 2
Examination of a Muslim teacher and responsibilities,
qualities of a successful teacher, the nature of the
teaching process, classroom situation. Educational
goals and behavioral objectives. Elements of the lesson,
preparation of lessons, classroom questions and
homework, classroom management, time management.
Test questions. Examples of general teaching methods.
311 TRB guidance and counseling for students 2
Study guidance and counseling (the concept, Evolution,
and stages of development). The objectives of guidance
and counseling and the need for it. The relationship
between counseling and psychotherapy. Areas of
psychological counseling. Tools and guidance means.
Theories of psychological counseling (behavioral
analysis, psychological theory of self-perception of
Islam). Extension methods: collective and individual
counseling. Responsibility for guiding in the field of
school. Professional standards and ethical guidance.
Practical guidance. Direction and guidance in the
Kingdom. Classification of behavioral problems in the
school. Models of behavioral problems in the school.
333
NHJ
school
activity
2
Examine the concept of school activities and
development in the light of the overall concept of the
curriculum. The importance of school activities and
functions of the educational, psychological, cultural and
social development. Objectives of the school activities
and fields. Levels of school activities and tools. School
activity in the Kingdom. The role of supervisors and
leaders in promoting school activities. Management
of school activities. Assessment of school activities.
Programs of school activities.
201 TRB Educational Evaluation 2
Study the concepts of measurement and evaluation..
Methods of measurement and evaluation in physical
education. Basic statistical principles required for the
correct measurement and evaluation process. Different
criteria and methods identified and how to use them in
the assessment. Phenomenon of individual differences
and their relationship to the assessment in physical
education. The assessment in the areas of physical
education. How to assess the goals and educational
programs. Forms of assessment in physical education.
importance and its objectives. Basics of educational

research and steps. Sources of information and tools to
collect and methods of analysis. The rules of quotation
and documentation and references. Methods of
scientific research (descriptive, historical, experimental).
Some statistical concepts used in educational research.
How to set up a search report and the ethics of scientific
research.
221
Vision:
The Department of Health and Movement Sciences,

Faculty of Physical Education and Sport at the University
of King Saud is Looking forward to the preparation of
professional specialists in the field of Physical Education
and Movement Science they can demonstrate the value
of physical activity and its impact on the health of
students at all levels. And to apply the basic principles
of the Movement Science, both in the curriculum, or
teaching method, or methods of measurement and
evaluation.
222
Mission:
The Department of Health and Movement Sciences,
Faculty of Physical Education and Sports at King Saud
University seeks to prepare professionals in the field
of physical education and movement sciences of the
various academic levels who are able to apply the
scientific principles of all aspects associated with the
various motor activities, and support health education
and sports among students within the school community,
using this quality of education for graduating efficient
graduates to serve the community.
About:
Established in 1421H. and held its first session
on 29/6/1421H, This department oversees the
undergraduate level which includes 11 courses. It also
oversees the diploma department which contains
two levels, first level includes a seven courses and the
second level includes nine courses.
Degrees:
Bachelors Degree
Goals:
1. Preparation of local human resources specialized
in the field of Physical Education and Movement
Sciences
2. Preparation of students and scholars to teach
general education.
3. Preparing students and scholars to be specialists
in the field of fitness sectors, military, sports clubs
and centers.
4. Giving students the opportunity to familiarize
themselves with the knowledge and skills
associated with the health of the body and
Movement Sciences.
5. Dissemination of health education among members
of the community and promoting the benefits of
physical activity and develop physical fitness and
raise the level of functional fitness.
223
224
Co l l ege o f To uris m an d
A rch e o l og y
College of Tourism and Archeology
225
Contact:
College of Tourism and Archaeology
P. O. Box 2627
Riyadh 7524 - 12372
labor market of Tourism, heritage resources
Mission:
management and Archaeology.

The preparation of high-quality educational
7. Developing
programs, and achieving leadership in academic
research, and establishing local and global partnerships,

by building a learning environment conducive to the
development of endogenous capacities, that enables
college students provide the performance of a
both
undergraduate
and
post
graduate programs.
8. Provide
stimulating
environment
for
all
employees of the college.

9. Development of own resources for the college and
invest the resources and possibilities available.
distinguished career high standards, and recruitment

and investment of technical and national resources, and
the ability to make initiatives contribute to the creation
Vision:
Leadership and Excellency in the qualification of the
of job opportunities.
national human resource in Tourism and Archaeology.
Aims:
Mission:
1. Progress in the high-quality and Excellency of
the knowledge and empirical skills in the national
colleges programs and outcomes.

2. Recruit and develop faculty members, and
distinguished researchers.
3. Building
with
partnership,
international
and
colleges
and
Promote the scientific research system and develop
connections
specialized
establishments in the field of Archaeology,

Tourism, and Heritage resources.
sustainable development.
About:
The College of Tourism and Archeology was
established in 1426 Hijri, and is, therefore, one of the
newest colleges in King Saud University. The College
was established to meet the rapidly-growing demand
4. Attract qualified and distinguished students to

the college.
5. Usage of high-quality techniques in education and
research.
6. Prepare students for the requirements of the
of the country for efficient, highly qualified graduates

in tourism, hotel management, archeology, heritage
management, and tourism management. The College
aims to encourage research and scholarly studies related
to the specializations offered by the College.
Prof.Dr. M. A. B .AL-Thenaian
Professor

Department of Archaeology.
Prof.Dr. Salem Ahmad Tairan
Professor

Department of Heritage Management and
Tourism Guidance.
Dr. A. A. Rashed Almaamary
Associate Prof.
Dr. Abdullah A. saleh Al-Haddad
Associate Prof.

Department of Tourism and
Management.
Dr. Abdullah AL-Sharekh
Associate Prof.
Dr. Ahmed S. Al-Sawi
Associate Prof.
Dr. Hameed Ibrahim AL-Mazroo
Associate Prof.
Dr. Kabashi Qasima
Associate Prof.
Dr. Khaleel I. AL-Muikel
Associate Prof.
Dr. Talal M. M. Shaaban
Associate Prof.
Arabia, besides there are specialized laboratories in
Dr. Abdullah A. AL-Dosary
Assistant Prof.
photography, surveying and drafting, conservation and
Dr. Abdullah M. Al-Monif
Assistant Prof.
preservation, and computer analysis. The College has
Dr. Abdullmohsen alHajji
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Abdulnaser A . AL-Zahrani
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Ahamad AL-Obodi
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Alaa alSarabi
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Bakur Mohamed Barnawi
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Fahad Ali AL-Hussain
Assistant Prof.
1. BA in Archaelogy.
Dr. HatemT. Ahmed
Assistant Prof.
2. B.Sc in Hospitality Management.
Dr. Hosam AL-Abadi
Assistant Prof.
3. B.Sc in Tourism Management
Dr. Hosni A. Amar
Assistant Prof.
4. BA in Heritage Resource Management.
Dr. Mohamad A. AL-Thaibi
Assistant Prof.
5. BA in Tourism Guidance.
Dr. Mohamad AL-Daire
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Mohamad AL-Otaibi
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Mohamed I. Aboi attaa
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Mohammed Aldoghaishem
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Mohsen M. Saleh
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Said A. Kheder
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Samer Ahmed Sahla
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Saud Theyab
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Wael Aziz
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Yaser Y. Amin
Assistant Prof.
Dr.Mohammed Atta Mohammed
Assistant Prof.
Firas Abu Khadrah
Lecturer
Jehad alShabbar
Lecturer
Jamal Omar
Teaching Asst.
Academics Departments:
Hospitality
Landmarks
The College includes an Archaeological and
Heritage Museum which represents one of the
major tourism attractions in the Kingdom of Saudi
just set up three computing laboratory with excellent

computing facilities.
center through which it has access to the internet.
Degrees:
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Prof. Dr. Ahmed O. AL-Zaylai
Professor
Prof. Dr. Said .F. AL- Said
Professor
Prof. Dr. S. Abd ALRahman AL- Theeb Professor

Prof. Dr. Yousif Mukhtar El Amin
Professor
Prof.Dr. Abdulaziz S. AL-Ghazzi
Professor
Prof.Dr. Abdullah Ibrhim AL-Omeer
Professor
Prof.Dr. Gamal Abdel rehem
Professor
Prof.Dr. Hatem Hamdy Odah
Professor
Prof.Dr. Majdi Fahmi
Professor
Prof.Dr. M. Komaekh AL-Moraekhi
Professor
The College is connected with the main data processing
227
Mission:
To be as scientific reference specialist in the fields
of tourism, hospitality and the organization of events
and the achievement of excellence and quality in the
output to labor market demands.
Aims:
228
Prepare qualified graduates to

serve in private and public sectors
in archaeology and heritage
management.
Provide qualified graduates to
work in archaeological and heritage
Museums.
Provide efficient graduates to
conduct archaeological surveys
and excavations in the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia and The neighboring
countries.
Prepare qualified graduates to serve
in related local and international
institutes and organizations.
Prepare highly qualified students
to pursue their graduate studies
in archaeology and heritage
management.
Provide qualified graduates to work
in community service and continuous
education by arranging training
courses and scientific conferences
and providing consultancy services.
country. This active support led to the establishment of

the Department of Archaeology in King Saud University.
It ought to be mentioned here that the Department is
the only in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the oldest
Department in the Gulf dealing with archaeological
and heritage studies. It awards BA, MA and Ph. D in
archaeology. The Department staff has expertise in
museum studies, and the archaeology of the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia and the Near East, from prehistoric
times to the Islamic period.
Degree:
B.A Archeology
M.A Archeology
PhD Archeology
Programs:
B.A in Archeology
M.A in Archeology
PhD in Archeology
First Program:
B.A in Archeology
Study Plan:
Level-1
Vision:
Course
Leadership and excellence in education, scientific

research and community service.
IC 101
ARAB 101
About:
Due to the geographical location of the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia in the center of the ancient world and
its being a meeting point for trade routes and ancient
caravans, and the land of revelation of the eternal
Islamic Mission, archaeological studies in the Kingdom
have been actively supported by the authorities who
attach particular importance to the heritage of the
ENG 126
ENG 127
TOUR 101
ARCH 101
HERT 101
Total
Course Title
Culture
Arabic Language
Skills English Language
(Listening and speaking)
English Language (Reading)
Introduction to Tourism
Introduction to Archaeology
Introduction to Heritage
Management
Credit
2
2
4
4
2
2
2
18
Level-2
Level-6
Course
Course Title
Credit
Course
Course Title
Credit
IC 102
ARAB 103
HERT 151
ENG 128
Islam and Society

Expository Writing
Principles of Tour Guidance
English Language (Writing)
English language for Tourism
and Heritage
Computer skills for Tourism
and Archaeology
Tourism Resources in the KSA
2
2
2
4
IC 104
Political System in Islam

Archeology
Principles of Archeological
Restoration and Conservation
Archeology of Mesopotamia
Islamic Pottery
Islamic Numismatics
Art and Architecture of the
Maghreb And Andalusia
Islamic Epigraphy
TECH 101
TOUR 151
Total
6
2
2
20
Course
Course Title
Credit
IC 103
TOUR 202
ARCH 212

Types of Tourism
Prehistoric Archaeology
Beginning and Evolution of
Writing Ancient
History of Arabia Physical &
Cultural
Anthropology
Geoarcheology
Archaeology of
Ancient Arabia
2
2
2
HIS 141
ARCH 214
ARCH 215
ARCH 216
Arch 402
ARCH 251
ARCH 252
ARCH 253
Stone Ages in Arabia Ancient

Architecture of Arabia
Ancient Arabian Arts
Ancient Epigraphy: Aramaic
and Nabataea
Islamic Archaeology In Arabia
Islamic Architecture
Traditional Crafts
Architecture Heritage of the
KSA
2
2
2
Credit
2
2
3
2
2
229
2
2
15
Level-8
Course Title
2
3
2
2
ARCH 353
Field Archeology
16
Archeological
Skills:Survey,Drawing and
Photography Restoration and 2
Conservation of Archeological
Buildings
2
of Archaeological Buildings
20
3
18
Course Title
Credit
ARCH 301
ARCH 301
ARCH 301
Ethno archaeology Ancient

Pottery Ancient
Arabian Epigraphy Musnad
Archaeology of
the Nile Valley
Ancient Numismatics
Muslim States and their
Civilizations
Islamic Arts
Introduction to Museology
2
2
2
ARCH 301
HERT 301
Total
Course Title
Research Methods in
Archaeology
Rock Arts in KSA
Ancient North Indian
Epigraphy
Greek and Roman Archeology
Archeology of the Levant
Current Issues in Archeology
Arts and Architecture of the
Islamic East
BA. Dissertation
ARCH 351
Course
ARCH 301
3
17
Heritage resources include archaeological, architectural,

historic properties, natural landscape as well as
museums and community life ways and traditions. This
course provides the general principles for preservation
Arch 408
Total
HERT 454
Total
ARCH 301
Course
Level-5
ARCH 301
2
2
2
HERT 101 Introduction to Heritage Management

(2 credit-hours)
Arch 407
Credit
Total
Arch 401
Arch 404
Arch 405
Arch 406
Course Title
HERT 253
Course
2
2
3
Level-7
Arch 403
Course
ARCH 255
ARCH 256
HERT 252
ARCH 357
Level-4
ARCH 254
ARCH 357
ARCH 357
ARCH 357
ARCH 357
Total
Level-3
ARCH 213
HERT 351
ENG 129
ARCH 357
2
2
3
2
2
17
Credit
Course Description:
ARCH 101 Introduction to Archaeology (2
credit-hours)
This course is designed to provide students with a clear
idea of archaeology, its history, theory and methods
with emphasis on field work, documentation and dating
methods in archaeology.
and use of such resources in society. It discusses the

legal systems. used in the KSA and other countries to
protect such resources, and how government and nongovernment organizations preserve and use heritage
resource.
TOUR 101 Introduction to Tourism (2 credit-hours)

This course covers the basic elements of tourism from
an interdisciplinary perspective. It includes providing
basic ideas about various types of tourism, promotion
and development, recreation, and tourism attraction.
HERT 151 Principles of Tour Guidance (2 credithours)

This is an introductory course to the principles of tour
guiding for those interested in a career as a tour guide,
tour director or tour coordinator. Through classroom
instruction, students will be introduced to the major
aspects of tour guiding.
TOUR 151 Tourism Resources in the KSA (2

credit-hours)
230
This course deals with tourism resources in the KSA. It

discusses the new trends and promotion of these tourism
resources. The main features of the strategic tourism
development plan are taken into consideration.
TOUR 202 Types of Tourism (2 credit-hours)

This course introduces students to the different types
of tourism. The course discusses variability in tourism
products, and the new trends prevailing in tourism
activities.
ARCH 212 Prehistoric Archaeology (2 credit-hours)

An overview of human cultural development during the
Pleistocene and Holocene. It explains mans transition
from hunting, food gathering and use of stone tools
to food production, pottery making and discovery of
metals.
ARCH 213 Beginning and Evolution of writing

(2 credit-hours)
This course is an introduction to the beginning and
evolution of writing. It traces in a simplified way, the
evolution of the forms of signs from pictographic
to abstract, and their employment from ideograms
to phonograms that became letters of the alphabet
eventually.
ARCH 214 Cultural and Physical Anthropology

(2 credit-hours)
This course is an introduction to anthropology (physical
and cultural), tracing the stages of its development and
emphasizing its relationship with archaeology. It offers
a theoretical and conceptual basis for investigating
physical and cultural human evolution.
ARCH 215 Geoarchaeology (2 credit-hours)

This course involves the application of analytical
techniques, concepts and field methods from the
earth sciences to help solve archaeological problems.
Issues explored in this course include human and
environmental processes involved in archaeological site
formation, the sedimentary context of archaeological
remains, soils and sediments relevant to archaeology,
the relationship between past settlement and landscape
evolution, pale climatic reconstruction, human impacts
on the environment, geological sourcing of artifact
proveniences, and remote sensing of the physical
environment.
ARCH 216 Archaeology of Ancient Arabia (2

credit-hours)
This course covers the archaeology of ancient Arabia.
It introduces students to archaeological sites and
antiquities of Arabia and familiarizes them with its
history of archaeological research.
ARCH 251 Stone Ages in Arabia (2 credit-hours)

The course begins with Arabia pale climate during the
stone ages (Quaternary era) and then outlines the early
archaeological contributions of explorers and travelers
and the obstacles that faced archaeological research in
Arabia. The course displays chronologically the cultural
aspects of prehistoric Arabia and concludes with late
Stone Age sites (rock art, stone structures...Etc).
ARCH 252 Ancient Architecture of Arabia (2

credit-hours)
The architecture of Arabia, from pre-Islamic times to the
appearance of Islam, is studied. Whatever influences on
it, and its reflection of all aspects of Arabian life, shall
be pointed out.
HERT 252 Traditional Crafts (2 credit hours)

The course studies such diverse traditional folk
crafts in Saudi Arabia as important forms of material
culture. The course introduces the significance of this
material culture and the appropriate methods for its
documentation.
ARCH 253 Ancient Arabian Art (2 credit-hours)

and subjects of ancient art. It enables them to analyze
and study the meaning, artistic and cultural themes of
ancient art.
HERT 253 Traditional Architectural Heritage of

the KSA (2credit hours)
This course is a study of traditional architecture in
the KSA as reflected in ruined or standing samples in
villages and towns of Saudi Arabia. Types elements
and the influence of the traditions and environment on
them shall be studied.
ARCH 304 Archaeology of the Nile Valley (2

credit-hours)
ARCH 254 Ancient Epigraphy: Aramaic and

Nabataean (2 credit-hours)
this course gives a glimpse of the nature of the

Nile Valley (Egypt and the Sudan), its geography
and its influence on its population. Then it
deals with its Archaeology, civilizations and
cultural relations with the neighboring regions.
ARCH 255 Islamic Archaeology in Arabia (3

credit-hours)
This course is a study of Islamic antiquities in the
Arabian Peninsula and the effect of environment and
local traditions on them. Account shall be taken of
foreign influences on Islamic art and architecture.
ARCH 256 Islamic Architecture (2 credithours)

This course aims to introduce students to Islamic
architecture from its growth at Hejaz in early Islamic
times and continuity into Umayyad, Abbasid, Ayyubid
and Memluke periods. Principles and Theories on
Islamic architecture will be discussed. Special emphasis
will be laid on Arabia, Levant, Iraq and Egypt.
ARCH 301 Ethno archaeology (2 credit-hours)

This course introduces theories, methods and
techniques applied by archaeologists to contemporary
societies and materials to aid their
ARCH 306 Muslim States and Their understanding of
past societies.
HERT 301 Introduction to Musicology (2 credit

hours)
An introduction to musicology, its beginning and
evolution with an historical background of museums.
The course covers various modules that deal with the
museum philosophy, policy, function and structure. The
museum role and services are also covered.
ARCH 302 Ancient Pottery (2 credit-hours)

The course traces the origins and beginnings of
pottery making, demonstrates the importance of
pottery in archaeology and familiarizes students with
pottery technology, and methods, techniques and
theories that guide archaeological inference about
past societies from the remains of their pottery.
ARCH 303 Ancient Arabian Epigraphy: Musnad

(2 credit-hours)
the course begins with a survey of origin and
development of writing in the Arabian Peninsula
since the second millennium B. C. Next, it familiarizes
students with the grammar of Old Arabian,
from Southern Arabia as well as other regions.
ARCH 305 Ancient Numismatics (2 credit-hours)

Origins of coinage, materials, artistic and technical
skills are the main areas dealt with in his course.
The importance of coins as sources of information
and means of dating is also demonstrated.
(Religious, civil and military), their main.
Civilizations (3 credit-hours)
The course gives a concise historical and cultural
sequence of the Islamic states and dynasties from the
early Islamic period to the period of Islamic vassal
states. Special emphasis is laid on Arabia.
ARCH 307 Islamic Arts (2 credit-hours)

The course deals with Islamic arts from its birth to
the end of the Ayyubid period. The course gives a
definition to the Islamic art, its sources, characteristics
and decorative elements. It discusses the Islamic
applied art and its contemporary styles in eastern
and western Islamic world from the Umayyad to the
Ottoman period.
HERT 351 Principles of Archaeological

Restoration and Conservation (2 credit hours)
The student is introduced, both theoretically and
practically, to the effective techniques of restoration
and conservation practices. This involves consideration
of natural factors and environmental pollution, which
cause deterioration, and how to counter their effects.
ARCH 353 Islamic Pottery (2 credit-hours)

the purpose of this course is to examine Islamic pottery
in its various stages of development. The course
covers the technology and styles and decorative
motifs of Umayyad, Abbasid, Saljuke, Fatimid, Mamluk
and Ottoman pottery as well as North African and
Andalusian pottery. Islamic glaze and luster ware are
especially highlighted in this course.
ARCH 354 Islamic Numismatics (2 credithours)

the course studies Islamic coins that were in circulation
during Islamic periods and the steps of its Arabization
with the coming of Islam. The course focuses on the
different types of coins used by the Umayyad, Abbasid
and eastern and western Islamic states.
ARCH 355 Arts and Architecture of the
This course s a general study f Aramaic and Nabataean

inscriptions found in Arabia. The course aims to enable
students to study the historical and cultural themes of
these inscriptions and analyze their words and phrases
linguistically.
231
Maghreb, and Andalusia (2 credit-hours)
credit-hours)
the course begins with an introduction outlining the

Islamic history and archaeology of the Maghreb and
Andalusia. Then it deals with the diverse types of
Muslim archaeological remains environmental and
cultural settings which characteristics, as well as features
shared with those of neighboring areas.
The course is a concise survey of the main features of

civilizations of the Greeks and Romans from the 1st
millennium B.C to the 3rd century A. D. Attention will
be given to the stages of development of architecture,
sculpture and pottery.
ARCH 356 Islamic Epigraphy (3 credit-hours)
ARCH 405 Archaeology of the Levant (2 credithours)
This course deals with early Arabic script and theories

that deal with its origin, evolution and forms. Samples
of Muslim inscriptions on papyri, parchment and wood
materials are displayed in the course.
This course covers the various types of civilizations

which prevailed in The Levant (Palestine, Jordan, Syria
and Lebanon) and Asia Minor from prehistoric times to
Alexander the great.
ARCH 357 Computers Applications

Archaeology (2 credit-hours)
in
ARCH 406 Current Issues in Archaeology (2

credit-hours)
This course familiarizes students with computer

applications in archaeological research (surveys and
prospection, excavations, dating, artifact studies, and
modeling), management of archaeological data (GIS)
and communicating archaeology.
The aim of this course is to provide students with

an in-depth and sophisticated understanding of
the major contemporary trends in archaeological
thought. This course will enable students to place
issues of archaeological interpretation in their broader
theoretical framework.
ARCH 358 Archaeology of Mesopotamia (2

credit-hours)
232
The course surveys a time span extending from the

Paleolithic age to 331 B. C in Mesopotamia. The topics
include the geography, prehistoric and historical
archaeology as well as selected sites representing the
cultural stages of Mesopotamia.
ARCH 401 Research Methods in Archaeology (2

credit-hours)
This course aims at preparing students for conducting
research according to international standards. Various
theories of research methodologies, techniques and
approaches are covered in this course. Topics such as
research formulation and design, modeling, sampling,
data processing and results presentation are highlighted
in this course.
ARCH 402 Rock Arts in the KSA (2 credit-hours)

The course deals with description and classification of
rock arts in the KSA and interpreting it with emphasis
on the he is to apply the methodology ofprevailed
during prehistory and proto- history.
ARCH 403 Ancient North Arabian Epigraphy (3

credit-hours)
the course begins with appearance and evolution
of writing in the Arabia peninsula from the late first
millennium B. C. It studies old north Arabian scripts:
Thamudic, Safaitic, Didanite and Lihyanite. It covers
sites, linguistic styles and grammar and philology of
these scripts. A study of selected texts is concluded.
ARCH 404 Greek and Roman Archaeology (2
ARCH 407 Arts and Architecture of the Islamic

East (2 credit-hours)
The course deals with an outline history of the periods
covered by the course. Next, it deals with the most
important features of the architecture (religious, civil
and military) of Safawids, Moghols and Seljuks.
ARCH 408 B. A. Dissertation (2 credit-hours)

In this course students are given the opportunity to be
familiarized with methods of research in archaeology.
Each student selects a topic, to which presentation and
analysis he had been taught.
ARCH 451 Field Archaeology (8 credit-hours)

on the theoretical side, the course includes lectures on
surveying, methods of excavation, recording, pottery
reading, photography and drawing. On practical side,
it involves a season of fieldwork in which the student
is taught how to apply his theoretical knowledge.
ARCH 453 Archaeological Skills (2 credit-hours)

the student is taught the principles of survey, and
trained in architectural drawing and photography.
These skills are necessary in archaeological fieldworks.
HERT 454 Restoration and Conservation of

Archaeological Buildings (2 credit-hours)
this course deals with conservation and restoration of
archaeological buildings and its contents of material
culture. The course enables students to document
historical and archaeological buildings and be
familiarized with factors that deteriorate archaeological
and historical buildings. Students will be acquainted
with techniques and materials used in restoration and
conservation of buildings.
Mission:
Globally, historical and archaeological sites began
to be appropriately managed in order to promote
them for tourism industry and use them to display the
countrys heritage. The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is
rich in historical and archaeological sites which can be
invested for sustainable tourism.
The Department of Heritage Management and Tourism
Guidance of King Saud University undertakes to qualify
Saudi nationals to manage cultural heritage attractions.
It is hoped that qualified graduates of the

Department will skillfully promote and conserve
heritage resources of historical buildings, archaeological
sites and cultural and natural heritage attractions. In
addition, the Department undertakes to graduate
professionals equipped with knowledge and skills in
Tourism Guidance.
Aims:
The main objectives of the Department are:
Prepare qualified graduates to serve in private
and public sectors in heritage management
and tourism guidance.
Prepare qualified graduates to serve in
planning and promoting heritage attractions
for tourism.
Prepare qualified and efficient graduates to
work in management of heritage sites and
tourism attractions.
Prepare
equipped
with
candidates
interdisciplinary knowledge and skills to serve
in management of traditional handicrafts,
folklore and non-material heritage.
Provide
candidates
with
necessary
qualifications and skills to serve in the field of
tourism guidance.
Provide qualified graduates to work in
management of festivals, and tourism events.
Provide qualified graduates to serve in fairs
and museums exhibitions.
Prepare graduate to work in management of
archaeological and heritage museums.
Prepare qualified graduates to conserve and
restore objects, manuscripts, archaeological
sites and tourism attractions.
About:
Globally, historical and archaeological sites began
to be appropriately managed in order to promote
them for tourism industry and use them to display the
countrys heritage. The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is
rich in historical and archaeological sites which can be
invested for sustainable tourism. The Department of
Heritage Management and Tourism Guidance of King
Saud University undertakes to qualify Saudi nationals
to manage cultural heritage attractions. It is hoped that
qualified graduates of the Department will skillfully
promote and conserve heritage resources of historical
buildings, archaeological sites and cultural and natural
heritage attractions. In addition, the Department
undertakes to graduate professionals equipped with
knowledge and skills in Tourism Guidance.
Degree:
Bachelor
Programs
BA in Heritage Resource Management or Tour
Guidance
First Program
Heritage Resource Management or Tour Guidance
Study Plan:
Level-1
Course
IC 101
ARAB 101
ENG 126
ENG 127
TOUR 101
ARCH 101
Course Title
Culture
Arabic Language
Hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
Vision:
233
HERT 101
Management
Total
IIICourses
Management
Course
Course Title
Hours
IC 104
ARAB103
HERT 151
ENG 128
Islam and Society

Expository Writing
English Language (Writing)\
and Heritage
and Archaeology
2
2
2
2
TECH 101
TOUR 151
Total

234
Course
HERT 352
TOUR 351
HERT 351
2
15
HERT 353
Course
Course Title
Hours
HERT 354
HERT 355
IC103

Introduction to Ancient
Arabian Epigraphy
Prehistoric Archaeology
Ancient History of Arabia
Types of Tourism
Cultural Tourism
Planning and Promoting
Cultural Heritage Sites
Archaeology of
Ancient Arabia
HERT 356
ARCH 21
HIST 141
TOUR 202
HERT 201
HERT 202
ARCH 216
Total
2
HERT 357
2
2
2
2
Level-7
Course
HERT 401
3
HERT 402
17
HERT 403
Level-4
Course
Course Title
Hours
IC 104

Tourism and Business
Administration
Islamic Archaeology in Arabia
Traditional Crafts
Traditional Architectural
Heritage of the KSA
Introduction to Hospitality
Human Resources in Tourism
and Hotels
TOUR 251
ARCH 255
HERT 252
HERT 253
TOUR 254
TOUR 255
Total
3
3
2
HERT 404
HERT 405
HERT 406
2
2
3
17
Course
Course Title
Hours
Tour 301
Tour 302
Tour 303
Tour 304
Tour 305
Tourism Economics
Tourist Festivals and Events
Tourism and Society
Tourism Information Systems
Tourism Marketing
Fairs and Conferences
Management
3
2
2
3
2
2
for
Heritage
Resource
Course Title
Computer Applications
in Heritage Resource
Management
Tourism Markets Research
Principles of Archaeological
Registration and
Documentation of Cultural
Heritage
Museum Management
Current Issues in Heritage
Management Chemistry for
Methods of Examining
Archaeological Materials
Total
Course Title
Architectural Heritage
Management
Museums Education
Cultural Heritage
Organizations
of Metal and Silicon Materials
of Organic Materials and
Manuscripts
Folklore and Non-Material
Heritage Management
Total
Hours
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
17
Hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
12
Level-8
Course
TOUR 451
TOUR 452
Level-5
Tour 306
2
16
Level-6
Level-3
HERT 203
Tour Package Planning
14
Level-2
ENG 129
Tour 307
Total
TOUR 453
TOUR 454
TOUR 455
TOUR 456
Total
Course Title
Designing Fairs and Museum
Displays
Advanced Techniques of
Heritage Display
Practical in Heritage
Management
of Archaeological Buildings
Traditional Crafts
Management Graduation
Project
Hours
2
2
3
2
2
2
13
HERT 101 Introduction to Heritage Management

(2 credit-hours)
Course
Course Title
Hours
HERT 371
Methods of Tour Guiding (1)

International Tourism
Organizations
Group Tour Operations
Ancient Near Eastern
Civilizations
Specialized Texts in English
Current Issues in Tour
Guidance
Total
HERT 372
HERT 373
HERT 374
HERT 375
HERT 376
HERT 377
2
3
3
2
2
2
16
HERT 151 Principles of Tour Guidance (2 credithours)

tour director or tour coordinator. Through classroom
instruction, students will be introduced to the major
aspects of tour guiding.
Level-7
Course
Course Title
Hours
TOUR 402
HERT 431
HERT 432
Tour Transport
Tourism Promotion
Methods of Tour Guiding (2)
Practical Guiding (1)
Archaeological & Heritage
Destinations Special Topic in
the History of the KSA
Rock Arts in the KSA
Total
2
2
2
Course Title
Hours
HERT 433
HERT 434
ARCH 402
3
2
2
13
Level-8
Course
HERT 471
HERT 472
HERT 473
HERT 474
TOUR 451
TOUR 472
Total

legal systems used in the KSA and other countries to
resource.

credit-hours)
HERT 201 Cultural Tourism (2 credit-hours)

Practical Guiding (2)
Museums
Arts Appreciation
Consumer Behavior
Graduation Project
Tourism Security
Vocational Health
3
2
2
2
2
2
13
The course focuses on the various concepts for

definition of cultural tourism. The course discusses
heritage tourism, travel globalization, cross-cultural
understanding and cultural resource attractions.
HERT 202 Planning and Promoting Cultural

Heritage Sites (2 credit-hours)
Course Description:
The course explores practical approaches and methods

to planning and promoting the various types of cultural
heritage sites to become distinctive tourism products.
TOUR 101 Introduction to Tourism (2 credithours)


of tourism. The course discusses variability in tourism
products, and the new trends prevailing in tourism
activities.

credit-hours)
HERT 203 Introduction to Ancient Arabian

Epigraphy (3 credit-hours)

A brief historical description of the Arabian Peninsula

before Islam will be given. Then, a study of the man
dialects and their scripts will be conducted to elucidate
the linguistic differences between the mentioned
Tour Guidance Students

Level-6
235
dialects. Light will be shed on religious, historical and

social issues that are raised in the various types of
inscriptions
ARCH 212 Prehistoric Archaeology (2 credithours)

An overview of human cultural development during the
Pleistocene and Holocene. It explains mans transition
from hunting, food gathering and use of stone tools
to food production, pottery making and discovery of
metals.
ARCH 216 Archaeology of Ancient Arabia (3

credit-hours)
This course covers the archaeology of ancient Arabia.

It introduces students to archaeological sites and
antiquities of Arabia and familiarizes them with its
history of archaeological research.
HERT 251 Heritage Economics (2 credit-hours)
The course is an introduction to heritage economy
as part of production and as part of the economic
science. Analysis of economic meaning and the heritage
tendencies and trends. Economic benefits from heritage
basic principles in heritage production.
236
Production cost and availability of heritage products.

Price and quantity balance of a heritage product.
Tour 251 Tourism Business Administration (3

credit-hours)
The course deals with the different trends of tourism
activities and the methods and approaches of their
management as an enterprise which renders different
tourism services.
HERT 252 Traditional Crafts (2 credit-hours)

documentation.

the KSA (3 credit-hours)
The course deals with architecture as one of the element
of material culture which represent the centre of human
activity in space and time. It covers the basic methods to
study traditional architectural patterns, building styles,
characteristics and functions of architectural units and
their cultural concepts.

credit-hours)
This course is a study of Islamic antiquities in the

Arabian Peninsula and the effect of environment and
local traditions on them. Account shall be taken of
foreign influences on Islamic art and architecture.
ARCH 256 Islamic Architecture (2 credithours)

This course aims to introduce students to Islamic
architecture from its growth at Hejaz in early Islamic
times and continuity into Umayyad, Abbasid, Ayyubid
and Memluke periods. Principles and Theories on
Islamic architecture will be discussed. Special emphasis
will be laid on Arabia, Levant, Iraq and Egypt.
TOUR 301 Tourism Economics (3 credit-hours)

The course is an introduction to tourism economy
science. Analysis of economic meaning and the tourism
tendencies and trends. Economic benefits from tourism.
Basic principles in tourism production, Production cost
and availability of tourism products. Price and quantity
balance of a tourism product.
HERT 301 Introduction to Musicology (2 credithours)

An introduction to musicology, its beginning and
evolution with an historical background of museums.
The course covers various modules that deal with the
museum philosophy, policy, function and structure. The
museum role and services are also covered.
TOUR 302 Touristic Festivals and Events (2

credit-hours)
The course covers the basic skills needed for a
businesslike approach to planning and managing a
well run, high quality community. The focus of the
course is on increasing organizational effectiveness and
developing sound managerial strategies in seasonal and
great festivals and events.
TOUR 303 Tourism and Society (2 credithours)

The course discusses the interactive mutual relationship
between tourism as a human activity, economic
industry and social culture, and the local community
as consuming, producing and hosting individuals, and
groups.
TOUR 304 Tourism Information Systems (3

credit-hours)
This is a tourism and hospitality software applications
course for students. Building upon computer skill
TOUR 305 Tourism marketing (3 credit-hours)

This course introduces students to the principles of
tourism marketing. It reviews and discusses the various
approaches and strategies that seem appropriate to
promoting tourism.
international, regional and national tourism organizations.

It also familiarizes students with organizations of civil
aviations and the rules regulating their activities.
HERT 352 Computer Applications in Heritage

Resource Management (2 credit-hours)
This is a heritage resource management and tour guidance
software application course for students. Building upon
computer skill acquired in course TCH 101, students
in this course will complete heritage management and
tour guidance related software projects. The emphasis
of the course will be on computer applications and
communication technologies in heritage management
and tour guidance. Students will make extensive use of
the world-wide web and internet-based applications.
ARCH 306 Muslim States and their Civilizations

(3 credit-hours)
HERT 353 Registration and Documentation of

Cultural Heritage (2 credit-hours)
The course gives a concise historical and cultural

sequence of the Islamic states and dynasties from the
early Islamic period to the period of Islamic vassal
states. Special emphasis is laid on Arabia.
The course deals with the approaches and
TOUR 307 Tour Package planning (2 credithours)

The course covers the basis of promoting tourism
products, and enriching experience and skills which are
necessary for successful planning of tour packages.
ARCH 307 Islamic Arts (2 credit-hours)

The course deals with Islamic arts from its birth to
the end of the Ayyubid period. The course gives a
definition to the Islamic art, its sources, characteristics
and decorative elements. It discusses the Islamic
applied art and its contemporary styles in eastern
and western Islamic world from the Umayyad to the
Ottoman period.
HERT 351
Restoration
hours)
Principles of Archaeological
and Conservation (2 credit-
Students are introduced, both theoretically and

practically, to the techniques of restoration and
preservation of antiquities. This involves consideration
of natural factors and environmental pollution, which
cause deterioration, and how to counter their effect.
commentary on-site and conducting a group techniques for the identification, documentation, interpretation and presentation of cultural heritage sites and
materials.
HERT 354 Museum Management (2 credithours)

This course covers the role of museum collections and
focuses on general museum concepts, procedures and
issues of management and care of collections.
HERT 355 Current Issues

Management (3 credit-hours)
in
Heritage
The course introduces students to the current issues

in heritage management. It studies the methods for
developing and promoting management of both
material and non-material heritage sources.
HERT 356 Chemistry for Restoration and

Conservation (2 credit-hours)
This course provides a short note on general and
organic chemistry. It discusses the relation of chemistry
with archaeological conservation and restoration and
explains briefly the processes of objects deterioration
and preservation.
TOUR 351 Tourism Markets Research (2 credithours)
HERT 357 Methods for Examining Archeological

Materials (2 credit-hours)
This course deals with nature and trends of tourism

markets, and approaches to design and conduct
effective market research to develop tourism industry
and gaining new markets.
This course deals with methods and techniques for

examinations of the different archaeological materials
and the most important physical and chemical methods
usually applied.
TOUR 352 International Tourism Organizations

(2 credit-hours)
This course familiarizes students with the main
HERT 371 Methods of Tour Guiding (1) (2

credit-hours)
acquired in course TCH 101, students in this course

will complete tourism management and hospitality
related software projects. The emphasis of the course
will be on computer applications and communication
technologies in tourism management and hospitality.
Students will make extensive use of the world-wide
web and internet-based applications.
237
Students will be introduced to the major aspects of

tour guiding: public speaking, interpretation, and tour
commentary. This course represents the theoretical part
of course HERT 432 (Methods of Tour Guiding (2).
HERT 372 Group Tour Operations (3 credithours)

Student will gain hands-on experience in designing,
developing, conducting and guiding a sightseeing tour,
delivering tour commentary tour operation through to
completion.
HERT 373 Ancient Near Eastern Civilizations (3

credit-hours)
The course introduces students to the ancient Near East
civilizations from the beginning of historical periods to
the coming of Alexander the great to the region in the
4th century B. C.
HERT 374 Specialized Texts in English (2 credithours)
This course is designed to introduce students to the

literature related to heritage resource management
through contact with English passages. The students get
acquainted with the basic literary terms.
238
during prehistory and proto- history.
TOUR 402 Tour Transport (2 credit-hours)

This course introduces students to the business of travel
and the role of intermediaries (travel agents and tour
operators) and travel transport in developing domestic
and international tourism.
HERT 403 Cultural Heritage Organizations (2

credit-hours)
This course covers the international, regional and
Arabic cultural heritage organizations. It discusses the
regulations of these cultural heritage organizations and
their notable activities.

Metal and Silicon Materials (2 credit-hours)
This course aims at providing students with conceptual
framework on methods and techniques in use for
restoration and conservation of silicon (stones, glass,
ceramics, cementing materialsetc) and metal materials
(iron, copper, silver etc).
HERT 375 Current Issues in Tour Guidance (2

credit-hours)

Organic Materials and Manuscripts (2 credithours)
This course discusses the current issues in tour guidance.

During the course students will be introduced to the
current methods and skills of tour guiding. The course
will enable students to engage in major aspects of
tour guiding: public speaking, interpretation, tour
commentary research and delivery.
This course aims at providing students with conceptual

framework on methods and techniques in use for
restoration and conservation of organic materials (wood,
leather, textiles, bones, horns...Etc) and manuscripts of
such varying materials as leather, textiles, parchments,
papers an ink.
HERT 401 Architectural Heritage Management

(2 credit-hours)
HERT 406 Folklore and Non-Material Heritage

Survey of techniques of restoration and stabilization

of architectural heritage buildings; standards
of workmanship; traditional methods and new
technologies. Survey of documentation techniques and
preservation design.
The course deals with the various fields of folklore and

non-material cultural heritage. Students will learn how
to identify, spread, and make use of folklore and nonmaterial cultural heritage. And protect this material and
non-material heritage as a social history source and a
cultural heritage identity.
HERT 402 Museum Education (2 credit-hours)

An exploration of historical and current theory and
practice in the educational functions of museums and
heritage institutions.
ARCH 402 Rock Arts in the KSA (2 credithours)

The course deals with description and classification of
rock art in the KSA and The course will teach students
to maintain interpreting it with emphasis on the
environmental and cultural settings which prevailed
HERT 431 Tourism Promotion (2 credit-hours)

Promotion is an important part of any tourism program.
This course deals with the use of national cultural
heritage for promotion of tourism and increase in the
level of visitation.
HERT 432 Methods of Tour Guiding (2) (2

credit-hours)
Students will be introduced to the major aspects of
tour guiding: public speaking, interpretation, and tour
HERT 433 Practical Guiding (1) Archaeological

and Heritage Destinations (3 credit-hours)
This course deals with conduct of tour guiding
interpretation and commentary on archaeological and
heritage sites in English language. The course represents
the theoretical sector for the course
HERT 371 Methods of Tour Guiding (1).

HERT 434 Special Topics in the History of the
KSA (2 credit-hours)
standard of workmanship; traditional methods and new

technologies. It introduces students to documentation
techniques and preservation design.
HERT 455 Traditional Crafts Management (2

credit-hours)
The course discusses trends, plans and processes for
promoting and managing traditional crafts. The course
studies the geographical distribution and ecological
settings associated with traditional crafts in an attempt
to create a complete management data base.
HERT 456 Graduation Project (2 credit-hours)
This course deals with special chosen topics on the

current and contemporary history of the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia. It displays the main stages of the marsh
of history and its link with issues of tour guidance in the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
A research project to promote a cultural or natural

site to tourism investment. The project may attempt
to promote a service establishment associated with a
heritage or tourism site. Other research projects may
propose to promote traditional crafts or preserve nonmaterial heritage element.
HERT 451 Designing Fairs and Museums

Displays (2 credit-hours)
HERT 471 Practical Guiding (2) - Museums (3

credit-hours)
An exploration of past practices and contemporary

approaches to exhibiting, providing students with the
theoretical and practical tools to create exhibitions and
fairs for todays audiences.
This course deals with methods of exhibitions,

descriptions and interpretation of archaeological and
cultural heritage objects in the main museums of the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The course represents the
practical sector for the course
HERT 432 Methods of Tour Guiding (2).
TOUR 451Tourism Security (2 credit-hours)

The course discusses the issues relating to tourism
security in it national, and social dimensions taking into
consideration the safety and security of the tourists and
their properties.
HERT 452 Advanced Techniques of Heritage

Display (2 credit-hours)
HERT 472 Arts Appreciation (2 credit-hours)

The course covers the principles and approaches to
awareness and appreciation of arts. The course explains
the most important terms of arts and introduces ancient,
classic and current schools of arts.
The course focuses on the new technological means

and their role in display and management of heritage.
Included are consideration of archives, collections
management and the methods of putting such theory
into practice, using computer technology.
TOUR 472 Vocational Health (2 credit-hours)
HERT 453 Practical in Heritage Management (2

credit-hours)
HERT 473 Clients Psychology (2 credit-hours)
This course is field training in heritage documentation

and planning and supervision of heritage and traditional
crafts management projects. In addition, the course
discusses promotion of cultural tourism destinations.
The course displays the general sanitation and safety

measures usually taken to protect the health and safety
of guests and staff in hotels, motels and similar tourism
attractions.
This course deals with relations and interactions of

workers in tourism sectors with different types of tourists,
visitors, and clients. The course discusses stress, routine,
repletion and the psychology of the consumer tourist.
Tourism today: introduction to personality theory and
dealing with various psychological problems.

Archaeological Buildings (2 credit-hours)
HERT 474 Graduation Project (2 credit-hours)
This course enables students to survey techniques

of restoration and stabilization of historic buildings,
This course is designed to introduce students to the

process of conducting a
commentary. This course represents the practical part of

course HERT 453 (Practical in Heritage Management)
239
About:
Complete tour guidance project to a tourism site.
The project with direct application to the tourism
industry is to be conducted by the student who will
design elements of the tour, number of visitors, and the
appropriate time and duration of the visit.
Mission:
Towards developing the department as an excellent
education institute that will develop the mind spread
knowledge and enhances the dialogue on tourism issues.
This Department has been established to graduate

qualified and motivated nationals to succeed as
professionals in the tourism industry and take on the
challenges facing tourism and hospitality management
in the new millennium.
Aims
To expand and strengthen education programs
in the area of tourism management.
To produce and form a team of outstanding
and exceptional academics.
To provide services that suit the needs of the
society and country in all related fields
To develop close ties and collaborate with the
government and the private sectors
To conduct research and consultancies

in the tourism field towards developing
the department as an excellent education
institution that will develop the mind, spread
knowledge and enhance the dialogue on
tourism issues.
Tourism and hospitality industries are one of the
major economic sources for many of the developed
countries of the world. The speed and pace of
changes in tourism and hospitality industries have
been supported to a great extend by information
technology. This tourism and hospitality management
studies involve a consideration of efficient and qualified
graduates equipped with interdisciplinary knowledge
and skills to promote tourism sectors to increase
economic revenues, provide jobs and develop tourism
industry infra structure. Thus, this Department has
been established to graduate qualified and motivated
nationals to succeed as professionals in the tourism
industry and take on the challenges facing tourism and
hospitality management in the new millennium.
Landmarks
240
Highly-qualified academic staffs who is
actively involved with the industry though

research and consultancy
Friendly campus environment in a peaceful,
tranquil and rural area.
A range of courses designed to equip students with
sound interpersonal, managerial and analytical skills
much needed in the industry.
Degree:
Bachelor
Programs
BA in Tourism and Hotel managements
Study Plan:
Level-1
Course
Course Title
Credit
IC 101
ARAB 101

Arabic Language
Management
Total
2
2
Course
Course Title
Hours
IC 102
ARAB 103
HERT 151
ENG 128
Islam and Society

Expository Writing
English Language (Writing)
and Heritage
and Archaeology
2
2
2
2
ENG 126
ENG 127
TOUR 101
ARCH 101
HERT 101
2
2
2
2
2
14
Level-2
ENG 129
TECH 101
TOUR 151
3
2
2
Total
15
Compulsory Courses
managements Students
for
Tourism
and
Hotel
Level-3
Course
Course Title
Credit
IC 103
TOUR 201
TOUR 202
Economic System In Islam

Tourism Communication Skills
Types of Tourism
Tourism Mass
Communications Advertising
Cultural Tourism
Archaeology of
Ancient Arabia
Travel Agency Operations
2
2
2
HERT 201
ARCH 216
TOUR 204
Total
TOUR 401
TOUR 401
TOUR 401
3
3
16
Hours
IC 104

Tourism and Business
Administration
Islamic Archaeology in Arabia
Traditional Crafts
Traditional Architectural Heritage of the KSA
Introduction to Hospitality
Human Resources in Tourism
and Hotels
TOUR 254
TOUR 255
Total
2
2
17
3
3
3
3
17
Hours
2
Tour 454
Tour 455
3
3
3
2
13
Courses for Hospitality managements Students

Level-6
Course
Tourism Economics
Tourist Festivals and Events
Tourism and Society
Tourism Information Systems
Tourism Marketing
Fairs and Conferences
Management
Tour Package Planning
3
2
2
3
2
2
2
16
Courses for Tourism managements Students
Level-6
Course
Course Title
Hours
TOUR 351

International Tourism
Organizations
Tourism Accounting
Tourism Planning and
development
Tourism Statistics
TOUR 355
TOUR 301
TOUR 302
TOUR 303
TOUR 304
TOUR 305
TOUR 354
Tourism Security
Tourism Projects Feasibility
Studies
Tourism Agencies (2)
Practice in Tourism
Management (2)
Graduation Project
Total
Tour 453
Hours
TOUR 353
Planning and Managing

Tourism Destinations
Tour Transport
Tourism Economic and
Financial Analysis
Tourism Agencies (1)
Tourism Sales and Promotion
Practice in Tourism
Management (1)
Total
Course Title
Tour 452
Course Title
TOUR 352
Hours
Tour 451
3
2
Course
TOUR 307
Total
Course Title
Course
Level-5
TOUR 306
TOUR 401
2
2
3
20
Level-8
Course Title
HERT 253
TOUR 401
Course
ARCH 255
HERT 252
TOUR 401
Level-4
TOUR 251
Level-7
Course
Tourism and Managing Crisis

Ecotourism
Current Issues in Tourism
Total
TOUR 371
TOUR 372
TOUR 373
TOUR 374
TOUR 375
TOUR 376
TOUR 377
TOUR 378
Course Title
Hospitality Constructions
Management
Hotel Facilities and
Equipments
Hotel Economics
Current Issues in Hospitality
Industry
Protocols and Hospitality
Principles
Restaurants Management
Hotel Accounting
Hotels Codes and Regulations
Total
Hours
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
19
Level-7
Course
Course Title
Hours
TOUR 431
TOUR 432
3
2
TOUR 433
TOUR 434
TOUR 435
Hotel Front Office

Rooms Division Management
Food and Beverages
Operations
Food Menus
Hotel Sales and Marketing
2
2
2
TOUR 203
TOUR 356
TOUR 357
TOUR 358
241
TOUR 436
TOUR 437
Hotel Cookery (1)

3
Practice in Hotel Management
3
(1)
Total
17
Level-8
Course
Course Title
Hours
TOUR 471
TOUR 472
TOUR 473
TOUR 474
Hotel Supervision Operations

Vocational Health
Food and Beverages Service
Hotel Cookery (2)
Practice in Hotel Management
(2)
Graduation Project
Total
2
2
2
3
TOUR 475
TOUR 476
3
2
14
Course Description:
TOUR 101 Introduction to Tourism (2 credit-hours)

242

credit-hours)
HERT
101
Introduction
to
Heritage

legal systems used in the KSA and other countries to
resource.
HERT 151 Principles of Tour Guidance (2

credit-hours)
tour director or tour activities coordinator. Through
classroom instruction, students will be introduced to
the major aspects of tour guiding.

credit-hours)
TOUR 201 Tourism Communication Skills (2

credit-hours)
The course covers the basis of general relations and
the nature of communication skills and personal
communications and their role in the society, and
activation and promotion of tourism.
HERT 201 Cultural Tourism (2 credit-hours)

The course focuses on the various concepts for
definition of cultural tourism. The course discusses
heritage tourism, travel globalization, cross-cultural
understanding and cultural resource attractions.

This course introduces students to the different
types of tourism. The course discusses variability in
tourism products, and the new trends prevailing in
tourism covers the basic methods to study traditional
architectural patterns, building styles, characteristics
and functions of architectural units and their cultural
concepts.
TOUR 203 Tourism Mass Communications and

Advertising (2 credit-hours)
The course deals with tourism advertising: message,
objectives, methods and means of advertising, sales
promotion, expectations and reports.
TOUR 204 Travel Agency Operations (3 credithours)

The course deals with activities and performance of the
various travel associated
TOUR 251 Tourism Business Administration (3

credit-hours)
The course deals with all different trends of tourism
activities and the planning and management of tourism
operations. The course introduces students to the new
concepts o tourism management.
HERT 252 Traditional Crafts (2 credit-hours)

documentation.

the KSA (2credit-hours)
The course deals with architecture as one of the element
of material culture which represent the centre of human
activity in space and time. It
trends economic benefits from tourism.
TOUR 254 Introduction to Hospitality Industry

(2 credit-hours)
Basic understanding of the hospitality service industries
TOUR 255 Human Resources in Tourism and

Hotels (3 credit-hours)
The course deals with human resources working in
different sectors of hospitality and tourism. It includes
strategic human resources, training and development of
human resources, appraisal of human resourcesetc. It
discusses the role of human resources management in
the economic development.

credit-hours)
This course is a study of Islamic antiquities in the Arabian
Peninsula and the effect of environment and local
traditions on them. Account shall be taken of foreign
influences on Islamic art and architecture.
TOUR 301 Tourism Economics (3 credit-hours)

The course is an introduction to tourism economy
science. Analysis of economic meaning and the tourist
tendencies and overview of the industry, emphasis
will be placed on objective setting, team building and
program planning.
TOUR 302 Touristic Festivals and Events (2

credit-hours)
The course covers the basic skills needed for a
businesslike approach to planning and managing a
well run, high quality community. The focus of the
course is on increasing organizational effectiveness and
developing sound managerial strategies in seasonal and
great festivals and events.
TOUR 303 Tourism and Society (2 credithours)

The course discusses the interactive mutual relationship
between tourism as a human activity, economic
industry and social culture, and the local community
as consuming, producing and hosting individuals, and
groups.
TOUR 306 Fairs and Conference Management

(2 credit-hours)
This course is designed to give the students the skills
necessary to plan, organize, manage and evaluate a
festival, special event, meeting, seminar or conference.
In addition to a destinations and its role in managing
entire tourism activities.
TOUR 307 Tour Package Planning (2 credithours)

The course covers the basis of promoting tourism
products, and enriching experience and skills which are
necessary for successful planning of tour packages.
TOUR 351 Tourism Markets research (2 credithours)

This course deals with nature and trends of tourism
markets, and approaches to design and conduct
effective market research to develop tourism industry
and gaining new markets.
TOUR 352 International Tourism Organizations

(2 credit-hours)
This course familiarizes students with the main
international, regional and national tourism organizations.
It also familiarizes students with organizations of civil
aviations and the rules regulating their activities.
TOUR 353 Tourism accounting (3 credithours)

This course is designed to provide an understanding
of the accounting systems in tourism. It also explains
accounting reports, income statements, balance sheets,
internal flow, accounting information and accounting
ethics.
TOUR 354 Tourism Planning and development

(2 credit-hours)
This course introduces students to tourism planning,
and management of tourism planning, and management
of tourism destinations and its role in managing entire
tourism activities.
TOUR 355 Tourism Statistics (3 credit-hours)
TOUR 304 Tourism Information Systems (3

credit-hours)
The course offers introduction to the fundamentals

of tourism statistics. A statisticalrelated software
package may be taught. Topics include descriptive and
inferential statistics.
This course allows students to understand issues relating

to tourism and hospitality computer technology and
the management of information systems.
TOUR 356 Managing Tourism crises (2 credithours)
TOUR 305 Tourism Marketing (2 credit-hours)
The course discusses reasons and factors behind tourism

crisis and how to react and deal positively with them.
This course introduces students to the principles of

tourism marketing. It reviews and discusses the various
approaches and strategies that seem appropriate to
promoting tourism.
TOUR 357 Ecotourism (2 credit-hours)

The course focuses on the utilization of the potentials
of ecological and natural resources for tourist
by focusing on the needs, problems, growth and the

development aspects. It also describes the organization
of hospitality operations, thus highlighting on industry
opportunities and future trends.
243
attraction. The course aims to promote understanding

of the interplay of natural and cultural forces and the
consequent effects on tourism.
TOUR 358 Current Issues in Tourism (3 credithours)

This course enables students to discuss current tourism
issue pertaining to the rapid changes in tourism markets,
and tourism types. The course provides insights into
the new trends of tourism and new local, regional and
international tourism industry activities.
This course examines the legal rights, responsibilities

and obligations of organizations in the hospitality
industry. It introduces students to codes and regulations
of the international Hotels Association.
TOUR 401 Planning and Managing Tourism

Destinations (3 credit-hours)
This course focuses on modern systems of hospitality

constructions management. It deals with management
and development of visitors attractions.
The course enables students to be familiar with the

principles of planning and managing various tourism
destinations. It discusses the role of destination
management companies in attracting visitors to an area
and providing services at a destination.
TOUR 372 Hotel Facilities and Equipments (2

credit-hours)
TOUR 378 Hotels Codes and Regulations (2

credit-hours)
Constructions
TOUR
371
Hospitality
The course provides information about tourist facilities

available in the KSA such as hotels, restaurants and
recreation places. The course discusses the role of
these facilities in tourism attraction and how to promote
role.
TOUR 402 Tour Transport (2 credit-hours)
TOUR 373 Hotel Economics (2 credit-hours)
TOUR 403 Tourism Economics and Financial

Analysis (3 credit-hours)
The course is an introduction to hotel economy as part

of production and as part of the economic science.
Analysis of economic meaning and the hospitality
tendencies and trends. Economic benefits from
hospitality. Basic principles in hospitality production.
Production cost and availability of hospitality products.
Price and quantity balance of a hospitality product.
TOUR 374 Current Issues in Hospitality Industry

(3 credit-hours)
In this course students will discuss both current and
traditional issues in accommodation and food and
beverage sectors of the tourism industry where
accommodation, food and beverages are offered in a
wide variety of styles.
TOUR 375 Protocols and Hospitality Principles

(2 credit-hours)
The course deals with principles of hospitality
protocols. It introduces students to decent reception
skills associated with hospitality and tourism events.
TOUR 376 Restaurants Management (2 credithours)

The course deals with principles and issues of
management of tourism restaurants and their art of
sales, design and commercialization of gastronomic
services.
TOUR 377 Hotel accounting (3 credit-hours)
244
of the accounting systems in hotels. It also explains

accounting reports, income statements, balance sheets,
internal flow, accounting information and accounting
ethics.
This course is designed to provide an understanding
This course introduces students to the business of travel

and the role of intermediaries (travel agents and tour
operators) and travel transport in developing domestic
and international tourism.
The course introduces students to the basis of tourism

economic and financial analysis. It discusses how to
balance between forces of supply and demand in
tourism markets.
TOUR 404 Tourism Agencies (1) (3 credithours)

This is a training course in administrative office works,
reservations programs and ticketing.
TOUR 405 Tourism Sales Promotion (3 credithours)

The course covers dimensions and means of sales
promotion in tourism and hospitality. It studies the
various effective factors on volume of sales, and policies,
plans and means of their promotion.
TOUR 406 Practice in Tourism Management (1)

(3 credit-hours)
In this course students are trained in different sectors
of tourism industry including management of tourism
attractions. Student will be trained to acquire skills in
tourism communication, advertising and management
of tourism attractions.
TOUR 431 Hotel Front Office (3 credit-hours)

This course indicates that front office staff can increase
front office efficiency and help sales grow in hotels and
tourism attractions. The course enables students to
manage the front office to meet the propertys goals.
TOUR 432 Rooms Division Management (2

credit-hours)
TOUR 454 Practice in Tourism Management (2)

(3 credit-hours)
The course deals with internal arrangements and

supervision of lodging, cleaning of rooms and floors,
and provision of room service meals. It introduces
students to be acquainted with components of hotel
rooms and their management styles.
In this course students are trained in some sectors of

tourism industry including management of tourism
events and festivals. Student will be trained to acquire
skills in management of tourism events and tour
transport.
TOUR 433 Food and Beverages Operations (2

credit-hours)
TOUR 455 Graduation Project (2 credit-hours)
This course deals with food and beverages of hotels

and tourism attraction and the principles underlying
their quality, selection and storage.
Students are required to submit and successfully defend

a field project with its theoretical and practical grounds
in the field of tourism management. It aims to teach
students the stages of planning, studying and executing
the different types of tourism projects.
TOUR 434 Food Menus (2 credit-hours)
TOUR 435 Hotel Sales and Marketing (2 credithours)
TOUR 471 Hotel Supervision Operations (2

credit-hours)
The course provides information
in hotels. It covers how to recruit,
increase productivity; control labor
communicate; manage conflict and
time management techniques.
on supervision
select and train;
costs; effectively
change; and use
The course deals with dimensions of hospitality

marketing and styles of developing hospitality sales. It
aims to enable students to develop a comprehensive
strategy for sales and marketing a hospitality
operation.
TOUR 472 Vocational Health (2 credit-hours)
TOUR 436 Hotel Cookery (1) (3 credit-hours)
TOUR 473 Food and Beverages Service (2

credit-hours)
This course deals with skills in cooking international

dishes, and cook basic eastern and western pastry. It
introduces students to skills of providing table service
and decorating meal dishes.
TOUR 437 Practice in Hotel Management (1) (3

credit-hours)
These placements with leading hotels, restaurants and
other hospitality establishments, allow students to be
familiar with the work environment. Students will be
trained in the food, beverage and room departments. A
detailed report is required at the end of each internship
program.
TOUR 451 Tourism Security (2 credit-hours)

The course discusses the issues relating to tourism
security in it national, and social dimensions taking into
consideration the safety and security of the tourists and
their properties.
TOUR 452 Tourism Projects Feasibility Studies

(3 credit-hours)
The course deals with nature and trends with the
various tourism projects feasibility studies. It aims to
enable students to conduct a research for the purpose
of determining the possibility and potential of a specific
tourism attraction.
The course displays the general sanitation and safety

measures usually taken to protect the health and safety
of guests and staff in hotels, motels and similar tourism
attractions.
The course discusses the principles of providing

successfully different types of food and beverages
in hotels and tourist restaurants. Student will be
acquainted with the basic skills needed in the service
of food and beverages.
TOUR 474 Hotel Cookery (2) (3 credit-hours)

This course deals with skills in cooking international
dishes, and cook basic eastern and western pastry. It
introduces students to skills of providing table service
and decorating meal dishes.
TOUR 475 Practice in Hotel Management (2) (3

credit-hours)
These placements with leading hotels, restaurants and
other hospitality establishments, allow students to be
familiar with the work environment. Students will be
trained in the food, beverage and room departments. A
detailed report is required at the end of each internship
program.
TOUR 476 Graduation Project (2 credit-hours)

Students are required to submit and successfully
defend a field project with its theoretical and practical
grounds in the field of hotel management. It aims to
teach students the stages of planning, studying and
executing tourism hotels projects.
This course is designed to teach the student the

importance of the menu as the single controlling
document in hospitality operations. Topics include
menu design and development, pricing and menu
management.
245
246
College of Languages Translation
Co llege of Languages an d
Translatio n
247
Contact:
Dean
Phone: 4697000, Fax: 4697171
Secretary: Phone: 469002, Fax: 4691100
Vice-dean for Administrative Affairs

Phone: 4697005, Fax: 4697102
Administrator
Phone: 4697040
Registration and student affairs

Abdulrahman Al-Harqan
Phone: 4697070, Fax: 4697111
College Laboratories
About:
Through these departments the College offers

BA programs in translation from Arabic into English,
French, German, Italian, Spanish, Russian, Hebrew, Japanese, Persian, Turkish and Urdu and vice versa. Shortly,
Chinese will be added. Also, a department of African
Languages and Translation (Hawsa and Swahili) will be
established, and the first volume the C.O.L.T. periodical
has been issued
Vision
Regional leadership in languages and translation
and a genuine window through which the Kingdom
converses with the worlds languages and cultures
Mission
Offering a distinguished academic education in languages and translation, producing high-caliber research
that serves the community and contributes to building
the knowledge economy through preparing translators,
translating knowledge and modern science, and providing a stimulating environment for education, learning, and intellectual excellence, making the best use
of technology and effective regional and international
partnerships
Aims
Preparing cades in modern languages and
translation
Developing students skills in the field of language
learning, and training them in all types of

translation
Linking up the Colleges needs with the job market
and the requirements of growth
Encouraging research in languages and translation
Participating in international conferences in the
fields of languages and translation, and holding
specialized symposia
Offering consultancies for the public and private

sectors
Serving the community with translation and

interpretation
Preparing, designing, implementing, and revising

languages and translation programs as required
and according to KSU regulations
Degree:
Bachelor degree in eleven languages: English,
French, Spanish, Russian, German, Italian, Turkish, Farsi,
Japanese, Hebrew and Chinese
Departments:
The Department of European Languages and
Translation
The Department for Asian Languages and

Translation
The Language Unit, and

The Research Center
Faculty Members
Name
English - Program
Rank
Dr. Abdullah Al-Homiedan

Dr. Faisal Al-Mohanna
Dr. Mohammed Al-Abdullatif
Dr. Jasser Al-Jasser
Dr. Saad Alhashash
Dr. Zouhair Maalej
Dr. Abdulrahman Almansour
Dr. Ahmed Al-Magableh
Dr. Elrashid Abdelu-Qadir
Dr. Faisal Al-Qahtani
Dr. Ibrahim Alqarni
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Instructor
French Program
Dr. Faiz
Dr. Mohamed Ahmed TAJJO
Dr Mohamed Nabil NAHAS HOMSI
Dr. Nabil Radhouane
Dr.Saleh Dhawi

Dr. Babiker Ali Dyouma
Dr. Ibrahim Albalawi
Dr Ibrahim Al-Mounajjed
Dr. Al Hussin M. ALMAHDIA
Dr EL-SADIG ABDALLAH OSMAN
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Staff Member
Italian Program
Dr. Hassani Mohammed Salah
Dr. Abdurrazzaq Abdulaziz
Abdulrahman Altahini
Associate Prof.
Lecturer
Assistant
Russian Program
Mohamed Doruid
Abdel-salam Mansy
Hussien Tikaev
Mohamed Gebaly
Ashraf Attia
Emad Tahinah
Mortaza Omarov
Shah Mousarov
Mohamed Mahran
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Spanish Program
Dr. Abderrahim Ouahmane
Dr. Abd El Aziz Al Zoghby
Dr. Abdelhady Gouda
Dr. Abderrahmen Belaaichi
Dr. M Hammed Darbal
Majed AL-Bader
Musab AL Muhanna
DR. Jouini Khemais
Dr. Younes Gnaoui
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Turkish Program
Abdelrazk Barakat
Ismael H Sezar
Dr.Cevdet
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Dr. Mohamed H Salem

Dr. Mohamed Ezzat Ghazy
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Japanese Program
Dr. Shihab Faris
Kosuke SAITO
Hideki OTANI
Kenya HIROSE
Associate Prof.
Lecturer
Persian Program
Abelhakeem Alsenan
Dr. Abullah DAbty
Dr. Osama Fathelbab
Dr. Sadek Khorsha
DR. Saed Alsabagh
Munif Almunif
Sulttan Aljhani
Hebrew Program
Dr. Mohamed A Saleh
Dr. Ibrahim Nasr Elddin Dbeky
Dr. Abdelati Montaser
Dr. Fouad M Abdelwahed
DR. Gamal A Elrefae
Dr.amer elzanaty
Dr. Magdi S Abdel Hamed Ezzat
Ahmad Abdullah Al Ferian
Hisham Alqablawy
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Dr. Khalid Al-Amri

Dr. Khalaf Al-Shammiry
Dr. Mohammed Al-Hadlaq
Dr. Yasser R. Aman
Ahmed Alhino
Ali Al-Aseeri
Hisham Alfayyadh
Sultan Al-Harbi
Tariq Al-Hadlaq
Mesfer Al-Thebiti
249
Vision:
A distinguished department that provides the community with specialists in the fields of European languages and translation, contributes to the fulfillment of
the requirements of job market, and helps knowledge
and cultural communication to occur among nations.
Mission:
Providing theoretical and applied knowledge in
the fields of European languages and translation, and
supplying the job market with specialists in the fields of
modern language and translation.
About:
Establishing a department of European Languages
and Translation is a new and significant step in the studies of foreign languages and in translation. The department is a leader in the field because of the numerous
languages it teaches and they are: English, French, Spanish, German, Russian and Italian. The goal of the department is to produce translators of a high caliber capable
of dealing with various texts. Furthermore it plays a vital
role in providing the job market both in the public and
private sectors with graduates specializing in the main
European languages and in translation. The different
language programs offered at the department focus
on providing students with four semesters of language
training as well as introducing them to the culture of the
target language and equipping them with the skills and
strategies necessary to the translator.
Degree:
The Department of European Languages and Translation was established in 1416. The department offers a
Bachelor degree in six languages: English, French, Spanish, Russian, German, and Italian
Aims:
Preparation of specialists in European languages
and translation.
250
learning, and training them on translation in all

fields.
Coordinating between the majors being offered
at the department and the requirements of the
job market and development.

Encouraging research in European languages and
translation.
fields of European languages and translation, and
holding specialized symposia.
Providing consultancies for both public and
private sectors.
Providing the community with translation
services.
European languages and translation programs as
required and according to KSU regulations.
Holding training courses for all sectors in the
community, and satisfying the training needs of
governmental bodies in the fields of European
languages and translation.
Forming a continuous chain of communication
with institutes, departments, and other bodies in
the world to benefit from their expertise in the
fields of European languages and translation.
Enriching translation from and into Arabic.
Programs:
English
French
Spanish
German
Russian
Italian
First Program: English
About:
The English language is considered to be the first
in importance in the world and the second numeri-
Level4
Hrs.
215 Arab
217 Arab
220 Najd
229 Najd
242 Najd
252 Najd
272 Najd
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
299 Najd
101 IC
Hrs.
117 Najd
118 Najd
127 Najd
128 Najd
171 Najd
191 Najd
3
4
3
4
4
2
Listening 1
Reading 1
Vocabulary 1
Writing 1
Speaking 1
Grammar 1
Level2
Hrs.
129 Najd
143 Najd
164 Najd
174 Najd
182 Najd
192 Najd
193 Najd
3
4
4
3
2
2
2
Listening 2
Reading 2
Writing 2
Speaking 2
Vocabulary 2
Grammar 2
Dictionary Skills
Hrs.
268 Arab
302 Najd
Eng 320
319 Eng , 304
Najd
Applied grammar 3
Stylistics
Linguistics
3
3
3
Introduction to semantics
307 Najd
308 Najd
Hrs.
151 Arab
158 Arab
3
3
214 CS
218 Najd
241 Najd
251 Najd
271 Najd
298 Najd
Applied grammar 1
Applied Morphology 1
Computer Application in
Translation 1
Writing 3
Listening3
Reading 3
Speaking 3
Grammar 3
2
3
2
3
2
2
Translation in the field of

natural sciences
Translation in the field of humanities
Comparative culture
Text linguistics
2
2
2
2
Level6
Hrs.
313 Najd
329 Najd
330 Najd
331 Najd
2
2
2
2
332 Najd
333 Najd
334 Najd
335 Najd
336 Najd
Level3
306 Najd
Level1
Level5
305 Najd
Study Plan:
Arabic rhetoric
Applied grammar 2
Writing 4
Introduction to translation
Listening 4
Reading 4
Speaking 4
Reading in the target language culture 1
Introduction to Islamic culture
On site translation
Bilateral interpretation 1
Consecutive interpretation 1
Translation in the field of Islamic studies
Translation of military fields
Translation in the field of administration
medicine
Translation in the fields of
engineering
mass media
2
2
2
2
2
Level7
381 Arab
414 CS
401 Najd
414 Najd
493 Najd
102 IC
Applied morphology 2
Hrs.
3
Computer application in translation 2 3
Translation in the field of so2
cial studies
Arabization
2
Reading in the target lan3
guage culture 2
The role of Islam in the con2
struction of society
cally with over 800 million speakers concentrated in

the United Kingdom, the United States, Australia and
Canada as well as a number of other nations. It is also
the second language of many countries and over 100
million people use it as a foreign language. The English
language has gained considerable significance in KSA
because of its need in various areas such as the political,
the economical, the commercial and the educational. It
is also needed by those working as representatives of
the worlds of diplomacy, trade or media owing to the
publication of several newspapers in English in Saudi
Arabia. It is also the required language in petroleum,
petrochemical and industrial companies as well as others in the fields of industry, commerce and finance. It
also plays a vital role in the spreading of Islam, its culture and civilization through the translation of Islamic
books and publications. In addition, there are many
Muslim people whose countries use English as either
their official language or a second language.
251
Level8
Hrs.
441 Arab
Applied grammar 3
402 Najd

political sciences
403 Najd

education
404 Najd
405 Najd

Commerce
406 Najd

security
429 Najd

Computer Science
103 IC
The Islamic economic system
Level9
438 Najd
445 Najd
446 Najd
448 Najd
252
449 Najd
Translation in the field of petroleum sciences

Translation in the field of agriculture
Translation in the field of law
literature
Project in translation
Hrs.
2
2
2
2
4
Level10
Hrs.
440 Najd
443 Najd
447 Najd
3
2
2
449 Najd
104 IC
Summary writing and translation

Simultaneous interpretation
Bilateral interpreting 2
Issues and problems in translation
Fundamentals of the political
system in Islam
3
2
Course Description:
LEVEL 1
Course number & Code: Najd 117
Course title: Listening I (Level One)/ Contact hours: 3
Textbook: INTERACTIONS 1 / LISTENING/ SPEAKING/
4th edition
Chapters to be covered: 8 to 10 chapters
Content and objectives
The listening component of this course aims at training
students in listening and understanding audio-taped
materials in the form of conversations, interviews,
short exchanges, or other speech events that deal with
different topics. The materials contain at the linguistic
level short sentences, basic vocabulary and simple
constructions. At discourse level, the same materials are
made up of direct and indirect speech acts, pauses,
hedges, hesitations, and fillers.
Skills and strategies

Taking notes on specific information
Inferring main ideas
Identifying stated illocutionary forces
Inferring illocutionary forces
Following instructions
Writing an outline
Minor skills and strategies: 1.To become familiar with
the lexis and syntax introduced. 2. To develop the
ability and capacity to give acceptable responses. 3.
To identify the main point of a heard passage. 4. To
distinguish s endings. 5. to guess information from
context. 6. To distinguish between -ty and -teen. 7. To
distinguish the 3 pronunciation of -ed. 8. To recognize
tag-question intonation. 9. To identify stressed words
and reductions. 10. Understand vocabulary meaning
from context. 11. Identify numbers and
writing them down. 12. Identify emphasis.
Course title: Reading I (Level One) / contact hours: 4
Textbook: INTERACTIONS 1/ READING/ 4th edition
Reading I is a pre-intermediate course designed
to equip students with the necessary reading skills
through reading and comprehension of a variety of
short passages that are descriptive, expository, and
dialogic. Comprehension is stimulated through a variety
of questions and exercises, especially those generating
the ability to guess meaning of words, main ideas in
paragraphs and across paragraphs. Text comprehension
is followed by a production activity where students
discuss relevant issues and express their opinions.
The vocabulary exercises that follow text reading tasks
are meant to enrich students vocabulary in semantic
fields provided by the texts.
Skills
The Reading comprehension course seeks to foster
among students the following skills.
Understanding word meaning by relying on immediate
context in the text
Understanding word meaning by relying on overall
meaning in the text
Recognizing main ideas
Recognizing supporting details
Recognizing topic sentences
Making inferences
Course title I. : Vocabulary 1, Contact hours: 3
Textbook: Stuart Redman, English Vocabulary in Use:
Preintermediate
and Intermediate, New
Edition, 2003.
Content and Objectives
Vocabulary One introduces students to word class,
sound and word pronunciation, and word meaning in
Skills
To pronounce sounds and words correctly
To learn phonetic symbols
To develop efficient dictionary use
To improve students spelling and pronunciation
To learn word formation in English
To learn basic notions and functions in English
To learn basic collocation and fixed expressions
Course title: Writing I (Level One) Contact hours: 4
Textbook: INTERACTIONS 1, WRITING/ 4th edition
Chapters to be covered: 8 to 10
Writing I is a pre-intermediate course designed
to introduce students to paragraph structure and
organization, i.e., topic sentence, supporting details,
and concluding sentence. It is also designed to teach
students to write cohesive and coherent paragraphs on
specific topics, using language appropriate to each topic.
The paragraphs are of the following types: descriptive,
narrative, expository, classificatory, and instructional.
Students are also trained to write personal, informal
letters and business letters. In
addition, the course introduces/reviews features of
grammar, style and cohesion, which serve to unify a
paragraph.
Sub-skills and strategies
1.The construction of the simple sentence. 2.The
construction of complex sentences 3.
The construction of compound sentences. 4.The
avoidance of sentence fragments. 5.The avoidance of
sentences run-ons. 6. The formation of questions. 7.
The appropriate usage of the conjunctions and, so,
but, and also 8. Developing the readers interest by
the introduction of relevant and significant details. 9.
Appropriate use of articles. 10.Use of countable and
uncountable nouns. 11. Avoidance of noun repetition.
12. Use of appropriate and correct verb forms. 13.
Appropriate use of transitional words and phrases. 14.
Ordering information. 15. Appropriate use of topic
sentences. 16. Appropriate use of concluding sentences.
17. Developing cohesion. 18. Developing coherence.
Course title: Speaking I (Level one)/ Contact hours: 4
-Textbook: INTERACTIONS 1 LISTENING/SPEAKING
/ 4th edition
-Chapters to be covered: 8 to 10
The speaking component is designed to equip the
students with pre-intermediate conversational skills.
Its primary objective is to get students to speak and to
communicate fluently and accurately without inhibition.
Its secondary objectives are to develop the students

ability to make sentences, ask questions and improve
their pronunciation and vocabulary. The following
topics for speaking are recommended: 1.introducing
oneself. 2. Talking with friends about the weather, the
seasons. 3. Telling stories of
childhood. 4. Talking about social activities at home, at
school, at college, or at work. 5. Discussing issues related
to nature. In addition to the above topics, where the
student expresses himself/herself and talks about issues
that are close to his heart and mind, it is recommended
that role play and certain other simulations be
undertaken. These may include: 6. Making a phone call.
7. Describing locations. 8. Interviewing potential flat
mates. 9. Ordering in a restaurant. 10. Booking a room
in hotel. 11. Talking to customs.
12. Returning items and getting a refund.
Skills and strategies
Using appropriate paralinguistic expressions while
speaking
Making requests, answering requests
Apologizing, refusing, complaining
Contributing to opening and closing moves in
exchanges
Making invitations and declining invitations
Using some very brief written notes when speaking
Managing to maintain ones audience interested
Giving instructions
Respecting the principles of politeness and using
appropriate politeness formulae
Sub-skills
Use of appropriate modal auxiliaries
Use of tenses for narration, description, persuasion,
exposition, and instruction
Appropriate use of prepositions, adjectives and
adverbs
Good use of hesitation, fillers, tags, and short forms
Ability to sound formal, informal, joking, jovial, sad,
depressed, etc.
Use of idiomatic expression appropriately
Use of paraphrase, circumlocution, borrowing, and
translation as achievement strategies.
Course number & Code : Najd 191
Course title: Grammar I (Level One) / Contact hours: 2
Textbook: INTERACTIONS 1/ GRAMMAR/ 4th edition
The course aims at providing pre-intermediate students
with knowledge of the basic structures of English in
context. Verb tenses are given pre-eminence as one
of the objectives of the course is to enable students
to express themselves confidently while making clear
and appropriate time reference to the past, present
and future. The course also covers nouns, definite and
indefinite articles, pronouns, adjectives and adverbs.
The student is trained to identify and use simple
sentences, simple sentence types, coordinate sentences
and complex sentences. He is also taught their uses and
context It concentrates on word formation, collocations,

some phrasal verbs, and some basic functions and
notions. It also draws attention to degrees of formality
in language use.
253
their forms in the affirmative, negative, interro-negative,

and imperative. The course is expected to contribute to
students accuracy in speaking and writing. It also aims
to help students read and listen without experiencing
many grammatical difficulties that may stand as a major
obstacle to processing meaning.
Level 2

Course title: Listening II (Level Two)/ Contact hours: 3
Textbook: INTERACTIONS 2 / LISTENING/SPEAKING/
4th edition
(Prerequisite: Listening I)
254
Description
The listening component of this course is designed
for intermediate students. Materials used here are
longer and require some sophisticated skills that were
introduced at Level One. The passages grammatical
and semantic structures are elaborate. The students are
taught the importance of the mechanics of speech, i.e.
intonation, rhetoric, pitch, and their effects on meaning
assignment. The emphasis is on note-taking and
understanding contextual clues. Because the listening
course is meant for prospective novice interpreters
and translators, students are trained to pay attention
to what they listen to, to practice quick storage of
language and content in memory, and to exhibit speed
in message retrieval.
Skills
The course seeks to develop and foster the following
skills:
Writing an outline
Producing a summary
Retention of information
Retrieval of information
Course title: Reading II (Level Two) / contact hours : 4
Textbook: INTERACTIONS 2/ READING/ 4th edition
(Prerequisite: Reading I)
Reading II is an intermediate course dealing with
intermediate reading skills and comprehension
strategies. The reading selections include many
vocabulary-building exercises and emphasize reading
strategies such as skimming, scanning, guessing
meaning from context, understanding the structure and
organization of a selection, increasing reading speed
and interpreting the authors point of view. The texts
are descriptive and expository. They cover a variety
of modern themes and issues in education, business,

trade, language and communication, medicine, media,
law, and Culture.
Skills
Skimming
Scanning
Intensive reading
Extensive reading
Writing a summary
Course number & Code : Najd 164
Course title: Writing II (Level Two). Contact hours: 4
Textbook: INTERACTIONS 2/ WRITING/ 4th edition
-(Prerequisite: Writing I)
Writing II
Description and objectives
Writing II is an intermediate course designed to
consolidate students knowledge of paragraph structure,
organization, and function in the essay. The paragraphs
dealt with focus on: description, argumentation,
autobiographical narration, and classification. In
addition, students are introduced to short letters
where they react to a particular text. Each chapter in the
course focuses on grammatical aspects and rhetorical
functions that contribute to the paragraph type or the
letter type. At this level, students are encouraged to
write with an audience in mind.
Skills
Writing with an audience in mind
Writing an idea map
Selecting relevant ideas
Writing an outline
Drafting
Editing for organization
Editing for form
Course title: Speaking II (Level Two)/ Contact hours: 3
Textbook: INTERACTIONS 2 / LISTENING/
SPEAKING/ 4th edition
(Prerequisite: Speaking I)
The speaking component is designed to get intermediate
students to consolidate all work done at Level One. It
enables them to develop their ability to make sentences
and ask questions. Another objective is to improve their
pronunciation and to expand their active vocabulary
and their usage of idiomatic English through use. Some
topics for speaking are: 1. Environment. 2. Pollution and
its solutions. 3. Climate. 4. Seasons. 5. Leisure activities,
sports and hobbies. 6. Domestic and wild animals. 7.
Vegetation. 8. Fruit and
vegetables. 9. Occupations. 10. Any other suitable
Skills
Developing an argument
speaking
Making requests, answering requests
Apologizing, refusing, complaining
Course title: Vocabulary 2 / Contact hours: 2
(Prerequisite: Vocabulary 1)
Textbook: M. McCarthy and F. ODell, English
Vocabulary in
Use: Upper-intermediate, New Edition
2003.
Vocabulary Two builds on the vocabulary One
course. It draws attention to words that are commonly
mispronounced, some common words and expressions
that have entered the English language, and some
frequent metaphors, similes, idiomatic expressions, and
proverbs. The course includes common functions and
notions. It draws attention to degrees of formality in
language use. The course aims at improving students
pronunciation of sounds and words in English. It also
seeks to enrich their vocabulary and
make them appreciate better and use efficiently
idiomatic expressions and figurative language.
Course title: Grammar II (Level Two)/ Contact hours: 2
Textbook: INTERATIONS ONE & INTERACTIONS
TWO (Prerequisite: Grammar I).
In this course, tenses are reviewed, but the remainder of
the semester is used to concentrate on an intensive study
of nouns and articles, phrasal verbs, simple, compound
and complex sentences, the forms of comparison and
the passive voice. The grammar points are taught in
terms of the communicative functions targeted for each
unit. Communicative tasks are used to get students to
speak to each other, or question and
answer each other. The activities include in pair or in
group work.
Course title: Dictionary Skills / Contact hours: 2
References: Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary
(A.S. Hornby et.al eds.)
Use Your Dictionary: A Practice Book for Users of
Oxford Advanced
Learner Dictionary
Dictionaries. The Art and Craft of Lexicography, CUP
Linguistics and Bilingual Dictionaries, Al-kasimi, Leiden,

E. J. Brill.
A Thesaurus
A Specialized Dictionary
Two Bilingual Dictionaries
Skills
Looking up words in monolingual dictionaries Learning
word pronunciation, stress, spelling, class, and meaning
Developing the attitude that there is no perfect
synonymy and being aware of shades of
meaning when writing, speaking, and translating Using
efficiently a bilingual dictionary
Developing caution in using a bilingual or specialized
dictionary
The aim of this course is to familiarize students with
visual aids and symbols, abbreviations, order of entries,
and cross-references used in dictionaries. The course
focuses in particular on dictionary use and its relations
to (i)- writing, e.g. alternative spellings, inflected forms,
acronyms and abbreviations, word divisions, (ii)speaking, e.g. sounds, phonetic symbols of consonants,
vowels, stress, (iii) grammar, e.g.
countable/uncountable nouns, regular/irregular noun
plurals, plural occurrences, comparative/superlative
forms, etc., and (iv)- semantic information, e.g. correct
definition, meaning of phrasal and prepositional verbs,
prefixes and suffixes, compounds.
In addition to the use of monolingual dictionaries, the
course also introduces the students to other kinds of
dictionaries, such as etymological, pronouncing, and
synonym dictionaries. The course has other long-term
objectives. It prepares students for the future translation
courses that start at Level Six. It also provides them with
some basic terms and notions that they will develop in
the language and linguistics courses.
Level 3
Course number & Code: Arab 151
Course title: Applied Grammar / Contact hours: 3
This course emphasizes two aspects: the theoretical
aspect and the applied one. In the theoretical aspect
students learn the basic grammatical concepts such as
definiteness, indefiniteness masculine, and feminine.
They are also familiarized with different patterns of
basic sentences, as well as the different structures of
verbal sentences. In the applied aspect of the course,
students are given exercises dealing with each of the
basic grammatical concepts, as well as nominal and
verbal sentences. They also analyze sentences into their
components through contemporary prose texts.
Course number & Code: Arab 158
Course title: Applied Morphology 1 / Contact hours:
3
In the theoretical part of this course, the morphology of
verbs are studied. This includes types of sound verbs,
types of weak verbs (verb containing semi-vowels), un-
topic that a student wishes to introduce. Assessments

will be held on the basis of: 1. Content. 2. Appropriate
language. 3.fluency. 4. Pronunciation.
255
augmented verbs, augmented verbs, affixes and their

meanings, inflectional verbs, a-plastic verbs, transitive
and intransitive verbs and pronominal affixation to
verbs. In the applied part of the course, students are
given exercises related to the above morphological
verb variations through continuous prose texts.
Course number & Code: CS 214

Course title: Computer Application in Translation
(1)/ Contact hours: 2
This course aims at raising students' awareness of the
importance of the computer and its various applications
particularly in translation. It also aims at helping the
students identify the components of the computer
through DOS and Windows as well as at installing,
running and managing basic computer programs and
applications such as word processing, spreadsheets,
graphics and Arabic support applications and utilities
related to translation.
256

Course title: Writing III (Level Three) / Contact
hours: 3
Textbook: MOSAIC ONE
(Prerequisite: Writing II)
Writing III represents a smooth transition from the
paragraph to the essay proper. It concentrates on the
essential form and function of the essay and prepares
the ground for the academic essay. Focus is on the thesis
statement and its contribution to the cohesion and
coherence of the whole essay. Particular importance is
given to description and argumentation which includes
comparison, discussion of cause and effect, and
speculation. Students are trained to summarize,
paraphrase, quote, and generate thought. They are
instructed to observe the major stages in the writing
process, namely prewriting, drafting, revising, and
editing.
Course title: Listening III (Level Three) / Contact
hours: 2
(Prerequisite: Listening II)
The Listening component of this course aims at
training students to understand recorded audio-visual
materials of more complex texture and structure than
previously taught. These materials will be in the form
of conversations, lectures or texts dealing with different
topics of interest as they appear in the assigned
textbook. An attempt is made to introduce students
to certain idioms and idiomatic expressions. Particular
attention is given to training students to infer the
meaning through a study of context with more
emphasis on intonation and tone of speech.
Skills
Writing an outline
Producing a summary
Retention of information
Retrieval of information
Course title: Reading III (Level Three) / Contact
hours: 3
(Prerequisite: Reading II)
The course aims at training students to improve reading
speed and efficiency. Students are trained in intensive
reading and analysis of texts of varying complexity in
different genres - e.g. fiction, essay, biography, poetry
- and types, e.g. description, narration, exposition Its
major objective is comprehension of texts stimulated
through a variety of questions and exercises and
through reading strategies directed at understanding
the structure and organization of the reading selections.
An attempt is made at trying to unravel and to interpret
the authors point of view through the mechanics of the
text as a whole and through the uses of vocabulary
in context. The selected texts give the students
additional dimensions in appreciating varieties across,
and similarities between, societies and cultures. They
represent a very interesting prelude to the comparative
culture.
Skills
Discovering writers point of view
Reacting to text content and message
Intensive reading
Extensive reading
Understanding vs. interpreting a text
Sub-skills
Making predictions
Varying reading speeds
Understanding word meaning by relying on immediate
context in the text
Understanding word meaning by relying on overall
meaning in the text
Making use of background knowledge
Making inferences
Course title: Speaking III (Level Three)/ Contact
hours: 2
(Prerequisite: Speaking II)
Skills
Developing an argument in a short presentation
Managing time in a presentation
speaking
Asking questions and making comments after listening
to a short expose.
Course title: Grammar III (Level Three) /Contact
hours: 2
Textbook: MOSAIC ONE / GRAMMAR
Prerequisite: Grammar II
The course seeks to deepen students knowledge
of major grammatical components, particularly with
reference to the analysis of complex sentences. The
main objective is to include grammatical elements
such as tools of emphasis, cohesive devices and
conjunctive elements, relative pronouns, passive forms
in the different tense frames, appositive constructions,
modals of attitude, gerund and infinitive constructions.
Students are trained to identify and produce examples
of such forms and patterns with a view to using them
in the construction of complex sentences and building
them in cohesive and coherent essays. Thus the grammar
course seeks to contribute to the improvement of
students writing, speaking, listening, and reading skills.
Level 4
Course number & Code: 215 Arab
Course title: Arabic Rhetoric (Level Four) /Contact
hours: 3
A- Rhetoric: In this part of the course, students learn
the rhetoric of words and sentences. They also study
such figures of speech, such as metaphor and simile as
well as composition.
B- Semantics: In this part, students study types of
sentences such as statements and originative sentences
(requests or affirmatives) with emphasis on interrogative

sentences and other forms of rhetoric, particularly
the meanings implied in certain contexts. In addition,
students learn the devices of vocation, rhetorical
restriction, conjunction, asyndeton, brachylogy,
circumlocution and parallelism.
Course title: Applied Grammar II (Level Four) /
Contact hours: 3
In the theoretical aspect of this course, students learn
the mechanisms of extending nominal sentences by
using verbal annulars (exceptions), emphasis, negation,
and interrogation. They also learn the mechanisms
of extending verbal sentences by using unrestricted
objects, causative objects, as well as devices of
exception and emphasis. Students are also given
exercises on the mechanisms of extending both verbal
and nominal sentences such as. accusative of condition,
appositives, and specification. In the applied aspect of
the course, students are given exercises on sentence
extension through language materials selected from
contemporary books, papers, and magazines.
Course number & Code: 101 IC
Course title: IC 101 Introduction to Islamic Culture /
Contact hours: 2
This course aims to introduce the student to the Islamic
culture; manifestation of the Muslims' attitude towards
other cultures: explaining the characteristics of Islam,
such as: Universality, Comprehensibility, Integrity,
Consistency with human nature (Instinct), Reason, and
Science. This subject also explains the Islamic tenet
and its fundamentals, such as: To believe in Allah, the
Hereafter, the Angels, the Holy Books, the Messengers,
and Divine Destiny.
Course number & Code: 220 Najd
Course title: Writing IV (Level Four) /Contact hours: 2
-Textbook: MOSAIC TWO
(Prerequisite: Writing III)
Content
Writing IV trains students to produce short academic
essays. It focuses on thesis statement and angle,
balance, anticipation of readers reactions. Students are
encouraged to generate thought, to develop stylistic
and critical awareness. They are encouraged to observe
the major stages in the writing process, namely prewriting, drafting, revising, and editing.
Objectives
The general objectives of this course are 1) to further
the students ability to write full length academic essays,
and 2) to refine their writing techniques and command
of vocabulary and complex syntactic patterns. Among
the specific objectives of this course, the following are
of paramount importance: 1) to highlight the essential
form and function of an essay, 2) to reinforce the idea
of a thesis statement, including a topic and angle, 3)
to illustrate means of introducing material to support

The Speaking component of this course aims at
developing students abilities to enhance and broaden
their speaking skills. The main objective remains the
training of students in the mechanics and ways of
conversation and the ways to organize ideas, taking
into consideration contextual factors such as the
speech situation, participants, the place and subject
of discussion. The students are trained to improvise
public speaking, run discussions and debates and learn
etiquette of speech. The students are encouraged to
make notes of construction/vocabulary items/idioms
that arise in the course of the talk, and to show how
these can be developed into a more sophisticated level
of language.
257
Skills
1) To achieve a balance between specificity and
generality in the presentation of supporting ideas,
2) to maintain equality of importance and a clear
distinction in supporting ideas,
3) to anticipate questions that are likely to arise in the
readers mind, and
4) to learn to evaluate successive drafts.
course is to develop the students critical and analytical

abilities and thinking when confronted to a variety of
carefully selected texts. The secondary objectives are
to reinforce the reading skills taught in Level III and to
train students to: 1) understand the main and secondary
ideas of texts, 2) discern subtle differences of ideas
and shades of meanings, 3) recognize the cause-effect
relationships, 4) differentiate fact from opinion, 5)
detect bias and prejudice, 6) perceive implicit as well
as explicit relationships between words, sentences and
ideas, 7) recognize valid arguments and draw logical
inferences and conclusions, 8) rephrase ideas for more
clarity, and 9) summarize texts.

Course title: Introduction to Translation (Level Four)
/Contact hours: 2
Textbook: Mohammad Farghal & Abdullah Shunnaq,
(1999) Translation with Reference
to English & Arabic A practical Guide
This course is meant to familiarize students with
translation methods and approaches and to introduce
them to different types of translation and interpretation.
The students study certain topics related to the
preparation of translators and interpreters including
the notions of equivalence at the lexical, semantic and
pragmatic levels, translation strategies the relevance of
grammar as well as various types of meaning relevant to
translation practices.

Course title: Speaking IV / Contact hours: 2
Textbook: MOSAIC TWO
(Prerequisite: Speaking III)
The Speaking component of this course aims at
developing students' abilities to speak fluently and
correctly while dealing with various topics. Students are
trained in using language in various speech events and
genres such as conversations, descriptions, debates,
discussions, interviews and oral report presentations.
The main objective of the course is to train students 1)
to achieve fluency, 2) to develop clear, comprehensible
speech and 3) to be confident as they express
themselves orally.

Course title: Listening IV (Level Four) /Contact hours: 2
(Prerequisite: Listening III)
Skills
Not using notes when giving a small presentation.
argument, and 4) to reinforce the value of editing as

a means of refining composition. Students are also
encouraged to do library research in order to gather
material.
258

The Listening component of this course aims at further
improving and consolidating listening skills. The
student is trained to listen and comprehend authentic
recorded speech samples, which are more advanced
In content than the material covered in Level 3. The
major part of the course incorporates recorded
materials including numbers, figures, dates, statistics,
and a variety of discourses. Some of the main objectives
of the course are to train the students: 1) to extract the
main ideas and supporting details to understand the
meaning of words as used in the text, 2) to recognize
the tone and rhythm of the speakers speech, 3) to
understand the meaning of grammatical usage and
structure of discourse, and 4) to acquire the skill of
note-taking.
Course title: Reading IV (Level Four) / Contact hours: 2
(Prerequisite: Reading III)
Content, objectives, and skills
This course aims at training students in silent reading
of long advanced texts. The main objective of the
Course number & Code : 299 Najd

Course title: Readings in the Target language Culture
1 / Contact hours: 2
The course Readings in the Target Language Culture
(1) seeks to introduce students to the target language
culture/s through a selection of texts. The selection
is based on the prominent cultural aspects that
they exhibit. They cover themes such as education,
work ethics, family relations, health systems, election
campaigns, and leisure activities in Britain and the
USA as well as other English speaking countries such as
Canada, Australia, and New Zealand.
Level 5
Course title: Applied Grammar (3) Contact hours: 3
This course emphasizes two aspects: the theoretical
aspect and the applied one. In the first aspect, students
learn the concept of compound sentences and their
components such as conditional clauses, relative
clauses, conjunctive clauses, parenthetic clauses, and
adverbial clauses. Students also learn other topics
such as number, vocation, exclamation, panegyric, and
oath. In the applied aspects of the course, students are
given exercises on each of these concepts, as well as
Course number & Code: 320 Eng , 303 Najd

Course title: Linguistics Contact hours: 3
The course introduces basic linguistic concepts and
provides a short overview of modern linguistics and
language analysis. It begins by introducing students
to the semiotic features of language as a system and
to the basic tenets of linguistics as the scientific study
of language over the twentieth century. The historical
overview provides students with a selection of concepts
from structuralist linguistics and generative linguistics.
At a second stage, the course introduces the core areas
in linguistics science, namely phonetics, phonology,
morphology, and syntax. Exemplification will be mainly
from English, but incidental reference to Arabic and
other languages is possible.
Course number & Code: 319 Eng , 304 Najd
Course title: Introduction to Semantics (Level Five)/
Contact Hours: 3
The course introduces students to word-meaning
change across time, while pointing to the landmarks
in the history of the English language. It focuses on the
synchronic studies of lexical meaning and discusses
in particular the issues of sense and reference, lexical
relations, and field theory. The course also introduces
students to meaning at the levels of the sentence and
speech act.
Course title: Stylistics (Level Five) / Contact Hours: 3
The course starts off with a brief overview of the origins
of stylistics by tracing them in Greek and Latin rhetoric.
It then discusses the status of stylistics in modern times
and its reliance on various domains, such as structuralist
linguistics, functional linguistics, speech act theory,
sociolinguistics and psychology. The course argues
that stylistics is a heterogeneous field that draws on
and often contributes to other fields in the humanities.
Terms like tenor, mode, register, genre, ideational
dimension, interpersonal dimension, textual dimension,
levels of formality, and foregrounding are defined.
Style is studied in literary texts, especially poems. It
is also studied in other non-literary genres associated
with well-established discourse communities, e.g.
advertisements, newspaper reports, political speeches,
medical reports, scientific papers, and academic essays.
Discussions of how the same event or ideas are dressed
up in Arabic and English are undertaken. This is meant
to draw students attention to the importance of style
in the act of translating.
Course title: Translation in the Field of Natural
Sciences (Level Five)/ Contact Hours: 2
This course is designed to provide students with a
technical understanding of what it takes to render a text
on natural sciences into Arabic or into English. Texts on

various nature related sciences are tailored to equip
students with relevant expressions, idioms, structures so
they can handle various texts in natural sciences in both
Arabic and English. Various perspectives will be adopted
in turn in order to illuminate the skills and technicalities
required in the art of written translation, while taking into
consideration the learners performance in both mother
tongue and English as their foreign language. Mistakes
detected in the students style of translation processes are
scrutinized and a reliable alternative is advanced so that
mistakes can be replaced by correct and reliable methods.
Students will be expected to develop competence in
translation techniques mainly in areas relevant to nature,
sciences, and other natural phenomena.
Course title: Translation in The Field of Humanities
(Level Five)/ Contact Hours: 2
The course aims at equipping students with the skills
of practical translation, to and from Arabic, of texts in
the humanities fields of politics, economics, education,
history, psychology, sociology, linguistics and literature.
Special emphasis is laid on developing in students the
skills of speed, accuracy and faithfulness. Students will
be introduced to the techniques of arabizing such
terminology, taking into consideration the cultural
differences between Arabic and the target language.
In the process, they will have to consult specialized
dictionaries. They will also be made aware of the
stylistic features of such texts.
Course title: Comparative Culture (Level Five)/
Contact Hours: 2
Description and objectives
The Comparative Culture course introduces students
to the following issues: (i) the various definitions of
the term culture, (ii) the interface between language
and culture, (iii) the importance of comparing cultures
without falling into stereotypes and unwarranted
bias, and (iv) the contribution of comparative culture
to the domain of translation. The course discusses
American culture and makes reference to the British
and European cultures and, whenever appropriate, to
the Arab culture and Islamic values. It deals with the
various factors that have contributed to the shaping
up of the so- called American character. These factors
include immigration, slavery, the frontier movement,
and Puritanism. The course stresses that these factors
have made the American culture different in some of
its aspects from the above-cited cultures and similar
in some other aspects. The course also analyses,
compares, and translates proverbs, sayings, and idioms
in American English, British English and Arabic.
Course title: Text Linguistics (Level Five) / Contact
Hours: 2
Description and Objectives
The course discusses in very brief terms the limitations
compound sentences, with emphasis on sentence

Inter relationships.
259
of Saussurian and Chomskian linguistics in accounting

for the text level and contrasts it with functionalist
schools of linguistics. It defines and discusses models of
text typology and standards of textuality, i.e. cohesion,
coherence, intentionality, acceptability, informativity,
situationality, and intertextuality. The course focuses
on written texts and debates related issues like
ideology and power in text production, understanding
and interpretation, schema theory, background
knowledge, strategies for effective communication and
manipulation.
Level 6
College of Language

Course title: On / Sight Translation (Level Six)/
Contact Hours: 2
The purpose of the course is to train students on accurate
and speedy on sight translation of texts of different
types and on various topics and current international,
regional and domestic issues in order to prepare
them for the task of translation and interpretation in
conferences, symposia, and ceremonies. The student
is taught how to control the tempo and speed of his
translation in order to keep pace with the speaker
without lagging too much behind or getting ahead.
260

Course title: Bilateral Interpretation (1) (Level Six)/
Contact Hours: 2
The course in bilateral interpretation aims mainly at
providing training to level-six students in the practical
domain of bilateral interpretation from Arabic into
English and from English into Arabic in varied real-life
communicative situations or speech events involving a
speaker who speaks Arabic, an interlocutor who speaks
English and an interpreter who interprets the ongoing interactions or exchanges. The method used in
is providing practical exercises in various skills required
for effective interpretation. These skills include careful
listening, comprehension, content analysis, retention
of messages in memory, ability to take notes, store and
retrieve information, intuition and quick response.
Course title: Consecutive interpretation 1 (Level Six )
/ Contact Hours: 2
Course Description:
This course aims at introducing the students to
the methodology of consecutive interpreting, its
mechanisms as well as the linguistic and mental skills
related to it. The course also aims at training the students
to practice this type of translation in a progressive way
from English into Arabic. Students also learn, through
practical exercises, how to store information before the
translation process and the role of memory in such a
process, keeping in mind the linguistic and cultural
problems which sometimes interfere with the transfer
of meaning with accuracy in the required time. Students
are reminded of paralinguistic features and their role in
transferring the meaning during oral communication.

Course title: Translation in the field of Islamic Studies
(Level Six)/ Contact Hours: 2
The course aims at providing the students with the
skills and proficiency required for the translation from
Arabic into English and vice versa of texts in various
fields of Islamic studies, notably in matters related to
the interpretation of the Holy Quran, the tradition of
the Prophet, peace be upon him, Islamic jurisprudence,
Dawa, economics and Islamic media. The students are
introduced to the special terminology used in the
expression of Islamic concepts and matters related to
religious rites. They are further introduced to authentic
translations of some Quranic texts, as well as oft-quoted
hadiths, to make them familiar with the lexical as well as
syntactic characteristics of such texts. This is done prior
to giving them actual practice in translation.
Translation is at best a difficult task, especially from
languages as different in grammar, syntax and cultural
background as Arabic and English. The difficulties
are further increased when the task at hand is that
of rendering into English religious texts particularly
involving the translation of noble hadiths. In translating
the Hadiths of the Holy Prophet it is clearly necessary
that the translator possess such a breadth and depth
of knowledge of the Arabic and English languages,
together with a full understanding of the Islamic faith in
all its aspects. Considering the difficulty of attempting
the translation of Islamic texts, particularly from Arabic
into English, the students are initially introduced to
the most important terms they may encounter while
attempting to translate such texts.
Course title: Translation in the Military Fields (Level
Six)/ Contact Hours: 2
The course aims at providing the students with the skills
of practical translation from Arabic into English and vice
versa in the following military fields: armament, military
intelligence and military media. It concentrates on the
three military forces, i.e. the territorial army, the navy,
and the air force. Special emphasis is laid on the skills
of speed and accuracy in translation. The students
are also provided with the relevant terminology of
different military fields and concepts, to this end they
are introduced to specialized military dictionaries.
Course title: Translation in the Field of Administration
(Level Six) / Contact Hours: 2
The course aims at developing an understanding of
the terminology and concepts often encountered
in administration. Students are encouraged to read
relevant texts in English and Arabic and pay special
attention to the jargon and style of administrators in
both languages. Students are required to develop a
language-specific glossary of terms, indicating their use
in various contexts, based on the course readings and
assignments given. On completing this course, students
should be able to:
r 6OEFSTUBOE UIF CBTJD QSPCMFNT GBDJOH UIF USBOTMBUPS

Course title: Translation in the Field of Medicine
PURPOSE OF COURSE:
technical understanding of what it takes to translate
medicine related reports from English into Arabic. It is
expected that students develop a general knowledge
of structures, idioms, expressions, terminologies, and
above all an understanding of the style and manner
adopted in the medicine written procedures. Texts
that deal with patients ailment, health problems,
medication, investigation, diagnosis, operations,
health misconduct and malpractice are tailored to
equip students with relevant expressions, idioms, and
structures. Differences in style of writing are planned
and designed to enhance the trainees comprehension
of relevant translation methods. Various perspectives
are adopted in turn in order to develop the skills and
technicalities required in medical translation, while
taking into consideration the learners performance in
both his mother tongue and English. Errors detected in
the students translation processes are scrutinized and a
reliable alternative is advanced. Students are expected
to develop competence in translation techniques mainly
in areas relevant to medical reports, and sick leaves. All
students are expected to have translated the material
assigned before coming to class. Critical class discussions
will be encouraged. The lecture format will be used to
provide orientation, structure, and coherence to the
various readings and translation techniques. Students
are advised to utilize office hours to ask for clarification
or further explanation
Course title: Translation in the Fields of Engineering
Students in this course are expected to develop an
understanding of the terminology and concepts
most often encountered in engineering. Students are
encouraged to read the topics related to engineering.
This is to familiarize them with recurrent terminology
and rhetorical structures. Based on the course readings
and assignments, students are required to develop
a language-specific glossary of terms and learn their
use in various contexts. Students are also expected
to sharpen their terminology research skills as this is
particularly important for these ever-changing fields.
Course title: Translation in the field of mass media
(Level Six ) / Contact Hours: 2
The course aims at equipping students with the skills
of practical translation from Arabic into English and

vice versa of texts in various information and media
branches such as radio, television, the Internet and the
press. Students are introduced to the terminology used
in media sciences as well as to the characteristic features
of the language used by media men, particularly the
diction and jargon of the press. Special attention is
given to block language and the linguistic features
of newspaper headlines. The course is of particular
significance these days considering the remarkable
strides that have taken place in the domain of information
technology and the tremendous impact this progress
has had and is continuing to have on the form, structure
and orientation of the various mass media.
Level 7
Course number & Code: 381Arab
Course title: Applied morphology (2) (Level Seven)
/ Contact Hours: 3
In this course, students study noun morphology and the
phenomenon of derivation in Arabic. They also study
un-augmented and derivative forms of nouns (e.g.
attributive, diminutive forms, and other derivatives).
Students are also given exercises on the unaugmented
and derivative forms of nouns, the effect of these
forms on structure, infinitive nouns, adjectival and nonadjectival derivatives, diminutives and attributive forms,
as well as the morpho- phonemic changes in the T and
F; the morphological pattern IFTEA. All these exercises
are based on temporary prose texts.
Course number & Code: 414 CS
Course title: Computer Application in Translation
(2) (Level Seven )/ Contact Hours: 3
The course aims at familiarizing the students with
supporting computer applications for translation
from Arabic into the target language and vice versa. It
introduces students to the electronic dictionaries and
machine translation systems. The course trains students
to use input and output devices including keyboards,
scanner, visual readers, optical recognition devices, audio
devices, electronic files, etc. The student is introduced
to the basics of the networks, and communication
devices and the latest computer technologies and the
use of these facilities to the translator.
Course title: Translation in The Fields of Social
Studies (Level Seven) / Contact Hours: 2
This course provides a practical translation training
in diversified social fields, e.g. urban, rural, industrial,
economic, educational and Islamic. Texts deal with
social issues such as social services, family, youth and
child care, favored group care, social statistics, social
planning and development, criminology, delinquency,
and rehabilitation centers. In order to acquaint learners
with the content and formal schemata and lexicons used
in this kind of literature, and to help them reflect that
knowledge with accuracy in the target language texts, a
linguistic scrutiny of texts written in the above areas is
emphasized.
engaged in the field and become aware of some of the

common solutions available,
r5SBOTMBUFXJUITPNFFBTFBOETLJMMUFYUTJOUIFBCPWF
mentioned area of specialization.
261

Course title: Arabization (Level Seven )/ Contact
Hours: 2
The course aims at introducing students to the concept
of Arabization and its development. It discusses in
detail the civilizational, linguistic, political, religious,
scientific, economic, educational and social dimensions
of Arabization in the Arab world. The institutions
involved in executing and experimenting Arabization
in the Arab countries are referred to with a view to
uncover the arabizing strategy in the Arab world and
expose the problems facing the Arabization of fields
in natural, medical, and technical sciences in Arab
universities. The course also discusses the relation
of Arabization to terminology and the role of mass
media in spreading the use of Arabized terms. The
course draws students' attention to organizational and
linguistic problems in the Arabization of scientific and
technical terms. Concepts such as diglossia, bilingualism,
code switching, multiplicity of dialects, duplication of
terminology, synonymy, and polysemy are defined and
discussed in.
262

Course title: Readings in The Target Language
Culture II (Level Seven)/ Contact Hours: 3
This course builds on the course that bears the same
title and that is taught at Level Four. It also takes into
consideration the academic maturational process
students have undergone at Levels Five and Six. At
these Levels students study a number of linguistics
and hyphenated linguistics subjects, in addition to the
Comparative Culture course that is offered at Level
Five. In view of the above factors, the Readings in
the Target Language Culture (2) course concentrates
on sophisticated issues that bridge the gap between
linguistics, sociolinguistics, anthropology, and sociology.
The following are some of the themes and references
that are covered: Passages from T.S. Eliots Notes
towards the Definition of Culture, Passages from Sapir
and Whorf s works on, The interface between language
and culture, Passages from Claire Kramschs Language
and Culture, with special emphasis on acculturation,
enculturation, and alienation, Articles published in
learned journals on some aspects of Anglo-Saxon
culture/s.
Level 8
Course title: Applied Grammar (3) (Level Eight)/
Contact Hours: 3
After completing this course, students should acquire
the following skills. First, they linguistically analyze
contemporary prose text, both original and translated
texts. This linguistic analysis should determine word
function, relationship among sentences components,
and structural devices such as concord (agreement),
preposition, postposition, and ellipsis. Second,
students practice the writing skill with emphasis on the
grammatical structure and the analysis of the errors
which occur. Third, students analyze errors which occur
in texts they had translated from the foreign language

they study. Finally, students practice speaking in order
to improve their performance in spoken language.
Course title: Translation in the field of political
sciences (Level Eight )/ Contact
Hours: 2
The course aims at giving the students advanced training
in the translation of original texts written in Arabic and
English. The texts concentrate on joint statements, press
conferences on the major political and economic issues
of import to the Arab and the Islamic world in general
and to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in particular,
regional and international agreements and conventions
and United Nations General Assembly and Security
Council resolutions. Of central importance to the course
are the major issues preoccupying the attention of the
Arab world like the Arab-Israeli conflict, the occupation
of Iraq by the US- led coalition
troops, the issues of extremism and violence.
Course title: Translation in the Field of Education
(Level Eight)/ Contact Hours: 2
The aim of the course is to train students to carry out
translation in various fields of education. The course
also aims at familiarizing the students with as many areas
of education as possible and ultimately helps them
acquire a large amount of area-related terminology.
The teaching consists of translating texts dealing with
fields of education from English into Arabic and viceversa. The topics covered include primary, intermediate
and secondary levels of education, higher education
under graduate and post graduate studies, specialized
colleges, conditions of university admission, higher
education and scholarships abroad, higher education in
the Arab World, adult education and literacy programs,
female education, public schools and state schools,
and vocational training. Texts are taken from various
sources; books, journals, encyclopedia, the press and
the internet. The texts are selected following certain
criteria such as their field, their stylistic
characteristics, and the terminology.
Course title: Consecutive interpretation 2 (Level
Eight)/ Contact Hours: 2
The course in consecutive interpretation (2) aims
at developing the students skill in the domain of
consecutive interpretation from English into Arabic
and from Arabic into English. The students are given
more advanced training in various fields involving
the use of interpretation and covering a large range
of political, economic, military, agricultural and social
issues. Students are further informed about the various
linguistic, paralinguistic, psycholinguistic and creative
skills the acquisition of which is necessary for the
preparation of a successful interpreter.
General nature of material discussed:
Since this type of interpretation occasionally involves

Course title: Translation in the Field of Commerce
(Level Eight) / Contact Hours: 2
understanding of the terminology and concepts most
often encountered in business and financial translations
and will be encouraged to read the financial press
daily.
Students are required to develop a language-specific
glossary of terms, indicating their usage in various
contexts, based on the course readings and any
assignments given. Students are also expected to
develop terminology research skills as this is particularly
important for the ever-evolving terminology of finance
and investment banking. Some of the topics to be
covered in this course are letters of credit, securities
issues, marketing, various forms of debt, and annual
reports.
Course title: Translation in the field of security (Level
Eight)/ Contact Hours: 2
understanding of the terminology and concepts most
often encountered in security. They are encouraged
to read topics related to security to aid them in this
process. Students will be required to develop a
language-specific glossary of terms, indicating their use
in various contexts, based on the course readings and
assignments given.
Course title: Translation in the Fields of Computer
Science (Level Eight) /
Contact Hours: 2
Main Objective:
This course aims at training students to translate
computer related texts from English into Arabic. It
starts out with introducing many computer related
terminologies in order to familiarize students with
different aspects of computer terminologies; then
it moves gradually towards translating short texts in
multiple levels. Towards the end of the course, students
are asked to translate relatively longer texts such as
programs' manuals, instruction lists, maintenance texts,
and other computer related discourse.
Course title: The Islamic Economic System (Level
Eight )/ Contact Hours: 2
This course depicts the Islamic concept of life, the nature
of man, the basic constituents of the Islamic economics

and its objectives. It studies as well the legal evidences
of these topics. The course also explains the position
of Islam towards a number of issues, such as finance,
ownership, production, maintenance, conception, and
distribution of wealth.
Level 9
Course title: Translation in field and Petroleum
Sciences (Level Nine )/Contact
Hours: 2
PURPOSE OF COURSE:
petroleum related reports from English into Arabic and
vice versa. It is expected that students will develop a
general knowledge of structures, idioms, expressions,
terminologies, and above all an understanding of the
style and manner adopted in the oil industry discourse
community. Texts that deal with oil products, oil prices,
oil exploration, oil refineries, tankers and oil shipment are
selected. Differences in style of writing are introduced
and designed to enhance the trainees comprehension
of relevant translation methods. Various perspectives
will be adopted in turn in order to illuminate the skills
and technicalities required in the art of oil reports and
style of writing, while taking into consideration the
learners performance in both their mother tongue
and English. Mistakes detected in the students style
of translation processes are scrutinized and a reliable
alternative is advanced. Students will be expected to
develop competence in translation techniques mainly
in areas relevant to oil industry, oil exploration rights,
world oil markets.
Course title: Translation in the field of Agriculture
(Level Nine)/Contact Hours: 2
Students in this course will be expected to develop
an understanding of the terminology and concepts
most often encountered in agriculture and will be
encouraged to read the topics related to agriculture to
aid in this process. Students will be required to develop
a language-specific glossary of terms, indicating their
use in various contexts, based on the course readings
and assignments given.
Course title: Translation in the field of Law (Level
Nine)/Contact Hours: 2
PURPOSE OF COURSE:
legal texts from English into Arabic. This practice will
develop into translation of legal texts from Arabic into
English. This gradual development is designed to cope
with the students acquired knowledge of legal terms,
expressions, and terminologies. Texts from courts of
law, legal cases, contentions, crime and criminality are
tailored to equip students with relevant expressions,
the asking of questions and the provision of answers

to these questions, particular attention is given to the
teaching of texts which include questions and answers
or which provide chances for the formation of such
questions and answers. Students are given intensive
practice in the grammatical operations involved in
asking questions of different types. They are also
training in the correct intonation of the yes/no question
and the wh- question.
263
idioms, and structures. Differences in court procedures

are planned and designed to enhance the trainees
comprehension of legal texts and the process of
writing in law relevant matters. Various perspectives
will be adopted in turn in order to illuminate the skills
and technicalities required in the art of law related
translation, while taking into consideration the learners
performance in both mother tongue and English.
Mistakes detected in the students style of translation
processes are scrutinized and a reliable alternative is
advanced so that mistakes can be replaced by correct
and reliable methods. Students will be expected to
develop competence in translation techniques mainly
in areas relevant to judiciary procedures, crime,
punishment, and other offences or branches of law.
264

Course title: Translation in the field of Literature:
(Level Nine)/Contact Hours: 2
Students in this course are introduced to a variety of
texts taken from the classical literary genres; fiction
(short stories, novels), drama, and poetry. Students
are acquainted with the types of linguistic, cultural,
and psychological interpretations of literary texts and
the problems involved in rendering a literary text into
the target language. Students tackle issues such as the
unsaid, presuppositions, entailments, and background
knowledge, in addition to the aesthetic level of language
in the translation of a literary text. Texts translated
by professional translators are read and commented
upon.
Course title: Project in Translation: (Level Nine)/
Contact Hours: 4
This course crowns the students competence
in translation activities. Their acquired skills and
translation techniques are expected to be displayed
through a thorough translation assignment. A book
that is relevant to translation theory or translation
performance, applied linguistics, theoretical linguistics,
law, science, religion, commerce or any related topic
of interest to the student translator is assigned. The
student is supposed to translate a number pages of the
chosen book.
LEVEL 10
Course title: Summary writing and Translation (Level
Ten)/Contact Hours: 3
The course aims at developing the students skill in
reading, absorbing, and understanding news reports,
articles, and other types of literature as well as scientific
information. The student then analyzes and summarizes
the content of the reading material and provides an
accurate translation in the form of a summary. The
student is given intensive and extensive training in
evaluating the significance of details, distinguishing
minor from major details and laying particular emphasis
on central points and objectives in each text. In addition,
the student is trained to recognize introductions

and conclusions, to ignore redundant information,
unimportant and sinuous details, and finally to draft an
adequate summary of the text at hand and translate it
into the target language.
Course title: Simultaneous Interpretation (Level
Ten)/Contact Hours: 2
The course in simultaneous interpretation is meant to
give intensive training to Level Ten students in order
to enable them to interpret simultaneously from
English into Arabic and vice-versa texts that represent
varied topics and exhibit varied styles, Simultaneous
interpretation differs radically from written translation
in that it requires specific talents and aptitudes. It also
necessitates intensive and extensive training intended to
equip the students with the essential skills of conveying
messages and producing texts in the target language
with as much speed and accuracy as possible.
Course title: Bilateral Interpretation (Level Ten) /
Contact Hours: 2
The course in bilateral interpretation 2 aims primarily
at providing advanced training to Level Ten students
in the practical domain of bilateral interpretation
from Arabic into English and from English into Arabic
in varied real life communicative situations involving a
speaker who speaks Arabic, an interlocutor who speaks
English and an interpreter who interprets the acts of
communication.
Course title: Issues and Problems in Translation
(Level Ten)/Contact Hours: 3
The students are trained to deal with some of the
problems of translation in Arabic and English. They are
helped to find solutions to such problems. To this end,
the course deals with the following issues: subjectivity
and objectivity in translation, literal vs. free translation,
the limits on the translator's mediation (freedom),
equivalence at all levels in both source language (SL)
and target language (TL), style and translation, and
machine translation and its limitations. The course also
addresses Arabization and the role of
translation in the transfer of technology and
development.
Course title: Fundamentals of the Political System in
Islam (Level Ten)/Contact Hours: 3
This subject contains the following: Introduction to
the Political System in Islam and its fundamentals; the
Islamic Political System is the best system for human
societies to follow and apply; the rise of the Islamic
State during the Prophet's lifetime, the Caliphates, and
the fundamentals of the State in Islam.
Study Plan:
306 Frn
Level 1
307 Frn
308 Frn
Hrs.
117 Frn
118 Frn
127 Frn
128 Frn
171 Frn
191 Frn
3
4
3
4
4
3
Comprhension orale1
Lecture 1
Lexique 1
Ecrit 1
Expression orale 1
Grammaire 1
Level 6
Hrs.
313 Frn
329 Frn
330 Frn
2
2
2
331 Frn
Level 2
Traduction dans les domaines

2
des sciences humaines
Culture compare
2
Linguistique textuelle
2
332 Frn
333 Frn
334 Frn
Traduction vue
Interprtaion de liaison 1
Interprtation conscutive
Traduction de textes islamiques
Traduction militaire
Traduction administrative
Traduction mdicale
Traduction de textes
dingnierie
Traduction mdiatique
2
2
2
2
Hrs.
129 Frn
Comprhension orale 2
143 Frn
Lecture 2
164 Frn
Ecrit 2
174 Frn
Expression orale 2
182 Frn
Lexique 2
192 Frn
Grammaire 2
Hrs.
193 Frn
Usage du dictionnaire
381 Arab
414 Arab
3
3
Level 3
Hrs.
151 Arab
158 Arab
214 CS
218 Frn
241 Frn
251 Frn
271 Frn
298 Frn
3
3
2
3
2
3
2
2
Ggrammaire applique 1
Morphologie applique 1
Ordinateur et traduction 1
Ecrit 3
Lecture 3
Expression orale 3
Grammaire 3
Hrs.
215 Arab
217 Arab
220 Frn
229 Frn
242 Frn
252 Frn
272 Frn
299 Frn
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
Rhtorique arabe
Grammaire applique 2
Ecrit 4
Initiation la traductologie
Lecture 4
Expression orale 4
Lecture et civilisation 1
Initiation la culture islamique
401Frn
414 Frn
493 Frn
102 IC
Hrs.
268 Arab
302 Frn
303 Frn
304 Frn
3
3
3
3
Stylistique
Initiation la linguistique
Initiation la smantique
des sciences naturelles
Morphologie applique 2
Ordinateur et traduction 2
des sciences sociales
Arabisation
Lecture et civilisation 2
Le rle de lislam dans
ldification de la socit
2
2
3
2
Level 8
Hrs.
441 Arab
403 Frn
404 Frn
405 Frn
406 Frn
429 Frn
103 IC
des sciences politiques
Traduction pdagogique
Interprtation conscutive 2
Traduction commerciale
de la scurit
informatiques
Le systme conomique islamique
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Level 9
438 Frn
Level 7
Level 5
305 Frn
336 Frn
402 Frn
Level 4
101 IC
335 Frn
445 Frn
446 Frn
448 Frn
499 Frn
Traduction dans le domaine

du ptrole
Traduction agricole
Traduction juridique
Traduction littraire
Mmoire
Hrs.
2
2
2
2
2
2nd Program: French
Level 10
Hrs.
265
440 Frn
443 Frn
447 Frn
449 Frn
104 Frn
Traduction synoptique
Interprtaion simultane
Interprtation de liaison 2
Problmatique de la traduction
Fondements du systme politique en Islam
3
2
2
3
2
Hrs.
268 Arab
320 Span
403 Span
302 Span
3
3
3
3
305 Span
306 Span
3rd Program: Spanish

Study Plan:
Nivel1
Hrs.
117 Span
118 Span
127 Span
128 Span
171 Span
191 Span
3
4
3
4
4
2
Audicin 1
Lectura 1
Formacin de palabras 1
Redaccin 1
Conversacin 1
Gramtica 1
Nivel5
307 Span
308 Span
Hrs.
129 Span
143 Span
164 Span
174 Span
182 Span
192 Span
193 Span
3
4
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
Hrs.
313 Span
329 Span
330 Span
2
2
2
331 Span
332 Span
333 Span
334 Span
335 Span
336 Span
Traduccin a la vista
Interpretacin bilateral 1
Interpretacion consecutiva 1
Traduccin en el campo de la
cultura Islamica
Traduccin en el campo
militar
administracion
medicina
ingeniera
Traduccin en el campo informativo
2
2
2
2
2
2
Nivel3
Hrs.
151 Arab
158 Arab
3
3
214 CS
218 Span
241 Span
251 Span
271 Span
298 Span
Gramtica aplicada 1
Morfosintaxis aplicada 1
Aplicacin de la computadora
en la traduccin 1
Redaccin 3
Audicin 3
Lectura 3
Conversacin 3
Gramtica 3
Nivel7
Hrs.
381 Arab
414 Arab
3
2
3
2
2
401 Span
414 Span
493 Span
102 IC
Nivel4
Hrs.
215 Arab
217 Arab
220 Span
229 Span
242 Span
252 Span
272 Span
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
404 Span
405 Span
406 Span
299 Span
101 IC
266
Audicin 2
Lectura 2
Redaccin 2
Conversacin 2
Formacin de palabras 2
Gramtica 2
Lexicologa
Nive6
Nivel2
Gramtica aplicada 3
Estilstica
Lingstica
Introduccin a la semntica
Traduccin en el campo de
las ciencias naturales
las humanidades
Cultura comparada
Lingstica del texto
Retrica rabe
Gramtica aplicada 2
Redaccin 4
Introduccin a la traduccin
Audicin 4
Lectura 4
Conversacin 4
Lectura en la cultura de la
lengua meta 1
Introduccin a la cultura Islmica
Morfosintaxis aplicada 2
Aplicaciones de la computadora en la traduccin 2
Traduccin en los campos
sociales
Arabizacin
Lectura en la cultura de la
lengua 2
Papel del Islam en la construccin de la sociedad
3
2
2
3
2
Nivel8
Hrs.
441 Arab
402 Span
403 Span
Gramtica aplicada 3
las ciencias polticas
educacin
Interpretacin consecutiva 2
Traduccin en el campo del
comercio
seguridad
2
2
2
2
2
103 IC
Traduccin en las reas del

ordenador
El sistema econmico en el
Islam
2
2
Nivel9

438 Span
445 Span
446 Span
448 Span
449 Span
las ciencias del petrleo
agricultura
Traduccin jurdica
Traduccin literaria
Proyecto de traduccin
Hrs.
2
2
2
2
4
Hrs.
440 Arab
443 Span
447 Span
3
2
2
104 Span
Traduccin resumida
Interpretacin simultanea
Interpretacin bilateral 2
Cuestiones y problemas de la
traduccin
Fundamentos del sistema
poltico en el Islam
3
2
4th Program: German

Study Plan:
Level 1
Hrs.
117 Ger
118 Ger
127 Ger
128 Ger
171 Ger
191 Ger
3
4
3
4
4
2
Hren 1
Lesen 1
Wortschatz 1
Schreiben 1
Sprechen 1
Grammatik 1
Level 2
Hrs.
129 Ger
143 Ger
164 Ger
174 Ger
182 Ger
192 Ger
193 Ger
3
4
3
4
2
2
2
Hren 2
Lesen2
Schreiben 2
Sprechen 2
Wortschatz 2
Grammatik 2
Worterbucher
Level 3
Level 4
Hrs.
215 Arab
217 Arab
220 Ger
229 Ger
242 Ger
252 Ger
272 Ger
299 Ger
101 IC
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
Arabic rhetoric
Applied grammar 2
Schreiben 4
bersetzung (Einfhrung)
Hren 4
Lesen 4
Sprechen 4
Landeskunde 1
Hrs.
268 Arab
320 Ger
403 Ger
302 Ger
3
3
3
3
305 Ger
306 Ger
307 Ger
308 Ger
Hrs.
151 Arab
158 Arab
3
3
Applied grammar 1
Translation 1
Schreiben 3
Hren 3
Lesen 3
Sprechen 3
Applied grammar 3
Stilistik
Liguistik
Semantik
Fachbersetzen: Naturwissenschaften
Fachbersetzen: Human
Vergleichende Landeskunde
Textlinguistik
2
2
2
2
Hrs.
313 Ger
329 Ger
331 Ger
332 Ger
333 Ger
334 Ger
335 Ger
336 Ger
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
bersetzen vom Blatt

Bilaterales bersetzen
Knosekutives bersetzen 1
Fachbersetzen: Militr
Fachbersetzen: Verwaltung
Fachbersetzen: Medizin
Fachbersetzen: Technik
Fachbersetzen: Medien
Level 7
Hrs.
381 Arab
414 Arab
401 Ger
414 Ger
493 Ger
102 IC
218 Ger
241 Ger
251 Ger
271 Ger
Level 6
214 Cs
Grammatik 3
Level 5
Nivel10
449 Span
298 Ger
Translation 2
Fachbersetzen: Soziologie
Arabisierung
Landeskunde 2
The role of Islam in the construction of society
3
2
2
3
2
Level 8
Hrs.
441 Arab
402 Ger
3
2
403 Ger
404 Ger
Applied grammar 3
Fachbersetzen: Politik
education
Consecutive interpreting 2
429 Span
2
2
267
405 Ger
406 Ger
429 Ger
103 IC
Fachbersetzen: Handel
Fachbersetzen: Sicherheit
Fachbersetzen: Computer
2
2
2
2
Level 9
Hrs.
438 Ger
445 Ger
446 Ger
448 Ger
499 Ger
Fachbersetzen: l
Fachbersetzen:
Landwirtschaft
Fachbersetzen: Recht
Fachbersetzen: Literatur
Projekt
2
2
2
4
443 Ger
447 Ger
449 Ger
104 IC
Zusammenfassendes
bersetzen
Simultanes Dolmetschen
Bilaterales bersetzen 2
Probleme der bersetzung
Fundamentals political system
in Islam
Hrs.
3
2
2
3
2
Hrs.
215 Arab
217 Arab
220 Rus
229 Rus
242 Rus
252 Rus
272 Rus
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
299 Rus
101 IC
Hrs.
117 Rus
118 Rus
127 Rus
128 Rus
171 Rus
191 Rus
3
4
3
4
4
3
Listening 1
Reading 1
Vocabulary 1
Writing 1
Speaking 1
Grammar 1
268 Arab
302 Rus
403 Rus
303 Rus
305 Rus
306 Rus
307 Rus
308 Rus
5th Program: Russian

Study Plan:
Level1
268

Arabic rhetoric
Applied grammar 2
Writing 4
Listening 4
Reading 4
Speaking 4
Reading in the target language culture 1
Level 5
Level 10
440 Ger
Level4
Level 6
313 Rus
329 Rus
330 Rus
331 Rus
332 Rus
333 Rus
Level2
Hrs.
129 Rus
143 Rus
164 Rus
174 Rus
182 Rus
192 Rus
193 Rus
3
4
3
4
2
2
2
Listening 2
Reading 2
Writing 2
Speaking 2
Vocabulary 2
Grammar 2
Dictionary skills
Level3
334 Rus
335 Rus
336 Rus
On sight translation
Consecutive interpreting
Translation in the field of Islamic culture
Translation of military field
administration
administration
medicine
Translation in the field of engineering
Level 7
Hrs.
381 Arab
414 Arab
151 Arab
158 Arab
Applied grammar 1
3
3
401 Rus
214 Cs
Computer Application in Transla2

tion 1
218 Rus
241 Rus
251 Rus
271 Rus
298 Rus
Writing 3
Learning 3
Reading 3
Speaking 3
Grammar 3
3
2
3
2
2
Applied grammar 3
Stylistic
Linguistics
natural sciences
humanities
Comparative culture
Text linguistics
414 Rus
493 Rus
102 IC
translation 2
Translation in the field of social studies
Arabization
Reading in the target
language culture-1
The role of Islam in the
construction of society
2
2
Hrs.
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
Hrs.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Hrs.
3
3
2
2
3
2
Hrs.
441 Arab
402 Rus
403 Rus
404 Rus
405 Rus
406 Rus
429 Rus
103 Rus IC
Applied grammar 3
Translation in the field of political sciences
education
commerce
security
computer science
2
2
2
2
2
438 Rus
445 Rus
446 Rus
448 Rus
449 Rus

Translation in the field of agriculture
literature
440 Rus
443 Rus
447 Rus
449 Rus
104 Rus IC

Simultaneous interpreting
Listening 2
Reading 2
Writing 2
Speaking 2
Vocabulary 2
Grammar 2
Dictionary skills
Level3
3
4
3
4
2
2
2
Hrs.
Applied grammar 1
159 Arab
218 Ita
translation 1
Writing 3
241 Ita
Listening 3
251 Ita
Reading 3
271 Ita
Speaking 3
298 Ita
Grammar 3
Level4
2
2
Hrs.
2
214 Cs
215 Arab
Arabic rhetoric
217 Arab
Applied grammar 2
220 Ita
Writing 4
Level 10
129 Ita
143 Ita
164 Ita
174 Ita
182 Ita
192 Ita
193 Ita
Hrs.
151 Arab
Level 9
Level2
Hrs.
Hrs.
229 Ita
242 Ita
Listening 4
252 Ita
Reading 4
272 Ita
Speaking 4
2
2
language culture 1
Introduction to Islamic culture 2
2
Issues and problems in trans3
lation
2
in Islam
299 Ita
101 IC
Level5
6th Program: Italian
Hrs.
Study Plan:
268 Arab
Applied grammar 3
Level1
320 Ita
Stylistic
403 Ita
Linguistics
302 Ita
2
2
Hrs.
117 Ita
Listening 1
118 Ita
Reading 1
127 Ita
Vocabulary 1
306 Ita
128 Ita
Writing 1
307 Ita
natural sciences
humanities
Comparative culture
171 Ita
Speaking 1
308 Ita
Text linguistics
191 Ita
Grammar 1
305 Ita
2
2
Level 8
269
Level 6
313 Ita
329 Ita
330 Ita
331 Ita
332 Ita
333 Ita
334 Ita
335 Ita
336 Ita
On sight translation
Consecutive interpreting
Translation in the field of Islamic culture
Translation of military field
administration
medicine
Translation in the field of engineering
mass media
Hrs.
2
2
2
440 Ita
443 Ita
447 Ita
449 Ita
104 Ita
2
2
2
2
Level7
Hrs.
381 Arab
414 Arab
401 Ita
414 Ita
493 Ita
270
102 Ita
Computer application in
translation 2
Translation in the field of social studies
Arabization
language culture
The role of Islam in the
construction of society
3
2
2
3
2
Level8
Hrs.
441 Arab
402 Ita
403 Ita
404 Ita
405 Ita
406 Ita
429 Ita
103 IC
Applied grammar 3
education
commerce
security
computer science
Level 9
438 Ita
445 Ita
446 Ita
448 Ita
499 Ita

agriculture
Translation in the field of literature
Level 10
3
2
2
3
2
2
2
Hrs.
2
2
2
2
4

Simultaneous interpreting
Issues and problems in translation
Hrs.
3
2
2
3
2
Vision:
A distinguished department that provides the community with specialists in the fields of Asian languages
and translation, contributes to the fulfillment of the
requirements of job market, and helps knowledge and
cultural communication to occur among nations.
Mission:
Providing theoretical and applied knowledge in the
fields of Asian languages and translation, and supplying
the job market with specialists in the fields of modern
language and translation.
The Department of Asian Languages and Translation was established in 1416. The department offers
a Bachelor degree in four languages: Turkish, Hebrew,
Persian and Japanese.
Degrees:
Bachelors degree
Study Plan all languages:
Study Plan:
Level1
Hrs.
117 all languages

118 all languages
127 all languages
128 all languages
171 all languages
191 all languages
3
4
3
4
4
2
Listening 1
Reading 1
Vocabulary 1
Writing 1
Speaking 1
Grammar 1
251 all languages Reading 3

271 all languages Speaking 3
298 all languages Grammar 3
Leve l4
Course Code
Course Title
215 Arab
217 Arab
220 all languages
229 all languages
242 all languages
252 all languages
272 all languages
Arabic rhetoric
Applied grammar 2
Writing 4
Listening 4
Reading 4
Speaking 4
Reading in the target lan299 all languages
guage culture 1
101 IC
culture
3
2
2
Hrs.
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Level5
Course Code
Course Title
Hrs.
129 all languages

143 all languages
164 all languages
174 all languages
182 all languages
192 all languages
193 all languages
Listening 2
Reading 2
Writing 2
Speaking 2
Vocabulary 2
Grammar 2
Dictionary Skills
3
4
4
3
2
2
2
Leve l3
Course Code
151 Arab
158 Arab
Course Code
Course Title
Hrs.
268 Arab
302 all languages
320 all languages
319 all languages
Applied grammar 3
Stylistics
Linguistics
natural sciences
humanities
Comparative culture
Text linguistics
3
3
3
3
305 all languages

306 all languages
307 all languages
308 all languages
Course Title
Applied grammar 1
214 CS
Translation 1
218 all languages Writing 3
241 all languages Listening3
Hrs.
3
3
2
3
2
Leve l6
Course Code
Course Title
2
2
2
2
Hrs.
313 all languages On site translation

2
329 all languages Bilateral interpretation 1
2
330 all languages Consecutive interpretation 1 2
About:
271
331 all languages

332 all languages
333 all languages
334 all languages
335 all languages
336 all languages
Level7
Course Code

Islamic studies
Translation of military fields
administration
medicine
Translation in the fields of
engineering
mass media
2
2
2
2
2
Course Title
Computer application in
414 CS
translation 2
401 all languages
social studies
414 all languages Arabization
Reading in the target lan493 all languages
guage culture 2
The role of Islam in the con102 IC
struction of society
Hrs.
3
3
2
2
3
2

272
Course Title
Hrs.
441 Arab
Applied grammar 3
Translation in the field of education
Translation in the field of Commerce
Translation in the field of security
Translation in the field of Computer Science
405 all languages

406 all languages
429 all languages
103 IC
438 all languages

445 all languages
446 all languages
448 all languages
449 all languages

Preparation of specialists in Asian languages and
Course Title
petroleum sciences
agriculture
literature
Course Title
the department and the requirements of the job

market and development.
Encouraging research in Asian languages and

translation.

fields of Asian languages and translation, and
holding specialized symposia.
Providing consultancies for both public and private

sectors.
Providing the community with translation services.

Enriching translation from and into Arabic.
Programs:

Hebrew Program

Turkish Program

Japanese Program

Persian Program

Chinese program
First Program: Hebrew
About:
Hrs.
Hebrew is one of the Semitic languages, the family of languages to which Arabic belongs. Hebrew was
dead and it has been revived after the occupation of
Palestine in 1948. It has a cultural heritage that was
influenced by the Islamic Arabian heritage. There are
also common linguistic features between Hebrew and
Arabic. Moreover, there are plenty of words that are
similar in pronunciation and meaning, which help learning it easily. Today, the importance of studying Hebrew
comes from our need to know the contemporary Israeli
thinking, and the writings that are aimed basically at the
conflict matter with Arab and Islamic nation and their
political, military, and security effects.
2nd Program: Turkish
About:
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
Level 10
Course Code
Aims:
Level 9
Course Code
learning, and training them on translation in all fields.
Course Code
404 all languages
translation.
Level 8
403 all languages
2
2
Coordinating between the majors being offered at

381 Arab
402 all languages
443 all languages Simultaneous interpretation

447 all languages Bilateral interpreting 2
Issues and problems in
449 all languages
translation
Fundamentals of the politi104 IC
cal system in Islam
Hrs.
Summary writing and trans440 all languages

3
lation
Turkish is the language spoken by Turkish Muslim

peoples in Asia and Europe, as well as Turkish people
in Turkey and in the recently-independent nations of
the former Soviet Union. It is spoken by almost 115 million people. It is the second official language in Iran,
Iraq, Afghanistan, Shanghai (in China), Hungary, Albania, Greece, and Poland. As one of the most ancient languages in the world, it is considered the third language
-after Arabic and Persian - used to establish the lofty
imposing structure of the Islamic culture, and to record
the Islamic heritage. Its active vocabulary contains a
large selection of Arabic words exceeding 40% spread
among various branches of knowledge. As a conse-
3rd Program: Japanese
About:
Japanese is the language of Japan, and about 130 million
people speak it. Japanese is important because of the
role Japan plays as a strong economic power and one
of the seven industrial great powers in the world. Japan
has strong relations with Arab countries, especially
with gulf countries. Economy is an important role in
these relations. There are many commercial companies
working in this field and always need Saudis that can
speak Japanese to work in trading, industrial companies,
Japanese franchises, and especially in cars companies
and their marketing. In addition, nowadays it is an
important thing to know Japans distinctive culture.
4th Program: Persian
About:
Persian is one of the important Islamic languages
spoken by almost 155 million people; 55 million in Iran,
and others in Afghanistan, Tajikistan, Pakistan, etc. Persian uses the Arabic alphabet which makes it easy for
Arabs to study this language. Persian has special importance to Islamic countries in general and to the countries
of the Gulf Cooperation Council in particular. As for
the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, this importance increases
due to the fact that large numbers of Iranian pilgrims
head up to the Kingdom every year. Persian language
is the language of an ancient deep-rooted culture that
has been used to document works of the most precious
international repertoires in the Islamic era.
Chinese Language Program
Overview
The Chinese Program in Language and Translation was activated during the academic year 2008-09
(1429-30H). It is considered as the first program in the
Arabian Gulf region to offer training in the Chinese
language and translation from and into Arabic. It prepares scientific cadres capable of satisfying the growing
needs of the job market and setting friendship relations between the two deep-rooted peoples through
preparing students and researchers in written and oral
translation skills for five years, using the latest learning
methods and tools in foreign language learning, and offering to the students the opportunity to travel to the
Popular Republic of China to stay for one academic
year. This training is crowned by a Bachelors degree in
Chinese language and translation.
Vision
The Chinese Language Program supplies the community with specialists in teaching and studying the
Chinese language, participates in satisfying the needs
of the job market, and sets knowledge and cultural
communication bridges between the two peoples
Mission
Offering theoretical and applied knowledge in the
fields of Chinese language and culture and translation
from and into Arabic, and satisfying the needs of the
job market for specialists in the Chinese language and
translation
Objectives

Preparing specialists in the Chinese language and
translation
Developing students skills in learning the Chinese

language, and training them in the various types of
translation
Linking up the scientific content of the Chinese

language program with the needs of the promising
job market
Preparing specialized cadres in translation skills

from and into Arabic in order for them to contribute
to transferring the Arab and Islamic culture to the
Chinese community
Encouraging research in the Chinese language and

translation from and into Arabic
Participating in local and international conferences

on languages in general and translation in
particular
Offering the public and private sectors specialized

expertise and consultancy
Serving the community through offering written

and oral translation services

the Chinese Program in Language and Translation
Offering training sessions to the various sectors of

the community, and satisfying the needs of public
institutions
Constantly communicating with similar institutes,

colleges, and agencies across the world to benefit
from their experience in the field
Constantly communicating with Chinese institutes

and colleges, and setting up joint cooperation
agreements in writing, publishing, and teaching
Working towards signing bilateral agreements

between King Saud University and Chinese universities
to implement research and translational projects that
serve the purposes of the University, and to exchange
faculty members, students, and books
Benefiting from the scientific and academic

expertise available at the College and the
Department to open up communication channels
with peer Chinese universities to transfer the
Chinese experience in various fields
Ensuring that the Chinese language program be a

center for offering consultancy and services to the
Saudi and Arab community
Working towards making the Program a

communication
bridge
between
various
specializations at the University and its peer
Chinese universities in order to attain scientific and
economic growth
Syllabus:
The Chinese courses shall be coded as Sin ().
The course names, codes, and allotted time shall be
similar to other those in other programs at the College.
Academic plan
Bachelors degree
quence, learning Turkish language is easy. Turkey and

Saudi Arabia have strong political, Islamic, commercial,
and cultural relations. Large numbers of Turkish people
come to the Kingdom every year. Hence, having good
knowledge about this language will lead to increasing
the Islamic awareness among different peoples who
speak this language as well as providing job opportunities at different ministries, universities, and private
sectors
273
Vision and Mission

As one of the departments of King Saud University
(KSU), the Language Unit derives its mission form that
of the University. Being an institution of higher learning,
KSU works towards the dissemination and advancement of knowledge, the education of the community
members and serving its society and contributing to
the solution of its problems. In fact, KSU has a basic obligation derived from the Kingdom>s role to promote
Islam and peace worldwide.
The Language Unit contributes to the efforts of the

University towards its mission. The Unit serves the KSU
colleges and departments by offering the required
English courses.
About:
274
The Language Unit serves the whole of King

Saud University. It is responsible for teaching English as a foreign language to all colleges, at the
undergraduate and graduate levels. It offers basic
courses in general English and English for Academic Purposes. The courses are intended to meet the
University requirements and those of particular
colleges or departments. So, they range from the
basic 3-hour course, the minimum university requirement, to intensive courses.
Administratively, the Language Unit is run by
a department head, who is a member of the
College council. The Unit has a department
council responsible for discussing and making
recommendations
regarding
academic
and
administrative issues related to instructors, curricula
and students as designated by the College and the
University regulations.
Currently, the Language Unit has a total of 71
members, 47 men, and 24 women. The Units
teaching staff includes Saudis and expatriates, from
various countries.
Degrees:
English for Science
NAJM 121 Spring(2008 2009)

NAJM 122 Spring(2008 2009)
English for Computer Science and Engineering
NAJM 102
NAJM 104
NAJM 110
NAJM 123
NAJM 124
NAJM 125
General English
NAJM 101 Spring(2008 2009)

NAJM 103 Fall(2008-2009)
NAJM 106 Fall(2008 2009)
English for Medicine
NAJM 112 Spring(2008 2009)

NAJM 113 Spring(2008 2009)
NAJM 114 Spring(2008 2009)
NAJM 123 Spring(2008 2009)
NAJM 131 Spring(2008 2009)
NAJM 132 Spring(2008 2009)
NAJM 133 Spring(2008 2009)
NAJM 134 Spring(2008 2009)
English for Tourism and Archeology
NAJM 126 Spring(2008 2009)

NAJM 127 Spring(2008 2009)
NAJM 128 Spring(2008 2009)
NAJM 129 Spring(2008 2009)
English for Graduate studies
NAJM 051 Spring(2008 2009)

NAJM 055 Spring(2008 2009)
Course Description:
English for Science
Course Name: Najm 121
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
Pre-requisite: Admission to the College of Science,

KSU
NGM 121 is an English for Special Purposes (ESP)
course for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Science
program at King Saud University, Riyadh.
sections: the first one is motivational in nature, as it

includes reading-for-pleasure topics. The second
and third sections target thinking and comprehension
skills, respectively. The last section aims at training the
students to read faster.
The course focuses on developing and extending

students reading fluency in scientific texts by exposing
them to scientific terminology and contextualizing this
vocabulary knowledge in real scientific passages. There
is special emphasis upon reading comprehension skills
and the course is designed around a series of graded
reading selections in core science.
Course Name: Najm 112, English for Nursing

Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
Pre-requisite: Najm124
English for Medical Sciences

Course Name: Najm 112, English for Nursing
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
This course is student-active, and is designed to develop
autonomous skills through an ordered approach to
Reading. Reading Power is divided into four major
Course Name: Najm 131, Listening/Speaking

Contact Hours: 2
Credit Hours: 4
The course is constructed around the central idea of
preparing the students to listen to and interact with
university-level lectures in English.
Course Name: Najm 132, Reading
Contact Hours: 2
Credit Hours: 4
This course is student-active, and is designed to
develop autonomous skills through an ordered
approach to Reading. More Reading Power is
divided into four major sections: the first one
is motivational in nature, as it includes readingfor-pleasure topics.
The second and third
sections target thinking and comprehension skills,
respectively. The last section aims at training the
students to read faster.
Course Name: Najm 133, Writing
Contact Hours: 2
Credit Hours: 4
The course is an initiation into the general principles
of expository writing. First Steps in Academic Writing
incorporates students culture and personal experiences
to teach them how to organize their thoughts and other
aspects of the writing process.
Course Name: Najm 123, Architecture students
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
Pre-requisite: N/A
English 123 Course is a beginners level course

Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
Najm 122 is English for Special Purpose (ESP) course
for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Science Degree
at King Saud University in Riyadh. The course is the
continuation of Najm 121 which is given in the first
semester. It aims to assist students to further develop
their general language skills within the context of
scientific English. Special emphasis is put upon reading
comprehension skills and scientific terminology intended
to help the students cope with the science textbooks
taught in their respective disciplines. The course is
designed around a series of graded reading selections
in core science subjects and the relevant scientific
terminology and grammatical structures common in
the scientific discourse. Grammar is skimpily presented
with particular emphasis on passive transformations of
the English language which are relevant to the scientific
discourse.
The course book is Nucleus: English for Science and
Technology, which is a well-written book. It consists of
twelve lengthy units. Each unit is divided into sections
of increasing difficulty and takes about six 50-minute
period to be completed. It takes seven or eight units
of this book to be completed by the time the semester
comes to its end.
This course comprises relatively short reading texts at the

general level. The readings aim at further developing
general reading skills and vocabulary buil-up.
275
based on a communicative syllabus and a broad

integrated multi-syllabus approach intended to
enable the student to rapidly reach a reasonable
level of proficiency in reading, writing, speaking
and listening at elementary level; that is, the
objective is to develop the students overall
communicative competence. By the end of the 123
Course students will have begun to acquire and
master the integrative skills they will need for their
future academic studies.
Course Name: Najm 133, Writing
Contact Hours: 2
Credit Hours: 4
The course is an initiation into the general principles
of expository writing. First Steps in Academic Writing
incorporates students culture and personal experiences
to teach them how to organize their thoughts and other
aspects of the writing process.
English for Computer Science and

Engineering
276

Contact Hours: 6
Credit Hours: 6
Pre-requisite: Admission to the College of Science, KSU
This is an intermediate level general English course
that assumes the students have a reasonable level of
English in their previous studies. The course provides
students with extensive, systematic and wellintegrated practice in the productive and receptive
skills necessary for successful communication in both
oral and written forms of the language. The course
embodies a multi-syllabus approach and a wide
variety of presentation methodology. Emphasis on
systematic learning of grammar and vocabulary is
balanced with development of linguistic sub-skills.
The course ensures the coverage of common and
useful language related to topics of general interest
with which students should be familiar.
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
Pre-requisite: English 102
This is an intermediate-level English course for students
of computer science. It aims to help these students to
develop a great variety of language skills and acquire
knowledge of computers and technical terminology
in the same field. It also emphasizes the development
of reading strategies , mastery of and introduction to

reading skills, development of the understanding of
English clause structure and connectors encountered
in academic types of reading, and the development of
reading fluency.
Contact Hours: 2
Credit Hours: 2
The course in Report Writing introduces the student
to the basic style of technical writing. Exercises include
written descriptions of both objects and processes, and
the preparation of a technical report on an approved
topic. The report includes the standard material of
research and documentation expected in a professional
technical report.
Course Name: Najm 123, Architecture
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
Pre-requisite: None
The course in Report Writing introduces the student
to the basic style of technical writing. Exercises include
written descriptions of both objects and processes, and
the preparation of a technical report on an approved
topic. The report includes the standard material of
research and documentation expected in a professional
technical report.
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
English 124 Course is the second stage of a beginners
course based on a communicative syllabus and a broad
integrated multi-syllabus approach intended to enable
the student to rapidly reach a reasonable level of
proficiency in reading, writing, speaking and listening
at beginners level; that is, the objective is to develop
the students overall communicative competence. By
the end of 124 Course, students will have consolidated
at an elementary level the integrative skills they will
need for their future academic studies.
The syllabus covers the second half of the course book
and, as in 123, continues to provide a systematic focus
at a basic level to grammar and language functions,
vocabulary and the four skill areas. In the grammar
component students are shown how the language
works and provided with a frame of reference they can
consult. New language is presented through dialogues

Contact Hours: 2
Credit Hours: 2
The course provides students with the English they will
need to communicate in the field of Architecture. As
the course has been developed specifically for students
studying Architecture, it ensures complete motivation
through interesting readings and challenging language
activities. By the end of this course, the students should
be familiar with the some of the basic vocabulary
and terminology in the field of Architecture, and the
grammatical structures used in technical and academic
English. They will be able to combine their knowledge
of English with their technical knowledge.
This course teaches the four language skills, but with
the main emphasis on vocabulary acquisition and the
development of reading strategies and skills. Students
are encouraged to improve their vocabulary through
a variety of readings and exercises. Authentic reading
and listening passages cover a wide range of topics in
the field of Architecture. Writing includes describing
objects and diagrams and summarizing texts. As
the course focuses predominantly on reading (and
vocabulary acquisition) students are encouraged to
develop a variety of reading strategies, for example,
skimming, scanning, finding reference signals,
identifying cohesion devices, etc.
General English Programs

Course Name: Najm 101, General English
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
Pre-requisite: N/A
This is an elementary-level general English course for
undergraduate students who register in the Colleges
of Arts, Education, Administrative Sciences and
Agriculture. It is the first university level course in English
for general category of students and it combines all the
four language skills with the basic thrust on functional
grammar.
The course provides integrated skills (productive and

receptive) necessary for basic communication in both
oral and written forms of the language. Emphasis on
systematic learning of grammar and vocabulary is
balanced with development of linguistic sub-skills.
The course ensures the coverage of common and
useful language related topics of general interest with
which the students are expected to be familiar with.
It encourages students to develop sub-skills such as
reading or listening for gist or for specific information,
and use new vocabulary in a meaningful context.
On completion of the course students should have
reasonable ability in reading, writing, listening and
speaking.
Contact Hours:3
Credit Hours: 3
Pre-requisite: 101
English 103 is a general Reading course, which registers
undergraduate students from the College of Arts, who
specialize in the Arabic Language. It is a one-semester
course, with a focus on reading comprehension,
for learners of English as a foreign language at the
Intermediate level.
The main objective of this course is to give those
students, who major in Arabic, the experience of
learning a foreign language and to encourage them to
improve their reading skills by learning new reading
strategies. The underlying purpose behind the course
is to actively engage students in pleasure reading
lessons and brainstorming exercises to develop multiple
aspects of their reading ability.
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 3
Pre-requisite: 101 & 103
Course Description and Objectives:
This is an upper-intermediate level course in general
as well as specific reading skills for students who have
passed the Eng. 103 Final exam and who have enrolled
in the College of Arts with Arabic as their principal
subject.
The purpose of this course is to help students build
speed and flexibility in their reading and to develop
their awareness of the reading process so that they will
be able to read in ways that are expected in colleges
and businesses.
The course is designed to train students in extensive
reading skills and in analysing texts of various genres
such as literary, scientific, social and historical, and
of various types such as descriptive, narrative and
expository.
and reading texts. The course material is functionally

based and task-oriented, but also includes patterns of
the language to be practiced in reading, writing and
conversation. The class work is extended by use of
the practice book and other supplementary material,
all of which provides additional practice in grammar,
vocabulary, reading, writing and listening.
277
English for Graduate Studies

Course Name: Najm 051, Advanced Language
Center
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 9
Pre-requisite: Registration for Masters Program in Health

and Hospital Administration, accounting, political science
Faculty Members:
and economics.
Name
Rank
It is an advanced English language course, the purpose of
Nasser S Al-Mansour
Assc. Professor
which is to improve the students language
Syed Sarwar Hussein
Assc. Professor
skills at the graduate level. The skills of Reading and
Ghufranullah Khan
Asst. Professor
Writing involve working with linguistic structures, which
Hussein Ali Habtour
Asst. Professor
consist of words arranged to convey a specific message.
Mohamed A Mujahid
Asst. Professor
Students are encouraged to use correct grammatical
Mohamed Attiya Al-Sharshabi
Asst. Professor
structures and develop the basic skills of transforming the
Noureddine Guella
Asst. Professor
written material into clear and correct mental images.
Qaribullah Hajou Hamdan
Asst. Professor
Sardar Fadhluhaque
Asst. Professor
A/Kader Sharif
Instructor
A/Salam Yikhlif
Instructor
Abdirahman O Warsame
Instructor
Abduaslam Yiekhlef
Instructor
Abdulaziz Al-Hassan
Instructor
students, in the College of Agriculture, to use
Abdulbasit Abdulrouf
Instructor
English accurately and fluently, and to communicate
Abdulla Al-Asmari
Instructor
effectively with ease in both social and academic
Abdulwadood Khan
Instructor
situations through a balanced core of activities.
Ahcene Babaci
Instructor
The course also aims to promote confidence in the
Amajam Chibok
Instructor
students in order to extend their learning beyond
Anwar Ali Khan
Instructor
the classroom and to facilitate the use of English
Hamdi M. A/Aziz
Instructor
language in periodicals and other material in the
Hassen Souissi
Instructor
field of their specialization. The contents of all the
Javed Iqbal
Instructor
Javed Iqbal
Instructor
Kamal Bachigy
Instructor
Mohamed A. Suleiman
Instructor
Mohamed Ahmed Seedi
Instructor
University. It is responsible for teaching English as a
Mohamed Is. Hoque
Instructor
foreign language to all colleges, at the undergradu-
Mohamed Jawdah
Instructor
ate and graduate levels. It offers basic courses in
Mohamed Mohsen Foudhil
Instructor
general English and English for Academic Purposes.
Mohammed Umar Azim
Instructor
The courses are intended to meet the University
Mokhtar Bouraoui
Instructor
requirements and those of particular colleges or
Mustapha Bu Shareb
Instructor
departments. So, they range from the basic 3-hour
Omar Suleiman Al-Badah
Instructor
Raed AbdulQadir Al-Shurman
Instructor
Course Name: Najm 055, Advanced Langauge

Center
Contact Hours: 3
Credit Hours: 9
Pre-requisite: Registration for Masters program in the
College of Agriculture.
he objective of the course is to enable the graduate
four skills of language are selected with a view to

meeting the needs and interests of the students.
Aims:
The Language Unit serves the whole of King Saud
course, the minimum university requirement, to in-
278
Administratively, the Language Unit is run by

a department head, who is a member of the
College council. The Unit has a department
council responsible for discussing and making
recommendations
regarding
academic
and
administrative issues related to instructors, curricula
and students as designated by the College and the
University regulations.
tensive courses.
Ridha Al-Arfi
Instructor
Saeed Ahmed Shaban
Instructor
Saleh Al-Qahtani
Instructor
Salem Jaber Al-Wadani
Instructor
Samir Doukani
Instructor
Sardar Fadh Al Haq
Instructor
Syed Munawar Hussein
Instructor
Talat Hamdani
Instructor
Wajood Muneer Hassan
Instructor
A/Aziz NasserAl-Muaibid
Teaching Asst.
Abdulla Al-Fifi
Teaching Asst.
Mohamed Ahmed Al-Jelani
Teaching Asst.
Saeed Al-Malki
Teaching Asst.
Sami Al-Suleimi
Teaching Asst.
Yazid Abdulaziz Al-Majly
Teaching Asst.
279
280
Teachers College in Riyadh
Teacher s Co llege in Riyadh
281
Contact:
Dean
Name: Ali Abdullah Al-Afnan, Ph.D.
Phone: 4918615
Email: alafnan93@hotmail.com
Vice-Dean For Academic Affairs
Name: Khaled Al-Nafisa, Ph.D.
Phone: 4914648
Email: alkhabir@hotmail.com
Vice-Dean For Administrative Affairs
Name: Ibrahim Al-Dubaian, Ph.D.
Phone: 014452513-014452613
Email: Draadd@gmail.com
Vision:
Leadership and excellence in preparing and training teachers.
Provide leadership in the development of collaborative, professional relationships with schools, organizations, and other institutions focused on the
improvement of education in schools, communities,
Mission:
and workplace settings.
Creating scientifically and educationally pre-
Sustain a caring, supportive climate throughout the
pared graduates to work in education , training in-
College. Enhance the effective and efficient manage-
service teachers, functioning technology, strengthen
ment of the College.
the national and international partnerships, promoting the scientific research and participating in serv-
ing the community.
About:
Heralded as a leader in educational reform,
Teachers College at King Saud University offers undergraduate students outstanding opportunities to
prepare for careers in teaching, research, service and
Landmarks:
Teachers College Library
Computer Center was Founded in 1426H to make
use of Information technology in both the administrative and academic affairs. The Center aims to develop and improve the administrative and academic
departments in the college.
policymaking. Students are afforded the opportunity

to work closely with faculty members whose research
Community Service and Training Center
achievements are recognized nationally and interna-
Research Center
tionally.
Saudi Folklore Gallery
Aims:
Help to prepare educational professionals recognized for the quality and significance of their teaching, service, outreach, and leadership.
Departments:
Computer
Biology
Mathematics
Provide widely recognized leadership in the improvement of teaching, learning, and the assessment
Quranic Studies
of educational outcomes across the life-span through
English
research, scholarship, and technology.
Vision:
Teacher preparation programs to meet the evolving needs of diverse technical advancements and help
them to interact with the latest teaching methods.
Mission:
Providing a scientific environment conducive to scientific development, research and external partnerships
with academic institutions to open new horizons for
graduates and staff of department and faculty to connect with the community, and rehabilitation of teachers in the stages of various studies and prepare them
to face contemporary challenges and keep abreast of
scientific and technical developments to suit the values
of the Islamic religion and culture of Islamic societies.
The Department offers B.S. degree in computer

education. At the undergraduate level the Department
aims particularly to equip students with up-to-date
knowledge and practical skills required for school computer teachers. Computer laboratories are available
to enrich the theoretical background of prospective
teachers. An important objective given a high priority
by the department is to provide its teacher graduates
with relevant contemporary information, training, and
prerequisite skills to enable them guide their students
to the promising future.
Degrees:
B.S in Computers
Aims:
1. Adopting the quality policies and work in the light
of the university strategic plan.
2. Developing the level of the departments faculty
members and using modern facilities in education.
3. Work on the curricula continual development according to the society needs and the quality criteria.
4. Eliminate the technical gap between the rapid
needs of job markets and the departments undergraduates skills.
5. Provide E-services and technical support to enable the college to be one of the most educational
institutions that depend on technology in its education.
6. Use the scientific research methodology to address problems and devise technical solutions and
adopt creative educational methods.
7. Strengthen the relationship between the department and its undergraduates to activate the role
of feedback and control the input.
Landmarks:
The department has a number of important sights as
follows:
1- computer center
2- computer labs
Faculty:
Faculty Members
Rank
Mahmoud Abdo rahal
Associate Prof
Mahmoud M. Alkwatly
Associate Prof.
Ahmed Mohamad Sadjih
Assistant Prof.
Ameed Saleh ghazi
Assistant Prof.
Hisham Adel Abhari
Assistant Prof.
Mohamed kadrie ahmed
Assistant Prof.
Mohamed Nageb A. Elsherbeny
Assistant Prof.
Walid Ahmad Al-Ali
Assistant Prof.
Programs:
Bachelor of Education, Majoring in Computer
First Program: Computer
Study Plan:
First Level
Hrs
107 Qur
Recitation and Intonation
102 Arb
Arabic Editing
102 Com
101 Phy
General Physics
101 Edu
Principles of General Education 1
103 Eng
English Language
105 Eng
English for Computer Students 3
232 Math
Calculus (1)
102 Math
Basics of Algebra
About:
283
Second Level
335 Com
Hrs
122 Com
111 Com
103 Math
272 Math
105 Arb
172 His
102 Edu
211 Eng
100 Aid
Introduction to Algorithms &
Programming
Mathematics for Computer
Specific Mathematics
Arabic Calligraphy
History of Saudi Arabia
Principles of Islamic Education
English Language -2
Educational Technologies
3
3
2
1
2
2
3
1

211 Com
221 Com
222 Com
231 Com
101 Isl
103 Edu
202 Edu
200 Aid
Visual Programming (1) by

using VB
Drawing and directing by
using computer
Computer and Society
Principles of Database &
Ways of Design
Islamic Belief
Educational Research
Educational System in Saudi
Arabia
Teaching Aids Production (1)
Hrs

284
212 Com
213 Com
242 Com
231 Math
303 Edu
201 Edu
234 Com
211 Edu
Visual Programming (2) by

using VB
Introduction to Operation
Systems
Processors Technology &
Supporting Devices
Statistics & Probabilities (1)
School Administration
Introduction to System
Analysis
Developmental Psychology
341 Com
330 Com
343 Com
322 Com
313 Com
310 Com
447 Math
332 Cur
314 Com
C++ Language & Data

Structure
Communication and
Computer Networks (1)
Computer Aided Education
Computer Maintenance and
Data Protection
Mathematics and Statistical
Software
311 Edu
Introduction to Artificial
Intelligence
Principles of Internet
Programming
Liner Algebra
General Teaching Methods
Object Oriental Programming
with C++
Communication and
Computer Networks (2)
Student Guidance and
Counseling
Hrs
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
Seventh Level
3
Hrs
414Comp
411Comp
2
2
433Comp
438Curr
111Edu
491Comp
490Comp
Hrs
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
Electronic Publishing
Multimedia and
Administration
Educational Programs
Designing and Evaluation
Computer Teaching
Methodics
Graduation Project
Selected Topics
3
3
2
3
3
2
Eighth Level
Hrs
499CUR
Teaching Practicum
Course Description:
102 Comp: An Introduction to Computer: (3 = 1 + 2)
This course aims to know the PC hardware, basics of
computer use, basic programming, operating systems
and dealing with the important one and the internet
and its services.
Prerequisites : None.
Fifth Level
311 Com
Fourth Level
Sixth Level
342 Com
Third Level
Database Programming
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
111 Comp : An Introduction to Algorithms and Programming: (3 = 2+1)

This course aims to know the concept of algorithms and
its types and the ways of expressing them. To know the
C++ and dealing with its commands and models and
tools. To identify how to alter the algorithms of the
written programs in C++ and the main frame of programs written in C++ and the role of C++ in designing
the educational programs. To know the uses of C++ in
the different applications such as educational or home
applications. To identify the skills and ways of designing
programs and the use of programming languages as a
mean to solve problems. To know the important educational skills to teach C++ in Schools Curricula.
Prerequisites : 102 Comp. or Equivalent.
Prerequisites: 102 Comp.
122 Comp. : PC Applications : (3 2 + 1)

This course aims to identify the knowledge and scientific facts about computer applications, to know fields of
different computer applications such as the office and
the educational applications, to know the necessary
educational skills to teach the computer applications in
the computer curricula.
Prerequisites : 102 Comp. or Equivalent.
231 Comp : The Principles of Database and its Designing ( 3 = 2 + 1)

This course aims to identify the database systems and
its types, know how to design different types of relational database, know the ways and means of protecting
the existing data in a database from any fraud through
putting an authority system to users.
Prerequisites: 102 Comp. or Equivalent.
131 Comp. : Computer Art Fields : (2 1 + 1)

This course aims to identify the computer hardware in
order to know the basics of dealing with it, to know the
operating system, to know how to use the application
software such as PowerPoint, Excel, Word etc.
Prerequisites: None.
234 Comp : An Introduction to System Analysis(3 = 2 + 1 )

This course aims to identify the main used concepts and
knowledge in analyzing and designing systems, know
used skills and ways in analyzing systems, know how to
study the different phases to develop systems, identify
how to analyze problems and issues to be solved, know
the ways of designing systems, know how to analyze a
system that depends on a base and information.
212 Comp: Visual Programming -2 Using VB : (3 = 2 + 1 )

This course aims to identify dealing with matrices, to
know how to deal with text files and graphics, how to
create classes and inheritance, identify how to browse
database and modify it.
213 Comp : An Introduction to Operating System (3 = 2 + 1 )
This course aims to identify the elements of the operating system and its importance, how to operate the main
memory unit, operate the process unit, know how to
operate input and output units, how to save information, practical training on the operating system DOS,
operating system windows XP, operating system server
2003, and the inauguration of the domain.
221 Comp : Computer Painting and Artistic Direction: (3 = 2 + 1 )
This course aims to identify the facts related to the
kinds of techniques and software of the computer
painting, know the scientific skills of painting software,
know the necessary practical skills of using the painting
software, know the educational skills that is necessary
to teach painting and direction topics of computer at
the public schools curricula.
Prerequisites: 102 Comp. or equivalent.
222 Comp: Computer and Society : (2 = 1 + 1 )
This course aims to identify the interactive relations
between computer and society, know society professions and information technology, know community
professions related to computer use and information
technology, know the societal fields that depend on
computer use and information technology, know societal problems and issues related to computer use and
information technology.
242 Comp: Computer Technology and Supportive

Equipments( 2 = 1 + 1 )
This course aims to identify the internal components
of the computer, know the media 0/1 and the available
technology to be followed in building each one and
compare them.
310 Comp : the Principles of Internet Programming. (3 = 2 + 1 )
This course aims to identify the principles and concepts

of internet programming, know basic knowledge of
designing WebPages, know how to create pages using
Html, know how to link html with the successive pattern
sheets as well as Java script.
Prerequisites: 201 Comp., 221 Comp.
311 Comp: C++ and Data Structures ( 3 = 2 + 1 )
This course aims to identify programming application
interface, know Graphical User Interface, know the features of multitasking, know C++ and dealing with its
commands and patterns and elements, know the main
infrastructure of programs written in C++, the role of
C++ in designing educational programs, know the uses
of C++ in applications and different applications such
as : educational and home applications, know the necessary educational skills to teach programming topics in
C++ within the computer curricula in the public education.
313 Comp: An Introduction to the Artificial Intelligence( 2 = 2 + 0 )
This course aims to identify the concepts and definitions of the artificial intelligence and its importance as
well as the phases of its development, know the areas
by which the artificial intelligence entered, know the
applications of it, know some of its languages,
314 Comp: Object-oriented Software in C++(3 = 2 + 1)
This course aims to identify the object oriented programming which considered the base of visual pro-
211 Comp. : Visual Programming -1 VB: (3 = 2 + 1)

This course aims to identify the important basics of
programming, how to design menus and toolbars and
dialogue boxes, how to fix and maintain programs, how
to design program functions and procedures.
285
gramming, know the ways of dealing with predefined

classes and how to create them.
322 Comp: Statistical and Mathematical Software. (3 = 2 + 1 )
This course aims to identify how to solve scientific issues using computer, know the uses and applications of
Excel and MathCAD.
Prerequisites: 122 Comp. and 241 Math.
329 Comp: Computer Use in Teaching( 2 = 2 + 0)
This course aims to identify what computers are and its
capacities and uses, know the elements of PCs, know the
basics of operating systems and dealing with the most
important one, know the types of computer software
and their programming languages and its basics, know
the uses of the different computer software to enhance
the proficiency level and increase individuals productivities, know networks and internet and its services and
how to benefit from them in education and to know the
readymade educational computer software.
330 Comp: Teaching with the Aid of Computer ( 3 = 2 + 1)
This course aims to identify the concepts and definitions of the educational computer, know the features
of the educational computer, know the importance of
computer use in education, know students distribution
patterns in labs, identify the problems of computer use
in education.
Prerequisites: 102 Comp. or Equivalent for other Art or
Scientific Departments.
286
335 Comp: Database Programming ( 3 = 2 + 1 )

This course aims to identify the importance of database
as a main resource of development, know the importance of getting scientific knowledge and facts related
to database systems, identify the database programming languages, know abilities and skills of programming and build specific applications in operating database, know the skills of teaching that are necessary to
teach database topics within the computer curricula in
public schools.
341 Comp: Networks and Communications 1(3 = 2 + 1)
This course aims to identify the main concepts of communications and networks, know how to prepare and
maintain simple networks and problems-solving related
tasks during the maintenance.
342 Comp : Communication and Networks 2: ( 3 = 2 + 1)
This course aims to identify the criteria and bases and
systems of building networks, know the mechanism of
networks expansion, the importance of networks protocols in this operation, know how to prepare protocols
to the in-charge administration.
343 Comp: Computer Maintenance and Data Protection ( 3 = 2 + 1)
This course aims to identify the internal components of

computer, know the terminals connected to it, know the
ways and mechanism of terminals work and the linking
ways, know dismantling and installing and upgrading
computer, know the installation of the operating system
and the installation of the protection software.
411 Comp : Multimedia and its Operating ( 3 = 2 + 1)
This course aims to identify what the multimedia means
are and its features and effects in daily life, know the
means of multimedia and its software and its work, know
how to use multimedias different software, identify the
features of using multimedia in the daily life, know the
used ways in career life to distribute multimedia, know
the educational skills that is necessary to teach its topics
within the curricula of public schools.
414 Comp: Electronic Publishing: (3 = 2 + 1)
This course aims to identify the general structure of the
internet network, know the tubules of publishing on
the internet, know the importance of protected-sources languages in building an internet network.
433 Comp: Designing and Evaluating Educational
Software ( 3 = 2 + 1)
This course aims to identify the most important educational designing bases, know good educational software, know how to create an educational design to
digital educational materials, know how to produce and
design educational software and evaluating them.
490 Comp. : Selected Topics. ( 2 = 2 + 0)
This course aims to identify risks types that may encounter data, ways of addressing these risks and their
disposal, know the risks that may the computer encounters and the most important used software to launch
attacks and the advantage of their port as well as protection software.
Prerequisites: None
491 Comp: Graduation Project (3 = 2 + 1)
The graduation project class is a research-based class
in which the student makes a summary of his experience while writing his final projects in the computer
department where he presents a research plan of a related topic to his major to be agreed upon it with the
teacher of his class on the topic of the research project
that the student wants to search in. The student then
gathers the educational materials needed and presents
his research after completion to his teacher to evaluate
it. The course also aims to enhance the research quality
level among students and open a new horizon for them
to pursue their higher education where the research
are a main pillar of it. The course also aims to prepare
students to join job markets through developing their
educational and professional skills through technical
applications in computer.
Prerequisites: None
Vision:
The Department seeks to prepare teachers in the fields
of biology through providing highly academic teaching that
keeps pace with the most recent scientific research using
technological devices and state-of-the-art techniques which
qualify human forces for various fields that satisfy the objectives of development and meet the needs of society.
Mission:
The Departments mission is to contribute to developing society through preparing teachers with academic
proficiency and education which provides society with human forces which qualify and are able to play a leading
role, offers distinguished scientific services and carries out
scientific studies which contribute to solving problems that
face society and contributes to spreading scientific awareness in society through students activities and scientific
research.
7.
The Department of Biology aims at preparing competent biology teachers at the primary and intermediate stages as well preparing laboratory demonstrators.
Some staff members have taken turns in chairmanship
such as Mr. Ibrahim Abdurrahman Aljammaz, Dr. Mohammad Othman Aba Husayen and Mr. Ali Hamad Assalman. The present chairman is Dr. Abdullah Ahmad
Assad Al-ghamdi. The department cooperates with
all educational institutions and other organizations
through conducting scientific research, taking part in
committees and attending conferences and seminars to
exchange expertise and information.
It is one of the important departments in the college that
was initiated with the initiation of the college at 1398/1399
H. The aims of the department are to qualify the teachers
of primary and preliminary stages in addition to qualify
preparers of the biology laboratories.
Degrees:
The Department grants Bachelors Degrees in Primary Education
Aims:
1.
Developing study plans and the departments

programs with an eye to achieving academic
accreditation.
2.
Developing students skills and boosting the level of

the departments graduates in creating distinguished
job opportunities.
3.
Promoting the research environment, equipment,

teaching techniques and smart rooms in the
department.
4.
Developing the academic and scientific levels of the

teaching staff.
5.
Developing continually the

department on the Internet.
6.
Increasing the admission capacity according to the

demands of the job market.
content
of
the
Enhancing students knowledge and skill acquisition

and promoting the proficiency of the departments
graduates through specifying the qualities of the
distinguished graduate.
Landmarks:
Laboratories and Exhibitions
The Department has some teaching laboratories, a research laboratory, an arboretum and a permanent scientific exhibition.
As for the scientific exhibition, it was opened in 1423
AH with an eye to developing students scientific expertise through firsthand experience. Special attention is
given to primary school pupils who observe the experiments and try to experience the new through touching,
drawing comparisons, and raising scientific questions
and trying to find answers to them. This is all done with
an eye to boosting their self-confidence. The exhibition
includes a variety of sections such as:
Living Animals Section

Geology Section
Medical Equipment Section
Astrology Section
Human Body Section
Light Telescopes Section
Embalmed Animals Section
Faculty:
Faculty Name
Rank
Abdullah Mosaaed Khalaf Alfalih

ahmed ibrahim ahmed khodair
Ibrahim A.Aljammaz
Magdy Mohamed El-Hedeny
Mohamed Othman Abahussen
abdelhay salah
alssasi ali abdullah kennah
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
About:
287
attia abd elmotaleb attia hussan

hesam mohamed hueein al-attar
Hussein A. abdelrahman mohamed
iad aness modawar
Mohamed Mohamed Ibrahim
saed alsyed abdelghani alsayed
mahmoud el-nouby adam haggagy
wadah mohamed tashish
khaled mohamed elfaramawi
Khaled Eda Saleh AlZaharny
Abdelraziq Elfaki Hamed
Abdulaziz A.Al_Asker
Abdulaziz A. M. Alshenaifi Alsahli
Abdullah A. Abdullah Al Ghamdy
Abdullah Ali Manae AlKahtane
Ebrahim Abdullah Al Areed
Hamad A. H. Al Yahya
hatem mahmoud eissa mohamed
osama A. abdellateef ebraheem
Rabea Abdel-Tawab T. Ahehad
Saad Hussin Saad AlKahtani
Saleh A.M. AlFarraj
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Asst. Professor
Assistant prof
Programs:
Primary School Science
First Program: Primary School Science
Study Plan:
Third Level
Hrs
100 Tool
101 Math
1
3
101 Phy-Edu
101 Bio
141 Hist
103 Math
109 Qur
103 Qur
211 Edu
102 Islam
101 Health
Teaching Techniques
Computer Scientific Specialties
Principles and Programs of
Physical Education
General Biology
History of Prophet>s Biography
Math Laboratory
Interpretation of Holy Quran
Recitation and Memorization 1
Development Psychology
Hadith and its Sciences
School Health
2
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
Fourth Level
Hrs
211 Chem
104 Islam
104 Qur
102 Edu
201 Bio
221 Phy
105 Islam
103 Arab
102 Qur
3
2
1
2
3
3
2
3
2
Non-organic Chemistry
Islamic Culture
Recitation and Memorization 2
Basics of Islamic Education
General Animal Science
Physics
Principles of Islamic Economy
Arabic Literature
Recited Reading of Holy Quran
First Level
288
Hrs
103 Islam
101 Edu
100 Art
171 Geo
143 Math
140 Math
109 Qur
101 Phy
104 Arab
102 Phy-Ed
102 Arab
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Worship Jurisprudence
Basics of General Education
Introduction to Art Education
Geography of Saudi Arabia
Algebra
Basics of Algebra
Sciences of Holy Quran
General Physics
Language Skills
Physical Education for Children
Functional Syntax
Hrs
211 Cur
211 Geol
103 Edu
321 Zoo
200 Tool
224 Phy
221 Chem
102 Qur
111 Edu
2
2
2
3
1
2
3
3
3
Primary Education Curricula

General Geology
Pregnancy and Embryos
Production of Tools 1
Mathematics for Physics
Physical Chemistry
Division of Animal Kingdom
Sixth Level
Second Level
Hrs
202 Edu
123 Math
105
103 Eng
101 Islam
101 Chem
101 Qur
101 Arab
104 Hist
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
102 Art
Fifth Level
Teaching In Saudi Arabia

Flat Engineering & Conversions
Arabic Calligraphy
English (1)
Islamic Belief
General Chemistry
Science of Recitation
Functional Syntax
Introduction to Artistic Taste
and Criticism
Hrs
312 Plant
101 Meth
333 Meth
420 Zoo
201 Edu
244 Phy
232 Chem
223 Phy
212 Plant
303 Edu
201 Tool
1
2
2
2
2
1
3
2
2
2
2
Botanic Environment
School Activities
Animal Physiology
Atomic and Nuclear Physics
Organic Chemistry 1
Electronics
Plant Physiology
School Management
Tool Use
311 Biol Cytology and Genetics 2

304 Phy
403 Edu
430 Meth
424 Zoo
410 Plant
401 Edu
300 Tool
Chem
232 Phy
243 Chm
311 Plant
311 Edu
341 Phy
Hrs
Optional Course in Physics

Optional Course in Education
Teaching Methods of Science
Ecology and Animal Behavior
Microbiology
Special education
Optional Course in Chemistry
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
Temperature & Thermal Dynamics 1
Analytic Chemistry
2
Cytology and Genetics
1
Students> Guidance and
2
Supervision
Modern Physics
2
Eighth Level
499 CUR
Hrs
Teaching Practicum Education 8
Course Description:
Science Department Biology
101 Bio General Biology 4
This course aims at introducing the basics of zoology
and botany, cells, cellular divisions and tissues. It also
aims at studying examples of each animal and plant and
introducing seeds and their plants along with the parts
of full plants in terms of form and structure and the effect of the environment on the anatomical structure of
plants.
Prerequisite:
211 Plant Division of Plant Kingdom 3

This course aims at introducing the different basics of
division, the different parts and sequences of plants,
and principles and definitions of all branches of botany
in the courses that follow this course.
Prerequisite:
211 Geo General Geology 2

This course aims at introducing the general principles
of geology, its various branches, the role of scientists
in this science, introducing the basic information about
the main branches of geology, the importance of geology and the role of those who work on research and
prospecting for natural wealth and crude metals.
Prerequisite: .
221 Zoo General Zoology 3

This course aims at introducing the basic aspects and
general principles of zoology, animal cells and structures, animal tissues and zoological division and studying hydra, worms and frogs thoroughly.
Prerequisite:.
This course aims at introducing and studying cells thoroughly, chemical formulation of nuclear acids and genes
to identify chromosomal anomalies and their resultant
diseases in addition to studying Medels Laws based on
genetics.
Prerequisite: ..
Biology Department Physics Section
101 Phy General Physics 1 3( 2+1)

This course aims at introducing the basics of general
physics that help understand the advanced courses and
deal with simple lab experiments.
Prerequisite:
221 Phy General Physics 2 3(2+1)

This course aims at introducing current electricity, the
effects of electric current, some circuits of alternate currents, concepts and definitions of physical light, and lab
skill necessary to carry out lab experiments.
Prerequisite:
223 Phy Electronics 2(1+2)

This course aims at introducing the basic laws of electronic circuits, semiconductors, two-connection conductors, transistors, practical magnifiers, access to full
circuits, logical gates and modern technology.
Prerequisite:
224 Phy Mathematics for Physics 2(2+0)

This course aims at introducing math skill that help understand some courses that require mathematical treatment.
Prerequisite: .
232 Phy Thermal Dynamics 1(1+0)

This course aims at introducing the movement of gas
particles in thermal balance and the laws of thermal dynamics, how thermal mechanism works, and finding different amounts such as pressure, energy, and heat.
Prerequisite: .
224 Phy Atomic and Nuclear Physics 1(1+0)

This course aims at introducing the nature of the atom
and nucleus and linking this with the explanation of the
different atomic and nuclear activities.
Prerequisite:
312 Plant Botanic Ecology 1

This course aims at introducing the most important ecological elements that affect organisms and the extent of
the effect of an organism itself on the environment surrounding it, the ways of studying green coverage and
the relationship between living organisms and the dangers of environmental pollution.
Prerequisite:
Seventh Level
321 Zoo Mammals and Embryos 2

This course aims at introducing the classification of
289
mammals and the environment where they live, structural studies of their different kinds and comparing
their systems, descriptive embryology, stages of fetal
development in some animals.
Prerequisite:
410 Microbes 2
This course aims at introducing the formation and
development of microbiology, the scientists who contributed to the establishment of this science, microbes,
viruses, bacteria, fungi in a general and simple manner
( form, structure, food, growth, reproduction, division
), instructions and precautions necessary when dealing
with microbes with their different kinds in labs and how
to separate them from their sources and how to examine them microscopically.
Prerequisite:
420 Zoo Animal Physiology 2

This course aims at introducing at the formation and
development of microbiology, their relationship, characteristics of each kind of microbes, their importance
in the development of microbiology, their role in ecological balance, the effect of microbes on organisms and
man in terms of their advantages and disadvantages.
Prerequisite: .
424 Zoo Ecology and Animal Behavior 2

This course aims at introducing the environment and
the detailed structure of the constituents of the environment, the effect of animals on the environment, the
consequences of these effects, environmental pollution
and its kinds, the effect of pollutants on organisms, the
importance of preserving the environment and protecting it from pollution.
Prerequisite:
Biology Department Chemistry Section

221 Chem Physical Chemistry 1
332 Chem Applied Organic Chemistry 2 1(1+0)

This course aims at supplying students with additional
information about organic chemistry in addition to introducing applied organic chemistry at present.
Prerequisite:
343 Chem Analytic Chemistry 2 2(1+2)

This course aims at introducing theoretical principles
of the ways of automatic analysis and ways of chemical
dichotomy.
Prerequisite:
341 Phy Modern Physics 2(1+2)

This course aims at introducing modern physical concepts such as special relativity theory, using it in explaining some physical phenomena and the failure of
traditional physics in explaining some phenomena
and the success of the quantitative concept in explaining them, lab skills necessary and how to deal with lab
equipment.
Prerequisite:
343 Phy Nuclear Physics 1(1+0)

This course aims at introducing the principles of atomic
and nuclear physics and linking this with the different
applications in energy, medicine and agriculture.
Prerequisite: .
352 Phy Quantitative Physics 1(1+0)

This course aims at introducing the difference between
classical mechanics and quantitative mechanics and
linking the theoretical side with the practical side of the
mathematical formulation of equations. This course is a
continuation of modern physics.
Prerequisite: ..
This course aims at introducing the distinction between

chemical balance and ionic balance and balance in life,
the use of the concepts of balance in industry, the study
of solutions, their classifications, how they mix, the different ways of expressing them, gluey solutions, their
industrial uses, the scientific concept of evidence, reasons of their change with the change of the medium,
regulatory solutions, their effect on salt sediments from
their solutions, the concept of reaction speed, factors
affecting speed and the study of some relevant chemical and physical experiments.
Prerequisite:
356 Phy Spectra 1(1+0)
232 Chem Organic Chemistry -1 3(2+1)
375 Phy Solids 1(1+0)
This course aims at expanding students comprehension of the chemistry of organic compounds.
Prerequisite: ..
This course aims at introducing the crystal structure of

solids, kinds of crystals and the neutralization of x-rays
by them, classical free and quantitative electrons, division of materials in the light of the theory of tapes and
magnetic properties.
Prerequisite: ..
243 Chem Analytic Chemistry 1 2(1+1)
290
ciples of quantitative and qualitative analysis.

Prerequisite: ..
This course aims at introducing the theoretical prin-
This course aims at introducing different magnetic

spectra, their various properties and applications.
Prerequisite: .
367 Phy Theory of Electromagnetism 1(1=0)

This course aims at introducing the physical and mathematical principles of the theory of electromagnetism
which helps understand the physical phenomena based
on this theory.
Prerequisite:
Vision:
Preparing a scientifically, educationally & psychologically competent mathematics teacher for primary education.
Mission:
Designing comprehensive plans for studying mathematics, implementing effective state-of- the-art teaching and consolidating a positive view of mathematics.
About:
Mathematic includes a wide variety of disciplines
and specializations, ranging from very practical, technology-driven fields to the study of the fundamental
laws and structure of the universe. There are also many
fields that cross into other disciplines, such as computational physics, mathematical physics, and biophysics.
Degrees:
BSc. Degree in Primary Education (mathematics
specialization).
BSc. Degree in Education post-primary
(mathematics track specialization).
Aims:
1. preparing an academically competent mathematics
teacher
2. Connecting theory to practice in mathematics

3. Sharpening students research skills and enhancing
tendencies for continuing education.
4. Increasing students thinking capacities to be able

5.
6.
to face life issues.

Preparing a problem solving student.
Preparing students who can pursue research in
mathematics.
Landmarks:
Found in the Department of Mathematics, Laboratory of Mathematics in which to Teaching (200 MATH
- Laboratory Mathematics of the disciplines of literary and scientific in college) and contains laboratory
mathematics tremendous amount of teaching different,
which helps students, researchers and teachers to teach
mathematics in elementary school.
There is also a lab in the Department of Mathematics
for mathematics is through the teaching of computer
software in mathematics.
Faculty:
Faculty Name
Rank
Dr. Abdullah M. Aljoiee

Dr. Abdallah W. Hassan
Dr. Ahamd Abd-Alhai Glo
Dr. Ahmad Zakzak
Dr. Ashraf Fouad Mohamed
Dr. Emad Elsayed Ali Elmahdy
Dr. Khalil Hassan Yahya
Dr. Maged zakaria
Dr. Mohamed Sabri Salem Ali
Dr.Mohammed Khashan
Associated Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Study Plan:
First Level
Hrs
140 Math
143 Math
171 Geo
2
2
2
101 EDU
101 PHY
102 PED
102 ARB
103 ISL
105 ARB
140 Math
100 AED
Basics of Algebra
Algebra
KSA Geography
Fundamentals of General
Education
General physics
Physical education for children
Arabic Composition
Worship Jurisdiction
Language Skills
Quranic Sciences
Intro to Art Education
1
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
Second Level
Hrs
123 Math
101 QOR
172 HIS
10e ENG
101 CHM
3
3
2
2
2
Plain Equiform Geometry

The Science of Tajweed
KSA History
English 1
General Chemistry
The Mathematic Department was inaugurated in the

academic year 1396. The department offers a graduate
level study programme which includes the numerous
courses of mathematic in both theoretical and experimental
fields. This graduate degree program is designed to boost
mathematic education and serve the local community by
providing it with skillful graduated teachers.
291
105 ARB
101 ARB
101 ISL
101 ARB
Arabic Calligraphy
Functional Grammar
Islamic Creed
Intro to Literary Criticism
1
3
2
2
201 EDU
333 CUR
322 CUR
303 EDU
201 ITC
Educational Assessment
School Activities
School management
Use of Instr. Technology
2
2
2
2
2
Third Level
Hrs
200 Math
101 HYG
101 BIO
191 COM
103 QOR
141 HIS
106 QOR
101 PED
100 ITC
2
1
4
3
1
2
2
2
1
Hrs
447 MATH
451 MATH
461 MATH
448-492
MATH
Linear Algebra
Complex Analysis
Math Applications
3
2
2
Math (Optional )
2
2
2
431 CUR
300 ITC
EDU (Optional )
Special education
Student Counseling and
Guidance
Math Curricula
Ed. Instrument Production-2
102 ISL
211 EDU
Math lab
School Hygiene
Gen Biology
Computer
Recitation and memorization
History of Prophet>s Life
Quran Interpretation
Basics of Physical education
Instructional technology
Science of prophetic
Tradition
311 EDU
2
2
2
Hrs
Hrs
201 MATH
221 MATH
245 MATH
3
3
3
204 CUR
Course Description:
Math 101 Calculus 1
102 EDU
201 QOR
10 ARB
105 ISL
401 EDU
Eighth Level
Fourth Level
292
Seventh Level
104 QOR
104 ISL
Calculus 1
Analytical geometry
Basics of Algebra
Fundamentals of Islamic
education
Mujawwad Recitation
Arabic literature
economics
Recitation and memorization
Islamic Culture
1
3
2
1
2
Fifth Level
Hrs
202 MATH
203 MATH
346 MATH
346 MATH
331 CUR
103 EDU
200 ITC
202 EDU
111 EDU
3
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
3
Calculus 2
Statistics & Probability
Rings and Fields
Math & Computer
Primary ED. Curricula
Educational research
Ed. Instrument Production
ED. System in KSA
Sixth Level
Hrs
303 MATH
332 MATH
361 MATH
422 MATH
448-492 MATH
3
2
3
2
2
Calculus 3
Statistics & Probability
Differential Equations
Geometrical Bases
Math (Optional )
Teaching Practicum
This course aims at providing the students with information about mathematical applications in order to be
able to assimilate the basics of real functions and to
be aware of the basics of integrations and differentiations.
Math 102 Calculus 2

This course aims at introducing students to the concepts of integration via Riemanns Sum and to the basic properties of specific integrations. Students in this
course are also introduced to integral applications with
respect to height, space and volumes.
111 Math basics

This course aims at studying the basics of mathematical logic and the different methods of presenting evidence. The course also introduces axioms, mathematical structures and Boolean algebra.
120 Math Algebra and Analytical Geometry 2

This course aims at introducing the basic concepts of
Algebra and Analytical geometry and building on students previous knowledge of the topic.
121 Math Euclidean geometry

This course aims at introducing the basics of Euclidean
geometry and its mathematical structures, and Euclidean axioms. It also aims at developing students abilities
to present mathematical evidence regarding equiform
and space.
122 Math Geometry of Equiform & transformation

This course aims at deepening students knowledge
of mathematical axioms, definitions, and inductions in a

way that displays the integral nature of Mathematics.
definitions of vector & scalar fields.
221 Math Analytical Geometry 3

This course aims at introducing students to the basic
concepts of the Euclidean geometry including the
methods of mathematical deductions and transformations.
140 Math the basics of Algebra

This course aims at introducing arrays, determinants
and complex numbers.
142 Math Algebra 1
The course aims at studying vectors at the pane and

space levels and tackles the families of lines, circles,
cones and the non-decartesian coordinates.
222 Math Analytical Geometry 4

The course aims at using analytical methods to detect
the geometrical properties in dual and triple space and
studying the second degree equations with two and
three variables. The course also tackles types of different coordinates.
This course aims at developing students skills in basic

mathematical operations relevant to primary education. It also presents the basic concepts of Algebra such
as the numerical concept, zero concept, numerical systems ( natural, real, decimal), and the concept of measurement.
231 Math Statistics and Probability 1
143 Math Algebra 2
The course deals with arrays and their applications and

builds on students previous study of triple space, values and vectors.
This course aims at developing students skills in basic

mathematical operations relevant to primary education. It also presents the basic concepts of Algebra such
as the numerical concept, zero concept, numerical systems (natural, real, decimal) and the concept of measurement.
200 Math Labs 1

This lab aims at training students on the methods used
to connect abstract concepts to the tangibles in a child
environment and identifying the appropriate instructional instruments that help achieve this goal. This lab
also provides students with practical knowledge about
geometrical instruments and drawing aids.
201 Math Calculus 1

This course aims at studying the mono-variable function and its types. It also tackles the concepts of end
and continuum and the various differential methods
and their applications in physics.
202 Math Calculus 2

This course aims at identifying the Riemann-defined integration, its properties and use in finding relation between differentiation and integration. The course also
handles defining the Algorithmic and basic functions as
well as the integral applications relevant to space and
volume.
203 Math Calculus 3

This course presents the concepts of sequence and series convergence and their applications as well as identifying the functions of two and three variables.
The course also handles continuity, partial derivative of
functions and double and triple integrals.
204 Math Calculus 4

The course tackles vector functions & its representation/ Differentiation; integration of vector functions;
Curves in Plane and in Space. It also tackles smooth and
regular Curve, parametric representation, arc length curvature, the main and double perpendiculars - Curl
- applications of differentiation of vector functions,
The course aims at introducing descriptive statistics

and its applications and the different methods of data
collection organization and analysis. It also briefly introduces the Probability Theory.
242 Math Linear Algebra 4
242 Math Number Theory - 4

This course aims at introducing the arithmetic properties of integers and dealing with linear Diophantine
Equations and numerical functions and their use in exploring some numerical properties.
232 Math Statistics and Probability 2

The course tackles the probability theory, probability
distributions, prediction, assessment and hypothesis
testing.
245 Math
Basics of Algebra
The course tackles the basics of mathematical structures related to set theory and the dual relations and
their applications.
261 Math Introductions to Differential Equations

The course tackles the formation of differential equations that handle physical phenomena.
271 Math Discrete Mathematics

The course deals with the fundamentals of combinatorics and graphs.
303 Math Calculus 3

The course handles sequence and series convergence
and deals with the study of functions with a view to developing rational and objective thinking.
332Math Statistics and Probability

The course aims at recognizing random discrete and
continual variable probabilities and introduces the significant probable distributions and sampling theory.
333 Math Statistical Methods

The course introduces statistical methods that have applications in the humanities and natural sciences.
123 Math Geometry of Equiform & transformation
293
343 Math Group Theory

The course introduces algebraic structures of groups,
mutual groups and group properties based on Silo
theory.
346 Math rings and fields

The course handles the properties of Groups and the
use of Piano axioms to build natural and real numbers.
The course also tackles the field of standard numbers,
rings and their properties
351 Math Real Analysis 1

This course aims at briefly studying the properties
of real numbers and their topological characteristics,
studying real function derivatives and the methods of
eliciting evidence.
351 Math Real Analysis 2
The course aims at introducing concepts relevant to

linear space, array space, Eigen values and how they
simplify arrays.
448 Math Intro to Topology

This course introduces the science of topology, topological properties and different inter-space functions.
449 Math Abstract Algebra

The course presents an extensive study of Group theory and its Algebraic properties, Group classification and
types.
451 -453 Math Complex Analysis

The course tackles how to solve mathematical and
physical problems I the field of complex numbers as
well as complex variable functions.
This course aims at studying the properties of real

numbers and their topological characteristics, analysis
of calculus and the theories of evidence. The course
intends to to widen students horizons regarding inequalities and topology.
461 Math Mathematical Applications
361 Math differential equations 1
463 Math Differential equations
The course provides data on formation of differential

equations that tackle physical and mathematical phenomena. It also trains students to solve differential
equation problems.
The course deals with methods and skills of solving high

order differential equations and generalizing the some
concepts to tackle differential equations.
The course introduces mathematical applications to

some physics problems through building simple mathematical models and the application of differential equations to natural sciences.
483 Math Numerical Analysis

362 Math mathematical Methods
The course introduces the special equations that are

used in natural sciences and some mathematical methods that tackle the partial differential equations.
294
371 Math Determinant Mathematics and Computer

The course mainly tackles mathematical applications in
computer science , combinatorics and graphs.
382 Math Numerical Analysis

The course deals with different methods of solving
non-linear equation numerically and how to handle linear and non-linear systems numerically.
422 Math geometrical bases

The course handles, in details, the geometrical structures focusing specifically on parallel axioms in Euclidean Geometry. It also provides models of non- Euclidean
geometries.
423 Non- Euclidean geometry

The course aims at studying in detail the axioms of
geometrical structures, Euclidean and Non- Euclidean
parallel theories, hyperbolic geometry, some Euclidean
models and projection geometry.
444 Math rings and fields

The course briefly handles the Algebraic structure of
rings (commutative ones) and the properties and extensions of fields particularly the polynomial fields.
447 Math linear Algebra
The course aims at introducing the methods of solving linear and non-linear equations numerically. It also
handles some numerical and computer-based methods
of solving calculus problems.
491 Math History of Mathematics

The courses traces the various stages of mathematics
development regarding concepts, symbols, facts, relations and operations> it aims at providing prospective
teachers with some information about the achievements of mathematicians in general and Muslim mathematicians in particular.
.Computer software in mathematics

The course introduces some computer-based applications that can be used in solving mathematical problems; it also helps students to design their own software
to deal with mathematical issues. Various software is introduced in the course.
491 Math Problems and Solutions

The course aims at developing the skills and information of mathematics students to be able to tackle problems that they face in their primary school curricula.
The course helps student teachers to develop a sense
of analysis, creativity, and handling problems in untraditional ways.
492 Math Muslims and Mathematics

The course intends to present some information to student teachers about the contributions of ancient Muslim scholars to mathematics and the methods they have
used in tackling various mathematical concepts.
Vision:
It is a pioneering educational institution concerned
with graduating distinguished primary school teachers
to teach the Holy Quran, along with reading teachers at
high schools that teach the memorization of the Holy
Quran.
Mission:
The mission is to graduate distinguished primary
school teachers to teach the Holy Quran, along with
reading teachers at high schools that teach the memorization of the Holy Quran and who have knowledge,
skill and education.
Degrees:
Bachelors Degree
Landmarks:
Phonetic Labs for Duran Listening
Faculty:
Faculty Members
Rank
Fahad Abdulrahman AlRomi
Professor
Essa Nasser Al Duraibi
Assc. Professor
Mohammad Fozan Hamad Alomar
Assc. Professor
Musaed Sulaiman Nasser AlTayar
Assc. Professor
Abdullah Abdurahman Al Romi
Asst. Professor
Abdusslam Saleh Aljar Allah
Asst. Professor
Mohamed Saleh abdullah al-fawzan
Asst. Professor
Mohammad A. Ahmad Al Khudairi
Asst. Professor
Mohammed Abdulaziz AlMusned
Asst. Professor
Abdulhakeem Abdullah A. Al-Qasem Lecturer
Aims:
Abdulmajed M. Wali M. Ibrahem
In addition to the general objectives of the teachers colleges, the Quranic Studies Dept. had special objectives including:
Programs:
Graduating teachers for primary school

who are highly qualified in teaching Quran
(reading recitation and memorizing)
Enable the teacher of proper recitation
Provide the teacher with interpretation,
Quran sciences to be able to interpret some
of the Quran meanings.
Provide the Quran teacher with the
educational information
Provide the Quran teacher with the methods
of teaching that are suitable for teaching
Quran and recitation
Graduate a Readings teacher who teaches
readings at the public education schools.
Lecturer
1. General Program (Quran Studies Major) graduates

teachers who teach the Holy Quran in public
schools.
2. Reading Major graduates specialist teachers
in the seven readings who teach readings and
the Holy Quran at public schools that teach
the memorization of the Holy Quran to fill the
vacancies in this field.
3. (Postgraduate Diploma in Readings) qualifies
teachers with BAs to teach the courses of Quran
Readings.
First Program:
Bachelors Degrees in Primary School Education
Quran Studies Major
The department was establishment with the establishment of the college in 1398-1399H. . The department
witnessed a number of stages with the development of
the college. Study at the college was for two years and
the student is awarded a Diploma , then it became for
four years and the student is awarded Bachelor Degree,
with the progress of the study plan. On 29/1/1420H,
the Quranic Readings Major was opened and study in it
was four years with a special plan with Bachelor Degree
in Readings . The actual study at the Readings course
started at the first semester year 1422H. During 1422H,
the Dept. applied the Higher Diploma in Readings approved by the Civil Service Agency, with a full year of
study including two semesters.
295
Study Plan:
106 Qur
Interpretation
Level 1
202 Qur
Recitation with Tajweed
131 Com
Computer for Literary Majors 2
210 Islam
Islamic Belief
Hrs
211 Edu
101 Health
Principles and Programs of

Physical Education
School Health
202 Islam
Sunnah Sciences
100 Art
Introduction to Art Education 2
105 Islam
Principles of Islamic Economy
101 Arab
102 Math
Math Lab
100 Tool
Functional Syntax
History of Prophet>s
Biography
Teaching Techniques
142 Math
Algebra
101 Islam
Islamic Belief
101 Qur
Tajweed Science
101 Chem
General Chemistry
103 Eng
English 1
101 Phy-Edu
141 Hist
3
2
Level 2
296
Level 5
Hrs
303 Edu
School Management
201 Edu
200 Tool
206 Qur
Interpretation 1
303 Qur
Recitation with Tajweed 2
204 Qur
Recitation with Memorization 1 1

Sciences of the Holy Quran 1
Hrs
205 Qur
101 Bio
211 Islam
Fiqh ( Jurisprudence)
331 Cur
Primary Education Curricula
General Biology
101 Edu
Basics of General Education
102 Arabic
Arabic Editing
102 Edu
Physical Education for Children 2
103 Qur
Recitation and Memorization 1 1
171 Geol
Geography of Saudi Arabia
105 Qur
Sciences of the Holy Quran
103 Islam
104 Arab
Language Skills
202 Edu
Teaching in Saudi Arabia
120 Math
Analytic Geometry & Algebra 2
Level 3
Hrs
Level 6
Hrs
201Tool
102 Edu
401 Edu
406 Qur
333 Cur
304 Qur
209 Islam
332 Cur
301 Qur
102 Math
305 Qur
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
3
2
Use of Tools
Special Education
Objective Interpretation
School Activities
Recitation with Memorization 2
Hadith
General Education Methods
Science of Readings
Science of the Holy Quran 2
102 Edu
Basics of Islamic Education
103 Arab
Arabic Literature
105 Arab
Arabic Calligraphy
172 Hist
102 Qur
Recitation with Tajweed
104 Qur
Recitation and Memorization 2 1
104 Islam
Islamic Culture
101 Phy
General Physics
101 Art
Introduction to Artistic Taste & Criticism 2
122 Math
Flat Geometry
405 Qur
300 Tool
306 Qur
402 Qur
404 Qur
311 Edu
435 Cur
204 Islam
403 Edu
Level 4
Level 7
Hrs
Basis of Interpretation & Approaches 1
Interpretation 2
Recitation with Memorization 2
Students Guidance & Supervision
2
3
2
2
2
Methods of Teaching the Holy Quran 2
Schools of Thoughts & Currents 2
Educational Problems
2
Level 8
Hrs
201 Qur
Tajweed
499 Cur
102 Islam
Hadith and Its Sciences
Hrs
Teaching Practicum education 8
101 Qur Science of Tajweed

This course aims at introducing the basics of the science
of Tajweed, rules of consonant n and nunnation, rules
of consonant m, rules of stressed n and m, rules of
consonant l, rules of prolongation and reduction, metonymic h, wasl and qate Hamza and how to start with
either. ( Application of part and a half of Surat The
Cow.
Prerequisite:
102 Qur Recitation with Tajweed

This course aims at reciting with Tajweed from Mention Allah on a few days to the end of Surat Al
Imran.
Prerequisite:
103 Qur Recitation with Memorization 1

This course aims at memorizing Amma Section of the
Holy Quran.
Prerequisite: ..
104 Qur Recitation with Memorization

This course aims at memorizing Tabark Section.
Prerequisite: ..
105 Qur Sciences of the Holy Quran

The course aims at introducing the sciences of the Holy
Quran, the evolution of these sciences, the advantages
of the Holy Quran, manners of reciting it, collection
of the Holy Quran with its two sections of Mecca and
Madinah, documentation of the Holy Quran, reasons of
its revelation, interpretations, interpreters, terms and
manners of interpreters.
Prerequisite: ..
106 Qur Interpretation

The course aims at interpreting and analyzing the Surats of Amma Section, and highlighting the topics which
Meccan Surats of this section talk about.
Prerequisite: ..
201 Qur Tajweed

The course aims at introducing places of the articulation of sounds and their description, identical, close
and rhyming sounds, emphatic pronunciation, attenuation, Hafss considerations, pausing, starting, feminine
t, disrupted and connected letters ( application to
Surat Women)
Prerequisite: ..
to the science of reading, origins of Warsh bin Nafes

narration and the application of this narration to Surat
Alzariyat.
Prerequisite: ..
203 Qur Recitation with Tajweed 1

The course aims at introducing topics such as recitation
of Surat the Table to the end of Surat Alanfal.
Prerequisite: ..
302 Qur Recitation with Tajweed

The course aims at reciting Surat Penance to the end
of Surat The Cave.
Prerequisite: ..
204 Qur Recitation and Memorization

The course aims at memorizing two sections from Surat Alzariyat to the end of Surat Forbidding ( Tahreem).
Prerequisite: ..
206 Qur Interpretation 1

The course aims at interpreting and analyzing the twenty-eighth section from Surat Almujadella to the end
of Surat Forbidding, and dealing with rules, manners,
and laws of this Surat.
Prerequisite: ..
306 Qur Interpretation 2

The course aims at interpreting Surats Yousof and
Light, showing their topics, analyzing their words linguistically, showing metaphorical aspects referring to
miraculousness, mentioning the occasions of the verses,
showing the meaning of the verses in general, extracting the advantages, lessons and rules, and linking what
students hear of the interpreted verses with life.
Prerequisite: ..
304 Qur
The course aims at memorizing two sections from Surat

Alshwrah (Consultation) to the end of Surat Qaf .
Prerequisite: ..
205 Qur Sciences of the Holy Quran 1

The course aims at introducing revelation, the first and
last of it, miraculousness of the Holy Quran, the seven
letters, translation of the meaning of the Holy Quran,
the copying and the copied, oath in the Holy Quran,
openings and endings of Surats and their occasions.
Prerequisite: ..
305 Qur Sciences of The Holy Quran 2

301 Qur Science of Readings
The course aims at teaching topics such as introduction
The course aims at introducing the drawing of the Holy

Quran, stories, unique and similar verses, general and
specific, absolute and restricted, articulated and un-
Course Description:
297
derstood, argument in the Holy Quran, examples of

the Holy Quran, science of the strangeness of the Holy
Quran, and comparisons.
Prerequisite: ..
403 Qur
The course aims at reciting from Surat Mary to the

end of Surat Alahzab (Sects)
Prerequisite: ..
404 Qur Recitation with Memorization 3

The course aims at memorizing two and a half sections
from Surat Saba to the end of Surat Fuselat.
Prerequisite: ..
405 Qur Origins of and Approaches to Interpretation

The course aims at introducing interpretation, its importance and advantages, the evolution and stages of
interpretation, differences between interpreters and
reasons behind them, sources of interpretation, approaches to interpretation, most important interpretation books and rules of interpretation.
Prerequisite: ..
298
4. Preparing specialists in the science of Readings to

work in the following fields:
a. Teaching the Holy Quran, and reciting it in
schools that teach its memorization.
b. Teaching the science of Readings in schools that
teach memorization of the Holy Quran.
c. Teachers and teaching assistants to teach the
courses of Readings and Tajweed at colleges
and universities.
d. Researchers in organizations specializing in the
service of the Holy Quran
Study Plan :
Study Plan : Quranic Readings Course
Level 1
Hrs
101 HLT
103 SLM
School Health
Quran recitation Readings
course
406 Qur Objective Interpretation
105 QUR
Holy Quran Sciences
The course aims at introducing objective interpretation, loyalty and acquittal in the Holy Quran, the approach of the Holy Quran to proving the resurrection
belief after death, the places of the snares of the devil
to mislead man and how to avoid them as mentioned in
the Holy Quran, Jihad in Islam, obeying parents, social
manners in Surat Alhujurat (Chambers).
Prerequisite: .
111 QUR
Holy Quran (1)
121 QUR
Readings and direction (1)
131 COM
Computer for literary Majors
141 HST
History of Prophetic Tradition 2
211 ARB
Grammar (1)
First Program:
101 QUR
Level 2
Hrs
102 ED
Principles of Islamic Education 2
BA in High School Education- memorization of the Holy

Quran ( Quran Reading Major)
106 QUR
Quran interpretation
112 QUR
Holy Quran (2)
Vision
122 QUR
131 QUR
Readings and Listening (1)
Graduating Reading Teachers to teach the memorization of the Holy Quran at High Schools
Mission
Graduating Reading Teachers to teach the memorization of the Holy Quran at High Schools and who have
knowledge, skill and education.
Aims
1. Serving the Holy Quran, the Book of Allah
2. Taking care of the science of Readings, and
spreading it.
3. Providing students with educational skills to teach
the Holy Quran
141 QUR
201 QUR
Quranic Recitation
312 ARB
Grammar (2)
Level 3
Hrs
111 ED
205 QUR
Quranic Sciences (1)
213 QUR
Holy Quran (3)
223 QUR
232 QUR
251 QUR
Holy Book Writing & Auditing 3
413 ARB
Grammar (3)
Level 4
Course Description:
Hrs
111 QurHoly Quran 1
100 ME
Education technology
172 HST
204 SLM
Sects and trends
The course aims at memorizing Surats the Cow and Al

Imran.
Prerequisite: .
206 QUR
Exegesis (1)
112 Qur Holy Quran 2
211 ED
214 QUR
Holy Quran (4)
224 QUR
The course aims at memorizing Surats Women, The

Table and Alanam ( Domestic Animals)
Prerequisite: .
233 QUR
121 Qur Readings and direction 1

Level 5
Hrs
103 ENG
201 ED
Educational assessment
202 SLM
Sunnah Science (1)
305 QUR
Holy Quran science (2)
306 QUR
Quran interpretation (2)
315 QUR
Holy Quran (5)
325 QUR
334 QUR
The course aims at introducing the science of Readings,

reasons of different readings and narrations, evolution
of readings and stages they went through, pillars of correct reading, most important books on and approaches
to readings, choice of readings, single and collective
readings, structures, accusations leveled against readings and replies to these accusations, explanation and
direction of verses according to Alshatibiya ( From start
to the last section of moving Hamza to the consonant
before it)

Hrs
This course aims at explaining, directing and memorizing verses according to Alshatibiya (From the pause of
Hamza . to Annazem saying: in those who give the
speech)
Prerequisite: .
209 SLM
Prophet Sayings
210 SLM
Islamic faith
303 ED
School management
316 QUR
Holy Quran (6)
326 QUR
131 Qur Readings and Listening 1
332 ME
Methods of teaching
335 QUR

Principles and methods of
exegesis
This course aims at the oral practical application of the

seven readings for each student starting with Surat the
Opening and the first part of Surat the Cow ( paying attention to rules of Tajweed, narrators methods of
verse count)
Prerequisite: .
405 QUR
Level 7
Hrs
211 SLM
Jurisprudence
311 ED
Student guidance
406 QUR
Objective exegesis
417 QUR
Holy Quran (7)
427 QUR
435 ME
Methods of teaching Quran
436 QUR
141 Qur Verse Count

This course aims at introducing the science of verse
count, reasons why scholars differ in verse count, ways of
identifying commas and beginnings of verses, frequent
numbers among Amsar readers from the beginning of
Surat the Opening to the end of Surat People.
Prerequisite: .

Level 8
Hrs
499 ME
Practical education
This course aims at memorizing from Surat Araf to the

end of Surat Hud.
Prerequisite: .
Level 6
299
214 Qur
Holy Quran 4
This course aims at memorizing from Surat Yousof

to the end of Surat Hajj.
Prerequisite: .
This course aims at memorizing from Surat Saba to

Surat Jathiya.
Prerequisite: .
325 Qur Readings and direction

This course aims at explaining, directing and memorizing verses according to Alshatibiya (From Annazem saying: and merciful and his company is
good to the end of Surat Al Imran).
Prerequisite: .
This course aims at explaining one hundred thirtythree lines of Alshatbiya , directing them and memorizing them ( From Surat Younos to Surat Mary)
Prerequisite: .
This course aims at explaining, directing and memorizing verses according to Alshatibiya (From the
beginning of Surat of Women to the end of Surat
Penance).
Prerequisite: .
This course aims at explaining, directing and memorizing one hundred and fifteen lines of Alshatbiya (
from Surat Taha to Surat Fater)
Prerequisite: .

This course aims at the oral practical application of
the seven readings for each student starting with the
second section of Surat the Cow to the end of Surat Al Imran ( paying attention to rules of Tajweed,
narrators methods of verse count)
Prerequisite: .

the seven readings for each student starting with
Surat Younos to the end of Surat Mary ( paying
attention to rules of Tajweed, narrators methods of
verse count)
Prerequisite: .
300

the seven readings for each student starting with Surat Women to the end of Surat Penance ( paying
verse count)
Prerequisite: .

the seven readings for each student starting with
Surat Taha to the end of Surat Fater ( paying attention to rules of Tajweed, narrators methods of
verse count)
Prerequisite: .

251 Qur Holy Book Writing & Editing
This course aims at introducing the science of writing, the basic rules in which Ottoman writing was
different from spelling, detailed study of each rule
with examples, accusations of Ottoman writing and
replies to them, the science of editing, difference
between writing and editing, punctuation marks,
and the study of applied punctuation marks used in
Madinah Holy Quran.
Prerequisite: .
This course aims at memorizing Surat Ahqaf to the

end of the Holy Quran.
Prerequisite: .

This course aims at explaining, directing and memorizing one hundred and fifteen lines of Alshatbiya (
from Surat Yaseen to the end of the Holy Quran)
Prerequisite: .

This course aims at memorizing from Surat of Believers to Surat of Sects.
Prerequisite: .

the seven readings for each student starting with Surat Yaseen to the end of the Holy Quran( paying
verse count)
Prerequisite: .
Vision:
In support of King Saud University s objectives,
it is our vision to provide the highest quality of EFL
teachers through maintaining best practice opportunities in the field of foreign language learning and
teaching.
Mission:
The English Department is dedicated to prepare
EFL teachers to act as educational leaders equipped
with the information, skills, and attitudes to work efficiently and grow professionally in different educational institutions in order to fulfill the needs of the
Saudi society.
enrolled in an English class to use the lab. Students who

are taking English and ESL classes may receive hourly
credit for the time they spend here but we are open
to all students who need to use a computer. We are
here to help you. If you are unfamiliar with computers
or feel uncomfortable using them, please come by. Our
friendly and patient staff will be more than happy offer
you assistance.
This lab can be used to help English learners improve their
listening comprehension skills. It provides the following
resources:
Flash audio Software.
Scripted and natural recordings.
Questions and transcripts.
Degrees:
Faculty:
BA Degree in English language
Faculty Name
Rank
Mohammad Farouq
Kamal Khalil Mohammed Hussein
Mohammad Alo-Taha
Samer Mohamed Ameen Abdellateef
Fawzy Mohamed Belalem
Iftekhar Ahmed Mohammad H
Mohammad M. Galal
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Aims:
Providing students with sufficient and efficient
practice in language skills in the context of
integrated language courses.
Promoting the students oral and written
communication skills.
Expanding the extent of students knowledge
of English language and literature.
Acquainting students with the various literary
genres (the novel, poetry and drama).
Providing students with specialized knowledge
in the field of EFL learning and teaching.
Enhancing critical and creative thinking.
Landmarks:
The English Listening Lab is a quiet computer lab
where students can listen to topics assigned to them
by their teachers and they can complete assignments.
The English Listening Lab is open to any student who
needs to use a computer for developing their listening
skills. All students are welcome. You do not need to be
Programs:
BA degree in English Language
Study Plan:
First Level
Hrs
131 Eng
101 Eng
141 Eng
111 Eng
121 Eng
122 Eng
4
3
4
4
3
4
Writ ing 1
Listening 1
Grammar (1)
Speaking (1)
Vocabulary (1)
Reading (1)
No single disciplinary perspective adequately accounts for the complexities of how people use language, participate in communication, and create and
understand texts. Our very strength as a Department
of English thus rests with our aggregate of different disciplines that explore multiple aspects of human communications. Multidisciplinary perspectives of creative
writing, English education, linguistics, literature, and
rhetoric and composition create contrasting and complementary theoretical and methodological approaches to understanding and teaching how people engage
language, and create, consume and circulate texts in
diverse media.
301
Second Level
151 Eng
142 Eng
132 Eng
123 Eng
112 Eng
102 Eng
124 Eng

Grammar (2)
t
Vocabulary (2)
Speaking (2)
Listening 2
Reading (2)
Hrs
2
2
4
2
3
3
4
Hrs
372 Eng
101 Comp
381 Eng
382 Eng
102 Arab
111 Edu
357 Eng
311 edu
358 Eng
362 Eng
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
Literary Forms
Language Teaching Approaches
Teaching English In Saudi Arabia
Arabic Composition
Second Language Acquisition
Student Guidance & Counseling
Semantics
Applications in Translation
Third Level
214 Eng
243 Eng
111 Qur
105 CAL
102 Edu
172 His
203 Eng
213 Eng
255 Eng
233 Eng
Hrs
Debate & Discussion (1)

Grammar (3)
Holy Quranic Recitation
Arabic Calligraphy
2
2
3
1
Fundamentals of Islamic Education 2
History of KSA
2
Listening 3
2
Speaking (3)
3
Reading (3)
4
Writing 3
4

302

200 TEC
202 Edu
335 Cur
483 Eng
484 Eng
303 Edu
485 Eng
486 Eng
487 Eng
Hrs
Educational Aids production1 1

2
Post Elementary Educational Curricula 2
Psycholinguistics
3
Basics of Language Research
2
School Management
2
Language Testing
3
English Language Teaching Methods 3
Computer-assisted Language Learning 2
Eighth Level
Fourth Level
Hrs
204 Eng
Listening 4
253 Eng
Language & culture 1
234 Eng
Advanced Writing
226 Eng
Advanced Reading
103 Edu
202 Edu
Education System in Kingdom 1
215 Eng
Debate & Discussion (2)
252 Eng
Introduction to Linguistics
Fifth Level
Hrs
355 Eng
Applied Linguistics
354 Eng
Language and Culture 2
344 Eng
Syntax & Morphology
371 Eng
An Introduction to literature
361 Eng
Text linguistics and Translation
356 Eng
Phonetics and Phonology
100 TEC
Education Technology
332 CUR
General Methods of Methods 2
104 ISL
Islamic Culture
211 Edu
Sixth Level
Seventh Level
Hrs
499 CUR
Teaching Practicum
Course Description:
Course Code: 101 eng
Course Title: Listening 1
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours:3
This course is designed for students at the High Beginning to Low Intermediate level. It offers a wide variety
of listening opportunities, such as conversations, radio
broadcasts and presentations. It focuses on the rhythm
and intonation of natural language, while gradually introducing students to skills that will become valuable
later when listening to academic English. All chapters
teach a variety of listening skills, including listening for
main ideas and specific information.
Course Title: Speaking 1
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours:4
This course aims at training students how to develop
speaking skills in both formal and informal situations.
Role-plays, surveys, questionnaires and discussions are
all used to practice various language functions. Considerable stress is put on practicing pronunciation at this
level to raise student awareness about its importance.
Course Title: Reading (1)
Prerequisites: None

Course Title: Writing 1
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours:4
This course aims at training students in simple and correct written expression. Stress in this course is laid on
writing correct sentences and paragraphs on topics related to daily life such as writing about ones classmate,
describing pictures, special foods for holidays and
writing a letter to a friend. Students are also trained
to write the topic sentence, supporting sentences and
conclusions. They are also trained to combine and edit
sentences.
Course Title: Grammar (1)
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 4
Interactions 1 Grammar is a grammar course intended
for low-intermediate freshmen students of Teachers
College in KSA. The course presents English grammar
through lively activities. Students practice the new
structures in a variety of contexts to help them internalize and master them.
Course Title: Vocabulary (1)
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours:3
Vocabulary 1 is an intermediate course intended for
level-one English Students. It aims at broadening students lexis, develop new strategies in learning vocabulary, and use their lexical store to develop the other
skills.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
Interactions 2: Listening and Speaking is designed for
students at the Low Intermediate to Intermediate level,
presenting both natural conversational language and
academic English. It offers a wide variety of listening
opportunities, such as conversations, radio broadcasts,
and lectures. The conversations and radio broadcasts
focus on the rhythm and intonation of natural language,
while the lectures provide practice in listening to aca-
demic English. The course teaches a variety of listening skills, including listening for main ideas and specific
information, getting meaning from context, identifying
stressed words and reductions, and drawing inferences.
There is an added focus on note-taking throughout the
course. Finally, the course exposes students to authentic
English language and provides them with useful cultural
information, both of which are extremely important elements in any successful listening course.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
The course aims at improving students abilities to
use accurate speech with specific stress on grammar,
morphology and semantics. It builds on their abilities
in conversation and discussion. It continues to train
the students in the mechanics of conversation and the
way to organize ideas. The course will provide diverse
speaking situations that use a variety of language functions to increase and enhance students fluency
Course Title: Reading 2
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 4
This course aims at improving the learners reading
skills, teaching them new strategies, and helping them
acquire some techniques and methods. These methods, strategies and techniques will enable our students
to tackle any reading material without any outside help
through applying them on different reading selections.
The course also attempts to combine communicative
activities with skill-building exercises to boost students
language acquisition.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 4
This course aims at training students to write well-organized and meaningful topic sentences, ending sentences and paragraphs about certain themes or topics of
interest, such as living in another culture, good health,
and success in business---etc. Stress is laid on writing
topic sentences, supporting ideas, note-taking, editing,
coherence, gathering information & exploring ideas.
The writing activities provided in this course book are
designed to promote students critical thinking skills,
encourage them to explore their own ideas about the
chapter theme and eventually produce meaningful
opening, ending sentences and paragraphs. To achieve
this aim, free writing topics related to students own
life, knowledge and environment will be emphasized.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 4
It is a grammar course intended for intermediate freshmen students of Teachers College who have acquired
the basics of grammar. It continues what is achieved
Credit Hours:4
This course aims at encouraging students to become
actively involved in their own reading development.
Students thoughts and input are crucial in the reading process. They need to form ideas before reading
a selection, pick out important ideas as they read, and
finally consider and discuss critically the main idea
- the writers message. This is done through varied,
ample genres and techniques for practices. The students attention is also drawn to correct pronunciation
and stops in accordance with punctuation marks. The
feedbacks the students get from this course represent
specific strategies for improving their reading speed
without sacrificing comprehension and understand the
authentic language.
303
in grammar 1. It also presents English grammar through

lively activities. Students practice the new structures in
a variety of contexts to help them internalize and master them.
Course Title: Vocabulary (2)
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
This intermediate course is intended for level-two vocabulary students. It is a completion of the course designed for level one. It aims at expanding the students
vocabulary store. Besides, it attempts to help students
acquire and develop new strategies in learning vocabulary of a foreign language.

Course Title: Dictionaries
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours:2
This course aims to provide students with activities for
improving dictionary using skills. Students are trained
to use dictionaries as a rich and recourse for communicative activities. In order to turn them into more effective dictionary users, extensive familiarization activities
focusing on all aspects of meaning, including collocations, idioms , and lexical sets will be emphasized. In addition, the phonetic symbols and stress pasterns will be
focused on to develop students pronunciation skills.
304

Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
The course aims at improving students abilities to
use accurate speech with specific stress on grammar,
morphology and semantics. It builds on their abilities
in conversation and discussion. It continues to train
the students in the mechanics of conversation and the
way to organize ideas. The course will provide diverse
speaking situations that use a variety of language functions to increase and enhance students fluency.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
The course aims at improving students abilities in the
listening skills. The course will provide diverse listening situations that use a variety of language functions
to increase and enhance students fluency. Taped materials include varieties of speech to help the students
understand important strategies and various forms of
expressions and speech. The course also aims to teach
students to answer comprehension questions based on
taped materials.
Course Title: Reading (3)
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 4
This course aims at helping students acquire different
skills of accurate and rapid reading. It tackles not only
the reading skill but also its objectives. Moreover, it enriches their grammatical skill and provides various ways
for effective reading. In addition, it helps boost students academic success through communicative activities with skill-building exercises. This is done through
varied, ample genres and techniques for practices. The
students attention is also drawn to correct pronunciation and stops in accordance with punctuation marks.
The feedbacks the students get from this course represent specific strategies for improving their reading
speed without sacrificing comprehension and understand the authentic language.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 4
This course aims at training students to write well-organized and meaningful paragraphs, essays about certain
themes or topics of interest, such as living in another
culture, good health, and success in business..etc. Stress
is laid on writing topic sentences, supporting ideas,
note-taking, editing, coherence, gathering information,
reading for ideas and making inferences. The writing
activities provided in this course book are designed
to promote students critical thinking skills, encourage
them to explore their own ideas about the chapter
theme and eventually produce meaningful paragraphs/
essays .To achieve this aim, free writing topics related
to students own life, knowledge and environment will
be emphasized.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 4
It is a grammar course intended for helping students of
English to learn the structures from simple to difficult. It
continues what has been achieved in grammar 1 and 2.
It also presents English grammar through oral and written drills to enhance understanding of the introduced
grammatical points. Through practice, Students will be
able to use the grammatical patterns in oral communication and consequently increases accuracy in speaking.
In addition, getting to know new structures in a variety
of contexts help them internalize and master them.
Course Code: 214 ENG
Course Title: Debate and Discussion I
Pre-requisites: None
This course helps students develop debate and discussion skills for classroom as well as for real life encounters. Debate and Discussion 1 presents students with
the basic skills needed to engage in a debate. Realizing
the elements that make up a debate, students are expected to ensure that their performance should not be
vulnerable to lack of knowledge, manner, and debating
techniques. The textbook as well as the supplementary
material used in classroom all provide an integrative
view of a health debate.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
The course Eng. 371 aims at introducing students to
English Literature. Through this course students are
expected to develop reasonable understanding of the
meaning of literature in English and its chronological
development. Along with the conceptual knowledge,
students are expected to express their knowledge
in written composition in the form of an essay. They
should give their response in about 150 words on the
topics covered in the semester.

Course Title: Advanced Reading
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours:3
The aim of this course is to help students to become
good readers through instruction in the various reading skills and through intensive and extensive readings.
There are pre-and post-reading exercises to develop
through reading skills and vocabulary. The exercises
carefully introduce the key skills. Students practice
identifying main ideas, and preparing summaries.
Technical vocabulary may be pre-taught, and students
are encouraged to use context clues to infer meaning
of new vocabulary. Sentence structures include compound and complex sentences that are common in academic texts. Eventually, the reading selections express
various cultural viewpoints and issues for analysis and
class discussion.

Course Title: Language and Culture I (2 credits) (2+0)
This course is an introduction to sociolinguistics. This
field deals with abroad range of topics at the interface
between human language and human society. Sociolinguistics is an interdisciplinary area of language study,
which looks at language in its social context and studies the complex relationship between communication,
society and culture. Thus, in this course sociolinguistics
is taught as a branch of linguistics that studies language
in relation to society. In this sense, the language used
tends to vary. This variation is the result of many different factors such as: religion, age, ethnicity, gender, etc.
Thus, language used by men differs from that used by
women and the language used by adults differs from
that used by youngsters. It shows that the combination
of these components bears influence on language acquisition and language use.

Course Title: Advanced writing
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 4
This course helps students improve their essay writing
and identifying parts of speech. By correcting students
essay, the course deals with grammar in relation to writing. It tries to stress the importance of punctuation in
writing in the English language, a point of no importance
or even unavailable in the students native language
. Sentence types (simple, compound, complex, compound-complex) and common writing mistakes are always under focus.

Course Title: Language and Culture II
Pre-requisites: 253 Eng
The course, Eng. 354, is the second part of Language
and Culture-1. It helps English majors acquire further
relevant pieces of information of the relationship that a
language has with its society and culture, which was introduced in its earlier course, Language and Culture-1
(Eng. 253). It enriches the growing knowledge of students in the Socio-communicational perspective of the
language study. It develops the relational value of the
language-study for those students who are specializing
in teacher education program.

Course Title: Debate and Discussion 2
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours:4
This course helps English majors develop their spoken
English skills with an emphasis on debating and discussion dynamics. It caters for promoting their skills to
outline various topics for oral discussion and debating,
develop and organize their ideas. It also trains them in
working cooperatively with each other and in supporting their arguments and discussions with documents
exposing fallacies. This course, together with Debate
and Discussion 1 mean to enhance English majors oral
fluency.

Course Title: Applied linguistics.
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
This course intends to introduce students to the various
applications of linguistic theories to the field of teaching English language as a foreign language (EFL). It acquaints them with the scope of applied linguistics with
its various areas.

Course Title: Introduction to Literature

Course Title: Phonetics and Phonology
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
This course introduces students to basic practical and
descriptive and descriptive levels of the English sound
system and to such principles in other languages. As re-
Pre-requisites: 203 ENG

This course comprises a number of chapters that introduce various topics that students have dealt with in
the previous series of the textbook but from different
angles. It also takes students to a higher level of listening skills by re-emphasizing some of the skills that have
been already introduces and by engaging students in
higher-rank skills required for this stage of learning.
Macro and micro listening skills constitute the core of
this course; students are expected to listen for gist (e.g.,
main ideas) and for specific information (e.g., details
and supporting ideas).
305
gards phonetics, the course covers the vocal tract and

its function in producing speech sounds. Consonants
and vowels are described in articulatory terms, and
students are taught phonetic transcription. Moreover,
attention is drawn to the problems that speakers of Arabic have learning English pronunciation. With regard
to phonology, on the other hand, students study the
contrastive sounds of language - phonemes- as well as
the phonological processes whereby the pronunciation
of such sounds is affected when grouped with other
sounds. In addition, the course covers other phonological issues, such as phoneme distribution, syllable structure, and prosodic features.
Course Title: Morphology and Syntax
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
This course intends to introduce and make students
understand grammatical as well as morphological concepts and terminology. It enables students to analyze
different grammatical sentences properly and draw
comparisons of different languages in terms of their
morphology.
Course Title: Text Linguistics and Translation (3credits) (2+1)
306
This course aims to enhance the students ability to understand the vocabulary items and main ideas of English-Arabic texts , so as to , render it , in a proper way,
into the other language. It consists of general linguistic
rules on Arabic and English grammars , vocabulary , sentence and text. Selected passages from different fields
of study are translated as training. They combine skill
exercises with communicative activities in the process
of translating. They are expected to master contextual
, technical and cultural illusions or components of any
targeted text.
Course Title: Introduction to Literature
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
The course Eng. 371 aims at introducing students to
English Literature. Through this course students are
expected to develop reasonable understanding of the
meaning of literature in English and its chronological
development. Along with the conceptual knowledge,
students are expected to express their knowledge
in written composition in the form of an essay. They
should give their response in about 150 words on the
topics covered in the semester.
Course Title: Second Language Acquisition
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
This introduces students to the study of how a second
language is acquired. It deals with its mechanisms, factors that influence it, and areas where it differs from
first language acquisition. The course also deals with
the question of how linguistic units are mentally repre-
sented and processed as well as the various aspects and

stages of this processing.
Course Title: Approaches to Language Teaching
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
This course introduces prospective teachers of English to a repertoire of teaching approaches, methods,
and techniques that inform their teaching practices in
various stages of language instruction. The ultimate
objective is to equip those students with a cohort of
teaching practices that work with different student
groupings under various teaching / learning settings.
Most importantly, the course aims at inculcating in students the ability both to adopt and adapt these teaching approaches to their students needs and classroom
circumstances. Although students are introduced to a
blend of traditional and innovative teaching approaches, most emphasis is allocated to constructivist models
and student-centered practices. In so doing, emphasis
is devoted to teaching students to learn how to learn.
Course Title: Semantics
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
The course, Semantics Eng. 358 introduces the study
of Semantics at the under-graduate level, being a part
of teacher education program. The course aims at the
basic study of Linguistic Semantics, the other Semantics Philosophic Semantics and Literary Semantics
come as a passing reference. The Semantic components of language, the different forms of meaning and
the lexical Semantics will be studied in details so as to
make students understand why the surrounding words
sometimes force a reader to choose one interpretation
rather than another. In addition, the course intends to
take into account the philosophical and interpersonal
approaches to the study of meaning in a given context.
Course Title: Teaching English in Saudi Arabia
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
This course intends to provide the students with information related to the background of teaching English
language in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. It will familiarize them with topics on the historical background on
the development of English language teaching in the
kingdom. The topics include the Saudi policy of education, the aims of teaching English in public schools,
the components of English curriculum, the cycle of curriculum development, classroom discipline and problems facing the language teacher and how to deal with
them.
Course Title: Literary Forms
The course aims at introducing students to English Literary Forms: the Essay, Novel, Short story, Drama, lit-

Course Title: Applications in Translation
This course aims to enhance the students ability to understand the vocabulary items and main ideas of English-Arabic texts, so as to , render it , in a proper way,
into the other language. It consists of general linguistic
rules on Arabic and English grammars , vocabulary , sentence and text. Selected passages from different fields
of study are translated as training. They combine skill
exercises with communicative activities in the process
of translating. They are expected to master contextual,
technical and cultural illusions or components of any
targeted text.
Course Title: Psycholinguistics
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
Psycholinguistics is the psychological study of language.
It is one of the youngest interdisciplinary sciences
about language. For a long time, Linguistics has been
the only scientific discipline which has made description, analysis, and explanation of language structures
and mechanisms. Many facts of language as a tool of human communication have been successfully described
in Linguistics. However, language is a psychological
phenomenon by nature. It is impossible to acquire
deep knowledge about it without using psychological
approaches.
Course Title: Language Research
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 2
This course will guide students through the research
study from choosing a topic to conducting the research
and literature review and writing up the paper. The
main objectives of this course is to inform the students
of the common steps and formats in writing a university level research paper such as writing and submitting
proposals, writing literature reviews, following general
research paper formats, and using an annotated bibliography and to introduce students to various research
skills. A more specific goal of this course is to require

students to discover the various acceptable research
writing guidelines of their own departments or professors. This course will include various library research
skills and also introduces students to on-line computer
sources. Much of the course work will be focused on
researching various library and on-line resources. Since
this course covers multiple-source research paper writing, the content and skills covered are assumed to have
a more immediate relevancy to graduate students and
upper-level university students.
Course Title: Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL)
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
This course helps English majors acquire the knowledge,
skills and attitudes required for their teaching practice.
It tackles not only the planning of a lesson in an EFL setting but also its implementation. It enriches the English
majors theoretical background and provides an ample
opportunity for practice through group discussion, a
number of micro teaching sessions and various consultations. The feedback the students get from this course
represents a corner stone for any further development
of their teaching.
Course Title: Computer-Assisted Language Learning
This class focuses on developing the skills necessary
to understand the various uses of computers and
computer software in language classrooms, develop
computer-mediated materials for language classrooms,
design classroom activities, develop computer-mediated lessons and tests using Microsoft PowerPoint and
other software, and to implement computer software
to enhance classroom interaction. Students will also
be exposed to various language classroom computer
programs that show the development such software
has been through since the emergence of computerassisted language learning.
Course Title: Language Tests
Prerequisites: None
Credit Hours: 3
This course helps English majors acquire the knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary for writing effective
language tests. In addition to highlighting the general
principles of language testing, the course shows prospective teachers of English how to construct a wide
range of tests and test items and how to select those
most suitable for their individual purposes. Greater
emphasis will be placed on giving prospective teachers
of English enough practice in the different processes of
constructing a variety of useful test items. In this way,
hopefully, the prospective teachers of English will develop a deeper insight into the fundamentals and techniques of both the testing and teaching of English as a
foreign language.
erary Criticism, biography and autobiography through

the study of selected readings of British and American
well-known writings. The course would help improving
students abilities to read and appreciate these forms
and their basic aspects; for example plot, structure,
language, style, imagery..etc. The course has an objective to familiarize the students with the classics of the
literary works and how they would be able to read and
understand such masterpieces. Teaching the different
literary forms will help the students to improve their
language and get use to different literary terms. Learning how to read and react with these forms of literature
and to be able to differentiate among these forms is a
reasonable justification for teaching this course, which
is a vital course in the modern world, which is full of
many challenges and rapid change.
307
308
College of Applied Studies and Community Service
College of Applied Studies

and Community Service
309
Contact:
College of Applied Studies & Community Service
P.O.Box 22459
Riyadh 11495
Male Section
4036600 - 4024700
#1339 / 1404 / 1372
Female Section
4417412- 4414834
#140 / 142 / 144 / 149
Mission
Our mission is to render varied qualitative
educational services to both citizens and expatriates
as well; and to produce to the society qualified cadres
capable of working in both the private and public
sectors.
Vision
The prospective goal is to bridge the gap
between theory and practice and ultimately enable
this educational institute to compete distinctively
through strengthening ties of cooperation between the
University and the Saudi society. The eventual goal is to
promote this college to the ranks of other pioneering
colleges that directly participate in the cultural and
practical developments.
About:
On 11/10/1402 (1982), his Excellency the University
director issued a circular No. 2/8517 that a Community
Service Center be established to correlate King Saud
University with Saudi social strata: official departments,
private sectors and individuals alike. This correlation
is to be maintained through varied planned programs
and other training courses designed to meet the Saudi
social needs.
In 1402/1403, a female department was founded to
supervise, plan, and execute training courses that would
improve the Saudi woman educational status.
Due to the remarkable success achieved during
the initial years in both the male and female
sections, King Saud University Director issued on
27/11/1404 a circular No. 2/13435 to the effect
that the official name of the center should change
to Community Service and Continuous Learning
Deanship. Consequently and on 29/4/1405, the
Higher University Council approved this change.

Since then the deanship of the center has been
achieving continuous successes in the form of rapid
qualitative strides resulted in a second change of
the Centers title to become The College of Applied
Sciences and Community Services. The new title
was approved by the Custodian of the Two Holly
Mosques who is also the Head of the Higher
Education Council and the circular No. 8/225 dated
17/3/1421 was issued and consequently approved
by the University Higher Education Council circular
No /19/ dated 18/1421.
Aims:
To provide the private and public sectors with
highly qualified human resources capable of
occupying various administrative posts and
otherwise.
To plan and design varied educational

programs along with short and long term
educational courses
To provide all interested individuals with

training and educational chances so that they
can keep up with all scientific developments
irrespective of age, date of previous certificates
and to ultimately help them to obtain jobs.
To maintain channels of cooperation and

partnership between community colleges and
the private sectors so that educational products
and practical needs of employment can
become more compatible and harmonious.
Departments:
Health science
Natural and Engineering Science
Administrative and Human Science
The mission of the Health Sciences program is

to provide quality education to students enrolled
in its programs, which meets their needs as well as
the standards of care mandated by employers and
consumers of health care.
Vision:
Bridging the gap in medical allied program to be
a regional model of excellence in applied health allied
program.
About:
The health sciences program in the CASCS is
pleased to offer different health programs, which are
compatible with the ambition of KSU for raising the
quality of teaching and community services.
Aims:
To provide the private and public sectors with
professions in the field of applied health allied

science
To provide a variety of academic programs along
with short and long term educational courses
To maintain channels of cooperation with the
private sectors so that educational products and
practical needs of employment can become more
compatible and harmonious
Landmarks:
The program includes several laboratories in order
to carry out the applied studies and practicum.
Cooperation with distinguished faculty members

from within and out side the university
Cooperation with leading hospitals and medical

centers
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Abdul Majed M. Campbell

Eid Suleiman Qassem,
Hamad Abdullah Al-Luhaydan
Hassan Mohammed Al-Hazmi
Salem Schoeman Alchwimman
Ahmed Hassan Azab Al Far
Ali Saleh Ibrahim Al Shaya
Badr al-Din Abd al-Rahman M. Ali
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Fahad Atiq Atiq Al Atiq

Associate Prof.
Hussein M. Hussein Saleh,
Associate Prof.
Jibril Hassan Mohamed Arishi
Associate Prof.
Saad Abdullah Saad Al Ghanim,
Associate Prof.
Samani Al Sheikh Al Qasim Ahmed Associate Prof.
Shihab A. Jassim Al Mashhadani
Associate Prof.
Talal Ayed Al-Ahmadi
Associate Prof.
Abdullah Mohammed Al Majed
Assistant Prof.
Abdullah Salem Howaimel
Assistant Prof.
Ahmed Saleh Al Habib
Assistant Prof.
Ali Abdul Aziz M. Hamoudi
Assistant Prof.
Applies Ibrahim Osman Taha
Assistant Prof.
Kamal Ramadan Haji
Assistant Prof.
Mansour Abdullah. Al Zamil
Assistant Prof.
Mohamed Ali Ahmed Al Nafi
Assistant Prof.
Mohammad Abdullah Al Huron
Assistant Prof.
Riyadh Fadhal Mohammed Haq
Assistant Prof.
Salih Bakr Mohamed Saleh Olayan
Assistant Prof.
Ahmed Amin Mosa Jumah
Lecturer
Essam Mohamed al-Tum BaBaker
Lecturer
Kamal al-Din Omar Ahmed
Teaching
Tahseen Umr Nabeeh Khalaf
Teacher
M. Saadah Hassan Al Marashida
Researcher
Said Ali Mohamed Mahfouz
Research Asst.
Ali Ismail Said
Research Asst.
Saleh Ali Ahmed Al Masaad
Asst. Technician
Abboud Omar Afif
Professor
Abdul Aziz Abdullah Al Massad
Professor
Abdul Fattah S. Ahmad Abdul Fattah
Abdul Latif Dar strand
Abdul Rahman Abdul Latif As Sayyed
Abdullah Al Kamil Abdullah
Abdullah Fahad Abdullah Al Saqih
Abdullah Saad Al As Sibar
Ahmed history of lineage
Hashim Mohamed Abdul Wahab
Hassan Hassanein Hafeez
Hossam Mostafa Mosa Jabbarah
Imad al-Din Abdul Jabbar Ali Bashir
Mohamed Ali Abdul-Hamid Mohamed
Mohammed Abdul Wadud Ali Idris
Mohammed Bashir Mahmoud Ibrahim
Mission:
311
Mohammed Hussein Ali Hamdi

Mohammed Tayseer Ahmed Ghaybah
Mona Ahmed Attar,
Munira Mohammed Dosari
Murad Bosniac
Muhsin Muhammad Hassan Al Suyoufi
Saleh Obaid Hilal Al Ghazi
Sami Habib Allah Abdullah
Taj al-Din Abdur Rahman Abu KIaron
Zakaria Abdul Wahab Mohammed
Level 3
Radiographic Equipment and
Rad1202
Safety
Rad1203
Patient Care in Radiology Dept
Rad1201
Radiographic Technique (1)
Rad1204

312
Diploma
Programs:
Diagnostic Radiology Technician diploma program
Clinical Laboratory Technician diploma program
Medical Records Technician diploma program
Medical Secretary Technician diploma program
Nurse Technician diploma program
Diagnostic Radiology Program
Diagnostic Radiography is an invaluable aid to

physicians and surgeons in the diagnosis of disease,
and the radiology technician is an essential member of
the health care team. Responsibilities of radiographers
include accurately positioning the patient, producing
quality diagnostic images, good patient care and
communication skills. This is a 5-semester diploma
program (66 credit hours) designed for high school
graduates (science branch). The aim of this program
is to prepare qualified persons in radiography (X-ray)
and provide them with the basic knowledge in modem
imaging modalities to cover the need of the hospitals
and health care centers of the governmental and private
health sectors.
Study Plan:
Level 1
Course Title
General Chemistery
General Biology
Medical Terminology
Islamic Culture
English Language
Hrs
3
3
1
1
1
3
Level 2
Course Code
Rad1101
Rad1102
Rad1103
Rad1104
2
4
4
Course Code
Rad1301
Rad1302
Rad1304
Rad1303
Course Title
Mobile Radiography
Accidents and Emergency
Radiography
Hrs
4
4
4
4
Level 5
Hrs
Rad1401
Radiographic Image Interpretation 4
Rad1402
Practicum
4
Course Description:
About:
Course Code
Chm1101
Zoo1101
Com1101
Ter1101
Islam1101
Eng1103
Level 4
Degrees:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Hrs
Course Title
Radiographic Anatomy
Radiographic Physiology
X Ray Physics
Image Recording Techniques
Hrs
2
2
4
4
Course Name: General Chemistry No: 1101 Code: chm

Credit Hours: 3 (2 Theoretical + 2 practical) Level: 1
The course provide basics of organic chemistry
including hydrocarbons, alcohols, aldhydes, ketenes,
carboxylic acids, amines and other related compounds,
as well as benzene and its derivatives . The course also,
covers basics of inorganic chemistry including acids,
alkalines, and various salts related to clinical analysis.
Course Name: Principles of Computer No: 1101 Code: Com
Credit Hours: 1 (Theoretical + 1 practical) Level: 1
The course covers basic definitions, functional
graphical drawing of modern PC. Choosing work
terns, introduction disk operating system, using word
processes, using graphic software and using tabulated
spreadsheets. Applications such as Arabic Windows
operation (Windows 95 or higher) work processes
methods (Microsoft Word 7 or higher), electronic
tables methods (Microsoft Excel 5 or higher) and the
statistic package of software systems (SPSS).
Course Name: English Language No: 1101 Code: Eng
Credit Hours: 3 (Theoretical) Level: 1
This course aims to train students on basic English
language skills including reading, writing, listening and
speaking. The course addresses linguistic structures
and main functions of the language.
Course Name: Islamic Culture No: 1101 Code: Islam
Credit Hours: 1 (Theoretical) Level: 1
Study of Islams Characteristics, its general principles,
its universality, comprehensiveness and its consistence
with the proper human instincts and sound mind.
Course Name: Medical Terminology No: 1101 code: Ter
Credit Hours: 1 (Theoretical + 1 practical) Level: 1
This course provides common medical terms giving the

meaning of each part of the medical term and explains
the term their latin origin. The course also includes
detailed description of anatomy and physiology of
various body parts together with their diagnostic and
pathological features.
Course Name: Patient care in Radiology Department

No: 1203 Code: RAD
Credit Hours: 2 (Theory) Level: 3
The student is introduced the basic care of patient in
radiology department and how to communicate with
special case.
Course Name: General Biology No: 1101 Code: zoo

Credit Hours: 3 (2 Theoretical + 2 practical) Level: 1
The course includes basic study of cell structure, various
types of tissues and organ and their function.
Course Name: Radiographic Technique (2) No: 1204

Code: RAD
Credit Hours: 4 (theoretical + 4 Practical) Level: 3
The student is introduced to radiology imaging
techniques for the rest skeletal system comprised of
skull, rib cage and spine. The student learns methods of
producing clear detailed images of small parts through
proper positioning techniques.
Course Name: Radiographic AnatomyNo: 1101 ode: Rad

The student learns anatomy of various parts relevant to
X-ray imaging and how to compare them with radiology
findings.
Course Name: Radiographic Physiology No: 1102
code: RAD
The student learns basic physiology particular
emphasis on its relation to radiology. A full study of the
importance of various body systems is also provided.
Course Name: X-Ray Physics No: 1103 code: RAD
Credit Hours: 4 (2theoretical + 4 Practical) Level: 2
The course aims at studying basic principles of X-Ray
production and image generation through atom
components, electromagnetic with objects as well as
physics of radiology images, radiology production
methods and laboratory training in order to support
understanding of radiology production, and main
parts of radiology equipment through working with
simulators.
Course Name: Image Recording Techniques No:
1104 code: RAD
Credit Hours: 4 (2 theoretical + practical) Level: 2
The student is provided with adequate knowledge
skills of imaging, operating equipment in various
condition, control of image quality and handling dark
room operations,
Course Name: Radiographic Techniques (1) No: 1201
code: RAD
Credit Hours: 4 (2 theoretical + 4 Practical) Level: 3
The student is introduced to basic radiology imaging
for motor system. This course concentrates on upper
and lower extremities and their anatomy as well various
imaging views to demonstrate each part separately.
Course Name: Radiographic Equipment and Safety
No: 1202 Code: RAD
Credit Hours: 4 (theoretical + 4 Practical) Level: 3
Various radiology equipment including X-Ray units
are introduced with description of theirs components
as well electronic and electric used. The course aims
to provide knowledge and applications of protection
techniques and methods of minimizing radiology risks.

Code: RAD
Credit Hours: 4 (2theoretical + Practical) Level: 4
The student learns various types of contrast media,
methods of using them, their potential side effect and
ways to control them. The student also is introduced
to radiology imaging equipment for cardiovascular
system, urinary tract and bile ducts together with gall
bladder.
Code: RAD
This course aims to familiarize the student with the
important radiological investigation conducted by
using image equipment and to help the radiologist
conduct his work effectively and safely.
Course Name: Accident and Emergency No: 1303
Code: RAD
The course aims to familiarize the student with
E.R.departements and how to conduct radiology image
in E.R. setting with particular emphasis of the important
of time limitations in order to help save lives and provide
prompt treatment. The student is also provided with
information on types of fractures and other cases that
could be encountered in real practice.
Course Name: Mobile Radiology No: 1304 Code: RAD
The student is introduced by various mobile and
portable radiology equipment as well as imaging
techniques at an- patient wards, Intensive Care Unit and
Operating Room. He is also introduced to some other
equipment used in these settings such as respirators,
daring devices and various tubing. The student is
also provided with relevant information on various
sterilization and disinfection methods as well as basic
C.T. scanning methods.
Course Name: Radiographic Image interpretation
No: 1401 Code: RAD
The student is provided with relevant knowledge
313
and skills on interpreting radiology images to obtain

related anatomical and pathological information. The is
also provided with basic knowledge and skills needed
to identify normal finding and pathological change
through image films as well as how to judge
the technical quality and adequacy of the image.
Course Name: Practicum No: 1402 Code: RAD

Credit Hours: 8 (17 Practical) Level: 5
The student is given full opportunity to practice his
acquired academic knowledge at recognized hospital
under the supervision of educational and technical staff
at such hospital.
314
N u r s i n g P ro g ra m
About:
This program is designed to prepare technical nurses
to meet the current and future health care challenges
of nursing practice in the ever changing and increasing
demanding health care delivery system in Saudi Arabia.
The primary goal of the Technical Nursing Program is
to prepare technical nurses with the capabilities, skills
and competencies required for beginning nursing
practice including; promotion of health and prevention
of diseases, health restoration and health maintenance,
and care of individuals, families and population groups
in all health care and community settings.
Study Plan:
Level 1
Course Code
Arab1101
Islam1103
ENG1103
CS1102
BIOL1101
NUR1101
NUR1102
Course Title
Arabic Language
Islamic Studies
English Language
Anatomy & Physiology
Fundamental of Nursing &
Professional Ethics
Primary Health Care
Hrs
2
2
3
2
4
5
Course Title
Medical Terminology I
Microbiology
Pharmacology
Maternity Nursing
Pediatric Nursing
Hrs
2
2
2
8
5
Course Title
Medical Terminology II
Nutrition Science
Communicable Disease
Medical & Surgical Nursing
Hrs
2
2
2
13
Level 2
Course Code
NUR1202
CLS1202
PHAR1202
NUR1203
NUR1204
Level 3
Course Code
NUR1303
CHS1301
CHS1302
NUR1305
Level 4
Course Code
CHS1403
CHS1404
NUR1406
NUR1407
NUR1408
PSYC1401
Course Title
Epidemiology & Biostatistics
Health Education
Community & Elderly Health
Nursing
Psychiatric Nursing
Basic Nursing management
Psycho Social Science
Hrs
3
2
6
4
4
2
Level 5
CHS1403
Epidemiology & Biostatistics
CHS1404
Health Education
Community & Elderly Health
NUR1406
Nursing
NUR1407
Psychiatric Nursing
NUR1408
Basic Nursing management
PSYC1401
Psycho Social Science
Hrs
3
2
6
4
4
2
Course Description:
Arab. 1101 Arabic Language 2 (2+0)
The course aims to develop awareness and knowledge
of the student the rules of the Arabic language and
enable it to use the language of Arab sound course
covers the analysis of parts of speech of the name
and a verb and character building linguistic types and
grades, types and accents of the acts of the five names
and Muthanna thereto and expression with a focus
on the acts and character copier, name barred from
the exchange. In addition course covers the origins of
writing proper Arabic language in terms of structure
and division of topics and writing texts and reports.
Islam 1103 Islamic Studies 2 (2+0)
The course is designed to enlighten the student about
the Religion of Islam and its provisions, particularly
with regard to professional practices within the field of
allied health and medical care. The course also places
emphasis on the importance of ALLAH in the workplace,
as well as the role, understanding and implementation
of Islamic morals in the area of medical practice.
ENG. 1103 English Language 3 (3+0)
To consulate and extend students knowledge of English
Language up to the intermediate level by promoting
its use in reading, writing, listening and speaking, for
general and study purposes.
CS. 1102 Introduction to Computer 2 (2+0)
basic computer systems and some of the more common
software applications. Emphasis is placed on computer
applications in a hospital environment and a handson approach is adopted.
BIOL. 1101 Anatomy & Physiology 4 (4+0)
The main aim of this course is to provide a broad,
elementary introduction to the structure and function
of normal body systems. It will focus attention only on

the essential anatomical and physiological features of
the following systems:
made to the immune system defenses against microbial

invasion and the role of the nurse in infection control.
digestive system
skeletal system
renal system
muscular system
cardiovascular system
integumentary system
respiratory system
reproductive system and growth
endocrine system
special sense organs (ear, eye)
nervous system
urinary system
PHAR. 1202 Pharmacology 2 (2+0)

The course focuses on the major categories of
pharmacologic agents and application of pharmacologic
concepts in the clinical setting. Emphasis is placed on
understanding the physiologic action of common drugs,
expected patient responses and major side effects of
drugs. Drug calculation exercise are also introduced.
and their inter-relationship in providing a stable internal

environment (homeostasis). During practical sessions,
students will examine relevant anatomical models
and prepared physiological specimens, in the process
learning to recognize, name and draw their features.
In addition, they will be introduced to the dissection
of very simple biological material with attention paid
safety precautions and procedures involved. Students
will, also, be shown how to prepare and mount slides
for microscopic examination. Additionally, tests of
normal physiological function will also be carried out.
NUR. 1101 Fundamentals of Nursing 5 (2 + 6)
The course is designed to introduce the student to the
practice of nursing profession. It introduces nursing
process as a framework with emphasis on the role of
the nurse to maintain and restore clients physical
function. Clinical nursing practice are designed to assist
student demonstrate technical skills in assisting people
with the activities of daily living. Clinical laboratory
experiences are provided in nursing laboratory and
clinical experience are provided in ambulatory and
acute care settings.
NUR. 1102 Primary Health Care 4 (1+6)
The course includes definition and historical
development of PHC nationally and internationally,
basic aspects strategies, approaches, planning and
delivery of PHC program in the Kingdom, components
of PHC, the role of the health team, including the
pharmacy technicians in the delivery of the services of
the PHC.
NUR. 1202 Medical Terminology I 2 (2+0)
The course is designed to cover the essential medical
terminology required in the clinical studies program
CLS. 1202 Microbiology 2 (2+0)
The course provides an introduction to basic
microbiology with emphasis on morphology,
environment and the biochemical activities of bacteria,
viruses, fungi and parasites. The course provides a
base of scientific knowledge that correlates microbes
with production of infection, preclusion of disease and
measures of prevention and control. Specific reference is
NUR. 1203 Maternity Nursing 8 (2+12)

The focus of this clinical nursing course is on the normal
pregnancy, labor, birth, recovery and quality of life in
the childbearing phase of the lifecycle. The role of the
nurse in providing comprehensive therapeutic nursing
interventions in family centered maternity care in urban
settings is emphasized. Course content provides basic
knowledge in maternal newborn nursing and womens
health with particular attention to the psychosocial and
multicultural aspects of childbearing, communication,
collaboration, and critical thinking are stressed
throughout the course.
NUR. 1204 Pediatric Nursing 5 (2+6)
The course provides the theory and practice essential
for the development of students technical skills in caring
for normal and sick children. Growth and development
of children from infancy through adolescence and their
health promotion are emphasized. Students clinical
experiences are provided in children clinics, health
centers and inpatient care settings, where the students
utilize the nursing process in caring for children and
their families.
NUR. 1303 Medial Terminology II 2 (2+0)
A study of medical language commonly used by
members of health care team including word building,
roots, prefixes, suffixes, and combining vowels and
forms. A survey of abbreviations and major diseases,
diagnosis and therapeutic medical terms will be
presented. Meaning, spelling and pronunciation will be
stressed.
CHS. 1301 Nutrition Science 2 (2+0)
This course explores principles of nutrition and
nutritional management of common health problems.
Content includes a study of food nutrients and their
metabolism in health and requirements of an adequate
diet as applied to individuals of all age groups. Special
emphasis is placed on nutritional assessment, selection of
food required to meet physiological and psychological
needs of individuals. Nursing consideration pertinent
to dietary therapies are addressed.
CHS. 1302 Communicable Disease 2 (2+0)
This course will be provide an introduction to the
basic principles within microbiology, immunology,
and serology, such as the nature of microorganisms,
disease and resistance, and laboratory testing. This
course will also cover the epidemiology of specific
315
disease causing bacteria, viruses, parasites, protozoa,

and other microorganisms. Definitions and reporting in
communicable disease, and transmission of disease in
relation to control strategies will also be explored.
316
NUR. 1305 Medical & Surgical Nursing 13 (4+18)

Introduces the student to the role of the nurse in
assessing and meeting the medical and surgical nursing
needs of adults across the life span in various health
care settings. The student learns nursing concepts to
assist the patient in achieving optimal functioning.
Knowledge from foundational nursing, the sciences,
pharmacology and nutrition along with the continued
integration of mental health and cultural concepts
provides foundations for nursing care planning for
medical and surgical clients.
CHS. 1403 Epidemiology and Biostatistics 3 (3+0)
The course provides an overview of all components of
epidemiological concepts, principles and approaches
in preventive, promotive, curative and rehabilitative
public health services. Emphasis is placed on population
focused health care. The content covers an introduction
to biostatistics including vital statistics, descriptive and
inferential statistics.
CHS. 1404 Health Education 2 (2+0)
The course provides the students with principles
and methodologies of effective health teaching to
individual, families and groups. The course assist student
to develop skills in the specification of behaviors
influencing health problems and the delineation of
predisposition, enabling and reinforcing factors which
might be modified through health education to change
behavior. Opportunity will be provided for student to
share in developing, conducting and evaluating health
education programs.
NUR. 1406 Community Health Nursing & Elderly
Health Nursing 6 (3+6)
The course provides the students with the theory and
practice of community health nursing skills essential
to the assessment, planning, implementation and
evaluation of individuals, families and community.
Concepts, elements and trends in community health
nursing care presented with special consideration
on the expanding nursing role. Emphasis is placed on
health promotion and maintenance and prevention
of diseases as based on concepts of health and illness
during the individual life process. Clinical experiences
will be primarily in various community health settings.
NUR. 1407 Psychiatric Nursing 4 (1+6)
The course focuses on individuals, families and groups
experiencing psychiatric mental health problems across the
lifespan. Concepts related to communication therapeutic
relationships, human development, psychophysiology and
mental disorder and therapeutic modalities are explored.
Clinical experiences are provided to enable students to
apply the nursing process to the care of patients with
disturbed behavior in a variety of health care settings.
NUR. 1408 Basic Nursing Management 4 (1+6)

This course focuses on the development of
management skills assumed by professional nurses,
including delegation of responsibilities, networking,
facilitation of groups, conflict resolution, leadership,
case management, and collaboration. Concepts
addressed include organizational structure, change,
managing quality and performance, workplace
diversity, budgeting and resource allocation, and
delivery systems.
PSYC. 1401 Psycho-Social Nursing 2 (2+0)
The course focuses on the study of common problems of
the severely and chronically mentally disabled including
the physical psychological and socio-economic issues
of care. The relationship between changes relevant to
the illness process and those which can be attributed
to long term institutionalization are addressed. Special
emphasis is placed on theoretical base for psych-social
nursing assessment and nursing interventions.
NUR. 1500 Nursing Internship 22 (4+36)
The nursing internship program is an earn-while-youlearn program designed to facilitate the role transition
from student to practicing nurse.
M e d i c a l R e c o rd s P ro g ra m
About:
Medical Records Technician Diploma program is
designed to prepare the student to become a qualified
Medical Records Technician. This program prepares
graduates for entry-level positions in medical records
management. Medical records technicians may pursue
a career in various health care settings (e.g. hospital,
clinic, home care centers, physicians office, and longterm care setting).
Study Plan:
Level 1
Hrs
Eng1101
Intensive English 1
9
Applications on Personal Computer 3
Com1103
BA1201
2
MRT1101
Medical Records Sciences
3
MRT1102
Medical Terminology
3
Level 2
Eng1102
Intensive English 2
Islam1102
Islam and Medical Sciences
Organization of Healthcare
MRT1105
Services
MRT1106
Hospitals Statistics
MRT1103
Word Processomg
Ethical & Legal Issues in
MRT1206
Medical Records
Hrs
9
2
2
2
2
2
Level 3
Course Title
Medical Records Administration
Medical Records Filing Systems
Indexes & Classification Systems
Health Information Systems
Long Term Care Medical Records
Hrs
2
3
3
3
2
Authentication in Medical Records 3
Level 4
Selected Topics in Medical
MRT1208
Records
MRT1209
Databases& Applications
Location, Space, and
MRT1210
Equipments Requirements in
Medical Records
MRT1211
Quality Management
MRT1212
Introduction to Biostatistics
Research Methods in Health
MRT1213
Sciences
Hrs
2
3
3
3
3
3
Level 5
Internship in Medical
MRT1310
Records
ISLAM 1102 Islam & Medical Sciences 2

the religion of Islam and its provisions, particularly
with regard to professional practice within the field
of medical care. History of Islamic Medicine and the
contributions of Muslim physicians to medical progress
is also indicated.
Hrs
(36+0)18
Course Description:
ENG.1101 Intensive English 1 9
To consolidate and extend students knowledge of
English Language up to the intermediate level. by
promoting its use in reading, writing, listening and
speaking, for general and study purposes.
COM.1103 Applications on Personal Computer 3
applications in a hospital environment and a hands-on
approach is adopted.
MRT.1101 Medical Records Sciences 3 (2+2)
This course provides students with the basic knowledge
about medical records to enable students to learn basic
medical office skill, create and manage medical charts
and records.
MRT.1102 Medical Terminology 3
terminology required in the clinical studies program.
Objectives:
The course consolidates students medical language
knowledge allowing him / her to proceed with
confidence into the clinical part of his / her studies.
To further develop students knowledge of English
MRT 1105 Organization of Healthcare Services 4

This course provides the student with a complete
understanding of the structure and operation of Saudi
Health Care delivery system with a special focus on
the hospital. In addition, the course will include the
following: a brief history on the development of the
hospital; an overview on how hospitals are managed;
an outline of the various patient types; a review of the
medical staff, nursing services, ancillary services, and
other support services; an overview of accreditation;
and a survey of Saudi Health Care.
MRT 1106 Hospitals Statistics 2
This course presents information relating to the basic
statistical data needed by a health facilitys governing
board, medical staff and by outside agencies. Uniform
terminology in health care statistical data compilations
is also provided with the student receiving instruction in
Glossary definitions of patients, patient characteristics,
facilities, surgical operations, live births and fetal
deaths. In addition, the commonly computed rates and
percentages for inpatients are introduced, divided into
six parts- inpatient census data and its use, percentage
of occupancy, mortality rates, autopsy rates, other rates
and length of stay. Opportunities for extensive practice
in computing rates and percentages will be provided
for the student in a supervised laboratory setting.
MRT 1103 Word Processing 2(1+2)
The student will receive instruction and handson experience using Microsoft Office Software on
microcomputers. Proofreading skills are reinforced in
this course. Offices have undergone a rapid state of
change to become more efficient. New technologies and
careers have been developed in contemporary offices
with the advent of word processing equipment. This
course will meet the needs of secretaries, supervisors,
editors, proofreaders, clerks, analysts, managers, or
others engaged in office work in government, private
industry, or social service organizations.
MRT 1206 Ethical & Legal Issues in Medical Records 2
This course introduces students to various issues
related to work ethics and legal aspect, and their
implications, and compares the Saudi Labor Laws with
those from other countries. It aims to discuss employeremployees rights and breach of employment contracts,
and provides information on employer-employee
responsibility and accountability.
Course Code
MRT1107
MRT1201
MRT1202
MRT1203
MRT1205
MRT1204
by promoting its use in reading, writing, listening and

speaking for general purposes and for purposes of
technical study in a hospital environment.
317
MRT 1107 Medical Records Administration 2

This course provides the students with the following:
1. Knowledge about physician services and hospital
based inpatient
and outpatient services.
2. Knowledge about health database management,
documentation requirements, and liability related
to medical records and health care issues.
3. Knowledge to observe and practice of
management functions.
4. In-depth knowledge about coding using ICD-9
international coding system.
318
MRT 1201 Medical Records Filing System 3 (2+2)

This course will provide information about the content
of the medical record, numbering, filing and microfilm,
accreditation and certification standards. Practice in the
assembly and analysis of medical records, numbering
and filing systems.
Upon successful completion of this course, the student
will have demonstrated competency in accessing,
assembly and analysis of medical records, and
abstracting data from records, storage and review of
records, security, and privacy issues regarding health
information.
MRT 1202 Indexes & Classification systems 3 (2+2)
This course will explore CPT-4 Coding system and
its use in various reimbursement and data collection
schemers. Students will apply CPT coding principles
to various exercises and practice health codes, in a lab
setting. Reimbursement systems utilizes CPT coding as
their basis will be studied.
MRT 1202 Health Information Systems 3 (2+2)
commonly used medical record forms in the health
care facility. In addition, the student will become
familiarized with documentation requirements and the
role of various health care professionals in documenting
and completing the medical record forms. Efficient
record numbering and filing systems will be stressed as
one of the key functions in establishing good rapport
with other departments of the health care facility. In
addition, hands-on experience in the accurate assembly
of records in a prescribed order will be provided.
MRT 1205 Long term care medical records
2
The purpose of this course is to acquaint students
pursuing career in medical records with the dynamic
and increasingly important field of long term care.
It provides a comprehensive overview of programs,
policies, and services examines the issues, challenges
and dilemmas confronting long term care management
and others in the field of health services.
MRT 1204 Authentication in Medical Records 3
The Medical Records Department maintains a file
of how physicians authenticate their entries in the
medical records. Physicians are requested to fill in an
authentication form and return it to medical records.
Electronic authentication can be implemented by clinical
service for transcribed documents such as operative

reports, discharge summaries, and clinic notes.
MRT 1208 Selected Topics in Medical Records 2 (1+2)
The course focuses on selected topics in medical
records. The course is structured as a seminar where
students present papers to their peers. There will be
one team assignment. The course project will entail
submitting a paper outlining novel ideas. Students are
encouraged to work in groups.
MRT 1209 Database Applications 3 (2+2)
An introduction to database theory and development
principles with an emphasis on the design of database
systems and applications. Topics includes database
design theory, client/server database application
models SQL, and data normalization. Focuses on specific
applications that are important in a variety of computer
information systems. Applications are examined from
the perspective of user needs and program design.
MRT 1210 Planning & Designing of Medical Records
Department 3 (2+2)
This course prepares the students for the entry-level
in the planning and designing of Medical Records
Department. To introduce students to the various
methods of planning, and designing Medical Records
Department with emphasis on the structure of the
Department and required components.
MRT 1211 Quality Management 3
This Course is designed to introduce the student to
the definition, concepts, principles and practicalities
of quality in health care, inclusive of the four
components of a quality assurance program: Quality
Assessment, Utilization Management, credentialing,
and Risk Management. Such issues as defining quality,
measurement and assurance of quality, effectiveness
of quality assurance, and other critical ethical issues
for quality assurance will be discussed. The JCAHO
standards, as they relate to the above-mentioned
components, will also be presented.
MRT 1212 Introduction to Biostatics 2
MRT 1213 Research Methods in Health Sciences 3
This course provides student with the basic but
vigorous methodological skills so that they acquire the
skills necessary to conduct research in related fields.
INTERNSHIP
MRT 1310 Internship in Medical Records 18 (0 + 36)
DUTIES AND DEFINITIONS:1. The period of internship is defined as (6) months.
2. The internship period of six (6) months should be
completed in the training institution regardless
of time spent by the interns as night duty, work
on weekends or overtime as required by regular
staff.
3. Interns will follow exactly the working hours
and working procedures of the host institution.
Medical Secretary Program
About:
The Medical Secretary Diploma Program
combines interest in the medical field with clerical
skills. This program is designed to prepare students
for responsibilities such as providing administrative
support to keep health organizations running smoothly.
Students will learn medical terminology in order to
transcribe digital dictation prepare correspondence,
maintain medical record and charts, assist physicians
and/or medical scientists with reports, also receive
training related to hospital, clinical and laboratory data
reporting. Medical Secretaries must sustain a consistent
level of interest and dedication because their work
directly relates to their clients well being.
Study Plan:
Level 1
Eng1101
Intensive English 1
Applications on Personal
Com1103
Computer
BA1201
MRT1101
Medical Records Sciences
MRT1102
Medical Terminology
Hrs
9
3
2
3
3
Level 2
Eng 1102
Intensive English 2
Islam1102
Islam & Medical Sciences
Organization of Healthcare
MRT1105
Services
MAA1101
Principles of Medical Secretary
MAA1103
Word Processing 1
Hrs
9
2
2
3
3
Level 3
Hrs
MAA1203
MAA1211
MAA1202
ACC1103
MRT1202
Word Processing 2
Human Relations
Management
Advanced Medical
Terminology
Principles of Accounting
Indexes & Classification
Systems
3
3
3
3
Level 4
Modern Medical Office
MAA1212
Management
MAA1222
Health Insurance
MAA1209
Stenography
MAA1206
Medical Report Writing
Field practice in Medical
MAA1250
Secretary
Hrs
3
3
3
3
6
Course Description:
To consolidate and extend students knowledge of
English Language up to the intermediate level, by
promoting its use in reading, writing, listening and
speaking, for general and study purposes.
COM. 1103 Applications on Personal Computer 3
applications in a hospital environment and a hands-on
approach is adopted.
BA. 1201 Communication Skills 2
The course will prepare students to the public speaking
with emphasis on content and delivery if the right
message to the audience.
MRT.1101 Medical Records Sciences 3 (2+2)
This course provides students with the basic knowledge
about medical records to enable students to learn basic
medical office skill, create and manage medical charts
and records.
MRT 1102 Medical Terminology 3
terminology required in the clinical studies program.
OBJECTIVES:
The course consolidates students medical language
knowledge allowing him / her to proceed with
confidence into the clinical part of his / her studies.
ENG. 1102 Intensive English 2 9
To further develop students knowledge of English
by promoting its use in reading, writing, listening and
speaking for general purposes and for purposes of
technical study in a hospital environment.
ISLAM 1102 Islam & Medical Sciences 2
the religion of Islam and its provisions, particularly
with regard to professional practices within the field
of medical care. History of Islamic Medicine and the
contribution of Muslim physicians to medical progress
is also indicated.
MRT 1105 Organization of Healthcare Services 2
This course provides the students with a complete
understanding of the structure and operation of Saudi
For example: if night duty or work on weekends

is required of regular staff, interns will also be
subjected to such.
4. Absences from work not substantiated by certified
Medical excuses will be reported and penalties
will be assessed in terms of missed time. Tardiness
and absences from the work site will likewise be
subject to punishment.
5. Periodic reports will be made by the preceptor
of the host institution. Any final evaluation below
satisfactory will mean repeating such portion of
the internship at the end of the regular period.
319
Health Care delivery system with a special focus on

the hospital. In addition, the course will include the
following: a brief history on the development of the
hospital; an overview on how hospitals are managed;
an outline of the various patient types; a review of the
medical staff, nursing services, ancillary services, and
other support services; an overview of accreditation;
and a survey of Saudi Health Care.
320
MAA 1101 Principles of Medical Secretary 3(2+2)

The purpose of this course is introduce the medical
secretary profession as an important service to both
physician and patient. Medical secretaries must be fluent
in medical language and understand basic anatomy and
physiology, disease process and pharmacology, filing
and appointment scheduling as it relates to the medical
field, and the development of basic skills in the keying
of business letters and other office correspondence.
MAA 1103 Word Processing 1 3 (1+4)
The student will receive instruction and handson experience using Microsoft Office software on
microcomputers. Proofreading skills are reinforced in
this course. Offices have undergone a rapid state of
change to become more efficient. New technologies and
careers have been developed in contemporary offices
with the advent of word processing equipment. This
course will meet the needs of secretaries, supervisors.
editors, proofreaders, clerks. analysts, managers, or
others engaged in office work in government, private
industry, or social service organizations.
MAA 1203 Word Processing 2 3 (1+4)
Application of advanced word processing techniques
to the preparation of business correspondence,
tables, memos, and reports. The student will receive
instruction and hands-on experience using MS-Word
for Windows, MS-Excel I for Windows, and MS-Power
point for Windows software packages. A project
is assigned utilizing desktop publishing features,
integrating data among the Microsoft Office software
packages and utilizing the advance features of the
software packages. This course will meet the needs
of secretaries, supervisors, editors, proofreaders,
clerks, analysts, managers, or others engaged in office
work in government, private industry, or social service
organizations.
MAA 1211 Human Relations Management 3
Human relations skills are a critical factor in success
on the job. This course is designed to help students
plan and implement their own career strategic, placing
particular emphasis on the importance of effective job
attitudes and behaviors The students will be guided
in the development of those human relations skills
necessary to keep, advance in, or change careers. Many
individuals can benefit from knowledge, skills, and
information that will enable them to succeed on tile job.
This course will provide students with information and
activities to reinforce employer expectations and teach
appropriate behavioral skills for the workplace.

MRT 1203 Health Information Systems 3 (2+2)
commonly used medical record forms in the health
care facility. In addition, the student will become
familiarized with documentation requirements and the
role of various health care professionals in documenting
and completing the medical record forms. Efficient
record numbering and filing systems will be stressed as
one of the key functions in establishing good rapport
with other departments of the health care facility. In
addition, hands-on experience in the accurate assembly
of records in a prescribed order will be provided.
Acc. 1103 Principles of Accounting 3
This course is designed to give students an introduction
to the basic principles of accounting.
MRT 1202 Indexes & Classification systems 3 (2+2)
This course will explore CPT-4 Coding system and
its use in various reimbursement and data collection
schemers. Students will apply CPT coding principles
to various exercises and practice health codes, in a lab
setting. Reimbursement systems utilizes CPT coding as
their basis will be studied.
MAA 1212 Modern Medical Office Management 3 (2+2)
This course provides an overview of office procedures
required for the medical secretary to operate in
contemporary medical organizations. This course
focuses on providing the student with both theoretical
and practical knowledge to function in a complex
medical work environment.
MAA 1222 Health Insurance 3 (2+2)
This course is aimed to provide beginners of the medical
insurance billing course with an over-view of options
available in the field of medical insurance, along with
some basics and definitions. The course orients the
students who have the desire to engage and/or run a
successful medical insurance and billing business. The
specifically, the course focuses on How to get started,
determining what type of services to offer, reporting
and collecting choices.
MAA 1209 Stenography 3 (2+2)
Stenography or shorthand can be a huge time saver in
todays busy world. It is simple tolerant, and definitely
the right choice with a busy schedule such as secretaries
do require lots of practice though. Learn the mechanics
of shorthand and the strokes of each letter, common
shortest phrases, prefix or suffix abbreviations, number
and punctuation strokes, and learn tips on how to
transcribe (translate) your shorthand accurately.
Shorthand is a very make table skill in todays busy
world, plus it is a great way to keep your notes private,
shorthand is not hard to learn providing your practice
the symbol regularly.
MAA 1206 Medical Reports Writing 3 (2+2)
MAA 1250 Field Practice in Medical Secretary 6 (0+12)

This course will provide general hands on experience
in a supervised setting in order that students acquire
the necessary knowledge and skills for the practice of
medical secretary supported by the proper attitudes
and ethics in accordance with the tenants of Islam.
Clinical Laboratory Program

About:
Clinical Laboratory Science is a branch of medicine
dealing with laboratory analyses used in the diagnosis,
prognosis, and treatment of disease as well as in
the maintenance of health. Clinical laboratory
technologists or technicians are nationally recognized
as individuals possessing a baccalaureate or diploma
degree respectively and have received education,
clinical training (via hospital rotations) and intern ships
in different disciplines related to health and human
disease.
Study Plan:
Level 1
Course Code
Eng1103
Chm1101
Zoo1101
Com1103
Ter1102
Islam1101
Course Title
English Language
General Chemistry
General Biology
Medical Terminology
Islamic Culture
Hrs
3
3
3
3
2
1
Course Title
Basic Analytical Chemistry
Basic biochemistry
Basic Microbiology
Hematology Diseases
Medical Parasitology
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
Course Title
Clinical Biochemistry
Medical Bacteriology 1
Basic Immunology
Emergency Services
Medical Virology
Hrs
3
3
3
2
2

Bio1204
Clinical Biochemistry 2
Mic1204
Medical Bacteriology 2
Hrs
3
3
Level 2
Course Code
Chm1202
Bio1202
Mic1202
Hem1202
Par1202
Level 3
Course Code
Bio1203
Mic1203
Imm1202
AE1202
Vir1202
Level 4
Hem1203
Myc1202
Saf1202
Hem1204
Blood Bank & Blood

Transfusion
Medical Mycology
Safety & Laboratory
Management
Blood - Clotting
Course Title
Biochemistry Clin Practice
Microbiology Clin Practice
Hematology Clin Practice
Introduction to Epidemiology
Independent Study
Medical Genetics
Hrs
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
Level 5
Course Code
Bio1303
Mic1303
Hem1303
Epi1303
FSt1303
Gen1303
Course Description:
Eng.1103 English Language 3 (Theoretical)
This course is designed to promote the standards of
English and develop reading, writing, listening, and
speaking skills. Class discussion should be encouraged,
and oral conversations should be practiced daily. The
topics discussed should carefully be selected to suit the
field of the students specialization.
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Understand differences between nouns, verbs,
and other words in the sentence.
2. Understand simple written and spoken English.
3. Speak simple English with no grammatical
mistakes.
4. Write correctly with no spelling mistakes.
Zoo.1101 General Biology 3 (2 Theoretical +3 Practical)
This course is intended to provide the beginning
student with a background in the fundamentals of the
Biological Sciences which helps in preparing them for
careers in medical technology.
The course introduces basic biological principles,
stressing the chemistry of life processes with particular
references to man. It includes cell structure and
function; digestive system; respiratory system, blood
circulatory system; maintenance of body fluids (fluid
and electrolyte balance). The course will also cover, cell
structure and function, body control systems (nervous
and endocrine), locomotion system (musculoskeletal),
human reproduction.
The practical part is intended to provide the beginning
student with selected laboratory experiences concerning
the fundamentals of Biological Science. The focus of
the lab exercises will be organic molecules, and cell
structure and function. Upon successful completion of
this course, the student should demonstrate approved
techniques of handling laboratory specimens and
equipment. He should be able to record data accurately
and in proper form and describe the characteristics and
properties of cellular structures and biomolecules and
different systems studied in the laboratory.
This course focuses on skill development in the

production of medical reports including patient
history and physical diagnosis, consultations, discharge
summaries, operative reports and other medical
reports. Emphasis on the speed and accuracy.
321
Chm.1101 General Chemistry 3 (2 Theoretical +3

Practical)
This course is designed to provide the student with an
adequate background in the fundamental concepts of
chemistry such as classify matter, perform calculations
related to density, specific gravity, and perform
calculations related to the mole concept.
Organic chemistry part will cover the structure,
nomenclature, reactions, and synthesis of the main
types of organic compounds especially aromatic and
carbonyl compounds and the understanding of the
basics of lipids, carbohydrates, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids.
322
In practical part of this course, the student will gain the

ability to demonstrate approved techniques in handling
laboratory equipment; record data accurately and in
proper formats; make and use measurements to calculate
descriptive properties of matter such as density, mass,
volume, concentration, chemical formulas.
For the practical organic chemistry part, the
student should demonstrate the ability to follow
laboratory procedures for separation, purification,
and identification of organic compounds. He should
also be able to give complete structures from the
names; determine the structure of compounds from
experimental data; understand how functional group
structure determines chemical reactivity as well as the
mechanism of a reaction based upon the structure of
the functional group.
Islam 1101 Islamic Culture 1 (Theoretical)
This course is designed to provide the student with the
Islamic views on human, the family, his rights and duties
towards the other members of the community and the
governing system.
Com.1103 Introduction to Computer 3 (2 Theoretical
+3 Practical)
The course introduces students to personal computers
and applications. It also describes the use of computers
and data processors in the Radiology Department.
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Define the components of the computer and their
functions.
2. Use computer software. e.g. database and spreadsheets.
3. Understand various operation systems.
4. Understand the use of computer in Radiology
Department.
5. Use the Internet.
Chm.1202 Basic Analytical chemistry 3 (2 Theoretical
+3 Practical)
The Course involves the application of various
laboratory methods for determining composition of
samples, both qualitatively and quantitatively. These
topics provide the student with the knowledge and
skills required to understand the aspects of analytical
chemistry which are essential for the medical laboratory
technician. On successful completion of the course, the

student will have a sound knowledge of the terms,
definitions, principles and techniques of analytical
chemistry.
Bio.1202 Basic Biochemistry (2 Theoretical +3 Practical)
This course considers how the analysis of samples from
the body for various constituents can give insight into
pathological processes. Included are the principles for
tests routinely carried out in a clinical biochemistry
laboratory, and the biological understanding of
test results. Specific subjects considered are clinical
enzymology, heme catabolism, liver function toxicology
and therapeutic drug monitoring principles of
immunoassays, blood carbohydrates, lipids, proteins,
porphyrins, endocrinology, gastric and GI function,
fetal-placental function, and biochemical tumor
markers.
While in laboratory hours, students will study the
structure, metabolism and function of carbohydrates,
lipids, proteins and enzymes present in the human
body. Pathological conditions which cause an
increase or decrease in the above compounds are
discussed. Laboratory methods used to determine the
concentration of carbohydrates, cholesterol, protein
and selected enzymes in body fluids are analyzed
Mic.1202 Basic Microbiology 3 (2 Theoretical +3 Practical)
This Course is designed to build on work carried out in
General Biology code No. 11o1 and to introduce the
student to important topics which are preparatory to
other Courses in the Medical Laboratory Technology
Clinical Curriculum. The Course involves a study of major
topics in microbiology, and immunology, but covering
the basic elements only in each case. The Course
incorporates a practical Study Unit, which introduces
students to some of the fundamental principles and
techniques, met in the lectures. It is an essential feature
of this Course, that it provides the basis, not only, for
further studies in Mic. 1203 and Imm. 1202, but also,
complements other clinical and professional Courses in
the MLT Clinical Curriculum.
Upon completing the Course successfully, the
student will have a sound knowledge of the terms,
definitions, techniques and processes commonly used
in microbiology and Immunology. It is important to
emphasize that the student will only be familiar with the
fundamentals of each topic only. Nevertheless, this will
be more than sufficient to allow the student to approach
his studies in at more advanced level with confidence.
In addition, he will have continued to develop and
improve upon his practical skills and expertise.
Hem.1202 Hematology Diseases 3 (2 Theoretical +3
Practical)
This course is a study of the production and function
of the normal blood cells (erythrocytes, leukocytes and
platelets) and of some of the procedures performed
routinely in the clinical laboratory for erythrocyte.
For the practical sessions, abnormal blood findings

plus other diagnostic procedures will be studied
in the laboratory. Students will also learn how to
utilize special stains and bone marrow studies. The
erythrocytes, thrombocytes and all types of leukocytes
are studied and analyzed in laboratory tests, as well as
their origin and development. Students will also learn
how to perform ABO forward and reverse grouping,
Rh grouping and the antiglobulin test (direct and
indirect).
Par.1202 Medical Parasitology 3 (2 Theoretical +3
Practical)
This Course is designed to introduce the student to
the study of parasitology. It will consider parasites
of medical importance and in particular, will focus
attention on those parasitic diseases indigenous to Saudi
Arabia and the Gulf region. The Course will cover the
classification, general morphology, life-cycle patterns,
disease transmission, symptoms and the specific sites of
parasitic infection in the human body. In the practical
component, the student will be introduced to a limited
range of laboratory methods and diagnostic techniques,
employed in the examination of specimens, (stool,
blood and urine), for parasitic infections in selected
cases.
On completing this Course successfully, the student
will be able to demonstrate a sound knowledge
of parasitic infections commonly found in the Gulf
region and will have a basic general knowledge of
other medically-important parasites, their life-cycles,
means of transmission and clinical signs of infection.
In addition, the student will be able to conduct the
macroscopic laboratory examination of parasiticallyinfected specimens in a competent, safe and hygienic
manner.
Bio.1203 Clinical Biochemistry (1) 3 (2 Theoretical +3
Practical)
A study of the clinical chemistry of blood, urine, and
other body fluids is applied to carbohydrates, lipids,
proteins, amino acids, nucleic acids and enzymes.
The use and interpretation of clinical procedures are
discussed with emphasis on the critical appraisal of
laboratory methods as applied to the study of disease.
Clinical chemistry is primarily concerned with the
chemical balance of the body. Blood and other body
fluids are analysed for a large number of compounds,
using a variety of analytical techniques. The information
gained is used, in conjunction with laboratory data from
other disciplines, to assist in the diagnosis and treatment
of disease by other health care professionals.
In the laboratory, the concepts of qualitative and

quantitative analytical chemistry using basic and
advanced laboratory instrumentation are studied.
Laboratory safety methods are learned and practiced
throughout. Statistical methods, quality control and
quality assurance methods are applied in all phases
of laboratory work. This course will provide the
knowledge and skills required to perform selected
tests for carbohydrates, electrolytes, enzymes, renal
and liver functions. Students will also perform analysis
for proteins, therapeutic drugs, drugs of abuse, and
endocrine testing.
Mic.1203 Medical Bacteriology (1) 3 (2 Theoretical +3
Practical)
This course introduces students to the basic bacteriology,
classification, structure, function, ecology, nutrition,
physiology and genetics of bacteria. Methods used in
microbial isolation, growth, metabolism, identification,
enumeration and control. Also, principles of resistance
and immunity are also introduced to the student.
Laboratory exercises provide practical experience
and complement the theory that aims toward
acquainting students with the fundamental principles
and basic laboratory procedures used in working
with microorganisms, especially those of medical
importance. This includes inoculation and incubation of
media, differentiation between normal and pathogenic
bacteria, biochemical and other appropriate tests to
identify Pathogens, antibiotic sensitivity testing, and
Quality Control will also be exercised.
Imm 1202 Basic Immunology 3 (2Theoretical+3practical)
This course teaches principles of basic physiology of
the immune system both innate and acquired. It will
cover the involvement of the immune system in various
disease states and clinical conditions. Students will
be introduced to the principles of antigen-antibody
reactions and their application in many laboratory
tests.
For the practical sessions, types of antigen-antibody
reactions are studied and agglutination testing
-is performed in the laboratory. Serial dilutions
are made and interpreted.. Basic immunologic
procedures including precipitation reactions and
labeled immunoassays will also be experienced. Lab
procedures will also include the use and interpretation
of commercial serology test kits.
AE 1202 Emergency Services 2 (1Theoretical+3practical)
This course includes techniques for taking and reading
vital signs as well as CPR For Health Care Providers.
Prevention, recognition and treatment of medical
emergencies in dentistry as well as patient health history,
vitals. air-ways, resuscitation equipment, emergency
kits, and an overview of pharmacology.
Students will:
Gain an excellent knowledge of the types of medical
emergencies in Medical Laboratory as well as a variety
of conditions and diseases.
Receive the required skills in First Aid and CPR.
leukocyte and platelet counts, hemoglobin and

hemotocrit determinations and the evaluation of blood
films for normal and abnormal smears. The course also
includes very basic introduction to the theory and
routine tests for hemostasis, haemostatic disorders and
laboratory techniques used in the diagnosis of bleeding
disorders will be studied.
323
Vir 1202 Medical Virology 2 (Theoretical)

An introductory course emphasizing basic understanding
of medical virology and viral pathogenesis. The
biochemical, replication, host-parasite relationships
and pathogenesis of animal viruses are examined too.
324
Bio.1204 Clinical Biochemistry (2) 3 (2 Theoretical +3

Practical)
This course is a continuation of the first clinical chemistry
in topics. Designed to provide further instruction and
study of the techniques of clinical chemistry testing and
laboratory practice used to evaluate different human
body organs and systems. Further practical sessions
will provide the MLT student with the opportunity to
perform various chemistry methods of analysis used in
clinical laboratories to assist in diagnosing, monitoring
treatment, and preventing disease.
Mic.1204 Medical Bacteriology (2) 3 (2 Theoretical
+3 Practical)
The course objective is to provide the students with a
working knowledge of the tests and systems necessary
to identify medically important bacteria. The material
covered includes the systematic study of bacteria of
medical importance together with an understanding of
their relationship to disease processes.
Antibiotic sensitivity testing and serological methods of
measuring antibodies will also be covered.
In the practical part, students will learn how to perform
isolation and identification techniques for clinically
significant microorganisms from the eye/ear, genital
tract, cardiovascular and central nervous systems, and
skin/wound/soft tissue sites. Antimicrobial susceptibility
testing will be studied and practiced and molecular
diagnostics techniques will be introduced.
Hem.1203 Blood bank & Blood Transfusion3
(2Theoretical+3practical)
This course involves the study of red cell blood group
systems as they apply to the testing of blood for
transfusion purposes. The detection, treatment and
prevention of Hemolytic Disease of the Newborn is
also covered.
Included in this course also, will be a study of transfusion
practices and problems, blood components and donor
requirements. Also included will be the methods,
practical experiences and equipment needed to gain a
full understanding of a transfusion laboratory.
Myc.1202 Medical Mycology 2 (Theoretical)
This course will acquaint the student with the subject
of medical mycology. Classification and characteristics
of pathogenic fungi are presented. The laboratory
exercises will concentrate on preparation & specimens,
laboratory procedures, and identification of organisms
encountered in mycology studies.
Upon successful completion of this course, the student

should be able to:
Determine the presence of and identify the

fungal forms.
Differentiate between molds and yeasts.

Define the basic terms used to describe
the fungi both microscopically and

macroscopically.
Discuss the various classifications of the fungi.
Discuss the procedures used in properly
collecting specimens for mycology.
Discuss the reasons for direct examination of
every mycology specimens.
Discuss the use of various stains used in
mycology examinations.
Discuss the various techniques and media used
for cultivating fungi, discuss the effects of time
and temperature on fungal growth, define
rapid, intermediate and slow growth rates.
Describe the methods of inoculation of various
media for fungal isolation.
Compare teased mount and slide culture
techniques,
describe
morphological
features used to identify fungi in different
preparations.
Discuss the use of skin tests and serology in
identifying my cases.
Discuss the diseases caused by the yeasts,
candidiasis, cryptococcosis, geotrichosis and
opportunistic pathogens and dimorphic
organisms.
Discuss the yeast including which tests
are used to differentiate then, germ tube,
carbohydrates assimilation and fermentation,
capsule, and pigment production.
Saf.1202 Safety & Laboratory Management 2

(2Theoretical)
This course introduces some of the statistical skills
necessary for scientific research. Topics include:
measures of central tendency and dispersion;
probability; probability distributions; quality control;
interval estimation; Z, t, F and chi-square hypothesis
tests.
An introduction to the principles of management as
they apply to clinical laboratories. Subject matter will
include the management process in small and large
clinical laboratories, performance appraisals and setting
priorities for laboratory services.
The course will also cover the skills required for
management roles, with a complete overview of
methods used to ensure quality patient management,
quality assurance and quality control techniques.
A study of homeostasis and coagulation in normal and

disease processes will be explored. Identification of
significant cellular charges is stressed Blood coagulation
function testing and coagulation lab, will be studied,
will be studied, performed and evaluated.
Epi.1303 Introduction to Epidemiology 2 (Theoretical)

Principles and methods in the study of communicable
and other diseases in space, overtime, and in
populations. Factors related to their occurrence and
case studies. Basic concepts of epidemiology, applied
mortality and morbidity in Saudi Arabia. Approaches
in disease cycles (host, man, environment).
Upon completion of the lecture-portion this course the

student shall be able to:
This course will enable student to:

Describe the incidence, morbidity and
Discus basic theories of hemostasis including:

Interelationship of the three systems in the
mortality of the major communicable and

chronic diseases in Saudi Arabia.
Analyze statistical evidence of factors in the
occurrence of these
diseases.
Understand epidemiological methods in
control of common diseases and disabilities.
hemostatic mechanism.
Cascade theory.
Fibrinolytic mechanism.
Regulatory mechanism.
Discuss routine and special laboratory examination
of the hemostatic mechanism.
Discuss qualitative and quantitative platelet
disorders.
Discuss antithrombic therapy as it relates to
laboratory procedures.
Discuss homeostasis , distinguishing between
hereditary and acquired disorders.
Evaluate given clinical and laboratory data and
determine cause of defects in the haemostatic
mechanism.
Discuss the principles of insemination in coagulation
laboratory.
Upon completion of the laboratory practialportion of this couse, the student shall be able to:
Demonstrate proper use of the various
anticoagulants required in the clinical laboratory.
Perform the procedures used for the blood
samples, properly label samples and determine
specimen acceptability for coagulation procedure.
Demonstrate working knowledge of and operate
the equipment required in coagulation laboratory
including pipettes, centrifuges, semi-automated
and automated optical clot detection equipment.
Perform all procedures with regard to prescribed
safety protocol.
Demonstrate ethical and professional responsibility
in the performance of all procedures.
Gen.1303 Medical Genetics 2 (Theoretical)

This course provides the student with the principles of
Human cytogenetics and molecular biology techniques.
It demonstrates the practical applications of this
technology in a diagnostic laboratory. Topics include,
but are not limited to, DNA/RNA isolation, hybridization,
Polymerase Chain Reaction, and restriction enzyme
analysis.
Fst.1303 Independent Study 2 (Theoretical)

This course is a methodology and seminar presentation
skill course in which students discuss clinical experiences
and other topics related to clinical laboratory
technology.
Hem.1303 Hematology Clinical Practice 2 (4practical)
This clinical rotation in blood banking provides the
student the opportunity to learn and perform routine
and analytical tests on human body specimens to
provide accurate data to assist the healthcare team in
diagnosis, treatment, prevention and monitoring of
disease states.
Bio.1303 Biochemistry Clinical Practice 2 (4practical)
The Clinical Chemistry clinical rotation covers a
composite of manual and automated procedures and
exposure to the professional atmosphere found in a
hospital lab. Students under supervision are involved in
the analysis of patient samples and the quality control
programs associated with acceptable laboratory
standards.
This course will provide experience in a modern Clinical
Chemistry laboratory along with weekly tutorials
followed by comprehensive theoretical and practical
examinations.
Mic 1303 Microbiology Clinical Practice 2 (4practical)
In the third year as a part of a clinical laboratory
education for Medical Laboratory Science students, have
the opportunity to apply the theory and technical skills
learned in the second year. In the clinical laboratories
under supervision, the student will be involved in the
processing and analysis of patient specimens, quality
control programs and the general workings of the
clinical microbiology laboratory.
This course will provide experience in a modern
microbiology laboratory followed by comprehensive
theoretical, oral and practical examinations.
Hem.1204 Blood Clotting 2 (1 Theoretical +3 Practical)
325
About:
The program currently presents a diploma in
Communications and Computer Networks and a
diploma in Computer Programming and Databases.
Given the increasing importance of communications
and computer networks with continued growth
observed at the local level within the premises of
the institutions and at the national level through the
interconnections among the branches of institutions,
as well as at the international level over the Internet
along in various parts of the world. In response to that,
a diploma in Communications and Computer Networks
was designed to rehabilitate young Saudis with the
knowledge and skills necessary to work in the field of
communications and computer networks including
operation, installation, maintenance, management,
security, and performance evaluation.
A diploma in Computer Programming and
Databases was designed to train students to use
modern programming techniques, to develop their
skills through intensive practical applications, and
to learn how to design, maintain, and develop
databases using a practical applications.
Aims:
1. To provide the private and public sectors with
professions in the fields of natural and engineering
sciences.
2. To Provide a variety of academic programs along
with short and long term educational courses.
3. To maintain channels of cooperation with the
private sector so that educational products and
practical needs of employment can become more
compatible and harmonious.
Vision:
Bridging the gap between theor y and
practice, and enable the natural sciences and
engineering to be a model of excellence in
applied education
Mission:
Prov id i n g
p ro g rams
in
n at u ral
an d
en g i neeri n g sciences and implement ing the
highest standards of excel l e n ce i n a p p l i e d
education to prepare the qualifi e d ca d res fo r
the labor market .
Degrees:
Diploma
Programs:
1. Communication and Computer Networks
326
2. Programming and Databases
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Hassan Mathkour
Hussam M. Ramadan
Saad Haj Bakry
Mansour Alsuliaman
Sami Saleh Alwakeel
Tahseen Ghazal
Saleh Aletaiwi
AlMetwally M Mostafa
Ayman Abdulaziz Altamim
Fawzi Alarifi
Fayhan Alotaibi
Khaled N. Al Muteb
Khalid AlShalfan
Mohammad Amer Arafah
Mohammed Abduldayem
Mostafa H. Dahshan
Musaed A. Al-Hussein
Rafiq Jamal Aldeen
Sameer Almoji
Souhail Chebbi
Yousry I. Taha
Ahmed Abdel Razek Ali
Ashraf Yousseff
Gamal Al-Sorbagy
Hesham Tolba
Irshad Buchh
Mohammed Ezzat
Muanes Alsalati
Najmuddin Malik
Sultan Marie
Ibrahim Shahwan
Mohammed Saad
Nabeeh AlSharif
Professor
Professor
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Engineer
Engineer
Engineer
Aims:
A diploma in Communications and Computer Networks
was designed to achieve the following objectives:
To rehabilitate young Saudis with the knowledge

and skills necessary to work in the field of
communications and computer networks including
operation, installation, maintenance, management,
security, and performance evaluation.
To provide career opportunities for graduates

through collaboration with institutions
companies through summer training.
and
Study Plan:
Diploma in Communications and Computer Networks
First Level
Course Code
ENG 1101
MATH 1101
CSC 1101
Course Title
Intensive English
Mathematics
Computer Programming (1)
Structure
Introduction to Operating
Systems and Basic Applications
Hrs
9
3
3
Course Code
ENG 1102
STAT 1201
CSC 1201
Course Title
Intensive English
Statistics and probability
Hrs
9
3
3
CSC 1202
Introduction to Communications
and Information Networks
CSC 1203
Introduction to Databases
CSC 1102
CSC 1103
3
4
CT 1404
CT 1405
CT 1406
CT 1407
Wide Area Networks and

Internet Lab
Networks Security
Networks Security Lab
Project (2)
3
3
3
2
Fifth Level
Development of Internet
CT 1501
Applications
Communication Networks
CT 1502
Planning and Design
CT 1503
Networks Operating Systems
Networks Operating Systems Lab
CT 1504
Recent Developments in
CT 1505
Networks
CT 1506
Project (3)
Hrs
4
3
3
3
3
3
Course Description:
ENG 1101 Intensive English 9
Students are introduced to: Grammar; Lingual phrases;
Intensive reading, writing, listening, and speaking
practices; and English and Arabic Translation training.
MATH 1101 Mathematics 3
Students are introduced to: Binary systems; Computer
symbols; Logic; Arithmetic systems; Groups, relations,
and Boolean Algebra; Logical gates, logical circuits
and their simplification; Arrays and matrices; Linear
equations.
Second Level
Third Level
Course Code
CT 1301
CT 1302
CT 1303
CT 1304
CT 1305
CT 1306
CT 1307
Course Title
Communication Systems (1)
Communication Lab (1)
Local Area Networks
Local Area Networks Lab
Management
Management Lab
Project (1)
Hrs
3
3
3
3
Course Title
Communication Systems (2)
Communication Lab (2)
Wide Area Networks & Internet
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
2
Fourth Level
Course Code
CT 1401
CT 1402
CT 1403
CSC 1101 Computer Programming (1) 3

Students are introduced to: Problem solving techniques
using computers; Introduction to C programming
languages; General structure of C programming
language; Inputs and outputs instructions; Variables;
Loops; Functions; Arrays; Files and Structures and
Sorting and searching techniques.
CSC 1102 Introduction to Computer Structure 3
Students are introduced to: Computers components,
functions, and development; Computers hardware and
peripherals; Software components and applications;
Programming languages and their abstract default
levels; Processor architecture and primary operations;
Memory architecture and memory management; Input
and output operations and structures; Computers
internetworking; and Computers features and their
evaluation criteria.
CSC 1103 Introduction to Operating Systems and
Basic Applications 4
Students are introduced to: Introduction to operating
systems; Fundamentals of operating systems with
illustrative examples; Word processors; Spread sheets;
Electronic presentation; and Databases.
Communications & Computer

Networks
327
328

Prerequisite
ENG1101
Ethernet; Token Rings; FDDI; Communication methods

between LANs; LANs switches, bridges, and routers;
and ATM networks and their applications.
Prerequisite CSC1202
STAT 1201 Statistics and Probability 3

Students are introduced to: Introduction to statistics;
Frequency Tables; Average, mode, and median;
Variance and standard deviation; Random variables;
Introduction to probabilities: Sample space; Events;
Conditional probabilities theories; and Independence.
CT 1304 Local Area Networks Lab. 3

Students will conduct various experiments related to
CT1303.
Corequisite: CT1303

Students are introduced to: An introduction to C++
Language; Classes of C++ objects and be exposed to
other data structures of C++; C++ Input and output
methodologies; C++ file management; and Applications
of object-oriented programming.
CSC 1202 Introduction to Communications and
Information Networks 3
Students are introduced to: Networks development,
functions, elements and types; Communication
systems; Communication transmission media; Switching
techniques: Circuit switching, Packet switching;
Networks connectivity and information routing;
Networks protocols; International standards; Internet
and Intranets components and their operational
methodologies; Internet services; and High speed
networks.
CSC 1203 Introduction to Databases 3
Students are introduced to: Introduction to database;
Types of databases; Database structure; Relational
databases and their uses; Database design; and Practical
applications.
CT 1301 Communication Systems (1) 3
Students are introduced to: Communication systems
elements; Frequency spectrum; Signal modulation
principles; Analog modulation: Amplitude and
frequency modulation; Pulses and signals modulation;
Digital modulation: Amplitude shift; Frequency shift;
Phase shift; Encoding and decoding; Frequency
Division Multiplexing; Time Division Multiplexing;
Noise; Decibel percentages; Noise in analog and digital
systems; and channel Bandwidth.
CT 1302 Communication Lab. (1) 3
CT1301.
Corequisite: CT1301
CT 1303 Local Area Networks 3
Students are introduced to: Definition of Local Area
Networks (LANs); Types of LANs; Transmission media
of LANs: Twisted pairs, Coaxial cables, Fiber optics,
etc., and their characteristics; LANs protocols; LANs
geographical distribution; Medium Access methods;
CT 1305 Communication Networks Management 3

Students are introduced to: General framework of
communication networks management; Communication
networks management functions and the international
regulations and standards; Principles of communication
network
management;
Maintenance
services,
performance levels, and support centers; Subscribers
and devices management; Customers complains
office; Reporting management; and Integrative senior
management through available resources.
CT 1306 Communication Networks Management Lab. 3

Students will conduct various experiments and case
studies related to CT1305.
Corequisite: CT1305
CT 1307 Project (1) 2
Students preparation and qualification to perform
scientific and technical tasks that are related to third
level subjects.
Corequisite: CT1303
CT 1401 Communication Systems (2) 3
Students are introduced to: Specifications and
standards Associations of communication systems;
Bandwidth capacities; Bilateral communication systems;
MODEM systems; Wired and wireless media; Basic
and broadband systems; Telephone communication
systems; Fiber optics systems; Satellites; Paging systems;
Mobile network systems; TV and digital broadcasting
systems; and ISDNs.
Prerequisite CT1301
CT 1402 Communication Lab. (2) 3
CT1401.
Corequisite: CT1401
CT 1403 Wide Area Networks and Internet 3
Students are introduced to: Wide Area Networks
(WANs) definition; Types of WANs (Internet and
ATMs); Internet protocols and applications; TCP/IP/
UDP protocols; Transmission protocols; Internet and
intranets components; Firewalls protocols; High speed
networks protocols and applications; ATM protocols; ;
and High speed networks.
Prerequisite CT1303
CT 1405 Networks Security 3

networks security management; Security measurements
and specifications; International regulations and
standards; Principles of devices security, programming
and information management; Information security
and encryption methodologies; Security media: Antiviruses; Information Security Management Systems;
Security policy; and Risk management.
CT 1406 Networks Security Lab. 3
Corequisite: CT1405
scientific and technical tasks that are related to forth
level subjects.
Corequisite: CT1403
Summer General Training:
After completing the fourth level at an accredited

private/public institution (Duration: 6 weeks).
Students are required to accomplish the following
tasks:
Networks performance evaluation, tender
proposals, installation, operations, and maintenance
contracts, and administrators selection criteria and
training.
Internet and Intranet requirements evaluation
Communications networks hands-on installation,
operations, and maintenance; and
Backbone networking protocols selection,
installation, development, and maintenance.
Networks protocols security and management.
CT 1501 Development of Internet Applications 4

Students are introduced to: Websites construction and
architecture; Websites establishment and design using
HTML; Websites design using MS Front Page; CGI
programming; Using Java in Web Sites; Linking websites
to databases; and Internet applications and examples.
CT 1502 Communication Networks Planning and Design 3
networks planning; Long-term and short-term network
planning (Strategic, tactical, etc.); Demand for execution;
Demand for utilization; Transmission and information
flow engineering fundamentals; Networks topologies
and channels bandwidth; Information flow through
network channels; Network performance evaluation;
Networks Cost/benefits analysis; New technologies;
and Practical applications.
CT 1503 Networks Operating Systems 3

Students are introduced to: Networks operating systems
definitions; Basic tasks of networks operating systems;
Examples of networks operating systems (UNIX, Linux,
windows, etc.); Various networks operating systems
management tools; Users accounts administration;
Networks operating systems protocols setup; and
Security systems related to networks operating
systems.
CT 1504 Networks Operating Systems Lab.3
Students are introduced to: Intensive practical training
on networks operating systems including: Installations
and setups; Users accounts administration; Printing
management; Backups; Network maintenance; and Error
discovery and disaster recovery tools and techniques.
CT 1505 Recent Developments in Networks 3
Students are introduced to: Facets of network
technologies developments (historical background);
New and old network technologies; Recent advanced
network technologies; Recent advancements indicators;
Life cycle of networking standards; Future expectations;
User acceptance factors to recent developments; and
Evaluation of recent applications
scientific and technical tasks that are related to fifth
level subjects.
Programming & Databases

Aims:
A diploma in Computer Programming and Databases
was designed to achieve the following objectives:
To train students to use modern programming
techniques and to develop their skills through

intensive practical applications.
To allow the students to be acquainted about the
modern techniques of systems analysis and design
and to increase the awareness of the importance
of these techniques in the development of highly
reliable software.
To learn how to design, maintain, and develop
databases using practical applications.
To practice on various and most recent operating
systems.
Study Plan:
Diploma in Computer Programming and Database
First Level
Course Code
ENG 1101
MATH 1101
CSC 1101
Course Title
Intensive English
Mathematics
Hrs
9
3
3
CT 1404 Wide Area Networks and Internet Lab. 3

Corequisite: CT1403
329
CSC 1102
CSC 1103
Structure
Introduction to Operating
Systems and Basic Applications
3
4
Second Level
Course Code
ENG 1102
STAT 1201
CSC 1201
330
CSC 1202
CSC 1203
Course Title
Intensive English
Statistics and probability
Introduction to
Communications and
Information Networks
Introduction to Databases
Hrs
9
3
3
Course Title
Visual Basic Programming
System Analysis and Design (1)
Databases Design
Windows NT Systems
Project (1)
Hrs
4
3
3
4
2
3
3
using computers; Introduction to C programming

languages; General structure of C programming
language; Inputs and outputs instructions; Variables;
Loops; Functions; Arrays; Files and Structures; and
Sorting and searching techniques.
CSC 1102 Introduction to Computer Structure 3
Students are introduced to: Computers components,
functions, and development; Computers hardware and
peripherals; Software components and applications;
Programming languages and their abstract default
levels; Processor architecture and primary operations;
Memory architecture and memory management; Input
and output operations and structures; Computers
internetworking; and Computers features and their
evaluation criteria.
Third Level
Course Code
CT 1311
CT 1312
CT 1313
CT 1314
CT 1315
Fourth Level
Course Code
CT 1411
CT 1412
CT 1413
CT 1414
CT 1415
Course Title
Visual Programming
SQL Client/Server Systems
Program Project Management
System Analysis and Design (2)
Project (2)
Hrs
4
4
4
4
2

Development of Internet
CT 1501
Applications
Oracle Database Management
CT 1512
System
CT 1513
Introduction to JAVA Language
CT 1514
Computer Graphics
CT 1515
Project (3)
Hrs
Fifth Level
4
4
4
4
3
Course Description:
MATH 1101 Mathematics 3
Students are introduced to: Binary systems; Computer
symbols; Logic; Arithmetic systems; Groups, relations,
and Boolean Algebra; Logical gates, logical circuits
an their simplification; Arrays and matrices; Linear
equations.
Students are introduced to: Problem solving techniques
CSC 1103 Introduction to Operating Systems and

Basic Applications 4
Students are introduced to: Introduction to operating
systems; Fundamentals of operating systems with
illustrative examples; Word processors; Spread sheets;
Electronic presentation; and Databases.
Prerequisite
ENG1101
STAT 1201 Statistics and Probability 3
Students are introduced to: Introduction to statistics;
Frequency Tables; Average, mode, and median;
Variance and standard deviation; Random variables;
Introduction to probabilities: Sample space; Events;
Conditional probabilities theories; and Independence.
Students are introduced to: An introduction to C++
Language; Classes of C++ objects and be exposed to
other data structures of C++; C++ Input and output
methodologies; C++ file management; and Applications
of object-oriented programming.
Prerequisite
CSC1101
CSC 1202 Introduction to Communications and
Information Networks 3
Students are introduced to: Networks development,
functions, elements and types; Communication
systems; Communication transmission media; Switching
techniques: Circuit switching, Packet switching;
Networks connectivity and information routing;
Networks protocols; International standards; Internet
and Intranets components and their operational
methodologies; Internet services; and High speed
networks.
CSC 1203 Introduction to Databases 3
Students are introduced to: Introduction to database;
Types of databases; Database structure; Relational
CT 1311 Visual Basic Programming 4

Students are introduced to: Fundamentals of visual and
event driven programming; Essential components of
programs interface: Forms, Command Buttons, Dialog
Boxes, Edit Boxes, etc.; Building complete applications
using Visual Basic.
CT 1312 System Analysis and Design (1) 3
Students are introduced to: System analysis and design
methodologies; Analysis and design forms; System
analysis and design phases; Details of the analysis and
design phases; Testing phase; Quality assurance; Case
studies.
CT 1313 Databases Design 3
Students are introduced to: File Systems and their
types; Relational Algebra; Date representation; Update
operations, Insertion and deletion; Database design
concepts, Normal forms; Indexing techniques.
CT 1314 Windows NT Systems 4
Students are introduced to: General structure of
Windows NT; Windows NT installation on PCs;
File management; Disk management (floppy, hard
disk); Printer and Peripherals (Input output units)
management; User management; Network management
and network control; Email and website management;
Distributed applications tuning
CT 1315 Project (1)2
scientific and technical tasks that are related to third
level subjects.
Corequisite CT1311 & CT1312
CT 1411 Visual Programming 4
Students are introduced to: Advanced visual
programming .Use of ready visual components; Design
of special visual components and its use in programs;
Build up of database systems using visual programming
systems.
Prerequisite CT1311
Corequisite CT1412
CT 1412 SQL Client/Server Systems 4
Students are introduced to: Application of SQL
using simple examples; Client/Server architecture;
Development of Client/Server systems using SQL;
Applied project.
Prerequisite CT1313
CT 1413 Program Project Management 4
Students are introduced to: Program project
management phases, Planning, Scheduling, Costing,
Risk analysis, Human resources management, Quality
assurance.
CT 1414 System Analysis and Design (2) 4

Students are introduced to: General aspects of systems
development methodologies; Object-oriented analysis
and design OOAD; Software testing and quality
assurance.
Prerequisite CT1312
scientific and technical tasks that are related to forth
level subjects.
Corequisite CT1411, CT1412 & 1414
Summer General Training:
After completing the fourth level at an accredited
private/public institution (Duration: 6 weeks).
Students are required to accomplish the following
tasks:
Applying the knowledge learned in the systems
analysis and design courses in development of
application systems using visual programming
languages.
Building application systems using database
management system such as Oracle or Microsoft
SQL.
Design and implement a web database application
on a web server.
Building internet application by using web tools
CT 1501 Development of Internet Applications 4
Students are introduced to: Websites construction and
architecture; Websites establishment and design using
HTML; Websites design using MS Front Page; CGI
programming; Using Java in Web Sites; Linking websites
to databases; and Internet applications and examples.
CT 1512 Oracle Database Management System 4
Students are introduced to: Introduction to Oracle
system; Oracle system architecture; Development
of distributed database systems using Oracle; User
management; Database security in Oracle.
Prerequisite CT1412
CT 1513 Introduction to JAVA Language 4
Students are introduced to: Java fundamentals; Objects;
Classes; Methods; Development of various applications
using Java.
CT 1514 Computer Graphics 4
Students are introduced to: Importance of computer
graphics; Use of some computer graphics packages;
Applications in the area of computer animation; Design
of paints and postage stamps; Engineering drawings.
scientific and technical tasks that are related to fifth
level subjects.
Corequisite CT1501, CT1412 & 1414
databases and their uses; Database design; and Practical

applications.
331
Vision:
1. Achieving international leadership in applied

education and community service in the field of
administrative sciences and humanities
332
Department of
Administrative
and Human
Sciences
2. Equipping Program graduates with the knowledge,

skills, ethics, values, and applied training they need
in order to achieve excellence at the job market
and elsewhere at home and abroad.
Mission:
1. Carrying out applied educational services for
all (citizens and expatriates alike) in the various
disciplines within the field of administrative
sciences and humanities. The objective in this
regard is to form outstanding and highly-qualified
and well- trained technical cadres for the local and
international job markets in both the private and
public sectors.
2. Achieving a strong and sustainable partnership
between the College and the community by
supplying the job market with outstanding and
well-qualified graduates at both the theoretical
and practical levels, while observing quality
standards in higher education
About:
Being the main factor in achieving success and
bolstering productivity potential within institutions, the
Program of Administrative and Human Sciences in the
College of Applied Studies and Community Service at
King Saud University has been created to substantiate
in part the Universitys role in the promotion and
development of human resources.
The Program offers a diploma degree for Bachelor
degree holders in the fields of Education, Education
for the teachers of Vocational Education, Academic
Advisory and Special Education
This program also offers Diploma Degrees in the fields
of Accounting, Marketing, Law, TV and Radio Coproduction, Banking, and Insurance.
Aims:
3. Forming skilled Saudi human cadres in accordance
with the job market needs in order to achieve the
national development goals
4. Offering the chance for those students who could
not join the University to pursue their college
education through their respective programs
towards obtaining the upper-intermediate

preparatory diploma in order to help develop
and qualify human resources in the following
areas: accounting, marketing, systems, assistant
radio and TV director, banking and insurance
5. The Program is geared to provide female students,
who had not been in a position to accumulate the
required grade point average (GPA) in order to
pursue their education at the University, with the
opportunity to join the Transitory Program which
would prepare them to continue their studies in the
appropriate college while taking into consideration
the courses included in the academic plan of the
target college. However, female students who
have failed to accumulate the required GPA could
join one of the Colleges diploma programs with
the possibility of according them equivalence to
the Program courses they successfully completed.
The Transitory Programs Courses are as follows:
Psychology, Special Education, Pre-Elementary
Education, English, Arabic, Social Studies, EnglishLanguage Translation, Accounting, Business
Administration, and Law.)
Degrees:
Diploma, Graduate Diploma
Landmarks:
1. 1. The diplomas are equipped with language labs
utilized for English-language teaching as well as
computer labs for teaching students the various
computer skills.
2. The diplomas function in conjunction with the
academic departments within the university,
which would designate faculty members to teach
the courses thereof.
3. Collaboration is also extended beyond the
University to include highly-qualified off-campus
faculty with the view to enriching student learning
in the various disciplines.
Course Description:
1. Diploma in General Education

2. Accounting
3. Insurance
4. Banking
5. Marketing
6. Law
7. Radio and TV Co-Direction
8. Student Orientation and Counseling Diploma
General Education
Aims:
This program aims to achieve the following objectives:
To teach the most salient trends and theories in
contemporary education and psychology and
their effects on the vocational development of the
teacher and in the improvement of the educational
process
To develop the abilities of the trainees in
conceiving of the educational curriculum with
its four components (aims, contents, teaching
methodologies and methods of assessment) and to
acquaint them with the new technology and its uses
and effect on the learning and teaching processes.
Study Plan:
First Level
Course Code
CI1250
CI1330
CI 1340
ED 1101
ED 1121
ITE 1241
ITE 1250
PSY 1104
PSY 1151
Course Title
Use of Computer in Teaching
Curricula and General Teaching
Methods of Special Teaching
Principle of Islamic Education
Techniques of Education and
Communication
Prod. & Utilization of ED. M
Psychology of the Childhood
& Adolescence
Syllogism and Educational
Evaluation
Total
Hrs
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
2
19
Second Level
CI 1475
Student Training in Teaching
Educational Systems in the
ED 1341
Kingdom
ED 1356
School Administration & Educ.
Principles of Educational Research
PSY 1113
PSY 1221
Principles of Counseling and
PSY 1371
Guidance
SPL 1101
Principles of Special Educ.
Total
Hrs
5
2
3
2
3
2
2
19
CI 1250 Uses of Computers in Teaching 2

This course is an introduction to the uses of computers.
It focuses on modern applications of computers and
information technology in educational fields and on
how to use them in teaching and learning processes.
CI 1320 Curricula and General Teaching Methods 2
This is a course for Education students in their different
areas of specialization. It focuses on the knowledge and
skills required by students to understand the syllabus,
its principles, components, and elements. Instruction of
the course is through academic discussions, cooperative
activities and lectures.
CI 1340 Methods of Special Teaching 3
This course studies the various teaching approaches
and strategies and focuses on skills required in teaching
and on making semester and daily study and lessons
plans.
ED1101 Principles of Islamic Education 3
This course aims to provide students with the basic
concepts in education, the basics in Islamic education,
and familiarize students with the main educational
opinion of Islamic clerics.
ED 1121 Introduction to Teaching 2
The course aims at providing students with a
comprehensive idea about teaching.
ITE 1241 Techniques of Education and Communication 2
The course seeks to make students familiar with
the principles of and applications of techniques of
education and communication in the teaching and
learning process.
ITE 1250 Production and Utilization of Education
Study Aids 1
The course enables students to apply the principles of
the techniques of education in the design, production,
and utilization of study aids.
PSY 1104 Psychology of Childhood and
Adolescence 3
This course seeks to familiarize students with the
characteristics of the stages of child growth from prebirth to the end of adolescence, focusing on the different
aspects of growth, which include: physical growth,
intellectual growth, emotional growth and social growth.
PSY 1151 Measurement and Educational Evaluation 2
The course seeks to enable students to:
1. Be familiar with the nature of the evaluation
process and its management.
2. Use the simple specialized therapies that would
help them in their career as teachers.
3. To apply (tentatively) some tests and construct
some criterion-referenced tests
Programs:
333
CI 1325 Teaching Problems 3

This course seeks to introduce the main problems
teachers encounter in intermediate and secondary
levels. It also discusses suitable solutions of such
problems so that students would become able to hold
the responsibility of teacher.
334
CI 1449 Teaching Skills and Adequacies 2

This course is concerned with the application of
educational theories and directions in curricula, teaching
methods, study aids, education and psychology, and
to transform them into a practical reality through
miniature teaching in the classroom. It will acquaint
students with recorded lessons to learn the principles
of good teaching and its adequacies, its cognitive and
behavioral components, as well as teaching skills. The
course focuses on four major areas that relate to the
teachers responsibilities: Planning for the lesson and
Teaching, Interaction in the Classroom, Reception and
the Psychological Atmosphere, and Class Evaluation.
Ed 1341 Educational Systems in the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia 2
The course seek to make students
1. Follow a descriptive study of education systems
in KSA
2. Learn the forces that influence the educational
system in the past and the preset
3. Be familiar with the educational changes and
novelties affecting the Saudi educational system
4. Study the relationship between the educational
system and Saudi Society development
5. Be familiar with some teaching problems and
methods of developing the educational system.
ED 1356 School Administration and Educational
Supervision 2
The course will introduce the following topics: Curricula
of Administrative Thought,
School Administration, Administration Process, School
Headmaster, Methods of School Administration, Human
Relations, The Organizational Atmosphere, DecisionTaking, Educational Communications, Theories of
Administration, and Educational supervision.
PSY 1113 Principles of Educational Research 2
First: The Theoretical Part of the Course:
A General Introduction to the Nature of
Knowledge: Research Methodology: Definition,
Methods of Knowledge Acquisition; differences
between scientific and non-scientific Methods;
Aims of Knowledge (Understanding, Explication,
Prediction, Control)
The General Concepts of the Scientific Method:
The Assumptions or Intuitions of the Scientific
Method (Nature-unity related Assumptions; The
Intuition of Natural Types; Intuition of Inevitability;
Intuition of Invariability), (The Psychological
Process-related Assumptions: Intuition of Good
Realization; intuition of Good Recollection;
Intuition of Good Thinking and Argumentation)
Research Problem: Problem-Identification and

Problem-Assessment
Problem Solving: Constructing, assessing and

testing assumptions
Research Plan: Elements of Research Plan; the
Importance of Assumptions in Scientific Research;

Methods of Testing Scientific Research
Research
Tools:
Questionnaire;
Personal
Interviewing; Notes
The Descriptive Method: Its Nature; Surveys;
Related Studies; Developmental studies; Merits
and Demerits of the Descriptive Method
The Experimental method: Nature of Experimentation;
Types of Experiments; Experiment Control; Merits
and demerits of the Experimental Method
A Study of the Principles of Academic Report
Writing
Second: The Academic Part of the Course:
A Visit to the Central library to get acquainted
with the skills of searching for published sources of
knowledge (Books, Scientific Periodicals, M.A. and
PhD Theses and Dissertations)
A Visit to the Central Library to get acquainted
with the Skills of searching for Visual Sources of
Knowledge (i.e. the Internet)
PSY 1221 Educational Psychology 2

This course aims at providing students with the
psychological knowledge that relates to all aspects of
the educational process. It also seeks to familiarize
them with the psychological principles of the teaching
and learning processes.
PSY 1371 Principles of Counseling and Guidance 2
This course aims at familiarizing students with the basic
psychological services, particularly counseling and
psychological guidance. It also aims at enabling students
to understand the role of psychological counseling to
improve the performance of the individual, utilize his
capabilities and plan for his future.
SPL 1101 Principles of Special Education 2
This course aims at familiarizing students with the
historical development of special children education,
for its importance in the formation of its theoretical and
practical frameworks. It also seeks to make students
familiar with the concept of special education and the
special child and the relation between them. The course
is also concerned with the most notable disabilities,
which are: Mental Handicap, Visual Impairment, Hearing
Impairment, Physical Impairment, Emotional and
Behavioral Disorders, Learning Difficulties, and Speech
Disorders, shedding light on the causes of disabilities
and on the various ways of providing educational and
instructional services to each of those categories, in
addition to being acquainted with the modern trends
in special children care.
CI 1475 Field Training in Specialized Areas 5
This course seeks to train students on practicing
Vocational Education
Aims:
This program aims to prepare and qualify psychologist
in the field of academic advisory in the students of
primary, intermediate and high schools according to
the general aims and goals defined by the Ministry of
Education, Tasks of the academic adviser include the
following:
1. To provide advice and consultation to the
students in all the mental, educational, social, and
vocational guidance in order to enable them to be
successful members of the society.
2. To help the students to get the best benefit from
the educational programs provided to them and
guide them to follow the best methods of studying
and time conserving.
3. To discover their skills and abilities in order to
guide these benefits to the good of themselves
and the society in general.
4. To look after the weak students and help them
to achieve their goals of study by providing them
with special individual programs.
5. To discover the gifted students and to look after
them through the special programs and giving
opportunities to develop their talents in the frame
of the general programs.
6. To help the students to choose the field of study or
profession that suits their skills, abilities, personal
and society needs.
7. To develop good and harmonious connections
between the home and the school in order to
make them complete each other.
8. To invest in making studies and researches about
the educational and individual conflicts.
9. To use all the school activities and programs, as
they are the best field to guide the students.
Study Plan:
First Level
Psychology of Childhood and
PSY 1153
Adolescence
Behavior Disorders and Its
PSY 1154
treatment
PSY 1155
An Introduction of Research
PSY 1157
Hrs
2
3
2
2
PSY 1158
PSY 1171
PSY 1370
PSY 1371
PSY 1380
Psychology of Exceptional
children
Mental Health
Islamic Guidance to Psychology
Counseling and Guidance

Psychological Measurements
& Tests
Total
2
2
2
2
2
19
Second Level
PSY 1375
Counseling Techniques
Vocational Counseling &
PSY 1376
Guidance
Student Counseling
PSY 1377
Management
Interview in counseling
PSY 1378
Psychology
PSY 1379
Learning Disabilities & Weak
PSY 1440
Practicum
Total
Hrs
4
2
2
2
3
4
17
Course Description:
PSY 1153 Child and Adolescent Psychology 2
The course aims at acquainting the student with
the features of the child development stages from
pregnancy up until the end of adolescence with special
focus on the different growth aspects which include
physical, mental, emotional and social developments.
PSY 1154 Behavioral Disorders and their Treatment 3
The course aims at acquainting the student with the
field of behavioral problems, key concepts and terms
utilized in this field as well as with reliable sources in this
respect. The student is also acquainted with the various
methods amenable to behavioral problems, the ways to
discover and diagnose such problems, the features of
individuals suffering from behavioral disorders (mental,
emotional, social and physical) and with the different
means to remedy such disorders.
PSY 1113 Principles of Educational Research 2
First: The Theoretical Part of the Course:
A General Introduction to the Nature of
Knowledge: Research Methodology: Definition,
Methods of Knowledge Acquisition; differences
between scientific and non-scientific Methods;
Aims of Knowledge (Understanding, Explication,
Prediction, Control)
The General Concepts of the Scientific Method:
The Assumptions or Intuitions of the Scientific
Method (Nature-unity related Assumptions; The
Intuition of Natural Types; Intuition of Inevitability;
Intuition of Invariability), (The Psychological
Process-related Assumptions: Intuition of Good
Realization; intuition of Good Recollection;
Intuition of Good Thinking and Argumentation)
Research Problem: Problem-Identification and
the various teaching activities in their fields of

specialization. It also aims at developing their sense of
belonging to the profession and being committed to its
ethics through practical training on lesson preparation,
practicing teaching methods, using study aids, and
classroom management and the reaction with students
in one of the intermediate or secondary schools. It
also encourages students to create and innovate in
teaching methods and assessment each in his area of
specialization.
335
Problem-Assessment
Problem Solving: Constructing, assessing and
the principles of health psychology in the domains of

family, school, and society.
testing assumptions
Research Plan: Elements of Research Plan; the
336
Importance of Assumptions in Scientific Research;

Methods of Testing Scientific Research
Research Tools: Questionnaire; Personal
Interviewing; Notes
The Descriptive Method: Its Nature; Surveys;
Related Studies; Developmental studies; Merits
and Demerits of the Descriptive Method
The Experimental method: Nature of
Experimentation; Types of Experiments; Experiment
Control; Merits and demerits of the Experimental
Method
A Study of the Principles of Academic Report
Writing
Second: The Academic Part of the Course:
A Visit to the Central library to get acquainted
with the skills of searching for published sources of
knowledge (Books, Scientific Periodicals, M.A. and
PhD Theses and Dissertations)
A Visit to the Central Library to get acquainted
with the Skills of searching for Visual Sources of
Knowledge (i.e. the Internet)
PSY 1157 Learning Theories 2
The course aims at equipping the student with
comprehensive information on the nature of the
learning process as well as with learning theories and
their rapport with other theories and applications in
the field of Psychology.
PSY 1158 Psychology of Individuals with Special Needs 2
Generally, the course aims at acquainting the student
with various types of disabilities, the psychological,
mental and social complications related to them as
well as with the role of specialists in the field in dealing
with such handicaps. This general objective yields the
following:
1. Equipping the student with the necessary
information on the methods and criteria for
classifying handicaps and defining their origins
2. Equipping the student with information on
the effects of such handicaps, particularly the
psychological ones
3. Equipping the student with information on the
areas in which the disabled would fail/excel
4. Helping the students select their own preferences
when it comes to dealing with the disabled
5. Equipping the student with information on the
skills required to approach the disabled and their
families through the implementation of special
education programs, for instance
PSY 1171 Health Psychology 2
The course aims to introduce students to the basic
principles of health psychology and also to enable
them to identify normal and abnormal behavior. It also
seeks to develop students ability in benefitting from
PSY 1370 Psychology from an Islamic Perspective 2

The course aims at introducing some Islamic concepts
in the interpretation of human behavior within the
framework of the principles and assumptions underlying
Islams views on man and its integrated perspective
on the various aspects of his behavior along with a
comparative approach regarding common concepts in
the field of modern psychology.
PSY 1371 Principles of Orientation and Counseling 2
The course aims at acquainting the students with the
basic psychiatric practices namely psychiatric orientation
and counseling and at enabling them to comprehend
the role of psychiatric counseling in improving the
individuals performance, making use of his potentials
and planning for his future.
PSY 1380 Psychological Testing and Criteria 2
The course aims at providing the students with
sufficient and clear information on psychological
testing and criteria and their importance to education
in general. The course is also expected to include an
account on the relationship between testing, criteria
and the task of orientation and counseling so that the
learners would know where to fit such tests and criteria
vis--vis their respective tasks. In addition, the course
focuses on those tests with considerable importance to
the field of counseling; precisely in the areas of mental
capabilities, personal preferences and inclinations. In
order to equip the learners with some of the skills in
this respect, the course posits to familiarize them with
certain types of tests and to assign them the application
thereof. The course also includes an account on the
principles of comparison and its various methods such
as analogy, observation.
PSY 1375 Methods and Means of Counseling 4
The course aims at providing the students with definitions
on counseling and its existence as an independent
branch of Psychology and at equipping them with
information related to theories of psychological
counseling, precisely psychoanalysis, behaviorism,
Rogers theory of the self. In addition the course is
designed to provide the learners with information on
the various steps of the counseling process. The course
also includes a survey of commonly adopted methods
of psychological counseling such as client-centered
counseling, behavioral counseling, play counseling,
collective counseling and family counseling.
PSY 1376 Vocational Orientation and counseling
and their Applications 2
The course will discuss the following topics: the origins
of vocational orientation and counseling ,definition
of vocational orientation and counseling, the reality
of vocational orientation and counseling in the Arab
world, the current need for vocational orientation
and counseling, the services offered by vocational

counseling, theories of vocational counseling, programs
of vocational counseling (vocational options, education
and habilitation), school and college student counseling
on vocational career planning, and vocational counseling
for workers.
PSY 1377 Planning and Management of Educational
Counseling Programs 2
The course aims at teaching students the historical
development of counseling programs and their
theoretical foundations, in addition to a survey of the
programs that are currently being adopted in a number
of countries and institutions.
PSY 1378 Clinical Interviews in Clinical and
Counseling Psychology 2
The course aims at equipping the students with
background information on clinical interviews; its
definition and importance in psychological counseling
as well as on certain psychological theories which form
the basis of the various types of clinical interviews. The
course is also designed to provide the students with
the techniques utilized in psychological counseling
interviews.
PSY 1379 Learning and School Difficulties 3
The course aims in general at presenting the students
with the various aspects of learning difficulties. This
includes the following sub-objectives:
Providing the students with the necessary
information on the nature of learning difficulties
and their categorization
information on the nature of school difficulties
Providing the students with the criteria utilized
in the determination of learning and school
difficulties
information on the factors behind learning and
school difficulties
information on the social, mental, emotional
features of individuals suffering from either
learning or school difficulties or both
information on the role of the educational
counselor and the psychotherapist in dealing with
such situations
PSY 1440 Field Training 4
The course assumes the following training tasks:
1. Conducting a thorough survey on the various
difficulties faced by students (psychological and
behavioral problems, disabilities, etc.) by holding
interviews with classroom teachers, the school
administrative staff, the student advisor, the
students, carrying out observation during teaching
and by applying related testing and criteria.
2. Conducting a thorough survey on academic and
developmental learning difficulties in a particular

educational level to be determined by the
training supervisor and getting acquainted with
the personal, psychological and cognitive features
among children with learning difficulties
3. Sorting out gifted and slow-learner cases
among students (as well as retardation cases,
at the elementary level only), determining the
characteristics of each category and investigating
the reasons behind them by holding interviews
and by applying certain tools and procedures
4. Counting the number of student absences and
trying to learn about the special psychological,
personal and cognitive features marking those
students with high absence records as well as
about the reasons behind their absences
5. Holding a conference or a seminar at school to
discuss a particular problem or give a lecture on a
special relevant issue
6. Preparing a detailed report including the trainees
experience in the field. This should comprise
details on the envisaged positive and negative
aspects of student advising and recommendations
and suggestions in order to improve the counseling
process. The report is to be discussed with the
supervisor.
Accounting Program
Aims:
To prepare a well-qualified workforce capable of
assuming the type of work responsibilities carried
out by reviewers and accountants in both public and
private sectors.
Study Plan:
Diploma in Accouting
First Level
Acct 1101
Financial Accounting(1)
BA 1101
Administration
BA 1201
Com 1103
Computer
Eng l1101
Intensive English-1
Total
Hrs
3
3
2
3
9
20
Second Level
Course Code
Acct 1102
Econ 1101
Engl 1102
Law 1201
Stat. 1104
Total
Course Title
Financial Accounting (2)
Intensive English-2
The Commercial Law
Statistics
Hrs
3
3
9
2
3
20
337
Third Level

Acct 1201
Acct 1202
Governmental Accounting
Acct 1204
Account.
Acct 1205
Enter English Title
Acct 1206
Zakat and Tax Accounting
Accounting Information Systems
Acct 1251
CSC 1207
Databases
Total
338
Hrs
3
2
3
3
3
3
2
19
Econ 1101 Principles of Economics 3

The course aims to familiarize students with the general
and basic principles of economics, such as display and
demand, market balance, and market flexibility.
The course also provides students with skills needed to
make economic analyses.
ENG 1102 Intensive English 2 9
Students are introduced to: Grammar, Lingual phrases,
intensive reading, writing, listening, and speaking
practices, and English and Arabic Translation training.
Prerequisite ENG 1101
Fourth Level
Acct 1310
Practical Training
Total
Hrs
20
20
Course Description:
BA 1101 Principles of Business Administration 3
The course aims to familiarize students with the
administrative principles and skills in profit-seeking
business organizations. It also seeks to introduce
students to administrative careers which lead up to
the prosperity of companies and establishments, with
emphasis on practicing administration in the local
community.
BA 1201 Communication Skills 2
The course aims to develop students skills in the
following:
1. Self-readiness and individual abilities
2. Mass communication: Meetings, Negotiations, and
dispute-settling
3. Presentations and speech communication
1. Mass communication and dealing with the media
COM 1103 Applications in Personal Computers 3
The course aims to familiarize students with the basic
components of computers and to develop their skills
in dealing with different data in addition to enhancing
the students skills to deal with Windows programs. The
course will also seek to help students to manage and
organize files using a number of office programs.
ACCT 1101 Principles of Accounting 3
This course aims to study the intellectual framework of
financial accounting, deal with the accounting problems
of revenues and expenditure, etc., study the concept
of preparing the common budget as a report on the
financial centre of the project, accounting on ownership
rights in various establishments,and accounting on lists
of monetary flows as one of the tools of monetary lists
analysis and investigation.
ACCT 1102 Financial Accounting (2) 3

The course aims to continue the topics studied in Acct
1101 Financial Accounting (1), with emphasis on the
importance of accounting in helping administration in
planning, control, and decision-making, in addition to
introducing other accounting branches.
LAW 1201 Rules of Commercial Law 2
The course seeks to familiarize students with the Rules
of Commercial Law through:
Definition of commercial law, its importance, and
its distinctive features.
The students familiarity with the basic criteria of
commercial work.
commercial
The students knowledge of
transactions through the Saudi system of
commercial Court
The study of the prerequisites of becoming a
merchant
Stat 1104 Statistics 3
The course aims to enhance students skills in the field of
administration sciences to use quantitative methods and
ways as analytical tools to specify the dimensions and
elements of the different administrative phenomena,
in order to explore their future trends so that sound
administrative decisions may be made.
ACCT 1201 Management Accounting 3
This course aims at providing students with the
knowledge and skills to use data and accounting
information in order to serve administrative jobs
required to perform such activities in business
establishments as planning, control, performance
assessment, and decision-making.
ACCT 1202 Government Accounting 2
The course aims to provide students with general
ideas about accounting procedures and concepts
used in government units. Focus will be particularly
on government accounting and financial controlling
systems in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
ACCT1204 Computer Applications in Accounting 3
The course seeks to introduce students to the uses of
computers in the various fields of accounting in order
ACCT 1205 Audit 3

theoretical and applied framework of review and how
to review accounts in order make a report containing
the reviewers opinion as to the extent of the fairness
of the financial lists in reflecting the financial center and
the results of the establishments works.
ACCT 1206 Zakat (Alms) and Tax Accounting 3
The course aims to provide students with a brief idea
of the general theory of tax with a detailed study of
income tax system and zakat (alms) system in the KSA.
Focus will be on the accounting and applied aspects.
ACCT 1251 Accounting Information Systems 3
The course aims to introduce Accounting Information
Systems in the cases of manual operations of data and
of operations using financial computers. The course
also includes enabling students to learn the methods
of analyzing, designing, and executing accounting
information systems.
CSC 1207 Databases 2
The course aims to familiarize students with databases
and their uses and practical applications.
ACCT 1310 Field Training 20
The course aims to familiarize the student with the
practical working environment of the accountant and
to prepare the student to work in various accounting
fields by training him/her practically to prepare and
use accounting information for the purposes of making
various decisions.
Marketing Program:
Aims:
This course aims to:
To provide the trainees with the necessary skills to
perform all the operations and marketing activities
required by the job.
To equip the trainees with the necessary tools and
needs to carry out analytical and appraisement
tasks as well as to make marketing decisionsthat would help improve the establishments
performance.
Study Plan:
Diploma in Marketing
First Level
BA 1101
Administration
BA 1201
Com 1103
Computer
Hrs
Econ 1101
Engl 1101
Total
Intensive English-1
3
9
20
Course Title
Intensive English-2
The Commercial Law
Introduction to Marketing
Statistics
Hrs
3
9
3
3
2
20
Course Title
Marketing Firms Management
Pricing Management
Marketing Research
Promotion Management
Physical Distribution
Sales Operation Management
Consumer Behavior
Applied Cases in Marketing
Hrs
3
2
3
3
2
3
2
2
20
Second Level
Course Code
Acct 1101
Engl 1102
Law 1202
MKT 1101
Stat 1105
Total
Third Level
Course Code
MKT 1203
MKT 1204
MKT 1206
MKT 1207
MKT 1208
MKT 1209
MKT 1210
MKT 1211
Total
Fourth Level
MKT 1310
Practical Training
Total
Hrs
20
20
Course Description:
This course aims to familiarize students with the
administrative principles and skills in profit-seeking
business organizations. It also seeks to introduce
students to administrative careers which lead up to
the prosperity of companies and establishments, with
emphasis on practicing administration in the local
community.
The course focuses on the topic of communications
and seeks to allow students to grasp its elements,
dimensions and methods, providing students with the
basic skills which are crucial in the present day, since
communication is an important part in mans everyday
activities.
3
2
3
Com1103 Applications in Personal Computers 3

components of computers and to develop their skills
to enable students to deal with accounting applications

of computers.
339
340
in dealing with different data in addition to enhancing

the students skills to deal with Windows programs. The
course will also seek to help students to manage and
organize files using a number of programs.
MKT 1206 Marketing Research 3

The course aims to enable students to grasp and apply
the scientific approach to pursue studies in marketing.
ECON 1101 Principles of Economics 3

The course aims to familiarize students with the general
and basic principles of economics, such as display and
demand, market balance, and market flexibility.
The course also provides students with skills needed to
make economic analyses.
MKT 1207 Promotion Management 3

The course aims to introduce and discuss promotion
methods and tools used by contemporary business
firms. It also seeks to link promotion efforts of firms
with their marketing strategies and to demonstrate
their influence on the effectiveness of their marketing
programs.
ACCT 1101 Financial Accounting1 3

The course introduces financial accounting as a system
of collecting and communicating financial information
in various business entities. Topics covered include
accounting concepts and principles adopted in writing
financial statements and reports.
Prerequisite
ENG 1101
LAW 1201 Commercial Law 3
The course aims to provide students with the scientific
skills and knowledge and legal information that relate
to commercial activities in order to prepare students
to grasp the laws and legislations which relate to
commercial companies and business entities.
MKT 1101 Principles of Marketing 3
The course aims to provide students with the basic skills
and principles in marketing management and give them
a comprehensive idea about marketing and its various
activities in a simplified and easy way, focusing on the
relationship between the topics taught and what is real
in the market.
STAT 1105 Statistics 2
The course aims to enhance students skills in the field of
administration sciences to use quantitative methods and
ways as analytical tools to specify the dimensions and
elements of the different administrative phenomena,
in order to explore their future trends so that sound
administrative decisions may be made. Students will
also study the methods that would enable them to
collect, summarize, and analyze data.
MKT 1203 Marketing Firms Management 3
The course aims to prepare students to grasp
the applied aspect of business management
in marketing firms. In addition to revising the
elements of the management process academically,
applied and academic differences between
management practice in marketing firms and other
establishments, so that students would be able
to practice the management process within the
environment of marketing firms.
MKT 1208 Physical Distribution 2

The course aims to make students familiar with
the basic skills and principles required in physical
distribution management. Students will be given a
comprehensive idea about this and other activities, such
as transportation, storing, etc. in an easy and simplified
manner.
MKT 1209Sales Operation Management 3
skills and principles required to manage sales operations.
It also aims to give students a comprehensive idea
about sales operation management and its different
activities and modern approaches in an easy manner,
with the emphasis on linking the given information with
the latest in this field and the reality in the market.
MKT 1210 Consumer Behavior 2
consumers important role in the marketing operation
by studying the environment which affects the
consumers decisions when dealing with products and
various services.
MKT 1211 Applied Cases in Marketing 2
The course aims to familiarize students with the scientific
method in dealing with and solving the scientific cases ,
with application on various marketing areas. During the
course, he student will also get to know the description
of practical cases and the extent of the correlation
between practical cases and the various marketing
issues, starting with the marketing environment and
ending with all elements of of marketing mixture. This
would make available the information that is presented
in practical cases to be used in the field of decision
taking in firms. This course also aims at providing
students with analytical skills and to enable him to use
the given data , deal with it and realize its importance.
MKT 1310 Field Training 20
This field training program aims to provide the student
with opportunities to apply marketing concepts he
learned in the last two years in the college through the
courses the student studied so that he would apply
theories practically in a marketing environment.
Insurance Program
Ins
Aims:
Mon 1301
Preparing Saudi cadres specialized in insurance
1405
Studies in Insurance
Establishments
Total
2
3
16
and enhancing Saudization in this respect

and enriching it with well-trained, professional
personnel
Keeping abreast with international and local

insurance developments
Spreading insurance awareness in the Saudi

society.
Study Plan:
Diploma in Insurance
Fifth Level
Field training in one of the
following - Saudi insurance
companies - General
Retirement Establishment
Ins 1501
- Health Insurance Council
- General Establishment for
Social Insurance
Total
Hrs
20
20
Course Description:
First Level
BA 1101
Administration
Econ 1103
Ins 1101
Principles of insurance
Engl 1101
Intensive English-1
Principles of Mathematics and
Qua 1101
Statistics
Total
Hrs
3
3
3
9
3
21

The course seeks to study the basic concepts of
management and management process such as planning,
organization, leadership, control and performance
assessment, study the functions of the organization
such as production work, purchases, storage, marketing,
personnel and human resources, and the modern
approaches in management such as organizing work
teams, working with team spirit, time management ,
management-through-objectives.
Second Level
BA 1201
Computer applications in
Com 1104
Insurance
Engl 1102
Intensive English-2
Ins 1201
Principles of Risk Management
Mon 1101
Total
Hrs
2
3
9
3
3
20

The course aims to enhance students skills in the
theoretical basics and principles of microeconomics
and the theoretical basics and principles of
macroeconomics.
INS 1101 Principles of Insurance 3
The course aims at introducing students to insurance
principles, types and characteristics, and the application
of insurance in some fields of real life.
Third Level
Acct 1101
Ins 1301
Mathematics of Insurance
Basics of Stock Exchange
Ins 1302
Investment
Ins 1303
Insurance Marketing
Ins 1304
Property Insurance
Mon 1201
Financial Mathematics
Total
Hrs
3
3
2
3
3
3
17
Fourth Level
Course Code
Acct 1204
Ins 1401
Ins 1402
Ins 1403
Ins 1404
Course Title
Hrs
Accounting of Insurance Facilities 3
Social Insurance
2
Health Insurance
2
Liability Insurance
2
Vehicle Insurance
2
QUA 1101 Principles of Financial Mathematics and

Statistics 3
This course aims to study the technical aspects
of Interest Accounting, the differences between
investment channels to achieve the best revenues
on savings, the application of the basics of financial
mathematics to financial dealings of individuals and
establishments, and studying the principles of statistics
necessary for analysis of economic, administrative, and
financial problems.
Meeting the Saudi insurance job market needs
341

342
3. Practical application of the basics of the

mathematics of insurance on the financial dealings
for individuals and establishments
4. Study the mathematical principles that help in
achieving goals of investment

following:
dispute-settling
INS 1302 Insurance Marketing 2

The course aims to:
1. Study marketing skills to be available in insurance
agents and brokers
2. Insurance activities practiced by insurance agents,
brokers and representatives
COM 1104 Computer Applications in Insurance 3

The course aims to develop students skills in:
1. The use of computers and information technology
in insurance
2. Preparing database about various insurance
processes and how to deal with them
3. Applying the quantitative analysis in solving
insurance problems
INS 1303 Property Insurance 3

1. Being familiar with the basics and scientific theories
of property risk management
2. Exploring, developing and measuring risks that
concern properties and how to deal with them
3. Designing insurance programs to deal with risks
that concern properties
INS 1201 Principles of Risk Management 3

The course aims to:
1. Study the principles of risk management
2. tudy the steps of risk management
3. Study applications to risk management
4. Develop students skills in risk management in
English
5. Use computer programs in quantitative analysis of
risk management
INS 1304 Mathematics of Insurance (E) 3

The course aims to quote insurance risks, calculate
security and saving insurance installments, and calculate
public security insurance installments.
MON 1101 Principles of Finance 3

The course aims to familiarize students with the financial
function and its aims and discuss the topics of financial
analysis, of planning tools and of financial follow up.
Acct 1101 Principles of Financial Accounting 3
The course aims to:
1. Study the intellectual framework of financial
accounting
2. Deal with the accounting problems of revenues
and expenditure, etc.
3. Study the concept of preparing the common budget
as a report on the financial centre of the project
4. Study the problems of invariable bases destruction
and the disappearance of natural resources
5. Accounting on ownership rights in various
establishments
6. Accounting on lists of monetary flows as one of the
tools of monetary lists analysis and investigation
INS 1301 Mathematics of Insurance 3
1. Studying the technical aspects of calculating the
revenues of capital investment
2. Differentiating between investment channels to
make the highest savings revenue
MON 1201 Basics of Stock Exchange Investment 3

The course aims to familiarize students with the concept
of stock exchange investment and all related concepts
and introduce the characteristics of different stock
exchanges and investments policies and the relationship
between dividend and risk.
Acct 1204 Accounting of Insurance Facilities 3
following areas:
1. Accounting recording of different due insurance
payments
2. Accounting of due compensations in various
cases
3. Accounting evidence of all financial dealings in
insurance companies
4. Preparing the profit and loss calculation and the
list of financial center in insurance companies
INS 1401 Social Insurance 2
following:
1. The important role of social insurance in social
interdependence
2. Social care for civil servants in case of retirement
or cessation of service in case of death and partial
or total disability of the insured person
3. Social care in case of unemployment
INS 1402 Computer Applications in Insurance 2
The course aims to introduce students to the cooperative
INS 1403 Liability Insurance 2

The course aims to develop students skills in specifying
professional civil liability, civil liability for transport
accidents, and liability for fire accidents.
INS 1404 Vehicle Insurance 2
following areas:
1. Getting familiar with the various kinds of vehicle
risks.
2. Introduction to kinds of vehicle insurance
policies.
INS 1405 Studies in Insurance 2
1. Reading and understanding insurance
compensation application forms.
and
2. Learning the terms of risks and insurance in

English
3. Specifying liability for insurance
4. The important role of insurance in maintaining the
rights of the insured
5. Calculating insurance payments
responsibility to make the payment
and
the
MON 1301 Financial Markets and establishments 3

The course aims to:
1. Familiarize students with the financial system in
the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and compare it with
other international financial systems
2. Familiarize students with the role of financial
establishments such as banks and insurance
companies and their effects on money
transactions
3. Familiarize students with the different kinds and
importance of financial markets
4. Focus on insurance companies as one of the
important economic financial establishments
INS 1501 Field Training 20
Students will be trained in insurance companies for a
period of 12 weeks: 8 hours a day, four days a week.
Students will be assessed by the insurance company in
accordance with their regular attendance and academic
progress together with the follow-up and academic
supervision by the college; a comprehensive report will
be submitted and discussed by the committee formed
by the college.
Banking Program
Aims:
Preparing Saudi cadres to meet the increasing
demand for personnel with banking as their

major field.
Meeting the needs of the Saudi banking job
market
Keeping abreast with international and home
banking developments
Study Plan:
Diploma in Banking
First Level
Acct 1101
BA 1101
Administration
Econ 1103
Engl 1101
Intensive English-1
Principles of Mathematics and
Qua 1101
Statistics
Total
Hrs
3
3
3
9
3
21
Second Level
BA 1201
Com 1105
Banking
Economics of Money and
Econ 1211
Banking
Engl 1102
Intensive English-2
Mon 1101
Total
Hrs
2
3
3
9
3
20
Third Level
Ban 1101
Banking Transactions (1)
Marketing of Banking Services
Ban 1211
and Products
Ban 1215
Credits and Financing
Organizational Frame and
BA 1301
Branch Operations
Ban 1220
Banking Terminology
Total
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
15
Fourth Level
Course Code
Acct 1220
Ban 1201
Ban 1301
Ban 1410
Mon 1301
Total
Course Title
Banking Transactions (2)
The Legal System of Banking
Establishments
Hrs
3
3
3
3
health insurance system in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

and to the challenges that face cooperative health
insurance in KSA, analyze the results of the process of
cooperative health insurance in the KSA, andevaluate
the performance of health insurance companies and
hospitals that offer the service.
3
15
343
Fifth Level
Ban 1501
Field training Training in a

financial institution - Banks Specialized funds - SAMA
Total
Hrs
20
20
Course Description:
344

The course seeks to study the basic concepts of
management and management process such as planning,
organization, leadership, control and performance
assessment, study the functions of the organization
such as production work, purchases, storage, marketing,
personnel and human resources, and the modern
approaches in management such as organizing work
teams, working with team spirit, time management ,
management-through-objectives.
The course aims to enhance students skills in the
theoretical basics and principles of microeconomics
and the theoretical basics and principles of
macroeconomics.
QUA 1101 Principles of Financial Mathematics and
Statistics 3
This course aims to study the technical aspects
of Interest Accounting, the differences between
investment channels to achieve the best revenues
on savings, the application of the basics of financial
mathematics to financial dealings of individuals and
establishments, and studying the principles of statistics
necessary for analysis of economic, administrative, and
financial problems.
ACCT 1101 Principles of Financial Accounting 3
The course aims to:
1. Study the intellectual framework of financial
accounting
2. Deal with the accounting problems of revenues
and expenditure, etc.
3. Study the concept of preparing the common
budget as a report on the financial centre of the
project
4. Study the problems of invariable bases destruction
and the disappearance of natural resources
5. Accounting on ownership rights in various
establishments
6. Accounting on lists of monetary flows as one of the
tools of monetary lists analysis and investigation
following:
dispute-settling
COM 1105 Computer Applications in Banking 3
Develop students skills in each of the following:
Information technology
Using computers in solving administrative
problems
Communication and network technology and its
uses in economic and administrative transactions
Development of production activities, resources
treatment and production management using
computer technologies
Using computers in electronic trade and electronic
government
Database programs, email, and the internet in file
transfer.
ECON 1211 Economics of Money and Banking 3
The course aims to give students a comprehensive
idea about money, banking and financial markets, both
theoretically and practically and to linking money and
banking and adopted monetary systems.
MON 1101 Principles of Finance 3
The course aims to familiarize students with the financial
function and its aims and discuss the topics of financial
analysis, of planning tools and of financial follow up.
BAN 1101 Banking Transactions (1) 3
The course aims to train students to:
Manage the banking and administrative processes,
directed at the following technical skills:
Structure and prepare administrative operation
evidence
Design and monitor the flow of administrative
operations
Organize workforce to serve the flow of
administrative operations
Understand risks and how to control them
Assign roles and responsibilities
Develop administrative operations
Understand authorities of different administration
levels
Follow up the system of administrative information
in banking transactions
BAN 1211 Marketing Banking Services and Products 3
BAN 1215 Credits and Financing 3

The course aims to train students to:
Analyze financing channels in the financing sector
in general, with a focus on banks.
Read and understand budgets and financial
reports.
Study and assess risks in various areas of credit.
repare the credit memorandum which includes
the analysis required to make the right credit
decision.
Prepare and assess credit cases, prepare the credit
decision, and suggest sound finance methods
suitable to each case.
Assess the credit facilities and put related
conditions and mechanisms to control them
Understand debt and bank classifications
BA 1301 Organizational Frame and Branch Operations 3
The course seeks to provide students with skills required
by branch employees, develop skills, behavioral,
administrative and organizational, needed for banking
careers, and build special capabilities of dealing with
customers to make banking a success.
BAN 1220 Banking Terminology (E) 3
The course aims to train students to enhance the
use of the English Language in the terminology of
finance and monetary markets, increase the linguistic
wealth of terminology and language idioms in area
of specialization, and make students familiar with the
average language and printed terminology used in
banking.
ACCT 1220 Analysis of Financial Reports 3
The course seeks to familiarize students with the
theoretical and practical principles of the methods of
financial list analysis, as well as methods of prediction
and evaluation. The course also discusses the various
uses of basic analysis with special focuses on profit
analysis and the role of financial analysis in decision
making operations, especially those that relate to
financial bill investment, merging and credit-giving.
BAN 1301 Islamic Banking Services 3

The course aims to:
Enhance students consciousness of the nature
of Islamic finance and banking in KSA and the
differences between Islamic and non-Islamic forms
Identify the various forms of Islamic banking and
finance products
Deal with Accounting and administrative patterns
and systems the correspond with Islamic Law
BAN 1410 The Legal System of Banking 3
The course introduces students to the legal system of
Banking in KSA, ruling regulations with Saudi Arabian
Monetary Agency and the other banks, rules of Bank
supervision system, power and requirements of
attorney, legal rules of notes of Hand and Chques, legal
rules of Loans, cases of death and inability to repay
loans and bankruptcy, dealing with Loan collaterals,
dealing with Forgery Cases, legal Responsibilities of
bank Employees, forgery of Banknotes and Foreign
currency, tracing and discovering forgery of documents,
signatures and stamps, forgery of Legal commissions,
and money Laundering and contrary measures.
MON1301 Financial Markets and Establishments 3
This course seeks to:
Enhance students knowledge of English used
in the financial market in general and in banks in
particular
Familiarize students with financial market
environment in which banks operate
Highlight organizational restrictions on banks
compared with other financial establishments
BAN 1501
Field Training
30
Students will be trained in Saudi banks for a period
of 12 weeks, with an average of 8 hours a day for 4
days a week. Students will be assessed by the bank in
accordance with the students regular attendance and
academic progress he achieves with relation to the
basic skills, while the student will be followed up and
academically supervised by the College. The formed
committee will also present an overall report that will
be thoroughly discussed.
Law Program:
BAN 1201 Banking Transactions (2)
3
The course will introduce students to the following:
Understanding risks and types of control
Assigning Role and identifying responsibility
Development of Administrative Operations
Authorities and power of various administration
level
Following up administration information system in
Banking Operations
Aims:
To prepare well-qualified clerks with intermediatelevel diplomas who are capable of performing all the
necessary and complementary legal clerical activities
such as writing reports and taking notes and preparing
legal replies, as well as of representing the institutions
for whom they work before the judicial and security
authorities or investigation courts.
This course focuses on the marketing skills required

in banking agents, brokers and representatives and on
training on methods of selling, and promoting banking
products and services.
345
Study Plan: Diploma in Law

Level One
Com 1101
Computer
Engl. 1101
Intensive English-1
Law 1101
Principles of Law
Law 1232
Administrative law
Law 1234
Criminal Law-1
Hrs
2
9
3
3
3
Level Two
346

Engl 1102
Intensive English-2
Financial Transactions in
Law 1204
Islamic jurisprudence
Law 1205
Family Law
Law 1221
Sources of Commitment
Rules of Real and Personal
Law 1223
Security
Law 1337
Administrative Contracts
Hrs
9
3
2
3
3
3
LAW 1101 Principles of Law 3

This course aims to introduce students to the theory
of law in terms of definition, cornerstones, sources, and
location.
LAW 1232 Administrative law 3
This course seeks to familiarize students with Saudi
Administrative Law, its origin, and sources, the methods
of Administrative Organization, and its principles.
LAW 1234 Criminal Law-1 3
This course seeks to study a number of major topics
such as the differences between Islamic Jurisprudence
and Secular Systems, criminal law ( its development,
sources and various branches), general theory of crime
(its definition, crime divisions and cornerstones), and
general theory of punishment (its definition, purposes,
characteristics and reasons).
Level Three
Course Code
Law 1211
Law 1222
Law 1322
Law 1323
Law 1332
Law 1335
Law 1431
Course Title
The Commercial Law
Rules of Commitment
The Judicature and Proof
Judicial and Execution
Procedures
The Law of Zakah and Taxation
Criminal Law-2
Civil Contracts
Hrs
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
Level Four
Commercial Contracts and
Law 1311
Banks Transactions
Law 1321
Labor and Social Security Law
Law 1411
The Negotiable instruments A
Law 1416
Criminal Law Procedures
Law 1417
Administrative Judiciary
Law 1421
Private international Law
The Law of Ownership and
Law 1422
belongs
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
Level Five
Law 1501
Practical Training
Hrs
20
Course Description:
COM 1101 Applications on Personal Computer 2
components of computers and to develop their skills in
dealing with various data, in addition to providing them with
skills that would enable them to deal with Windows and to
manage and organize files using Microsoft Office package.

Prerequisite
ENG 1101
LAW 1204 Financial Transactions in Islamic Jurisprudence 3
This course seeks to enable students to be familiar
with the juristic rules of financial transactions in
Islamic Jurisdiction and to have the necessary banking
background in order to be able to express the legal and
juristic opinions in financial disputes.
LAW 1205 Family Law 2
The course seeks to enable students to be familiar with
the juristic rules of the family law in Islam and to provide
them with the necessary knowledge background to
express legal and juristic opinion in family disputes
which relate to marital relations and marital disputes.
LAW 1221 Sources of Commitment 3
This course seeks to introduce the general theory
of Commitment and Administrative Sources (like
Contracts) and Non-Administrative.
LAW 1223 Rules of Material and Personal Security 3
This course seeks to identify the concept of material
and personal security and its rules through identifying
the concept of warranty, its cornerstones, its effects,
and its expiry. The course also looks at the nature of
mortgage and its various kinds such as the formal and
the legal, and it seeks to identify its cornerstones and its
expiry, as well as focusing on privilege rights and their
rules.
LAW 1211 Commercial Law 3

This course aims to provide students with skills,
scientific knowledge, and legal information that relate
to commercial activity in order to enhance their
comprehension and understanding of the laws and
legislations that relate to companies and commercial
firms.
LAW 1222 Rules of Commitment 3
This course aims to familiarize students with the effects
of commitment as regards material execution and
exchange execution in addition to the effects, transition
and expiry of commitment.
LAW 1322 The Judicature and Proof 3
This course seeks to familiarize students with the judicial
system as concerns the study of the judicial authority, its
arrangement, formation, and guardianship, in addition
to introducing proof, its importance and ways.
LAW 1323 Judicial and Execution Procedures 3
This course aims to provide students with the basic
knowledge in judicial and execution procedures by
explaining the concept and features of judicial lawsuit,
judicial procedures, judicial laws and ways of appeal
and execution.
LAW 1332 The Law of Zakah And Taxation 3
This course aims to familiarize students with the Law of
Zakah, kinds of Zakah and the legal system of each kind,
in addition to the taxation system, kinds of taxation, and
the legal system of each kind in accordance with the
laws prevailing in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (Report
base, conditions, quorum and the estimation of Zakah).
LAW 1335 Criminal Law -2 3
This course seeks to familiarize students with the
criminal law and with the most important crimes as
concerns identifying the special tenets of each crime.
LAW 1431 Civil Contracts 3
This course seeks to introduce students to major civil
contracts, especially sale and rent contracts, proxy and
insurance contracts.
LAW 1311 Commercial Contracts and banks Transactions 3
This course seeks to enable students to be familiar
with the most important commercial contracts used in
transactions legally and, through a detailed study, to
be familiar with the most important banks transactions
and accounts used within their legal knowledge.
LAW 1321 Labor and Social Security Laws 3

This course seeks to familiarize students with labor law,
its sources, and the characteristics of its legal rules. It
also seeks to introduce Social Security Law as concerns
the validity of Social Security Law and the effects of the
expiry of legal relations.
LAW 1411 Commercial Bills and Bankruptcy 3
This course aims at familiarizing students with current
commercial bills, especially the note of hand, bill
payable to, and cheque. The course also explains
bankruptcy with relation to conditions, procedures
and effects.
LAW 1416 Criminal Law Procedures 3
This course seeks to study a number of criminal law
topics and compare Islamic Law (Fiqh) and manmade laws and therefore to familiarize students with
these procedures, providing applied patterns of such
procedures.
LAW 1417 Laws of Industrial and Commercial
Ownership 3
This course aims to provide students with the academic
knowledge and with the legal information that relate
to commercial and industrial ownership in order to
prepare students to understand and comprehend
legislations and laws that relate to commercial and
industrial works.
LAW 1421 Private International Law 2
This course seeks to provide students with the basic
knowledge in private international law (the nature of its
rules, characteristics, rules of private international law in
KSA, in addition to special rules of citizenship acquisition
and citizenship loss and rules of alien centers. The course
also focuses on rules of international legal specialization
in 24-30 of legal defenses, and it trains students on the
defenses through practical training and issues.
LAW 1422 Law of Ownership and Money 3
This course aims to familiarize students with the scope
of ownership right and the restrictions imposed on it,
in addition to the reasons of ownership acquisition and
the original material rights branching from ownership
right.
LAW 1501 Field Training 20
In this course students will learn the practical sides
and participating in giving the legal opinion, prepare
the legal memorandum in special issues. be trained on
preparing the case sheet and getting practically familiar
with the judicial specialization authorities in KSA, and
attendsessions and following up the progress of trials
in front of courts and semi-judicial committees and
pleading for case adjournment.
LAW 1337 Administrative Contracts 3

This course introduces students to the administrative
contract (its definition and features), types of
administrative contracts, basic rules that influence
administrative contracts in Saudi System, bids and their
procedures, effects of administrative contract, and
disputes of administrative contracts in the comparative
law and the Saudi System.
347
MC 1102 Television and Radio Production Studios 3
Radio & TV Co-Direction

Program:
Aims:
This program aims to:
1. To provide the trainees with the principles and
techniques of TV and Radio production.
2. To provide and develop the Radio and TV

materials from the appearance and content
according to the principles and techniques.
348
3. To analyze and to assess different examples of

Radio and TV productions.
4. To provide practical training that enables the
trainee to work as co-producers.
Diploma in Radio and TV Co-Direction

First Level
Course Title
Introduction to Communication
Television & Radio Studios

Radio Programs Production
Television Programs Production
Drama in the Electronic Media

The Aesthetics of TV& Radio
Practicum
MC 1103 Radio Program Production 3

Principles and techniques of radio production;
Preparation and treatment of radio programs in form
and content in accordance with these principlesand
techniques; analysis and evaluation of different
patterns of radio production; practical applications and
experimental project.
MC 1104 Television Program Production 3
Study Plan:
Course Code
MC 1101
MC 1102
MC 1103
MC 1104
MC 1105
MC 1106
MC 1107
Total
Introduction to Studios: Components; Types of Tapes;

Operating Microphones, Cameras, Studio Lighting
Equipment; Filming and Slideshows; Montage; Control
Room.
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
24
Principles and techniques of television production;

Preparation and treatment of television programs in
form and content in accordance with these principle
sand techniques; analysis and evaluation of different
patterns of television production; practical applications
and experimental project.
MC 1105 Drama Programs in the Electronic Media 3
Radio and television Presenting; Radio and Television
Program Preparation; Analysis of Values, Directions, and
Practices that are Part of the Programming Framework
Planning to suit Community Needs and General Service
Second Level
Course Code
MC 1201
MC 1202
MC 1203
MC 1204
MC 1205
MC 1206
MC 1207
Total
Course
Demands; Studio Practical Experience to Prepare and

Course Title
Theories of Communication
Hrs
3
Writing For the Electronic Media 3
Mass Communication and Society 3
Radio Program Direction
3
TV Program Direction
3
Interviewing
3
Practicum
6
24
Description:
MC 1101 Introduction to Communication 3

What is communication: Features of Communication;
Communication Activities; Concrete and Symbolic
Communication; Oral Activities; language; Speech
Methods; Non-Verbal Communications; Appearance;
Action; Touch; Place and Time; Information
Reception; Selection; Explication; Storing; Recovery;
Factors that Influence Information Reception; ; The
Individual; Piece Environment of of Information; The
Source; Environment; Communication and Culture;
Communication Networks; Personal Communication,
Mass Communication.
Present Certain Programming Formulae.

MC 1106 The Aesthetics of radio and Television 3
The course will present Principles and Elements
of Aesthetic Appreciation in Radio and Television
Programs; Lighting; space; Time; Action and Sound.
MC 1107 Practicum 6
The course aims to enable students to direct selected
radio and television programs after presenting them
in a perspective of creative and purposeful artistic
unity. The course is of an advanced practical nature
that establishes the principles and techniques of Radio
Direction and Television Direction.
MC 1201 Theories of Communication 3
The Scientific Principles of Human communication, with
Focus on Major Elements in this Process; Communication
Patterns; Basic Theories of Communication and
Information
and
Communication.
their
Applications;
Effect
of
MC 1202 Writing For the Electronic Media 3

Writing for Radio and television accompanying visual
programs; introduction to the principles of dealing
in writing with the audio and visual information
medium through the preparation of cultural, news,
entertainment, and drama program texts.
Medias Social Obligations; Major Issues in Media;

Effects of Media in Contemporary Society; Assessing
Criticism Directed against Media from the viewpoint
of the producer and the recipient of the informational
message.
MC 1204 Radio Program Direction 3
The course presents the various radio direction schools
and aims to study the scientific basics in radio direction
through the presentation of various radio direction
schools and theories, especially as concerns sound
effects, music, the relationship between the text and
direction, the natural voice, in addition to practical
applications.
MC 1205 TV Program Production 3
The course presents the various television direction
schools and aims to study the scientific basics in
television direction through the presentation of various
radio direction schools and theories, especially as
concerns the esthetics of visual articles, the formation
in television pictures and dealing with them, as well
as the relationship between the text and direction,
dcor, lighting, sound, costume, make up in addition to
practical applications.
MC 1206 The Art of Interviewing and Program
Presenting 3
The course focuses on phonetics, the nature, regions,
and defects of voice; Basics of presentation; Radio
Presentation, Differences between Radio and Television
Presentations and Rhetorical Speech; Kinds of
Interviewing; Interviewing; Spontaneity and Repartee
in Chat Shows.
MC 1207 Practicum 6
The course aims to enable students to direct selected
radio and television programs after presenting them
in a perspective of creative and purposeful artistic
unity. The course is of an advanced practical nature
that establishes the principles and techniques of Radio
Direction and Television Direction.
MC 1203 Mass Communication and Society 3
349
350
Community College in Riyadh
351
Contact:
Arriyadh Community College,
Saladin Al-Ayobi Street,
Malaz,P.O Box 28095, Riyadh 11437
Vision:
To be the leading college in providing quality
and excellent educational programs contributing
to community service and development.
Mission:
To provide distinguished educational programs
whose graduates are well qualified and capable to
meet the requirements of labor market?
Aims:
Qualifying career students in the specializations
most demanded in the labor market and
requiring no university degree.
Giving the college students who could not

pursue their study in the Transfer Program
for academic reasons the chance to obtain
an academic diploma that qualifies them for
recruitment.
Giving the university students who could not

pursue their study for academic reasons the
chance to obtain an academic diploma that
qualifies them for recruitment.
About:
Arriyadh Community College, the latest in the
university, was founded by virtue of the Council
of Ministers decree no. 73 issued on 5/3/1422.
The first batch of students, 900 in number, joined
the college at the commencement of the second
semester of the academic year 1423-1424. The
college has five departments: Physical Sciences,
Applied Medical Sciences, Computer Science,
Administrative Sciences, and Arts and Education.
The regular study program at the Community
College consists of at least four academic semesters.

Students take at least 64 academic credits that
count towards graduation. The departments have
the right to add a semester or more according to
the nature and need of every specialization since
a specialization may require a foreign language, a
preparatory program, a participatory training, or a
practicum period before joining the labor market.
Departments:
Computer Science
Medical Science
Natural Science
Arts and Education
Administrative Science
Vision:
To be the leading department in preparing qualified
professionals of computer and information technology.
To provide quality and distinguished programs to

prepare students academically and professionally in
computer and information technology with a view to
meeting the requirements of the labor market.
Aims:
To provide students with the basic skills of
computer and its applications
To provide students with the skills required for

database systems management.

designing various applications programs.

designing websites.
To acquaint students with foundations of managing

computer networks.
To provide technical consultations for community

service.
About:
The Department of Computer Science offers
a career program ending in Associate Degree in
Computer Science. The program has four semesters
where students study 23 courses of 67 theory and
lab units. Students acquire computer skills that qualify
them to join the labor market in fields such as program
design, web design, database systems management,
network control, data entry, as well as secretarial works.
The department is interested in enhancing its scientific
foundations through investigating the possibility
of introducing new specialization in computer and
securing the infrastructure required taking into due
account the ever-increasing requirements of the labor
market. The department is also keen on promoting its
faculty capabilities through introducing them to the
University academic plans and giving them the chance
to enter the field of training.
Degree:
Bachelor
Faculty Members:
Name
Ahmad Ali Al-Zubi
Assistant
Amr M.Tolba
Mohammad Al-Maitah
M. Amoon Ahmed Sharaby
Tamer Anwar A. Alzohairy
Torki Abdulaziz Altameem
Zafer Ibrahem Al Makhadmee
Zouhir wakaf
Abdullah Rashid M. Alharbi
Ahmad Shaher Ahmad Elmustafah
Ejaz Shakeb
Faiz Chikh Awad
Khurram Naim Shamsi
M. Mahmoud Mahmoud Mowafy
Mohammed AIYAZ Hussain
Sulieman M. A. Khudruj
Rank
Proffessor
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Programs:
B.Sc. in Computer Science
Study Plan:
Level 1(Preparatory Level)
ENG 111
English (1)
Credit
Hours
7
COMM 110
CSR 110
RDT 110
Total
Principles of Computer and

Mathematics
5
2
Mission:
17
353
techniques; exercises on communication
Level-2
Course
Code
Lecture Lab Credit

Pre Req.
Hours Hrs. Hrs.
Course Title
ENGA
English(2)
102
Comp
Comp Prog-1
121
Comp Visual Basic
122 Programming
Comp Operating
123
System
Prin. of
Comp
Database
124
System
Total
110ENG English(1) 7
ENG 110
Students of the career program will take this Pre-
CSR 110
intermediate General English course at the first level.
CSR 110
CSR 110
CSR 110
12
16
32
The new course will cover the basic language skills

(Listening, Speaking, Reading, and Writing). Equal
distribution of time is done to take care of the Essential
skills. By the end of this course students are expected
to gain competency in spoken and written English with
equal emphasis on grammar. Topics dealt with in the
course are selected from everyday life with a view to
Level-3
Course
Lecture Lab Credit
Course Title
Pre Req.
Hours Hrs. Hrs.
Code
COM
Comp Prog-11
2
1
3
COM 121
231
Advance Visual
COM
Prog using
2
1
3
COM 122
232
VB.Net
COM
Database
1
2
3
COM 123
233
System Lab
COM
System
3
3
COM 124
234
Analysis
COM
Multimedia
2
1
3
COM 125
235
Applications
Internet Applications
2
1
3
COM 126
COM 236
Total
12
6
18
36
110RDT Mathematical Skills 2

Elements of Mathematical Logic, Statements, Negation
of
Statement,
Connectives,
Logical
equivalence,
Methods of proof, Sets, Methods of Defining a set,

Power set, Algebra of sets, Universal Set, Complement
of a set, Venn diagram, Sets of numbers, Ordered Pairs,
Cartesian Product of Sets, Binary Relations, Binary
Relations on a set, Partition of a set, Functions, Algebra
of functions, Inverse image, Trigonometric function,
Matrices and Matrix Operations, Inverse of Matrix,
Level-4
Course
Code
COM
241
COM
242
COM
243
COM
244
COM
245
Determinants, Cramers Rule, Complex numbers,

Lecture Lab Credit
Pre Req.
Course Title
Hours Hrs. Hrs.
Computer
2
Networks
Computer
Maintenance
2
and Assembling
Data Structures 2
Digital Logic
and Computer 3
Architecture
Graduation
3
Project
Total
12
Conjugate of complex number, De Movers theorem,

Introduction to Statistics, Types of statistical variables,
COM
123
CSR
110
COM
231
CSR
110
This course discusses the various parts of a computer
COM
232
32
oriented software; course discusses the concepts, types
16
Types of Data.
110 CSR Principles of Computer and information

technology 5
and their working, and the various types of taskand protocols of computer networks and about Internet
technology, the concepts and levels of programming
Course Description:
languages and major programming languages including

object-oriented programming. This course discusses
110ADM Professional Ethics3
computer ethics and the Commandments of computer
The course covers the following topics: the hamza in
ethics. And all things related to privacy and security.
initial, middle, and final position; the alif in a vowel

form; punctuation marks; writing numbers; introduction
to
communication;
concepts
of
communication;
communication process; communication elements;
354
provide students with real life situations.
communication models; communication forms and
121comp Computer programming-14

The course has two integrated parts. The first learns
the principles of developing computerized solutions of
problems by using C++ as programming language. The

principles cover how to understand, analyze, design
and implement the computerized solution by C++. The
second learns the C++ instructions and how to use them
to code algorithms expressed by using pseudo code or
flowchart.

Discuss the classes String, StringBuffer, Character

Discuss the Graphics and Java2D

Discuss Event handling and Graphical User Interface
Components

Discuss Files and streams

Prerequisite 121comp
Prerequisite 110CSR
232comp Advanced visual programming using
122comp Visual Programming 3
VB.NET 3
Introduction to the Visual Basic.NET IDE, Introduction to
Introduction to the Visual Basic.NET IDE, Introduction to
Visual basic programming simple program, Introduction
Visual basic simple program, Introduction to Windows
to Windows Application Programming.
Application Programming. Strings, graphics, graphical-
Prerequisite 110CSR
user-interface (GUI) components.

Exception handling. File processing. Database handling,
SQL and ADO.NET.
123comp Operating system 3

This
course
examines
operating
system
design
Prerequisite
122comp
The topics to be covered include: Computer and
233comp Database system lab 3
operating system structures, Process management,
The class covers the concepts of both relational and
Process synchronization and communication, Memory
object relational databases and the powerful SQL
management, Virtual memory, File system. The practical
programming language. Students are taught to create
work is related to the skills to deal with more than one
and maintain database objects and to store, retrieve,
operating system (Windows XP & Linux).
and manipulate data. Students learn to retrieve data by
Prerequisite 110CSR
using advanced techniques such as ROLLUP, CUBE, set

operators, and hierarchical retrieval. They also learn to
124comp Fundamentals of database system 3
write SQL and SQL*Plus script files using the SQL*Plus
In general, Database course is a theoretical Course. That
tool to generate report-like output. Demonstrations and
aims to introduce properties and features of database
hands-on practice reinforce the fundamental concepts.
systems, the principles and structure databases: data
models, schemas and instances of databases, database

management systems and dependency between the
234comp System analysis 3
data and programs, Database languages, interfaces
This module introduces the students to the role of
dealing, Relational data model and relational algebra,
the systems analyst in the development of information
Structural Query Language (SQL), and Introduction to
system for organizations. The systems analyst is a
Object-Oriented Databases
problem solver. As such, this module emphasizes
Prerequisite 110CSR
development of effective solutions and communicating

those solutions to the development team. Use of
231comp Computer programming-23

To discuss the object oriented programming
accepted design techniques, project management

approaches,
written
and
verbal
communication,
concepts classes, objects, scopes, controlling
collaboration and teamwork, and organizational tools
access to members, constructors.
prepares the learner for the many demands of an entry-

Discuss the inheritance superclass, subclass,
protected members.

Discuss the polymorphism
level systems analyst.
concepts, data structures and algorithms basics.
355
235comp Multimedia applications 3
244comp Digital logic and computer architecture 4
Describe the Multimedia concepts, development,
The course contains numbering systems and arithmetic
hardware,
operations, basic concepts of computer components
software
lifecycle,
application
areas,
Multimedia design and technology.
and how they work and their association with each
Prerequisite 110CSR
other and how the overall design of the computer

Prerequisite 110CSR
236comp Internet applications 3

The course gives an overview of Internet services as
245comp Graduation project 3
e-mail, FTP, Newsgroups, search engines, World Wide
The purpose is to give the student a comprehensive
Web (WWW), etc. The course will cover fundamentals
understanding about studied subjects through a
of web page design and web site development using
practical project.
HTML and front page. The course covers the web
Prerequisite 124comp and 232comp and 234comp
server configuration and web site publishing

241comp Computer networks 3

In general computer networks course is a theory
and computer application Course. It aims to raise
awareness of computer networks (of different types
and techniques) and how to design, construction
and operation. It also provides the basic information
necessary for the specialist networks in order to be
able to provide information services in an environment

of networking and information networks.
242comp Computer maintenance and assembling 3

The module covers all the topics related to computer
hardware and software as far as computer maintenance,
up gradation and troubleshooting is concerned.
Prerequisite 110CSR
243comp Data structure 3
This course introduces students to the fundamental
data structures used in Computer Science and
extends the fundamentals covered in Intermediate
Programming. The data structures covered include
stacks, queues, linked lists and binary trees. Algorithms
that manipulate these data structures are discussed and
used in laboratory work. Students are introduced to
the run-time analysis of algorithms and basic algorithms
for searching and sorting. Taught in C++.
356
Vision:
A world-class educational department providing
the
community
with
superlative
graduates
in
disciplines of Applied Medical Sciences.
The Department of Applied Medical Sciences

is committed to provide comprehensive education
through advanced teaching strategies. Also it is
committed to provide distinguished graduates in
disciplines of Applied Medical Sciences, who support
systems and services of health care in the Kingdom.
About:
The department of Applied Medical Sciences
was established in 1423 H. Registration in the
department started at the beginning of the academic
year 1424/1425. The department offers a career
program ending in Associate Degree in Nursing or
Applied Medical Sciences. The courses content and
the study plan are subjected to a continous process of
development to cope with the scientific advancement
and provide students with the knowledge and skills
required.
Departments Specializations
Nursing
Medical Equipment
Aims:
To develop responsible and knowledgeable
graduates capable of addressing social and public

health problems and able to deal with medical
equipment at health institutions.
To maintain a strong commitment to innovation
through individual faculty pursuits.
To provide the community with qualified
technologies in applied health sciences to achieve
a high standard of health care system.
To provide students with the medical and
professional ethics in their fields of practice.
To participate in high education committees to
elevate the standards of applied health sciences
education in KSA.
To provide students with the abilities to cope
with the new technology trends in Applied Health
Sciences.
To achieve national and international recognition

for excellence in Applied Health Sciences.
Degree:
Associate Degree in Applied Medical Science
Faculty Members:
Name
Dr. Tarek Elsarngawy
Dr. Amir Al Tenawi
Dr. Mamdouh Monif
Mr. Ahmad Rawhi Atta
Mr. Eyad Alhelih
Rank
Head of Dept.
Medical Equipments Section

Vision:
To be a recognized center of excellence in the field
of Biomedical Instrumentation Education, and hence
be a proud and worthy partner in the development of
medical care in the Kingdom.
Mission:
To produce qualified professionals who would fill in
the huge shortage and needs in the field of Biomedical
Instrumentation, likely to be created by the exponential
rise of the healthcare facilities in the Kingdom.
Aims:
Offer high quality educational programs in the
field of Biomedical Instrumentation.
Try to fill in the acute manpower shortage in the

field.
Encourage research and development activities for
Mission:
both faculty and students.
Facilitate interaction with industry to understand

their needs and accordingly modify curricula.
357

Facilitate cooperation with industry in research
projects.

Provide a congenial and friendly working
5
3
ENGA110: English Language
Students of the career program will take this Preintermediate General English course at the first level.
Level-1
Hrs
ENGA110
CSR 110
MCA 110
RDT 110
Level-2
Hrs
ENGA102
English(2)
CHR101
Anatomy and Physiology
MATR222
Mathematics
CHMR101
Chemistry for Health Science
MASH201
Introduction to Biomedical
Equipment
MASH207
Electrical Circuits
MASH202
Medical Terminology
PHYR101
Physics for Health Science
Level-3
358
Hrs
MASH203
MASH 206
MASH 205
MASH 204
MASH 225
3
3
3
3
3
Medical Equipment
Mechanical Skills
Medical Equipment Skills
Electrical Measurements
Electrical Skills
Level-4
Hrs
MASH 208
MASH 209
MASH 210
MASH 211
MASH 212
Electronics
Medical Equipment Fault
Detection
Clinical Laboratory
Equipment
Medical Computer
Application
Medical Equipment Safety
2
4
3
2
Level-5
Hrs
MDE300
12
Field Training
Training in Medical Equipment and

Maintenance Departments in Public
Hospitals
MCA110: Linguistic and Communication Skills

to communication; concepts of communication;
environment for faculty and students alike.
English Language
Principles of Computers and
Linguistic and Communication
Skill
Math Skills
Course Description:
40 Hours/
Week of 15
Weeks
RDT110: Math Skills

of Statement, Connectives, Logical equivalence,
Types of Data.
CSR110: Principles of Computers and information
technology
and their working, and the various types of taskoriented software; course discusses the concepts, types
and protocols of computer networks and about Internet
ENGA 102: English 2
CHR101: Anatomy and Physiology

The Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology course will
study the shape, structure, and function of the human
body and its parts. Content includes: basic anatomy
and directional terminology, structure and function of
body systems and special senses, fundamental concepts
and principles of body organization, histology, and
hematology.
PHYR101: Physics for health Sciences
Units and Measurements; Vectors; Velocity, Acceleration,
Forces; Motion in a straight line; Kinematic Equations;
Vertical jumping and free falls bodies; Newtons laws
of Motion; Torques; Equilibrium of rigid bodies; Work,
Energy and Power; Temperature and the Behavior of
Gases; The Ideal Gas law, Temperature and molecular
energies.
CHMR101: Chemistry for Health Sciences
Chemical arithmetic, Mole concept, SI units, Chemical
reactions, Chemical reaction in aqueous solutions,
Properties of gases, Thermo chemistry, Chemical
bonding, Physical properties of solutions, energy
and energy changes Chemical Equilibrium in gaseous
system, Acid-Base Equilibrium in solution, Chemical
kinetics, state of matter and forces of intermolecular
attractions.
MATR222: Mathematics
Review of numbers and set algebra - polynomials
- Operations on Polynomials - Functions, types of

functions - linear functions in one and two variables
- graphical representation of linear functions quadratic functions - Graphical representations of
quadratic functions . Solution of linear equations Solution simultaneous linear equations in two or more
variables - System of linear equations Determinants
Trigonometric functions Complex numbers
MASH 201: Introduction to biomedical equipment
The course covers the relationship between Biomed.
Engineering and other scientific disciplines, the
characteristics of medical measurement systems and
signals, the phenomena of bioelectricity and methods
of measurement, and the basics of amplifiers and
applications.
MASH202: Medical Terminology
This course include English medical terms used in
hospitals and maintenance workshops in addition to
the structuring of medical terms (prefix, root, suffix
and combining forms) and English terms of medical
equipment.
MASH207: Electrical Circuits
This introductory course will deal with the basics of
circuit theory including electrical components, the laws
of electricity, and the behavior of electric circuits under
electrical stimuli. The course will concentrate on d.c.
MASH203: Medical Equipment
To get introduced to medical equipment especially the
medical imaging and patient care systems. The course
includes lectures about x-ray medical imaging systems,
ultrasound medical imaging systems, patient car devices
such as ECG, defibrillators, electrosurgical units.
MASH204: Electrical Measurements
Give the student the required fundamentals of electric
measurements, Calculation and reduction of errors
during the measuring processes. The course also aims
to define the electric measuring system components
(sensors, signal processing, electronic circuits in the
measuring devices), measurements of physiological
parameters, active filters and amplifiers
MASH205: Mechanical Medical Equipment
Teaching students purposes, designing principles,
major components and technical specifications of the
following medical equipment: spirometer, ventilator,
The course is in continuation to NGR 110. It aims

at teaching the students intermediate level English
language. The students are exposed to texts which
help in building their language skills. The course
introduces new vocabulary, grammar and manageable
amount of reading material. Learners are provided
with many opportunities for communicative spoken
practice through realistic and motivating activities.
The course also aims at teaching the learners to write
small paragraphs in simple English. In the course of
fifteen weeks the students will be navigated through
the Upper beginner level to the intermediate level of
English Language with special emphasis on reading and
writing skills. In addition to this the prescribed book
provides the students with ample number of exercises
to enhance their grammar knowledge which will in turn
strengthen their written and spoken English. Students
also get ample opportunity to practice various kinds
of listening and speaking drills which in turn enhances
their communication skills.
359
anesthesia machine, heart-lung machine, Intra-aortic

balloon pump, infusion pump, suction units, infant
incubator, sterilizers, hospital bed.
MASH206: Mechanical skills
Give the student the required knowledge about the
different types of materials and their interactions
with the biomedical engineering science. This can be
achieved through the knowledge of different types of
materials and their common and specific properties.
Also give the students the fundamentals of Mechanical
and drawing skills to be able to read and understand
the Engineering drawing. Also the course gives the
student the required knowledge about different types
of manufacturing processes, different types of machine
tools and their use.
MASH225: Electrical Skills
This course will introduce students to the fundamentals
of electrical engineering, circuit components and
equipments, to expose them to examples of applications,
and to exercise them in the installation and making of
PCB circuits. This also covers the use and practice of
different hand tools, power tools and testing tools.
MASH208: Electronics
360
This introductory course will deal with the basics

of both analog and digital electronics. First, diodes
and transistors will be discussed in some details. Few
applications will be illustrated. Later, Boolean algebra
and logic gates will be discussed. Simple digital circuits
will be constructed.
MASH209: Medical Equipment Fault Detection
The course includes lectures about the troubleshooting
and maintenance for medical devices such as biosignal
amplifiers (ECG, EEG, EMG), defibrillator, transducer,
and others.
MASH210: Clinical Laboratory Equipment
The course includes theoretical and practical parts. The
course describes the Blood and its components and
blood tests and the concept of operation and block
diagram of the following laboratory instrumentation:
Colorimeter, Flame Photometer, Spectrophotometer,
Blood cells counter, Auto analyzer, blood gas analyzer.
MASH211: Medical Computer Applications
The course aims to teach the role of computers,
computerized information systems, networks in health
care facilities and medical technology in addition to the
entrance into the technology that will take advantage

of the Internet to support the learning process and
to identify the troubleshooting and evaluate the
performance of the system and the integration of
health care. The main subjects are: hospital information
systems, computerized patient records, information
systems for medical imaging, computerized analysis
of the data, and computer applications in medical
equipment.
MASH212: Medical equipment Safety
The course consists of 2 parts: theoretical and practical.
They aim to introduce the basics of safety engineering
and electrical safety of medical equipment in hospital
and also introduce other safety subjects like radiation
safety and safety of flammables, compressed air etc.
MASH300: Field Training
The field training includes various maintenance programs,
medical equipment troubleshooting determining the
need of biomedical equipment workshops, replacing
fault parts in biomedical equipment, assembling and
disassembling of biomedical equipment, maintaining
medical equipment data base.
Nursing Section:
Vision:
Commitment to excellence in nursing science,
education, and practice, as being the top academic
associate nursing program in the Kingdom.
Mission:
The mission of the Section of Nursing is to make
differences in the lives of people through quality
nursing education that prepares health care providers
who are able to translate science into practice and
meet the needs of the population in an ever changing
health care environment.
About:
Nursing program is a community-oriented, which
adopts the problem-based learning as an educational
strategy. When the student finishes successfully 4
academic semesters and one internship semester, in
which student spends the last semester in hospitals
(field training), the student gets an Associate Degree in
Nursing. Nursing Section includes many labs supplied
with new equipments and tools coping with quick
development of technology in the world. In addition,
nursing section includes also nursing learning resources
centre. Specialization in various nursing disciplines
takes place in post graduate studies. The graduates
will fill the shortage in Saudi male nurses in the health
sector, which integrates with the saudization movement
in the kingdom.
Study Plan:
MCA 110: Linguistic and Communication Skills
Level-1
Hrs
ENGA101
MCA101
CSR101
RDT 110
English Language
Skills
Principles of Computer and
Math Skills
2
5

to
communication;
concepts
of
communication;

ENGA 110: English Language

Level-2
Hrs
ENGA102
English(2)
CHR101
Anatomy and Physiology
PHYR101
Physics for Health Science
CHMR101
Chemistry for Health Science
PHOR101
Pharmacology
NCR101
Fundamentals of Nursing

Level-3
Hrs
CHR201
Nutrition Health
MICR201
Medical Microbiology
NCR201
Medical Surgical Nursing

Fundamentals of Emergency
Care
NCR202
RDT 110: Math Skills

of
Statement,
Connectives,
Logical
equivalence,

Level-4
Hrs
CHR202
NCR203
3
4
NCR 204
NCR 205
Epidemiology and Biostatistics

Pediatric Nursing
Community Health Nursing
and Geriatric Care
Psychiatric Nursing and
Mental Health
4
4
Level-5
Hrs
MDE 300
12
Training in Emergency
Department and Operation
Theaters
40 Hours/
Week for 10
Weeks=400
Hours
40 Hours/Week
for 5 Weeks=200
Hours
Intensive Field
Training
Training in Internal and General
Surgery Departments in Hospitals

Types of Data.
CSR110: Principles of
information technology
Computers
and

Course Description:
361
ENGA 102: English 2
NCR 101: Fundamentals of Nursing
This course will focus on assisting the nursing student
to acquire the basic nursing skills necessary to give
fundamental nursing care and competence in applying
specific nursing interventions to assist individual clients
to meet their health needs and optimize health. The
use nursing process as framework to provides making
clinical jujment. The student learns nursing skill with an
emphasis on patient safety in health care setting.

CHR 201: Nutrition Health
This course has several units of key nutrients (such as
carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals and vitamins)
as well as units show skills in assessment of nutritional
status of personnel, patients and proper treatment,
nutrition and a balanced diet and nutritional care for
individuals and for patients

MICR 201: Medical Microbiology

This
course
fundamental
of
Microbiology
information
and
contains
all
the
concepts
for
an
introductory microbiology. Contents include : definition
362
CHR 101: Anatomy and Physiology
of Microbiology, Pathogens and Non-Pathogens,
The Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology course will
microorganisms and infectious diseases, branches and
study the shape, structure, and function of the human
fields in microbiology, careers in microbiology, diversity
body and its parts. Content includes: basic anatomy
in microorganisms, factors promoting and inhibiting
and directional terminology, structure and function of
microbial growth in vitro and in vivo, epidemiology and
body systems and special senses, fundamental concepts
public health and host related issues.
and principles of body organization, histology, and

hematology.
PHOR 101: Pharmacology

Basic therapeutic actions of various types of commonly
PHYR 101: Physics for health Sciences
used drugs. Emphasis will be placed on the classification
Units and Measurements; Vectors; Velocity, Acceleration,
of medications, therapeutic action, adverse reactions,
Forces; Motion in a straight line; Kinematic Equations;
and routes of administration. Drug interactions and
Vertical jumping and free falls bodies; Newtons laws
contraindications will be presented.
of Motion; Torques; Equilibrium of rigid bodies; Work,
will also contain a unit on calculation of dosages and
Energy and Power; Temperature and the Behavior of
solutions. Nursing content is organized by the nursing
Gases; The Ideal Gas law, Temperature and molecular
process. Only students who have been admitted to the
energies.
nursing program may enrol in this course.
CHMR 101: Chemistry for Health Sciences
NCR 201: Medical surgical nursing
Chemical arithemtic, Mole concept, SI units, Chemical

reactions, Chemical reaction in aqueous solutions,
Properties of gases, Thermochemistry, Chemical
bonding, Physical properties of solutions, energy
and energy changes Chemical Equilibrium in gaseous
system, Acid-Base Equilibrium in solution, Chemical
kinetics, state of matter and forces of intermolecular
attractions.
This course divide into two aspects theory
This course
and
practice, and focuses on the biopsychosocial responses

of actual and high-risk conditions that affect individuals
functional health patterns using nursing process
as a framework. These conditions may be acute or
chronic. The focus will be on alteration in selected
functional health patterns such as endocrine system,
gastrointestinal system, neurological system, cardiac &
vascular system, pre and post surgical interventions,
women, infants, children, adolescents, adults, elderly,
fluid and electrolytes, and respiratory system. The
and working populations. Epidemiological assessment
students will be exposed to the nursing procedures
for the purpose of promotion and protection the
which are related to medical surgical aspects and their
community through controlling of communicable
application, such as mouth care, nasogastric feeding,
disease are also introduced.
and nasopharyngeal suctioning.

NCR 202: Fundamentals of emergency care
NCR 205: Psychiatric Nursing and Mental

Health
This course is divided into the theoretical and practical;
The course focuses on the most current advances in
it focuses on emergency situations for humans. It also
psychiatric care, psychiatric nursing care, and nursing
cover the types of injuries with Primary and secondary
education including current research into the biologic
assessment . The course also Caver First aid, burns,
basis of mental illness & psycho-pharmacologic
poisoning, tissue injuries and drowning. The practical
treatment of mental disorders. With this in mind, the
aspect Focuses on the acquisition of student skills to
course has been designed to provide the theoretical
deal with emergency situations, injuries and others.
and informational knowledge base to assist students in
However it include Transfer of patients and do
sharpening their critical thinking skills as well as their
cardio-pulmonary resuscitation, dressing, treatment of
ability to make sound clinical judgments.
poisoning, drowning, burns and other.
NCR 300: Intensive Field Training

CHR 202: Epidemiology and Biostatistics
This clinical course provides a health-related work and
This course aimed at introducing basic epidemiological
learning- based experience that enable the student to
concepts, epidemiological analysis approach, and
apply specialized knowledge, skill and concept related
mainly how to apply these concepts in studying health
to the nursing care of client, with advanced medical-
and disease phenomenon.
surgical health care needs across the adult life span.

students to provide high level of nursing care and
This course has two parts. The theoretical part of
health promotion.
this course aims to introduce the essential concepts

related to child health nursing, stages of infant
growth and development, and the management of
common diseases that affects infant various organs.
The practicum part of this course aims to provide
essential skills required to provide safe care for
child, such taking growth measures, vital signs, and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation for newborns.
NCR 204: Community Health Nursing & Geriatric Care
This course provides theories and practices essential
to the assessment, planning, implementation, and
evaluation of the individuals, families, groups, and
community itself at different stages of their lives.
Emphasis will be on the study and application of nursing
roles components inherent in community health for
health promotion and protection as well as diseases
prevention based on the concepts of primary health
care. Students will be introduced to theoretical concepts
Critical thinking and decision making approaches guide
NCR 203: Child health Nursing
related to community health status, environmental

health safety, promoting and protecting the health of
363
Vision:
To be the leading department in developing the
students skills in basic sciences in a way compatible
with their majors.
Mission:
To provide excellent education contributing to
develop the students scientific and intellectual skills in
a way compatible with different programs.
Aims:
To develop students academic skills required
for discussion and analysis
To develop students mental skills through

providing them with main concepts in basic
sciences
To develop students scientific thinking and

enhance their ability for observation and
inference
To develop students abilities for using

advanced learning resources.
Study Plan for Mathematics:

Level-1
ARAB101
ENG121
CSE206
MATH101
STAT101
364
About:
Th e D e p a r t m e n t o f P h y s i c a l S c i e n c es
o ffe rs a t ra n s fe r p ro g ra m i n p h y s i c s a n d
m at h e m at i c s t h at e n a b l es t h e s t u d e n t to
c o n t i n u e s t u d y fo r t h e b a c h e l o r s d e g re e
u p o n su c c ess f u l c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e p ro g ra m .
Th e d e p a r t m e n t a l s o ass i s t s i n t ea c h i n g c a re e r
p ro g ra m c o u rs es i n n u rs i n g a n d m e d i c a l
e q u i p m e n t . Th e reg u l a r p ro g ra m h as fo u r
s e m es t e rs m i n i m u m . M at h e m at i c s p ro g ra m
h as 6 3 c re d i t u n i t s d i s t r i b u t e d t h ro u g h o u t 2 0
c o u rs es, w h i l e p h y s i c s p ro g ra m h as 6 5 c re d i t
u n i t s d i s t r i b u t e d t h ro u g h o u t 2 2 c o u rs es.
Language Skills
English (1)
Principles Programming
Differential Calculus
Principles of Statistics &
Probabilities (1)
Transfer Program

ARAB 103
ENG122
IC 101
CHEM101
PHY101
Arabic Composition
English (2)
Culture (1)
General Chemistry (1)
General Physics (1)
Credit
Hours
2
3
2
4
4
Level-3
MATH101
Faculty Members:
Level-2
Programs:
Credit
Hours
2
3
3
3
Name
Rank
MATH131
Dr.Nasser Abd El-Salam
Head of Dept.
PHY102
Dr. Kamal Raslan
Professor
STAT103
Dr. Mohamed Abdulaziz
Associate Prof.
Dr. Ahmad Mohamed
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Amr Youssef
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Mortada Youssif
Assistant Prof.
IC102
Introduction to Integral
Calculus
Fundamentals of
Mathematics
General Physics (2)
Principles of Statistics and
Probabilities (1)
Credit
Hours
3
4
4
4
2
Prerequisite: 101M

STAT111
MATH201
MATH202
MATH242
IC 103
Principles of Distribution
Theory
Differential and Integral
Calculus
Vector Calculus
Linear Algebra (1)
The Economic System in
Islam
Credit
Hours
3
4
4
4
2
Course Description:
MATH 101 Introduction to Differential Calculus
(3+0) credit-hours
Real numbers, inequalities, functions, functions
differentiated inverse 0 definition of the end, the
contact, the properties of the function relating to a
period of derivation methods, derivation of critical
points, the maximum values of absolute maximum
values of local mean value theorem increasing and
decreasing, the test derived from the first test
second derivative 0 concavity, points of the coup,
the lines converged, drawing curves, the maximum
values of applied issues, issues related rates, conic
sections
MATH 102 Introduction to Integral Calculus.
(3+0) credit-hours
Definition of Riemann integral by Riemann
sums, properties of the definite integral. Mean
value theorem for the integral, the fundamental
theorem of calculus, indefinite integral, integration
by substitution. Logarithmic and exponential
functions, hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic
functions. Techniques of integration: integration
by parts, trigonometric substitutions, integrals
involving quadratic expressions, partial fractions,
miscellaneous substitutions. Numerical integration
(the trapezoidal rule). LHospitals rule, improper
integrals. Evaluation of area, volume of revolution,
arc length. Sketching of some elementary curves
in polar coordinates, evaluation of area in polar
coordinates.
Perquisite: 101M
MATH 131 Foundations of Mathematics (3+1) credithours
Introduction to logic, methods of proof,
mathematical induction. Sets, operations, on sets,
cartesian product, binary relation, partition of
a set, equivalence relation, equivalence classes,
mappings, equivalence of sets, finite sets, countable
sets, cardinal numbers. Binary operations,
morphisms. Definition and examples of groups,
definition and examples of rings and fields.
MATH 200
Differential and Integral Calculus
(for Physics Students) (3+0) credit-hours
Cartesian, cylindrical, spherical and curvilinear
coordinates. Functions of two and three variables,
limits and continuity, partial derivatives, the chain
rule, extrema of functions of two variables, Lagrange
multipliers. Double integrals, areas and volumes,
double integrals in polar coordinates, tripe integral
in Cartesian cylindrical and spherical coordinates,
surface area, change of variables. Sequences
limit of a sequence (definition and theorems),
infinite series, geometric series, convergent and
divergent series, tests for convergence (integral,
comparison and ratio tests), alternating series,
absolute convergence, conditional convergence,
representation of functions by power series, Taylor
and Maclaurin series, the binomial series.
Prerequisite: 102M
MATH 201 Differential and Integral Calculus 3+1)
credit-hours)
Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinate
systems. Functions of two and three variables,
limits and continuity, partial derivatives, the
chain rule, extrema of functions of two variables,
Lagrange multipliers. Double integrals, moments
and center of mass, double integrals in polar
coordinates, triple integrals, application of
triple integrals, triple integrals in cylindrical and
spherical coordinates, surface area. Sequences,
infinite series, convergence tests, representation
of functions by power series, Taylor and Maclaurin
series, the binomial series.
Prerequisite: 102M
MATH 202 Vector Calculus (1+3) credit-hours
Vectors in two and three dimensions, scalar and
vector products, equations of lines and planes in
3-dimensional space. Surfaces of revolution an their
equations in cylindrical and sperical coordinates.
Vector valued functions of a real variable, curves
in space, curvature. Rates of change in tangent
and normal directions, directional derivatives.
Gradient of a function, equations of normal and
tangent space to a surface at a point. Vector
fields, divergence, curl of a vector, line and surface
integrals. Greens theorem, Gauss divergence
theorem, Stockers theorem.
Corequisite: 201M
MATH 242 Linear Algebra I(1+3) credit-hours
Matrices and their operations., types of matrices.
Elementary
transformations.
Determinants,
elementary properties. Inverse of a matrix.
Level-4
365
Linear systems of equations. Vector spaces,

linear independence, finite dimensional spaces,
linear subspaces. Inner product spaces. Linear
transformations, kernel and image of a liner
transformation. Eigen values and Eigen vectors of
a matrix and of a linear operator.
Prerequisite: 131M
Study Plan for Physics:

Level-1
ARAB101
ENG121
CSE206
MATH101
STAT101
Language Skills
English (1)
Principles Programming
Differential Calculus
Principles of Statistics &
Probabilities (1)
Credit
Hours
2
3
3
3
3
Level-2
ARAB 103
ENG122
IC 101
CHEM101
PHY101
2
4
4
Level-3
AST101
IC102
MATH102
PHY102
STAT103
Solar and Stellar Systems

Introduction to Integration
Calculus
General Physics (2)
Principles of Statistics and
Probabilities (2)
Credit
Hours
4
2

PHY201
PHY212
PHY221
PHY232
PHY233
MATH200
Mathematical Physics (1)

Classical Mechanics (1)
Electro isomagnetics (1)
Waves Phenomena (1)
Waves Phenomena (2)
Differential and Integral
Calculus
Islam
PHYS 101 General Physics (I) (3+1)

Reflection and refraction of light, lenses, optical
instruments, wave theory of height, interference,
diffraction and polarization of light. Electrostatics,
electric current and DC circuits, electromagnetism and
AC circuits, electrical instruments. Introduction to
quantum theory, atomic spectra, X-rays, properties of
nuclei, radioactivity.
PHYS 102 General Physics (II) (3+1)
Vectors, Motion in straight line, Newtons Laws of
motion, work, energy and momentum, simple harmonic
motion, elasticity, mechanics of non-viscous fluids, flow
of viscous fluids, surface tension, temperature, quantity
of heat, work and heat.
PHYS 201 Mathematical Physics (I) (3 credit-hours)
Matrices, determinants, linear equations. Tensors,
Application to rigid body dynamics and eigenvalue
problems. Vector fields. Applications to electrostatics
and magnetostatics. Curvilinear co-ordinates.
PHYS 212 Classical Mechanics (3 credit-hours)

Motion in one and two dimensions, Projectiles, Circular
Motion, Friction, Applications, Linear and Angular
Momentum, Equilibrium, Rigid body Dynamics, Moment
of Inertia, Gravitation, Elastic and Inelastic Collisions,
Simple Harmonic Motion.
PHYS 221 Electromagnetism (3 credit-hours)
Electrostatics, Gauss Law and its application, Capacitors,
The magnetic field of conductors with different
shapes, Amperes law and its applications. Induced
electromotive force, Faradays law, Lenzs law, magnetic
properties of matter, analysis of AC circuits, resonance
in series and parallel circuits.
3
4
4
Level-4
IC103
366
Arabic Composition
English (2)
Culture
General Chemistry (1)
General Physics (1)
Credit
Hours
2
3
Course Description:
Credit
Hours
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
PHYS 232 Wave Phenomena (I) (2 credit-hours)

Periodic motion, The super position of periodic motion,
Free vibrations, Damped Vibrations, Forced Vibrations,
Forced vibrations in strings, Longitudinal motion in
bars, Fouries analysis.
PHYS 233 Wave Phenomena (II) (3 credit-hours)
Wave theory of light. Interference, Diffraction and
Polarization of light.
Vision:
Leadership in the provision of special scientific programs
contributing to the service of the community.
Mission:
Contribute to provide the job market with qualified
cadres through the provision of better education.
Develop students knowledge skills.

Develop students creative thinking skills.
Provide students with professional skills
according to their specialization.
Develop students social skills
About:
Following the foundation of the college in 1423 H.
study in the department started at the second semester
of that academic year. The department offers three
majors in the transfer program: Arabic, English and
Special Education. The department also teaches some
preparatory courses offered by the Associate Degree
program.
Programs:
Transfer Program-Arabic Language
Study Plan: Arabic Language
The major of Arabic has been opened in the Department
of Arts & Education since the college was established in
the second semester of the academic year 1422/1423.
The main goals of introducing this major are:
To safeguard the Arabic language and its heritage,

being the language of the Holy Quran.
To develop the students language skills

To develop the students Arabic applied skills.
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Dr. Khaled Al-Hafy

Dr. Hasan Obaidat
Dr. Ramadan Qsatawi
Dr. AbdulFathah Youssef
Dr. Abdullah Altawil
Dr. Abdulrahman Saied
Dr. Ahmad Fared
Dr. Ahmed Abdulrahman
Dr. Anas Maktabi
Dr. Ehab Shabana
Head of Dept.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Esam Aljaduo

Dr. Hajed Al-Harbi
Dr. Mohamed Abudhaira
Dr. Mohamed Helal
Dr. Muzaffar Shaikh
Dr. Osama Al-Samadi
Dr. Saad Al-Otaibi
Dr. Sameh Youssiff
Dr. Syed Safder
Mr. Abdunaseb Khan
Mr. Ayid Al-Zooma
Mr. Madani Ahmad
Mr. Mohamed Al-Kahtany
Mr. Mohamed Al-Nutayfat
Mr. Mohamed Faiz
Mr. Sagher Al-Sagher
Mr. Sayed Ali
Dr. Mahmoud Abdulhalim
Mr. Ahmad Twalbeh
Mr. Mohamed Osman
Mr. Mohamed Zobaidy
Mr. Turki Al-Anzi
Mr. Yossif Abuayash
Mr. Yussif Kendy
Mr. Abdullah Al-Amre
Mr. Abdulmohsen Al-Khodiri
Mr. Faihan Al-Otibi
Mr. Mashary Al-Otabi
Mr. Saied Al-Malki
Mr. Tarek Al-Ghassab
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Lecturers
Lecturers
Lecturers
Lecturers
Lecturers
Lecturers
Lecturers
Lecturers
Instructors
Instructors
Instructors
Instructors
Instructors
Instructors
Instructors
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Study Plan:
Arabic Language
Level-1
ARAB108
ARAB109
TECH105
Writing Skills (1)

Reading Skills (1)
Computer and Information
Credit
Hours
2
2
3
Aims:
367
IC101
ENG101
LIBR154
Culture
English
General References
Resources
2
3
3
Level-2
ARAB205
ARAB113
ARAB114
ARAB144
ENG103
IC102
LIBR187
Rhetoric in Holy Quran and

Hadith
Writing Skills (2)
Reading Skills (2)
Prosody
English
Arabic Heritage Sources
Credit
Hours
3
2
2
2
3
2
3
Level-3
ARAB234
ARAB216
ARAB218
ARAB223
MC205
ENG106
368
Grammar (1)
History of Pre-Islamic
Literature
English Texts
Rhetoric (1)
Speech Communication
English
Credit
Hours
3
3
3
2
3
3
Level-4
ARAB235
ARAB236
ARAB224
ARAB228
ARAB213
ARAB226
Grammar (2)
Morphology (1)
Rhetoric (2)
Early Arabic Poetry
Early Arabic Prose (1)
texts comprehension and recapitulation. It also aims

to develop students competence of reading and
comprehension of modern Arabic texts through a
variety of selected texts.
Credit
Hours
3
2
2
3
3
2
Course Description:
Arab108: Writing Skills
This course is concerned with teaching the basics of
Arabic writing and recognizing the cases of correct
expressions and testing styles in different contexts.
It mainly addresses the ability to write correction on
both the structure and dictation levels. In addition, it
helps the student to be able to organize his wording
according to a fine linguistic style including selecting
the connotative words and emotive expressions, which
contributes to improve the capacity of writing in a
good style.
Aarb109: Reading Comprehension Skills
This course aims to help students to become familiar
with modern Arabic structure and its different styles.
The course also shows the rules of text composition
in order to provide students with auto-dynamics of
Arab114: Reading Comprehension Skills (2)

This course builds on what the students have learned
in Reading Comprehension Skills (1) including basics of
understanding Arabic structure. That is, it focuses on
the peculiarities of the Arabic of the cultural heritage
and also what the student needs to absorb its texts and
its different structures. It also aims to develop student
skills of reading Arabic texts in general. Also, it especially
focuses on helping students to absorb classical Arabic
texts through a selection of texts.
Arab144: Prosody and Music of Poetry
This course aims to train students to the prosodic
description of poetry and classifying poems according
to their meters and variants in a way that combines
theory with practice. Students are also introduced to
Prosody of Arabic poetry and also taught how to analyze
the different parts of poems. In addition, students learn
metrical rules and their varieties.
Arab205: Rhetoric in the Glorious Qurn and
Prophetic Sunnah
This course studies the linguistic styles of Qurn and
Sunnah and marking the stages of writing them and
their influence in the life of Arabs. This is conducted
through studying texts from Quran and Sunnah in
the light of different opinions of grammarians and
linguists in recitation methods and readers of Quran
and narrators of Hadith. This includes studying verbal,
voice features, linguistic structures and styles of Quran
and Sunnah.
Arab108: Writing Skills (2)
This course is concerned with developing students
writing skills of elegant writing through practicing
writing in specific topics; such as writing reports, essays,
summaries, and formal letters. The objective beyond
this is that the student should be able to pass the stage
of direct expressions in Writing Skills (1) to the stage of
integrated expression in a practical functional style in
all walks of life.
Lib 187: Sources of Arab Heritage
This course concentrates on Arab heritage, its space,
time and objective dimensions, as well as its significance
in the past, present and future. This comes as a prelude
to concentrate on heritage sciences and sources, starting
with public sources, i.e. encyclopedias, biographies and
bibliographies, and then sources of other disciplines
like Islam, language, literature, history and geography.
Arab 223: Rhetoric (1)
This course concentrates on the study of basic
components of Arabic rhetoric, stressing the common
frame connecting different rhetoric components so
that no subject area would be studied in isolation

from other areas. The common frame starts with the
theory of prose, moves to issues of syntax, and then to
semantics, with a focus on the difference between real
and figurative meanings as an introduction to the study
of different rhetoric forms and the basic principles of
figures of speech.
Arab 236 Morphology I

This is a prerequisite course for the students majoring
in Arabic. It deals with the theoretical and applied
aspects of Arabic morphology such as definition of
morphological balance, the infinitive types and rules,
derivations, base and derivative forms of verbs, sound
names and verbs, and attaching verbs to pronouns.
Arab 216: History of Classic Arabic Literature

This course aims at enabling students to grasp the
history of classic Arabic literature through identifying
its major stages, while referring to prominent literary
works as well as understanding social and intellectual
changes and how did they influence literature. The
course reviews stages of classic Arabic literature starting
from the Pre-Islamic era to the early start of modern
time.
Lib 154 General References

The course deals with the main concepts such as
information sources, resources, references, evaluation of
information sources, and categorization of information
resources in terms of origin:
A) Public and private information resources, and trade
information resources
B) Publishing details:
1) print information resources
2) e-information resources
Arab 226: Introduction to Linguistics

This course aims at introducing the phenomenon
of language, its functions and levels of its uses, the
difference between a language and a dialect. The
course introduces the domains where language interacts
with other sciences. As students are enabled to analyze
levels of language structures, they are introduced to the
most significant approaches of modern linguistics. The
course also covers the interrelations of linguistics and
other sciences, i.e. psychology, sociology, anthropology
and pedagogy.
Arab 224: Rhetoric (2)
This course aims at linking Rhetoric to relevant issues
as raised by other disciplines in the field of humanities,
training students to envisage Rhetoric as a field of study
for humanities that cannot be studied in isolation. This
is achieved through establishing the relation between
rhetoric and other relevant domains in classics like
Quarnic studies, grammar and literary criticism, and
in contemporary domains like stylistics, rhythm and
poetics.
Arab 225 Grammar II
This is a prerequisite course for the students majoring in
Arabic. It deals with the theoretical and applied aspects
of Arabic grammar such as the main components of the
verb sentence, putting the verb in the subjunctive,
putting the verb in the jussive, the subject rules, the
object rules, derivations, and some rhetoric patterns
(exclamation, praise and dispraise, vocative, warning,
and temptation).
Arab 213 Traditional Arabic Prose

This course deals with the rise, concept and development
of traditional Arabic prose as well as the study of
key prose styles such as letter writing, assonance and
rhyming. The course includes applications.
Arab 228 Traditional Arabic Poetry
This course deals with an anthology of eloquent Arabic
poems selected by course teachers to represent the
areas covered by pre-Islamic to Ummaid poets. Students
will study five poems in each semester.
Programs:
Transfer Program-English Language
Study Plan:
English Language
Level-1
Credit
Hours
Basic Language Skills
3
Listening & Speaking (1)
2
Reading Comprehension (1) 2
Translation (from English
2
into Arabic)
Vocabulary Building
2
Language Skills
2

ENG111
ENG112
ENG113
ENG118
ENG120
ARAB101
IC101
Level-2
ENG120
ENG120
ENG120
ENG120
ENG120
IC102
Composition (1)- Paragraph

Writing
Remedial Grammar
Listening & Speaking (2)
Introduction to Literary Forms
Credit
Hours
3
3
3
2
3
2
Arab 234: Grammar (1)

This course is one of the basic requirements of Arabic
language students as it tackles the theoretical and
application frame of Arabic grammar. It concentrates
on the lexicon, its conditions and classification to nouns,
verbs and prepositions, as well as conditions of both
major and minor diacritics, the study of definite and
indefinite as well as modals.
369
Level-3
ENG120
ENG120
ENG120
ENG120
ENG120
IC103
ARAB103
Translation (1)
Composition (2)
Appreciating Drama
Rise of the Novel
Linguistics (1)
Islam
Arabic Composition
Credit
Hours
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
Level-4
ENG231
ENG312
ENG323
ENG328
ENG371
IC104
ARAB104
Appreciating Poetry
Essay Writing
Linguistics (2)
Phonetics
Introduction to American
Literature
Fundamentals of Political
System in Islam
Literary Studies
Credit
Hours
2
2
2
2
3
2
ENG 120: Building Vocabulary

By the end this course, students are expected to be
introduced to a wide range of topics and the kind of
vocabulary they need to use in such situations. (e.g. at
the airport , at the hospital , at the bus stations .etc).
Most vocabulary presented has been contextualized to
show the proper use of this vocabulary. Words which
are usually confused are practiced. Ways of forming
new words by using affixation are also presented and
practiced.
ENG 114: Writing 1
The objective of this course is to impart instruction and
provide opportunities for practice in writing correct,
ordered and developed paragraphs. The students
will be required to write correctly, express an idea
coherently in a single paragraph, write simple narrative
pieces, write factual description of objects, places, etc.
write letters and edit paragraphs.
Course Description:
370
languages. Texts introducing new vocabulary in various

fields will vary in terms of style and structure, but
they will develop from simple to complex sentences.
Teaching material will be compiled from different
English sources (newspapers and magazines).
ENG 111: Basic Language Skills

This grammar course has been designed for Level 1
students. Its main focus is to train the students in the
skills of constructing Basic English sentences. Stress is
on thorough training and practice in basic sentence
writing by making extensive use of exercises, both in
the classroom and in home assignments. At the end of
the course the students are expected to write correct
English sentences.
ENG 112: Listening & Speaking I
This course is designed to help the students develop
their competence in oral communication. With the
help of authentic speaking opportunities, it will enable
them to handle language effectively and accurately as a
vehicle for sharing with others their thoughts, feelings
and experience. The focus of the course is on the
functional aspect of the language.
ENG 113: Reading I
The course aims at training the students in reading
strategies and skills. It will address different skills and
strategies like: mechanics of reading, reading techniques,
skimming and scanning, vocabulary comprehension,
and getting the main idea and the specific idea.
ENG 118: Translation into Arabic
The course aims to cast light on the main differences
between the English and Arabic languages through
translating many texts on different topics. Emphasis is
laid primarily on identifying unmistakable differences in
basic structures between the simple sentences in both
ENG 115: Reading II

A continuation of ENG 113, this course develops
advanced reading comprehension skills .This course aims
to improve reading ability and enhance understanding
skills. This is achieved through an intensive practice
in reading and writing; assisting students to separate
facts from opinion, guessing meaning from context and
learning to summarize. Students are made to attempt
numerous unseen comprehension passages during the
course.
ENG 116: Remedial Grammar
This course is the extension of the level one Basic
Language Skills Course. The Course aims at teaching
basic language structures. It focuses on practice and
the use of fundamental grammatical elements. Topics
covered include: tenses, adverb clause of time, subjectverb agreement, passive voice, verbals (gerunds,
infinitives and participles) and conditional sentences.
ENG 122: Listening and Speaking II
The course consists of a comprehensive program of
English language listening and speaking drills based on
the above mentioned book. The course is designed to
improve students production and recognition of spoken
English. Students listen to recorded conversations,
interviews, and reports in native accent and rhythm.
They are asked to analyze and re-produce it in order
to train them to recognize sounds in fluent speech.
They are given the opportunity to communicate both
in formal and informal situations meaningfully and
effectively.
ENG 212: Translation

The course aims to make the students competent enough
to translate a text in Arabic into English. Emphasis is laid
primarily on identifying unmistakable differences in
basic structures between the simple sentences in both
languages. Texts introducing new vocabulary in various
fields will vary in terms of style and structure, but they
will develop from simple to complex sentences.
ENG 213: Writing II
This course is an extension of Writing 1 (114). The
objective of this course is to impart instruction and
provide opportunities for practice in writing correct,
ordered and developed paragraphs. The students
will be required to write correctly, express an idea
coherently in a single paragraph, write simple narrative
pieces, write factual description of objects, places, etc.
write letters and edit paragraphs. The constituents
focused on include:
1. Grammar, Syntax, Formation of Words, Vocabulary,
Spelling
2. Mechanics and Punctuation
3. Fundamentals of structure and organization
(Topic sentence, unity, logical sequence of thoughts,
content, cohesion and style, variety, development of
the theme, concluding sentence, etc.)
ENG 241: Appreciating Drama
This course introduces students to English drama by
way of carefully selected tests. The course emphasizes
the primarily theatrical nature of drama, rather than
the purely literary. In this course students learn
how to analyze plot and character. The stress is on
understanding the nature of the dramatic mode.
ENG 251: Rise of the Novel
This course offers a brief introduction to the emergence
and early development of the English novel. Some
attention is given to the historical, social, and literary
backgrounds of 18th-century England. The emphasis
of the course is on a close study of a representative
novel.
ENG 320: Linguistics I
essential principles of the study of language and its
different aspects including, phonetics and phonology,
morphology and syntax ,and semantics. The course
focuses on basic terminological conventions and precise
definitions in order to prepare students for future study
of the different branches of linguistics.
ENG 231: Appreciating Poetry
The objective of this course is to introduce the students

to English poetry; to enable them to understand and
appreciate its essential characteristics as a literary
genre. With the help of these select poems, covering a
wide range of themes, the students will be acquainted
with the craft of verse. It also seeks to equip the
students with the necessary techniques like devices
of comparison, devices of grammar, devices of sound,
etc. to critically appreciate the poems. The textbook
contains a glossary of literary terms for easy reference.
ENG 312: Essay Writing
The course aims at enabling students to write longer
and well-organized essays of about 1250 words.
Calibrated language training in respect of basic rules
of grammar is imparted in order to achieve this goal.
Students are given graded exercises to learn the
mechanics of joining sentences and supporting their
points of view by reasoning. In the beginning, topics of
descriptive nature are taken up. It is followed by topics
of reflective nature. Weekly assignments are given
and checked. Students are briefed on their errors and
remedial exercises are given.
ENG 323: Linguistics II
This course is in continuation to ENG 320 [Linguistics I].
It aims to introduce to the students the following major
areas: Pragmatics, Language Variation and change,
Psycholinguistics and Sociolinguistics. Students acquire
through the course the linguistic background required
for more specialized courses in advanced levels.
ENG 328: Phonetics
This course aims at developing the students awareness
of the nature of the English pronunciation through
a systematic and thorough introduction to English
segmental and aspects of supra-segmental phonology.
The ultimate objective is to help those students
improve their production of the spoken language and
at the same time increase their awareness of the causes
of their pronunciation and misperception problems.
ENG 371: Introduction to American Literature
This course offers a brief introductory survey of
American Literature. It comprises of the information on
major American writers, their works and the trends in
American writing. Besides this, it provides samplings of
fictional and non fictional prose and a few representative
poems from the colonial period up to the end of
th19th Century. The novel gives them the glimpses of
the American life and culture. At the end of the course
the students are aware of the main American literary
trends and authors.
ARAB 101 : Language Skills
This course includes developing the students language
skills through the study of Arabic grammar such as
the study of indigenous movements to express the
Subcommittee, sentence structure in nominal and real,
and the study of preposition names, and the disciples, as
ENG 181: Introduction to Literary Terms

The course is designed to introduce the students to
different literary genres and devices. It is an attempt to
prepare the students to read literature and appreciate
it. The learners are introduced to various literary
devices in different forms of literary writing. An attempt
is made to prepare them to identify the literary devices
when they read a literary piece of work.
371
well as training the students to read prose and poetry.

IC 101 : Introduction to Islamic Culture
This course includes the following topics: Meaning
of Islamic Culture, challenges that face the Islamic
culture, the general characteristics of Islam, Islamic faith,
Elements of Islamic faith; pale ten, with a statement of
loyalty and Braa.
IC 102 : Islam and Society Building
This course includes: First: the Muslim community,
Features of the Muslim community, the reasons for the
strengthening of social relations, The most important
social problems and the ways of prevention and
treatment. Second, Muslim family: the importance
of family and its place in Islam, Engagement and
provisions of the Assembly, marriage and its purposes
and provisions, a difference of marriage, the causes
and effects, Divorce, Khula, shaming, Zahar, and Aliila.
Islam one of the spouses and its impact on the marriage
contract.
ARAB 103 : Expository Writing

This course aims to develop the students abilities of
Arabic writing skills through the study of words from
the linguistic point, and study the cases that include
errors such as writing Hamza, and characters that are
increased or removed, and how to write Alef in the
end of the word, in addition to training the students on
writing and how to write an article, management letter,
and resume.
372
Arab 104 : Literary Studies

Identifying literature and the elements of the creative
process (the writer / the text / the recipient / the society).
Training students to listening skills, and reading skills.
Identifying the literary genres such as (the essay, the
novel, the short story, the biography, free poetry, and
the prose poem). Shading light on the features of the
different literary trends such as classicism, romanticism,
realism, symbolism, and identifying its impact on Arabic
literature.
IC 103 : The islamic Economic System
This course includes the following: an introduction of
the study of the Islamic economic system, the emergence
of the Islamic economic system and its application, the
status of economic systems, the free capitalist system,
the mixed capitalist system, the socialist system, the
mixed socialist system. The Characteristics, principles
and foundations of the Islamic system. - public and
private ownership, the restricted economic freedom,
the social economic Solidarity, distribution and
exchange, Banking and insurance.
IC 104 : Fundamentals of the Islamic
Political
System
First: the entrance to the study of the political Islamic
system. Second: Islamic state in the era of prophecy.
Third: Islamic state in the era of the Righteous Caliphs.
Fourth, elements of the Islamic state. Fifth: the three

branches of Islamic politics and other systems. Sixth,
the external relations of the Islamic state. Seventh,
the rules of the political system in Islam. Eighth, the
contemporary concepts in the light of Islam.
Study Plan:
Special Education
Aims:
The major of special education has been opened in
the Department of Arts & Education since the college
was established in the second semester of the academic
year 1422/1423. The main goals of introducing this
major are:
To provide students with the basic concepts and

principles of special education
To provide students with modern schools and

trends in special education
To provide students with the skills of analogy,

diagnosis, and effective methodologies
Level-1
ARAB101
ED101
PSY113
CUR333
ENG101
Total
Language Skills
Education
Principles of Educational
Research
Introduction to Instruction
English
Credit
Hours
2
3
2
2
3
12
Level-2
ARAB103
AID228
PSY111
PSY171
PSY371
SPEC100
Arabic Composition
Audio Aids for Special
Education
(1)
Mental Health (1)
Fundamentals of Counseling
& Guidance
Introduction to Special
Education
Total
Credit
Hours
2
2
3
2
2
4
15
Level-3
Credit Hours Course Title
IC101
PHED340
SPED151
Culture
Special Physical Education
Assessment & Diagnosis in
Special Education
Credit
Hours
2
2
4
SPED170
SPED180
Physical Impairment
Children Behavioral
Disorders
Introduction to the
Rehabilitation of the
Handicapped
3
3
3
17
Level-4
CS250
IC102
PSY221
SPED201
SPED202
SPED260
SPED295
Behavior Modification &
Building
Speech Disorders
Public Awareness of Kinds of
Impairment
Aids & Prostheses for the
Handicapped
Credit
Hours
2
2
3
3
3
2
3
Course Description:
SPL 100: Introduction to Special Education
The goal of this course is to give the student on
overview of the historical development of the field
of special education and to understand the concept
of special education and exceptional children. The
content of this course covers different categories of
disabilities such as mental retardation, visual impairment,
hearing impairment, physical disability, emotional
and behavioral disorders, and learning disability and
communication disorders. Also, this course provides
information regarding a modern technique of services
delivery, and education for each category.
SPL 160 : Physical Handicaps
This course is designed to introduce the student to area
of physical disability and its causes, classification, and
the unique characteristics and need of the physically
disabled individuals.
SPL 170 : Emotional Disturbance for Exceptional
Children
The course id designed to provide the student with
basic knowledge of the area of emotional disturbance
among exceptional children and it causes, classification,
and diagnosis. It also covers certain aspects of emotional
disturbance such as aggressive behavior, hyperactive
behavior, and autistic behavior as well as service for
this population.
SPL 180: Introduction to Rehabilitation of the
Handicapped
concept of rehabilitation and its relationship with special
education. It covers subjects such as the importance of
rehabilitation, the role of the rehabilitation specialist,
and the new trends in the area of rehabilitation.
SPL 201: Behavior Modification

the concept of behavior modification, it historical
background, and its theoretical basis. It teaches how
to use different behavior modification methods that
can be use to teach nee behaviors or to reduce in
appropriate behaviors.
SPL 202: Speech Disorders
concept of speech disorder, it types, characteristics,
diagnosis and treatment.
SPL 260: Public Awareness of Handicapping
Conditions
following: The media used in the transmission of the
awareness among the different sections of society.
The focusing will be mainly on the procedure of the
prevention.
SPL 295: Aids and Prosthesis for the Handicapped
following: The different aids and prosthesis suitable
for the various types of handicapped conditions. 2)
The principles of the selection. 3) The methods of
utilization.
ED 101: Islamic education basics
This course aims to provide students knowledge of
main terms of Islamic education ,its roots (philosophy
,social ,political civilized ) ,its objectives ,comparing
between deferent education methods, knew the main
education ideas of deferent schools educators

loyalty and Braa.
SPED160
373

contract.

and resume.
ENGL 101 : English Language
The course is concerned with teaching reading
comprehension and some basic grammar in a context
which reflects day-day activities. The grammatical
structures include 3 tenses (Simple present, present
continuous and simple past) the reading passages
introduce new vocabulary and provide exercises on
asking and answering questions.
CI 250 : computers and its use in teaching
The course introduce the using of computer and
information technology in teaching field, and how to
use computer in both learning and teaching.
374
Psy 171 : Mental Health

Students know the main concepts in mental health
aspect and mental illnesses; their reasons and how to
cure them. Also to know diversified concepts of the
concept of personality, the most important scientific
theories that explains human personality, initial defense
mechanisms, and mental health in the family.
PSY 111 : Developing Psychology
Students will have an introduction in the Psychology of
Growth. Also to get a knowledge about pre-birth stage,
childhood and adolescence stages and information
childhood and adolescence
PSY 113 : Educational Research

Students are expected to know the fundamentals
of educational research, and the elements used in
scientific research such as questionnaire, interview and
observation. And to know how to conduct different
scientific researches.
PSY 371 : Counsel and guide basics
Students know the main concepts in guidance and
counseling, how to guide individuals, the main counseling
theories, and to distinguish between counseling and
guidance. Practice point of view: students become able
to conduct counseling meeting
PHED 340 : Special Physical Education
A brief summary of the knowledge or the skills to be
developed .A description of learning strategies that
should be used to develop that knowledge or Skills.
Methods for assessing student used in the course for
assessing learning outcomes.

SPL 151 : Assessment and diagnosis in special
education
This course aims to provide students knowledge of
main terms of assessment and diagnosis in special
education, diagnosis process ,main exams and tests in
special education skills needed ,applying testes ,getting
results and explain the results ,decision made on these
results.
PSY 221 : Educational psychology
Summary of the main learning outcomes for students
enrolled in the course. This course aims to improve
the students ability to develop critical thinking based
on the concepts of educational psychology which is
concerned with the learning/teaching process. Students
are to practice that ability in order to get the chance to
evaluate the research in that area and to understand the
modern theories in that area.
ITE 228 :Audio Methods
The course aimes to provide students with a
background of Audio Methods in termes of structure,
communication, technology, learning resourses mic and
montage .
CI 333: Curriculum Introduction
This course aims to provide students knowledge about
teaching methods ,terms,ethics, teachers roles, attitudes,
and assesstiv technology in teaching
Vision:
Leadership in the preparation of distinct cadres
business sector.
Mission:
Aims:
To prepare qualified professionals for the labor
market.
To provide an academic environment encouraging

excellence.
To promote the educational and administrative

levels.
To upgrade academic research in a way related to

issues of local community.
To establish effective partnerships with the

community.
About:
The Department of Administrative Sciences offers
a transfer program in Business Administration and
Law that enables the student to continue study for
the bachelors degree upon successful completion of
the program. The department also assists in teaching
career program courses in Sales Management, Financial
Management and Human Resources Management.
Faculty Members:
Name
Rank
Dr. Naser AlShehrani

Prof. Ahmad Al-khawas
Dr. Ahmad Zamil
Dr. Ali Hassnin
Dr. Atia Galol
Dr. Emad Kotb
Dr. Gamal Obaid
Dr. Jameel Khader
Dr. Marwan Shammot
Dr. Mohamed Atta
Dr. Samir Sarayri
Dr. Abdelkader Kasmi
Dr. Abdullah Alzahrani
Dr. Bakry Youssef
Dr. Gamal mousa
Dr. Mahmoud Touny
Dr. Metwaly Abdulmoemen
Dr. Mohammad Almumani
Dr. Mostafa Shalaby
Head of Dept.
Professor
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Abdullah Alshehri

Dr. Hamed Hashem
Mohammad Agili
Mr. Abdullah Al Malki
Mr. Abdullah Hindaoui
Mr. Ali Twagri
Mr. Jafar Abo-Ekab
Mr. Khaled Kamr
Mr. Lafy Saad Marzoky
Mr. Naoufel Zribi
Mr. Osman Talbi
Mr. Samy Chelayfa
Mr. Ahmad AlAmeri
Mr. Soliman Shbanat
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Lecturer
Teaching Asst.
Teaching Asst.
Programs:
Sales Management (Associate Degree)

Financial Management (Associate Degree)
Human Resources Management (Associate Degree)
Insurance Business Management
Business Administration (Leading to a Bachelor Degree)
Law (Leading to a Bachelor Degree)
Programs:
Sales Management (Associate Degree)
About:
A specialty Sales is an academic program offered
by the Department of Administrative Sciences, where
student is awarded the degree of co after completing
four semesters contain 64 credit hours and a cumulative
average of not less than (2). Specialization includes a
selection of distinguished faculty members from
among their degrees (Professor - Associate Professor
- Assistant Professor), as it provides for its graduates
enter the job market in multiple functions such as Sales
Representative - Sales Supervisor - Customer Service
in all economic institutions, either governmental or
private.
Providing excellent educational programs, and build

a partnership with community, to prepare qualified
graduates to compete in the labor market.
375
Study Plan:
Level -1(Preparatory Level)
Course Code
ENG 110
COMM 110
CS 110
RDT 110
Course Title
English (1)
Linguistic and
Principles of Computer
and Information
Technology
Math Skills
Credit Hrs.
7
3
5
2
Level-2 Career Program

ENG101
BUS101
ECON101
ACCT101
STAT101
English 2
Administration
Principles of
Microeconomics
Principles of Statistics
Credit
Hours
3
3
3
3
3

Types of Data.

MAR201
SAL201
376
SAL202
SAL203
SAL204
SAL205
Introduction to Sales
Management
Phases of Sales Operations
Supervision Skills
Sales Planning and
Organization
Consumer Behavior
Credit
Hours
3
3
2
3
3
3

Credit
Hours
SAL206
Personal Sale
3
SAL206
Preparation of Sales Reports 3
Motivating and Assessing
SAL206
3
Sales Reps
SAL206
Developing Sales Skills
3
Computer Applications and
SAL206
3
Sales Management
Course Description:

technology
ENGA 102: English 2
the Upper beginner level to the intermediate level
of English Language with special emphasis on reading
and writing skills. In addition to this the prescribed
book provides the students with ample number of
exercises to enhance their grammar knowledge which
will in turn strengthen their written and spoken
English. Students also get ample opportunity to
practice various kinds of listening and speaking drills
which in turn enhances their communication skills.
ECOR 101 : Principles of Economics

This course includes the main principles of both microand macro-economics including demand, supply,
market equilibrium, consumer equilibrium, producer
equilibrium, national income determinants, money and
banking, unemployment, inflation, economic policies,
balance of payments, exchange rate, domestic trade
and foreign trade.
ACCR 101 : Principles of Accounting
This course deals with accounting thought in terms of its
concepts and principles, and includes the bookkeeping
and deportation decision and the preparation of trial
balance and preparation of financial reports. It also
includes the accounting treatment of the elements of
the financial position, with a focus on depreciation of
fixed assets. The course involves also settlement and
closure of accounts (income and expenses) - closure of
the accounts and recycling.
SATR 101 : Introduction of Statistics
This course is an introduction to statistical methods
that enable the collection, presentation, analyzing
and explaining quantitative data used in business
and control. it includes studying of central tendency
measures and dispersion, correlation coefficients
sprains, Introduction to probability theory, continuous
and discontinuous probability distributions, time series
and index numbers.
ADR 201: Introduction of Sales Management
The objective of this course is to teach the students
the principles of sales management including the
development of the concept of sale and the factors
affecting it, the modern role of sales management
and its relationship by other departments , planning
, organizing the selling activities and management of
sales forces.
MARR 201 : Principles of Marketing
The objective of this course is to teach the students the
principles of marketing management and encourage
them to recognize how to practice it in the market
place, including the concept of marketing and its
development, the marketing environment, organizing
the marketing department, the marketing mix and how
to practice it.
ADR 202 : Phases of Sales Process
The main objective of this course is to familiarize
students with the stages of the sale process, as it includes

the concept of selling and stages of development, a
description and analysis of the profession of sales, also
includes the most important steps in selling process.
ADR 203 : Supervision Skills
some principles of behavior management and skills
of dealing with salesmen during supervising them and
teaching them the skills and information by following a
content including concepts as social influence, power,
politics, Empowerment and the skills of guidance during
supervision
ADR 204 : Sales Planning and Organization
The objective of this course is to focuses on the
applications of some principles which the students
learned in business administration courses such as
planning, organizing and how to use in sales by following
the methods of sales manager, studying and analyzing
of sales section, organizing salesman work and sales
interview management.
ADR 205 : Consumer Behaviour
the principles of consumer behavior, how to make
his purchasing decision and the different marketing
applications as a result of studying and analyzing this
behavior and the factors affecting it.
ADR 206: personal sale
The objective of this course is to introduce students to
the importance of personal selling in sales management
and its steps consisting of the search for the client,
responding to its needs, and closing of the selling
process in a positive way, in addition to analysis of
interviews and analyze issues selling and training on the
skill of negotiation.
ADR 207: preparation of sales reports
This course aims to introduce students to the types and
importance of the sales reports and comparisons as well
as the preparation of weekly and monthly and annual
performance between the current and past Selling.
ADR 208 : Motivating & Assessing Sales Reps
The objective of this course is to focus on some
principles which the students had studied in the business
administration courses which include designing a system
for incentives, for motivation of sales representatives,
and how to evaluate their performance and how to
supervise them.
ADR 209: sales skills development
Objective of this article is to introduce students to the
role of developing the skills of a salesman in succession
of the selling process consisting of mental and technical
skills, and focuses on Map analysis of the prospective
client and the network of clients as well as to highlight
the role of training in the skills development salesman.
BAR 101 : Principles of Business Management

This course includes the main principles of Business
Administration which involves the definition of
management and its roles and skills. It also covers the
development of the theories of management until we
reach the current thought, in addition to recognizing
the five managerial functions which are (Planning;
Organizing, Decision Making, Leadership; and
Control).
377
ADR 210: Computer Applications in the sales

management
The development of practical skills for students in some
of the functions that are used computer in the sales
department, and highlight the students ability to deal
with the spreadsheet SPSS program and its applications
in the field of marketing and sales.
Program:
Insurance Management Specialty
About:
Hrs
LWA 103
Saudi Labor Law
ACCR 204
Actuarial Accounting
AMAR 205
INC 206
Modern Insurance Systems vs.

2
Islamic Laws
INC 207
Insurance Marketing
INC 208
Principles of Loss Settlement
INC 209
Insurance of Personal
Property
INC 210
Accountability Insurance
Level 5
Study Plan:
Course Description:
Hrs
ENGA 110
MCA 110
7
3
CSR 110
Insurance program was established to meet the

needs of the Saudi insurance market, with highly
qualified scientific and practical cadres, focusing on
risk management, insurance, actuarial calculations,
computer technology, and the training of students at
insurance companies. It has an elite specialization of
professors with long experience through their work in
higher education.
Level 1
378
Level 4
RDT 110
Course Code
ENGA 110
English (1)
Skills
and Information Technology
Math Skills
Course Title
English (1)
5
2
Hrs
7
Level 2
ENGA 110
English (2)
BAR 101
Administration
ECOR 101
ACCR 101
SATR 101
INS 101
Principles of Insurance
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
3
Level 3
Principles of Financial
AMOR 201
Management
INC 201
Mathematics of Insurance
INC 202
Health Insurance
INC 203
Vehicles Insurance
INC 204
Social Insurance
Selective Topics in Insurance
INC 205
(Eng)
MARR 201
CSR103
insurance
Hrs
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
2

INC 300
Hrs
Field Training
12

Types of Data.
technology


and index numbers.
ENGA 102: English 2

INS 101: Principles of Insurance

This course addresses the definition of risk and the
various subdivisions ,causes, and the relationship
between the degree of risk and the potential loss as
well as to identify the deferent way to management the
risk, the definition of insurance and subdivisions, and
its role in the economic and social life and legitimacy of
and familiarity with the types of insurance facilities as
well as study the basic principle of insurance and legal
principle of public and measurement of expected loss
and risk analysis quantitative method.

and foreign trade.
INC 201: Mathematics of Insurance

This courses explaining how to use mortality table to
calculate different possibilities as well as identify the
type of life insurance premiums(net and commercial,
annual and single) and how to estimate the reserves
held by insurance companies to ensure continued
operations of insurance as well as how to calculate
premiums for general insurance.
INC 202: Health Insurance
This decision addresses the evolution of health care
in Saudi Arabia and the types of health insurance and
the cooperative health insurance and the motives and
justification for the application of cooperative security
system in Saudi Arabia and administrative structure
of the health insurance council (functions sources of
funding and requirements of the application system
cooperative health insurance in the UK and covered
by the notification and notification of exclude groups
,excluded groups covered and to identify the type of
private health insurance UK.
INC 203: Vehicles Insurance
This course is explaining the identification of general
insurance and definition, characteristics and different
types of contracts and documents of general insurance
(fire, transportation, automotive and marine insurance
and aviation insurance ) as well as document the
engineering insurance and accident insurance and
reinsurance knowledge of methods as well as supervision
and control over the facilities of insurance.

Control).
CSR 103 : Computer Applications

This course addresses the definition of computer
software used in the insurance management and how
to apply quantitative analysis using the computer.
On the other hand how to use the computer to solve
mathematical cases on finance and insurance.
379
INC 204: Social Insurance

This course identify emergence of social security
development and application of the objectives
characteristics and funding system and particularly in
GCC countries and to identify the insurance and work
injury benefit, characteristics and means of financing
and risks covered as well as to identify and secure
old age disability and death and how to calculate the
compensation and pensions, social security system in
the new kingdom.
INC 205: Select Readings in Insurance (Eng)
This course is explaining the risk in our society and
definition of insurance and legal principle in risk and
insurance as well as analysis of insurance contracts
and types of life and insurance)whole life ins, term
insurance, Endowment insurance) as well as types of
general insurance (fire ins., automobile ins., Marine
insurance, aviation).
INC 206 : Contemporary Insurance systems in the

balance of the Islamic Sharia
This course deals with the introduction of insurance
contract, its characteristics, reasons, and kinds. Also it
includes the opinions of scholars at insurance between
supporters and opponents, and the discussion of these
views and the objections of scientists on commercial
insurance.
380
INC 207: Insurance Marketing

This is module consists of marketing description for
service of insurance, description to insurance market in
developing countries, importance of marketing study
for insurance services , types of insurance companies
and marketing system for life and health insurance as
well as marketing system for property and liability
insurance and Presentation for some other experiences
from the reality of life.
INC 208 : The principles of Measurement Losses
This course addresses how to measure risk in general
insurance and to identify methods of measurement
used in the present time, how to determine the
compensation due and the most important rules used
(the rule of proportionality and the solutions base) and
types of insurance coverage. Also, this course deals
with the study of the level of the governor of fixed and
variable insurance claims, and studying the coverage
claims of life insurance.
INC 209 : Personal property insurance
The course of personal property insurance aims to
enable the student with different kinds of insurance
contracts which include insurance of the protection of
housing, fire insurance and comprehensive insurance
on cars.
INC 210: Accountability Insurance
This course is explaining the definition of liability
insurance and various types and methods of civil liability
risk management, the study of civil liability insurance of
the incidents of fire and liability insurance of the motor

vehicle accidents, civil liability insurance for contractor
as well as civil liability of hospitals and medical liability
insurance and employer liability insurance and liability
insurance products as well as identify for some civil
liability policies in local market .
to practice it.
AMOR 201: Principles of Financial Management
the principles and functions of financial management
including prediction of the needs for financing the
firm and preference between credit and self-financing.
In addition, this course analyzes the typography of
expenses, financial statements and operating leverage.
AMAR 205: Organizational Behavior
Aim of this subject is to identify students with concepts
of organizational behavior, beside determination of
types of behavior; this course discusses subjects related
of behavior such as personality, perception, inducement
and others.
LAW 103: The labor Saudi consideration
This course studies the labor system in Saudi Arabia,
which includes the definition of the Labor system, its
importance, characteristics, those who are subject to its
terms and those who are excluded from it. In addition,
this course includes topics such as employment
contract its composition its effects - the obligations
of its parties - and finishing it. Moreover, it includes
the expiration of the employment contract, and the
settlement of labor disputes.
ACCR 204: Actuarial accounting
This course includes the concept of insurance, its
characteristics, and studying the accounting system
in insurance companies, in addition to the accounting
procedures of life insurance activity, and the activities
of public insurance parts, and financial statements of
insurance companies, and how to prepare them.
INC 300 : Field Training
The student train in the Saudi insurance companies
for 15 weeks and for five days in a week after that we
evaluation the student from the insurance company in
terms of regularity and collected basic skills with follow
and supervision of academic and offer full report from
committee from the college.
Program:
Financial Management Specialty (Associate Degree)
Financial Management Program will qualify enrolled

students to the a wide variety of career choices in
financial institutions such as banks, insurance companies
and specialized in investment and real estate and other
sectors of government keep pace with economic
development through scientific and technological
developments and modern combination of theory and
application in teaching.
The Financial Management program is working to
build the students personality and the development
of its scientific and practical scientific manner based
on the distinct practical applications in the finance and
investment experience successfully.
Level-1(Preparatory Level)
ENG 110
MCA 110
CS 110
RDT 110
English (1)
Linguistic and
and Information
Technology
Mathematics
Credit
Hours
7
3
5
2
Level 2 Career Program

ENGA102
BAR101
ECON101
ACCT101
STAT101
English 2
Administration
Principles of
Microeconomics
Credit
Hours
3
3
3
3
3

Course
Code
AMOR201
AMOR202
AMOR203
MARR201
ACCR201
Course Title
Principles of Financial
Management
Principles of Insurance
Principles of Real Estate
Administrative Accounting
Credit
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
AMOR 206
Markets and Financial

Institutions
AMOR 207
Administration of Commercial
Banks
AMOR 208
in Financial Management
AMOR 209
Case Studies in Financial

Management
Course Description:
Types of Data.
technology

Hrs
AMOR204
Introduction to Investment
AMOR 205
Capital Investment and Its

Financing Methods

About:
381
ENGA 102: English 2


Control).
382

and foreign trade.
This course is an introduction to statistical
methods that enable the collection, presentation,
analyzing and explaining quantitative data used
in business and control. it includes studying
of central tendency measures and dispersion,
correlation coefficients sprains, Introduction to
probability theory, continuous and discontinuous
probability distributions, time series and index

numbers.
to practice it.
AMOR 201: Principles of Financial Management
the principles and functions of financial management
including prediction of the needs for financing the
firm and preference between credit and self-financing.
In addition, this course analyzes the typography of
expenses, financial statements and operating leverage.
AMOR 202: Principles of Insurance
principles of insurance including the role of insurance
companies in reducing risks, financial administration
methods in financing social insurance, and the technical
aspects in estimating installments.
ACCR 201 : Administrative Accounting
The course addresses the definition of the nature
of accounting and administrative functions and the
role of those functions in the areas of planning and
control in addition to methods of analysis employed in
management accounting for planning and control and
decision-making
AMOR 203: Introduction to Real Estate Investment
the principles and functions of real estate investment
including the effect of credit and debt interest on
properties prices, evaluating properties values with
reference to market prices and costs and evaluating
systemic and diversifiable risk in real estate investment
In addition, this course analyze real estate Financing .
AMOR 204: Introduction to Investing
the principles of investing including cases of making
decisions, who to measure expected return and risk and
evaluating capital shares and bonds. In addition, this
course analyze expected return and risk of a portfolio
composed with Securities, introduction to options and
futures contracts.
AMOR 205: Evaluating Capitalistic Investments
the principles of capitalistic investment and how to
finance, then including traditional and dynamic ways.
In addition, in risky environment, certain equivalent
procedure will be analyzed, probability distribution,
decisions trees procedure and simulation procedure.
AMOR 206: Markets and Financial Institutions

Firstly, this course examines markets and all kinds
of financial institutions. Secondly, it deals with the
monetary and financial policies approved by the central
banks
AMOR 207: Administration of Commercial Banks
In this course, three important questions are discussed:
the organization and features of commercial banks,
Assets and liabilities management, and commercial
banks in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Level-3
Introduction to Human
AMAR201
Resources Administration
AMAR 202
Human Resources Planning
Organization and Working
AMAR 203
Methods
Assessment of Work
AMAR 204
Performance
AMAR 205
Hrs
3
3
3
3
3
Level-4
AMOR 209: Case Studies in Financial Administration

This course focuses on case studies in corporate
finance and discusses a number of questions dealing
with: financial planning, capital investment, financial
decisions, and credit.
Program:
Human Resources Management (Associate Degree)
About:
We can consider that the specialty of Human
Resources Management is one of the most important
fields in the department of Business Administration in
the community college of Riyadh and this is due to the
needs of the Saudi markets of specialist of HR, thats the
reason that the community college of Riyadh provides
each year professional and practitioners of this area to
the Saudi market.
Level-1 (Preparatory Level)
ENGA 110
English (1)
MCA 110
CSR 110
and Information Technology
RDT 110
Mathematics
Hrs
7
3
5
2

Hrs
ENGA102
English 2
BAR101
Administration
ECOR101
ACCR101
STATR101

AMAR 206
AMAR 207
AMAR 208
AMAR 209
AMAR 210
AMAR 211
Hrs
Computer Applications in Human

3
Resources Administration
Methods of Job Analysis and

3
Classification
Preparation and Design of
3
Wages and Incentives Systems
Labor and Social Insurance Law
3
Skills Development of Human
3
Resources Specialist
Case Studies in Human
2
Resources
Course Description :
AMOR 208: Computer Applications in Financial

Management
The objective of this course is to train the students on
the use of statistical programs in analyzing financial
statements and measuring financial indicators of:
investment, finance, and credits.
383

Types of Data.

technology
384
ENGA 102: English 2

Control).
and foreign trade.

and index numbers.
AMAR 201: Introduction to Human Resources
Management
and theory development and practical of human
resources management, beside organizational situation
for human resources management, this course discusses
basic functions such as: Planning, training, charges and
systems of salaries payment, on the other hand this
course identifies the important problems that face
human resources managers inside organizations and
how to treat them.
AMAR 202:
Planning of Human Resources
Management
Aim of this course is to identify students with
concepts and how to plan for human resources, beside
determination of basic steps in planning process of
human resources, this course discusses planning styles,
explanation prediction method of human resources.
AMAR 203: Organizing and Work Methods
Aim of this subject is to teach students the different
ways of human resources work, recognition of principles
of human resources work, also types and procedures of
human resources.
AMAR 204: Measurement and evaluation of
functional performance
Aim of this course is to identify students with importance
of measurement and evaluation of employees
performance inside organizations, this course also
discusses effective factors in process of performance
evaluation and how to treat problems resulted from
process of measurement and evaluation.
AMAR 205: Organizational Behavior
of organizational behavior, beside determination of
types of behavior; this course discusses subjects related
of behavior such as personality, perception, inducement
and others.
AMAR 206: Applications on Computer in Human

Resources Management
This course aims to grant students skills, development,
management and update database used in commerce
and business administration, applications used in
personnel management, these applications were
interpreted by many examples of databases.
opportunity to study for students who had not had

access to the Faculty of Political Science and regulations
directly after high school, and this is undoubtedly an
active role of the college which is sparing no effort
in the service of society, it - like this - a way to help
directly; to reduce the dropout rate university in Saudi
society, forthcoming.
AMAR 207: Analysis ways and Classification of jobs

Aim of this course is to identify students about
descriptions and functions analysis, it contains the
principle ways to classify jobs in KSA.
Study Plan:
AMAR 209: Systems of labor and laborers and social

insurances
Aim of this course is to identify students with systems of
labor in KSA including the role of general organization
for social insurance and development of Saudi
manpower.
AMAR 210: Skills development of Human Resources
specialist
Aim of this course is to identify students the skills needs
for a specialist in Human resources management such
as communication skills, managing time, and writing
reports. On the other hands this course determines
the importance of total quality in the Human resources
management.
AMAR 211: Practical cases in field of human
resources
Aim of this course is to relate theoretical and practical
of human resources management in the public and
private firms in KSA and in the world.
Programs:
Law (Leading to a Bachelor Degree)
About:
Law program in the Community College in Riyadh;
under the banner of the college transition program,
and consists of four levels of specialization, which
would qualify the student to join the Faculty of Political
Science and regulations; to continue his studies in the
four remaining levels, even able to obtain a bachelors
degree majoring in systems (law) and to move the
student is required to pass the four levels mentioned
it successfully, and where there are controls and
standards agreed between the Community College
and the Faculty of Political Science and regulations;
under the umbrella of the university. The aim of such
a specialization in Community College to provide an
Course Code
LAW101
PA101
PS101
ECON102
ARAB101
IC101
Course Title
Principles of Law
Principles of Public Administration
Language Skills
Hrs
3
3
3
3
2
2
Level-2
Financial Transactions in the
LAW 204
Islamic Jurisdiction
LAW 231
The Cabinet System in KSA
LAW 233
Public International Law (1)
PA 275
Administration in Islam
IC 102
ARAB 103
Arabic Composition
ENG 101
English
Hrs
3
2
3
3
2
2
3
Level-3
Course Code
LAW203
LAW221
LAW232
LAW234
LAW244
IC103
Course Title
Law Development
Sources of Commitment
Administrative Law
Penal Code (1)
Family Law
Hrs
3
2
3
2
2
3
Level-4
LAW222
Rules of Commitment
Rules and Principles of the
LAW239
Arab Boycott
LAW332
The Judicature and Proof
Fundamentals of the Political
IC104
System in Islam
PS281
Government System in Islam
Hrs
3
3
3
2
3
Course Description:
PS 101: Introduction to Politics
The course includes a definition of many of the issues
related to political science in various key sectors,
such as publicizing the knowledge of politics and its
relationship to other social sciences, history and political
theory, including, political systems, political and public
opinion, international relations.
AMAR 208: Preparation and Design of salaries

systems and Wages
Aim of this subject is to identify students with basic
knowledge of wages and salaries policy by explaining
types of allowances and incentives. On the other hand,
this course determines the main strategies and factors
in design of wages and incentives systems.
Level-1
385
LAW 101 : Principles of Law

The study is divided into two parts; firstly the theory of
law that includes the following topics: Definition of law,
the sources of law, the law, the interpretation of the law.
Secondly the theory of right that includes the definition
of the right and its elements, the place of right, and the
right sources.
PA 101 : Principles of Public Administration
This course includes the following topics: the evolution
of public administration, the intellectual framework for
Public Administration, the management in the Islam
thought, modern and contemporary thought, planning
and its concept, regulation, finance and public
budget, financial management - pubic expenditure and
revenue - Human Resources Management Control
- Administrative leadership- managerial communication
- e-Government.
ECON 102 : Principles of Macroeconomics

the main principles of macro-economics such as the
main concepts of Macro-economics, Gross Domestic
Product, Income Equilibrium in two, three, and four
sectors and Investment, Money and Banking, Inflation,
Fiscal and Monetary Policies, Economic Development
and Economic Growth as well. On the other hand, the
course discusses the International trade, exchange rate,
balance of Payments and world trade organization.
386

loyalty and Braa.
ENGL 101 : English Language
The course is concerned with teaching reading
comprehension and some basic grammar in a context
which reflects day-day activities. The grammatical
structures include 3 tenses (Simple present, present
continuous and simple past) the reading passages
introduce new vocabulary and provide exercises on
asking and answering questions.

contract.
and resume.
PA 275 : Islamic Administration
This subject contains the following :Characteristics
of Islamic thought, Islamic Management - Sources of
Islamic Management - Planning in Islam - Organization
in Islam - Public Administration and Personnel Islamic
management the Control of Islamic Management Islamic Leadership.
IC 103 : The islamic Economic System
This course includes the following: an introduction of
the study of the Islamic economic system, the emergence
of the Islamic economic system and its application, the
status of economic systems, the free capitalist system,
the mixed capitalist system, the socialist system, the
mixed socialist system. The Characteristics, principles
and foundations of the Islamic system. - public and
private ownership, the restricted economic freedom,
the social economic Solidarity, distribution and
exchange, Banking and insurance.
IC 104 : Fundamentals of the Islamic
Political
System
First: the entrance to the study of the political Islamic
system. Second: Islamic state in the era of prophecy.
Third: Islamic state in the era of the Righteous Caliphs.
Fourth, elements of the Islamic state. Fifth: the three
branches of Islamic politics and other systems. Sixth,
the external relations of the Islamic state. Seventh,
the rules of the political system in Islam. Eighth, the
contemporary concepts in the light of Islam.
LAW 203 : development of laws
The need to Islamic law - the role of Islamic jurisprudence
and doctrine - the sources of Islamic law - a balance
between Islamic jurisprudence and positive law - the
study of societal conditions and sources of legal norms
and legal systems in pre-Islamic era and the Islamic era
in the various covenants.
LAW 204: financial transactions in Islamic
jurisprudence
Principles of roles: in the era of prophecy, in the era of
the Righteous Caliphs, in the era of their followers, in the
era of hardworking, in the era of tradition. Transaction
systems: a system property and funds, the contract.
LAW 222: The provisions of obligation

It includes: raising the obligation: implementation
of in-kind and implementation cost. Descriptions of
the obligation: the condition and term. Transition
obligation. Assignment. The expiration of the obligation.
Expiration, the most important ways to fulfill.
LAW 244: The family law
Definition of the marriage contract and his staff and
premises and conditions and its divisions - the state in
the marriage contract and the Agency and efficiency
and the rights of the couple - the end of the marriage
contract and its effects - the rights and the expenses of
relatives - the missing provisions
LAW 322: Justice Systems and Evidence
First: the judicial system, including: a study of the
judiciary - arranging and composition and mandate
of the judges and their associates and competence. II:
Evidence: This includes the definition and importance
of proof: the principles governing the system of proof,
the place of proof and burden, methods of proof of
writing and testimony, evidence and recognition and
the right experience and the preview.
LAW 231: The Council of Ministers in the Kingdom
Including the identification of the features and the
statutes and principles, also includes a detailed study
of the Council of Ministers in the Kingdom.
LAW 232: Administrative law
The study will include: general principles, the
organization of the administrative and management
tools to conduct its operations, the control of the
Departments work, public utilities.
LAW 239: Laws and principles of the Arab boycott
The study of this decision legitimate basis for a boycott
of the enemies - the danger and the legitimacy of
the Zionist resistance - the emergence of the Arab
boycott - the province and gain legal status - the Arab
boycott in the Arab League Charter and resolutions
- the development of the province and its principles
- the Arab boycott, under the United Nations and
the provisions of international law - criminal penalty
resulting from the violation of the principles of the
province.
LAW 233: Public international law (1)

This article includes a study regulating the relations
of States to each other and their relationship to the
organization of international bodies; both in time
of war or peace, and respect were also made by the
formation and functions of international bodies and
organizations
LAW 234: The penal law (1)
This course addresses the following issues: (1) includes
a general introduction to the definition and evolution
of the penal system and the statement of sources and
different branches. (2) The general theory of crime: the
definition of the crime and the crime and divisions of the
General Staff of the crime and the resulting combination
of these elements of the criminal responsibility and
method of failure that responsibility. (3) The general
theory of punishment: the definition of punishment
and the purposes and characteristics and divisions and
types of sanctions that govern the application and the
variety and termination.
PS 381 : Law of government in Islam
Study of the sources of the system of government in
Islam with an explanation of the general principles
underlying the focus on the concept of the state and
the caliphate.
LAW 221: sources of obligation

Voluntary sources: This includes the contract and the
individual will. The study of the contract as follows:
The definition of the contract and the principle of
Sultan will. Apportion the contracts. Staff Contracts:
consent and shop and why. The provisions of the
contracts: the dissolution of the binding force of
the contract, the impact of the binding force of the
contract. The individual will include: the promise Idol.
Sources involuntary: the wrongful act or tort. Unjust
Enrichment
387
388
College of Arabic Language

Institute
389
Contact:
Email:
regali@ksu.edu.sa
Telephone:
Phone: +966 1 4673155
Vision:
The Arabic Language Institute will become the
Training teachers to teach Arabic to non-native

Arabic learners.
foundational leader in the dissemination of the Arabic language and culture worldwide. And to design
a program of learning and education for non-native
speakers and the development of graduate programs
to train teachers, and the expansion of copyrightmail, traditional teaching materials and deepening
Landmarks:
The Research Unit
The Arabic Language Institute
linguistic research associated with applied creative

connected to it.
Mission:
ArabicLanguage
LanguageInstitute
Institute
Arabic
Teaching Arabic to non-native speakers of the

Scholarship and others at home and abroad And the
development of training programs prepare teachers
and continue to update educational materials and
start building an electronic education programs for
non-native speakers And procedure applied linguistic research relevant published
About:
A royal decree in 1974 established the Institute for Teaching Arabic to non-Arabic learners
in order to achieve the following goals:
Teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speaking students
and others who come to the Kingdom from
Islamic and other countries in order to learn
Arabic.
Conducting research in the structure of the
Arabic language, and in techniques to promote
Arabic learning;
Departments:
1. Language and Culture department.
2. Teacher training department.
3. Teacher preparation department.
Vision
Section is seeking to leadership and excellence in
his field locally, regionally and globally, the Section
seeks also to attract students who have the capability
of excellence worldwide and the Arabic language in
the future, both in terms of research or education
Mission
Educational research is to preserve the Arabic language and Islamic culture and develop an interest in
them and publish them between the peoples of the
world through different education methods and distinct cognitive technology.
Aims:
Preparing and carrying out programs and curricula
for teaching Arabic Language and Culture.
Evaluating programs designed for teaching Arabic
to non-native speakers.
Preparing and developing measurement and
evaluation tools in the field of teaching Arabic as a
second or foreign language.
Enhancing cooperation with other institutions
interested in promoting the Arabic language, by
carrying out Arabic courses abroad.
About:
Since its foundation in 1974, Arabic Language Institute has been teaching Arabic to non-native Arabic
speakers through two programs provided by Language
and culture Department:
The intensive program
The non-intensive program
Degrees:
Certificate of Proficiency in Arabic language.
Landmarks :
Computer lab that includes 33 computers,
connected with the internet, and equipped with
some software programs for teaching Arabic as
a second language, in addition to an electronic
board.
Library that includes approximately 3000 books
about applied linguistics, Arabic dictionaries and

other supplementary materials for Arabic learning
and teaching.
Faculty Members:
Names
Abdul Moneim O. A. Al shiekh
Abdulelah M. Alkuhudiri
Abdullah Saleh Alamri
Abdullah Z. Alqahtany
Ahmad A. Alsharani
Ahmad AL Haqbani
Ali Mohsen Mashoof
Ata Elmanan Abdalla Mohd
Hassan M. Alsayyari
Ibrahim Mohanna Alazzaz
M.A. Mohammed
Mohammad A. Al-Ghanim
Mohammad A. Al-Towaim
Mohammed A. Alturki
Mohammed I. Al-Fouzan
Mohammed T.N. Bn homed
Mohamoud A. Al-mahmoud
Saad Mubarak Al-mubarak
Programs:
Non-intensive (evening) program
First Program:
About:
This program is allotted to scholarship students,
and consists of four levels (each level is one semester
long). The student who successfully completes the program is awarded a Certificate of Proficiency in the Arabic Language.
Arabic Language Institute
where students can see this aspect as significant in the

cultural exchange between the University and around
the world. This department also carried out and wrote
a series of books specialized in teaching Arabic language twice.
391
The Preliminary Course
Study Plan:
Semester-1
Course
LANG 112
LANG 113
LANG 114
LANG 115
LANG 116
LANG 117
LANG 118
LANG 119
Total
Course number & code:100lang

Course Name
Conversation 1
Intensive Reading 1
Writing 1
Structures
vocabulary
Sounds
Quran Recitation 1
Listening 1
Hours
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
20
Semester-2
Course
Course name
Hours
LANG 120
LANG 127
LANG 122
LANG 123
LANG 124
LANG 125
LANG 126
Total
Quran Recitation 2
Listening 2
Oral Composition 1
Intensive Reading 2
Extensive Reading 1
Written Composition 1
Grammar 1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
20
Semester 3
Course
Course Title
Hours
LANG 130
LANG 132
LANG 133
LANG 134
LANG 135
LANG 136
LANG 137
LANG 138
LANG 139
Total
Quran Recitation 3
Oral Composition 2
Intensive Reading 3
Extensive Reading 2
Grammar 2
Islamic Culture 1
Selected Literary Texts 1
Listening 3
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
2
20
Semester-4
Course
Course Title
Hours
LANG 140
Listening 4
LANG 143
LANG 144
Grammar 3
LANG 145
Islamic Culture 2
LANG 146
Selected Literary Texts 2
LANG 147
Computer Applications 1
LANG 148
Oral Composition 3
LANG 149
Extensive Reading 3
Total
20
Course Description:
392
The Intensive program
Course Title: Quranic Recitation

Credit Hours: 2 Level: Prelim.
This course requires memorizing Al-Fatiha and reciting selected chapters from the Holy Quran whilst applying some Tajweed (Recitation) rules. The course also
includes explanation of the meaning of difficult vocabulary and using the skills learnt in this subject to further
develop the students linguistic and learning skills.
Course number & code:101 lang
Course Title:Listening Comprehension
Credit Hours: 2 Level:
Prelim.
This course includes listening to simple words and sentences taken from daily situations in the context of the
linguistic skills and elements of the syllabus.
Course Title: Reading
This course embodies very simple reading topics that
meet the students language needs. The students are
also trained to associate between Arabic writing symbols and simple words, phrases and sentences. In addition, it includes an understanding of basic punctuation
marks.
Course Title: Writing
This course includes training students on the basics of
mechanical writing and to inscribe the Arabic alphabet
in the traditional handwriting (naskh) enabling the students to write simple words and sentences.
Course Title: Structures
This course provides students with a selected number
of basic morphological and grammatical structures. The
students are trained to recognize, distinguish and apply
these structures in a functional manner.
Course Title: Vocabulary
This course provides students with a selected group
of fundamental commonly used words, with particular
emphasis on physical concrete words using a stratigical
approach, such as understanding meaning of new word
from the context, antonyms, synonyms etc.
Course Title: Sounds
This course trains students on Arabic Sounds on the

Level One
Course Title:Conversation
Credit Hours: 3 Level: 1
This course comprises selected topics that enable students to express themselves clearly and correctly. The
course also includes some guided topics that are associated to situations that take place in common everyday
life. This course is related with the listening course (119
lang).
Course Title: Intensive reading 1
This course comprises short reading texts that include
simple vocabulary items, structures and meanings that
evolve around topics that meet the students needs. The
core of the course materials emanate from texts taught
in listening and conversation. These reading texts are
specially selected and strictly controlled.
In this course, the student is trained to write short texts
in a variety of subjects. The student accomplishes this
by writing short sentences and paragraphs which express his thoughts and feelings. Also this course trains
the student to use the rules of dictation and script functionally.
Course Title: Structures
This course enables the student to functionally use a
number of selected morphological and grammatical
structures; by recognizing, distinguishing and applying
these structures.
The structures are extracted from texts already studied
in listening, speaking and reading comprehension.
Course Title:Vocabulary
Credit Hours: 2 Level:1
This course provides students with the first 1.000 common used words. They are trained how to use them in a
variety of situations. Emphasis is drawn on physical perceivable words which are easier to understand and can
be used in a variety of contexts.
Course Title: Sounds

This course comprises audio and vocal material to enable the students to perfect their pronunciation of
the Arabic sounds and distinguish between sounds of
similar articulation. The students also learn important
aspects and phenomena of speech, such as intonation,
stress and accent.
Curse Title: Quranic Recitation
This course requires memorizing chapters from the
Holy Quran (Ash- sharh up to AL- Qarea) and reciting
selected chaptes (Al- Ala up to Al- lail). The students
are taught how to apply some of Tajweed (Recitation)
rules in a functional manner and further develop their
linguistic and learning skills.
Credit Hours: 3Level: 1
This course provides the students with a variety of
listening materials that include short texts such as: dialogues, short stories and conversation associated to
their every day lives. The material selected goes in harmony with course 112 (conversation).
Level Two
Course Title:Quranic Reciation 2
This course requires memorizing chapters from the
Holy Quran (AL- Ala up to Ad- Duha) and reciting
some other selected chapters (An- Naba up to AtTariq) and acquainting students with some Tajweed
rules (Noon&Tanween) in addition to a simplified interpretation to the overall meaning of the Quranic verses.
The Quranic material is used to further develop the
students linguistic skills in learning the Language skills.
Course number & code: 127 lang
Course Title: LISTENING 2
This course provides short and medium texts that include dialogues, stories, conversations, newscasts, radio
and T.V programs suitable to the linguistic standard and
experience of students .
Course Title: Oral Composition
Credit Hours: 3 Level:
2
In this course, the students are taught to express themselves orally and to actively participate in dialogues
and discussions in selected topics.
levels of: recognition, discrimination and pronunciation

and to associate between sounds and their written symbols with extra emphasis placed on difficult sounds.
393

Course Title: Intensive Reading 2
This course is comprised of selected reading materials
of medium length. These reading materials contain expressions, vocabulary and grammatical structures which
suit the students level. The students are expected to
understand the texts in depth. The students are also
trained to read correctly, using a variety of activities
and reading strategies.

Course Title: Extensive Reading 2
This course comprises extensive or wider reading material. The students are expected to come to classroom
having read the required portion of the texts, and discuss them in the classroom and answer questions which
measure their comprehension. The simplicity of the text
is taken into consideration when selecting the reading
materials.
394

Course Title: Written composition 2
This course trains the students to write in various topics
of medium length. Some of these topics are restricted
and others are free. Some of these topics are drawn
from materials already studied. This course extends
the students knowledge of rules of dictation, and also
provides them with a brief introduction to theoretical
spelling rules.
Course Title: Grammar 1
This course enables the students to functionally use a
umber of morphological and grammatical structures
which were previously studied in other language skills
such as listing, reading comprehension, and oral expression.

Level Three
Course Title: Quranic Reciation 3
This course requires memorizing some chapters from
the Holly Quran (An-Naba up to Al-Tariq) and reciting some other chapters (Al-Jinn up to Al-Mursalat)
and provide students with some Tajweed rules of the
(Noon & Tanween). The course also offers a simplified
interpretation to the overall meaning of Quranic verses
and an explanation to some

Quranic vocabulary. The Quranic material is used to
further develop the students linguistic and learning
skills.
Course Title: Oral composition 2
This course enables the students to express themselves
freely and talk about topics, either of their choice, or
presented to for them. Some of these topics are connected with content previously studied.
Course Title: Intensive Reading 3
This course includes reading materials composed of
various rather lang texts that contain abstract concepts
dealing with a variety of suitable topics.
This course comprises authentic reading materials,
where the students are supposed to read on their own
outside the classroom, and then will be asked to discuss
the context with their teacher in class through questions
and exercises that evolve around the general meaning
of the texts. They are required to respond to questions
that require critical reading and critical thinking.
This course trains students to write various free topics. They also learn the basic techniques of writing and
learn more about mechanical writing and Arabic calligraphy.
In this course, students study a number of grammatical
and morphological rules theoretically and then they are
asked to apply them practically. These rules are selected from texts that students have studied either in this
level or previous levels.
Course Title: Islamic culture 1
This course seeks to enlighten the student with the
foundations of the correct Islamic creed (Pillars of
Iman) and selected Jurisprudential issues related to acts
of warship ( Pillars of Islam) and general treatment and
Islamic good conduct. The content of this topic is delivered in the Arabic language at a level suitable to the
student.

This course comprises listening to audio material from a
variety of different sources of medium length. The material is selected from lectures, speeches, debates and
other different situations.
This material includes words and structures which the
student has not previously encountered.

Level Four
This course comprises a variety of listening materials
that vary in length from medium to longer texts; including dialogues, stories, speeches, lectures and news
bulletins. The students are trained to extract major and
minor ideas as well as implicit explicit ideas. Some texts
contain vocabulary and structures of expanded extensive nature.
This course trains students to use basics of scientific
writing and develop their skills in functional writing.
The course also requires the students to write short essays and make summaries to selected articles.
Course number & code:144lang
This course enables the student to functionally use a
number of morphological and grammatical structures
at an advanced level. These structures are studied theoretically and the student is required to apply them
practically.
The selected structures are related to different texts
which the student has already learnt.
Course Title: Islamic Culture 2
This course enlightens the student with the most outstanding aspects of the Islamic Culture which has been
represented in the life of the Prophet (Mohammed),
peace be upon him, and also in the rightly guided Khalifas (caliphs) who followed him.
The student is also introduced to aspects of Islam
which are related to the individual and also the society.
Course Title: Selected Literary texts 2
This course comprises selected literary samples of rather longer texts chosen from different periods. These
samples are of different literary genres i.e. stories, fiction, poetry and drama.
Course Title: Computer application 1
This course acquaints the student with the P.C., the
world wide web, and various programs that could him
learn the Arabic language.
The student is taught how to utilize the computer and
obtain maximum benefit from it in different situations;
such as searching for essays, articles, reports, programs
and other useful materials.
Course Title: Oral Composition 3
This course seeks to further develop the students ability to express themselves freely in rather general and
personal subjects. Care is taken, when selecting topics
of conversations, to encourage the students to express
their own personal opinions.
Credit Hours: 3Level: 4
This course comprises more advanced reading materials
the students are expected to read the allotted material
on their own outside the classroom, and then discuss
the contents with their teacher in class. The questions
usually evolve around the overall meaning of what has
been read, in addition to some advanced question requiring critical reading and creative thinking.

The Advanced Course
Course Title: Linguistic Studies
Credit Hours: 3 Level:Adv. course
In this course, students study a number of topics of
phonology, morphology, grammar and semantics.
Course Title: Islamic Studies

Course Title: Selected Literary texts 1
This course contains selected classical texts chosen from
different time periods. Student are acquainted with cultural, societal and artistic aspects implied in these texts.
These texts are of different literary geners (i.e short stories, fiction, poetry and drama).
395
This course provides the student with an indepth

knowledge of the charaeterestics of the correct Islamic
creed and its principles.
Also an explanation of the understanding and approach
taken by the pious predecessors in understanding the
texts of the Holy Quran and the prophetic traditions.
Course Title: Computer Application 2
This course exposes students to learn more about computers, the world wide web (w.w.w) how to use search
engines, typing, storing data, using word processor and
learn about Arabic software as well as power-point presentations.

Course Title: Library and Research
This course seeks to acquaint the student with the most
important sources of Arab and Islamic scientific texts in
a variety of disciplines.
The student learn the key rules & procedures of scientific research such as: data collection, sorting & analyzing. They learn how to reference the texts and write
short assays in topics associated to their academic requirements.
396

Course Title: Academic Reading
Credit Hours: 3 Level: Adv. course
This course acquaints the student with strategies for
academic reading and enables him to read in different
modes: extensive reading, skimming and scanning reading.
Course Title: Selected literary texts 3
This course contains selected literary texts chosen from
different time periods. Students are taught how to analyze the artistic and rhetorical structures of these texts
and how to discover implicit and explicit meanings.
The students are also required to write short analytical
articles and reports to these texts.
Course Title: Academic Writing
Credit Hours: 3 Level: Adv. course
This course aims at acquainting the student with scientific writing for academic purposes. The student are
taught how to write in different styles such as: essay
writing, note-taking and summary writing.
Second Program:
Non- intensive program
About:
This program is intended for part-time students
working in private or public sectors. It is designed for
both male and female students interested in learning
Arabic. It consists of 3 levels, each level is one semester
long. The student is awarded a certificate indicating the
level (or levels) completed.
Non- intensive program
Study Plan:
Arabic for General Purposes (AGP)
Preliminary Level
160 Lang
AGP
Hrs
10
Intermediate Level
162 Lang
AGP
Hrs
10
Advanced Level
163 Lang
AGP
Hrs
10
Arabic for Medical Purposes (AMP)

Course Code
170 Lang
AMP 1
171 Lang
ADP 2
Course Title
Hrs
10
10
Arabic for Diplomatic Purposes (ADP)

180 Lang
ADP 1
Hrs
10
181 Lang
10
ADP 2
Arabic for Religious Purposes (ADP)

190 Lang
ARP 1
191 Lang
ARP 2
Course Description:
Arabic for General Purposes (AGP)
Preliminary Level
Course Title: AGP
Credit Hours: 10 Level:Preliminary
Hrs
10
10
This course comprises of:
Intermediate Level
Course Title: AGP
Credit Hours: 10 Level:Intermediate
1. A variety of Audio material which includes dialogues, stories and selected speeches of medium
length.
2. Linguistic material which trains the student to converse in simple basic topic which meet the communicational needs of the student in the framework of the linguistic elements of this topic.
3. Reading material which starts with texts of simple
vocabulary, phrases and grammatical structures
and building up to medium sized texts. These
texts revolve around topics which meet the needs
of the student. It also comprises of excereises
which evaluate the competency of the student in
reading and understanding.
4. Excercises which drill the student in writing paragraphs and short texts in a variety of guided and
open topics, just as it includes some fundamental
hand writing and dictation rules.
5. An explanation to a number of grammatical and
morphological structures and train the student to
functionally use them.
Advanced Level
Course Title: AGP
Credit Hours: 10 Level:Advanced
1. Listening to a number of relatively long selected

clips of talks, radio programs and some short in-
2.
3.
4.
5.

Arabic for Medical Purposes (AMP)
Course Title: AMP 1
This course comprises :
1. Audio material of short clips which target the pronunciation of Arabic sounds, to train the student
to differentiate and pronounce these sounds in
order to facilitate the understanding of what goes
on in the natural communication in medical situations.
2. Training the student in the speaking skill from selected medical situations.
3. Reading material which enables the student to
read and understand simple Arabic symbols,
words, phrases, and sentences which are connected to the medical profession.
4. Different writing exercises connected to the medical profession which enable the student to draw
the Arabic letters and connect between the sound
which is heard and its written symbol. Starting with
letters and then building up to words and simple
sentences.
5. It also comprises of a quantity of selected common words which enables the student to understand and use the targeted model in suitable and
natural medical situations.
Course Title: ADP 2
This course comprises:
1. Audio material in communicative situations aiming

to train the student in understanding what goes
on in the different departments of the hospital.
2. Linguistic material to develop the conversational
competency of the student in medical topics,
through intensive exercises.
3. Reading material which includes texts of short
1. Audio material which starts with words and

phrases and builds up to sentences and a variety
of short paragraphs. Exercises are also included
to recognize, differentiate and vocalize the Arabic sounds, with extra attention placed on letters
which non-native speakers of the Arabic language
generally find difficulty with.
2. Drills in conversation from natural selected situations using suitable communication methods, in
the framework of the linguistic skills and elements
for this topic.
3. Reading material of a functional nature composed
of guided words, phrases and simple sentences. In
addition to drills in reading Arabic symbols and
understanding the basic punctuation marks.
4. Exercises to connect between the symbol of the
letters and their corresponding sounds; starting
with letters and words and building up to simple
sentences. The student is also trained in a selected
number of grammatical structures and is taught
how to use them functionally.
terviews.
Linguistic material which trains the student in conversation, debating a variety of selected topics
which facilitate a lively discussion where natural
conversation and expression of ideas dominate.
A variety of Reading topics of relatively long length
which meets the needs of the student. It includes
exercises which develops the understanding and
comprehension proficiency and analyses.
Linguistic material which trains the student in free
writing in a variety of topics of relatively long
length which meets the needs of the students.
This also includes an increased number of rules in
handwriting and dictation.
A theoretical understanding to some morphological and grammatical structures and drills to functionally use them.
397
length aiming to enable the student to read and

understand models and selected texts in the medical profession.
4. Different types of exercises which enable the student to write basic sentences, to fill in forms and
different medical forms.
5. A considerable quantity of selected words and
models which the student can use functionally in
different medical situations.
lomatic contexts.
Arabic for Religious Purposes (ARP)
Course Title: ARP 1
1. Training the student to recite and memorize

Arabic for Diplomatic Purposes (ADP)
Course Title: ADP 1
1. Audio material of short clips which target the pronunciation of Arabic sounds, training the student
to differentiate and pronounce these sounds in
order to facilitate the understanding of what goes
on in the natural diplomatic communication.
2. Training the student in the speaking on material
skill selected from diplomatic situations.
3. Reading material which enables the student to
read and understand simple Arabic symbols,
words, phrases, and sentences which are connected to diplomatic situations.
4. Different writing exercises connected to the diplomatic situations which enable the student to draw
the Arabic alphabet and connect between the
sound which is heard and its written symbol. Starting with letters and then building up to words and
simple sentences.
5. It also comprises of a quantity of selected common words which enables the student to understand and use the targeted model in suitable and
natural diplomatic situations.
2. Training the student in the recognition, differentiation and pronunciation of the Arabic sounds, by
listening to phrases and simple selected sentences
from Islamic knowledge.
3. Training the student to talk in selected Islamic

topics and situations.
4. Simple reading material on Islamic topics which enables the student to read and understand Arabic
symbols, words, phrases and simple sentences.
5. Training the student to inscribe the Arabic alphabet and write words and simple sentences.
6. A selected quantity of easy and common Islamic

words, a number of basic structures used functionally in suitable Islamic situations.
Course Title: ARP 2
1. The recitation and memorization of an extended

Course Title: ADP 2
1. Audio material covering situations of communication aiming to train the student in understanding
what goes on in the different diplomatic corps.
2. Linguistic material to develop the conversational

competency of the student in diplomatic issues,
through intensive exercises.
3. Reading material which includes texts of short

length aiming to enable the student to read and
understand models and selected texts in the diplomatic fields.
4. Different types of exercises which enable the student to write basic statements, to fill in application
forms and different diplomatic forms.
398
chapter 1 of the Quran (Al-Fatiha) and some short

chapters from Juz Amma, whilst applying some of
the practical rules of recitation, and a simple explanation of some of the vocabulary. This topic is
used to assist in the teaching and learning of the
language and its proficiencies.
5. A quantity of selected words and models which

the student can use functionally in different dip-
number of surahs from Juz Amma applying some

of the practical rules of recitation. A brief explanation of some of the Quranic vocabulary. This
topic is used to teach and learn the language and
its proficiencies.
2. Various audio material of selected texts of short

length, comprising of dialogues, Islamic stories,
and prophetic traditions.
3. The training of the student to talk in selected Islamic topics.
4. Reading of short Islamic topics which use simple

vocabulary and grammatical structures.
5. Training the student in writing short phrases and

texts in selected Islamic topics.
6. More vocabulary in common Islamic terms and a

selected number of basic functional grammatical
structures.
Vision:
Achieve leadership in the dissemination of classical
Arabic as well as research and educational services.
Mission:
Spreading the Arabic language and developing
methods of learning and teaching.
Aims:

Introducing teachers of Arabic as a second
or foreign language to modern methods and
theories in the field of applied linguistics.

Improving teachers linguistic, cultural and
professional abilities.
Providing teachers of Arabic as a second or

foreign language with skills necessary for
designing and development text books.
About:
The department offers two training programmes
for teachers of Arabic to non native Arabic speakers both aim to develop their scientific knowledge
and practical skills Around 1300 language teachers
graduated, from the department since it started in
1977 The department started this year (2007) its
new programme of the ( post graduate diploma for
Library that includes approximately 3000 books

about applied linguistics, Arabic dictionaries
and other supplementary materials for Arabic
learning and teaching.
Faculty Members:
Dr.Aqeel H. A. Al Shammari
Dr. Fahad. AI. Araik
Dr. Mohamad. S. Al Nasban
Dr. Naser A. Bin Ghali
Dr. Sultan, N. Almujaiwel
teachers of Arabic tow non native speakers ) which

be introduced to modern methods and theories in
language teaching and improve their professional
skills in this field . We aim at serving Arabic around
different parts of the world.
Degrees:
Postgraduate diploma for training teachers of
Arabic ton non native speakers
Training teachers of Arabic to non native

speakers
Programs:
Postgraduate diploma for training teachers of
Arabic ton non native speakers
Training teachers of Arabic to non native

speakers
First Program:
Postgraduate diploma for training teachers of Arabic to
non native speakers
Semester 1
Course
Course Name
DRB111
DRB113
Islamic Culture
Second language learning
theories
Applied linguistics
DRB114
Sociolinguistics
DRB115
Syllabus design
Second language teaching
methods
Practicum (1)
DRB112
Landmarks:
Computer lab that includes 33 computers,
connected with the internet, and equipped with
Hours
some software programs for teaching Arabic as

a second language, in addition to an electronic
DRB116
board.
DRB117
Total
3
2
is designed for high qualified teachers of Arabic to
3
20
399

Students are trained to plan and design certain
Semester 2
Course
Course Name
Hours
teaching materials using computer and internet
DRB211
Linguistic analysis
application.
DRB212
Arabic lexicology
DRB213
Language testing
DRB214
Teacher skills
technologies
Practicum (2)

Ways and methods of second language teaching.

An introduction to modern theories of teaching.
DRB215
DRB216
116 DRB Second language teaching methods (units: 4)

Linguistic, psychological, and educational basis of
teaching.
Course Description:
111 DRB Islamic cultures (units 3)

The relation between Islam and Islamic culture
and the Arabic language as a tool of teaching and
promoting Islam.

Ways and methods of promoting Islamic culture
and Arabic.

Training students to design lessons in Islamic
culture and to present them in the class.
112 DRB Second language learning theories (units: 3)

Second language learning theories.

Language acquisition theories.

The basics of linguistic analysis.

Phonetic, morphological syntactic and semantic
aspects of Arabic.
computer and internet applications.

117 DRB Practicum (units: 4)
Observing an on going classes about which descriptive
and evaluation reports are written. student are also
provided with a real experience in teaching Arabic
lessons which includes , preparation of lessons , testing
language skills and utilizing testing aids.
211 DRB linguistic analyses
(units: 4)

The basics of linguistic analysis.

Phonetic, morphological syntactic and semantic
aspects of Arabic.

Practical activities aim to enhance the students
knowledge of the language.

Practical activities aim to enhance the students
knowledge of the language.
212 DRB Arabic lexicology (units: 3)

Arabic vocabulary. Its structures, meaning.
113 DRB
Applied Linguistics (Units: 2)

An introduction to applied linguistics.

It nature, branches, especially those related to

Idioms, synonyms.

An introduction to lexicography with emphasis on
dictionaries related to second language teaching.
teaching second and foreign languages with

emphasis of on Arabic.

Training of carrying on short researches in the field
of teaching Arabic to non native speakers.
213 DRB language testing (unit: 3)

Introduction to principles of measurement and
evaluation with a focus on language testing.

Students are also trained to design tests of language

114 DRB Sociolinguistics (unit: 2)

The basics of sociolinguistics.

Its theories, branches especially those related to
second language teaching.
skills and components.

214 DRB Teacher skills (units: 3)

Methods of teacher training.

Development of teacher skills, thinking, and

115 DRB
syllabus design (units: 3)

The basis of syllabus design its linguistic,
400

Student is also provided with an introduction to
educational psychological and cultural aspects.
practice.

Cultural aspects of language teaching in the light of
modern teaching theories.
215 DRB second language teaching technologies
with emphasis on teaching skills ( listening , speaking
(unit: 3)
, reading and writing ) and components .

Familiarizing students with various aids for language

Training on planning lessons and implementing
them in the class.
teaching.

Training on using computer and internet application
123 DRB syllabus design (units 3)
in teaching Arabic as a second language.

The basis of syllabus design with emphasis on text

Designing some Audio Visual aids.
book design.
216 DRB

Training on designing some simple teaching
Practicum 2 (units: 4)

Preparing some lessons, plans and presenting them
materials
using
computer
and
internet
applications.
during the course.

Evaluating learners and utilizing some teaching
124 DRB language testing (units: 3)
aids.

Basics of testing and evaluation with emphasis on
Second Program:
language testing and evaluation.
Training teachers of Arabic to non Arabic native
125 DRB Technologies and teaching aids

(units: 3)
speakers
Study Plan:

Introduction to various audio visual aids for
language teaching.
Semester 1
Course
Course Name
Hours
DRB121
DRB123
Linguistic studies
methods
Syllabus design
DRB124
Language testing
DRB125
Technologies and teaching aids 3
DRB126
Practicum
teaching Arabic.

Using computer and internet applications in
teaching Arabic to non native speakers.
Total
126 DRB Practicum

Students observe some on going classes about
which descriptive reports are written related to
teaching material, aids, and teaching methods.
Course Description:
Course for training teachers of Arabic to non
native speakers
121 DRB linguistic studies (units: 4)

A brief introduction to the field of linguistics.

Its branches especially those related to second
language learning and teaching.

Topics related to phonetic, morphological and
syntactic aspects of Arabic.
122 DRB second language teaching methods

(units: 3)

Ways and methods of second language teaching

Students also practice teaching curtain lessons
where lessons plans, evaluation, using teaching
aids, and testing are practiced.
DRB122

Training to design and prepare simple aids for
401
Vision:
Preparation of teachers to be excellence graduate
and support teachers in the Arabic language to nonnative speakers to contribute to scientific research in
support of the process of teaching Arabic to non-native
speakers in all parts of the world.
Mission:
Teacher training is the rehabilitation and the preparation of graduates of the bachelors degree level in language or Islamic studies to become professional teachers of language and non-native speakers of Arabic in
the world, in addition to raising the level and quality of
research Arabic speaking teachers.
Aims:
Faculty Names:
The Department of Teacher Preparation is one of

three departments in the Arabic Language Institute. It
has the following objectives:
Providing students with theoretical background in
modern theoretical and applied linguistics as well
as applying its theories to the Arabic language.
Improving students Knowledge, experience and
abilities in pedagogy and methods of teaching
Arabic to non-native speakers.
Preparing students for actual teaching of Arabic to
non-native speakers.
Providing students with the necessary skills in the
preparation of teaching and lesson plans as well as
the preparation and evaluation of language tests.
Faculty Name
Position
Abdullah A. Alhoseini
Abdulrahman I. Alfozan
Eisa O. Al-Sharyofi
Rashid A. Addeweesh
Khalid A. Addamigh
Saad A. Al-Kahtani
Abdurrahman AAL-Bwardi
Mohamad A AL-Quraishi
Mohamad S AL-Shehri
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Associate Prof.
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
Asst. Teacher
About:
402
Welcome to the department of the teacher preparation. The department offers a graduate diploma in
teaching Arabic to non-native speakers. At this program
you will find opportunities to prepare for a meaningful and exciting career in the Arabic language teaching
profession. Your education here will provide the skills
and the foundation you need to work successfully in
this interesting field.
Degrees
The Postgraduate Diploma in Teaching Arabic to
Non-native Speakers
Landmarks:
The department is located close to the university
administration and the central library, as well as its language and computer laboratory. It also shares a library
specialized in linguistic books and periodicals with
more than three Thousand entries. It also features the
support of qualified faculty members most of whom
are associate professors.
Study Plan:
Course Code
PREP 511
PREP 512
PREP 513
PREP 514
PREP 515
PREP 516
PREP 517
PREP 518
PREP 519
PREP 520
PREP 521
PREP 522
PREP 523
Course Title
Arabic Phonology
Arabic Morphosyntax
Methods of teaching Arabic
Audio-Visual Aids for Language
Teaching
Audio-Visual Aids for Language
Teaching
Hrs
2
2
3
3
2
2
Methods of teaching Islamic Culture 1
Practicum
Issues in Applied Linguistics
Contrastive and Error Analyses
Language Testing
Language Teaching Materials
Research in Applied Linguistics
3
2
3
3
2
2
Course Description:
(PREP 511) Introduction to Linguistics (2 hrs)
In this course, students receive an introduction to
linguistics, including a survey of the different levels,
methodologies and sub-fields of modern linguistics. In
addition the student is acquainted with some traditional
linguistic studies.
(PREP 512) Arabic Phonology (2hrs)
(PREP 522) Language Teaching Materials (2hrs)
In this course, students are presented with an introduction

to phonetics, including Arabs contributions in this field,
as well as a detailed study of the Arabic sound system
and related phonetic phenomena.
This course presents the different types of material

resources as well as the scientific principles of material
selection, preparation, organization and evaluation.
(PREP 513) Arabic Morphosyntax (3hrs)

In this course, students are taught the scientific principles
of studying and analyzing morphological units and the
syntactic rules required for the composition of the
Arabic sentence, as well as the semantic and grammatical
relations among the sentential units.
(PREP 523) Research in Applied Linguistics (2 hrs)

In this course, students are theoretically and practically
introduced to principles of conducting and evaluating
studies, articles and reports in the field of applied
linguistics.
(PREP 514) Methods of teaching Arabic (3hrs)

In this course, students are presented with the modern
theories of teaching foreign languages, with emphasis
on the methods of teaching the Arabic language
skills (Listening, Speaking, Reading, and Writing) and
components (Sounds, Vocabulary, and Grammar).
(PREP 515) Audio-Visual Aids for Language

Teaching (2hrs)
This course familiarizes students with audio-visual aids
for language teaching, such as language laboratories,
computer-assisted language learning, tape-recorders
flash cards and different types of projectors.
(PREP 516) Second Language Acquisition (2 hrs)
(PREP 517) Methods of teaching Islamic Culture (1hr)

In this course, students learn the methods of teaching
the various divisions of the Islamic culture.
(PREP 518) Practicum (3 hrs)

This course provides students with real experience
in teaching Arabic, including preparation of lesson
plans, evaluation of learners, testing language skills and
utilization of teaching aids.
(PREP 519) Issues in Applied Linguistics (2hrs)

This course presents a number of issues and topics
selected from some areas in applied linguistics such as
sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics and lexicography.
(PREP 520) Contrastive and Error Analyses (3 hrs)
The first half of this course is devoted to the theory of
contrastive analysis which focuses on the similarities and
differences between different linguistic systems. The
second half introduces the theory of error analysis and
its methods of error identification, analysis, classification
and causes.
This course presents the important theories in the field

of second language acquisition, the variables affecting
the acquisition and the differences between first and
second language acquisition.
(PREP 521) Language Testing (3hrs)

This course introduces principles of measurement and
evaluation, and focuses on language testing, including
tests of language skills and components.
403
404
Center for University Studies for Females in Olaysha
Center for University Studies for

Females in Olaysha
405
Vision:
To provide a conducive environment for the
students at King Saud University to learn the science
of humanities according to international standards.
Mission:
Stimulate learning and creativity and the adoption
of quality concepts, and standards of academic and
administrative excellence through the provision of
various services, and coordination between colleges,
deanships and departments of the Centre, as a branch
of King Saud University, with effective partnership
and locally and globally.
About:
The Centre for University Studies for Females
located in Olaysha is moving on the path to
education of females in King Saud University. The
Center of university studies for females was initiated
in 1382/81H. When this opportunity was first made
available for females it belonged to the College of
Arts and the College of Administrative Sciences. It
was established as an official Center on 1396/3/3H. to
oversee the organization of study for female students
facilitated by either the female faculty members of
the Center by or by the male faculty members by way
of a closed circuit network TV.
Goals:
1. Continuous improvement in services provided
to students, professors and employees of
various colleges that are supervised by the
Centre.
2. Provide a positive learning environment
conducive to growth and intellectual diversity,
personal and professional status of al female
students and to all faculty members both
academic and administrative.
3. Preserve the values of Islamic culture overall,
with constant renewal in the methods of
application for all of the services the center
provides to its members from students,
professors and employees.
4. Adherence academic and administrative
standards set by the University of King Saud
to fulfill the conditions of leadership and
participation locally and globally.
5. Develop the concepts of community
participation, and building a knowledge
based society through the dissemination of
knowledge and use of scientific methods,
in order to meet the needs of the changing
labor market, and to provide opportunities
for continuous learning for the female sector
of the community.
Landmarks:
1. Network TV.
2. Language Unit.
3. Center for research.
4. Computer Unit
5. Student Library of Riyadh
1. The
College
of
Education
includes:
Department of Curriculum and Teaching
Methods, Department of Islamic Culture, the
Department of Educational Administration,
and Department of Educational Technology,
the Department of Educational Psychology,
the Department of Education, Kindergarten,
Special
Education
Department,
the
Department of Art Education.
2. The College of Arts includes: the Department
of Arabic and Department of English, the
Department of Social Studies, the Department
of Geography, Department of History.
3. The College of Business Administration
includes: the Department of Economics,
Department of Accounting, the Department
of Management, The Financial Management
Section, the Department of Management
Information Systems, and the Department
of Human Resources and Marketing
Department.
4. The College of Law and Political Science
includes: the Department of Law and
Political Science, Department of Law and the
Department of Political Science. 5. College of
Languages includes: Department of European
Languages and Translation, the Department
of Asian Languages and Translation and the
Language Unit.
Colleges and Departments that

belong to the Center:
407
http://printpress.ksu.edu.sa

KSUBulletin Undergraduate1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

KSUBulletin Undergraduate1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

King Saud University

The Vice Rectorrate for Development and Quality

King Saud University Bulletin

All Rights Reserved

King Saud University

King Saud University Bulletin

Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques

King Abdullah bin Abdulaziz Al Saud

His Royal Highness Prince

His Royal Highness Prince

Nayef bin Abdul Aziz Al Saud

Sultan Bin Abdulaziz Al Saud

May Allah Protect him

May Allah Protect him

Second Deputy Prime Minister

Crown Prince, Deputy Prime

and Minister of the Interior

Minister, Minister of Defense,

King Saud University Bulletin

Political Sciences Department

Natural and Engineering Science........................

King Saud University Bulletin

King Saud University Bulletin

It coincided with the quantitative achievements developments

By the grace of God, the University has achieved global

King Saud University Rector

Prof. Abdullah bin Abdur Rahman

King Saud University Bulletin

The second part of the directory (2-2) has been

Vice Rector of Quality and Development

Prof. Hamad bin Mohammed AlSheikh

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

King Saud University Bulletin

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Saudi Arabia occupies most of the Arabian Peninsula,

Riyadh is the capital of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the

Saudi Arabia is located in the far south-west of Asia

Riyadh is located in the center of the kingdom, with

Encouraging research, formulating rules and

Approval of the establishment of colleges and

Adoption of the rules for the establishment of

Issuance of common regulations for universities.

King Saud University Bulletin

functional Saudis and contractors.

Raising the level of communication and coordination

The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia recently witnessed a

8 Higher education institutes

between institutions of higher learning and

Issuance of the rules governing the appointment

Issuance of regulations governing financial

Adoption of the rules necessary for the

Adoption of the rules governing the establishment

The Higher Education Council is the supreme authority

Creating and administering universities and

Directing university education in accordance with

The Council of Higher Education is composed

Supervising the development of university

Coordinating among universities especially in the

Proposing the establishment of higher educational

of privateinstitutions of post-secondary education,

Committee for Education Policy _ Chairman, the

Chief of Staff General of the Civil

Service, and president of the education of girls.